25 1982 - 2007 A celebration of 25 years: Inspiring Future Generations for Excellence campus map
Science Block 232/3/5/6/7
Social Sciences Block 240
Education Block 231
Campus Services 5 Accommodation 6 Humanities Block 239
Business Block 225 8 10 Graduate Studies: Block 232 7 13
National Stadium 10 1 Notwane Road2
3 4 9 Mosque
Alliance Francaise 11 12 1. North Gate 2. Administration 3. Centre for Continuing Education 4. Student Centre 5. Stadium 6. Student Arena 7. Swimming Pool 8. Maintenance and Purchasing 9. Library 10. Refectories 11. Pedestrian Entrances 12. Southern Gate 13. Faculty of Business
The University of Botswana Vice Chancellor’s Offi ce Public Affairs Offi ce Student Mail Produced by: Public Affairs Department (Publications Unit) Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 00709 Design and Layout : Moropa Communications Gaborone, Botswana Gaborone Botswana Gaborone Botswana Gaborone Botswana Tel: (+267) 355-0000 (Switchboard) Tel: (+267) 395-2252 Tel: (+267) 355-2284 Tel: (+267) 391-3420(Direct Line) (+26) 355 + Extension Fax: (+267) 318-4747 Fax: (+267) 391-2420 Fax: (+267) 395-6591 Fax: (+267)395 -6591 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.ub.bw Contents INTRODUCTION FACULTY OF Campus Map 1 HEALTH SCIENCES 108 Contents 2 Department of Environmental Health 109 The Almanac 3 Department of Nursing Education 109 Vision 4 School of Medicine 111 Mission & Values 5 Course Listings 112
General Information 7 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES 115 Historical Note 7 Department of African The University Organisation 7 Languages and Literature 117 Student Financial Procedures 8 Department of English 118 Schedule of Fees 9 Department of French 120 Student Admissions 10 Department of History 120 General Academic Regulations 10 Department of Library and General Education Courses 15 Information Studies 121 Regulations for Awards and Fellowships 16 Department of Media Studies 124 Examination Regulations 19 Department of Theology and Academic Appeals and Procedures 20 Religious Studies 125 Course Listings 127
FACULTY OF BUSINESS 23 Department of Accounting and Finance 24 FACULTY OF SCIENCE 143 Department of Management 26 Department of Biological Sciences 144 Department of Marketing 28 Department of Chemistry 145 Department of Computer Science 147 Department of Environmental Science 148 FACULTY OF EDUCATION 30 Department of Geology 152 Department of Adult Education 31 Department of Mathematics 154 Department of Educational Foundations 33 Department of Physics 156 Department of Educational Technology 48 Course Listings 158 Department of Home Economics Education 48 Department of Languages and FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 167 Social Sciences Education 49 Department of Economics 168 Department of Mathematics Department of Law 169 and Science Education 50 Department of Political & Department of Physical Education 54 Administrative Studies 172 Department of Primary Education 55 Department of Population Studies 175 Course Listings 60 Department of Psychology 177 Department of Social Work 178 Department of Sociology 180 FACULTY OF Department of Statistics 182 ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY 85 Course Listings 185 Certifi cate and Diploma Programmes Unit 89 Department of Architecture and Planning 93 Department of Civil Engineering 95 UNIVERSITY ACT AND STATUTES 189 Department of Electrical Engineering 98 Department of Industrial Design and Technology 100 Department of Mechanical Engineering 102 Course Listings 104
2 academic year almanac
SEMESTER ONE 2007
President’s Day 16 July Public Holiday 17 July DABS Registration Period 18-20 July Open Registration Ends for Undergraduate Students 20 July DABS Classes Begin 23 July New Student Orientation and Registration (New Undergraduates) 23-27 July DABS Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period 23 July-3 August Faculty Executive Committees 25-26 July Arrival and Registration (All Continuing Students) 30 July-3 August Senate 1 August, 9 a.m Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 2 August, 9 a.m Classes Begin 6 August Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Begins 6 August Last Day to Add/Drop Course or Register 17 August Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 31 August Business Faculty Board 3 September Education Faculty Board 4 September CCE Board 5 September Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 6 September, 9 a.m Humanities Faculty Board 6 September, 2 p.m Council 7 September, 9 a.m School of Graduate Studies Board 7 September, 2p.m Science Faculty Board 10 September DABS Mid-Semester Break 10-14 September Senate 26 September Social Sciences Faculty Board 11 September Health Sciences Faculty Board 12 September DABS Classes Resume 17 September Mid-Semester Break Begins 24 September Botswana Day 30 September Public Holiday 1 October Classes Resume 2 October Semester 2 Class Schedule Information Due 5 October Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 8 October, 9 a.m Health Sciences Faculty Board 8 October, 2 p.m. Business Faculty Board 9 October Education Faculty Board 9 October CCE Board 10 October Humanities Faculty Board 11 October Science Faculty Board 12 October Graduation Ceremony 13 October Social Sciences Faculty Board 15 October School of Graduate Studies Board 16 October Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 1 November, 9 a.m DABS Classes End 2 November DABS Examination Days 10,11,17,18 November Open Registration for Semester 2 12-23 November Last Day of Classes 16 November Council 16 November, 9 a.m Reading Day 17, 18 November Final Examination Period Begins 19 November Final Examinations Period Ends 30 November Semester 1 Ends 30 November Departmental Boards of Examiners 10-14 December Faculty Boards 13-17 December Final Grades Due by 6 pm 17 December Senate Executive Committee 18 December All Final Grades Published 18 December University Closes for Christmas 19 December
SEMESTER TWO 2008
University Reopens 3 January Registration Period 3-6 January Faculty Executive Committees 3-4 January Classes Begin 7 January Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period Begins 7 January DABS Registration 7-11 January Senate Executive Committe ...... Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 10 January, 9 a.m DABS Classes Begin 14 January Last Day to Add/Drop Course or Register 18 January Last Day to Add/Drop Course or Register (DABS) 25 February Last day to withdraw and receive a refund 1 February Social Sciences Faculty Board 4 February
continues at page 6 3 vision
UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA The University of Botswana will be a PRINCIPAL OFFICERS leading academic centre of excellence in Africa and the world
The University will fulfi ll this Vision and Mission by:
Offering quality academic and professional programmes that ensure a commitment to and a mastery of life-long learning skills as well as encouraging a spirit of critical enquiry
Chancellor Developing a student-centred, intellectually stimulating and His Excellency Mr Festus Gontebanye Mogae technologically advanced teaching, learning and research environment
Producing graduates who are independent, confi dent, self directed, critical thinkers, professionally competent, refl ective practitioners, innovative, socially responsible and thereby marketable and competitive nationally and internationally
Chairman of Council Mr E. W. M. J. Legwaila Advancing scholarship and generating research through the discovery, integration, dissemination and application of knowledge
Serving as an intellectual and cultural centre that draws upon the nation’s indigenous knowledge base and which promotes Botswana’s social and cultural heritage as well as being a community resource for new ideas, partnerships, and Vice Chancellor Prof. B. K. Otlhogile collaborative effort
Providing leadership in responding to the nation’s cultural, economic, political scientifi c, social, technological and industrial needs and contributing to the qualitative development of Botswana’s higher education system
Extending access to higher education through the utilisation Deputy Vice Chancellor of information and communication technologies, within the (academic affairs) Prof. F. Youngman framework of life-long and open learning
Recruiting and developing quality staff and students, recognising and valuing the essential contribution they make, as well as rewarding excellence in the work they perform
Promoting the health, social, and spiritual welfare of the University community through a range of policies and Deputy Vice Chancellor (fi nance & Administration) programmes and a diversity of positive co-curricula activities Mr D. Katzke and experiences
Enhancing the teaching, learning and research environment through the provision of a proactive style of leadership and management and effi cient, effective and quality driven institutional support services.
Deputy Vice Chancellor (student affairs) Prof. L. Nyati - Ramahobo
4 mission
To advance the intellectual and human resource capacity of the nation and the international community
Values: To achieve its Vision and to fulfi l its Mission, the University of Botswana values the following: Students , by creating a holistic environment which ensures that learning is their central focus and by establishing and developing a range of learning, social, cultural and recreational opportunities that will facilitate the full realisation of their potential for academic and personal growth
Academic Freedom, by upholding the spirit of free and critical thought and enquiry, through the tolerance of a diversity of beliefs and understanding, as well as the open exchange of ideas and knowledge
Academic Integrity expressed in creativity, objective analysis, experimentation, critical appraisal, independent thought, informed debate and intellectual honesty
Cultural Authenticity by ensuring that the diversity of Botswana’s indigenous values and cultural heritage forms an important part of the academic and organisational life of the institution
Internationalism through participation in the global world of scholarship, by being receptive and responsive to issues within the international environment as well as the recruitment of an international staff and student body
Professional and Ethical Standards by upholding the highest professional and ethical behaviour and through openness, honesty, tolerance and respect for the individual
Social responsibility by promoting an awareness of, and providing leadership in responding to, the issues and problems facing society
Equity by ensuring equal opportunity and non-discrimination on the basis of personal, ethnic, religious, gender or other social characteristics
Autonomy as an institution, that is, through its self-governing structures, independent in action while being responsive to societal needs
Public Accountability by ensuring transparent decision-making and open review as well as the full participation of stakeholders in the development of the institution;
Productivity through the setting and rewarding of high standards of performance underpinned by a dedication to quality, effi ciency and effectiveness throughout the institution.
5 academic year almanac (continues from page 3)
Health Sciences Faculty Board 5 February Business Faculty Board 6 February Education Faculty Board 7 February CCE Board 8 February Humanities Faculty Board 11 February Science Faculty Board 12 February School of Graduate Studies Board 13 February Senate 20 February Mid-Semester Break Begins 25 February Classes Resume 3 March DABS Mid-Semester Break 3-7 March Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 6 March, 9 a.m Semester 1 Class Schedule Information Due 7 March Council 7 March, 9 a.m DABS Classes Resume 10 March Science Faculty Board 10 March Social Sciences Faculty Board 11 March Health Sciences Faculty Board 12 March Business Faculty Board 13 March Education Faculty Board 14 March CCE Board 17 March Humanities Faculty Board 18 March School of Graduate Studies 19 March Good Friday (Public holiday) 21 March Easter Monday (Public Holiday) 24 March Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 April, 9 a.m Senate ( April Open Registration for Semester 1 Begins 14 April Last Day of Classes 18 April Readings Days 19, 20 April Final Examination Period Begins 21 April Labour Day 1 May Final Examinations Period Ends 2 May Semester 2 Ends 2 May DABS Examination Period 3,4,10.11 May Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 8 May, 9 a.m Departmental Boards of Examiners 12-16 May Faculty Boards 15-19 May Final Grades Due by 6 pm 20 May Senate Executive Committee 20 May All Final Grades Published 21 May DABS Grades Due by 6 pm 4 June DABS Examiners Board 5 June DABS Grades Published 6 June Sir Seretse Khama Day 1 July President’s Day 18 July Public Holiday 19 July Winter Session Ends 25 July
6 general information
HISTORICAL NOTE of University development and was the Monday October 20, 1975. This occurred association of the Swaziland Agricultural at a time when a working group on further The opening of the University of Basutoland, College of Luyengo with the University, as the devolution of UBLS into three University Bechuanaland and Swaziland (UBBS) on Swaziland Agricultural College and University Colleges was preparing its report for the January 1st 1964 was the outcome of an Centre. This College, built for the Swaziland Council of the University. The nationalisation agreement reached in mid-1962 between the Government with Oxfam and ‘Freedom from of all facilities, monies and fi les in Lesotho High Commission Territories and the Oblate Hunger’ funds, had been opened in 1966. meant the central administration of UBLS of Mary Immaculate of Pius XII Catholic In 1970, the Swaziland Government agreed could operate with only limited effectiveness University, Roma, Lesotho. Pius XII College of to hand over the College to UBLS, together from premises at Malkerns during 1975-1976, Roma, 35 kilometres from Maseru, was itself with the Research Division of the Ministry and considerable autonomy was devolved the product of the desire for an institution of of Agriculture and its experimental station onto the Botswana and Swaziland campuses. higher learning for Africans by the Catholic at Malkerns near Luyengo. From 1972, hierarchy in Southern Africa. It opened its these together constituted a new Faculty of Students from Botswana and Swaziland doors to students in 1946, with fi ve students Agriculture. were immediately withdrawn from the Roma and fi ve priest-lecturers. campus on the appropriation of all UBLS In Botswana, the UBLS presence was limited property in Lesotho by NUL. Part II teaching for In 1950, it was taken over by the Catholic to the energies of the Division of Extra Mural students was resumed within a few months in Order of the Oblate of Mary Immaculate. Services and the School of Education, and a Botswana (Economics and Social Studies and By 1963 there were180 students, both men small Short-Course Centre built during 1969. Science) and in Swaziland (Law). Following the and women, and several buildings, including With independence, the three countries acceptance of the Hunter Report and further a science block, refectory, administration began to take a closer look at the colonial negotiations between the University and the complex and workshops. Courses followed inheritance of education, including their joint Governments of Botswana and Swaziland, at Pius XII College were taught and examined University, and began to identify the role of the University of Botswana, Lesotho and under a special relationship entered into in UBLS in higher and middle-level training. Swaziland (UBLS) became the University of 1955 with the University of South Africa, A series of academic planning reports for Botswana and Swaziland (UBS), with two which awarded students its degrees and UBLS produced after 1966 culminated in the constituent University Colleges of Botswana diplomas in Arts, Science, Commerce and second Alexander Report of 1970, which and Swaziland (UCB and UCS respectively). Education. Pius XII College experienced combined, ‘The major recommendations The new University structure was dedicated diffi culties over fi nance for the expanding of previous reports for the development of to maintaining and intensifying service to institution and over racial restrictions on university campuses in each country and the the ideals previously laid out for UBLS by student residence required by the University unifi ed development of higher education the Botswana and Swaziland Governments. of South Africa. Negotiations with the and vocational and teacher training’. The The ideals were summed up in the Second High Commission Territories to transform report recommended that Part I studies begin National Development Plan of Swaziland, the University College into a fully fl edged in Botswana and Swaziland, with eventual which saw UBS as playing an ‘increasingly University were therefore initiated during division of Part II (Year 2 and 4) studies among important role in National Development 1962. the campuses, and the consideration of not only through providing the educated ‘polytechnic’ arrangements for technical and manpower needed, but also through (the On June 13, 1963, a deed of cession and vocational courses. university’s) great potential as a focus for the indemnity was signed by the Oblates and academic and cultural activities of the nation.’ the High Commissioner of Basutoland, The second Alexander Report was accepted Bechuanaland and Swaziland. The new by the University and by the Governments The ideals were also identifi ed as the University, with Ford Foundation and British of Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland, at a beginning of the devolution phase of UBLS Government funds, purchased the assets of meeting in October 1970, on the Luyengo development into Botswana and Swaziland the Roma Campus for an indemnity of half campus. It heralded the second phase (1971- by the then Chancellor, Seretse Khama, in of its value, in exchange for guarantees of a 1976) of UBLS development. Plans were his graduation speech in May 1970, on the continuing Catholic presence on the campus. immediately drawn up to spend about one Luyengo campus. “The University must be million Rand for campus development in each a committed institution, committed to the UBBS became UBLS (The University of of the three countries. fulfi lment of the ambitions and aspirations Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland) in 1966 of the communities it was created to serve. on the Independence of Botswana and In Botswana and Swaziland there were to One of these is rapid development, another is Lesotho. From a total of 188 students in be campuses respectively within the capital nonracialism, and the third is simply pride in 1964, the University grew to 402 students in of Gaborone, and at Kwaluseni adjacent to ourselves and in our past, which in turn would 1970, of whom 145 were from Lesotho, with the national high school of Matsapha. Funds lead to a greater degree of self-confi dence, lesser numbers from Swaziland, Botswana, were obtained from the United States, British, which is one of the very basic ingredients of Rhodesia, South Africa and elsewhere. UBLS Canada, Danish and Netherlands Governments true independent nationhood.” The years conferred its fi rst degrees in April 1st 1967 as well as from the Governments of UBLS 1976 and 1982 saw both constituent Colleges after a transitional period during which the countries, the Anglo American Corporation of the University develop their physical former Pius XII College students continued and other bodies. Teaching of Part I began and resources and their academic programmes to take University of South Africa degrees. temporary accommodation at Gaborone and in close cooperation with each other, with a UBLS offered its own four-year undergraduate Kwaluseni campuses became fully operational view to the eventual establishment of separate degrees and diplomas in Arts (including in 1973. In Swaziland, the William Pitcher national universities on the 1st July, 1982. Economics and Administration), Science and and Nazarene Teacher Training Colleges were Education, with Law students following a affi liated to the local university centre, as were The formal inauguration of the University of fi ve-year degree, including two years tuition at the Francistown, Lobatse and Serowe Teacher Botswana was performed on 23rd October the University of Edinburgh. Students seeking Training Colleges in Botswana. Plans for 1982 by His Excellency Sir Ketumile Masire, specialised degrees in Medicine, Engineering, specialised Part II and professional studies on President of the Republic of Botswana. etc, proceeded to other universities after each campus were dramatically advanced by The University of Botswana and Swaziland completing Part I (Years 1 and 2) studies in the devolution of Part II Humanities teaching continued to cooperate for a further six Science. to Gaborone and Kwaluseni, as well as Roma, months to 31 December 1982 for the purpose in 1974. of examining and awarding degrees, diplomas The number of academic staff grew from 31 in and certifi cates. In terms of an agreement 1964 to 78 in 1970. Staff were recruited from Further negotiations between the three between the Governments of Botswana many countries, but the University pursued an governments and the University resulted in and Swaziland, the National Universities in active localisation policy from 1971. agreement on June 11, 1975, known as the Botswana and Swaziland were to continue to ‘Luyengo Package’ which was accepted by all exchange students and to cooperate in certain UBLS was equally funded by the Governments parties. Following student unrest at Roma, and areas and to that end a consultative machinery of Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland, strained relations between the central UBLS set up to advise on how best to cooperate. but had comparatively little presence in administration and the Lesotho government Botswana and Swaziland in the fi rst phase over implementation of the ‘Luyengo of its existence during 1964-1970. The only Package’, the Roma campus was precipitately substantial ‘devolution’ of UBLS from Roma withdrawn from UBLS and constituted as Campus came towards the end of this phase the National University of Lesotho (NUL) on
7 General information
The University Organisation Regulations in any organisation may appear to understanding that any monies received by the The University of Botswana was established restrict freedom of action, but are necessary University and disbursed to or on behalf of the on 1st July 1982 by an Act of Parliament. The for the orderly conduct of affairs. Additionally, student, will be repayable by the University campus consists of that part of the in a University context, the regulations are the student, should he or she withdraw during two former universities (UBLS and UBS - see means by which the Senate ensures that the the course of the academic year without Historical Note above) which was situated in academic standards and quality of teaching permission of the University. Botswana and was sometimes referred to as are acceptable not only to the University the Gaborone Campus. and the nation, but also to the wider 2.25 Students who damage University academic community of the world. Senate property or equipment will be charged the The University is closely involved in the also delegates much of its detailed work to cost of repair or replacement of the item(s). national development process of Botswana. committees, reviewing the recommendations An annual caution fee is held to cover any In this regard the special functions of the they bring forward for its approval. such charges which are not otherwise settled University are to engage in improving the upon demand. Before registering for a quality and in expanding the quantity of the Faculties and Departments subsequent academic session, the caution human resources needed for development, Below the level of the Vice Chancellor’s offi ce, fee must be restored. Unless an account for and to act as the repository of the collective the University is divided broadly into three damage is settled immediately a student may knowledge and experience of the nation types of specialised work: academic affairs, be requested to withdraw. and the world. The fi rst of these functions is fi nance and administration, and student fulfi lled through the teaching programmes affairs. The academic side is represented by 2.26 Should a student leave the University offered by the University and its affi liated the Senate, Faculties, Schools, Departments without having paid the prescribed fees, institutions, leading to the award of degrees, and Institutes. Specialisation and the best use including fi nes due, or without returning diplomas and certifi cates. The second function of staff expertise are achieved on the basis any library books, the academic results and is carried out individually and collectively by of the division of the academic areas into transcripts and/or fi nal certifi cation for which the staff of the University and its affi liated departments. Each department has a special a student is otherwise qualifi ed, shall be institutions, through the research and focus, involving it in teaching and research withheld until such fees, library books or development, consultancies and information in particular subjects or disciplines. These University property have been recovered. services which they undertake. Like any other departments are responsible for the day-to-day complex organisation, the University has teaching and research work of the University, 2.27 Any registered student who decides to established certain patterns of authority and and they formulate the programmes of study. withdraw from the University must give notice specialisation, systems, and rules of procedure, A number of departments and similar or of his/her intention to do so in writing to the in order to perform its functions in an orderly related disciplines are grouped together to Student Records Offi ce. and effective manner. These regulate day-to- constitute a Faculty. At present there are six day work within the University. established Faculties: Business, Education, Student Admissions Engineering and Technology, Humanities, Prospective undergraduate applicants, may The Council Science, Social Sciences and the School obtain application forms and information from The governing body of the University is the of Graduate Studies. Detailed planning of the University Admissions Offi ce located in Council, which has the ultimate responsibility the new Faculty of Health Sciences that Block 210 on the Main Campus. The forms for the work and progress of the University was formally established on 1 April 2006 is must be returned directly to the Admissions towards the achievement of its goals. Its underway. Currently, the Faculty is envisaged Offi ce at the University. For graduate membership includes leading fi gures from the as comprising the emerging School of programmes, admission applications are national and international community as well Medicine, a School of Nursing, a School of made direct to The Dean, School of Graduate as senior personnel within the University. The Allied Health Professions and the existing Studies. Council has wide powers to make statutes, lay Department of Environmental Health. down policy, approve programmes and plans, It must be stressed that application for a and to establish working procedures governing In general, departments in the same Faculty Government or other scholarship tenable the organisational life of the University. It also work closely together in offering Degree, at the University does not take the place of provides and controls the resources required Diploma and Certifi cate Programmes. In many application to the University for admission. to support both the academic activities and cases there is a similar cooperation between However, prospective applicants need not wait the physical development and maintenance of Faculties. Faculties are headed by Deans, who until they are assured of a scholarship before the University. But as a mainly policy-making represent the Faculty on other bodies and who applying for admission to the University; the body the Council cannot, and should not, be have general responsibility for coordinating two applications can go forward in parallel. engaged in the day-to-day administration of the work of the Faculty. Faculties work Similarly, students are free to simultaneously the University. Clearly it could not carry out through their Faculty Boards and a variety apply to other universities or educational effi ciently all its wide responsibilities by itself. of committees established by the Boards. institutions. For the admission application On academic matters it consults the Senate; Proposals from departments are brought to to be processed, all the forms and other on many other matters, while retaining overall Faculty Boards for discussion and may then requirements outlined in the Admission control and responsibility, it delegates much be submitted to Senate and, when necessary, Regulations must be submitted. of the detailed work to the offi cers and to Council. Decisions and directions are then committees. transmitted back to departments through the Fees and Scholarships same channels. It should be noted that statutory fees, and The Senate expenses do not include the costs of books, The chief academic authority of the Student Financial Information notebooks, stationery, personal laboratory University is the Senate, whose membership Student Financial Procedures equipment, medical attention, repair of includes the VC, DVCs, Faculty Deans, 2.21 Reporting to the Finance Offi ce is an clothes, dry-cleaning and living expenses. Faculty representatives and Heads of integral part of registration; until fi nancial The cost of travel to and from the University academic support units as well as student clearance has been obtained from the Finance is entirely the student’s responsibility. representatives. Under the Council, the Offi ce, registration will be deemed to be Many governments are prepared to offer Senate has the responsibility for the general incomplete. scholarships or grants to prospective students; control and direction of teaching and research information about these scholarships should activities, examinations, the conferment 2.22 All fees must be paid by the fi rst day be obtained from the appropriate authority in of degrees and award of diplomas and of the semester. Sponsored students have to the country concerned. certifi cates. Much of its statutory authority produce satisfactory evidence of the award of is exercised through its approval and, from sponsorship. Some industrial trusts and corporations also time to time, amendment of various sets offer awards, usually through the appropriate of academic regulations, all of which are 2.23 Where a scholarship includes a student’s government, and information about these published for general information in the later personal allowance, the University may should be sought accordingly. Although every sections of this Calendar. advance up to one half of it, at its discretion. effort will be made to ensure that no student If a cheque is not honoured, a student may be is deprived of the opportunity for study by lack They include general and special academic asked to cancel registration immediately. of money, acceptance by the University does regulations, admissions and examination not imply that a scholarship is available. procedures, degree structures, programmes of 2.24 Scholarships administered by the study, syllabuses, library regulations, etcetera. University shall be awarded on the
8 SCHEDULE OF FEES
PROGRAMMES FEES Non-Resident Students 14 730 614 2007-2008
ANNUAL FEE FOR MPhil Science & Engineering FEE ONE Resident Students 12 360 515 Estimate* CREDIT Non-Resident Students 18 540 773 Undergraduate Programmes Certifi cates Other MPhils (Other Faculties) Science & Engineering Resident Students 9 820 409 Resident Students 13 980 466 Non-Resident Students 14 730 614 Non-Resident Students 27 960 932
PhD Science & Engineering Other Faculties Resident Students 11 970 499 Resident Students 10 510 350 Non-Resident Students 17 955 748 Non-Resident Students 21 020 701
PhD (Other Faculties) Diplomas Resident Students 9 350 390 Science & Engineering Non-Resident Students 14 025 584 Resident Students 13 980 466
Non-Resident Students 27 960 932 * Based on normal load of 30 credits for undergraduates and 24 credits for post Other Faculties graduate students
Resident Students 10 510 350 PROGRAMMES FEES 2007-2008 Non-Resident Students 21 020 701
Bachelors PART-TIME PROGRAMME Science & Engineering Diplomas( DABS) 1 520 Resident Students 13 980 466 (Excluding book costs) Non-Resident Students 27 960 932
Other Fees Other Faculties Application Fee Resident Students 10 510 350 Resident Students 130 Non-Resident Students 21 020 701 Non-Resident Students 260
Late Application Fee Postgraduate Programmes Resident Students 190
Postgraduate Diplomas Non-Resident Students 380
Resident Students 9 120 380 Student Life Fee 40
Non-Resident Students 13 680 570
Late Registration Fee/Day 25 Masters Programmes (maximum 14 days)
Science & Engineering Transcript Fee 15
Resident Students 12 360 515 Identity Card Fee 25
Non-Resident Students 18 540 773 Caution Fee
MBA Accommodation Fee
Resident Students 14 210 592 Under Graduate Full Time 2 900 Student/Annum Non-Resident Students 21 315 888 Under Graduate Hostel Fee 19 during Holidays/Day
Other Faculties Under Graduate Hostels For Non-Students Resident Students 9 820 409 During Holidays/Day 100
9 General information
1.3 Notifi cation of Acceptance Refectory Fee Undergraduate Student/Annum ** 8 970 1.31 The Admissions Offi ce for undergraduate applicants and the School of Graduate Studies for graduate applicants shall notify each Graduate Hostels/Annum 4 900 applicant whether or not he/she has been Graduate Hostels/Annum(Including Holidays) 7 000 accepted for admission to the University. 1.32 No applicant should come to the Graduate Hostels Fee during Holidays/Day 40 University unless he or she has received a formal offer of admission.
Graduate Hostels For Non-Students 1.4 Conditions of Acceptance During Holidays/Day 220 1.41 Acceptance of an applicant by the University shall be on the understanding that the applicant undertakes to be bound by and Laundry Fee/Annum 310 to observe the policies and regulations of the University. Acceptance to the University will be subject to the production of a satisfactory ** Subject to change during 2007/2008 medical certifi cate.
1.42 Academic Transcripts Travel and Residence ii) Academic transcripts; An offi cial transcript will be provided to each International students accepted to the iii) Certifi ed copy of Secondary School student free at the conclusion of his/her University of Botswana are required to be in certifi cate; studies. Extra copies thereafter shall be issued possession of valid travel documents, visas and iv) Appropriate application fee. at a cost to be determined by the University residence permits (where applicable) to enter 1.2.3 When returning the application form, from time to time. the country. the applicant must enclose a (non-refundable) application fee. General Academic Regulations Basic Entrance Qualifi cations 1.2.4 Applications will not be considered until 2 00.0 General Provisions 1. Admission Regulations the University has received the application 00.1 Preamble 1.1 Qualifi cations for Entry form, relevant academic transcripts and 00.11 Senate reserves the right to alter, 1.1.1 The normal basic requirements for certifi cates, and the application fee. amend, replace or cancel any of the Academic entrance to Undergraduate Degree and 1.2.5 In addition, an applicant who has Regulations and shall be the fi nal authority for Diploma programmes shall be Botswana attended another university or other the interpretation of these regulations. General Certifi cate of Secondary Education postsecondary institution must submit a 00.12 Senate has the power to exempt (BGCSE) with a grade C or better in English certifi cate of good conduct, and a transcript, any student from any of the Academic Language, but other qualifi cations may duly signed by the competent offi cer of the Regulations. be accepted on their merit as alternatives. issuing University. 00.13 In addition to these General Academic Entry into the Science Degree programmes 1.2.6 Unless an applicant is notifi ed to the Regulations, Special Faculty Regulations and shall be on the basis of BGCSE Science and contrary, the closing date for the receipt of Special Departmental Regulations, which must Mathematics aggregates and a grade D or complete application forms and accompanying be approved by Senate, shall also apply. better in English Language or equivalents. documents will be the last working day 00.14 General Regulations shall take (For further details see General Academic of March immediately preceding the precedence over Special Regulations unless Regulations covering the programme in commencement of the academic year for Senate has otherwise provided. question.) which application is made. (The academic year 00.15 No student who has started a 1.1.2 For all programmes, only the results starts in August.) programme of study following one set of of examinations taken before March 1st in regulations shall be set at a disadvantage by a the year of application will be considered 1.27 Graduate Degrees regulation subsequently adopted. in assessing an applicant’s entrance 1.271 Application procedures are as for 00.16 Senate shall establish procedures for the qualifi cations. undergraduate study (1.2.1 to 1.2.6 above). approval of all academic programmes of the 1.1.3 Full particulars concerning qualifi cations 1.272 Admission to a programme leading to University. must normally be available to the University a graduate degree must be approved by the before 1st March. It is the responsibility of the School of Graduate Studies on the authority 00.2 Defi nitions of Key Terms applicant to ensure that all examination results of Senate. In these regulations, the following terms shall and other documents are forwarded to the 1.273 On receipt of the completed application be used as indicated. Admissions Offi ce before the deadline. forms, the Dean of the School of Graduate 00.21 Academic Year and Semester: The 1.1.4 Candidates who are awaiting the Studies shall send one copy to the relevant academic year shall comprise two semesters, issue of a certifi cate following results of an Head of Department who shall submit his/ each consisting of 14 teaching weeks, a one examination shall normally be required to her recommendation to the Departmental week midsemester break; and two weeks for provide legal proof of qualifi cation from Board for consideration. The Board shall examinations. an examining body, stating the level of the in turn forward the application with its 00.22 Programme: A plan of study made subjects passed, before an offer of admission recommendation to Senate via the Graduate up of core and optional courses, as well as is issued and registration to programmes of Studies Board. general education courses and electives, the University is effected. Applicants admitted 1.274 Permission to pursue a graduate degree lasting over a specifi ed period, which leads to and registered under this provision shall not programme as a parttime student shall be a degree, diploma or certifi cate qualifi cation. normally be permitted to register for, or write granted only to persons who can show 00.23 Subject: A collection of core and fi nal year examinations before submitting the that they are able to devote a reasonable optional courses in a given discipline of certifi cate. proportion of their time to the work study that will constitute a major or minor prescribed. component of the programme. 1.2 Admission Applications 1.275 Registration for Master’s Degree 00.24 Course: For the purpose of teaching, 1.2.1 Unless other specifi c instructions are programmes by coursework and dissertation each subject shall be divided into one or more given, application forms are obtained from shall normally take place at the beginning components called courses. A course is a and returned to: of the fi rst semester of each academic year basic building block of teaching and learning but may, in special circumstances, and activities with content designed to meet The Undergraduate Admissions Offi ce on the recommendation by the Graduate particular aims and objectives. Each course University of Botswana Studies Board, take place at the beginning will normally be assessed within the semester Private Bag 0022 of the semester following that in which the in which it is offered, except for a year-long Gaborone, Botswana application is approved by the Senate. course. 1.276 MPhil and PhD applicants may be 00.25 Course Code: A course code is an 1.2.2 Each application shall consist of: accepted and register anytime during the identifi cation of a course with a prefi x of three i) The application form to be completed by the academic year with permission of the relevant capital letters followed by three digits. The fi rst applicant himself/herself, in ink, clearly and in Departmment/unit. of the three letters shall normally be the same capital letters; as the fi rst letter of the subject, and the digits
10 shall indicate the level, with 100 to 599 for requirements of an award. A Service Course is a course taken in a major Bachelor’s Degrees, Certifi cates and Diploma 00.2123 Elective Course: Elective courses are or minor subject of one department but is Programmes, 500 to 599 for Postgraduate those courses which may be selected from a taught by another department. Diploma Programmes, 600 to 799 for Masters list of courses outside a subject of study and 00.2130 Audit Course Programmes, 800 to 899 for MPhil, and 900 which count towards the requirements of an a) An Audit Course is a course taken by a to 999 for PhD Programmes. award. student, but no credit is earned in such a 00.26 Lecture Hour: A Lecture Hour is 00.2124 General Education Courses course. a period of instruction of up to one hour a) Every undergraduate student shall take b) Full-time and Part-time registered students duration. General Education Courses. These courses of the University as well as Visiting/ Exchange/ 00.27 Lecture Hour Equivalent: One Lecture are taken for the purpose of broadening the Audit students may, in addition to their Hour Equivalent (LHE) shall be equivalent to knowledge of a student and count towards normal academic programme, register to any of the following modes of teach learning: the overall credit requirement for the award, audit courses up to a maximum of six lecture a) One hour of lecture; but are not part of the core courses of the hours or equivalent per week. Application b) Two to three hours of practical/laboratory programme. The purpose of these courses to audit courses should be made to the work/activity defi ned by the department; is to enhance University education so that it Director, Academic Services, who will advise c) Any number between one to four weeks is broadly based, promotes critical thinking, the prospective students on the fees to be of teaching practice, fi eld work, industrial intellectual growth, broader perspective in paid. The application will then be subject attachment (or any other attachment) or other analysis of issues, and general skills for life- to the approval of the relevant Head(s) of academic work outside the classroom. long learning. Department(s). 00.28 Credit or Credit Value: The number of b) The total number of credits from Elective/ c) Students auditing courses shall not be credits (or credit value) is assigned to a course General Education Courses shall not exceed subject to assessment, but the fact that the in relation to the work done. In any course, one third of the total credits gained in the student has registered for the course(s) shall work entailing 1 Lecture Hour or 1 Lecture entire programme. be recorded on his/her academic transcript. Hour Equivalent per week throughout a c) General Education Courses can be selected semester shall have a credit value of 1. from the following areas: Defi nition of Terms 00.29 Major Subject: A major subject shall Area 1: Communication and Study Skills Attempted Credits comprise courses where the subject is treated Area 2: Computer and Information Skills Attempted credits are the total number of in depth during the entire programme of Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical Thinking credits a student is offi cially registered for in study; and the workload shall depend on the Area 4: Physical Education, Health and a given semester or in all years/levels of study. type of programme as defi ned in Regulation Wellness They exclude courses, courses 00.211. A student shall normally register for Area 5: Science and Technology a student may take, and courses which a a major subject either in the third or fi fth Area 6: World Civilisation student has offi cially dropped. Attempted semester. Area 7: World Economy and Business Skills credits are used in the calculation of the Grade 00.210 Minor Subject: A minor subject shall Each of the areas shall have a set of courses at Point Average comprise courses where the workload shall different levels, and students from any Faculty have fewer credits than those of the major can enrol in such courses. In addition to Area Earned Credits subject. See Regulation 00.2113. 3, all other courses must include critical inquiry Earned credits are the total number of credit 00.211 Types of Programmes: Possible and analytical thinking skills. values of the courses a student has passed in programme formats shall include Single Major, d) All undergraduate students must, during a given semester or in all years/levels of study. Combined Degree (Major/Minor, Major/Major, their fi rst two semesters at UB, register for Earned credits are used in the determination Multidisciplinary). at least four credits in 100 level courses in of a student’s year/level of study and minimum 00.2111 Single Major: A programme of each of Areas 1 and 2, unless exempted. In number of credits required for graduation. study composed of core and optional courses addition, all Bachelor’s Degree students must and courses do not count in from one subject (normally chosen either in register for a minimum of an additional twelve credits earned within a particular programme. the third or fi fth semester), as well as electives credits of general education courses selected and General Education Courses. from at least two credits from Area 3, and 00.2112 Combined Degree: (Major/Minor) is the balance from at least two areas out of Academic Good Standing a programme of study composed of core and Areas 4, 5, 6 and 7 before completing their Students are in academic good standing at the optional courses from two subjects normally programme of study. university when their cumulative grade point in the ratio of major:minor of approximately e) Students taking General Education Courses average is 2.00 or above. Such students are 70:30, as well as electives and General shall be subject to assessment procedures considered to be making satisfactory progress Education Courses. A student’s major and as specifi ed in General, Special Faculty and toward a qualifi cation. minor cannot be from the same subject. Departmental Regulations, and the marks 00.2113 Combined Degree: (Major/Major) is obtained shall count towards the semester’s Academic Warning a programme of study composed of core and assessment and the award of the qualifi cation Students may be placed on academic optional courses from two equally weighted for which the student is registered. warning for failure to make satisfactory major subjects which are independently 00.2125 Pre-requisite progress toward a qualifi cation. Students studied, as well as lectives and General A Pre-requisite is a course that must be taken whose Cumulative Grade Point Average is Education Courses. in preparation for another course. A student between 1.99 and 1.51 (the actual lower limit 00.2114 Combined Degree must achieve at least 50% in a prerequisite is dependant on the number of attempted (Multidisciplinary): is a programme of course to enrol in the next course. credits a student has as indicated in regulation study composed of core and optional courses 00.2126 Co-requisite 00.9) may be placed on academic warning from more than two subjects (for example A Co-requisite is a course that must be taken for their subsequent semester of enrolment. a combination of three equally weighted concurrently with other courses to enhance Students on academic warning may not enrol subjects, or a series of individualised courses learning in the programme. for more than 16 semester credits. They are resulting in a programme constructed by 00.2127 Winter Course encouraged to seek appropriate advice and negotiation between a student and a personal A Winter Course is that which is taken during services from relevant offi ces. tutor, and approved by Heads of relevant the long vacation, for example, taught course, Departments and Deputy Deans), as well as teaching practice, industrial training, fi eld electives and General Education Courses. work, internships, attachments, etc. The 00.3 Students 00.212 Types of Courses: Types of courses curriculum and methods of assessment for 00.31 Registered Students shall include core, optional, elective, general these activities will be specifi ed in Special 00.311 Full-time Student: A full-time education, pre-requisite, co- requisite, winter, Departmental and Faculty Regulations. undergraduate student is one who is project, service and audit. 00.2128 Project Course registered with the University and carries a 00.2121 Core Courses: Core courses are A Project Course may be taken in a major minimum workload of 15 credits per semester, those courses which must be taken in order subject and the requirements of such a unless offi cially exempted. to meet the requirements of an award, that is, course and its method of assessment will be 00.312 Part-time Student: A part-time they are compulsory or mandatory. specifi ed in Special Departmental and Faculty undergraduate student is one who is 00.2122 Optional Courses: Optional courses Regulations. A Project Course may be taken registered with the University and normally are those courses which may be selected as a semester course or as a Year Long (YL) carries a workload of 6 to 14 credits per from an approved list of courses within a Project Course. semester. subject of study and which count towards the 00.2129 Service Course 00.313 Transfer Student: A transfer student
11 General information
is one who is registered with this University be awarded an appropriate grade, and may 00.68 Visiting/Exchange/Audit/Occasional after transferring from another recognised be exempted in the relevant courses up to students who take credit course(s) and who University or equivalent institution. Such a a maximum of one-sixth of the total credits subsequently enrol in an academic programme student can only transfer up to a maximum of required for the programme. of the University of Botswana shall have their one-third of the total credits required for the courses treated in accordance with Regulation programme, and must complete the remaining 00.5 Entrance Qualifi cations 00.4 (b) on credit banking. two-thirds in this University. The total credits 00.51 Normal Entry Scheme transferred are subject to acceptance by the 00.511 The normal requirement for entrance 00.7 Withdrawal relevant Department(s). Grade points are to Certifi cate and Diploma Programmes are 00.71 A student may offi cially withdraw not transferable, and the cumulative GPA of specifi ed in General Regulation 10.2. from the University by voluntarily terminating transfer students will be computed on the 00.512 The normal requirements for entrance enrolment during a semester which is in basis of the work done at UB only. to Bachelor’s Degree Programmes are specifi ed progress. Such students shall not receive 00.314 Visiting/Exchange/Audit Students: in General Regulation 20.2. any credit for courses attempted during the A Visiting/Exchange/Audit Student is one who 00.513 The normal requirements for entrance semester. If such a student subsequently enrols satisfi es the University entrance requirements to Postgraduate Diploma Programmes are in UB the courses previously taken shall be and is registered for a selected number of specifi ed in General Regulation 30.2. treated in accordance with Regulation 00.4 (b) courses for credit or for auditing purposes, 00.514 The normal requirements for entrance on credit banking. with a workload of less than 6 credits per to Master’s Degree Programmes are specifi ed 00.72 If a student is obliged through illness semester. Such students may be individuals in General Regulation 40.2. or any other cause to be absent from classes from within the country or individuals visiting 00.515 The normal requirements for entrance for a continuous period exceeding three from abroad or students under exchange to the MPhil and PhD Degree Programmes are weeks, the Dean, in consultation with relevant programmes. specifi ed in General Regulation 50.2. Departments and in light of an appropriate 00.32 Responsibilities of Students 00.52 Mature Age Entry Scheme for medical report, shall decide whether such a 00.321 While the University strives to give Undergraduate Programmes student shall be withdrawn from the University students proper academic advice, it is the 00.521 Applicants of at least 25 years of for the duration of that semester. responsibility of the individual student to age on the fi rst day of the semester of entry 00.73 A student who has withdrawn from UB know and follow all the Regulations of the who have BGCSE with grade C or better in may re-enter the programme subject to quota University. at least 3 subjects and grade E or better in restrictions and compliance with existing 00.322 A student registered for a course is English Language or equivalent but lack the programme requirements. expected to fulfi l all requirements prescribed qualifi cations for entry into the undergraduate The University does not guarantee to offer for that course. programmes may apply as a mature age the same courses as at the time the student 00.323 A student who is unable to attend applicant. withdrew from the University. classes due to illness should notify the Director 00.522 Any additional entry requirements of Student Welfare of this fact within twenty shall be specifi ed in the appropriate special 00.8 Assessment one consecutive days from the day the student regulations. 00.81 Continuous Assessment misses classes. Certifi cation from a recognised 00.523 Subject to General Academic 00.811 The continuous assessment health offi cer will be required in support. Regulations 00.521 and 00.522, a mature age component of each course may include one or Prior permission or supporting evidence will applicant may use the direct entry route if s/he more of the following: be necessary for circumstances other than ill possesses BGCSE or equivalent with grade B •Written Assignments health. or better in two subjects and grade C or better •Written Tests 00.324 A student who enters or returns to the in 4 subjects. •Practicals University late shall not be entitled to extra 00.524 The entry requirements specifi ed •Projects tuition. above do not guarantee admission. •Research exercise 00.325 A student may have access to his/her •Essays academic transcript and has the right of •Open book tests appeal on any matters concerning it, to Senate 00.6 Registration •Independent Study through his/her Faculty Board. 00.61 The normal workload for a full-time •Dissertations/Theses undergraduate student shall be 15-18 credits •Oral tests plus other forms of continuous 00.4 Exemption, Credit Banking and Credit per semester. assessment as shall be determined by the Transfer 00.62 A full-time undergraduate student may instructor and approved by the Head of A student may be exempted from taking carry (a) 12 to 14 credits per semester if he/she Department. certain courses under the following conditions: has approved course exemptions, or (b) 19 to 00.812 A student is required to fulfi l all a) Permission for exemption shall be sought a maximum of 21 credits with approval from requirements prescribed for continuous from the Director of Academic Services, and the relevant Dean of Faculty. assessment. Failure to do so without valid exemption shall be subject to the approval of 00.63 A student may change the courses for reasons will normally incur penalties as the relevant Head(s) of Department(s). which he/she is registered within the fi rst two prescribed in Special Faculty and Departmental b) A student who has studied courses at weeks of classes. Regulations. UB can bank credits up to a maximum 00.64 A student who has registered for 19 to of ten consecutive semesters. Exemption 21 credits per semester may drop the extra 00.82 Final Examinations may be given to a former UB student who course(s) without any academic penalty up to Where the assessment of a course includes subsequently rejoins UB if such a student has the mid-semester break. fi nal examinations, the following regulations banked credits. Once such exemption has 00.65 A student who has been admitted to shall apply: been granted, the programme for which the the University can register for a core, optional, 00.821 All fi nal examinations shall be held student is currently registered will be credited elective or general education course offered within the semester in which the course is with the original marks obtained for the credit in any of the University programmes, subject taught. course(s) and the corresponding grade points. to pre-requisites or any other approved 00.822 A paper in a fi nal written examination c) Exemption may be given to a student if such programme restrictions. of a course shall be of one to three hours a student took course(s) for credit at another 00.66 No student shall be registered for duration. recognised university or institution within ten any programme more than two weeks 00.823 Other forms of examination of a semesters prior to registration. Once such after its commencement. Any exception course shall be as prescribed in Special exemption has been granted, the student to this regulation must have the written Departmental and Faculty Regulations. may transfer up to a maximum of one third of approval of the Deputy Dean of the Faculty 00.824 A student must take fi nal examinations the total credits required for the programme. concerned, who may consult with the Head of at the scheduled times. Failure to do so However, grade points for such students are Department. without valid reasons will amount to a not transferable, and the cumulative GPA shall 00.67 Visiting/Exchange/Audit/Occasional candidate being awarded a zero mark in that be computed on the basis of the work done students who satisfy the University entrance particular examination. at UB only. requirements may register to take courses for 00.825 Special fi nal examinations will be d) Exemption may be given to a student for credit or audit. An application to take courses considered on an individual basis for students relevant work experience and recognised for credit or audit should be made to the who miss scheduled fi nal examinations due to prior learning upon satisfactory performance Director of Academic Services. The application exceptional and extenuating circumstances. of tests organised by the Department. A will be subject to the approval by the relevant Refer to the approved guidelines for the student who has performed such tests shall Head(s) of Department(s). detailed procedures, deadline and examples
12 of the reasons adjudged acceptable or • A minimum of 90 credits in a Higher course as far as the requirement for completed unacceptable to UB. Diploma Programme number of credits as specifi ed in Regulation 00.826 There shall be no supplementary • A minimum of 120 credits in Bachelors’ 00.852 is concerned. examinations. A student who has failed a core Degree Programmes, unless stated 00.95 A student shall be assigned “Fail course, pre-requisite, co-requisite or a required otherwise in Faculty and Departmental and Discontinue” (FD) if he/she has failed General Education Course Special Regulations. all courses in a given semester or has must retake the course when it is offered 00.852 To be awarded a qualifi cation, at least accumulated three probations or has a again, while a student who has failed an two thirds of the total credits must come from cumulative GPA of less than 1.5. A student optional, elective or a non-required General core and optional courses prescribed in the is discontinued from the programme in Education Course may retake the course or programme, and the total number of credits which he/she has failed, but not from the substitute course. The student’s transcript shall from Electives Courses shall not exceed one University, and is free to apply for admission indicate the courses and grades previously third of the total credits. Where there have into another programme. Once discontinued obtained and the fact that the student has been exemptions, see Regulation 00.87. from a programme, a student may apply for repeated the course. The higher grade shall readmission to the programme after a lapse be used in the computation of the Cumulative 00.86 Cumulative Grade Point Average of at least two semesters. Such an application GPA. (Cumulative GPA) will be subject to consideration by the Director The Cumulative Grade Point Average of Academic Services as per usual procedures. 00.83 Quality Assurance (Cumulative GPA) associated with courses 00.831 Senate shall determine the system at UB at any time during the student’s 00.96 The following symbols shall be of quality assurance of programmes of the programme is obtained as follows: used: University. a) Identify the credits for the course; P- Proceed b) Identify the Marks (%), corresponding PP- Proceed with Probation 00.84 Overall Course Grade Letter Grade and the Grade Point using the FD- Fail and Discontinue 00.841 In any course, the weighting between table in Regulation 0.842; W- Withdrawn with Permission different components of assessment shall be c) Obtain the Weighted Score by multiplying 01.0 Aegrotat Regulations specifi ed in the Special Faculty Regulations the Credits and the Grade Point for each 01.1 If a student in his/her fi nal semester and Departmental Regulations. course; of the programme is prevented by illness, 00.842 Overall performance in a course shall d) Obtain the Total Weighted Score by adding or other suffi cient cause, from undertaking be assessed on a percentage scale, a letter the Weighted Scores for all the courses; some of the requirements for assessment grade, and a grade point as follows: e) The cumulative GPA is given by the Total (continuous assessment or fi nal examinations), Marks (%) Letter Grade Grade Point Weighted Score divided by the total number Senate may, upon written report of the 80 - 100 A 5.0 of attempted credits. Department(s) concerned, and upon any other 75 - 79.9 B+ 4.5 00.87 Where there have been exemptions for evidence as it shall think fi t, recommend to 70 - 74.9 B 4.0 credits as per Regulation 00.4, Grade Points assign an aegrotat award. 65 - 69.9 B- 3.5 from other institutions are not transferable 01.2 As the aegrotat award is unclassifi ed, 60 - 64.9 C+ 3.0 to UB, and the Cumulative GPA shall be the student may, if he/she wishes, opt for a 55 - 59.9 C 2.5 computed on the basis of the work done at special examination to assist in determining 50 - 54.9 C- 2.0 UB only. the overall grade. The student’s illness or 45 - 49.9 D+ 1.5 incapacity must be reported to the offi ce of 40 - 44.9 D 1.0 00.9 Progression from Semester to the Director of Academic Services within two 35 - 39.9 D- 0.5 Semester and Other Recommendations weeks of the date on which the test(s) or 0-34.9 E 0 00.91 To proceed (P) unconditionally to the examination(s) should have been written. 00.843 When letter grades are used, they shall next semester, a student must pass all core represent the following for undergraduates courses and have a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or and PGDE: above. A Outstanding 00.92 A student who has failed a core course, 00.9 Progression from Semester B+ Excellent pre-requisite course or corequisite course with to Semester (APPLICABLE TO B Very Good a mark of at least 40% and has a cumulative UNDERGRADUATES ENTERING IN AUGUST B- Good GPA of not less than 1.5 can proceed with 2007) C+ Satisfactory probation (PP) to the next semester. However, 00.91Proceed C Pass such a student will be required to retake the 00.911 To remain in academic good C- Marginal Pass course when it is offered again. The student standing, a student must pass at least half D+ Marginal will not be awarded the fi nal qualifi cation the attempted semester credits and attain a D Marginal Fail until this course has been passed and the cumulative GPA of at least 2.00. D- Fail student has achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.0 00.912 A student proceeding on academic E Fail (Zero Grade Point) or above. good standing who fails a core, prerequisite I Incomplete 00.93 A student who has failed a core or co-requisite course must retake the course. X Absent course, pre-requisite or co-requisite course Such a student shall carry a semester credit AUD Audit Course. No credit granted. or a required General Education Course load not exceeding eighteen (18) credits. YL Yearlong Course, such as a yearlong must retake the course when it is offered 00.913 To proceed on academic warning (AW) project course. again, while a student who has failed an or academic probation (AP) a student must optional, elective or a non-core General pass at least half the attempted semester 00.844 An Incomplete grade (I) may Education Course may retake the same credits and attain a cumulative GPA of at be awarded when some assigned work course or an equivalent course. The student’s least 1.21. Such a student shall be subject to comprising continuous assessment, for transcript shall indicate the courses and regulation 00.92 below. example a project, has not been completed grades previously obtained and the fact that with valid reasons. The I letter grade has no the student has retaken the course. The 00.92 Academic Warning and Academic grade point. The I grade must be converted calculation of the cumulative GPA shall use the Probation to an appropriate mark within the following higher grade from the two attempts, but there 00.921 A student must pass at least half twelve months. will be no double counting of one course as the attempted semester credits and attain a 00.845 Passing a course means obtaining a far as the requirement for completed number cumulative GPA of at least 1.21 for the status mark of at least 50 percent. of credits as specifi ed in Regulation 00.852 is of academic warning or academic probation concerned. to apply. 00.85 Completion of Credits in a 00.94 A student shall normally not retake 00.922 The status of academic warning shall Programme a course which has been passed. When an apply to a student whose cumulative GPA is 00.851 A student shall only be awarded a exception to this rule has been made with less than 2.00 but higher than the academic qualifi cation after completing a minimum permission granted by the relevant Dean, probation level as indicated in regulation number of credits in a given programme. the student’s transcript shall indicate the fact 00.923 below. • A minimum of 30 credits in a Certifi cate that the student has retaken the course. The 00.923 The status of academic probation Programme calculation of the cumulative GPA shall use the shall apply to a student in accordance with • A minimum of 60 credits in a Diploma higher grade from all the attempts, but there cumulative GPA performance levels as Programme will be no double or multiple counting of one indicated below:
13 General information
Attempted Academic Academic 00.96 Prerequisite Courses Faculty Regulations. Credits Warning Probation 00.961 A student must achieve at least fi fty 10.32 Duration of the Programme Up to 30 1.99 to 1.51 1.50 to 1.21 (50 C-) in a prerequisite to enrol in the specifi c 10.321 Certifi cate Programmes 31 to 60 1.99 to 1.61 1.60 to 1.21 course(s) for which the course is a prerequisite. The normal duration for Certifi cate 61 to 90 1.99 to 1.81 1.80 to 1.21 Programmes shall be as follows: 2 semesters 00.97 Academic Standing on a full-time basis 4 semesters on a part-time More than 90 1.99 to 1.91 1.90 to 1.21 00.971 At end of each semester, a student’s basis. 00.924 A student on academic warning status academic standing shall be reported using the 10.322 Diploma and Higher Diploma must retake any failed core, prerequisite and following symbols: Programmes The normal duration for Diploma co-requisite course(s) when next offered. Such P Proceed (Academic Good Standing) or Higher Diploma Programmes shall be as a student shall carry a semester credit load not AP Proceed (Academic Probation) follows: exceeding sixteen (16) credits. AW Proceed (Academic Warning) 4 to 6 semesters on a full-time basis 00.925 A student on academic probation FD Fail and Discontinue 8 to 12 semesters on a part-time basis. status must retake any failed core, prerequisite FE Fail and Exclude 10.4 Classifi cation of Results and co-requisite course(s) when next offered. W Withdrawn with Permission The overall results of the Certifi cate, Diploma Such a student shall carry a semester credit 00.98 Minimum Cumulative GPA Required or Higher Diploma shall be classifi ed as follows load not exceeding fourteen (14) credits. for Graduation (with the cumulative GPA computed to one 00.981 A student should attain a minimum decimal place) based on the minimum number 00.93 Fail and Discontinue cumulative GPA of 2.00 to be considered for of credits as specifi ed in Regulation 00.851 00.931 A student who fails more than half graduation. If the cumulative GPA is below Classifi cation of Cumulative GPA the attempted semester credits or attains a 2.00 after passing the course retakes, the Distinction 4.4 - 5.0 cumulative GPA of 1.20 or less shall be put on student shall take additional courses to bring Merit 3.6 - 4.3 fail and discontinue (FD) status. the cumulative GPA to at least 2.00. Credit 2.8 - 3.5 00.932 A student with two (2) consecutive Pass 2.0 - 2.7 academic probations shall be put on a fail and discontinue status. Academic Probation 20.00 General Regulations for Bachelor’s 00.933 A student with any combination of Students may be placed on academic Degree Programmes three (3) consecutive academic warnings and/ probation for failure to make satisfactory 20.1 Degree Programmes or academic probations shall be put on a fail progress toward a qualifi cation. Students Programme titles appear in Faculty and and discontinue status. whose Cumulative Grade Point Aaverage is Departmental sections below. 00.934 A student who fails a course thrice between 1.90 and 1.21 (the actual upper limit 20.2 Entrance Qualifi cations shall be put on a fail and discontinue status, is dependant on the number of attempted 20.21 a)The normal entry requirement shall be even if the cumulative GPA is above 2.00. credits a student has as indicated in regulation at least six subjects not below grade E in the 00.935 A student on fail and discontinue 00.9) may be placed on academic probation BGCSE or its equivalent. The grades obtained status may apply for readmission to the for their subsequent semester of enrolment. in fi ve of the subjects shall be grade C or programme after a lapse of at least one (1) Students on academic probation may not better from one examination sitting. Grades semester. To return to the programme the enrol for more than 14 semester credits. They obtained from two (not more) examination student must apply and be accepted for re- should seek appropriate advice and services sittings are acceptable, provided the applicant entry/readmission. from relevant offi ces. has grade B or better in two subjects and 00.936 A student on a fail and discontinue grade C or better in four subjects. English status may apply to change to another 10.1 General Regulations for Language must be grade C or better for non- programme for which the student qualifi es Undergraduate Certifi cate, Diploma and Science based programmes and grade D or and can enter in the subsequent semester(s). Higher Diploma Programmes better in Science-based programmes. b) Any additional requirements shall be 00.94 Fail and Exclude Certifi cates specifi ed in appropriate special regulations. 00.941A student who is placed on fail and Programme titles appear in Faculty and 20.22 Other entry qualifi cations may be discontinue status twice in one programme departmental sections below. accepted on their own merit as alternatives. shall be placed on a fail and exclude (FE) Diplomas In particular, attention is drawn to the status. Programme titles appear in Faculty and regulations governing mature age applicants 00.942 A student who has been unsuccessful Departmental sections below. in 00.52. in two programmes shall be placed on fail and Higher Diplomas 20.23 Applicants possessing an acceptable exclude status. Programme titles appear in Faculty and Certifi cate qualifi cation with grade C or better 00.943 A student placed on fail and exclude Departmental sections below. in at least 4 subjects and grade D in English status may apply for readmission to the Language in the BGCSE or equivalent may be university after a lapse of at least two (2) 10.2 Entrance Qualifi cations considered for entry to Level 100 of a related academic years. 10.21 a) The normal entry requirement for bachelors programme. 00.95 Retaking Courses Diploma and Certifi cate programmes is at least 20.24 Where entry is on the basis of a 00.951A student shall not retake a course six subjects not below grade E in the BGCSE Diploma qualifi cation, the Diploma shall already passed with a minimum grade of fi fty or equivalent. English language shall be one normally be two years or more and one (50 C-). of the required subjects. Five subjects may be acceptable to UB. Entry on the basis of a 00.952 Subject to regulations on academic accepted. A grade of C shall be required in at Diploma of less than two years duration may warning/probation, fail and discontinue, and least three of the fi ve or six subjects. be considered if the applicant has a previous fail and exclude, a student may retake a failed b) Any additional requirements shall be related Certifi cate qualifi cation. course up to two (2) times. specifi ed in appropriate special regulations. 00.953 A student who has failed a core, 10.22 Other qualifi cations for entry to 20.2 Programme Structure prerequisite, co-requisite course or a core Diploma and Certifi cate programmes may be 20.31 Curriculum and Assessment general education course must retake the accepted on their own merit as alternatives. The curriculum and methods of assessment course. In particular, attention is drawn to the for Bachelor’s Degree Programmes shall be 00.954 A student who has failed an optional, regulations governing mature age applicants specifi ed in Special Departmental and Faculty elective, a non-core general education course in 00.52. Regulations. may retake the course or take a substitute 10.23 The entry requirements specifi ed in 20.32 Duration of the Bachelor’s course. 10.21 and 10.22 do not guarantee admission. Programme 00.955 When a student retakes a course, the 10.24 The entry requirements specifi ed in 20.321 The normal duration for Bachelor’s series of retakes with their grades shall appear 10.21, 10.22 and 10.23 do not guarantee Programmes shall be as follows: on the student’s offi cial academic record and admission. 8 to 10 semesters full-time or up to 16 to 20 count in the cumulative GPA. However, in semesters part-time respectively. satisfying the minimum number of credits 10.3 Programme Structure 20.322 A student may register for a Combined required for graduation the credits shall count 10.31 Curriculum and Assessment Degree Programme (Major/Major, Major/ only once where a passing grade is recorded. The curriculum and methods of assessment for Minor or Multidisciplinary) or Single Major the undergraduate Programme as shall be specifi ed in Special Certifi cate and Diploma Programmes shall be Departmental and Faculty Regulations. specifi ed in Special Departmental and
14 20.4 Degree Classifi cation of Education and various major companies are open to Certifi cate, Diploma and Degree In all Faculties, the Bachelor’s Degree shall be and organisations in the private sector. students. classifi ed as follows (with the cumulative GPA The concept of General Education Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2, computed to one decimal place) and based on is not new. For many years now, UB has CSSU) the minimum number of credits as specifi ed in recognised the importance of courses GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II regulation 00.851. such as Communication and Study Skills (2, CSSU) Classifi cation of Cumulative GPA and Computer Skills for all students at the GEC210 Introduction to Legal Language (2, First Class 4.4- 5.0 University. Thus the GECs are an extension of CSSU) Second Class, Upper Division 3.6 - 4.3 this concept. GEC211 Advanced Writing Skills (2, CSSU) Second Class, Lower Division 2.8 - 3.5 GEC212 Advanced Oral Presentations (2, Pass 2.0 - 2.7 2. Regulations CSSU) 30.00 General Regulations for Postgraduate Regulations pertaining to the GECs are GEC213 Advanced Communication Skills (2, Diploma Programmes stated in Regulation 00.2124 of the General CSSU) 30.1 Postgraduate Diploma Programmes Academic Regulations, stated as follows: GEC312 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public Programme titles appear in Faculty and a) Every undergraduate student shall take Speaking (2, African Languages and Literature) Departmental sections below. General Education Courses. These courses Area 2: Computer and Information Skills 30.2 Entrance Qualifi cations are taken for the purpose of broadening the The objectives of the GECs in Computer 30.21 a) The normal requirement for entrance knowledge of a student and count towards and Information Skills are to promote the to the Postgraduate Diploma Programmes the overall credit requirement for the award, utilisation of computers and Information shall be a Bachelor’s Degree from this but are not part of the core courses of the Technology in University studies and to provide University or its equivalent. programme. The purpose of these courses vital life long skills. All Faculties are expected b) Any additional requirements for entrance to is to enhance university education so that it to offer courses in Computer and Information the Postgraduate Diploma Programme shall be is broadly based, promotes critical thinking, Skills, and coordination will be done as specifi ed in the Faculty and Departmental intellectual growth, broader perspective in by the Department of Computer Science. Special Regulations. analysis of issues, and general skills for life- These courses are open to Certifi cate, Diploma long learning. and Degree students. 30.3 Programme Structure b) The total number of credits from elective/ GEC121 Computing and Information Skills 30.31 Curriculum and Assessment general education courses shall not exceed Fundamentals I (2, Computer Science) The curriculum and methods of assessment one third of the total credits gained in the GEC122 Computing and Information Skills for the Postgraduate Diploma Programmes entire programme. Fundamentals II (2, Computer Science) shall be specifi ed in Special Departmental and c) General Education Courses can be selected GEC221 Information Management Skills (2, Faculty Regulations. from the following: Computer Science) 30.32 Duration of the Programme Area 1: Communication and Study Skills GEC222 Problem-Solving with Spreadsheet(2, The normal duration for a Postgraduate Area 2: Computer and Information Skills Computer Science) Diploma shall be as follows: Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical Thinking GEC223 Web Application Skills (2, Computer 2 semesters on a full-time basis Area 4: Physical Education, Health and Science) 4 semesters on a part-time basis. Wellness GEC322 Multimedia Information Presentation 30.4 Classifi cation of Results Area 5: Sciences and Technology Skills (2, Computer Science) The overall performance in a Postgraduate Area 6: World Civilisation Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical Diploma Programme shall be classifi ed as Area 7: World Economy and Business Skills. Thinking follows (with the cumulative GPA computed to Each of the areas shall have a set of courses GEC232 Critical Thinking - A Life Tool (2, one decimal place) based on the minimum the at different levels, and students from any Theology and Religious Studies) number of credits as specifi ed in Regulation Faculty can enrol in such courses. In addition GEC233 Logic I: Introduction to Logic (2, 00.851. to courses in Area 3, all other courses must Theology and Religious Studies) Classifi cation of Cumulative GPA include critical inquiry and analytical skills. GEC330 Introduction to Research Methods (3, Distinction 4.4 - 5.0 d) All undergraduate students must during All Faculties) Merit 3.6 - 4.3 their fi rst two semesters at UB register for at GEC333 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (2, Credit 2.8 - 3.5 least four credits in 100 level courses in Areas Theology and Religious Studies) Pass 2.0 - 2.7 1 and 2, unless exempted. In addition, all GEC334 Epistemology: Theories of Truth (2, 40.0 General Regulations for Graduate Bachelor’s Degree students must register for Theology and Religious Studies) and Post-Graduate Programmes a minimum of an additional twelve credits of GEC441 Introduction to Wetland Research For General Regulations for Master’s Degree, General Education Courses selected from at Area 4: Physical Education and Wellness Master of Philosophy (MPhil) Degree least two credits from Area 3, and the balance The purpose of the GECs in Physical and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Degree from at least two areas out of Areas 4, 5, 6 Education, Health and Wellness is to Programmes, consult the School of Graduate and 7 before completing their programme of encourage students to develop a physically Studies General Regulations 41.0 and 50.0 study. active way of living and adopt positive (refer to a separate catalogue for Graduate e) Students taking General Education Courses attitudes to health so as to enrich the quality Studies). shall be subject to assessment procedures of life. as specifi ed in General, Special Faculty and GEC141 Fitness Through Physical Education (2, General Education Courses Departmental Regulations, and the marks Physical Education) 1. Overview obtained shall count towards the semester’s GEC145 Introduction to Swimming (2, Physical In line with the University of Botswana assessment and the award of the qualifi cation Education) Vision and Mission statements, the new for which the student is registered. GEC148 Health and Wellness (2, Physical semesterisation system incorporates several Education) features into the University academic 3. Coding the GECs GEC247 HIV/AIDS Education, Prevention and programmes that will assist UB to become In order to assist students and staff to identify Control (3, Nursing Education) a leading academic centre of excellence GECs, these courses have been given two GEC248 Human Nutrition (3, Biological in Africa and the world.One important kinds of identifi cation: Either: Sciences) feature of the new undergraduate academic a) With the code GEC followed by three digits, GEC249 Human Sexuality (3, Biological programme structure is the introduction with the fi rst digit indicating level (1 to 4), Sciences) of the General Education Courses (GECs). the second digit indicating area (1 to 7 as per GEC371 Personal Development and The GECs provide more student determined Regulation 0.2124 (c) of the Revised Academic GEC441 Special Education (3, Biological choice and fl exibility of programmes. They Regulations), and the third digit (0 to 9) Sciences) address such crosscutting issues as employers’ indicating the Faculty (or Faculties) offering Area 5: Science and Technology expectations, competence in communication the GEC; Or: Courses in this area of study will be offered skills, IT and information skills literacy, b) A Departmental code as per General by the Faculty of Science and the Faculty of gender, HIV/AIDS, environment, energy and Regulation 00.25, and an indication that such Engineering and Technology. globalisation. The GECs fall under seven a course has been declared as a GEC under GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources themes that have been approved by Senate one of Areas 1 to 7 as per Regulation 00.2124 and Development (2, Geology) after extensive consultations. These areas (c). GEC251 Ground Water and Society (2, of study have generally received support Area 1: Communication and Study Skills Geology) from vital stakeholders such as the Ministry Courses in Communication and Study Skills GEC252 Origins of the Universe (2, Physics)
15 General information
GEC253 Energy and Society (2, Physics) or a fi nancial convenant accepted by the Master’s Degree studies and research on GEC254 The Environment: Our Home, Our University Council. some aspect of Botswana culture in any fi eld Resource (2, Environmental Science) 90.13 Special Regulations shall only be of study. The Alumni Fellowship will cover GEC350 Evironmental Change in Southern amended with the written agreement of the the following fees: tuition, book and caution Africa (2, Environmental Science) donor or executor (unless the donor has since fee, Identity Card and fi eldwork for both part GEC255 Electrical Energy and Rural died or after due search cannot be traced). and full-time students. For full-time students, Development (2, Electrical Engineering) 90.14 No award of a fellowship, scholarship, residence, refectory and laundry fees will also GEC256 History of Technology (2 Mechanical studentship, exhibition or other prize shall be be covered by the fellowship. Engineering) made in any year in which the accumulated i) The Alumni Fellowship shall be tenable GEC257 Ancient and Modern Structures (2, special funds for that award are less than the at the University of Botswana and may be Civil Engineering) annual value of the award. awarded by the Senate to citizens of Botswana GEC258 Art and Science of Design (2, 90.20 Fellowships who qualify for Master’s Degree studies in Technology and Educational Studies) 90.21 Procedures for Instituting Fellowships any fi eld. GEC355 Telecommunications in Society (2, i) All proposals for the institution of ii) The maximum period of the fellowship shall Electrical Engineering) fellowships shall be forwarded to the be two years for full-time study and three GEC356 Renewable Energy (2 credits Fellowships Committee. years for part-time study. Mechanical Engineering) ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name iii) The Senate shall satisfy itself that the focus GEC357 Advances in Technology (2 credits of the fellowship, full reasons for making the of the intended Master’s Degree studies by Technology and Educational Studies) proposals and choosing the particular person, the proposed recipient is on some aspect of Area 6: World Civilisation (Humanities) and the conditions under which the fellowship Botswana culture. The GECs in World Civilisation, offered by the may be awarded, including the composition of iv) The recipient of the Fellowship shall Faculty of Humanities, will help to promote an the Fellowship Selection Committee. be required to maintain a satisfactory understanding of the diversity and complexity iii) If the proposed fellowship is to be named in performance during the course of study. of different world cultures. honour of a particular person or organisation, v) The UB Alumni Fellowship Selection GEC261 The Languages of Botswana (2, the donor should not inform the person(s) or Committee shall include two representatives African Languages and Literature) organisation he/she wishes to honour before of the Alumni of the University of Botswana GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies (2, the Fellowships Committee has considered Development Trust (ALUBDEV). African Languages and Literature) the proposal. 90.30 Scholarships GEC263 The Politics of Gender (2, Theology iv) Prospective donors of fellowships should 90.40 Studentship and Religious Studies) state the intended time span of the fellowship, 90.50 Exhibitions GEC264 Religion and Development (2, the amount of money they wish to donate 90.60 Prizes Theology and Religious Studies) to the University, and the value of each GEC268 Literature of Liberation (2, English) fellowship. 90.61 Procedures for Instituting Prizes GEC362 Africa and Its Past on Film (2, History) v) As a general principle, current members of i) All proposals for the institution of prizes Area 7: World Economy and Business staff may not have fellowships named after shall be forwarded to the Director, Academic Skills them. Services. The GECs in World Economy and Business vi) When the Fellowships Committee has ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name Skills will help to instil an appreciation of satisfi ed itself as to the suitability of the of the prize, full reasons for making the how economic and business activities shape proposed fellowship and its administration, it proposals and choosing the particular name, human affairs ,nationally, regionally and shall make a recommendation to the Senate. and the conditions under which the prize may internationally. They will be offered by the vii) Before making a recommendation to be awarded. Faculty of Social Sciences and the Faculty of the Senate, the Fellowships Committee may iii) If the proposed prize is to be named in Business. request the prospective donor to supply more honour of a particular person or group, the GEC270 Accounting for Non- Business Majors detailed information on the fi nancing, nature donor should not inform the person(s) he/she (3, Accounting and Finance) of conditions for the fellowship, and may wishes to honour before the appropriate GEC271 Basic Cost Accounting and Control advise the donor of the need to increase the University authorities have considered the (3, Accounting and Finance) donation value of the award. proposal. GEC272 Basic Finance and Taxation (3, viii) On the recommendation of the iv) Prospective donors of prizes should state Accounting and Finance) Fellowships Committee, the Senate shall the intended time span of the prize, the GEC371 Small Business Entrepreneurship (3, review and set the minimum amount which amount of money they wish to donate, and Management) a donor shall be required to pay to the the value of each award of the prize. They GEC275 Basic Concepts in Marketing (3, University in order to establish a fellowship. may also indicate the nature of the prize. Management) ix) A fellowship shall be established or v) As a general principle, current members of GEC276 Contemporary Economic Issues (3, terminated by the University Council on the staff may not have prizes named after them. Economics) recommendation of the Senate. vi) When the Department or Faculty has GEC277 Law and Society in Botswana (3, satisfi ed itself as to the suitability of the prize, Law ) 90.22 Procedures for the Award of a it shall make a recommendation to the Senate. GEC278 Population and Society (3, Population Fellowship vii) Before making a recommendation to Studies) i) All proposals for the award of a fellowship the Senate, the Department or Faculty may GEC279 e-Governance (2, Political and to any student shall fi rst be made to the request the prospective donor to supply more Administrative Studies) Fellowship Selection Committee, which after detailed information on the fi nancing, nature GEC273 The State and Society (2, Political and careful deliberation shall recommend the of conditions for the award of the prize, and Administrative Studies) name(s) of the recipient(s) to the Fellowships may advise the donor of the need to increase GEC372 Migration and Globalisation (2, Committee. the donation value of the award. Population Studies) ii) If the recommendation for an award of a 90.62 Procedures for the Award of Prizes GEC441 Special Education (2) fellowship is received and approved by the i) A prospective donor may suggest a person The course introduces students to the fi eld Fellowships Committee, the Vice Chancellor who qualifi es to receive an award for of special education and equips them with may approve the award on behalf of the consideration by the Department or Faculty. the skills to identify and assist learners with Senate. ii) Any proposal for the institution of a prize different disabilities. iii) No award of a fellowship may be approved may include the composition of the awarding before the donor has paid to the University committee. Regulations for the Award the minimum amount required to establish a iii) All proposals for the award of a prize of Fellowships, Scholarships, fellowship. to any student shall fi rst be made to the Studentship, Exhibitions and Prizes iv) All awards of fellowships shall be made awarding committee, which after careful subject to the Special Regulations for the deliberation shall recommend the name(s) of 0.10 General individual fellowships. the recipient(s). 90.11 The following Regulations are approved 90.23 Special Regulations for the University of iv) Subject to the Special Regulations for as per Statute 42d. 9 Botswana Alumni Fellowship individual prizes, the award may be in cash 90.12 Special Regulations shall be approved The Alumni Fellowship was established or in books to the value of the prize, and the to govern each fellowship, scholarship, in 1996/97 as a result of a donation by award may be made jointly to two or more studentship, exhibition or other prize the Alumni of the University of Botswana persons in any one year in which case its value established as a result of a donation, bequest Development Trust (ALUBDEV) to promote shall be shared equally between them.
16 90.63 The following Special Regulations Faculty of Science, the Head and an elected have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) apply to individual prizes: member of the Mathematics Department, and should be of acceptable conduct. The prize 1. Roderick Ross Prize in Administration the Head and elected member of the Physics will be in the form of books worth P200 This prize was established in 1982/83 as a Department, will make a recommendation chosen by the winner and a shield. The name result of an annual donation to the University through the Science Faculty Board to the of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield by Roderick Ross, a former visiting Registrar Deputy Vice Chancellor. The prize will be in to be placed in the Dean’s offi ce. (1978) to the then University College of the form of books worth P200 chosen by the 11. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Business Botswana, to mark its attainment of full winner. This prize was established in 2001 and was University status and to encourage studies in 5. Bank of Botswana Prize funded by members of the academic staff of Administration. The prize may be awarded This prize was established in 1989 and the Faculty of Business in 2000. The prize may annually by the Senate to the student with may be awarded annually by the Senate to be awarded annually by the University Senate the best marks in the fi nal examinations in a Motswana graduating student with the to a fi nal year student adjudged academically the subject Public Administration for the BA best marks in Accountancy and Business the most outstanding in the Faculty of Degree. The Senate may in any year award Administration and Economics. The recipient Business who should have obtained least 4.0 the prize jointly or, exceptionally and on the will be invited to attend the annual the CGPA. The student should be of acceptable recommendation of the Board of the Faculty Bankers Banquet. conduct. The prize will be in the form of cash of Social Sciences, make no award where an 6. PriceWaterhouseCoopers Prize to the value of P400, a shield and a Certifi cate insuffi ciently high standard has been achieved. This prize was established in 1990 as a result of Outstanding Performance signed by the The prize shall be in books, chosen by the of a generous donation to the University Dean of the Faculty. The name of the recipient winner, to the value of 15 Pounds in Pula. of Botswana by PriceWaterhouseCoopers. will be inscribed on the shield to be placed 2. Isaac Schapera Prize The prize may be awarded annually by the in the Dean’s offi ce This prize was established in 1983/84 as a Senate to a second year Motswana Bachelor 12. Deloitte and Touche Prize result of a donation to the University of the of Accounting student with the best overall This prize was established in 1994 through royalties accruing from the sale of the book performance in any particular year. The prize a donation from the Deloitte and Touche “Land Reform In The Making”, edited by R.P. will be in the form of books worth P500 Accounting Firm. The prize may be awarded Werbner. The prize, which is in honour of chosen by the winner and a fl oating trophy. annually by the University Senate to the best Professor Isaac Schapera’s major contribution The winner will also be attached to the Firm fi nal year all round Accountancy student. The to the Social Sciences in Botswana, may during the vacation periods and will receive prize will be P1,500 cash. be awarded, as income permits, by the an allowance. The Firm will also pay for the 13. De Beers Private Sector Trust Prize Senate to a fi nal year degree student with student’s registration with the Chartered This prize was established in 1996 through the best performance or project in one of Association of Certifi ed Accountants in the a generous donation from the De Beers the following fi elds of the Social Sciences; U.K. or other approved body. Botswana (Pty) Ltd. to the University of Sociology, Environmental Science, Law, 7. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Education Botswana. The prize may be awarded Public Administration and Political Sciences. This prize was established in 1984 and annually by the University Senate to the best The Senate may award the prize jointly or, was funded by members of the academic graduating degree MBA student(s) who have exceptionally and on the recommendation of staff of the Faculty of Education in 1993. obtained the highest overall minimum average the Board of the Faculty of Social Sciences, The prize may be awarded annually by the of 70 percent. The recipient should have had make no award where an insuffi ciently high University Senate to a fi nal year student(s) a clean academic record and also should not standard has been achieved. The prize shall be adjudged academically the most outstanding have repeated a course or have been the in books worth P150 chosen by the successful in the Faculty of Education who should have subject of disciplinary action while a student. candidate. obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) In the event that a graduating student with 3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize should be of acceptable conduct. The prize the highest overall average is disqualifi ed This prize was established in 1989 as a result will be in the form of books worth P200 from winning this prize because of disciplinary of a generous donation to the University chosen by the winner and a shield. The name action, the prize will be awarded to the next of Botswana by the Honourable Mr D. N. of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield best graduating student with the best marks. Magang and his family. The prize may be to be placed in the Dean’s offi ce. The prize will be in the form of books worth awarded annually by the Senate to the most 8. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Science P1,000 and a fl oating imbua plaque on which outstanding full-time fi rst degree graduating This prize was established in 1984 and was the name of the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. student(s). This student(s) should have made funded by members of the academic staff 14. British High Commissioner’s Prize a signifi cant contribution to student life, of the Faculty of Science in 1993. The prize This prize was established in 1990 through should be of good conduct and should have may be awarded annually by the University a donation from the then British High consistently outstanding leadership qualities Senate to a fi nal year student(s) adjudged Commissioner Mr Brian Smith. The prize may during his/her period as a student. The academically the most outstanding in the be awarded annually by the University Senate prize will be in the form of the following: a Faculty of Science who should have obtained to a fi nal year degree student(s) adjudged miniature trophy on which the name of the least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of academically the most outstanding in either recipient will be appropriately engraved, a acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the the Faculty of Education (Department of scroll duly signed by the Vice Chancellor and form of books worth P200 chosen by the Mathematics and Science) or the Faculty the donor during his life time, and a shield winner and a shield. The name of the recipient of Science. The student(s) should be of on which the name of the prize and the will be inscribed on the shield to be placed in acceptable conduct. The prize will be a recipient’s name will be inscribed. The shield the Dean’s offi ce. fl oating trophy. will be placed at a conspicuous place on the 9. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Humanities 15. The Builders World Prize University Campus. The Senate may award the This prize was established in 1984 and was This prize was established in 1995 with seed prize jointly or make no award at all, if there is funded by members of the academic staff of money donated by Builders World Botswana no candidate qualifi ed for the prize. the Faculty of Humanities in 1992. The prize (Pty) Ltd. The prize may be awarded annually 4. Michael Hamlyn Prize may be awarded annually by the University to the most outstanding fi nal year BSc Degree This prize was established in 1987 by the staff Senate to a fi nal year student(s) adjudged female student in the Faculty of Science with members of the Faculty of Science in memory academically the most outstanding in the a degree classifi cation of at least 2(i). The prize of Mr. Michael Hamlyn, a South African Faculty of Humanities, who should have will be in the form of books worth P200 and a refugee student who was the only member obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) fl oating shield engraved with the donor’s and of the University of Botswana killed by a should be of acceptable conduct. The prize winner’s(s’) names. South African Government commando force will be in the form of books worth P200 16. The John Cooke Prize for that invaded Gaborone in the early hours of chosen by the winner and a shield. The name Environmental Conservation Friday 14th June 1985. He had just completed of the recipient will be inscribed on the shield This prize was established in 1993 in honour the Degree of Bachelor of Science, First to be placed in the Dean’s offi ce. of Professor John H. Cooke (Founding Head Class when he was killed. The prize may be 10. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Social Sciences of the Department of Environmental Science). awarded annually by the Senate to a student This prize was established in 1984 and was It was established with money collected by who studied and showed considerable ability funded by members of the academic staff the Department. The prize may be awarded in Mathematics and Physics in the second of the Faculty of Social Sciences in 1992. annually to the best graduating student year of the BSc Degree programme and who The prize may be awarded annually by the in Environmental Science with a degree demonstrated maturity in his/her relationship University Senate to a fi nal year student(s) classifi cation of at least 2(ii) and a record of with other students and staff. The Awarding adjudged academically the most outstanding active interest in environmental issues. The Committee, comprising the Dean of the in the Faculty of Social Sciences who should prize will be in the form of books worth P200
17 General information
selected by the winner. annually by the Senate to the best fi nal year money to purchase two or several cultural 17. Botswana Institute of Accountants student in the Diploma in Accounting and artefacts. Prize (BIA) Business Studies who should have obtained 28. The Association of Chartered Certifi ed This prize was established in 1994 through at least 4.0 CGPA. The student should be Accountants Prize in Management (ACCA) a generous donation to the University of of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in This prize was established in 1996/97 through Botswana by the Botswana Institute of the form of books worth P200 chosen by a donation to the University of Botswana Accountants. The prize may be awarded the winner, and a plaque retained by the by the Botswana Branch of the Association annually by the University Senate to the University in which the name of the recipient, of Chartered Certifi ed Accountants. The most outstanding graduating Bachelor of donor and prize shall be inscribed. The Senate prize may be awarded annually by the Accountancy Motswana student(s) who must may award the prize jointly or make no award Senate to the most outstanding Bachelor of have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The prize will at all if there is no candidate qualifi ed for the Business Administration Management fi nal be in the form of books worth P300, a shield prize. year student(s) with at least 4.0 CGPA. The for the winner with his/her name inscribed on 23. Botswana Institute of Engineers Prize recipient should not have repeated a course it and a fl oating shield on which the name of This prize was established in 1996 through or year of the programme and should be of the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. a generous donation to the University of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the 18. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology Botswana by the Botswana Institute of form of a scroll on which the name of the Prize: Computer Science Engineers. The prize may be awarded recipient, donor and prize shall be inscribed This prize was established in 1996 through annually by the University Senate to the most and a plaque retained by the University on a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference outstanding student(s) in the fi nal year of the which the name of the recipient, donor and Organising Committee. The prize may be Bachelor of Engineering Degree programme prize shall be inscribed. awarded annually by the University Senate and the student(s) should be of acceptable 29.The Indian High Commissioner’s Prize to the best fi nal year degree student in the conduct. The prize will be in the form of This prize was established in 1997/98 as a Department of Computer Science with at P1000 cash. result of a generous donation from the High least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of 24. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Engineering Commission of India to the University of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the and Technology Botswana.The prize may be awarded annually form of P500 cash and a fl oating shield on This prize was established in 1996/97 through by the Senate to the most outstanding which the name of the recipient and prize will a donation to the University of Botswana by post-graduate student in the Faculty of be inscribed. the 1995 Maintenance of Engineering Facilities Humanities. Preference will be given to a 19. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology (MEF ‘95) Conference Organising Committee. student(s) who undertook studies on some Prize: Engineering and Technology The prize may be awarded annually by the aspect of Asia, particularly of India, if any. The This prize was established in 1996 through University Senate to a fi nal year degree student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference student(s) adjudged academically the most The prize will be in the form of a momento Organising Committee. The prize may be outstanding in the Faculty of Engineering worth P170 bearing the name of the prize, awarded annually by the University Senate and Technology who should have obtained the achievement and the recipient’s name to the best fi nal year degree student(s) in the at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be inscribed on it, and cash or books worth P300 Department of Engineering and Technology of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in chosen by the winner. with at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should the form of books worth P200 chosen by the 30. The Ernst and Young Prize be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in winner, a scroll given to the recipient on which This prize was established in 1998/99 through the form of P500 cash and a fl oating shield on the name of the recipient, donor and prize a generous donation to the University of which the name of the recipient(s) and prize shall be inscribed, and a shield retained by the Botswana by the Ernst and Young fi rm of will be inscribed. University on which the name of the recipient Certifi ed Public Accountants. The prize may 20. Michael Crowder Prize for History and and prize shall be inscribed. The shield shall be be awarded annually by the Senate to the Archaeology placed in the Dean’s offi ce. overall top three Bachelor of Accountancy This prize was established in 1996 and was 25. The Lady Olebile Masire Prize programme fi rst year students and the best funded by members of the academic staff This prize was established in 1996/97 as a Financial Accounting and Auditing third of the History Department, well-wishers and result of a generous donation to the University year student(s). The student(s) should be supporters. The prize may be awarded by of Botswana by Lady Masire. The prize may be of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the University Senate to the best single or awarded annually by the Senate to the best the form of cash worth P350 and P750 per double major graduating student(s) in History fi nal year degree student(s) in the Faculty of student for fi rst year and third year students or Archaeology who should have obtained a Engineering and Technology. The student(s) respectively. degree classifi cation of at least 2(i), and who should be of acceptable conduct. The prize 31. Media Communications (Pty) Ltd Prize should have obtained a minimum of 70% in shall be in the form of a scroll given to the A prize awarded to the student(s) with History/Archaeology. The prize will be in the recipient on which the name of the recipient, the best performance (not below 70%) in form of books worth P200 chosen by the donor and prize shall be inscribed, and a each of the courses: integrated marketing winner. shield retained by the University on which the communications, international marketing, 21. The Chartered Institute of name of the recipient, donor and prize shall marketing ethics, product and brand Management Accountants (CIMA) Prize: be inscribed. marketing, retail management, services CABS 26. The BDF Prize for Physical Education marketing, contemporary issues in social This prize was established in 1996/97 This prize was established in 1996/97 as marketing, strategic marketing. through a donation made to the University a result of a donation to the University of 32. Probe Market Intelligence Prize of Botswana by the Botswana Branch of Botswana by the Botswana Defence Force. The A prize awarded to the student with the the Chartered Institute of Management prize may be awarded annually by the Senate best performance (not below 70%) in course Accountants. The prize may be awarded to the best fi nal year degree student(s) in the Marketing Research. annually by the Senate to the best fi nal year Physical Education programme. The student(s) 33. Sharma and Associates Prize student in the Certifi cate in Accounting and should be of acceptable conduct. The prize A prize awarded to the graduating bachelor’s Business Studies who should have obtained shall be in the form of a trophy given to the degree student with the highest grade in at least 4.0 CGPA. The student should be recipient on which the name of the recipient, Taxation. In addition, the winner must not of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in donor and prize shall be inscribed. have failed any course in the programme and the form of books worth P200 chosen by 27. Setswana Prize must also have a good conduct record. the winner, and a plaque retained by the This prize was established in 1998/99 through 34. BOCCIM Award University in which the name of the recipient, a donation to the University of Botswana by A prize awarded to the overall best student in donor and prize shall be inscribed. The Senate the National Setswana Language Council. The Business with a degree CGPA of at least 4.5 may award the prize jointly or make no award prize may be awarded annually by the Senate 35. IEE Region 8 AFRICON’04 Prize at all if there is no candidate qualifi ed for the to the student(s) with the best performance in A prize awarded to the most outstanding prize. African Languages and Literature in a single or graduating Electrical and Electronic degree 22. The Chartered Institute of combined major. The student(s) should be of student with a Cumulative GPA of at least 4.5. Management Accountants Prize: DABS acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the 36. M.L.A Kgasa Longman Prize This prize was established in 1996/97 form of a symbolic cultural artefact, depicting A prize awarded to the best dissertation or through a donation made to the University Setswana culture, given to the recipient. It will research project. of Botswana by the Botswana Branch of bear on it the name of prize, prize winner, 37. English Prize the Chartered Institute of Management donor and year of award. The Senate may A prize awarded to the best graduating Accountants. The prize may be awarded award the prize jointly by using the interest student in English Language and Literature.
18 38. Chibanda, Makgalemele, Ngcongco the hearing and of the nature and substance of their examinations and display it on the Prize of the charge against him/her. examination desk/table for checking by the A prize awarded to the best graduating ii) The Vice Chancellor may designate a invigilator. student in the Department of Law member of staff to be present at the hearing 4.44 Time of Arrival 39. Law Society of Botswana Prize to present the case against the student. The Examinations commence at times stated A prize awarded to the best graduating sole investigator or the Disciplinary Committee in the examination timetable. Candidates student in Clinical Legal Education. may call witnesses and interrogate them must confi rm the times of each of their 40. Helfer & Co Prize concerning the matters at issue. examinations. Candidates will be admitted A prize awarded to the best graduating iii) The hearing before the sole investigator or into the examination room approximately 20 student in Conveyancing. the Disciplinary Committee shall be conducted minutes before the start of each examination 41. The Lady Ruth Khama Prize in private. session. Candidates will be given 10 minutes A prize awarded to the graduating student(s) iv) The Secretary of the Disciplinary Committee reading time prior to the advertised time of in Social Work with degree CGPA of at least who shall be appointed by the Vice exam commencement. Candidates must not 4.0 and who performed exceptionally well Chancellor, or the sole investigator, as the make notes or commence writing during this during fi eldwork placement/community case may be, shall ensure that an accurate period. service. record is kept of all the proceedings and of the 4.45 Absence from an Examination 3.1 Residence Regulations evidence pertaining to the case. The Director, i) If a candidate fails to take an examination 3.1.1 Full-time students normally live in Legal Services Offi ce shall have custody of for no good reason, special papers will not approved Halls of Residence on campus. records. be set and the candidate will be deemed However, because accommodation is not v) The sole investigator or the Committee, to have failed the particular examination. enough for everyone, some students have as the case may be, shall prepare a written Losing, misreading or failure to consult the to live off campus. Accommodation, where statement of the decision together with a brief examination timetable are not acceptable available, is offered by the Department of summary of the reason(s) thereof. reasons for absence or late arrival at an Student Welfare. vi) When a student is rusticated for a period examination. 3.1.2 Students who are accommodated on longer than a semester, or is dismissed from ii) In the case of absence from an examination campus are required to follow regulations and the University, an appeal may be made to the through ill health, the candidate (or someone guidelines for Halls of Residence. Council and the student shall be informed of acting on his/her behalf ) must submit a 3.1.3 Off campus students are not allowed to his/her right to appeal. relevant medical certifi cate which must relate lodge in Halls of Residence without permission vii) On receipt of a memorandum of appeal, to the day or period of the examination. from the Department of Student Welfare. This the Vice Chancellor shall bring before the Evidence of illness will not normally be taken also applies to non-UB students. 4. Discipline Council, which shall meet in special session if into account unless substantiated by a medical Regulations Pursuant to Statute 8(ii) of the the Chairperson deems it necessary, without certifi cate. Such evidence must be received Statutes of the University of Botswana, the delay, a statement of the reasons for the within 14 days after the day of examination in following are and shall be, until amended, the decision, together with a summary of the order for it to receive full consideration. Discipline Regulations: evidence on which that decision is based, and iii) It is the responsibility of the candidate to 4.1 Misconduct Under the Statute the student’s written memorandum of appeal. arrange with his/her doctor for any medical 4.12 A student shall be guilty of misconduct The case shall then be decided by the Council evidence to be sent to the examinations offi ce. if he/she: on the basis of the material thus presented. iv) In the case of absence from an examination i) Engages in conduct (on or off the premises viii) Such appeals may be considered by due to serious causes (other than ill health of of the University) which discredits the good the whole Council or a Committee of not the candidate), the candidate (or someone name or is prejudicial to the peace, good order less than three members appointed by the acting on his/her behalf ) must submit to the and good government of the University; Chairperson for the purpose. Council or its examinations offi ce: (a) evidence of the cause, ii) Fails to comply with any Statute of the Committee may make its decision on the basis where possible and, (b) a written explanation University; of the minutes or records of any previous of the absence. iii) Wilfully destroys, damages, defaces, hearing and students shall be given seven 4.46 Entry into the Examination Room alienates or appropriates to himself/herself clear days’ notice of the day and time when Candidates will be told when they can any property of the University; iv) Infringes the the appeal will be heard and, in any case in enter the examination room and silence regulations of the University for the control which oral representations of any kind are must be observed on entry and whilst in the of Library materials, examinations, class tests heard, shall be given the opportunity to hear examination room. and assignments or any other approved and cross examine any person making such 4.461 Seating Arrangements in the regulations; representations. Examination Room v) Fails to comply with such instruction relating ix) The decision of Council shall be fi nal. Invigilators and exam assistants will guide to his/her conduct as a student as he/she may candidates to their seat. receive from any member of the University 4.3 Criminal Proceedings 4.462 Special Arrangements staff in the exercise of his/her duties; 4.31 A fi nding of guilt or an acquittal in a Candidates who have a disability or suffer vi) Infringes the traffi c rules of the University; criminal court shall not preclude proceedings from any illness or condition that will vii) Is convicted in any court of law of an against a student in respect of the require special examination arrangements offence which in the opinion of the Vice same incident, but any sentence or order should inform the Faculty offi ce well in Chancellor is serious enough to warrant pronounced shall be taken into account in the advance. Where feasible, special examination disciplinary action. imposition of any penalty.Further, the fi nding arrangements will be made. 4.2 Disciplinary Procedures of a criminal court in respect of any incident 4.463 Procedures During the Examination 4.21 Any charge of misconduct shall in which is the subject of proceedings against Candidates must immediately on taking their the fi rst instance be laid before the Vice a student, may be used in evidence in those examination seats fi ll in the attendance slip Chancellor. proceedings. provided.. Answer books and other requisite 4.22 i) The Vice Chancellor may decide the stationery will be provided. Candidates should case after taking such advice or seeking such Examinations Regulations carefully read the instructions on the front evidence as he/she considers desirable or 4.41 Information and Guidance for cover of the answer books and then enter may refer the case for investigation to a sole Candidates their candidate’s ID number and other details investigator or may appoint a Disciplinary required. No part of the book may be torn off All candidates will be assumed to have read Committee with such membership as he/she and all books used must be left on the desks. the following rules and regulations. deems appropriate. Rough work must be done in the answer book 4.42 Examination Rooms ii) The Vice Chancellor may forbid such and should be crossed out to show that it is The rooms in which examinations are to be student to attend lectures and/or participate in not part of the answer. held appear in the examination timetable. any student activities whilst the charge against 4.464 Starting the Examination Candidates are responsible for knowing him/her is being investigated. You will be told by the supervisor when you in advance the rooms in which they write 4.23 Where the Vice Chancellor refers the can start the examination and you should not examinations. case to a sole investigator or appoints a look at the examination question paper before 4.43 Examination Numbers Disciplinary Committee and refers the case you are told to do so. In line with University policy on anonymous to the same Committee, the following 4.465 Late Arrival marking, Student Identity Numbers will be procedures shall be followed: Candidates who are more than one hour late used for examination purposes. Candidates i) The student shall be given at least two clear will not be admitted into the examination must produce a valid Student ID card at each days’ notice in writing of the time and place of room. Candidates who arrive late will not
19 General information
be allowed extra time to complete the additional loose sheets, charts or papers and recommendation. The Dean may direct that examination. supplementary answer books are enclosed corrective action be taken when justifi ed. He/ 4.466 Examination Reading Time in the fi rst answer book. Candidates may she will report his/her decision to the student On being told to start reading, candidates will not take any examination materials, used or and the instructor. check that the question paper is the correct unused, out of the examination room other 4. Academic Appeals Committee one, all questions are legible and all pages are than: Should the complaint not be satisfactorily attached. a) The material they brought into the resolved at Step 3, either the student or Dean Discrepancies must be reported to the examination room; may refer the written appeal to the Senate invigilator for attention. b) The question paper (where permissible). Academic Appeals Committee for review 4.467 Temporary Withdrawal 4.472 Penalties for Infringement of and resolution. The Committee will review A candidate leaving the examination room Examination Regulations the appeal and the appeal decisions made temporarily for personal reasons will be All candidates will be assumed to have read at earlier steps of the appeals process. The accompanied by an invigilator or other the above Regulations. The following steps will Committee shall determine its own procedure. authorised person. (NB: Smoking is not be taken to impose penalties on any candidate The student(s) and the instructor concerned considered a suitable reason for leaving the who infringes upon examination regulations. may attend the hearings to hear and answer examination room.) The candidate will not i) Any candidate who is considered by the allegations and to present their arguments. take the question paper, answer book(s) invigilator to be committing an infringement The Committee shall not itself re-mark/re- and other materials and must not consult or of the rules will be reported and appropriate grade the continuous assessment script but attempt to consult any materials or persons action taken. The supervisor has the power shall direct that this be independently done outside the room that may assist him/her in to dismiss a candidate from the room and where appropriate. The Committee’s decision writing the examination. compel him/her to surrender the script if shall be binding on all parties, may not be 4.468 Leaving the Examination Room deemed to be guilty of serious misconduct. appealed, and takes effect when issued. Candidates may not leave the examination ii) In all cases of misconduct, the candidate 5. The Committee may refuse to proceed with room during the fi rst hour of the examination will be warned that his/her conduct will be an appeal or complaint if it concludes that the session unless they feel unwell. Candidates reported and that the decision as to whether appeal or complaint is vexatious or malicious. must also not leave during the last ten the work will be accepted or disciplinary action 6. Appeals which challenge the professional minutes of the examination and must remain taken rests with the authorities. academic judgement of individual examiners seated until all the examination scripts have iii) When it is determined that the student has or Boards of Examiners on the examination been collected and checked by the invigilators. committed misconduct calculated to affect performance of students will not be permitted. If a candidate has completed his/her paper improper examination performance: 7. Victimisation or harassment of students before the specifi ed time and wishes to leave, a) He/she may be refused credit for any who lodge complaints is prohibited. he/she must do so as quietly as possible, so courses or examinations completed or Procedures relating to Sexual Harassment are as not to disturb the other candidates. Such a attempted; dealt with separately below. candidate will not be allowed to re-enter the b) The results may be withheld; 8. No fee shall be paid. examination room. Permission to leave at any c) He/she may be suspended from writing the time must be requested from the supervisor. examinations; B. Examination Appeals 4.469 Illness During Examination d) He/she may be dismissed from the Students may request a review of their Candidates who fall ill during the examination University for repeated misconduct; examination marks, results and academic should inform the supervisor or invigilator who iv) A candidate who wishes to appeal shall decisions. However, examination appeals shall act or advise as appropriate. follow the procedure set out in the Disciplinary against externally moderated examination 4.470 Misconduct Regulations. marks will not normally be considered The following will be construed as misconduct unless evidence exists that errors/omissions/ in an examination: Academic Appeals and Procedures irregularities had occurred or new evidence a)Taking into the examination room, or A. Continuous Assessment exists which necessitates a review of the mark, possessing or using whilst in that room any Appeals student may request a review of result or decision. unauthorised materials or items. Misconduct continuous assessment mark(s) and decisions Appeals are heard on the following grounds: is presumed from the fact of possession during the course of the year. 1. New evidence: i.e. evidence of unless an innocent explanation is obvious or is Steps in the Process of an Assessment Appeal circumstances affecting the student’s established by the candidate; 1. Course Instructor examination performance that, through no b) Aiding or attempting to aid, obtaining First discuss concern with the course instructor fault of the student, could not reasonably have or attempting to obtain aid from another promptly upon receipt of the assessment been presented at an earlier date. candidate. Misconduct is presumed from the mark or decision in an attempt to resolve any 2. Procedural or other irregularities in the fact of communication unless an innocent differences. The student has the right to take conduct of the examination. explanation is obvious or is established by the the matter directly to the Head of Department 3. Procedural irregularities in the marking of candidate; if need be. the examination, e.g. evidence that the scripts c) Consulting or trying to consult during 2. Department/Programme have been insuffi ciently or incorrectly marked. the examination any books, notes or other If the complaint has not been satisfactorily 4. Evidence of prejudice or bias on the part of unauthorised materials, or another candidate resolved at Step 1, the student may approach one or more examiners. while temporarily outside the examination the Head of Department (or Dean if the Head 5. Inappropriate advice from members room; of Department is the instructor, or DVC/AA if of administrative or academic staff on d) Impersonating another candidate or the Faculty/School Dean is the instructor) for matters affecting the student’s examination allowing oneself to be impersonated; review, mediation or resolution. The student candidature or performance. e) Attempting to infl uence the examiners or should attach to the written complaint all 6. Failure of the University to implement other University offi cials; relevant evidence as is available to substantiate its agreed procedures and regulations. f) Failing to obey or comply with any of the the complaint. The Head of Department shall Grounds for appeal must be specifi c. Reasons examination regulations, or instructions of the investigate and may endeavour to resolve such as ‘I deserved a better grade’,or supervisor/ invigilator acting within the scope the matter, or may seek further advice/ ‘I thought I did better’ are unclear and of his/her authority. Such repeated behaviour recommendation from the Departmental unhelpful. Appeals which challenge the as may in the view of the supervisor prejudice Board or other persons as he/she thinks fi t. professional academic judgement of examiners the performance of other candidates. It should The Head of Department may direct that on the student’s examination performance will be noted that the supervisor is empowered to corrective action be taken when justifi ed. not be considered. Appeals or representations discontinue the examination of a candidate 3. Faculty/School are allowed as a way of ensuring that as far as suspected of misconduct and to expel him/her If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2, possible all relevant circumstances surrounding from the examination room. either the Head of Department or the student examination performance are brought to 4.471 End of the Examination will refer the written complaint to the Dean light and taken into account in formulating Candidates will be told to stop writing at the of the Faculty/School for investigation, results and decisions. Appeals should be end of the examination by the supervisor. review and resolution. The Dean will review lodged with the Assistant Director (Records Candidates in the room should then remain the appeal, discuss with the student, and Examinations). Examination appeals seated until they have fi lled all the details the Head of Department, and any other must state clearly the grounds for appeal and required on the answer book and the scripts persons concerned, and may refer it to the should include all relevant information. The have been collected. It is the responsibility Faculty/School Executive for further advice/ burden of proof is on the student, and the of the candidate to ensure that all the
20 written appeal should state and support with 2.2 “Designated Offi cers” means certain 5.2 and 8 of this document, which committee available evidence the grounds for appeal. employees of the University, drawn one from shall contain at least one man and one woman The Examinations Appeals Committee will each Faculty/Department/Unit as appropriate among its members. The Vice Chancellor consider the details of the appeal and decide and appointed from time to time to such shall appoint additionally the chairperson whether the appeal is valid, and if so, what offi ce among their respective other duties by from time to time of the Sexual Harassment relief should be provided. The Committee does the relevant Dean or Director. Each Designated Committee. The members of the Sexual not usually hold hearings. The examination Offi cer shall undergo special training in the Harassment Committee shall be appointed to script may be re-marked only if the Committee implementation of and the issues relating to and hold offi ce on a rotational basis for a term so directs; there is no automatic re-marking/ the Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures, of 3 years, but it shall be open to the Vice regrading of scripts. However, for all appeals shall be made known to the employees and Chancellor at the Vice Chancellor’s discretion and queries received from students, the marks students of the University and shall represent to re-appoint a person to offi ce for an and/or results will be checked for errors, an informal initial point of contact with a additional term of 3 years, after which another omissions and conformity with regulations, member of the University community wishing person shall be appointed to hold such offi ce and a correction made where necessary. The to report an incident of sexual harassment. in replacement of the person whose term has Committee’s decision is fi nal and takes effect Further, each Designated Offi cer shall serve come to an end. when issued. Examination scripts and the a term of 2 years, but it shall be open to the Except as otherwise specifi ed in this marks awarded for individual examination relevant Dean or Director at that Dean’s or document, the Sexual Harassment Committee questions/answers are not shown to students. Director’s discretion to reappoint a person to shall, in consultation with and subject to the C. Complaints Relating to Individual be a Designated Offi cer for an additional term approval of the Vice Chancellor, regulate its Course Instructors of 2 years, after which another person shall be own procedure. All documents and materials A student who has a grievance relating to a appointed to hold such offi ce in replacement relating to or emerging from any procedures, course instructor (e.g. unsatisfactory teaching, of the person whose term has come to an investigations and/or recommendations unsatisfactory relationship with the course end. carried out or made in terms of the Sexual instructor) may follow these steps: 2.3 “Management Representative” means, Harassment Policy and Procedures shall be 1. Raise concern with the course instructor where the Complainant (as defi ned in returned to and maintained by the offi ce of as soon as the problem or diffi culty arises. paragraph 5.1 of this document) is an the Vice Chancellor. Most grievances can be resolved amicably and employee of the University, the Deputy Vice 2.8 “University” means the University of quickly in this manner. The student may take Chancellor, Finance and Administration (or a Botswana as established under Section 2 of the matter directly to the Head of Department designate appointed from time to time by the the Act. if need be. Vice Chancellor), and where the Complainant 2.9 “University Management” shall mean the 2. Concerns related to an instruct or that is a student of the University, the Deputy Vice offi ce f the Vice Chancellor and/or such other cannot be resolved at Step 1 should be Chancellor, Student Affairs (or a designee senior management of the University as the discussed with the Head of Department appointed from time to time by the Vice Vice Chancellor deems appropriate for the (or Faculty Dean, if the Department Head Chancellor), each nominated hereunder to purposes of the Sexual Harassment Policy and is the instructor, or DVC/AA if the Dean is carry out the duties and functions set out Procedures. instructor). in paragraph 5 of this document. Where a 2.10 “University Council” means the 3. If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2 designee is appointed to act as a Management governing body of the University as above, the student may follow the Steps as Representative by the Vice Chancellor, such established under the Act. in 1.3 through 1.5 under Section 1 above. designate shall serve a term of 2 years, but 2.11 “Vice Chancellor” means the chief The complaint review process is accomplished it shall be open to the Vice Chancellor at executive offi cer of the University appointed in a collegial nonjudicial atmosphere rather the Vice Chancellor’s discretion to reappoint under the Act. than an adversarial one and allows the the relevant designee to be a Management 2.12 “Working day” means Monday to Friday parties involved to participate as appropriate. Representative for an additional term of 2 in each week other than where such a day is a Complaints must be raised and resolved years, after which another designee shall be public holiday in Botswana. promptly and as soon as they arise during the appointed to hold such offi ce in replacement 3.1 The University of Botswana is committed course of the year. The student and instructor of the designee whose term has come to an to a working, studying and living environment may enlist the aid of a neutral third party (e.g. end. that is free of discrimination and/or counsellor, academic advisor) to assist. 2.4 “Members of the University Community” intimidation. Sexual harassment of any kind means employees and students of the will accordingly not be tolerated. For further details of the appeals University. 3.2 The University Management willtake procedure, please contact the: 2.5 “Senate” means the Senate of the prompt corrective action upon being made University as established under the Act. aware that incidents involving sexual Department of Academic Services, 2.6 “Sexual Harassment” refers to any harassment have taken place. Tel: 267- 355-2018/2016 unwanted, unsolicited and/or repeated verbal 3.3 All employees concerned with the Fax: 267-3585-103. or sexual advances, sexually derogatory management or supervision of staff or University of Botswana statements or sexually discriminatory students have a positive duty to maintain the remarks made by a member of the University workplace and study environment free from community in respect of another member sexual harassment. Sexual Harassment Policy and of the University community, whether in or 3.4 Sexual harassment will constitute grounds Procedures outside the University, which are offensive for disciplinary action, which may include, but or objectionable to the recipient, or which not be limited to, dismissal from employment 1. Introduction cause the recipient discomfort or humiliation, or expulsion from the University, or such other 1.1 This document contains the University’s or which the recipient believes interfere with action or combination of actions short of Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures the performance of his/her job or study, dismissal as may be considered appropriate approved by the University Council and undermine job security or prospects or create by the Sexual Harassment Committee in applicable to all members of the University a threatening or intimidating work or study accordance with the provisions of paragraphs community. The Sexual Harassment Policy environment. “Sexual harassment” shall 5.2 (c) and 5.2 (d) of this document and in and Procedures shall be adopted in any case include, but not be limited to, unnecessary accordance with the University’s disciplinary where a member of the University community touching; unwanted physical contact; sexually procedures and regulations applying to feels that he/she is being or has been sexually suggestive approaches; persistently staring members of the University community and as harassed. at a person’s body; compromising invitations published and amended from time to time. 1.2 This document shall be published and or presents; requests or demands for sexual 3.5 Members of the University community distributed free of charge to all members of favours; displays of sexually suggestive or who feel that they are the subject of the University community. degrading pictures or objects in the workplace sexual harassment may raise the matter in 2. Defi nitions or place of study; and any comments which accordance with the grievance procedures set In this document, any reference to the singular imply that gender impairs the ability of a out in paragraph 5 below. shall include the plural and vice-versa and the person to perform a job or undertake a course 3.6 Grievances will be handled with all following words and expressions shall carry of study. possible tact, speed and confi dentiality. In the meanings respectively ascribed to them 2.7 “Sexual Harassment Committee” means settling the grievance, if relocation is under as follows: the four person committee from time to time consideration, every effort will be made to 2.1 “Act” means the University of Botswana appointed by the Vice Chancellor to carry out apply this to the alleged offender rather than Act (Cap. 57:01). the functions and duties set out in paragraphs the victim.
21 General information
3.7 Any diffi culty in defi ning what constitutes Committee shall be responsible for notifying police in their enquiries. sexual harassment shall not deter anyone the alleged offender that the matter is being 7. Confi dentiality from complaining of behaviour which causes taken further, that it may result in disciplinary It shall be a fundamental aspect of the Sexual him or her distress, nor shall anyone be action and that the alleged offender has the Harassment Policy and Procedures that, deterred from making a complaint because right to seek representation. wherever possible, the utmost confi dentiality, of embarrassment or fear of intimidation b) The Sexual Harassment Committee shall, in respect of both the Complainant and the or publicity. The University will respect the as soon as possible, but not later than 14 alleged offender, is maintained throughout particular sensitivity of sexual harassment working days from receiving a relevant any investigations and/or proceedings complaints and their consequences. request, cause separate investigatory meetings brought under the provisions contained in 3.8 No person shall be deterred from with the Complainant and the alleged this document. Accordingly, fi le references complaining of sexual harassment that has offender, together with their representatives and other correspondence regarding sexual already occurred by the time a complaint is (if any), to attempt to resolve the matter, harassment will be kept to a necessary made. Where, however, more than six months unless both the Complainant and the alleged minimum and, except where ordered have elapsed from the last date of occurrence offender agree to a joint meeting being by a court of competent jurisdiction or of such sexual harassment to the lodgement convened. generally under law, no disclosure of such of a relevant complaint for determination on c) The Sexual Harassment Committee investigations and/or proceedings, including a formal basis as set out in paragraph 5.2 of shall, without undue delay, advise the their recommendations and results, shall be this document, it shall be at the discretion of Complainant and the alleged offender made to any third party (that is, any party not the Sexual Harassment Committee, acting and/or their representatives (if any) in directly concerned with or affected by the reasonably, whether to accept or reject the writing of the outcome of the investigations investigations and/or proceedings in question). lodgement of the complaint, taking all the and, in particular, but without limitation, 8. Discretion and Review circumstances of such complaint into of any action to be taken by or against 8.1 Any matter or incident which relates to account. the alleged offender for the purposes of sexual harassment but is not expressly covered 4. Training the protection of the Complainant. In the in this document shall be referred to the Each Designated Offi cer,Management event that the Complainant or the alleged Sexual Harassment Committee. The Sexual Representative and member of the Sexual offender is aggrieved with the outcome of Harassment Committee shall act promptly by Harassment Committee exercising duties in the investigations and/or the action to be implementing such procedures and penalties connection with the Sexual Harassment Policy taken, he/she shall have a right of appeal as it, in its discretion, considers reasonable for and Procedures shall receive appropriate to the Vice Chancellor, provided such right the resolution of such matter or incident. training so as to discharge such duties in as of appeal is exercised within seven (7) days. 8.2 The Sexual Harassment Policy and effi cient and sensitive a manner as possible. The Vice Chancellor shall, as soon as possible Procedures will be subject to ongoing review 5. Procedures for Dealing with Sexual but not later than twenty-one (21) working by the Sexual Harassment Committee. The Harassment Complaints days, review the case and render a decision. Sexual Harassment Committee shall make The following paragraphs contain the In reviewing the case, the Vice Chancellor recommendations as appropriate from time to grievance procedures for individuals and shall call for such information as he/she shall time to the Senate which shall, if necessary, groups complaining of sexual harassment. deem necessary to enable him/her to make a take the matter up further with the University 5.1 Informal Approach decision. Council for purposes of implementation of the Where a member of the University community d) In the event that the Complainant or the relevant recommendations or otherwise. feels that he/she is being or has been sexually alleged offender is aggrieved with the Vice harassed, such member (“the Complainant”) Chancellor’s decision, he/she shall have a right is encouraged, but not obliged, prior to of appeal to the University Council, to be adopting the formal procedure outlined exercised within seven (7) days from the date below, to advise the alleged offender that of the Vice Chancellor’s decision. The decision such behaviour is unwelcome, must be of the University Council shall, on the part stopped or must not occur again and is of the University and in terms of the Sexual interpreted as sexual harassment in terms of Harassment Policy and Procedures, be fi nal this document. This approach may also be and, in sofar as applicable, binding on both made by a representative of the Complainant the Complainant and the alleged offender. on his or her behalf. e) In the event of manifest error in the The following guidelines shall apply: investigations and/or outcome thereof, the a) The Complainant and/or his/her University Council may,at its discretion, review representative (if any) may discuss the matter the proceedings and take such action as it informally with one of the Designated Offi cers; deems appropriate and, its decision shall, in b) The Complainant, his/her representative (if this respect, be fi nal and binding. any) and/or the Designated Offi cer with whom f) If the Sexual Harassment Committee the matter is discussed may at this stage proposes any disciplinary action against approach informally the relevant Management the alleged offender, then the procedure Representative; appropriate to the member of the University c) The Management Representative community concerned shall be adopted. Any approached will, in consultation with the such action to be taken may be appealed relevant Head of Department/ Unit, attempt against by the alleged offender in terms of in turn to resolve the matter by discussing it such disciplinary procedure, provided that informally with the alleged offender. Before neither the provisions relative to nor the doing so, the Management Representative outcome of such appeal shall operate so as shall seek the advice of the Designated Offi cer; to prejudice any action recommended by d) The Management Representative shall, the Sexual Harassment Committee for the without delay, advise the Complainant and/or protection of the Complainant. his/her representative (if any) of the outcome 6. Contacting the Police of the informal discussion with the alleged No aspect of the Sexual Harassment Policy and offender. Procedures shall operate so as to prejudice 5.2 Formal Approach or prevent the rights of the Complainant If the Complainant is dissatisfi ed with he at any time to contact the police in order result of the informal approach, or the sexual to obtain protection for himself or herself harassment does not cease, or it has not been should the Complainant consider that to be possible to approach the alleged offender appropriate or necessary. In the event that without the formal grievance procedure set the Complainant contacts the police, the out in this paragraph 5.2 being invoked, then Management Representative, Designated the Complainant and/or his/her representative Offi cer, Head of Department/ Unit and/ shall take up the matter further in writing with or members of the Sexual Harassment the Sexual Harassment Committee. Committee involved in investigating a given The following guidelines shall apply: incident of sexual harassment shall liaise with a) At this stage, the Sexual Harassment and extend all reasonable co-operation to the
22 FFACULTYACULTY OOFF BBUSINESSUSINESS
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
MANAGEMENT
MARKETING
DEAN S. V. Chinyoka, BA (UNZA), MA (Ottawa), MBA (UZ), FIBA DEPUTY DEAN C. R. Sathyamoorthi, BCom (Kerala), MCom (Calicut)
FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS L. B. Molokomme, DipAcc & BusAdmin (BIAC), BCom, MBA(UB) B. Ndaba, BCom, MBA (UB)
COORDINATOR, SMALL BUSINESS CLINIC E. D. M. Odirile, BA Economics & Statistics (UBS), PG Dip Economics & Statistics, MA Economics (East Anglia, UK), MBA (UB) ASSISTANT SUPPORT MANAGER J. Adeyemi-Offor, Dip in Data Processing, BSc Comp. Sc (UNIBEN) IT TECHNICIAN L. Dube, Diploma in Computer Studies (UB) (On leave) FACULTY OF business
THE FACULTY OF core courses which must be taken and passed DAB324 Consumer Behaviour (3) for the award of the certifi cate. Each core course DAB325 Marketing Management (3) BUSINESS COMPRISES consists of 3 credits and each General Education DAB326 Purchasing Management (3) Course consists of 2 credits. The total number of Total Credits Semesters 5 & 6=24 THE FOLLOWING: credits for the entire programme is 68. Total Credits Semesters 1 to 6=68
Accounting & Finance, Management and Assessment NOTE: 1. The students will choose one of Marketing. 1. Two pieces of continuous assessment tests the above streams A or B or B in the 6th Programmes are categorized as follows: for each semester course Semester at DABS Level 300 2. The continuous assessment to fi nal Part-time examination is in the 2:3 ratio. DEPARTMENT OF • Diploma in Accounting & Business Studies 3. There will be a two-hour end of-semester examination for each course. ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Full-time and Distance mode • Bachelor of Accountancy Progression from one Level to the next Professors • Bachelor of Finance 1. The General Academic Regulations 00.9 will B.N. Swami, BCom, MCom (Andhra), LLB, • Bachelor of Business Administration apply in this case. DPA (Osmania), PhD (Sri Venkateswara), (Management) FICWA (India), FCPA (Bots) • Bachelor of Business administration Award of the Certifi cate (Marketing) 1. A student must pass all the courses in three Senior Lecturers • Bachelor of Information Systems (Business levels with a minimum GPA of 2.0 E.G. Kitindi, Dip BA, BCom (Dar es Salaam), Information Systems) 2. The Classifi cation of results will be in MBA (KU Leuven), CPA (Tanzania), PhD • Combined Major in Accounting as part of accordance with general regulation 10.4 (Vienna) BA combined Degree B. A. S. Magembe, BCom (Nairobi), MBA Level 100 (Colorado) Full-time and Part-time Semester 1 A. S. Mollah, Bcom Honours in Finance, • Master of Business Administration DAB111 Business Mathematics and Statistics MCom Finance (Dhaka), PhD (Leeds) (3) S.E. Ndzinge, BA (Dar), MS (Delaware), PhD Special Regulations for the Faculty of DAB112 Basic Accounting (3) (Kent) Business GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) O. Othata, BCom (UB), MA (Essex), PGD Subject to the provisions of General Academic GEC121 Computing and Information Skills I Research Methods, PhD (Sheffi eld-Hallam) Regulations 00.0 to 20.4, the following special (2) F. M. E. Uzoka, NCE (AICE), BSC(ED)Math(PH), regulations shall apply. MBA (Benin), MTech Computer Science, PhD Semester 2 Computer Science (FUTA), MCPN, ANIM (Nig), Entrance Requirement DAB113 Principles of Management (3) MIRMA (USA), FAISP (Bots) a) Admission shall be as stipulated in General DAB114 Introduction to Marketing (3) C. R. Sathyamoorthi, BCom (Kerala), MCom Academic Regulations 20.2, 20.21 and 20.22 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (Calicut) with the specifi c requirement of a grade C (60 (2) A. P. Shemi, BSC (Zambia), MBA Information percent) in English and Mathematics. Subject GEC122 Computing and Information Skills II Systems (Hull) to the General Regulation 00.52 in respect of (2) the Mature Age Entry Scheme, applicants to the Total Credits Semesters 1&2+20 Lecturers Bachelor of Accountancy, Bachelor of Finance, S. Biza-Khupe, BCom (UB), MSc (Essex) (On Bachelor of Information Systems (Business Study leave) Information Systems), Bachelor of Business Level 200 L. B. Dima, BCom (UB), MA (Essex), PhD Administration (Management) and Bachelor Semester 3 (Kent) of Business Administration (Marketing) shall DAB211 Intermediate Accounting (3) J. Josiah, BCom (UB), MAcc (Glasgow), PGD undergo an aptitude test. DAB212 Micro Economics (3) (Bath) (On Study Leave) DAB213 General Psychology (3) L. Machacha, BCom (UB), MSc Business b) Students with a Diploma in Accounting DAB214 Business Statistics (3) Studies (Salford), MSc Computer Science and Business Studies (DABS) or equivalent (Lincoln) (On leave) with a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or above can Semester 4 T. Majinda, BA (UB), MSc (Curtin) be admitted in the fi rst semester of the Degree DAB215 Macro Economics (3) K. V. Mgaya, BCom (Dar es Salaam), MSc programme. Subject to the Departmental DAB216 Business Finance (3) (London) Regulations, a student with DABS or equivalent DAB217 Business Law (3) P. P. Motau, BCom (UB), MSc (East Anglia), can be admitted in the third semester of the DAB218 Taxation (3) ACCA (Certifi cate), Certifi cate in Social Degree programme of the Faculty, provided Total Credits Semester 3&4=24 Science Data Analysis and collection (Essex) he/she has secured a cumulative GPA of 2.8 or M. B. Mpuisang, BCom (UB), MSc (Stirling) above in the DABS or equivalent examination. Level 200 A. Nametsegang, BAcc (UB), MBA Semester 5 Information Systems (NMSU-New Mexico), Assessment Core Courses ACCA(Affi liate) Subject to General Academic Regulation 00.8 DAB311 Quantitative Methods for Business (3) P. S. Pelaelo, BCom (UB), MBA (Hatford) and the Departmental Regulations, the ratio DAB312 Financial Management (3) P. M. D. Phatshwane, BCom (UB), MBA of continuous assessment to fi nal examination DAB313 Cost Accounting (3) (Birmingham), PhD (Manchester) shall normally be 2:3. DAB314 Management Information Systems A. Sethibe, BCom (UB), MA (Wales), CIMA (On Study leave) Progression from Semester to Semester Semester 6 General Academic Regulation 00.9 applies. A – Accounting Stream Bachelor of Accountancy Degree DAB315 Financial Accounting (3) Programme Diploma in Accounting & Business Studies DAB316 Management Accounting (3) (DABS) DAB317 Auditing (3) Level 100 DAB318 Financial Institutions & Markets (3) Semester 1 Entrance Requirements Core Courses 1. The entrance requirement shall be as B – Management Stream GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 specifi ed in general regulations 10.2.1 DAB319 Human Resource Management (3) (2, GEC) 2. A pass in CABS will be exempted from DAB320 Organisational Design and Develop. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills, some courses in DABS as the case may be. (3) Fundamentals 1 (2, GEC) DAB321 Small Business Management (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Programme Structure DAB322 Fundamentals of Materials MGT100 Principles of Management (3) The programme will extend over a period of six Management (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) semesters. Students will take four courses in STA101 Maths. for Business and Soc. each semester. Except the General Education C – Marketing Stream Sciences 1 (3) Courses, all courses of this programmme are DAB323 Sales Management (3) STA114 Introduction to Statistics (4)
24 Semester 2 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 FIN303 Financial Statement Analysis I ( 3 Core Courses Optional Courses pre-req FIN200, AC300) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II ACC406 Public Sector Accounting (3) MGT302 Business Research Methods (3) (2, GEC) BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) Elective Fundaments II (2, GEC) FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I Optional Course ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) (3, prereq. FIN200) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Level 400 MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Bachelor of Finance Degree Programme Semester 7 STA102 Maths. for Business and Social Core Courses Sciences II (3) Level 100 ACC400 Financial Accounting III (3, prereq. STA114 Business Statistics I (3) Semester 1 ACC300) Core Courses FIN400 Financial Theory and Analysis (3, Level 200 GEC121 Computing and information Skills, prereq FIN300, FIN302) Semester 3 Fundamentals I (2, GEC) FIN443 Industrial Attachment (3) Core Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I MGT400 Strategic Management (3) ACC201 Intro. to Cost Accounting (3, prereq (2,GEC) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ACC100) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Optional Course ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) FIN200 Business Finance (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Semester 8 ACC600 Foundations of Business Law (3) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social Core Courses MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3) Sciences I (3) FIN401 Financial Statement Analysis II GEC Area 3 STA116 Intro to Statistics (4) (3, prereq FIN303) FIN402 International Business Finance Semester 4 Semester 2 (3, prereq FIN 301) Core Courses Core Courses FIN403 Financial Institutions and Markets II ACC200 Financial Accounting 1(3, prereq. GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, (3, prereq FIN301) ACC100) Fundamentals II (2,GEC) FIN404 Investment Analysis and Portfolio ACC203 Cost Acc. Applications (3, prereq. GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Management (3, prereq FIN300) ACC201) (2, GEC) FIN405 Seminars in Finance (2) BIS205 Information Technology (3, prereq. ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) FIN444 Research Project (4) GEC121, GEC122) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Optional Courses MGT200 Organisational Design and Develop. STA102 Mathematics for Business and BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) (3) Social Sciences II (3) FIN304 Principles of Risk Management GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 STA114 Business Statistics I (3) and Insurance FIN305 Principles of Real Estate Finance Level 300 Level 200 (3) Semester 5 Semester 3 ACC401 Intro to Taxation (3) Core Courses Core Courses ACC404 Taxation Applications (3) ACC300 Financial Accounting II (3, prereq. ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting FIN407 International Trade Finance (3) ACC200) (3, pre-req ACC100) ACC301 Intro to Management Accounting ECO211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Bachelor of Information Systems (Business (3, prereq. ACC200) FIN200 Business Finance (3) Information Systems) Degree Programme ACC302 Auditing I (3, prereq ACC200) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3) Level 100 MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) GEC Area 3 Semester 1 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Core Courses Semester 4 GEC121 Computing and Information Skills, Semester 6 Core Courses Fundamentals I (2,GEC) Core Courses ACC200 Financial Accounting I (3, prereq. GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I ACC303 Management Accounting ACC100) (2, GEC) Applications (3, prereq. ACC301) ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications (3, ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) ACC304 Auditing II (3, prereq. ACC302) prereq. ACC201) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems BIS205 Information Technology (3, prereq. PSY101 Intro to Psychology (3) (3), prereq. BIS205, ACC200) GEC121, GEC122) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social FIN300 Financial Management (3, prereq. ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Sciences I (3) FIN200) MGT200 Organisational Design and STA116 Intro to Statistics (4) MGT302 Business Research Methods (3) Development (3)GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 2 Level 300 Core Courses Level 400 Semester 5 GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, Semester 7 Core Courses Fundamentals II (2, GEC) Core Courses ACC300 Financial Accounting II (3, prereq. GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II ACC400 Financial Accounting III (3, prereq.) ACC2000) (2,GEC) ACC401 Intro. to Taxation (3, prereq. ACC301 Introduction to Management ACC100 Intro to Accounting (3) ACC300) Accounting (3, prereq. ACC200) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) ACC443 Industrial Attachment (3) FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) MGT 400 Strategic Management (3) (3, prereq. FIN200) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social One Optional Course MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) Sciences II (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Elective STA114 Business Statistics I (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 8 Level 200 Core Courses Semester 6 Semester 3 ACC403 Financial Acc. IV (3, prereq. Core Courses Core Courses ACC400) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3, BIS200 Systems Development I (3, prereq ACC404 Taxation Applications (3,prereq. prereq. BIS205, ACC200) GEC121, GEC122) ACC401) ACC405 Accounting Theory (3, prereq. FIN300 Financial Management (3, prereq. BIS201 Foundations of Business Information ACC400) FIN200) Systems (3, prereq GEC121, EC122) ACC444 Research Project (4) FIN302 Financial Planning and Forecasting CSI241 Structured Programming (4, prereq Elective (3, prereq. FIN200) GEC121, GEC122)
25 FACULTY OF business
FIN200 Business Finance (3) CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) A.Tlhomole, BCom (UB), MBA (McGill), CIMA LAW 251 Foundations of Business Law (3) CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) (UK)-Passed Finalist MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3) CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) SDF Optional Course CSI471 Object Oriented Systems T Mphela GEC Area 3 Development (3) CSI472 Social and Professional Issues of 1.0 Bachelor of Business Administration Semester 4 Computing (3) (Management) Degree Programme Core Courses BIS204 Data Organisation Methods Bachelor of Arts Degree (Double Major) 2.0 Programme Structure (3, pre-requisite BIS201) Level 100 CSI252 Operating Systems Concepts (3) (Courses offered through the Department) All courses at this level, excepting General CSI272 Computer Communications Education Courses (GECs), are core. Networking Fundamentals (2) Level 100 MGT200 Organisational Design and Develop. Semester 2 Semester 1 (3) Core Course GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Optional Course ACC100 Intro to Accounting (3) Fundamentals I (2, GEC) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Level 200 (2, GEC) Level 300 Semester 3 PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Core Courses Core Courses ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) BIS301 Business Process Re-engineering ACC201 Intro to Cost Accounting (3) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) (3) FIN200 Business Finance (3) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) Sciences I (3) BIS303 Electronic Commerce 1 (3) STA116 Intro to Statistics (4) BIS343 Industrial Attachment (2) Semester 4 MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) Core Courses Semester 2 Optional Course ACC200 Financial Accounting I (3) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications (3) Fundamentals II (2, GEC) BIS205 Information Technology (3) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Semester 6 (2, GEC) Core Courses Level 300 ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) BIS307 Project Management Info. Systems Semester 5 ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) (3) Core Courses MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) CSI362 Database Concepts (3) ACC300 Financial Accounting II (3) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social MGT302 Business Research Methods (3) ACC301 Intro to Management Accounting(3) Sciences II (3) Optional Courses ACC302 Auditing I (3) STA114 Business Statistics 1 (3) Elective GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 6 Level 200 Core Courses All courses at this level are core. Level 400 ACC303 Management Accounting Semester 7 Applications (3) Semester 3 Core Courses ACC304 Auditing II (3) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3) MGT400 Strategic Management (3) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) ECO211 Intermediate Micro- Economics for CSI461 Computer Communications Business (3) Networks Management (4) Level 400 LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) BIS443 Industrial Attachment (2) Semester 7 MGT201 Purchasing and Materials GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ACC400 Financial Accounting III (3) Management (3) Optional Courses ACC401 Intro to Taxation (3) MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business (3, prerequisites: STA114, STA116) Semester 8 Semester 8 GEC Area 3 Core Courses Core Courses BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3) ACC403 Financial Accounting IV (3) Semester 4 BIS403 Information Systems Security (3) ACC404 Taxation Applications (3) BIS205 Information Technology (3) BIS444 Research Project (4) General Education Courses (Area 7) ECO212 Intermediate Macro- Economics for GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC270 Accounting for Non-Business Majors Business (3) Optional Courses (2) FIN200 Business Finance (3) BIS 205 Information Technology (3) GEC271 Basic Cost Accounting and Control MGT200 Organisational Design and BIS304 Management Information (2) Development (3, prerequisite Systems(3) GEC272 Basic Finance and Taxation (2) MGT100) BIS305 Systems Development II (3) MGT202 Small Business Management BIS306 IS Research and Practice (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS308 Marketing Information Systems (3) DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) Levels 300 and 400 BIS314 Multimedia Systems (3) Associate Professor Stream A: General Management BIS401 Current Issues in Information M.L. Jones, DMA (Liverpool Poly), Dip.IET, Systems (3) Med, PhD (Manchester). Semester 5 BIS402 Information Technology LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) Productivity Tools Senior Lecturers MGT300 Human Resource Management BIS404 Small Business Information H Manwa, BAdmin (NUL), MEd (Manchester), (3, prerequisites MGT 200) Systems (3) MPA (UZ), PhD (James Cook). MGT301 Organisational Behaviour BIS405 Legal and Ethical Issues of J. P. W. Shunda, BA (Dar es Salaam), MA (3, prerequisite MGT 200) Information Systems (3) (Iowa) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS406 Financial Information Systems (3) Z. T. Temtime, DipBusEd, BA (Addis Ababa), Optional Course (3 credits) BIS407 Electronic Commerce II (3) MBA (UB) Elective (3 credits) BIS408 Systems Development Lecturers Methodologies (3) T. I. Magang, BCom (UB), MBA (NYIT) (study Semester 6 BIS409 Advanced Database Systems (3) Leave) BIS304 Management Information Systems M. N. S. Marobela, DABS (BIAC), BCom (UB), (3) BIS410 Manufacturing Information MBA (De Montford), PhD (Lancaster) MGT302 Business Research Methods Systems (3) R. N. Mmereki, BCom (UB), MBA (Exeter) (3, prerequisite MGT203) BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) J. Pansiri, BA (UB), MA (Essex), PhD (Ballarat) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business CSI312 Expert Systems (3) Formation (3, Prerequisite MGT 202)
26 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT304 Industrial Relations (3, prerequisite (i) To produce graduates with the necessary Optional Course (3 credits) MGT200) knowledge and practical skills to be able to Elective (3 credits) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business effi ciently and effectively operate business Formation (3, Prerequisite MGT 202) enterprises in the tourism and hospitality industries. Semester 7 MGT306 Public Sector Management MGT400 Strategic Management (3, prerequisite MGT200) (ii) To produce graduates who can cope (3, prerequisite MGT 301) MGT307 Compensation and Reward Systems with the demands of a dynamic and MGT402 Operations Management (3) (3, prerequisite MGT300) highly competitive tourism and hospitality MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) MGT402 Operations Management (3) environment and who can innovate and MGT444 Research Project (YL) manage change. GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Stream C: Project and Logistics Optional Course (3 credits) Management (iii) To produce graduates who can be Elective (3 credits) managers in tourism and hospitality Semester 5 organisations or consultants in tourism and hospitality management. Semester 8 MGT301 Organisational Behaviour BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3) (3, prerequisite MGT200) (iv) To develop entrepreneurial skills in MGT405 Corporate Governance (3) MGT311 Principles and Concepts of Project graduates so that they can be entrepreneurs in MGT445 Research Project (4) Management (3, prerequisites their own right in the tourism and hospitality GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT200, MGT203) industries. Optional Course (3 credits) MGT312 Management of Logistics Systems Elective (3 credits) (3) 2. Regulations GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 2.1.1 Entrance Qualifi cations Optional Courses Optional Course (3 credits) 2.1.2 Normal Entry Scheme MGT306 Public Sector Management Elective (3 credits) Admission shall be as stipulated in the General Academic Regulation 20.2 for Bachelors (3, prerequisite MGT200) Degree Programmes, with the specifi c MGT308 Total Quality Management Semester 6 requirement of a grade C (60%) in English and (3, prerequisite, MGT302) MGT310 Purchasing and Supply Chain Mathematics. MGT403 Application of Operations Management (3, prerequisite Research Methods for Business MGT201) 2.1.3 Mature Age Entry Scheme Decisions (3, prerequisite MGT302 Business Research Methods Admission shall be as stipulated in the General MGT203) (3, prerequisite MGT203) Academic Regulation 00.52. MGT406 Administrative Environment and MGT408 Project Financing (3, prerequisite Public Policy in Botswana FIN200, MGT311) 2.1.4 Articulation (3, prerequisite MGT200) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 The new articulation policy as may be Optional Course (3 credits) approved by Senate will apply. Stream B: Human Resource Management Elective (3 credits) 2.2 Assessment Semester 5 Semester 7 2.2.1 Assessment will be as stipulated in MGT300 Human Resource Management BIS410 Manufacturing Information General Academic Regulation 00.8. (3, prerequisites, MGT200) Systems (3) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour MGT400 Strategic Management 2.2.2 There will be variations in the mode (3, prerequisite MGT200) (3, prerequisite MGT301) of assessment in order to allow for more BIS320 Human Resources Information MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) fl exibility. In practical-based courses, Systems (3) MGT444 Research Project continuous assessment shall have a higher weighting than the fi nal examination. GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Optional Course (3 credits) Optional Course (3 credits) 22.3 A student shall undergo three periods Elective (3 credits) Elective (3 credits) of supervised Industrial Training: May- July (10 weeks) during the vacation between Semester 6 Semester 8 Levels 100 and 400. BIS304 Management Information Systems MGT411 Practicum in Project Management (3) (3, prerequisite MGT311) 2.2.4 Industrial Training course codes shall be MGT302 Business Research Methods MGT409 Project Implementation, as follows: (3, prerequisite MGT203) Monitoring, Evaluation, and THM 111: Industrial Training I (duration 10 MGT305 Human Resource Development Analysis (3) weeks, 4 credits, core course) (3, prerequisite MGT300) MGT444 Research Project (Year Long) THM 222: Industrial Training II (duration 10 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 weeks, 4 credits, core course) Optional Course (3 credits) Optional Course (3 credits) THM 333: Industrial Training III (duration 10 Elective (3 credits) Elective (3 credits) weeks, 4 credits, core course) Optional Courses Semester 7 MGT306 Public Sector Management 2.2.5 During the course of Industrial Training, MGT400 Strategic Management (3, prerequisite MGT200) students shall be subjected to such codes, (3, prerequisite MGT301) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations MGT412 Foundations of Leadership and Business Formation as applicable to the industry. Teamwork (3, prerequisite MGT300 (3, prerequisite MGT 202) 2.2.6 Subject to the Regulations Governing MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) Admissions, Fees, and Discipline Regulation MGT444 Research Project (YL) 2.0 General Education Course (GEC) 4.0, and Regulation 2.2.5 above, a student GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 The Department offers the following General who receives a fi nal warning for misconduct Optional Course (3 credits) Education Course (in Area 7: World Economy during the course of Industrial Training shall be Elective (3 credits) and Business Skills): subjected to Discipline Regulations. GEC371 Small Business Entrepreneurship (2) Semester 8 MGT413 Practicum in Human Bachelor of Business Administration in 2.2.7 During the course of the Industrial Resource Management and Strategy Tourism and Hospitality Management Training period, each student shall be visited (3, prerequisite MGT300) twice at the location of placement to be MGT410 Negotiations and Confl ict Degree Programme assessed by the Faculty of Business staff. Management (3, Prerequisite 1. Objectives of the Programme MGT301) 2.2.8 A student’s performance will be assessed MGT444 Research Project (4) The following are the objectives of the by means of: GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Bachelor Business Administration in Tourism a) Continuous assessment by the industrial Optional Course (3 credits) and Hospitality Management degree based supervisor and an assessor from the Elective (3 credits) programme: Faculty of Business, Optional Courses b) Industrial Training report and logbook submitted by the student at the end of the 27 FACULTY OF business
Industrial Training period, and History (2) ENV418 Environnemental Policy c) Oral Presentation. 3 Optional/Elective ENV 412 Environnemental Impact Assessment GEC GEC Area 32 GEC 16 ENV312 Sustainable Development 2.2.9 THM 111: Industrial Training I and THM ENV 301 Environmental Issues 222: Industrial Training II shall be assessed as Semester 4 ENV310 Medical Geography based on Regulations 2.2.8 (a) and (b). The Core Courses ENG373 Botswana Literature ratio of marks for continuous assessment to THM 203 Food and Beverage Management URP200 Introduction to Town Planning Industrial Training report shall be 1:2. 1 (3) Techniques MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) URP205 Land Use Planning 2.2.10 THM 333: Industrial Training III shall be MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New HEE445 Quantity Food Production evaluated as specifi ed in Regulation 2.2.8. The Business Formation (3) HEE446 Food Service Equipment and Facility ratio of marks for continuous assessment to THM204 Heritage Interpretation (3) Layout Industrial Training report to oral presentation shall be 1:2:1. 3 Optional/Elective GEC HEE343 Food Service Management GEC Area 4/5/6/72 GEC 17 HEE344 Menu Planning and Design 2.2.11 THM 444: Research Project shall be THM222 Industrial Training II May-July 4 GEC148 Health and Wellness assessed according to Faculty of Business GEC141 Physical Fitness Through Selected Research Project regulations. Level 300 Activities Semester 5 GEC145 Introduction to Swimming 2.3 Progression from Semester to Core Courses Semester THM301 Accommodation Management 2 DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING In order to proceed from one semester to the (3) next, a student must obtain a cumulative THM302 Food and Beverage Management Professors Grade Point Average (GPA), which is in 2 (3) O. Iyanda, BSc (Lagos), MBA, PhD (NYU), accordance with General Academic THM303 Research Methods (3) ITP(CESA, France) Regulation 00.9. 3 Optional/Elective
GEC GEC Area 4/5/6/73 2 Associate Professors 2.4. Duration of the Bachelor’s Optional/Elective GEC 17 Programme E. E. Marandu BA(Hons) (Dar –es-Salaam, MBA (Arizona), Ph.D. (Dublin) The normal duration of the proposed degree Semester 6 programme will be as stipulated in the Core Courses General Academic Regulation 20.32 (8 Senior Lecturers BIS 326 Tourism and Hospitality Information semesters). M. A. Chamme, BA(Hons) (Dar- es- Salaam), Systems (3) MS (Delaware), MBA (Ohio), PhD (Birming- 2.5. Award of Degree MKT405 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing ham) To be awarded a degree, a student must (3) satisfy the requirements of General Academic THM304 Events and Conference Management A. N. Ifezue, BCom (Montreal),Dip(London), Regulation 00.85. (3) MBA(Hartford), PhD (Nsukka) THM306 Tourism Business Law and Ethics (3) 2.6 Degree Classifi cation 3 Optional/Elective N. Moeti, BCom (UB), DBA, MBA, (Birming- The degree classifi cation will be as stipulated GEC GEC Area 4/5/6/72 GEC 17 ham), PhD (Manchester) in General Academic Regulation 20.4. THM333 Level 400 Industrial Training III Lecturers May-July 4 Core B. Kealesitse, BCom (UB), MSc (Stirling) (On Programme Structure leave) Semester 7 R. Makgosa, BCom(UB), MBA(Wales), PhD Level 100 Core Courses (Manchester) Semester 1 MGT 400 Strategic Management (3) P. T. Mburu, BCom, MCom (Shivaji) Core Courses ENV428 Wildlife Conservation and C. A. Phambuka, BCom (UB), MBA (Stirling), THM101 Principles of Tourism (3) Management (3) PhD (Newcastle Upon Tyne) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) ENV 408 Tourism and Development (2) G. Themba, BCom (UB), MBA (Wales) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) 3 Optional 3 Elective STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) GEC GEC Area 4/5/6/72 GEC 16 Bachelor of Business Administration (Mar- GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 keting) Degree 2 GEC Semester 8 GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Core Courses Entrance Qualifi cations and Awards Fundamentals 1 (2) GEC 17 THM403 Food and Beverage Control The requirements for admission into BBA Mar- (3) keting Degree Programme are as stipulated THM405 Tourism in Southern Africa in the General Academic Regulations 00.0 to Semester 2 (3) 20.4 and the Faculty special Regulations 1.0 Core Courses THM444 Research Project (4) to 1.3 ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) 3 Optional 3 Elective ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) GEC GEC Area 4/5/6/72 GEC 18 Course Requirements STA114 Business Statistics (3) Students pursuing the Bachelor of Business THM102 Introduction to Hospitality Menu of optional courses Administration (Marketing) Degree Programme Management (3) FRE114 Basic French Language are required to take and pass the following GEC112 Communication and Study Skills 2 FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension courses at Levels 100,200,300,400: 2 GEC MKT200 Marketing Communications GEC122 Computing and Information Skills FIN200 Business Finance Level 100 Fundamentals 22 GEC ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting All courses at this level are core. THM111 Industrial Training I May-July 16 PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development Semester 1 (4) THM308 Basic Taxation GEC121 Computing and Information Skills MGT301 Organisational Behaviour Fundamentals I (2, GEC) Level 200 MGT300 Human Resource Management GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Semester 3 PAD307 Human Resource Development (2, GEC) Core Courses MGT308 Total Quality Management PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) THM 201:Accommodation Management 1 MGT304 Industrial Relations ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) (3) MKT308 Services Marketing STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social THM 202:Tour Operations Management MKT305 Public Relations Sciences I (3) (3) ARC417 Heritage Management STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) ENV202: Ecotourism and Sustainable PHR141 Recreation and Leisure Development (3) ENH322 Food Safety and Hygiene Semester 2 HIS 102: Introduction to the Study of ENH323 Occupational Health, Safety and GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Hygiene
28 Fundamentals II (2, GEC) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2, GEC) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social Sciences II (3)
Level 200 All courses but one at this level are core. Semester 3 MKT 202 Distribution Management (3) MGT 100 Principles of Management (3) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3) FIN200 Business Finance (3) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3)
Semester 4 MKT 200 Integrated Marketing Communication (3) MKT 201 Consumer Behaviour (3) STA 114 Business Statistics (3) GEC/Option/Elective (6)
Level 300 Semester 5 Core Courses MGT300 Human Resource Management (3) MKT300 International Marketing (3) GCE/Option/Elective (9 credits)
Semester 6 Core Courses MKT302 Marketing Research Methods (3) MKT301 Pricing Strategy (3) GEC/Option/Elective (9 credits)
Level 400 Semester 7 MKT 443 Industrial Attachment (3) MKT400 Product and Brand Management (3) Option/Elective/GEC (9)
Semester 8 MKT444 Research Project (4) MKT401 Marketing Management and Strategy (3) MGT 303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Development (3) GEC/Option/Elective (5 credits)
Optional Courses MGT 201 Purchasing and Materials Management (3) BIS205 Information Technology (3) MGT200 Organizational Design & Development (3) MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business (3) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics For Business (3) MKT303 Sales Management (3) MKT304 Advertising (Prerequisite: MKT200) (3) MKT305 Public Relations (Prerequisite: MKT200) (3) MKT306 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) MKT307 Retail Management (Prerequisite: MKT202 (3) MKT308 Services Marketing (3) MKT309 Internet Marketing (3) MKT402 Applied Marketing Research (Prerequisite: MKT302) (3) MKT403 International Business (3) MKT404 Social marketing (3) MKT405 Tourism and Hospitality marketing (3) MKT406 Marketing Ethics (3) MKT407 Relationship Marketing (3) MKT408 Contemporary Issues in Marketing (3) 29 FFACULTYACULTY OOFF EEDUCATIONDUCATION
ADULT EDUCATION
EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
LANGUAGES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION
MATHEMATICS & SCIENCE EDUCATION
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PRIMARY EDUCATION
DEAN Dr. T. Mooko, BA, PGDE (UB), MA,PhD (Essex) DEPUTY DEAN Dr. P. A. Chakalisa, BSc CDE (UBS), MEd (Queens), PhD (Ohio) TEACHING PRACTICE COORDINATOR
Dr V. S. Makwinja-Morara, DSE, BEd (UB), MSEd Admin (Syracuse), PhD (Ohio) FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS Mr. J. J. Tsimako, BA, PGDE (UB), (On study leave) Ms. B. M. Pansiri, BA (UB), MBM (Ballarat) Faculty Mission PGDE Programmes. stipulated under the appropriate department The Faculty of Education shall contribute in the following pages. to the advancement of the intellectual and Department of Educational Technology human resource capacity of the nation The Department of Educational Technology 10.20 Teaching Practice through teacher training. The Faculty believes provides guidance and assistance in the design All pre-service students enrolled in a Bachelor that the quality of education and life in and implementation of teaching methods of Education Programme shall undergo general, is dependent on the quality of the and materials, and offers courses in the use teaching practice as specifi ed in the Faculty teacher in the classroom. and development of educational resources for Teaching Practice Regulations. other departments of the Faculty of Education Faculty Objectives . 10.30 Entrance Requirements The Mission will be achieved by pursuing the The University General Regulations shall apply. following objectives: Department of Adult Education The Department of Adult Education is 10.40 Assessment a) Professional Education - to provide responsible for the training of adult educators For courses taught by the Faculty of Education, courses of study and practice designed for the through full-time and part-time programmes. continuous assessment shall comprise a initial training and professional development Programmes of study are, Diploma in Adult minimum of 2 components of work per course of teachers, tutors, lecturers and other Education, Bachelor of Education, Master of per semester. Each course shall be examined educational personnel; Education, MPhil and PhD. by an associated paper of duration between 1 b) Advanced Study - to serve as a centre for to 3 hours. Some courses will be assessed by advanced study in Education through which Department of Primary Education continuous assessment only, depending on the educators, administrators and researchers may The Department of Primary Education nature of the course. The ratio of continuous attain academic excellence and prepare for provides in-service programmes to upgrade assessment to formal examination shall be leadership roles in Education; the skills of primary teacher educators, such 1:1. For courses taken in other Faculties, the (c) Research - to support and undertake as teacher training college tutors, education ratio of continuous assessment to examination basic and policy-oriented educational research offi cers, members of the school management results shall be as determined by the Faculties and to disseminate research and evaluation teams and teachers. The Department offers a concerned. fi ndings through teaching, publications and Bachelor of Education (Primary) and a Bachelor seminars; of Education (Educational Management) d) Service - to promote expansion, innovation Degree. Masters of Education degrees in Arts 10.50 Progression and improvement in Education, through the and Music Education have been approved but The University General Academic Regulations provision of advice, consultancies and support were not yet on offer. shall apply. to academic and professional partners; e) Gender Awareness - to infuse gender Department of Mathematics and Science 10.60 Award of Degree sensitivity in our programmes and course Education The University General Academic Regulations offerings. The Department of Mathematics and Science shall apply. Education offers programmes in Computer The following Departments are housed in Studies, Mathematics and Science. It offers the Faculty of Education: a wide range of courses, including: Theory DEPARTMENT OF ADULT and Practice of Teaching School Computer EDUCATION Department of Educational Foundations Studies, Mathematics and Science; Curriculum The Department of Educational Foundations Development and Evaluation; Debates in Professors offers courses in General Methods, Mathematics and Science Education; Issues A.B. Oduaran, BEd (Benin), MA (Ife), PhD Psychology, Philosophy, History and Sociology in Mathematics and Science Pedagogical (Ibadan) of Education, Educational Research and Content Knowledge; The Impact of ICT on F. Youngman, BA (Nottingham), Evaluation, and Planning and Administration the Teaching-Learning Process; and Philosophy DipSocAdmin (LSE), MPhil, PhD (Hull) (On in selected career areas such as Teacher and Psychology of Mathematics and Science Leave of Absence) Education. The Department also provides Teaching. The programmes of study are the training in Counselling, Gender Education, Bachelor of Education (Science), Master of Senior Lecturers Curriculum and Instruction and Special Education, MPhil and PhD. The department S. S. Gaborone, BA (UBS), MA Education, and the education component offers service courses for the Bachelor of (Southampton), PhD (Warwick) of the Design and Technology Education Education (Secondary) and PGDE. R .N. Lekoko, BEd (UB), MEd (Alberta), PhD Program. (Penn State) Department of Physical Education T. Maruatona, BA + PGDE (UB), MSc.Ed The programmes of study are: Diploma in The aim of the Department of Physical (Wisconsin), PhD (Georgia) Special Education, Bachelor of Education in Education is to produce qualifi ed Physical P. G. Ntseane, BSc, MA (Kansas), PhD Special Education, Bachelor of Education Education, Sport, and Recreation specialists (Georgia) in Counselling, Post Graduate Diploma who will either teach, coach or administer W. N. Raditloaneng, BA (UB), PGDHE (Leeds in Education and Master’s and Doctoral Physical Education, Sport, and Recreation Polytechnic), MA (Essex), PhD (Penn State) Programmes in Counselling and Human programmes in primary and secondary Services, Curriculum and Instruction, schools, teacher training colleges, sports Lecturers Educational Management, Gender Education, councils, rehabilitation and recreation centres M.L.S. Gboku B.Sc (Sierra Leone), M.Phil (Ife), and Research and Evaluation. in the country. Ph.D (Urbana-Champagne) O. M. Modise, BA + DSE (UB), MEd Department of Home Economics The Programme of study is the Bachelor’s (Wisconsin) Ph.D (Florida State) Education Degree in Physical Education. A MEd in J. Thobega, B.A (Baker); MS (George The Department of Home Economics Physical Education will be offered soon. Peabody, Nashville). Education is responsible for the training of Areas of concentration include teacher On Study Leave Home Economics specialists to teach in the education and preparation, sport and K. Dipholo, BA (UB), MA(Birmingham) (On formal education system, as well as to serve athletic administration, research training and study leave) in extension and other non-formal education coaching, with an emphasis on recreation D. F. Mosweunyane, BEd + MEd (UB) programmes. The programme of study is the and tourism, pedagogical, scientifi c (Exercise, Bachelor of Education in Home Economics. Physiology, Biomechanics, Kinesiology, Adapted Physical Education), and the 1.0 Departmental Special Regulations for psychological and sociological dimensions of the Diploma in Adult Education Department of Languages and Social human performance. 2.0 Subject to the provisions of General Sciences Education Regulations 000 and 100, the following The Department of Languages and Social 10.0 Faculty Regulations Special Regulations shall apply: Sciences Education teaches Theory, All programmes in the Faculty shall be Professional Skills, Curriculum Studies, governed by the University General Academic 1.1 Entrance Requirements Content and Teaching Methodology, largely Regulations. Any other relevant information The normal entrance requirements shall be as in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and pertaining to the programmes shall be as
31 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
follows: (3) [new entrants only] One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the a) For Level 100, a minimum of 5 credits in Semester 4 university-wide menu. the BGCSE or its equivalent or requirements Core Courses Electives as specifi ed in General Regulation 10.21, DAE203 Teaching Methods for Adult One 3-credit elective is to be chosen from the with preference given to those with some Education (3) university-wide menu. experience in Adult Education. DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education (3) Optional Courses b) For Level 200, a Certifi cate in Adult DAE205 Adult Education and the World of One optional course from the following: Education or its equivalent in a related fi eld. Work (3) DAE206 Supervising Adult Education DAE207 Community Project Planning and Programmes (3) 1.2 Programme Structure Management (3) DAE208 Integrated Extension (3) 1.2.1 The Programme shall extend over two DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3) full academic years. Electives DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises One 3-credit elective, to be chosen from and Economic Projects (3) 1.2.2 Course Listings any course outside the Department of Adult DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3) Education, for which students are eligible, is DAE216 Adult Education and Special Groups Level 100 required (except for new entrants). (3) Semester 1 Core Courses General Education Courses Semester 4 DAE100 Principles of Adult Education (3) For new entrants two 2-credit GEC courses are Core Courses DAE101 Introduction to the Psychology of to be taken from the university wide menu. DAE203 Teaching Methods of Adult Education Adult Education (3) These should be GEC111 and GEC121. (3) DAE102 Introduction to Planning Programmes DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education (3) for Adult Learners (3) 1.3 Assessment DAE205 Adult Education and the World of 1.3.1 The performance of each student shall Work (3) Optional Courses be assessed at the end of each semester with Students shall choose one of the following: a 2-hourexamination unless otherwise stated General Education Courses DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3) in the course outline. One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises 1.3.2 The ratio between continuous university wide menu. and Economic Projects (3) assessment and formal exam shall be 1:1. Electives DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3) 1.3.3 Continuous assessment for Adult One 3-credit elective from any course outside DAE216 Adult Education and Special Groups Education courses shall be based on extended the Department of Adult Education, for which (3) assignments students are eligible, is required. and tests as well as other forms of assessment, Optional Courses General Education courses such as periodic tests, projects and Students shall choose one of the following: Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the presentations. DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) university wide menu: DAE207 Community Project Planning and GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 (2) 1.4 Award of Diploma Management (3) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills The award of the diploma shall be in DAE213 Adult Basic Education and Training Fundamentals 1 (2) accordance with General Academic (3) Regulations 00.851 and 10.4. DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult Semester 2 1.5 Progression to the Bachelor of Education (3) DAE103 Adult Education and Society (3) Education Programme (Adult Education) DAE212 Participatory Development Methods DAE104 Adult Education in Practice (3) A student who successfully completes Levels (3) EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research 100 and 200 of the Diploma Programme may DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3) (3) be admitted directly into Level 300 of the Optional Courses Degree Programme. Level 300 Students shall choose one of the following: 2.0 Departmental Special Regulations for Semester 5 DAE212 Participatory Development Methods the Bachelor of Education Degree in Adult Core Courses (3) Education DAE300 Organisation and Management in DAE 213 Adult Basic Education and Training Subject to the provision of the General Adult Education (3) (3) Regulations 000 and 200, the following DAE301 Leadership in Adult Education (3) DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult Special Regulations shall apply: DAE305 Issues in International Adult Ed. (3) Education (3) 2.1 Entrance Requirements DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3) The normal entrance qualifi cations shall be the General Education Courses General Education Courses following: One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the a) For Level 100, a minimum of 5 credits in the university wide menu. university-wide menu: BGCSE or its equivalent, with credit in Electives GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) English Language, or as specifi ed in General One 3-credit elective from any course outside GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Regulations 2.2.2 and 2.2.3. Preference the Department of Adult Education, for which Fundamentals II (2) will be given to those applicants with some students are eligible, is required. experience in adult education; Optional Courses Level 200 b) For Level 200, requirements will be as Students shall choose one of the following: Core Courses stipulated in General Regulation 2.2.4. DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult Semester 3 c) For Level 300, the requirement is a Diploma Education DAE200 Historical and Philosophical or its equivalent in Adult Education or a DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials Foundations of Adult Education (3) related fi eld. DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning (3) 2.2 Programme Structure Development in Adult Education DAE202 Programme Planning and Evaluation 2.2.1 Level 100 courses shall be as stipulated DAE314 Counselling in Lifelong Learning in Adult Education (3) in Departmental Special Regulations 1.2.2. DAE315 Organisational Development in Adult DAE208 Rural Development and Rural 2.2.2 Course Listings Education Extension (3) DAE316 Issues in Adult Education DAE206 Supervising Adult Education (3) DAE317 Adult Education and Optional Courses Level 200 Sustainable Development Students shall choose one of the following: Semester 3 DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3) Core Courses Semester 6 DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises DAE200 Historical and Philosophical Core Courses and Economic Projects (3) Foundations of Adult Education (3) DAE302 Principles of Human Resource DAE216 Adult Education and Special Groups DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning (3) Development (3) DAE202 Programme Planning and Evaluation DAE303 Research Design in Adult Education DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3) in Adult Education (3) DAE304 Practicum in Adult Education EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research General Education Courses Methods
32 General Education Courses with General Academic Regulations 00.86 M. M. Polelo, BA, PGDE, (UB), MA (London) One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the and 20.4. C. C. Vista, BEd (UB), MEd (Newcastle Upon university wide menu. Tyre) Electives N. M. Malatsi, DipPrimEd (UB), PTC (FTTC), One 3-credit elective from any course outside DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL BPhil (Birmingham), BPhil (Oslo), Certifi cate the Department of Adult Education, for which FOUNDATIONS students are eligible, is required. in Special Education, (Lusaka College for the Optional Courses Handicap) Professors Students shall choose one of the following: D. B. Bhusumane, BA, PGDE (UB), MEd A. A. Adeyinka, BA, MED, PGDE (Ibadan), DAE418 Urban Adult Education GradDipEd (Alberta) DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy Dip. Curriculum Studies (Leeds), PhD (Wales) K. Mpuang, DipHE (UB), BEd (UB) DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace E. Mpofu, BA (UNISA), BA Hons (UNISA, M. T. Major, CPE (LTTC) BEd (UB) M. Ed. and Human Rights Sc. (Univ Of Zim.) B. A. Hons (Industrial Psych) DAE421 Development Policies and Adult (Manchester) (UNISA), PhD (UNISA) Education M. Gaotlhobogwe, BEd in D&T (Plymouth), DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills Development MEd (Manchester) Associates Professors K. Kgosidialwa, PTC (STTC), DPE (UB), BEd Level 400 C. O. Abosi, BPhil, DipED (Birmingham) MEd, (UB) , MA (Northern Colorado) Semester 7 MPhil, PhD (Ibadan), Adv Dip. Ed (London) Core Courses E. M. Busang, BA PGDE (UB), MEd (Ohio) B. Chilisa, BA + CDE (UBS), MEd (UB), MA, DAE406 Political Economy of Adult Education W. T. Dibapile, Dip (Keele), BSC (Bolton), MEd EdD (Pittsburgh) and Development (Bristol) DAE410 Adult Education Research Project (6) A. Majuta, BA Humanities (UB), PGDE (UB) DAE411 Training and Development Senior Lecturers PGDCE (UB) MA (Alabama at Birmingham) M. R. Montsi, BSc Education (UBLS), MEd,
General Education Courses EdD (UMass-Amherst), Certifi cate in Systemic One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the Family Therapy (Zimbabwe Istitute of Family university-wide menu. INTRODUCTION Electives Therapy) The Educational Foundations Department One 3-credit elective from any course outside M. R. Dambe, BA, MEd (American U), PhD provides both foundational courses as well as the Department of Adult Education, for which (Ohio) offers full-fl edged programs. The Department is organized into disciplines as follows: students are eligible, is required. G. N. Tsheko, DSE + BEd (UB), MA, PhD Optional Courses (Pittsburgh) Students shall choose one of the following: • Curriculum Studies plus Design DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult F. R. Moorad, ATC + BEd (UBS), MA Sussex), &Technology Education Education PhD (London) • Educational Management DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials P. O. Nwaogo, NCE (Owerri), BA (Nashville), • Education Education Research and Evaluation Development in Adult Education MA (Tenn) PhD (Londaon) • Education Psychology DAE314 Counselling in Lifelong Learning H. J. Nenty, BA + BSc, MA, PhD (Kent, Ohio) DAE315 Organisational Development in Adult • Counselling and Human Services B. Moswela, BEd (Adelaide), MEd. (UB) 1995, Education • History and Philosophy of Education DAE316 Issues in Adult Education UB; DEd (UNISA) • Sociology of Education DAE317 Adult Education and Sustainable A. L. Sikwibele, BA (Uni. Of Zambia), MA • Special Education Development (Stanford), Cert of Adv. Grad. (UMass- • Gender Education Amherst), Phd (Illinois) Semester 8 The department house the following Core Courses programmes: Lecturers DAE407 Management of Community Diploma Programmes Economic Projects S. Koloi, BA Humanities (UB) MEd. (UB) • A two year full time in-service Diploma in DAE408 Policy Development for Lifelong M. D. N. Lecha, B.Ed. (UBS), M.Ed. (UB), PhD Special Education A one year full time pre- Learning (Boston) service Post Graduate Diploma in Education DAE409 Adult Education and Social Exclusion L. Letsie, BA + CCE (UBLS), DevStudies First Degree Programmes (Cambridge), MEd (UB) General Education Courses • A two year in-service/four year pre-service One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the N. Losike-Sedimo, BEd (UBS), MSc (Florida Bachelor of Education in Special Education university-wide menu. State), PhD (North West Florida) Program Electives J. T. Matsoga, BA PGDE (UB), MEd • A two year in-service/four year pre-service in Bachelor of Education in Counselling One 3-credit elective from any course outside (Birmingham), PhD (Ohio) Program the Department of Adult Education, for which B. M. Mazile, BA (N. Kentucky, MEd, EdD students are eligible, is required. (Cincinnati) Optional Courses PROGRAMMES AND COURSES OFFERED IN Students shall choose one of the following: S. M. Molosiwa CertScEd, DSE (UBS), BEd THE DEPARTMENT DAE418 Urban Adult Education (UB), AdvDipEd, MEd (Manchester) DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy B. Moswela, ATC (UBLS), BEd (Adelaide), MEd DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS Diploma in Special Education DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace (UB), DEd (UNISA) and Human Rights J. Muchando, DipED, BEd, MEd, (UB) DAE421 Development Policies and Adult Aim S. Mukhopadhyay, MSc (Mysore, India) Education The aim of the Diploma in Special Education is DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills Development B. C. Pheko, DipEd (UBS), BA (UB), MEd, to prepare teachers for teaching and working 2.3 Assessment (Manchester), PhD (Birmingham) with children with different disabilities in Assessment shall be in accordance with E. G. Seeco, BEd (UBS), MEd (Sheffi eld), PhD special and regular primary schools. Departmental Special Regulations 1.3.1 to 3.3. (Bristol) Entry Requirements W. K. Sentshebeng, BA PGDE (UB), MEd 2.4 Progression from Semester to For Level One Semester (Albert) • Primary Teachers Certifi cate (PTC) with a Progression from one semester to the next E. Tafa, BEd (Swaziland), MEd (UB), Mphil BGCSE or its equivalent and a minimum of shall be in accordance with General Academic (Cambridge), PhD (Birmingham) two years of teaching experience. Regulation 00.9 • Applicants who do not have BGCSE or its equivalent but have JC plus PTC and two Lecturers on Study Leave 2.5 Award of the Degree years of teaching experience, should apply L. Willis, DipEd (TCE), BEd (UB), MA (Sussex) Award of the Degree shall be in accordance through Mature Age Scheme as in General
33 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Regulation 20:24. Level 1, Semester 1 Level Two SEMESTER 1 (18) For Level Two Graduates from colleges of education who did DOUBLE MAJOR: SPECIAL EDUCATION Certifi cate in Special Education or its not major in Special Education and holders of AND PRIMARY EDUCATION equivalent Diploma in Primary Education or its equivalent CORE (to be taken by all) from other recognized institutions. Candidates EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional B.ED (SPECIAL EDUCATION) DOUBLE in this category will be awarded 6 credits of Children (3 credits) MAJOR level one special education courses. They will ENV 101 Introduction to Physical and however take courses as recommended by the Human Environment (2 credits) Aim department to make up for any shortfalls at EPE 100 Introduction to Algebra (3 credits) The aim of the B.Ed (Special Education) double level one EPE 102 Introductory Science (3 credits) major is to equip students with relevant GEC 111 Communication study skills I intellectual and professional skills for providing Level Three (2 credits) specialized services to exceptional learners • Candidates with Diploma in Special GEC 121 Computer and information skills I in schools and other institutions such as Education from the University of Botswana (2 credits) rehabilitation and resource centres. In more or its equivalent qualifi cation, will be Plus one optional course from the following: specifi c terms the programme will admitted in 3. EFP 100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3 credits) • Raise the awareness level of the student Programme Structure and Content EPE 101 Foundations of Developmental in respect to the causes, prevention and All Special Education courses carry three Psychology (3 credits) intervention strategies of the various forms credits unless otherwise stated. Articulation of Special Education and Primary Education of impairment. Diploma and B. Ed will be done for Diploma (18-20 credits) • Produce knowledgeable and skilful special and B. Ed Special Education (Primary) in terms CORE (To be taken by all) education teachers for secondary schools. of content. EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional • Produce knowledgeable and skilful special Children (3 credits) education teachers for primary schools. ENV 101 Introduction to Physical & Human • Produce teachers who have the skills to Environments (2 credits) teach school subjects to both disabled and EPE 100 Introduction to Algebra (3 credits) non-disabled persons EPE 102 Introductory Science (3 credits) GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills I Entry Requirements. (2 credits) For Level One GEC 121 Computer and Information Skills I • A minimum overall aggregate of Second (2 credits) class in the Botswana General Certifi cate Plus 3 credits from the following: of Secondary Education or its equivalent, EFP 100 Introduction to Educational including at least six subjects taken in not Psychology (3 credits) more than two sittings. EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental • Obtain a minimum of grade C in English Psychology (3 credits) for candidates wishing to take a teaching subject in humanities. Special Education and Science (18-20 • Obtain a minimum grade of C in credits) mathematics and a pass in English for CORE (To be taken by all) candidates wishing to take a teaching CORE (To be taken by all) subject in the sciences. EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional • Or as specifi ed in General Regulation 20:22. Children (3 credits) MAT 111 Introductory Mathematics (4 credits) GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills I (2 credits) LEVEL ONE: DIPLOMA AND B.ED CONTENT GEC 121 Computer and Information Skills I (2 credits) Level One Plus one course from the following Semester One Semester Two TOTAL (4 credits): Course Type BIO 111 Principles of Biology (4 credits) cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses CHE101 General Chemistry 1 (4credits) PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, SPED Core & Area 3 (1) 9 (3) 12 (4) Vibrations and Waves (3 credits) Courses PHY 119 Physics Practical 1.1 Second Major - Primary (1 credit) Education/Sec. 6 (2) 6 (2) 12 (4) Plus one course from the following Education (3 credits): EFP 100 Introduction to Educational General Education Psychology (3 credits) Courses 6 (2) 3 (1) 9 (3) EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental Psychology (3 credits) Options 3 (1) - - 3 (1) Special Education and Environmental Electives ------Science (18-20 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Children (3credits) ENV 101 Introduction to the Physical and NOTE: Articulation is done for Diploma and B.Ed Special Education (Primary) in both content and Human Environment (2credits) Special Education. Articulation for the B.Ed (Special Education) secondary is only possible in Special ENV 103 Elementary Quantitative Techniques Education and not content. in Geography (3credits) MAT 111 Introduction to Mathematics I (4credits) GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills I (2 credits) GEC111 Communication and
34 Study Skills I (2 credits) Plus one of the courses from the Level 2, Semester 1 following (3 credits): EFP 100 Introduction to Educational LEVEL TWO: DIPLOMA AND B.ED Psychology (3 credits) EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental Semester 3 Semester 4 TOTAL Psychology (3 credits) Course Type cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses Special Education Humanities (English and SPD Core & Area Courses 6-9 2-3 6-9 2-3 12-18 4-6 African Languages) (18-20 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) Second Major- Pri. Ed 3 (1) 3 (1) 6 (2) EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Children /Sec. Ed. (3 credits) General Education 6 (2) 6 (2) 12 (4) ENG 121 Introduction to English Language, Courses and Usage (2 credits) Options 3 (1) 3 (1) 6 (2) ENG 113 Introduction to literature Prose (2 credits) Electives ------ALL 121 Introduction to study of Language and Linguistics (2 credits) Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12-14 ALL 141 Introduction to Oral and Written Literature (2 credits) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2 credits) DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (SPECIAL GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills I EDUCATION) D. Practical Subject Concentration (2 credits) CORE Take i, ii or iii Plus one course from the following DIPLOMA IN SPECIAL EDUCATION AND i. Art Education (3 credits): PRIMARY EDUCATION (18-20 credits) EFP 100 Introduction to Educational EPP 201 Introduction to Art [4 credits] Psychology (3 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) ii. Music Education EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental EFS 200 Field experience in special education EPP 217 Intro to Philosophy of music Psychology (3 credits) (3 credits) Education and Fundamentals of music Special Education Humanities (History) EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children [4 credits] (18-20 credits) (3 credits) iii. Home Economics Education ( Take one) CORE (To be taken by all) Plus one course in the area of specialization HEE 114 Introduction to Nutrition [3 credits] EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Children Visual Impairment OR (3 credits) EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with HEE 115 Family studies Foundations ARC 101 Introduction to Archaeology and visual Impairment (3 credits) [3 credits] Pre-history (2 credits) Hearing Impairment Plus optional course choose one (for EFS 230 Communication Process for students ELC 201 Foundations of Social Studies Practical Subjects concentration) with Hearing impairment [3 credits] (3 credits) EPE 211 Language across the curriculum Mental retardation ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building (3 credits) EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods (3 credits) EPS 200 Intro to Social Studies Education for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental ENG 121 Introduction to English Language [2 credits] Retardation [3 credits] Description & Usage (2 credits) Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 3 or 4 Learning Disabilities GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for (2 credits) students with learning disabilities/diffi culties BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SPECIAL GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills I [3 credits] EDUCATION) (2 credits) Plus one Core and Optional course in relevant Special Education and Primary Education Plus one 3 credits from the following: Primary Education concentration chosen in (18-21 credits) EFP 100 Introduction to Educational level 1. CORE (to be taken by all) Psychology (3 credits) A.Language Concentration EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental CORE [3 credits] Psychology (3 credits) EPE 212 Introduction to Language Arts Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Special Education Humanities (Religion) [3 credits] Students from colleges of Education are to (18-20 credits) Plus optional course. Choose two Courses take GEC 441,111 and 121 CORE (To be taken by all) relevant to teaching subject taken in level 1. EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Children ENG 211 The Pronunciation of English visual Impairment [3 credits] (3 credits) [2 credits] EFS 230 Communication Process for students TRS 101 Introduction to Biblical Studies ALL 121 introduction to the study of with Hearing Impairment [3 credits] (2 credits) Language and Linguistics [2 credits] EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods TRS 102 Religions and Science (2 credits) ALL 141 Introduction to African Oral for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental TRS 103 Religions of Botswana (2 credits) Literature (2 credits) Retardation [3 credits] ENG 121 Introduction to English Language B. Maths and Science concentration EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for Description & Usage (2 credits) CORE students with learning disabilities/diffi culties GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I EPM 226 Algebra and Trigonometry [3 credits] Plus one Core and Optional course (2 credits) [3 credits] in relevant Primary Education concentration GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills I EPM 228 Foundations of Chemistry and chosen in level 1. (2 credits) Biology [3 credits] A. Language Concentration Plus one course from the following (3 credits): C. Social Studies/Religious Education CORE EFP 100 Introduction to Educational concentration EPE 212 Introduction to Language Arts Psychology (3 credits) CORE [3 credits]Plus optional course. Choose two EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental EPE 211 Language across the curriculum Courses Relevant to teaching subject taken in Psychology (3 credits) [3 credits] level 1. EPS 200 Intro to Social Studies Education ENG 211 The Pronunciation of English [2 credits] [2 credits] ALL 121 introductions to the study of Plus optional course. Choose one from the Language and Linguistics [2 credits] following B. Math and Science concentration TRS 102 Religion and Science (2 credits) CORE ENV 211 Elements of Human Environment EPM 226 Algebra and Trigonometry (2 credits) [3 credits]
35 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
EPM 228 Foundations of Chemistry and [2 credits] Students from colleges of Education are to Biology [3 credits] PHY 219 Physics practical 2.1[1 credit] take GEC 441,111 AND121 C. Social Studies/Religious Education PHY 212 Properties of matter and thermo EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with concentration CORE dynamics [2 credits] visual Impairment [3 credits] EPE 211 Language across the curriculum PHY 219 Physics Practical 2.1[1 credit] EFS 230 Communication Process for students [3 credits] Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 2/3/4/5 with Hearing impairment [3 credits] EPS 200 Intro to Social Studies Education Special Education and Environmental EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods [2credits] Science (18-21 credits) for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental ENV214 Element of the physical environment CORE (to be taken by all) Retardation [3 credits] [3credits] EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for D. Practical Subject Concentration [3 credits] students with learning disabilities/diffi culties CORE ELG 290 Theory of geography teaching [3 credits] Take i, ii or iii [3 credits] PLUS i. Art Education ENV 215 Introduction to special analysis ELH 290 Theory of Teaching History [3 credits] EPP 201 Introduction to Art [4 credits] [3 credits] Plus one course relevant to SPED HIS 211 The rise of Europe world domination ii. Music Education specialization. Students from colleges of [3 credits} EPP 217 Intro to Philosophy of music Education are to take an additional 3 credits Plus optional course. Choose one from the Education and Fundamentals of music other than area of specialization following. [4 credits] EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with HIS 201 African cultures and civilizations to c. iii. Home Economics Education (Take one) visual Impairment [3 credits] 1500 [3 credits] HEE 114 Introduction to Nutrition [3 credits] EFS 230 Communication Process for students HIS 213 Poverty, economic growth and OR with Hearing impairment [3 credits] affl uence in Western Europe and America HEE 115 Family studies Foundations EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods [3 credits] Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 2 or [3 credits] for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental 3 Plus optional course choose one (for Practical Retardation [3 credits] Special Education and Humanities Subjects concentration) EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for (Theology and Religious Studies) (18-21 EPE 211 Language across the curriculum students with hearing disabilities/diffi culties credits) (3 credits) [3 credits] Plus optional course. Choose one CORE (to be taken by all) EPS 201 Theory and Practice of Values in from the following. EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children Education (2 credits) ENV 211 Elements of human geography I [3 credits] Plus one course relevant to SPED Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 3 or 4 [3 credits] Specialization Special Education and Maths/Science ENV 103 Elementary quantitative techniques Students from colleges of Education are to (18-21) in geography [3 credits] take GEC 441 111 and 121 CORE (to be taken by all) ENV 214 Elements of physical geography EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children [3 credits] Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 4 or 5 visual Impairment [3 credits] [3 credits] Plus one course relevant to SPED Special Education and Humanities EFS 230 Communication Process for students specialization Students from colleges of (English/African Languages) (18-21 with Hearing impairment [3 credits] Education are to take GEC 441,111 and121 credits) EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with CORE ( to be taken by all) for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental visual Impairment [3 credits] EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children Retardation [3 credits] EFS 230 Communication Process for students [3 credits]Plus one course relevant to SPED EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for with Hearing impairment [3 credits] specialization students with Learning disabilities/diffi culties EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods Students from colleges of Education are to [3 credits] for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental take GEC 441, 111 and 121 PLUS Retardation [3 credits] EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with ELR 290 Theory of Teaching Religious EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for visual Impairment [3 credits] Education [3 credits] students with Learning disabilities/diffi culties EFS 230 Communication Process for students Plus optional course. Choose one from the [3 credits] Plus A or B with Hearing impairment [3 credits] following. A. Mathematics Core EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods TRS 203 African Traditional Religions in ESM 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sec. for Students with Mild to Moderate Mental Botswana [2 credits] Sch. Mathematics. [3 credits] Retardation [3 credits] TRS 204 Theologies of Gender [2 credits] Plus one optional course. Choose: EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for TRS 206 Beginning Biblical Greek 1: New To be taken by pre-service students students with hearing disabilities/diffi culties Testament Greek [2 credits] MAT 211 Introductory set and number theory [3 credits] TRS 207 Introduction to Christian Theology [3 credits] PLUS [2 credits] Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 3 or MAT 221 Calculus [3 credits] ELL 290 Language Education Issues [3 credits] 4 To be taken by in-service students Plus optional course. Choose two.Courses ESM 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sch. Relevant to teaching subject taken in level 1. Mathematics [3 credits] ENG 211 The Pronunciation of English ESM 203 Inset Algebra [3 credits] [2 credits] ESM 213 Inset Differential Calculus [3credits] ENG 213 Prose Literature of Southern Africa B. Science Core [2 credits] ESS 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sec. Sch. ENG 223 The Drama of Southern Africa Science [3 credits] [2 credits] Plus one optional course in I, II, III END 212 Introduction to English Literature: I, Biology the Novel [2 credits] BIO 211 Cell Biology [3 credits] ALL 221 Sound systems in African languages BIO 213 Plant Structure and Functions [2 credits] [3 credits] ALL 241 History and structure of the Setswana BIO 215 Principles of Ecology [3 credits] Novel [2 credits] BIO 217 Animal Diversity [3 credits] ALL 232 Language instructions III (ALL 134 Choose One Plus Corresponding Lab Pre required) [2 credits] I, Chemistry ALL 251Folk Speech in Africa [2 credits] CHE 211 Introduction to analytical Chemistry ALL 252 Rites of Passage: A study of social [2 credits] dreams [2 credits] CHE 213 Analytical chemistry lab [1 credit] Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 2 or 4 CHE 221 Atomic Structure Bonding and Hair Special Education and Humanities Group chem. [2 credits] (History) (18-21 credits) CHE 223 Inorganic chemistry lab [1 credit] CORE (to be taken by all) Choose One Plus Corresponding Lab EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children III, Physics [3 credits] PHY 211 Mechanics and Physical Optics Plus one course relevant to SPED Specialization
36 4.Practical Subject Concentration i Art Education Level 3. Semester 1 EPP 301 Appropriate Art Methods and Materials for Primary School (4 credits) LEVEL THREE B.ED ii Music Education Semester 5 Semester 6 TOTAL EPP 327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology Course Type Education (4 credits) cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses iii Home Economics SPED Core & Area HEE 233 Food Science (3 credits) 6 2 6 2 12 4 Courses Plus: Take one course in the area chosen at level 2 from the following list Second Major: Pri. Ed./ 6 2 6 2 12 4 ALL 221 sound systems in African language Sec.Ed. (2 credits) General Education ENG 311 modern English grammar (2 credits) 31--3 1 Courses EPM 326 Intro to probability and statistics (3 credits) Options 3 1 3 1 6 2 EPM 328 Principles of Chemistry and biology (3 credits) Electives - - 3 1 3 1 EPM 330 science education (3 credits EPS 322 Social Studies and curriculum Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 development (3 Credits) Elective: EFR 200 Intro to measurement in education (3 Credits) GEC Area 4 (3 credits) Double major: Special Education & Science LEVEL 3 (17-21) credits depending on level 2 from the following: (Specials) teaching subject concentration) ALL 221 Sound systems in African Language CORE (To be taken by all) (Holder of UB Diploma) (2cerdits) EFS 301 Educational Assessment and ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2credits) Identifi cation of Students with Disabilities Double Major: Special Education & EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and (3 credits) Plus one area course relevant to Primary Education Statistics (3credits) SPED specialization CORE (to be taken by all) EPM 328 Principles of Chemistry and Biology Visual Impairment EFS 201 Psychology of Exceptional Children (3credits) EFS 320-Advanced Mobility and Orientation (3 credits) EPM 330 Science Education (3credits) for Students with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Plus one course in SPED concentration EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum Hearing Impairment Visual Impairment Development. (2credits) EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation HEE 238 Orientation to Teaching home the Deaf (3 credits) for students with visual impairment (3credits) Economics (3credits) Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties Hearing Impairment Elective: EFR 200 Intro to Measurement in EFS 350 Developmental Approach and EFS 330 Communication Processes for Education (3credits) GEC Area 4 (2credits) Behavioural Management of Students with students with hearing impairment (3credits) Double major: Special Education & Learning Disabilities (3 credits) Mental Retardation Primary Education Choose one of a, b, c or d EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School Subjects CORE (To be taken by all) A. Biology Core to students with mental retardation (3credits) EFS301 Ed Asses and Identifi cation of ESS 391 Principles and Practice of Teaching Learning Disabilites/Diffi culties Students with Disabilities (3 credits) School Science (3 credits) EFS 350 Developmental Approaches and Plus one area course in SPED specialization. BIO 211 Cell Biology (3 credits) behaviour management of students with Visual Impairment BIO 218 Biology of Flowering Plants learning disabilities/diffi culties. (3credits) EFS 320-Advanced Mobil. and Orien for Stud (3 credits) Plus 6 credits from a, b, c or d with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Plus optional course. (Choose one) a. Language concentration Hearing Impairment BIO 212 Genetics (3 credits) CORE EFS330 Approaches in Teaching Language to BIO 215 Principles of Ecology (3 credits) ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2 credits) the Deaf. (3 credits) BIO 214 Inro. To Mammalian Physiology ALL 221 Sound Systems in African Languages Mental Retardation (3 credits) (2 credits) Plus optional courses. Choose one EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School Subjects B. Chemistry Core from the following: to Students with Mental Retardation ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teach Sch ALL 241 History and Structure of Setswana (3 credits) Science (3 credits) Novel (2 credits) Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties CHE 211 Analytical Chemistry (2 credits) ALL 152 Style in Writing (2 credits) EFS 350 Developmental Approach And CHE 213 Analytical Chemistry Lab (1 credit) b. Mathematics/Science concentration. Behavioural Management Of Students with CHE 232 Structure & Survey of Functional EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Groups 1 (2 credits) statistics (3 credits prerequisite EPM227) (3 Credits) CHE 234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 EPM 328 Principles of chemistry and Physics Plus 6 credits from courses relevant to area of (1 credit) (3credits) concentration in Primary Education. C. Pure Mathematics Core EPM 331 Social Studies in the Primary Schools. Primary Education Teaching Subject ESM 391 Principles and Practice of Teach. Sch. (3credits) Cluster: Maths (3 credits) c. Social Studies Concentration 1. Language Concentration MAT 381 Calculus for Teachers 1(3 credits) CORE ENG 311 Modern English Grammar MAT 383 Linear Algebra for Teachers EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum (2 credits) (3 credits) Development (3 credits) ALL 221 Sound Systems in African Language D. Physics Core EPS 331 Social Studies in the Primary Schools (2 credits) ESS 391 Principles and Practice of Teaching (3credits) Optional courses: take one School Science (3 credits) d. Practical subjects concentration ALL 241 History and Structure of Setswana PHY 211 Mechanics and Physical Optics Take i, ii or iii and Novel (2 credits) (2 credits) i. Art Education ALL 152 Style in writing (2 credits) PHY 212 Properties of Matter and EPP 301 Appropriate Art Methods and 2.Mathematics & Science Concentration Thermodynamics (2 credits) Materials for Primary School (4 credits) EPM 330 Science Education (3 credits) PHY 219 Physics Practicals 2.1(1 credit) i i . Music Education EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and GEC 2 credits area 4 or 5 EPP 327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology Statistics (3 credits) Double major: Special Education & Education (4 credits) 3.Social Studies & Religious Education Environmental Science iii. Home Economics EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum CORE (To be taken by all) HEE 229 Child development Pre-natal through Development (3 credits) EFS 301 Educat Assess and Identifi cation of Early Childhood (3credits) ELR 301Theories of Religious Education Students with Disabilities (3 credits) PLUS : Take one course in the area chosen at (3 credits)
37 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
EEL 301 Introduction to Environmental Learning Disabilities Plus one area course relevant to SPED Education (3 credits) EFS 350 Developmental Approach and specialization ENV 301 environmental Issues (2 credits) Behavioural Management of Students with Visual Impairment ENV 304 Quantitative Methods in Human Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation Geography (2 credits) Plus optional courses: choose one from the for Students with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Plus one area course relevant to SPED following. Hearing Impairment specialization TRS 301 Christology (2 credits) EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to Visual Impairment TRS 302 Missionaries in the 19th century South the Deaf (3 credits) EFS 320-Advanced Mobility and Orientation Africa (2 credits) Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties for Students with Visual Impairment (3 credits) TRS 303 Creation and the Bible (2 credits) EFS 350 Developmental Approaches and Hearing inpairment TRS 309 Psychology of Religion (2 credits) Behavioural Management of Students with EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 GEC Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) the Deaf (3 credits) Elective: Home Economics Take All Learning Disabilities EFR 200 Intro. To Measurement in Education HEE 229 Child Care and Development EFS 350 Developmental Approach and (3 credits) (3 credits) Behavioural Management of Students Double major: Special Education & Science HEE 238 Orientation to Teaching Home with Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) Economics (3 credits) Optional Courses. Choose one from the EFS 301Educational Assessment and Area of concentration (Choose One from following: Identifi cation of students with Disabilities 1 To 4) ENV 302 Concepts and Principles in (3 credits) 1.Food and Nutrition (take all) Population Geography (2 credits) Plus one area course relevant to SPED HEE 320 Community Nutrition (3 credits) ENV 305 Rural Geography (2credits) specialization HEE 343 Food Service management (3 credits) ENV 307 Human Settlements: Principles and Visual Impairment 2. Human Development and Family Morphology (2 credits) EFS 320 Advanced Mobil and Orient for Studs Studies (take all) Plus one GEC area 4 or 5 course with Visual Impairment (3 credits) HEE 316 Family Health Education (3 credits) GEC Hearing Impairment HEE 348 Risk and Resiliency in Child Devt. Double major: Special Education & EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to (3 credits) Humanities (History) the deaf (3 credits) 3. Clothing and Textile (Take all) CORE (To be taken by all) Learning Disabilities HEE 353 Analysis & Evaluation of Textile EFS 301 Educational Assessment and EFS 350 Developmental Approaches and Performance (3 credits) Identifi cation of Students with Disabilities. Behavioural Management for Students with HEE 356 Apparel Design & Product Devt. (3 credits) Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) (3 credits) Plus one area course relevant to SPED Plus Core and Options in teaching subject. 4. Housing and Interior Design (Choose 2) specialization Mathematics Core HEE 359 Design Fundamentals (3 credits) Visual Impairment ESM 361 Teaching Strategies for School HEE 360 Building Construction and Envir. EFS 320 Advanced Mobil. and Orient for Mathematics (3 credits) Systems (3 credits) Studs with Visual Impairment (3 credits) MAT 321 Real Analyses 1(3credits) HEE 362 Housing & Services for Families with Hearing Inpairment MAT 311 Abstract Algebra 1 (3 credits) Pre Special Needs (3 credits) EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to req. MAT 212 GEC Area 4 (2 credits) the Deaf (3 credits) Plus one from the following Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties MAT 323 Vector Calculus (3 credits) Pre req. EFS 350 Developmental Approach and MAT 222 Behavioural Management of Students with MAT 251 Vectors & Introductory mechanics Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) (3 credits) History Core Biology Core ELC 302 Gender Issues in Social Studies ESB 361Teaching Strategies for School Biology (3 credits) (3 credits) HIS 301 Historical Research Methods BIO 316 Plant Physiology (3 credits) (3 credit) BIO 317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology HIS 303 Historiography of Botswana (3 credits) (1 credit) Plus one from the following: Plus Optional courses. Choose one. BIO 307 Biochemistry (revised) (3 credits) ELC 321 Education for Self-reliance BIO 216 General Microbiology (Pre-requisite (3 credits) BIO 310, BIO 312)(3 credits) HIS 333 Intro to Foreign Policy, Dipl and Inter Chemistry Core Rela 1800-1945 (3 credits) ESC 361 Teaching Strategies of School HIS 343 Trade & Politics in Central African Chemistry (3 credits) Kingdoms (3 credits) CHE 321 Coordination in Chemistry HIS 341 African Diaspora in the Islamic World (2 credits) & Asia (3 credits) CHE 323 Inorganic Chemistry Lab 11 HIS 343 Trade and Politics in Central African (1 credit) Kingdoms (3 credits) Plus one GEC area 3 or CHE 331 Structure and Survey of Functional 5 GEC Group (3credits) Double major: Special Education & CHE 341 Application Thermodynamics & Humanities (Theology and Religious Electro Chemistry (2credits) Studies) CHE 343 Physical Chemistry Lab 111 CORE (To be taken by all) (1credit) EFS 301 Educational Assess. & Identifi cation Physics Core of Students with Disabilities (3 credits) ESP 361 Teaching Strategies of School Physics ELR 301 Theories of Religious Education (3 credits) (3 credits) PHY 311 Mechanics (2 credits) TRS 304 African Philosophy and Culture PHY 312 Quantum Mechanics (2 credits) (2 credits) PHY 319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2 credits) Plus one area course relevant to SPED PHY 314 Electronics 1 (2 credits) specialization Plus 2 credits GEC area 5 Visual Impairment GEC EFS 320-Advanced Mobility and Orientation Double major: Special Education & Home for Students with Visual Impairment Economics (Secondary In-Service) (3 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) Hearing Inpairment EFS 301 Educational Assessment and EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to Identifi cation of Students with Disabilities. the Deaf (3 credits) (3 credits)
38 Impairment (3 credits) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Level 4, semester 1 Programmes for Individuals with Mental Level Four Retardation (3 credits) Semester 7 Semester 8 Total EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Course Type with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses the Life Span (3 credits) Plus CORE and Optional courses relevant to teaching subject. SPED Core Courses 6 2 9 3 15 5 Biology Core ESB 461 Critical Debates in Biology Education Second Major: Pri. 6 2 6 2 12 4 (3 credits) Ed/Sec. Ed. ESS 441 Information and communication General Education ------technology for the science teacher (2 credits) Courses Plus Two from the following: teaching subjects in Science Options 3 1 - - 3 1 BIO 412 Aquatic biology (3 credits) Electives 3 1 3 1 6 2 BIO 427 Evolution (3 credits) BIO 431 Plant Responses to Environmental Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 Stress (3 credits) BIO 423 Ex. Physiology (3 credits) BIO 421 Entomology (3 credits) Chemistry Core B Ed Special education (Double major) Morphology (2 credits) ESC 461 Further Issues in Chemistry Semester 1 (16-18) Plus Practical Area Subject and the optional Pedagogical Content Knowledge (3 credits) Double major: Special Education and course ESS 441 Information and communication Primary Education (In-service) (i) Art Education technology for the science teacher (2 credits) CORE EPP 406 Contemporary Issues in Art Education Plus Choose Two from the following teaching EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of (4 credits) subjects in Science Children with Disabilities (3 credits) (ii) Music Education CHE 421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization EPP 447 Basic Instrumental Skills (4 credits) (3 credits) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision (iii) Home Economics CHE 431 Heterocyclic Chemistry: Synthetic (3 credits) HEE 328 Orientation to Teaching Home Chemistry and Design of Organic Synthesis EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Economics (3 credits) (3 credits) Impairment (3 credits) Optional Course (Choose one) CHE 441 Advanced Physical Chemistry EFS 440 School- & Comm-Based Progrs for PHR 309 Adapted Physical Education (3 credits) Indivs with Mental Retardation (3 credits) (2 credits) Mathematics Core EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals HEE 338 Consumer Protection (2 credits) ESM 461 Advanced Teaching Methods in with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties across HEE 337 Human Development across the Life School Maths (3 credits) the Life Span (3 credits) Span (2 credits) ESM441 Intro. To Info and Communication Plus CORE courses and optional course EFP 301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Technology in Maths Education (2 credits) relevant to concentration in Primary Education Development (3 credits) MAT 421 Functions of a Complex Variable 1. Language Concentration 5. Special Topics concentration (3 credits) EPL 411 Teaching Reading in the Primary Students in this concentration shall MAT 423 Mathematical Methods (3 credits) School (3 credits) continue with the area chosen at Level Physics Core EPL 414 Literature for primary schools 200. ESP 461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for (3 credits) ALL 321 The Structure of the Sentence School Physics (3 credits) ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2 credits) (2 credits) ESS 441 Information and communication Plus 0ptional course ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2 credits) technology for the science teacher (2 credits) ALL 331 Introduction to Translation (2 credits) EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives and their Plus teaching subject s in the Science discipline 2. Mathematics & Science Concentration Applications (3 credits) PHY 411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (6 credits) EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Biology and (2 credits) EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives & their Chemistry (3 credits) PHY 412 Statistical Mechanics & Solid State Application (3 credits,pre-req.EPM 327) ENV 307 Human Settlement: Principles and Physics (2 credits) EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Physics & Morphology (2 credits) PHY 419 Physics Practicals 4.1(2 credits) Earth Science (3 credits) Plus one from the following areas and the Special Education and Science- Specials Plus Optional course, choose one from the optional (19 credits) following Guidance and Counselling SPED CORE (To be taken by all) EPM 430 Maths Applications for Primary EFH 403 Programme Development in CHS EFS 401 Rehabilitation & Transition of children teaching (3 credits) (3 credits) with disabilities (3 credits) EPM 431 Science Applications for Primary Schools (3 credits) Infant Education Plus one course relevant to SPED 3. Social Studies & Religious Education EPI 431 Management of Early Childhood specialization Concentration (6 credits) Programme (3 credits) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision EPS 401 The Role of Democracy in the Environmental Education (3 credits) Teaching of Social Studies (3 credits) EPI 442 Environmental Conservation EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing ELC 431 Civic education (3 credits) Strategies (3 credits) Impairment (3 credits) Plus Optional course (choose one) ONE optional course EFS 440 School- and Community-Based EPS 331 Teaching Social Studies in Primary EPP 301 Adult-child Intervention and Cognitive Programmes for Individuals with Schools (3 credits) Development (3 credits) Mental Retardation (3 credits) EPS 401 The role of Democracy in the Elective or GEC “2-3 credits” EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals teaching of Social studies (3 credits) Retake courses (if any) with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across 4. Practical Subjects: Semester 1 (17 credits) Pre-service the Life Span (3 credits) Choose one in the teaching subject chosen at Double major: Special Education and Second Major: CORE courses in Math/ Level 200 Science Science Teaching subject ALL 321 The Structure of the Sentence SPED: CORE 1. Biology (2 credits) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of ESB 461 Critical Debates in Biology (3 credits) ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2 credits) Children and Youth with Disabilities BIO 311 Plant Systematics (3 credits) EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives and their (3 credits) Plus one course relevant to SPED BIO 315 Invertebrate Biology (3 credits) Applications (3 credits) specialization 2. Chemistry EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Biology and EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision ESC 461 Further Issues in Chemistry Chemistry (3 credits) (3 credits) Pedagogic. Content (3 credits) ENV 307 Human Settlements: Principles and EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing CHE 321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits)
39 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
CHE 323 Inorganic Chemistry Lab II (1 credit) Plus all of Special Education and the second major CHE 341 Applications of thermodynamic & ENG 412 Introduction to Shakespeare Special Education and Humanities: Home Electrochemistry (2 credits) (2 credits) Economics/ Social Studies/ Theology & CHE 343 Physical Chem. Lab III (1 credit) ENG 413 The African Novel (2 credits) Religious Studies –Specials (18 credits) 3. Mathematics Or take one language course and one SPED CORE (To be taken by all) ESM 461 Advanced Teach. Methods in Sch. literature course (4 credits) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition in SPED Maths. (3 credits) African Languages (3 credits) Plus one course relevant to SPED MAT 483 Real Analysis for Teachers I ELL 401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy specialization (3 credits) in Education (3 credits) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision MAT 485 Number Theory & Abstract algebra ALL 421 Intro to Historical and Comparative (3 credits) for Teac. (3 credits) Linguistics Based on Africa (2 credits) EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing 4. Physics ALL 422 A Sociolinguistic study of Southern Impairment (3 credits) ESP 461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for Africa (2 credits) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based School Physics (3 credits) Plus one course from the following: Programmes for Individuals with Mental PHY 311 Mechanics (2 credits) ALL 431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics Retardation (3 credits) PHY 312 Quantum Mechanics (2 credits) (2 credits) EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals PHY 319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2 credits) ALL 452 Popular Culture in Africa (2 credits) with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across Optional course.Choose one from the ALL 451 Studies in African Aesthetics the Life Span (3 credits) following in your teaching subject: (2 credits) Second major: Two CORE courses and one ESM 441 Intro. to Infom & Commun. Tech. In ALL 453 Women’s Literature in Botswana Optional course in Teaching subject Maths Education (2 credits) (2 credits) 4. Home Economics ESM 471 Contemporary Issues in Maths Plus one Elective (3 credits) HEE 337 Human Development Across the Life Education (2 credits) Special Education and Humanities: Span (3 credits) ESS 441 Intro. to Inform & Commun. Tech. In English/African Language/Theology & HEE 340 Home Economics Teach. Methods Science Education (2 credits) Religious Studies/Social Studies/Home and Evaluation (3 credits) ESS 471 Contemporary Issues in Science Economics-Specials (21 credits) Optional Course. Choose one Education (2 credits) GEC (2 credits) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) HEE 341 Home Economics Curriculum Special Education and Environmental EFS 401 Rehabilitation & Transition for Planning and design (3 credits) Science (19 credits) Children with Disabilities (3 credits) HEE 460 Clothing for People with Special SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Needs (3 credits) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition in SPED EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision 5. Social Studies (3 credits) Plus one course relevant to SPED (3 credits) ELC 300 Socialization Issues (3 credits) specialization EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision Impairment (3 credits) Integration (3 credits) (3 credits) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Optional Course. Choose one EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Programmes for Individuals with ELC 431 Civic education (3 credits) Impairment (3 credits) Mental Retardation (3 credits) ELC 421 Global Perspectives & Materials in EFS 440 School- and Community- EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Social Studies (3 credits) Based Programmes for Individuals with with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across ELC 451 Resource Management in Africa Mental Retardation (3 credits) the Life Span (3 credits) (3 credits) EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Second major: Two CORE courses and one ELC 461 Human Rights Issues (3 credits) with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across Optional course in Teaching subject 6. Theology & Religious Studies the Life Span (3 credits) 1. Home Economics ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education in Sec. Second Major: Core courses HEE 449 Seminar in Human Development Sch. (3 credits) EEL 401 Environmental Education (2 credits) TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2 credits) Conservation Strategies (3 credits) HEE 451 Public Policy for children and Families TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2 credits) ENV 402 Natural Resource Conservation and (3 credits) Optional course. Choose one Management (3 credits) Optional Course, Choose one TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible Plus two from the following HEE 362 Housing and Services for Families (2 credits) ENV 404 Rural Development Theory and with Special Needs (2 credits) TRS 405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2 credits) Practice (2 credits) HEE 454 Family Counselling (3 credits) TRS 406 Intermediate Arabic I(2 credits) ENV 424 Industry and Environment (2 credits) 2. Social Studies TRS 407 Islam’s Socio-Cultural, Legal & ENV 406 Regional Development studies ELC 300 Socialization Issues (3 credits) Political structures (2 credits) (2 credits) ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and TRS 409 African Christian Theologies ENV 408 Tourism and Development (2 credits) Integration (3 credits) (2 credits) ENV 425 the African Environment (3 credits) Optional Course. Choose one TRS 411 Politics and Development of Biblical ENV 407 Eco-tourism (2 credits) ELC 431 Civic education (3 credits) thought(2 credits) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2 credits) ELC 421 Global Perspectives & Materials in TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (2 credits) Electives (3 credits) a course outside special Social Studies (3 credits) TRS 413 Hinduism (2 credits) education and second major Electives (3 credits) One course outside of Retake courses (if any) ELC 451 Resource Management in Africa Special Education and the second major Semester 1 (18 Credits ) Pre-Service (3 credits) Special Education and History (21 credits) Double major: Special Education and ELC 461 Human Rights Issues (3 credits) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Humanities (English: African languages) 3. Theology & Religious Studies EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition in SPED SPED: CORE (to be taken by all) ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education in Sec. (3 credits) Plus one course relevant to SPED EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Sch. (3 credits) specialization Children and Youth with Disabilities (3 credits) TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2 credits) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2 credits) (3 credits) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision Optional course. Choose one EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing (3 credits) TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible Impairment (3 credits) EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing (2 credits) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Impairment (3 credits) TRS 405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2 credits) Programmes for Individuals with Mental EFS 440 School- and Community-Based TRS 406 Intermediate Arabic I (2 credits) Retardation (3 credits) Programmes for Individuals with Mental TRS 407 Islam’s Socio-Cultural, Legal & EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Retardation (3 credits) Political structures (2 credits) with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals TRS 409 African Christian Theologies the Life Span (3 credits) with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across (2 credits) Second Major: CORE courses the Life Span(3 credits) TRS 411 Politics and Development of Biblical HIS401 Mfecane and the Settler Scramble for English thought (2 credits) South Africa (3 credits) ELL 401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (2 credits) HIS 412 Segregation, apartheid and African in Education (3 credits) TRS 413 Hinduism (2 credits) Nationalism in South Africa (3 credits) ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2 credits) Electives (3 credits) One course outside of ELC 400 socialization Issues (3 credits)
40 Or Hearing Impairment In addition, take ONE of the following courses ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of i. Art Education integration (3 credits) Hearing (3 credits) EPP 202: Pract Art, Craft & Desg Skills for the And choose one EFS 232 Early Childhood Education of Classroom Teacher (4 credits) HIS 421 Political Ideas during the ancient and Children with Hearing Impairment (3 credits) ii. Music Education medieval periods (3 credits) Primary Education EPP218: Listening, Composing and HIS 301 Historical research Methods (3 credits) Mental Retardation Performing (4 credits) Electives (3 credits) One course outside Special EFS 241 Programme Development for iii. Home Economics Education and second major Students with Mental Retardation (3 credits) HEE116: Introduction to consumer Education Retake course (if any) EFS 242 Early Childhood Education of (3 credits) Special Education and Theology and Children with Mental Retardation (3 credits) Religious Studies (20 credits) Primary Education Level 1, Semester 2 SPED CORE (To be taken by all) Learning Disabilities EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition for EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School BACHELOR OF EDUCATION Children and Youth with Disabilities (3 credits) Subjects for Students with Learning Disabilities Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization (3 credits) (SPECIAL EDUCATION) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision EFS 252 Early Intervention for At-Risk Children (3 credits) (3 credits) Special Education and Primary Education EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Major II Primary Education Areas of (19 credits) Impairment (3 credits) concentration (choose one from the following CORE (to be taken by all) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based areas of concentration) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special Programmes for Individuals with Mental 1. Language Concentration Education (3 credits) Retardation (3 credits) Core courses EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals ALL 142: Study of Drama (2 credits) (3 credits) with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties Across ENG 221: English Linguistics (2 credits) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for the Life Span(3 credits) Optional course (choose ONE from the Assessment of Disabilities(3 credits) Second major: CORE course following) ALL 122 The Characteristics of Human ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education In EPA 203: Classroom Management (3 credits) Languages (2 credits) Secondary Schools (3 credits) ALL 153: Introduction to the African Novel ALL 142 The Study of Drama (2 credits) TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2 credits) (2 credits) Plus one course from the following TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2 credits) 2. Maths. & Science Concentration combinations Plus optional courses, choose two from Core Courses EPE 103 Principles of Science (3 credits) the following: EPM 227:Introduction to functions and the EPE 114 Introduction to Education in TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible domains (3 credits) Botswana (3 credits) (2 credits) EPM 228: Foundations of Chemistry and OR TRS 404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity Physics (3 credits) EPE 101 Algebra and its Applications (2 credits) 3. Social Studies/Religious Education (3 credits) TRS 407 Islam’s Sociocutural, Legal and Concentration EPE 103 Principles of Science (3 credits) Political Structures (2 credits)) Core Courses OR TRS 409 African Christian Theology EPS 203: Indigenous Peoples and their HIS 102 Introduction to the Study of History (2 credits) Environments (3 credits) (2 credits) TRS 411 Politics and Development of Biblical EPS 201: Theories & Practice of Values EPE 114 Introduction to Education in Thoughts (2 credits) Education (2 credits) Botswana (3 credits) TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (2 credits) Optional Course (choose ONE from the Plus 4 credits of GEC TRS 413 Hinduism (2 credits) following) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II Electives (3 credits) One course outside of TRS 107: African Traditional Religion (2 credits) special education and second major (3 credits) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II HIS 202: Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave (2 credits) Diploma Level 1, Semester 2 Trade (3 credits) Special Education and Science(20 Semester 2 (18-19) Special Education and ENV 214: Elements of the Physical credits)CORE (to be taken by all) Primary Education Environment (3 credits) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special CORE (to be taken by all) Special 4. Special Topics Concentration Education(3 credits) Education Courses (take ONE of the following course related to EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special your chosen teaching subject) (3 credits) Education (3 credits) ALL142: The study of Drama (2 credits) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for ENG221: English Linguistics (2 credits) Assessment of Disabilities (3 credits) Assessment of Disabilities (3 credits) EPM227: Introduction to functions and Take ETP 200 Teaching Practice in Special Education Domains (3 credits, prerequisite EPM226) MAT 122 Introduction to Mathematics II Second Major (Primary Education) EPM228: Foundations of Chemistry and (5 credits) EPE 101 Algebra and its Applications Physics ) (3 credits) Plus 4 credits from any one of the (3 credits) EPS201: Theories & Practice of Values following courses EPE 103 Principles of Science (3 credits) Education (2 credits) BIO 112 Diversity of Plants and Animal EPE 114 Introduction to Education in i. Guidance/Counseling (4 credits) Botswana (3 credits) EFH 105: Counselling Approaches and CHE 102 General Chemistry II (4 credits) GEC courses (Take All) Theories (3 credits) PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern GEC 112 Communications and Study Skills II ii. Infant Education Physics (3 credits) (2 credits) EPI229: Theories and Principles of Infant PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism Physics GEC 122 Computer and Information Skills II Education (3 credits) (2 credits) iii. Environmental Education PHY 119 Physics Practical 1, 2 (1 credit) EPI225: Environmental Issues, Pols and Educ Plus 2 credits of GEC Diploma II Semester 2 (18-19 credits) for sustain Development (3 credits) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II CORE (to be taken by all) 5. Practical Subject Concentration (take all (2 credits) EFS 202 Practicum in Special Education courses in one of the following areas as your GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II (3 credits) teaching subject (2 credits) ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education ALL142: The study of Drama (2 credits) Special Education and Science Take all courses in area of specialization ENG221: English Linguistics (2 credits) (Environmental Science) (19 credits) Visual Impairment EPM227: Introduction to functions and the CORE (to be taken by all) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students Domains (3 credits, prerequisite EPM226) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special with Visual Impairment (3 credits) EPM228: Foundations of Chemistry and Education (3 credits) EFS 222 Early Stimulation Programs for Physics (3 credits) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability Children with Visual Impairment (3 credits) EPS201: Theories & Practice of Values in (3 credits) Primary Education Education (2 credits)
41 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for (3 credits) Education (3 credits) Assessment of Disabilities (3 credits) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for Special Education and Math/Science (17- ENV 102 Introduction to the Physical and Assessment of Disabilities (3 credits) 18 credits) CORE (to be taken by all) Human Environments II (2 credits) ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3 credits) ENV 104 Elementary Quantitative Techniques (3 credits) Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialization in Geography II (3 credits) Plus one from the following Visual Impairment ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building HIS 102 Introduction to the Study of History EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students (3 credits) (2 credits) with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Plus 2 credits of GEC HIS 202 Africa in the Era of Atlantic Slave EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Special Education and Humanities Trade C1500 to C1800 (3 credits) Visually Impaired (3 credits) (English) (19 credits) Plus 4 credits of GEC Hearing Impairment CORE (to be taken by all) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special (2 credits) Hearing (3 credits) Education (3 credits) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II EFS 233 Development of Education for the EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (2 credits) Hearing Impaired (3 credits) (3 credits) Learning Disabilities EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for Level 2, Semester 2 EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in Assessment of Disabilities (3 credits) School Subject for Students with Learning ENG 111 Studies in Pros (2 credits) B Ed Special Education (Double Major) Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) ENG 123 Introduction to Literature Drama & Special Education and Primary Education EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Poetry (2 credits) (15-18 credits) Student with Learning Disabilities./Diffi culties Plus one course from the following CORE (to be taken by all) (3 credits) ALL 134 Language Instruction II (2 credits) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3 credits) Mathematics & Science ALL 153 Introduction to African Novel Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialisation Mathematics (2 credits) Visual Impairment ESM 262 Practicum in Secondary School ALL 154 Theory of Humour in Africa EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students Mathematic (3 credits) (2 credits) with Visual Impairment (3 credits) MAT 212 Introduction to Algebra (3credits) SOC 133 Social Change in Botswana EFS 222 Early Stimulation Programmes for Prerequisite: MAT111 or A-Level (2 credits) Children with Visual Impairment (3 credits) ESM 206 Inset Algebra II (3credits) Plus 4 credits of GEC Hearing Impairment ESM 216 Inset Integral Calculus (3 credits) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of Optional.Choose one from the following (2 credits) Hearing (3 credits) MAT 222 Calculus11 (3credits) Prerequisite: GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II EFS 232 Early Childhood Education of MAT 221 (2 credits) Children with Hearing Impairment (3 credits) MAT 242 Computing 1 (3 credits) Special Education and Humanities (African Mental Retardation Biology Languages) (19 credits) EFS 241 Programme Development for ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School CORE (to be taken by all) Students with Mental Retardation (3 credits) Science (3 credits) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special EFS 242 Early Intervention Programmes for Choose two from the following: Education (3 credits) Young Children with Mental Retardation BIO211 Cell Biology (3 credits) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3 credits) BIO 213 Plant Structure & Function (3 credits)- (3 credits) Learning Disabilities (Pre-requisite for BIO 316) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in Chemistry – (take all) Assessment of Disabilities (3 credits) School Subjects for Students with Learning ESS 262 Practicum in Secondary School ALL 122 The Characteristics of Human Disabilities. /Diffi culties (3 credits) Science (3 credits) Languages (2 credits) EFS 252 Early Intervention for At-Risk Children CHE 232 Structure Survey of Functional ALL 142 The Study of Drama (2 credits) (3 credits) Plus two courses from the following groups (2 credits) Plus one course from the following: clusters CHE 234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 ALL 153 Introduction to African Novel Language Concentration (1 credit) (2 credits) ENG 221 English Linguistics (2 credits) CHE 242 Introductory Physical Chemistry ALL 154 Theory of Humour in Africa ALL 153 Introduction to African novel (2 credits) (2 credits) Plus 4 credits of GEC (2 credits) CHE 244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II ALL 122 African Languages and Linguistics (1credit) (2 credits) (2 credits) Physics– (take all) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II ALL 142 African Languages and Literature PHY 221 Electricity and Magnetism (2 credits) (2 credits) (2 credits) PHY222 Electronics and nuclear physics Special Education and Humanities Math and Science Concentration (2 credits) (Theology & Religious Studies) (19 credits) EPM 227 Introduction to functions and the PHY 229 Physics Practical 2.2 (1 credit) CORE (to be taken by all) domains (3 credits) ESS 262 Practicum in Secondary School EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special EPM 229 Foundations of Bio & Earth Sciences Science (3 credits) Education (3 credits) (3 credits) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability Social Studies/Religious Education Special Education and Environmental (3 credits) concentration Science (17 credits) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for TRS 107 African Traditional Religion (2 credits) CORE (to be taken by all) Assessment of Disabilities (3 credits) ENV 102 Introduction to the Physical and ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3 credits) (2 credits) Human (2 credits) Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialisation Plus two from the following courses Practical Subjects Concentration Visual Impairment TRS 108 History of Philosophy I Classical Take one of the following: EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students Greek Philosophy (2 credits) Art Education with Visual Impairment (3 credits) TRS 111 Epistemology I Theory of Knowledge EPP 202 Practical Arts Skills for the Classroom EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the (2 credits) Teacher (4 credits) Visually Impaired (3 credits) TRS 109 Biblical Interpretation(2 credits) Music Education Hearing Impairment Plus 4 credits of GEC EPP 218 Listening, Composing and EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II Performing (4 credits) Hearing (3 credits) (2 credits) Home Economics Education EFS 233 Development of Education for the GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II HEE 116 introduction to Consumer Education Hearing Impaired (3 credits) (2 credits) (3 credits) Plus one from the following Learning Disabilities Special Education and Humanities optional courses EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School (History) (17-19 credits) EPE 214 Theory & Practice of the Project Subject for Students with Learning Disabilities./ CORE (to be taken by all) Method (3 credits) Diffi culties (3 credits) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special EPM 230 Technology in Teaching Primary EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Education (3 credits) School Maths (3 credits) Students With Learning Disabilities./Diffi culties EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability EPI 225 Environmental Issues, Policies and (3 credits)
42 Environmental Science Take History Take (2 credits) EEL 302 Environmental Education ELC 321 Social Studies Methods (3 credits) EPL 300 Theory and Practice of Second Methodology (2 credits) HIS 213 Agriculture & Industrialization in Language (3 credits) Plus any two from the following World Economy 1945 (3 credits) Optional Courses (one out of the following) ENV 219 Elements of Human Geography II ELH 290 Theory of Teaching History (3 credits) EPA 303 Planning and management (3 credits) Plus any one courses from the following (3 credits) ENV 220 Elements of Physical Environment II HIS 202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave ALL 253 The sociology of literature (2 credits) (3 credits) Trade C. 1500-C.1800 (3 credits) b. Mathematics & Science concentration ENV 216 Introduction to Remote Sensing HIS 212 Catastrophe and Survival in 20th EPM 331 Teaching School Maths (3 credits) (3 credits) Century Europe (3 credits) EPM 329 Principles of Physics &Earth Science Special Education and Humanities (English Special Education and Humanities (3credits) /African Languages) (18 credits) (Theology and Religious Studies) (17-18 c. Social Studies & Religious Education CORE (to be taken by all) credits) EPS 323 Social Studies and Pedagogy ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3 credits) CORE (to be taken by all) (3 credits) Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialisation ETP 200 Teaching Practice in Special Education ELR 302 Practicum in Religious Education Visual Impairment and Second Major (3 credits) Plus all courses (3 credits) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students relevant to SPED specialization d. Practical subject concentration with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Visual Impairment i. Art Education EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the EFS 221Instructional Methods for Students EPP 302 Practical Skills in Planning & Teaching Visually Impaired (3 credits) with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Arts in the Primary School (4 credits) Hearing Impairment EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the i i . Music Education EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of Visually Impaired (3 credits) EPP 328 Teaching Methods in Music Education Hearing (3 credits) Hearing Impairment (4 Credits) EFS 233 Development of Education for the EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of iii. Home Economics Hearing Impaired (3 credits) Hearing (3 credits) HEE 227 Foundations of Food Preparation & Learning Disabilities EFS 233 Development of Education for the meal Management (3 credits) EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School Hearing Impaired (3 credits) Optional course: Choose one from the Subject for Students with Learning Disabilities/ Learning Disabilities following: Diffi culties (3 credits) EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School EPA 303 Planning and Management (3 credits) EFS 253 Secondary School Programmes for Subject for Students with Learning Disabilities/ PHR 261 Introduction to skills and techniques Students with Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties Diffi culties (3 credits) of soccer (2 credits) GEC Area 4 (2credits) (3 credits) English EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Plus Students with Learning Disabilities/ Diffi culties ENG 221 Introduction to English Linguistics (3 credits) BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SPECIAL (2 credits) Plus EDUCATION) ELL 302 Teaching of Literature at Secondary ELR 302 Practice of Religious Education (Credits depending on teaching subject Level (3 credits) (3 credits) concentration) Optional course (choose one from the TRS 209 History of Christian Thought (Holder of UB Diploma) following) (2 credits) Special Education & Primary Education ENG 222 Introduction to English literature: Optional course. Choose one from the (15-18 credits) Poetry and Drama (2 credits) following CORE (to be taken by all) ENG 233 The Poetry of Southern Africa TRS 210 Gospel Narratives (2 credits) EFR 220 Introduction to Educational Research (2 credits) TRS 211 Ecclesiology (2 credits) (3 credits) ENG 217 Theatre History (2 credits) TRS 212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education African Languages Testament Greek (2 credits) & Second Major (3 credits). Plus one area Plus TRS 213 Johannine corpus (2 credits) course relevant to SPED specialization ALL 222 The Structure of words in African TRS 214 Beginning Arabic I: Introduction to Visual Impairment Languages (2 credits) Basic Arabic (2 credits) EFS 321 Communication and Language ELL 302 Teaching of Literature at Secondary TRS 215 Metaphysics 1: Appearance and Development for Students with Visual Level Reality (2 credits) Impairment (3 credits) Optional courses (choose one form the TRS 216 History of Philosophy III: Post Hearing Impairment following) – Medieval to 19th Century (2 credits) GEC EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of ALL 233 Generative Phonology in African (4 credits) Hearing (3 credits) Languages (2 credits) Mental Retardation (For B Ed. Primary) ALL 234 Language Instruction IV (2 credits) Level 3, Semester 2 EFS 341 Society and children with Mental ALL 253 The Sociology of Literature (2 credits) Special Education & Primary Education Retardation (3 credits) ALL 242 African Written Poetry (2 credits) (17-20 credits) Learning Disabilities GEC (2 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 351 Career Educations for Students with Special Education and Humanities EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Talented Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) (History) (18 credits) (3 credits) Plus 6 credits from a, b or d CORE (to be taken by all) ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education Primary Education Teaching subject Cluster: ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3 credits) & Second Major (3 credits). Plus one area a. Language concentration Plus all courses relevant to SPED course relevant to SPED specialization ENG 321Usage in English Language (2 credits) specialization Visual Impairment EPL 300 Theory and Practice of Second Visual Impairment EFS 321 Communications and Language Language (3 credits) EFS 221Instructional Methods for Students Development for Students with Visual b. Mathematics & Science concentration with Visual Impairment (3 credits Impairment (3 credits) EPM 331 Teaching School Maths (3 credits) EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Hearing Impairment EPM 329 Principles of Physics & Earth Science Visually Impaired (3 credits) EFS 331 Advanced Communication Processes (3credits) Hearing Impairment for Students with Hearing Impairment c. Social Studies & Religious Education EFS 231School Audiometry and Evaluation of (3 credits) EPS 323 Social Studies and Pedagogy Hearing (3 credits) Mental Retardation (3 credits) EFS 233 Development of Education for the EFS 341 Society and children with Mental ELR 302 Practicum in Religious Education Hearing Impaired (B.Ed. Secondary (3 credits) Retardation (3 credits) (3 credits) Learning Disabilities Learning Disabilities d. Practical subject concentration EFS 251 Remed. Technology in School Subject EFS 351 Career Education for Students with i. Art Education for Students with Learning Disability/Diffi culty Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) EPP 302 Practical Skills in Planning & Teaching (3 credits) Plus 6 credits from a, b or d Arts in the Primary School (4 credits) EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Primary Education Teaching subject ii . Music Education Students with Learning Disability/Diff Cluster: EPP 328 Teaching Methods in Music (3 credits) a. Language concentration Education (4 Credits) ENG 321 Usage in English Language
43 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
iii. Home Economics Learning Disabilities Hearing Impairment HEE 227 Foundations of Food Preparation & EFS 351 Career Educati for Students with EFS 331 Advanced Communication Processes meal Management (3 credits) Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) for Students with Hearing Impairment Optional course: Choose one from the Take (3 credits) following (For all subject concentration) EEL 302 Environmental Education Learning Disabilities EPM 301 Special Issues in Maths Education Methodology (3 credits) EFS 351 Career Education for Students with (3 credits) ENV 311 Environment, Population and Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) EPL 312 Breakthrough to Literacy (2 credits) Development (3credits) Theology And Religious Studies Core EDT 310 Instructional Materials (3 credits) Optional Course, Choose one ELR 302 Practice of Religious Education GEC Area 4 (2credits) ENV 313 Elementary Techniques in Population (3 credits) Special Education & Science (17-19 credits) Geography (3 credits) TRS 314 Christian Moral Theology (2 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) ENV 316 Agricultural Development (2 credits) Plus optional course: choose two from the ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education Plus one GEC area 4 or 5 course following. & Second Major (3 credits) Special Education & Humanities (English/ TRS 316 History and Mythology of Jesus EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Talented African Languages) (19 credits) (2 credits) (3 credits) Plus one area course relevant to CORE (To be taken by all) TRS 325 Foundational Structures of Islam SPED specialization EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and talented (2 credits) Visual Impairment (3 credits) TRS 302 Missionaries in 19th Century South EFS 321 Communication and Language ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education Africa (2 credits) Development for Students with Visual & Second Major (3 credits). Plus one area Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 Impairment (3credits) course relevant to SPED specialization Hearing Impairment Visual Impairment Level 4, Semester 2 EFS 331 Advanced Communication Process EFS 321 Commun and Language Dev for BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SPECIAL for Studs with Hearing Impairment (3 credits) Students with Visual Impairment (3 credits) EDUCATION) Learning Disabilities Hearing Impairment Special Education and Primary Education EFS 351 Career Education for Students with EFS 331 Advanced Communication Processes (19-22) Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) Plus for Students with Hearing Impairment SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Core and Options in teaching subject. (3 credits) EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and Mathematics Learning Disabilities Concerns in SPED(3 credits) ESM 362 Advanced Practicum in School EFS 351 Career Educ for Studs with Learning EFS 402 Strategies for Helping Families of Mathematics (3 credits) Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) Students with Disabilities (3 credits) Plus two from the following English Plus one from the following courses: MAT 312 Abstract Algebra 11 (3 credits) Pre ELL 302 The teaching of Literature at EFS 403 Speech Correction for Students with req. MAT 311 Secondary School level (3 credits) Communication Disorders (3 credits) MAT 324 Differential Equation (3 credits) Pre ENG 351 Phonology of English (2credits) EFS 404 Education of Children with ADHD req. MAT 222 ENG 321 Usage in English (2credits) (3 credits) MAT 322 Real Analysis 11 (3credits) African Languages Second Major Content Biology ELL 302 The Teaching of Literature at Primary Education Teaching Subject ESB 362 Advanced Practicum in School Secondary School Level (3 credits) Cluster: Biology (3 credits) ALL 342 African Oral Narratives (2 credits) 1. Reading English/Setswana BIO 311 Plant Systematics (3 credits) ALL 343 Introduction to African Popular EPL411 Teaching Reading in the Primary BIO 215 Principles of Ecology (3 credits (Pre- Theatre (2 credits) Plus 2 credits of GEC area Schools (3 credits) requisite for BIO 434) 4 or 5 ALL 342 African Oral Narratives (2 credits) Plus ONE of: Special Education & Humanities (History) ENG 411 Form, Function and Variation BIO 306 Developmental Biology (3 credits) (18 credits) (2 credits) BIO 308 Molecular Biology (3 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) 2. Mathematics and Science Chemistry EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Talented EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and ESC 362-Advanced Practicum in School (3 credits) Earth Science (3 credits) Chemistry (3 credits) ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education EPM 427 Calculus II (3 credits) Plus two from the following: and Second Major (3 credits) Plus one area Plus C 312 II Third Year Inorganic Chemistry course relevant to SPED specialization EPE 411 Educational Management and (3 credits) Visual Impairment Curriculum Development(3 credits) C 312 II Lab Third Year Inorganic Laboratory EFS 321 Commun and Language Deve for 3. Social Studies and Religious Education (1 credit) Students with Visual Impairment (3 credits) HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners, and the Impact… C 312 IV Third Year Physical Chemistry Hearing Impairment (3 credits) (3 credits) EFS 331 Advanced Commu Processes for TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3 credits) C 312 IV Lab Third Year Physical Chemistry Studs with Hearing Impairment (3 credits) ENG 320 Botswana Environment (2 credits) Laboratory (1 credit) Learning Disabilities 4. Practical Subjects. Continue with area Physics EFS 351 Career Educ for Studs with Learning chosen at level 200 Semester 1 ESP 362 Advanced Practicum in School Physics Disabilities/Diffi culties (3 credits) i. Art Education (3 credits) Plus History EPP 405 Integrated Arts Education in Cultural PHY 321 Electromagnetism (2 credits) ELC 311 Multicultural Education (3 credits) Context (4 credits) PHY 322 Thermal Physics (2 credits) ELC 321 Social Studies Teaching Methods ii. Music Education PHY 323 Vibrations, waves and Optics (3 credits) Plus Optional course. Choose one. EPP449 Movement in Music (4 credits) (2 credits) ELC 342 Modern Anglophone, Francophone, iii. Home Economics PHY 329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2 credits) and Lusophone West Africa (3 credits) HEE 311 Clothing Design and Construction Plus 2 credits GEC area 5 HIS 344 The root of Crises in Modern Central (3 credits) Special Education & Environmental Africa (3 credits) Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 HEE453 Family Resource Management Science (16-18 credits) Special Education & Humanities (Theology (3 credits) Plus a course in the following areas CORE (To be taken by all) and Religious Studies) (18 credits) (Continue with area chosen at level 200 Sem. ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education CORE (To be taken by all) 1) & Second Major (3 credits) EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Talented ALL 342 African Oral Narratives (2 credits) OR EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Talented (3 credits) ENG 411 Form, Function and Variation of (3 credits) Plus one area course relevant to ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education English (2 credits) OR SPED specialization and Second Major (3 credits) EPM 429 Advanced Concepts in Physics and Visual Impairment Plus one area course relevant to SPED Earth Science (3 credits) OR EFS 321 Commu. and Language Dev for specialization TRS 315 Sociology of Religion (3 credits) and Students with Visual Impairment (3 credits) Visual Impairment HIS 414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact Hearing Impairment EFS 321Communication and Language of Colonial Rule (3 credits) EFS 321 Advanced Commu Processes for Development for Students with Visual 1. Special Topics (Continue with areas chosen Studs with Hearing Impairment (3 credits) Impairment (3 credits) at level 200 Sem. 1)
44 i. Guidance and Counselling PHY 422 Micro-Computing for Physics Literacy Education (3 credits) EFH 406 Consultation in Counselling and (2 credits) Plus one from the following courses: Human Services (3 credits) PHY 429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2 credits) ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics ii. Infant Education Special Education and Environmental (2 credits) EPI 342 Contemporary Issues in Early Science(15-18) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (2 credits) Childhood Education (3 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) ALL454 Children’s Traditions & Dramatics iii. Environmental Education EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and (2 credits) EPI 443 Environmental Conservation Concerns in SPED (3 credits) ALL455 Post Colonial Theory and Literature Strategies II (3 credits) Plus a course in the EFS 402 Strategies for Helping families of (2 credits) following areas (Continue with area chosen at Students with Disabilities (3 credits) ALL456 Introduction to African Thoughts level 200 Sem. 1) Plus one from the following courses: (2 credits) ALL 342 African Oral Narratives (2 credits) OR EFS 403 Speech Correction for Students with Theology and religious Studies ENG 411 Form, Function and Variation of Communication Disorders (3 credits) ELR 402 Curriculum Design in Religious English (2 credits) OR EFS 404 Education of Children with ADHD Education (3 credits) EPM 427 Calculus II (3 credits) (3 credits) TRS 415 Twentieth Century Theologians EPM 429 Advanced Concepts in Physics and Second Major (2 credits) Earth Science (3 credits) OR ELC 411 Curriculum Development for Social TRS 416 Religion and Modernity (2 credits) TRS 315 Sociology of Religion (3 credits) and Studies Teachers (3 credits) HIS 414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact Plus one from the following courses: Plus one from the following courses of Colonial Rule (3 credits) Plus Optional ELC412 Development of Social Studies TRS 417 Paul’s Epistles (2 credits) Courses: (Choose one) Instructional Materials (3 credits) TRS 418 Contemporary African Philosophy EPE 411 Educational Management and ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation(3 credits) (2 credits) Curriculum Development (3 credits) Electives (3 credits) a course outside of Special TRS 426 Religions, Rituals and Sacred Places ENV 320 Botswana’s Environment (3 credits) Education and second major. (2 credits) Special Education and Science (Specials) Special Education and Humanities: History TRS 428 Religious Pluralism (2 credits) (19) (15-18 credits) Social Studies SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) ELC 411 Curriculum Development for Social EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and Studies Teachers (3 credits) Concerns in SPED (3 credits) Concerns in SPED (3 credits) ELC 412 Development of Social Studies EFS 402 Strategies for Helping Families of EFS 402 Strategies for Helping Families of Instructional Materials (3 credits) Students with Disabilities (3 credits) Students with Disabilities (3 credits) Plus one from the following courses Plus one from the following courses: Optional (one from the following) ELC 422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation EFS 403 Speech Correction for Students with EFS 403 Speech Correction of Students with (3 credits) Communication Disorders (3 credits) Communication disorders (3 credits) ELC 432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3 credits) EFS 404 Education of Children with ADHD EFS 404 Education of children with ADHD ELC 441 Social Studies and Affi rmative Action (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Second Major Second Major: ELC 442 Values Education (3 credits) Biology HIS 414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact ELC 462 Social Classroom Environment ESS 412 Introduction to the History and of Colonial Rule (3 credits) (3 credits) Philosophy of Science (2 credits) HIS 422 Historical Iokas during the Modern Home Economics ESS 442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science and Contemporary Period (3 credits) Plus one HEE 421 Management and Administration of Teacher (2 credits) from the following: Home Economics Programmes (3 credits) Plus Two of: ELC 422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation HEE 453 Family Resources Management BIO 416 Immunology (3 credits)-(Pre-requisite: (3 credits) (3 credits) Pass BIO 216) ELC 442 Values Education (3 credits) HEE 464 Housing and Environment for BIO 424 Vertebrate Structure (3 credits) Electives (3 credits) One course outside of children (3 credits) Plus one from the following BIO 430 Post-harvest Physiology (3 credits) Special Education and second major. courses BIO 434 Plant Ecology (3 credits)(Pre-requisite: Special Education and Humanities: English HEE 460 Clothing for people with special Pass BIO 215) and African Languages/Theology and needs (3 credits) BIO 450 Research Project (Continued) Religious Studies/Social Studies/Home HEE 444 Issues in Food and Nutrition (3 credits) Economics- Specials (21 credits) (3 credits) Chemistry SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) HEE 448 Food Laws and Regulations ESS412 Introduction to the History and EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and (3 credits) Philosophy of Science (2 credits) Concerns in SPED (3 credits) Electives (3 credits) ESS 442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Teacher (2 credits) Students with Disabilities (3 credits) ASSESSMENT Plus (choose two) Plus one from the following courses: Performance in each course shall be assessed C 413I Fourth Year Analytical Chemistry EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with by a combination of coursework and two- (3 credits) Communication Disorders (3 credits) hour fi nal examination in the ratio 1:1, unless C 413I Lab Fourth Year Analytical Chemistry EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD otherwise stated in the Course Description. Laboratory (1/2 credit) (3 credits) C 413III Fourth Year Organic Chemistry Second Major AWARD OF DIPLOMA AND DEGREE (3 credits) English Subject to General Regulation 00.852: C 413III Lab Fourth Year Organic Chemistry ENG 411 Form, Function and Variation in To be awarded the Diploma in Special Laboratory (1/2 credit) English (2 credits) Education a student must complete a Mathematics ENG 431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis minimum of 72 credits; to be awarded the ESM 412 Mathematics and Society (2 credits) (2 credits) B.Ed (Special Education), a student must ESM 442 Information and Communication ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to complete a minimum of 144 credits. Technology in Mathematics Education Literacy Education (3 credits) Plus one from the (2 credits) following courses: BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE IN Plus (choose two) ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (2 credits) COUNSELLING (BEd Counselling) MAT 402 History of Mathematics (3 credits) ENG443 The African Novel II (2 credits) MAT 412 Number Theory (3 credits) ENG 452 Shakespearean Drama (2 credits) ii) Entrance requirements MAT 416 Abstract Algebra III (3 credits) ENG462 Shakespearean Poetry (2 credits) a) At least fi ve credits in any Botswana MAT 426 Partial Differential Equations ENG481 Language and Gender (2 credit) General Certifi cate of Secondary Education (3 credits) African Languages (BGCSE) or its equivalent. These subjects Physics ALL423 Bantu and Khoesan Languages of should include credit in English Language and ESS412 Introduction to the History and Southern Africa (2 credits) a pass in Mathematics. Philosophy of Science (2 credits) ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Practice b) An acceptable Diploma or equivalent in ESS 442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science (2 credits) Adult Education, Home- Economics, Nursing, Teacher (2 credits) ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2 credits) Physical Health and Recreation, Primary PHY 421 Solid State Physics I (2 credits) ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to
45 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Education or Secondary Education, Social EFH 204: Ethical & Legal Issues in Counselling Counselling (3) Work or Theology, or any other relevant fi eld. (2) Holders of acceptable Diploma qualifi cations, EFR 220: Introduction to Educational Research Semester 2 who have equivalent foundation courses in (3) Core Courses Counselling will gain credit exemptions for Elective Course (3 credits) EFH 102: Indigenous Guidance and equivalent courses completed at College level. Students shall select 1 elective course, not Counselling Approaches (2) Entrants who gain suffi cient credit exemptions already taken. EFH 103: Introduction to Career Development may enter with advanced standing and enrol (2) direct in Levels 200 or 300. Credit exemptions Level 300 EFH 104: Helping Relationship Skills (3) will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Semester 5 Relevant work experience shall be an added Core Courses LEVEL 200 advantage. EFH 300: Appraisal Techniques in Counselling Semester c) Holders of a Certifi cate in Education plus (3) Core Courses BGCSE/COSC grades or equivalent not EFH 302: Community Counselling (3) EFH 201: Counselling over the Lifespan (3) meeting ii(a) above but who have at least EFH 303: Multicultural Counselling (3) EFH 202: Theories and Techniques of two years appropriate work experience may be Elective Course (3 credits) Counselling (3) admitted under the Mature Age Entry Students shall select 1 elective course, not Scheme. Applicants admitted through this already taken. Semester 4 scheme shall be interviewed. Core Courses d) To determine the numbers who take the Semester 6 EFH 200: Group Work in Counselling (3) Major/Major, there will be screening and CORE COURSES EFH 204: Ethical and legal issues in interviews. The screening will include BGCSE EFH 304: HIV/AIDS Counselling (3) counselling (2) grade equivalents of credit in English and EFH 305: Teaching of Guidance & Counselling pass in Mathematics, passing core courses in in Schools & Other Settings (3) LEVEL 300 counselling at levels 100 and 200 a minimum EFH 307: Practicum in Guidance and Semester 5 GPA of 3.0, a personal interview in which Counselling (Classroom/fi eld work practice) (3) Core Courses the academic background, educational OPTIONAL COURSES (CHOOSE ONE): EFH 300: Appraisal Techniques in Counselling and professional goals, experience, personal EFF 220: Historical, Philosophical and (3) and emotional stability of each candidate are Sociological Foundations of Education (3) EFH 302: Community Counselling (3) evaluated before admission is granted. EFH 203: Occupational Counselling (3) EFH 303: Multicultural Counselling (3) EFP 200: Human Learning, Cognition and MAJOR/MINOR – BEd Counselling Motivation (3) Semester 6 EFH 308: Family and Marriage Counselling (3) Core Courses IX) MAJOR/MINOR COURSES Elective Course (2 credits) EFH 304: HIV/AIDS Counselling (3) Student in the Major/Minor will take the Students shall select 1 elective course, not EFH 305: Teaching of Guidance & Counselling following courses. already taken. in Schools & Other Settings (3) EFH 307: Practicum in Guidance and Level 100 Level 400 Counselling (Classroom/fi eldwork) (3) Semester 1 Semester 7 Optional Courses (Choose one): Core Courses Core Courses EFH 308: Family and Marriage Counselling (3) EFH 100: Foundations of Guidance and EFH 400: Substance Abuse Counselling (3) EFH 309: Human Sexuality & Counselling (3) Counselling (3) EFH 401: Research Project in Counselling (3) EFP100: Introduction to Educational Optional Course (Choose one): LEVEL 400 Psychology (3) EFH 309: Human Sexuality & Counselling (3) Semester 7 Elective Course (3 credits) EFH 410: Seminars in Counselling (3) Core Courses Students shall select 1 elective course, not EFH 405: Spiritual Counselling (3) EFH 400: Substance Abuse Counselling (3) already taken. Elective Course (3 credits) EFH 401: Research Project in Counselling (3) GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES (4 CREDITS) Students shall select 1 elective course, not Optional Course (Choose one) GEC 111: Communication and Study Skills already taken. EFH 405: Spiritual Counselling (3) 1(2) EFH 410: Seminars in Counselling (3) GEC 121: Computing and Information Skills Semester 8 Fundamentals1 (2) Semester 8 Core Courses Core Courses EFH 407: Consultation in Schools & Semester 2 EFH 407: Consultation in Schools & Community Settings (3) Core Courses Community Settings (3) EFH 408: Internship in Guidance and EFH 102: Indigenous Guidance and EFH 408: Internship in Guidance and Counselling (Field work) (6) Counselling Approaches (2) counselling (6) EFH 409: Development & Management of EFH 103: Introduction to Career Development EFH 409: Development & Management of Guidance & Counselling School Programs (3) (2) Guidance & Counselling School Programmes EFH 104: Helping Relationship Skills (3) (3) MAJOR/MAJOR – BEd Counselling Elective Course (3 credits) Assessment MAJOR/MAJOR Students shall select 1 elective course, not 1. C.A. only normally comprising at least three The proposed program can be taken by any already taken. pieces of work (such as written assignment, student from any program and it shall extend test, presentations, project and reports) Or over 8 semesters. It shall comprise of CHS General Education Course (4 credits) 2. CA normally comprising at least two pieces core, optional, elective and general education GEC 112: Communications & Study Skills II (2) of work and a fi nal examination in the ratio courses. Students shall meet normal elective GEC 122: Computing and Information Skills of 1:1 and general education requirements stipulated Fundamentals II (2) for bachelor’s degrees. In the Major/Major, LIST OF FOUNDATIONAL COURSES students shall take a minimum of 57 credits Level 200 OFFERED IN THE DEPARTMENT in Counselling core, and 6 optional as listed Semester 3 The Department of Educational Foundations below. Core Courses offers core courses in Education, which are EFH 201: Counselling over the Lifespan (3) considered essential for all students in the MAJOR/MAJOR EFH 202: Theories and Techniques of Faculty of Education. The courses are offered Students in Major/Major will take the Counselling (3) at various levels. following courses being for the counselling Elective Course (3 credits) major: Students shall select 1 elective course, not Level I already taken. EFA 100 School Organisation (Semester 1 LEVEL 100 and 2). Semester 1 Semester 4 EFF 110 Introduction to the History of Core Courses Core Courses Education (Semester1) EFH 100: Foundations of Guidance and EFH 200: Group Work in Counselling (3) EFP 100 Introduction to Educational
46 Psychology (Semesters 1 and 2/or 2). teaching profession (ii) Take in Semester two • demonstrate expertise in applying, HEE 513 Management of Home Economics Level 2 synthesising and analysing teachers' work Instruction EFA 200 Managing Quality Schools • show competence in critical thinking and HEE 514 Curriculum Issues in Home (Semesters 1 and 2) refl ective practice Economics EFF 210 Introductions to Sociology of • demonstrate familiarity with and ability to C. Students intending to be Computer Education (Semester 1) adapt to the everyday life of the school and Studies teachers shall EFF 220 Historical, Philosophical and class requiring skills in interpersonal (i) Take in Semester one Sociological Foundations of Education relations and communication, and ESE561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching (Semesters 1 & 2) knowledge of action research through the Computer Studies EFP 200 Human Learning, Cognition and successful completion of portfolios, ESE591 Guided Study in Computer Education Motivation (Semesters 1 and 2) projects and/or other assignments. (ii) Take in Semester two EFP 201 Behavioural Theories and Applied ESE 562The Practice of Teaching Computer Behaviour Analysis in Classroom (Semesters Entrance Qualifi cations Studies 1 & 2) The normal entry requirements into the PGDE ESE 572 Secondary School Computer Studies EFP 202 Meeting the Challenges of the shall be in accordance with the General Teaching Elementary School Learner (Semester 1) regulations 30.20 D. Students intending to be Mathematics EFP 203 the Adolescent Learner and Learning teachers shall (Semesters 1 and/or 2) (i) Take in Semester one Programme Structure EFR 200 Introduction to Measurement in ESM 561 Introduction to the Theory of Education (Semester 2) The Post Graduate Diploma in Education shall Teaching Mathematics EFR 220 Introduction to Educational Research normally be a one year full-time programme. ESM 591 Guided Study in Mathematics (Semester 2) The minimum number of credits required to Education graduate is 31 made up of core courses of 2 (ii) Take in Semester two Level 3 to 3 credits. All students shall take 8 courses ESM 562 The Practice of Teaching EFC 300 Introduction to Curriculum from EDF and the remaining four from one of Mathematics Development (Semester 2) the respective departments of LSSE/DMSE/HE ESM 572 Secondary School Mathematics EFF 310 Citizenship, Human Rights, Demo according to the area of specialization of the Teaching and Educ: Critical Issues (Sems 1and 2) student. Thus the PGDE shall comprise 12 core E. Students intending to be Science EFF 320 Comparative Education (Semester 2) courses and an additional compulsory Winter teachers shall EFF 330 the State, Market and Education in course of Teaching Practice worth 3 credits. (i) Take in Semester one Global Context (Semester 2) Students shall take the following core courses: ESS 561 Introduction to the Theory of EFP 300 Advance Educational Psychology (i) Take in Semester one Teaching Secondary School Science (Semesters 1 and/or 2) EFP 500 Psychology of learning (3 credits) ESS 591 Guided Study in Science Education EFP 301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive (semesters 1 and 2) (ii) Take in Semester two Development (Semester 1) EFC 500 Curriculum and Instruction (3 credits) ESS 562 The Practice of Teaching Secondary EFR 300 Classroom Assessment (Semester 2) EDT 500 Information and Technology School Science EFR 301 Public Examinations and National (2 credits) Plus one of: Assessments (Semester 2) EFG 500 Guidance and Counselling (2 credits) ESB 572 Teaching the Secondary School EFR 302 Action Research (Semester 2) (ii) Take in Semester two Biology Syllabus EFF 573 The Teacher, School and Society ESC 572 Issues in Secondary School Chemistry Level 4 (2 credits) (semesters 1 and 2) Teaching EFC 400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction ESP 572 Secondary School Physics Teaching (Semesters 1 and 2) EFR 500 Measurement and Evaluation Winter Course EFF 410 Philosophy of Education (Semesters (3 credits) ETP300 Teaching Practice 1 and 2) EFA 500 School Organization and EFF 420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher Management (3 credits) Assessment Education in Botswana (Semesters 1 and 2) EFC 510 Contemporary Issues in Education All courses will normally be assessed by EFF 430 Philosophical Analysis of Educ (2 credits) means of continuous assessment and fi nal Concepts, Pols and Practice (Semesters 1 and EFS 500 Special Education (2 credits) examination on a ratio 1:1, or by a CA 2) (semesters 1 and 2) only. Students shall be encouraged to visit And any one of the following Options (A to E): schools and produce reports based on their THE POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN A. Students intending to be Language observations and practical applications of the EDUCATION. and Social Science Teachers theoretical approaches they will have been (i) Take in Semester one any two of provided with . Aims ELL 501 Language and Education Issues (1) The main aim is to prepare teachers ELR 501 Theory and Practice of Religious Progression from Semester to Semester who are professionally qualifi ed to teach Education Shall be in accordance with the Provision of in secondary schools with a sensitivity and ELG 501 The Theory and Practice of Teaching General Regulation 00.9. understanding of the multi-layered and multi- Geography dimensional context in which they operate. ELH 501 Theory of Teaching History Award of the Diploma These contexts include the socio-cultural, ELF 501 Theory of Teaching French The diploma shall be awarded in accordance political, local, national and international (ii) Take in Semester two with the provisions of General Regulation 10.4 dimensions of education. Two courses corresponding to those taken in subject to: semester one in (i) above. (2) It also proposes to prepare individuals ELL 502 Practical Approaches to the Teaching a)Completing a minimum of 31 credits who are sensitive to issues of unity, equality, of English Language and Literature b) Completion of seven weeks of Teaching social justice and democracy in the classrooms, ELL 504 Practical Approaches to the Teaching Practice which has to be passed. The fi nal educational institutions and society at large. of Setswana mark of T.P. will be part of the overall grade. This incorporates issues of gender, social class, ELR 502 Theory and Practice of Religious ethnicity, age and race. Education ELG 502 the Theory and Practice of Teaching (3) to prepare teachers who will promote Geography the Vision 2016 goal of an educated and an ELH 502 Practice of Teaching History informed nation. ELF 502 Practice of Teaching French B. Students intending to be Home Objectives Economics Teachers Having successfully completed the PGDE (i) Take in Semester one programme the student should be able to HEE511 Fundamentals of Teaching Home Economics in Secondary Schools • apply knowledge, values, teaching and HEE512 Methods of Teaching and Evaluation learning perspectives essential to the in Home Economics
47 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL credits in the area of Home Economics. HEE345 Food Technology – (pre-requisite HEE TECHNOLOGY 233) (3) Level 100 HEE347 Curriculum Development in Early Senior Lecturer Semester 1 Childhood Education (3) P. T. Nleya, BEd (UBS), MS (Indiana), PhD, Dip. Core Courses HEE348 Risk and Resiliency in Childhood Soc. Sc. (Wales) HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) Development (3) HEE115 Family Studies Foundations (3) HEE355 Fashion Merchandising and Lecturer BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and Marketing (3) A. D. Ngwako, BEd (UBS), DipEd, MEd Biochemistry (3) HEE356 Apparel Design and Product (Wales) CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home Development (3) T. Batane, BA Humanities (UB), MA (Ohio Economics (3) HEE359 Design Fundamentals – (pre-requisite University), Ph.D (Ohio University) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) HEE 230) (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) HEE360 Building Construction and 1.3 Course Listings Environmental Systems – (pre HEE 359) (3) 1.3.1 Please consult with the Department for Semester 2 HEE362 Housing and Services for Families courses on offer. Core Courses with Special Needs (2) 1.3.2 Courses offered by the Department of HEE116 Introduction to Consumer Education Educational Technology have been awarded (3) Semester 2 the Department’s code (EDT) as follows: BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and Core Courses Stored Product Entomology (3) HEE325 Programme Plannining in Home EDT240 Planning and Producing Audio-Visual EFP100 Intro. to Educational Psychology (3) Economics Extension (3) Materials (GEC - Not offered any more) PHY162 Physics Applied to Home Econ. HEE326 Community Mobilization and Group EDT310 Producing Instructional Materials for (3) Dynamics – (pre HEE 325) (3) Primary Education (2 credits - Sem 1 and 2) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) HEE340 Home Economics Instruction in EDT543 Planning and Producing Instructional GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Secondary Schools – (pre HEE 238) (3) Materials (2 credits - Sem 1 and 2) Fundamentals II (2) ETP300 Teaching Practice (3) EFC200 Introduction to Curriculum EDT411 Educational Technology Basics (2 Level 200 Development (3) credits - Semester 1 Only) Semester 1 Options (Offered when available. Please check Core Courses with department) HEE 229 Child Development: Prenatal through HEE342 Nutrition in the Life Cycle – (pre HEE DEPARTMENT OF HOME Early Childhood (3) 114) (3) ECONOMICS EDUCATION HEE 230 Introduction to Housing (2) HEE344 Menu Planning and Design – (pre HEE 232 Introductory Textiles – (pre CHE 120) HEE 233) (3) Associate Professor (3) HEE346 Food Quality Control – (pre HEE 233) S. E. O. Mahgoub, BSc (Khart), MSc HEE 233 Food Science – (pre BIO 123, CHE (3) (Reading), PhD (Reading) 120, PHY 162 (3) HEE349 Parenting and Socialisation Process in HEE 234 Social and Psychological Aspects of the Family (3) Senior Lecturers Clothing (2) HEE351 Developmental Assessment and K. S. M. Gobotswang, BA (UB), MS (NY), HEE 235 Foundations of Home Economics Intervention with Young Children (3) PhD (Brisbane) Extension (3) HEE357 Apparel Production (3) L. R. Mberengwa, BSc (Sierra Leone), MA HEE 238 Orientation to teaching Home HEE358 Fashion and Society (3) (Gothenburg), PhD (Nebraska) Economics (3) HEE361 Housing Policy and Management (3) HEE363 Interior Space Design – (pre HEE 360) Lecturers Elective courses are to be chosen from any (3) P. L. P. Disele, BSc (Wales), MA (De Montfort) other course outside of the Home Economics HEE364 Residential Space Planning – (pre HEE (On Study Leave) programme for which students are eligible. 362, HEE 363) (3) L. C. Fidzani, BEd (UB), MS (Oregon) D. M. Galeforolwe, BEd (UB), MA (Michigan) Semester 2 Level 400 M.R. Gobagoba, DHE (Uniswa), BA (Sherfi eld Core Courses Semester 1 Hallam), MS (IOWA) HEE 218 Fundamentals of Clothing Production Core Courses K. Kgosi, BEd (UB), MSc (Salford) (On Study – (pre HEE 232) (3) HEE441 Research Project – (pre HEE 340) (3) Leave) HEE 227 Foundations of Food Preparation and MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business S. D. Maruapula, BSc (Maryland), MEd (Penn Meal Management – (pre HEE 233) (3) Formation (3) State), PhD (Illinois) HEE 236 Methods of Teaching Home T. Masoloko, BEd, Med (Wales) (On Study Economics Extension (3) Options (Offered when available. Please check Leave) HEE 237 Home Economics Internship (3) with department) F. M. Mthombeni, BEd (UZ), MA (Solusi) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) HEE443 Clinical Nutrition – (pre HEE 114) (3) S. Peters, BSc (Maryland), MSc (Colorado), EFR 200 Introduction to Measurement in HEE445 Quantity Food Production – (pre HEE PhD ( Colorado State) Education (3) 343, HEE 344, HEE 227) (3) M. S. Nnyepi, B Sc (Columbia Missouri), MS EFR 220 Introduction to Educational Research HEE447 Food Product Development – (pre &, PhD (MSU) (3) HEE 233) (3) HEE451 Public Policy for Children and Bachelor of Home Economics Education Level 300 Families (3) Degree Programme Semester 1 HEE454 Family Counseling (3) Entry Requirements Core Courses HEE455 Textiles and Technology – (pre HEE In addition to satisfying the requirements of HEE 337 Human Development Across the 232) (3) General Regulations 20.21, Lifespan (2) HEE459 Tailoring – (pre HEE 357) (3) candidates shall be required to have a HEE 338 Consumer Protection (2) HEE462 Housing and the Social Environment credit in Biology, and/or Chemistry, or HEE 339 Housing in World Perspective (3) related Science Combination at Ordinary – (pre HEE 230) (3) Level or its equivalent. A pass in any HEE 367 Research Methods in Home HEE464 Housing and Environments for Home Economics subject shall be an added Economics (3) Children (3) advantage. EFH 201 Counseling over Lifespan (3) Semester 2 Alternative Entrance Qualifi cations Options (Offered when available. Please check Core Courses Applicants with a Diploma in Home Economics with department) HEE421 Management and Administration of Education, or a Diploma in Secondary HEE320 Community Nutrition – (pre HEE 114) Home Economics Programmes - (pre-HEE 340) Education from Colleges of Education, shall be (3) (3) admitted into Level 200 or 300 of the Degree HEE343 Food Service Management – (pre- HEE442 Managing Extension Programmes (3) Programme on the basis of accumulated requisite HEE 227) (3)
48 Options (Offered when available. Please check T. Moumakwa, DSC, BA (UB), MA, Environmental Education with department) (Warwick), PhD (Reading) EEL302 Environmental Education HEE444 Issues in Food and Nutrition – T. E, Seretse, BA, CDE (UB), MA (Lancaster), Methodology (2) (pre HEE 114, HEE 345) (3) PhD (Birmingham) Home Economics HEE448 Food Laws and Regulations – (pre B. M. Sithole, BSc (Econ), Grad CE (UZ), MEd HEE340 Home Economics instruction in HEE 345) (3) (Southern Queensland). Secondary School (3) HEE450 Issues and Trends in Early Childhood K. Boikhutso, BA, PGDE (UB), MEd (Bristol) HEE320 Community Nutrition (3) Education (3) (on study leave) Moral Education Curriculum Courses HEE453 Family Resource Management (3) N. M. Bukae, BA, PGDE (UB), MA (London) ELM302 Practice of Moral Education (3) HEE456 Fashion Merchandizing, Analysis and (on study leave) Religious Education Curriculum Courses Strategies (3) B. L. Dinama, BA, PGDE (UB), MEd (Cardiff) ELR302 Practice of Religious Education (3) HEE458 Fashion Merchandizing Presentation (on study leave) Setswana Language and Curriculum Courses (3) ELL302 The Teaching of Literature at HEE461 Commercial Space Planning – (pre Offi cial Names of Programmes Secondary School (3) HEE 362, HEE 363, HEE 364) (3) Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Humanities Social Studies HEE463 Community Housing Assessment (3) Bachelor of Education (Secondary) ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) Postgraduate Diploma in Education ELC312 Confl icts and Confl icts Resolutions (3) Assessment Theology and Religious Studies Student’s performance in each course shall Entry Requirements TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (2) be assessed in accordance with the provision The normal Entry Requirements shall be as TRS315 Sociology of Religion (2) of the University General Regulations 00.8. stipulated in the University of Botswana Courses offered in other faculties/departments General Regulations – Entrance Qualifi cations Optional Course for Semester 6 shall be governed by their relevant regulations. 20.20, and Departmental Regulation E.D. 26. One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from 10 and ED. 26.12. the menu below. Progression from one semester to African Languages and Literature semester ALL332 Language Instruction V (2) Progression from semester to semester shall be List of courses offerings by level and ALL351 Politics and Southern African Poetry in accordance with provisions of the University semester (2) General Regulation 00.9. Bed (Secondary): Humanities ALL352 Emergent Literary Genres (2) Specialisation ALL341 Epic Performance in Africa (2) Award of Degree ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in Shall be in accordance with provision of Semester 5 Grammatical Analysis (2) the University General Regulations 00.85, Level 3 ALL335 Language Instruction VI (2) subject to completion of 6 credits of Teaching African Languages and Literature ALL354 African Oral Literature and the Media Practice (School Specialization) or 6 credits of ALL321The Structure of the Sentence (2) (2) Internship. ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (2) ALL355 The Contemporary Setswana Novel ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (2) (2) DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES English English AND SOCIAL SCIENCES ENG311Modern English Grammar (2) ENG312 Milton (2) EDUCATION ENG317 African Drama (2) ENG343 Modern African Poetry (2) ENG373 Botswana Literature (2) ENG324 Twentieth Century American English Language and Literature Curriculum Literature (2) Professor Courses ENG327 Practical Drama (2) B. M. Adeyemi, BSc (Ibadan), MAEd (Ife), MS ELL301Curriculum and policy issues in ENG321 Usage in English (2) (Indiana), PhD (Indiana) language education (3) ENG341 Introduction to Socio-linguistic (2) Environmental Education Home Economics Associate Professors EEL301 Introduction to Environmental HEE344 Menu Planning and Design (3) G. H. Kamwendo, Dip. Ed., BEd (Malawi), Education (2) HEE346 Food Quality Control (3) MA (Lancaster), PhD (Helsinki) Home Economics HEE355 Fashion Merchandising and R. Tabulawa, BA (UB), MEd (Manchester), HEE229 Childcare and Development (3) Marketing (3) PhD (Birmingham) HEE238 Orientation to Teaching Home HEE357 Apparel Production (3) Economics (3) Social Studies Senior Lecturers Moral Education Curriculum Courses ELC321 Social Studies Methods (3) J.O. Awino, BDiv + PGDTh (Serampore), ELM301 Theory of Moral Education (3) ELC322 Evaluation in Social Studies (3) MAEd (Andrews) Religious Education Courses Theology and Religious Studies L.. Mafela, BEd (UBS), MEd (Brist), MA ELR301 Theory of Religious Education (3) TRS317 Theodicy: The Co-existence of God (Northwestern), PhD (Northwestern), MBA Setswana Language and Literature Curriculum and Evil (2) (De Montfort). Courses TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II (2) T. Mooko, BA, PGDE (UB), MA, PhD (Essex) ELL301 Curriculum and policy issues in TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (2) (on leave of absence) language education (3) TRS320 Theories of Truth (2) Social Studies TRS321 Metaphysics III (2) Lecturers ELC300 Education for Self-reliance (3) TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern D. A., Adeyemi, NCE – (Ife, Nigeria), B.S. ELC302 Gender issues in Social Studies (3) Africa (2) – (Indiana), M. ED – (UB) Theology and Religious Studies TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam (2) N. A. Boaduo, TRS Dip (Offi nsi Ghana), TRS301 Christology (2) TRS303 Creation and the Bible (2) ASTCG (Cape Coast), BA Hons (Ghana), TRS302 Missionaries in the 19th Century South ACP, LCP (UK), MEd, MDS, PhD (RSA) Africa (2) Semester 7 D. Jankie, BA, CDE (UB), MSc (ED), PhD Level 4 (Wisconsin) Semester 6 Core courses K. Jeremiah, BA, CDE (UBS), MSc, PhD Level 3 Research Project Courses (Florida State) African Languages and Literature ELP490 Research Methodology in M. J. Ketlhoilwe, BA, PGDE (UB), MSc ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and Languages and Social Sciences Education (3) (Strathclyde), PhD (Rhodes) Discourse Analysis (2) African Languages and Literature M. W. Maila, JSTC (Eshowe), BA (Unisa), BA ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) ALL421 Introduction to Historical and Hons., BEd (Pretoria), MEd, DEd (Unisa). ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Comparative Linguistics based in Africa (2) H. Mangope, BA, PGDE (UB), MA (London) Theatre (2) ALL422 A Socio-linguistic Study of S. Mmolai, BA, PGDE (UB), MA, PhD English Language and Literature Curriculum Southern Africa (2) (Lancaster) Courses ALL441 World Literature in Setswana P. Moffat, BA, PGDE (UB), MEd (Indiana) ELL302 The teaching of Literature at Translation (2) A. Molosiwa, BA, CDE (UBS), MSc Secondary School l (3) English (Wisconsin), PhD (Michigan State University) ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2)
49 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (2) Thought (2) Teaching and Learning (3) English Language and Literature Curriculum TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (2) Social Studies Courses TRS413 Hinduism (2) ELC422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation (3) ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3) Education (3) Semester 8 ELC441 Social Studies and Affi rmative Action Home Economics Level 4 (3) HEE337Human Development Across Life Span Core courses ELC442 Values Education (3) (2) Research project courses ELC462 Social Studies Classroom Environment HEE356 Apparel Design and Product ELP491 Research Project in Languages and (3) Development (3) Social Sciences Education (3) Theology and Religious Studies Moral Education Curriculum Courses African Languages and Literature TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (2) ELM401 Teaching Moral Education in ALL423 Bantu and Khoe-San Languages of TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (2) Secondary Schools (3) Southern Africa (2) TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) Religious Education Curriculum Courses ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Practice TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern and ELR401 Teaching Religious Education in (2) Contemporary (2) Secondary Schools (3) ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) TRS422 Empiricism (2) Setswana Language and Literature Curriculum English TRS423 History of Philosophy IV (2) Courses ENG411 Form, Function and Variation in TRS424 Buddhism (2) ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy English (2) TRS425 The Theology of the Reformation (2) Education (3) ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis (2) TRS426 Religions Rituals and Sacred Places (2) Social Studies English Language and Literature Curriculum TRS428 Religious Pluralism (2) ELC401 Socialisation Issues (3) Courses ELC403 Economic Cooperation and ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to Assessment Integration (3) Literacy Education (3) Assessment shall be as per General Academic Theology and Religious Studies Home Economics Regulation 20.31. TRS401 New Religious Movements (2) HEE421 Management and Administration of TRS402 Religion and Politics (2) Home Economics Programmes (3) Progression from one Semester to Moral Education Curriculum Courses Semester Optional Courses for Semester 7 ELM402 Curriculum Design in Moral Progression from one Semester to Semester One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from Education (3) shall be as per General Regulations 20.32 the menu below. Religious Education Curriculum Courses African Languages and Literature ELR402 Curriculum Design in Religious Award of Degree ALL431 Introduction to Psycho-linguistics (2) Education (3) The award of the Degree shall be as per the ALL432 Language Instruction VII (2) Setswana Language and Literature General Regulations 20.4. ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (2) Curriculum Courses ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (2) ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches in Literacy ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana (2) Education (3) DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS English Social Studies AND SCIENCE EDUCATION ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (2) ELC411 Curriculum Development for Social ENG413 The African Novel I (2) Studies Teachers (3) Professor ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics (2) ELC404 Development of Social Studies A. A. Taiwo, Nigeria Cert. in Ed. BSc (Ed) (Ife), English Language and Literature Curriculum Instructional Materials (3) MA (ScEd), PhD (ScEd) (New York) Courses Theology and Religious Studies ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3) TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) Associate Professor ELL404 Reader- response Theories in the TRS416 Religion and Modernity (2) H. U. Emereole, BSc (Nigeria), MEd (Harvard), Secondary School Classroom (3) MSc, EdD (Columbia) Environmental Education Optional Courses for Semester 8 EEL401 Environmental Conservation (2) One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from Senior Lecturers Home Economics the menu below. P. A. Chakalisa, BSc CDE (UBS), MEd HEE338 Consumer Protection (3) African Languages and Literature (Queens), PhD (Ohio) HEE339 Housing in World Perspective (2) ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics (2) R. Charakupa, BSc + CCE (UBLS), MA, MS HEE348 Risk and Resiliency in Child (3) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (2) (Columbia) Moral Education Curriculum Courses ALL454 Children’s Traditions and L. M. Kaino, BSc(Ed), MSc (Dar es Salaam), ELM492 Evaluation of Moral Education Dramatics (2) PhD (Salzburg) Curriculum in Botswana Secondary Schools (3) ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African A. Koosimile, BSc PGDE (UB), MEd (Bristol), ELM493 Contemporary Moral Issues in Moral Literature (2) MA (Lancaster), PhD (New York) Education (3) English G. J. Ramorogo, BEd (UB), MEd (Leeds), EdD Religious Education Curriculum Courses ENG443 The African Novel II (2) (Western Cape) ELR492 Evaluation of Religious Education ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (2) Curriculum in Botswana Secondary Schools (3) ENG452 Shakespeare Drama (2) Lecturers ELR493 History of Religious Education in ENG462 Shakespeare Poetry (2) K. G. Garegae, BEd (UB), MEd, PhD (Alberta) Botswana (3) ENG481 Language and Gender (2) S. Kesianye, BEd (UB), MEd (Bristol), EdD Setswana Language and Literature English Language and Literature eds). Curriculum Courses Curriculum Courses M. V. Lanka, BEd, (UB),, MEd (Curtin) (On ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3) ELL405 Materials Development and Evaluation study leave) ELL404 Reader-response Theories in the in Language Education (3) Y. Liu, DipEd (Huaiyin), BEd (Jiangsu), MEd Secondary School Classroom (3) ELL406 Second/Foreign Language Research (Naning) Social Studies and Its Implications for Language R. S. Masene, BEd (UB), MSc (Iowa), PhD ELC421 Global Perspectives and Materials in Teaching and Learning (3) (Iowa) Social Studies (3) Moral Education Curriculum Courses K. M. Matongo, BEd (UB) MSc (Wisconsin- ELC431 Civic Education (3) ELM494 Moral Education Departments and Madison) (On study leave) ELC451 Resource Management in Africa (3) Units (3) M. J. Motswiri, BEd (Exeter), MEd (Bristol) ELC461Human Rights Issues (3) Religious Education Curriculum Courses PhD (Twente) Theology and Religious Studies ELR494 Role of Religious Education A. A. Nkhwalume, BEd (UB), MSc (ScEd) TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (2) Departments (3) (London), PhD (Nottingham) TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) Setswana Language and Literature Curriculum O. Pitso, BEd (UB), MA (Maths Ed) (Clark TRS406 Intermediate Arabic I (2) Courses Atlanta) TRS407 Islam’s Socio-cultural, legal and ELL405 Materials Development and Evaluation K. Ramatlapana, BEd (UB), MEd (UB) Political Structure (2) in Language Education (3) E. Atlang, BEd (UB), MEd (Wisconsin TRS409 African Christian Theologies (2) ELL406 Second/Foreign Language Research Madison) TRS411 Politics and Development of Biblical and Its Implications for Language
50 D. B. Selepeng, BEd (UB), MSc, PhD provisions of General Regulations 00.0 and Two of the following courses: (Glasgow) 20.00 and to the Faculty of Education Special Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) S. M. Suping, BEd (UB), MEd, PhD (Ohio State Regulations, the following Special Regulations CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) University) of the Department of Mathematics and PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern L. Tawana, BEd (UB), MEd (Curtin) (On study Science shall apply: Physics (2)and: leave) PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) D.M. Totev, BSc, MSc (Sofi a) 1.2 Entrance Requirements General Education Courses (4 courses/8 R. A. Rammiki, BEd, MEd, DSE (UB) 1.2.1 Admission into Level One of the credits) Programme shall be governed by General GEC121 Computer and Information Skills I (2) 1.0 General Information Regulation 20.2. GEC122 Computer and Information Skills II (2) 1.0.1 The Department of Mathematics and 1.2.2 Minimum requirements are a BGCSE GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Science Education offers courses to students with a pass in English Language and a C GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) in Degree and Non-Degree Teacher Education grade in Mathematics and any two of Biology, Programmes in the following teaching Chemistry or Physics, or a minimum of Grade subjects: BB in Science Double Award. Level Two 1.2.3 An applicant who has taken relevant Core Courses (6 to 10 courses/16 to 20 •Biology Advanced Level (A-Level) or equivalent credits) •Chemistry examinations and who has attained a The two teaching subjects taken and passed at •Physics minimum of one E and two Os in the relevant Level One shall be selected as follows: •Computer Studies subjects may be admitted into the Bachelor of a) Courses for the Major teaching subject are •Mathematics Education Degree Programme in Science. to be selected from the approved Faculty of •Curriculum Studies for Computer Studies, 1.2.4 If an applicant has Grade E or better at Science Mathematics and Science Education. Advanced Level, or equivalent qualifi cations courses listed below; in Science subjects, he/she may, subject b) One 3-credit course per semester is to be 1.0.2 Courses are also offered in the following to the approval of the relevant Head of selected from the approved Faculty of Science specialized areas: Department and the approval of the Deputy Minor teaching subjects listed below. •Science/Mathematics/Computer Studies and Dean, be awarded credits and exempted from Option A Society equivalent course(s) prescribed for the Degree Students shall select courses from any two •Information and Communication Technology Programme. of the following teaching subjects: Biology; and the School Mathematics/Science 1.2.5 Bachelor of Science students of the Computer Science; Chemistry; Physics. Curriculum University with passes in at least two teaching Option B •Theory and Practice of Teaching Computer subjects at Level One may be admitted into Students shall take courses in Pure Studies/Mathematics/ Science Level Two of the Programme. Mathematics and 1 of the following teaching subjects: Applied Mathematics; Biology; 1.0.3 Regulations, course details and/or 1.3 Programme Structure Chemistry; Computer Science; Physics. pre-requisites are listed for the following There are a total of forty-three (43) Programmes: Mathematics Education/ Science Education/ Semester 3 Educational Foundations courses in the 8- Biology •Bachelor of Education (Science) semester Programme covering the teaching BIO212 Genetics (3) •Bachelor of Education (Secondary) subjects Biology, Chemistry, Computer BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian •Post Graduate Diploma in Education Studies, Mathematics and Physics. During the Physiology (3) •Master of Education (Mathematics Education) Programme, each student will be required to Chemistry •Master of Education (Science Education) take thirteen (13) of these courses. CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry •MPhil and PhD in Mathematics Education 1.3.1 Levels One and Two (Semesters 1 to 4) (2) •MPhil and PhD in Science Education In Level 1, students shall follow a common CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Level One Programme with the Bachelor of CHE232 Structure and survey of Functional 1.0.4 The Bachelor of Education Programme Science students. In Level Two, all Education Groups (2) in Science commenced in 1984 and now courses are core courses and the Department CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) prepares graduates to become Computer prescribes four of these to be taken by all MAT210 Mathematics Service Course for Studies, Mathematics and Science (Biology, students. Chemistry (3) Chemistry and Physics) teachers. 1.3.2 Levels Three and Four (Semesters 5 to 8) Computer Science 1.0.5 The Bachelor of Education Programme a) In Level Three, the Department prescribes CSI241 Structured Programming (4) in Secondary Education was designed to four core courses for all students and one CSI261 Machine Organisation (3) accommodate both the diploma of the optional course which students can choose Applied Mathematics Department and the Colleges of Education. from a menu of Computer Studies Education, MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics It began in 996 and in 1998 replaced the Mathematics Education or Science Education (3) Bachelor of Education Programme in Science courses in line with the proposed areas of MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Education, which began in 1987. The PGDE is specialisation in the Department. Statistics (3) offered as a teaching qualifi cation to holders b) In Level Four, the Department prescribes Pure Mathematics of Bachelor of Science Degrees to prepare two core courses for all students and two MAT211 Intro. Set and Number Theory (3) aspiring Computer Studies, Mathematics and optional courses, which students can choose MAT221 Calculus I (3) Science teachers for their teaching careers. from a menu of Computer Studies Education, 1.0.6 Optional courses may be taken in other Mathematics Education or Science Education Physics departments by students who have met the courses as a follow-up to choices in Level PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) appropriate Programme requirements. Three. PHY212 Properties of Matter and 1.0.7 Courses are assessed in a variety of Thermodynamics (2) ways, including written assignments, tests and 1.4 Levels One and Two projects as approved by the Senate. Level One PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) 1.0.8 The Department reserves the right not to Core Courses (6 courses/26 credits) Semester 4 offer optional courses in a given semester. Semester 1 MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) 1.1 Bachelor of Education Degree in Plus: Biology Science Two of the following courses: BIO211 Cell Biology (3) The aim of the Bachelor of Education BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) Combined Major Degree Programme in CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) Chemistry Science is to signifi cantly contribute, in PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main collaboration with the Faculty of Science, Vibrations and Waves (3) and Group Chemistry I (2) to national manpower development by PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1) CHE234 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) producing high quality Computer Studies, CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) Mathematics and Science teachers for the Semester 2 CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) national education sector. Subject to the MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) plus: Computer Science
51 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
LIS208 Principles of Data Communication (3) MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) Computer Studies Practical Work (2) CSI252 Operating Systems Concept (3) Physics ESE392 Impact of Information and Applied Mathematics PHY311 Mechanics (2) Communication Technology on the Teaching/ MAT242 Computing I (3) PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) Learning Process (2) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of Pure Mathematics PHY314 Electronics I (2) Mathematics Teaching (2) MAT212 Introductory Linear Algebra (3) ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) MAT222 Calculus II (3) Semester 6 ESS352 Human Impact on the Environment (2) Physics Biology ESS372 Development and Evaluation of PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) Investigative Work in School Science (2) PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) General Education Courses (1 course/3 credits) PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) plus: One of the following courses: Students shall choose GECs from the Core Courses (5 courses/15 credits) BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) University-wide menu. Students shall select courses from the BIO308 Chordates (3) Elective Course (1 course/2 credits) approved Faculty of Education courses listed Chemistry Elective courses shall be chosen from any below: CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) course offered outside of the Department of CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Mathematics and Science Education for which Semester 3 CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic students are eligible. EFP100 Introduction to Educational Chemistry (3) 1.5.2 Level Four Psychology (3) plus: CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) Core Courses (4 to 6 courses/12 credits) One of the following courses: CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Students shall select courses for their Major ESE261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary Computer Science teaching subject from the approved Faculty of School Computer Studies (3) CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Science courses listed below: ESM261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) School Mathematics (3) CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) Semester 7 ESS261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary Mathematics Biology School Science (3) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) plus: Students shall select two of the following: Semester 4 Two of the following courses: BIO421 Entomology (3) EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) BIO427 Evolution (3) Sociological Foundations of Education (3) plus: MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) BIO431 Plant Response to Environmental One of the following courses: MAT342 Computing II (3) Stress (3) ESE262 Practicum in Secondary School MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear BIO450 Research Project (6) Computer Studies (3) Algebra (3) Chemistry ESM262 Practicum in Secondary School MAT352 Dynamics I (3) Students shall select two of the following: Mathematics (3) Physics CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) (3) Science (3) PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic Winter Course PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) Reactions and Design of Organic Synthesis (3) EST200 Teaching Practice I (3) PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3) General Education Courses (2 courses/6 Computer Science credits) Semester 5 Students shall select two of the following: Students shall choose GECs from the Core Courses (5 courses/14 credits) CSI421 Operating Systems (3) University-wide menu. In this semester, students shall also select CSI423 Systems Programming (3) 1.5 Levels Three and Four (Semesters 5 to 8) courses from the following list of Faculty of CSI441 Software Engineering (3) 1.5.1 Level Three Education courses: Mathematics EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Children MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) Core Courses (6 to 9 courses/16 to 18 credits) (3) plus: MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) Courses for the Major teaching subject are to One of the following courses: Physics be selected from approved Faculty of Science ESE361 Teaching Strategies for School PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) courses listed below: Computer Studies (3) PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State ESM361 Teaching Strategies for School Physics I (2) Semester 5 Mathematics (3) PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) Biology ESB361 Teaching in the Contemporary Biology BIO316 Plant Physiology (3) Classroom (3) Semester 8 BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology ESC361 Introductory Pedagogical Content Biology (3) plus: Knowledge in School Chemistry (3) Students shall select two of the following: One of the following courses: ESP361 Pedagogic Strategies for School BIO416 Immunology (3) BIO307 Biochemistry (3) Physics (3) BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3) BIO216 General Microbiology (3) BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3) Semester 6 BIO430 Post-Harvest Physiology (3) Chemistry Students will choose one of the following: BIO434 Plant Ecology (3) CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) ESB362 Advanced Practicum in School Biology BIO450 Research Project (Cont) (6) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Teaching (3) Chemistry CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional ESC362 Advanced Practicum in School Students shall select two of the following: Groups I (3) Chemistry Teaching (3) CHE412 Sample Handling and Biochemical CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamics and B Advanced Practicum in School Computer Analysis (3) Electrochemistry (2) Studies Teaching (3) CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (1) ESP362 Advanced Practicum in School Physics Biomolecules (3) Teaching (3) CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (3) Computer Science ESM362 Advanced Practicum in School Computer Science CSI322 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Mathematics Teaching (3) Students shall select two of the following: CSI341 Introduction to Software Engineering and: CSI412 Topics in Computer Science (3) (3) ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods in CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and Systems (3) CCSI351 Assembly Language Programming (3) Mathematics and Science Education (2) CSI472 Social Issues in IT (3) CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) Winter Course Mathematics Mathematics ETP300 Teaching Practice II (3) Students shall select two of the following: MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) Optional Courses (1 course/2 credits) MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) plus: MAT412 Number Theory (3) One of the following courses: Semester 6 MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics Students shall select one of the following: MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) ESE372 Development and Evaluation of Physics
52 PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) Regulation 00.84. On completion of Level Two, students will be PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) at a level equivalent to Level One of the PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) 1.7 Progression from Semester to Bachelor of Science Programme in two of Semester the following: BIO111/112; CHE101/102; Semester 7 Progression from semester to semester shall be MAT111/112; PHY111/121. Core Courses (2 courses/5 credits) in accordance with the provisions of General General Education Courses (3 courses/7 Students shall choose one course from the Regulation 00.9. credits) approved Faculty of Education courses listed Students shall select GECs from the University- below: 1.8 Award of Degree wide menu. ESE461 Advanced Teaching Methods in The Degree shall be awarded in accordance 2.2 Level Three Core Courses (6 to 10 School Computer Studies (3) with the provisions of General Regulation courses/16 to 20 credits) ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in 10.4, subject to completion of 6 credits of Students shall select courses based on their School Mathematics (3) Teaching Practice. pre-determined teaching subjects from the ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology Education approved Faculty of Science courses listed (3) 2.0 Bachelor of Education in Secondary below: ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry Education (Biology, Chemistry, Pedagogical Content Knowledge (3) Mathematics, Physics) Semester 5 ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for For all Regulations governing the Bachelor of Applied Mathematics School Physics (3) Education Degree in Secondary Education, MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) plus one of the following courses: consult the Handbook of the Department of MAT389 Linear Programming and Game ESE441 Enrichment Topics in Computer Languages and Social Sciences Education. Theory for Teachers (3) Studies Education (2) Biology ESM441 Introduction to ICT in Mathematics 2.1 Level Two Core Courses (8 to 10 BIO211 Cell Biology (3) Education (2) courses/24 to 29 credits) BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian ESS441 ICT for the Science Teacher Science (2) Students shall select two teaching subjects Physiology (3) Optional Courses (3 courses/6 credits) from the following subjects: Chemistry Students shall choose one of the following: •Applied Mathematics CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry ESE471 Contemporary Issues in Computer •Biology (2) Studies Education (2) •Chemistry CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) ESM471 Contemporary Issues in Mathematics •Mathematics CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main Education (2) •Physics. Group Chemistry (2) ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Education (2) Semester 3 Mathematics ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ Applied Mathematics MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) Science Education (2) ESM201 INSET Introductory Mechanics I (3) MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) ESM214 INSET Introductory Computer Studies Physics Semester 8 (3) PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) Students shall choose two of the following: Biology PHY212 Properties of Matter and ESE412 Introduction to Web Design, ESB201 Introduction to Biological Principles Thermodynamics (2) Development and Publishing for Teaching (2) and Processes for Teachers I (3) PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) ESE442 ICT and e-Learning (2) ESB211 Introduction to Biological Principles ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) and Processes for Teachers II (3) Semester 6 ESM442 Information and Communication Chemistry Applied Mathematics Technology in Mathematics Education II (2) ESC201 Introductory Chemistry for Teachers MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) ESS412 Introduction to the History and (3) MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) Philosophy of Science (2) ESC211 The Chemistry of Selected Elements Biology ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science for Teachers (3) BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) Teacher (2) or: Approved options from other Mathematics BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) DMSE courses ESM203 INSET Algebra I (3) Chemistry General Education Courses (4 courses/9 ESM213 INSET Differential Calculus (3) CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional credits) Physics Groups I (2) Students shall select GECs from the University- ESP201 Mechanics for Teachers (3) CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) wide menu. ESP211 Waves and Optics for Teachers (3) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) Elective Course (1 course/2 credits) Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) One elective course is to be chosen from any ESM221 Pre-Calculus for Science Teachers (3) Mathematics course offered outside the Department of MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) Mathematics and Science Education for which Semester 4 MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) students are eligible. Applied Mathematics Physics ESM204 INSET Introductory Mechanics II (3) PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) 1.6 Assessment ESM211 INSET Introductory Mathematical PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) 1.6.1 Courses offered by the Department Statistics (3) PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) of Mathematics and Science Education shall Biology Core Courses: Faculty of Education normally be assessed through continuous ESB204 Introduction to Diversity in the Plant (2 courses/6 credits) assessment (CA) and fi nal examination. Kingdom for Teachers (3) Courses offered in other Faculties/ ESB214 Introduction to Diversity in the Animal Semester 5 Departments shall be governed by their Kingdom for Teachers (3) Students shall choose one of the following: relevant regulations. ESM391 Principles and Practice of Teaching 1.6.2 Continuous assessment shall take a Chemistry School Mathematics I (3) variety of forms including written assignments, ESC204 Chemical Equilibria for Teachers (3) ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teaching tests, practicals, presentations and reports. ESC214 Chemical Energetics and Kinetics for School Science I (3) 1.6.3 Continuous assessment shall normally Teachers (3) comprise a minimum of 3 pieces of assessed Mathematics Semester 6 work. The components of continuous ESM206 INSET Algebra II (3) Students shall choose one course from the assessment shall be equally weighted. ESM216 INSET Integral Calculus (3) following: 1.6.4 Courses which include a fi nal Physics ESM392 Principles and Practice of Teaching examination in their assessment shall be ESP204 Magnetism and Electricity for Teachers School Mathematics II (3) examined by a 2-hour paper. (3) ESS392 Principles and Practice of Teaching 1.6.5 The ratio of continuous assessment to ESP214 Electronics and Modern Physics for School Science II (3) fi nal examination shall be 1:1. Teachers(3) plus: 1.6.6 The overall grade in a course shall be Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods in in accordance with the provisions of General ESM222 Calculus for Science Teachers (3) Mathematics and Science Education (2)
53 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Optional Courses (1 course/2 credits) ESM471 Contemporary Issues in Mathematics Mathematics (3) Semester 6 Education (2) ESM572 Secondary School Students shall choose one course from the ESS441 Intro to Information and Mathematics Teaching (3) following: Communication Technology in Science Science ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of Education (2) Mathematics Teaching (2) ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science Semester 1 ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) Education (2) ESS561 Introduction to the Theory of Teaching ESS352 Human Impact on the Environment (2) ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ Secondary School Science (3) ESS372 Development and Evaluation of Science Education (2) ESS591 Guided Study in Science Education (3) Investigative Work in School Science (2) General Education Courses (2 courses/4 Semester 8 Semester 2 credits) Students shall choose one of the following: ESS562 The Practice of Teaching Secondary Students shall choose GECs from the ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) School Science (3) University-wide menu. ESM442 Information and Communication plus one of the following: 2.3 Level Four Technology in Mathematics Education II (2) ESB572 Teaching the Secondary School Core Courses (4 to 8 courses/12 credits) ESS412 Introduction to the History and Biology Syllabus (3) Courses in each student’s Major teaching Philosophy of Science (2) ESC572 Issues in Secondary School Chemistry subject shall be selected from the approved ESS442 Information and Communication Teaching (3) Faculty of Science courses listed below. Technology in Science Education II (2) plus: ESP572 Secondary School Physics Teaching (3) 1 optional course offered by the Department Winter Course Semester 7 of Educational Foundations ETP500 Teaching Practice (3) Biology General Education Courses (2 courses/6 BIO316 Plant Physiology (3) credits) DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology (3) Students shall select GECs from the University- EDUCATION, HEALTH & Chemistry wide menu. CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) Elective Courses (2 courses/6 credits) RECREATION CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Students shall select two electives from any CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and courses offered outside the Department of Associate Professor Electrochemistry (2) Mathematics and Science Education for which E. O. Owolabi, NCE, BSc (Ife), MEd (Ibadan), CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (1) they are eligible. PhD (Birmingham) Mathematics MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) 3.0 Post Graduate Diploma in Senior Lecturers MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract Education M. M. Mokgwathi, BA + CDE (UB), MSPE Algebra for Teachers (3) For all Regulations governing the PGDE, (Ohio), PhD (Florida State) Physics consult the Handbook of the Department I. U. Onyewadume, BSc (Nigeria), MEd, PhD PHY311 Mechanics (2) of Educational Foundations. All students (Ibadan), MEd (Birmingham) PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) shall take eight Foundation courses and J. Shehu, NCE, BEd (Zaria), MEd, PhD (Benin) PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) four courses from their respective teaching specialisations, which shall be one of Biology, Lecturers Semester 8 Chemistry, Computer Studies, Mathematics or H. S. Dhaliwal, CPE, BPE, MA (Punjabi) Biology Physics. The Diploma will thus comprise twelve R. Marais, BSc, MBK (Biok), MMBK Any two of: (12) courses all of which are core plus a 3- (Stellenbosch) BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) credit Winter Course of Teaching Practice. C. J. Mokgothu, BEd (Plymouth), MSc BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) (Pittsburgh) (On study leave) BIO314 Conservation Biology (3) Core Courses (32 credits) M. Moruisi, BA, PGDE, CPE (UB), MEd Options from the Department of Educational (Springfi eld College) Chemistry Foundations D. Tladi, BEd, CPE (UB), MSc (Springfi eld) (On CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) study leave) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Semester 1 A. Toteng, BSW (UB), MSc, RM (UK) (On CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) EFP500 Psychology of Learning (3) study leave) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II(1) EFC500 Curriculum and Instruction (3) L. L. Kasale, BEd (UB) M.Phil (RAU) Mathematics EDT500 Information and Technology (2) I. Sayed, BEd (UB) MA (Potchefstroom) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) plus: EFG500 Guidance and Counselling (2) P.A. Lyoka, CPE (Moscow) DPE (Germany) BA One of the following courses: (Norway) MA (Norway) PhD (Stellenbosch) MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) Semester 2 MAT484 Introduction to Probability and EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) Bachelor of Education Degree in Physical Statistics for Teachers (3) EFA500 School Management (3) Education Physics EFF500 Contemporary Issues in Education (2) PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) EFS500 Special Education (2) Entry Requirements PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Computer Studies The normal entry requirements shall be as PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) stipulated in General Regulation 20.20 and Semester 1 Departmental Regulations ED 9.2 and ED 9.3. Semester 7 ESE561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching Core Courses Computer Studies (3) Level 100 Faculty of Education ESE591 Guided Study in Computer Education Semester I (1 course/3 credits) (3) Core Courses Students shall choose one of the following PHR130 Introduction to Volleyball (2) courses: Semester 2 PHR131 Introduction to Swimming (2) ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology Education ESE562 The Practice of Teaching Computer PHR135 Introduction to Adapted Physical (3) Studies (3) Education (2) ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry ESE572 Secondary School Computer Studies PHR136 Practical Coaching and Offi ciating Pedagogical Content Knowledge (3) Teaching (3) Techniques in Sports and Games (2) ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in Mathematics PHR138 Foundations of Physical Education, School Mathematics (3) Semester 1 Sport and Recreation (2) ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for ESM561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching EFP100 Introduction to Educational School Physics (3) Mathematics (3) Psychology (3) Optional Courses (3 courses/6 credits) ESM591 Guided Study in Mathematics GEC121 Computer and Information Skills I (2) Students shall choose one of the following: Education (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) ESM441 Introduction to Information and Elective Course (2 credits) Communication Technology in Mathematics Semester 2 Education (2) ESM562 The Practice of Teaching
54 Semester 2 Level 400 Mapolelo, D. DipEd (Leeds), BEd Sc, MEd Core Courses Semester 7 (Ohio), PhD (Georgia) PHR139 Athletics: Track (2) Core Courses Mogobjwa, D. BEd (UBS), MEd (Ohio) PHR140 Athletics: Field (2) PHR400 Track and Field Athletics and Theory Monyatsi, P. P. BA, CCE (UBS), CertSciEd (UB), PHR141 Recreation and Leisure (2) of Games and Sports (2) MA (Bath), DEd (UNISA) PHR142 Organization and Administration of PHR402 Badminton (2) Mosothwane, M. DSE (UBS), BEd (Southern Physical Education and Sports (2) PHR404 Cricket (1) Queensland), BPhil, MEd (Keele), PhD EFP101 Foundations of Developmental PHR409 Research Methods in Physical (Georgia) Psychology (3) Education, Sport and Recreation (2) Tsayang, G. BA, CDE (UBS), MEd (UB), EdD GEC122 Computer and Information Skills II (2) PHR411 Research in Physical Education/ Sport/ (Bristol) GEC112 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Recreation I Project I (2) Lecturers Elective Course (2 credits) EFS404 Education of Children with Attention Baitsile, B. T. Dip in composing and arranging Defi cit/Hyper- Activity Disorders (3) music (Dick Grove School of Music, USA), Level 200 PHR412 Research in Physical Education/Sport/ Dip.in General musicianship (Dick Grove Semester 3 Recreation II Project II (2) School of music, USA), BA Music (Laverne Core Courses Optional Courses University, USA), MA Music Education (UK). PHR260 Netball (2) PHR406 Physiology of Exercise I (2) Bulawa, P. DSE (UBS), BA Humanities (UB), PHR262 Introduction to Skills and Techniques PHR415 Facility Management (2) MEd (Bristol) (On study leave) of Tennis (2) PHR416 Kinesiology (2) Dube, O. BEd (UB), MEd (UB) PHR264 Human Anatomy Applied to Sports PHR419 Supervision of School Physical Manatsha, A. DSE (UBS) BSc (Towson State) and Games (2) Education (2) MA (University of Kentucky) PHR268 Teaching Physical Education in PHR420 Leisure and Youth (2) Mannathoko, M. C. BEd (UB) MA (Ed) Art Secondary Schools (2) PHR422 Sociology of Sport (2) and Design (Cardiff, UK) (On study leave) PHR269 Motor Learning and Human PHR424 Movement and Creative Dance Marumo, B. BEd Sc, MSc (UB) (On study Performance (2) Technique (2) leave) PHR210 Psychology of Sport (2) Mhlauli, M.B. BEd (UB), MEd (UB) (On study GEC Courses (4 credits) Semester 8 leave) 1 Elective (2 credits) Core Courses Mhozya, C. M. BEd (UB), MEd (UB) PHR401 Advanced Volleyball (1, pre-requisite Mokotedi, R. T. BEd (UB), MEd (Newcastle, Semester 4 PHR130) UK) Core Courses PHR403 Handball (1) Moletsane, N. BEd, MEd (UB) PHR261 Introduction to Skills and Techniques PHR405 Hockey (1) Monau, R. BEd (UBS), MEd (Ohio) of Soccer (2) EFP413 Guidance and Counseling (3) Mswela, N. B. BEd (UB), AdDip (London), PHR263 Table Tennis (2) ETP300 Teaching Practice (3) MEd (Newcastle, UK) PHR265 Accident Prevention, First Aid and Optional Courses Ndwapi, G. BEd, MEd (UB) Care of Sports Injuries (2) PHR407 Motor Development and Movement Nthomang, O. BEd (UB) ,MArtDesEd (UNSW, PHR266 Human Physiology Applied to Sports Experiences for Young Children (2) Australia) and Games (2) PHR408 Mechanical Analysis of Sports and Pansiri, O. N. BEd (UB), MEd (UB) (On study PHR267 Teaching Physical Education In Pre- Games (2) leave) Primary School (2) PHR413 Issues in Physical Education, Sport Peterson, K. K. DipSE (MCE) PGDE, MA (De GEC Courses (6 credits) and Recreation (2) Montford) (On study leave) Elective Course (2 credits) PHR414 Prevention and Care of Sports Injuries Phibion, O. S. BEd (UB), PGDME (Reading, (2) UK), MA (Reading, UK), DMus (Pretoria, RSA) Level 300 PHR417 Physiology of Exercise II (2) Phuthego, M. BA, PGDE (UB) MA (Reading) Semester 5 PHR418 Psychological Basis of Physical Activity MMus (London) (On study leave) Core Courses (2) Ray, H. B.Sc.-Hons. (Cal., India), M.Sc. PHR300 Advanced Swimming (2) PHR421 Principles and Methods of Coaching (Jadavpur, India), BEd (Delhi, India), MEd PHR302 Softball (2) (2) (Delhi, India), Dip.Ed (London) PHR313 Nutrition and Sports Performance (2) PHR423 Sports Medicine (2) Silo, N. BSc (UB), PGDE (UB), MEd (UB) PHR314 Biomechanics (2) Elective Course (2 credits) BNS205 Primary Health Care (3) B.Ed (Primary Education) Optional Courses Assessment PHR305 Physical Education Teaching Methods Assessment shall be as per General Regulation Entry Requirements (2) 00.8. Applicants must have: PHR306 Community Recreation (2) (a) At least three credits in the Botswana PHR307 Introduction to Biochemistry of Progression from Semester to Semester General Certifi cate of Secondary Education Exercise and Sport (2) Progression from one semester to the next (BGCSE) or its equivalent PHR309 Adapted Physical Education I (2) shall be as per General Regulation 00.9. (b) Primary Teacher’s Certifi cate (PTC), and PHR310 Principles of Sport Management (2) (c) Two year work experience in an educational GEC Courses (5 credits) Award of Degree setting The award of the Degree shall be as per Semester 6 General Regulation 00.852 Students who do not have BGCSE or Core Courses equivalent but have Junior Certifi cate (JC) PHR301 Gymnastics and Body Management in addition to (b) and (c) above shall apply Skills (2) DEPARTMENT OF PRIMARY through the Mature Age Entry Scheme as in PHR303 Basketball (2) EDUCATION General Regulation 00.52. PHR304 Test and Measurement in Physical Applicants with a diploma in Primary Education, Sport and Recreation Associate Professor Education of this university or equivalent ETP200 Teaching Practice L. Nyati-Ramahobo, BA, CDE (UBS), MSc (E), qualifi cation approved by Senate and two Optional Courses PhD (Pennsylvania) years work experience in an educational PHR308 Scientifi c Basis of Coaching and setting will enter at Year 2 of the degree Offi ciating (2) Senior Lecturers programme. PHR311 Sport and the Media (2) Ajiboye, J. O. B. Ed. (Hons), M.Ed., PhD PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development (2) (Ibadan). Level 100 PHR315 Adapted Physical Education II (2) Akinsola, M.K. NCE (Abeokuta), B.Sc (Ed) Semester 1 PHR316 Sport Marketing (2) (Hons) (Lagos), MEd, PhD (Ibadan) Major: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) PHR317 Sport and Culture (2) Bose, K. BA-Hons. (India), Nursery Teachers’ ENV101 Introduction to the Physical & Human PHR318 Sports Journalism (2) Training Dip. (India), M.Sc-Home Science Environments I (2) EFC300 Introduction to Curriculum (India), Cert in Computer Applications (India), EPE100 Introduction to Algebra (3) Development (3) PhD (India) EPE102 Introduction to Science (3) GEC Courses (5 credits) EFP100 Introduction to Educational
55 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Psychology (3) subject) Optional courses (Choose one): GEC111E Communication and Study Skills English EPA201: Classroom Management (3) I (2, GEC) ENG211: The pronunciation of English (2) Plus ALL153: Introduction to the African Novel (2) GEC121E Computing and Information Skills 1 Elective Course (3) Fundamentals I (2, GEC) Setswana 2.Maths & Science Concentration ALL121: Introduction to the study of language EPM227: Introduction to functions and the Semester 2 and linguistics (2) and domains (3, pre EPM 226) Major: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) ALL141: Introduction to African Oral EPM228: Foundations of Chemistry and EPE101 Algebra and its applications (3 Literature (2) Physics (3) Credits, Prerequisite EPE100) Mathematics Optional courses (Choose one): EPE103 Principles of Science (3 Credits) EPM226: Algebra and trigonometry I (3) Plus 1 EPA201: Classroom Management (3) EPE114 Introduction to Education in Botswana Elective Course (3) EPM230: Technology in Teaching Primary (3) Science Mathematics (3) 1 Elective Course (3) EPM229: Foundations of Biology & Earth GEC112E Communication and Study Skills II Sciences (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) 3.SocialStudies/Religious Education (2, GEC) Social Studies EPS203: Indigenous People and their GEC122E Computing and Information Skills EPS200: Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus Environment (3) Fundamentals II (2, GEC) 1 Elective Course (3) EPS201: Theories & Practice of Values in Education (2) In Level 200-400, in addition to the major In addition choose any 2 special topic areas 1 Elective Course (3) Primary Education, choose one of the from the following list: following areas of concentration to make the Guidance/Counselling Optional courses (Choose one): second major: EFH201: Counselling over a life span (3) TRS107: African Traditional Religion (3) 1. Languages concentration Infant Education HIS202: Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave 2. Maths & Science concentration EPI228: Foundations of Early Childhood Trade (3) 3. Social Studies /Religious Education Education (3) ENV102: Introduction to the Physical and concentration Environmental Education human environment (2) 4. Special Topics concentration EPI224: Foundations of Environmental 5. Practical Subjects concentration Education (3) 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue Special Education with the area chosen as a teaching subject Level 200 EFS101: Introduction to Exceptional Children in Semester 1) Semester 3 (3) English Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) ENG221: English Linguistics (2) Plus 1 Elective EPE215: Fundamental Issues in Developmental 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (take ONE Course (3) Psychology (3) of the following areas as a teaching subject) Setswana EPE211: Language Across the Curriculum (3) English ALL142: The study of Drama (2) Plus 1 Elective Or EPE212: Introduction to Language Arts ENG211: The pronunciation of English (2) Plus Course (3) (3) (Take EPE211 if not chosen the language 1 Elective Course (3) Mathematics concentration). Setswana EPM227: Introduction to functions and the ALL121: Introduction to the study of language domains (3, pre EPM 226) Major II: Choose one of the following and linguistics (2) and Science areas of concentration. This choice will be ALL141: Introduction to African Oral EPM228: Foundations of Chemistry and followed throughout the course of the degree Literature (2) Physics (3) programme. Mathematics Social Studies 1. Languages concentration EPM226: Algebra and trigonometry I (3) EPS201: Theories & Practice of Values in ALL141: Introduction to African Oral Science Education (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Literature (2) EPM229: Foundations of Biology & Earth ALL121: Introduction to the study of language Sciences (3) In addition, continue with the two special and linguistic (2) Social Studies topic areas chosen in semester 1 ENG211: The pronounciation of English (2) EPS200: Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus Guidance/Counselling 1 Elective Course (3) 1 Elective Course (3) EFH200: Group Work in Counselling (3) Infant Education Optional courses (Choose one): In addition, choose ONE of the following EPI229: Theories and Principles of Infant EFA100: School Organisations (3) areas: Education (3) ALL151: Short Story Theory and Practice (2) EPP201: Introduction to Art, Craft & Design Environmental Education ALL152: Style in writing (2) (4) EPI225: Environmental Policies, Issues and EPP217: Introduction to Philosophy of Music Education for Sustainable Development (3) 2. Maths & Science concentration Education and Fundamentals of Music (4) Special Education EPM226: Algebra and trigonometry I (3, Pre HEE114: Introduction to Nutrition (3) Or EFS104: Introduction to Procedures for EPE 101) HEE115: Family Studies Foundations (3) Assessment of disabilities (3) EPM229: Foundations of Biology and Earth PHR138: Foundations of Physical Education Elective Courses (3) Sciences (3) Sport and Recreation (2) Plus 1 Elective Course 5. Practical Subjects Concentration 1 Elective Course (3) (3) (continue with the area chosen as a Optional courses (Choose one): Optional courses (Choose one): teaching subject in Semester 1) EFA100: School Organisations (3 Credits) EFA100: School Organisations (3) English EPA203: Theories of Leadership & Supervision EPS200: Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus ENG221: English Linguistics (2) (3) 1 Elective Course (3) Setswana ALL142: The study of Drama (2) 3. Social Studies/Religious Education Level 200 Mathematics concentration Semester 4 EPM227: Introduction to functions and the ELC202: Social Studies and Nation building (3) Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) domains (3, pre EPM 226) EPS200: Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus EPE217: Human Growth and Development (3) Science 1 Elective Course (3) EPE214: Theory and Practice of the Project EPM228: Foundations of Chemistry and Method (3) Physics (3) Optional courses (Choose one): Social Studies EFA100: School Organisations (3 Credits) Major II: Continue with the area of EPS201: Theories & Practice of Values in EPA203: Theories of Leadership & Supervision concentration chosen in Semester 1. Education (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) (3) 1. Languages Concentration ALL142: The Study of Drama (2) In addition, continue with the area chosen in 4. Special Topics Concentration (take ENG221: English Linguistics (2) Semester 1 ONE of the following areas as a teaching 1 Elective Course (3) EPP202: Practical Art, Craft & Design Skills for
56 the Classroom Teacher (4) Environmental Education behaviour (3) EPP218: Listening, Composing and Performing EPI334: Curriculum Development in EPM301 Special Issues in Math education (3) (4) Environmental Education (3, pre EPI225) EPM302 Geometry for Primary school HEE116: Introduction to Consumer Education Special Education teachers (3) (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EFS250: Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for PHR142: Organisation and Administration students with Learning Disabilities/Diffi culties Social Studies Education Concentration of Physical Education and Sports (2) Plus 1 (3) EPS300: Culture & Citizenship Education (3) Elective Course (3) EPS323: Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) Optional courses (Choose one): 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue ELC311: Multicultural Education (3 Credits) EPA201 Classroom Management (3) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in 1 Elective Course (3) EPI225 Environmental Policies, Issues & Semester 1) Education for Sustainable Development (3) English 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue EFA100: School Organisations (3) ENG311: Modern English Grammar (2) Plus 1 with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Elective Course (3) Semester 1) Level 300 Setswana English Semester 5 ALL221: Sound systems in African language EPL300: Theory and Practice of Second Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Language Teaching (3) EPA302: Introduction to Educational Research Mathematics ENG321: Usage in English Language (2) (3) EPM326: Introduction to probability and Setswana EPE316: Assessment in Primary Schools (3) statistics (3) ALL222: The structure of words in African Science Languages (2 Credits) Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) EPM328: Principles of Chemistry and Physics EPL312: Breakthrough to literacy (3) Continue with the area of concentration (3) Mathematics chosen in Semester 1. and EPM331: Teaching School Mathematics (3) Languages Concentration EPM330: Science Education (3) EPM327: Introduction to Limits and Tangents ALL221: Sound systems in African Languages Social Studies (3) (2) EPS322: Social Studies and Curriculum Science ENG351: Phonology of English (2) Plus 1 Development (3) EPM329: Principle of Biology and Earth Elective Course (3) Science (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) In addition, continue with the area chosen in Social Studies Optional courses (Choose one): Semester 1 EPS323: Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) ALL152: Style in Writing (2) EPP301: Appropriate Art, Craft & Design ALL241: History and structure of the Setswana Methods and Materials for the Primary School In addition, continue with the two special Novel (2) (4) topic areas chosen in semester 1 ENG341: Introduction to Socio Linguistics (2) EPP327: Introduction to Ethnomusicology Guidance/Counselling ENG415: Reading in Literary Theory I (2) Education (4) EFH305: Teaching Guidance & Counselling in ENG441: Introduction to Pragmastics (3rd HEE229: Child Development- Prenatal through Schools & Other Settings (3) years only) (2) Early Childhood (3) Infant Education PHR269: Motor Learning and Human EPI321: Curriculum Development in Early Mathematics/Science Concentration Performance (2) Childhood Education (3) EPM326: Introduction to probability and Environmental Education statistics, (3), pre EPM 227 Optional courses (Choose one): EPI335: Evaluation and Monitoring in EPM328: Principles of Chemistry and Physics PHR210: Psychology of Sports (2) Plus 1 Environmental Education (3, pre EPI334) (3) Elective Course (3) Special Education EPM330: Science Education (3) HEE347: Curriculum Development in Early EFS251: Remediation Techniques in school 1 Elective Course (3) Childhood Education (3) subjects with learning Disabilities (3, pre EFS250) Social Studies/Religious Education Level 300 EPS322: Social Studies and Curriculum Semester 6 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue Development (3) Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in EPS331: Teaching social studies in the primary EDT310: Instructional Materials (2) Semester 1) school (3) EPA304: Advanced Investigation in Education English 1 Elective Course (3) (3, pre3 EPA302) EPL300: Theory and Practice of Second Language Teaching (3) 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) ENG321: Usage in English Language (2) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Continue with the area of concentration Setswana Semester 1) chosen in Semester 1. ALL222: The structure of words in African English Languages Concentration Languages (2) ENG311: Modern English Grammar (2) Plus 1 ALL222: The structure of words (2) EPL312: Breakthrough to literacy (3) Elective Course (3) ENG311: Modern English Grammar (2) Mathematics Setswana EPL312: Breakthrough to Literacy (3) EPM331: Teaching School Mathematics (3) ALL221: Sound systems in African language (2 EPL300: Theory and Practice of Second EPM327: Introduction to Limits and Tangents Credits) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Language (3) (3, Pre3 EPM326) Mathematics Science EPM326: Introduction to probability and Optional courses (Choose one): EPM329: Principle of Biology and Earth statistics (3) ENG321: Usage in English (2) Science (3) Science ENG361: Morphology of English (2) Social Studies EPM328: Principles of Chemistry and Physics EPA300: Action Research (2) EPS323: Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) (3) EPA301: Leadership styles & organizational EPM330: Science Education (3) behaviour (3) In addition, continue with the area chosen in Social Studies ALL253: The sociology of literature (2) Semester 1 EPS322: Social Studies and Curriculum EPP302: Practical Skills in the planning and Development (3) Mathematics/Science Concentration Teaching of Art & Craft Design (4) EPM331: Teaching School Mathematics (3) EPP328: Teaching Methods in Music Education In addition, continue with the two special EPM 327: Introduction. To Limits & Tangents (4) topic areas chosen in semester 1 (3, pre EPM 326) HEE218: Fundamentals of Clothing Production Guidance/Counselling EPM329: Principles of Biology and Earth (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EFH303: Multi Cultural Counselling (3) Science (3) PHR267: Teaching PE in Pre-Primary and Infant Education Optional courses (Choose one): Primary Schools (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EPI320: Learning Experiences and Material EPA300: Action Research (2) Development (3) EPA301: Leadership styles & organizational
57 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Optional courses (Choose one): Social Studies EPL412 Introduction to Reading Process (3) EPA301: Leadership styles & organizational EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) behaviour (3) Teaching of Social Studies (3) EPA300: Action Research (2) Optional courses (Choose one): PHR261: Introduction to Skills and Techniques In addition, continue with the two special ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory 2 (2) of Soccer (2) topic areas chosen in semester 1 EFS351 Career Education for students with HEE218: Fundamentals of Clothing Production Guidance/Counselling Learning diffi culties (3, pre EFS101) (3) EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) EPA300 Action Research (2) Infant Education EPE411 Educational Management And Level 400 EPI431 Management of Early Childhood Curriculum Development (3) Semester 7 Programme (3) ALL355 The Contemporary Setswana Novel Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Environmental Education (2) EPE419: Computer Applications in Primary EPI442 Environmental Conservation Strategies EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Schools (2) I (3) Students with disabilities (3) EPE442: Research Project (2, pre EPA304) Special Education EFS350 Developmental Approach and 2. Mathematics/Science Concentration Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Behavioural Management of students with EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) Continue with the area of concentration learning disabilities (3, pre EFS101) EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and chosen in Semester 1. Chemistry (3) 1. Languages Concentration Optional courses (Choose one): EPL411: Teaching Reading in Primary Schools, EFS240 Curriculum and instructional methods 1 Elective Course (3) (3) for students with mild to moderate Mental EPL414: Literature for Primary Schools (3) Retardation (3) 3. Social Studies/Religious Education ENG421: Approaches to Syntax (2) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Concentration ALL321: The structure of the sentence (2) Development (3) EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching Primary Social Studies (3) Optional courses (Choose one): 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue EPS403 International Organisations & EFS240: Curriculum and instructional methods with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Governance (3) for students with mild to moderate Mental Semester 1) Retardation (3) English Optional courses (Choose one): ALL331 Introduction to translation (2) ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) Plus 1 TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Elective Course (3) EPA300 Action Research (2) Development (3) Setswana HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3) of Colonial Rule on Botswana, 1. Mathematics/Science Concentration Mathematics Lesotho & Swaziland (3) EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and their EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and their ENV316 Agricultural Development (2) application (3, pre EPM 327) applications (3) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Science 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue Earth Science (3) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and with the area chosen as a teaching subject in 1 Elective Course (3) Earth Science (3) Semester 1) Social Studies English Optional courses (Choose one): EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the ENG411 Form, Function and Variation English EFS240 Curriculum and instructional methods Teaching of Social Studies (3) (2) for students with mild to moderate Mental Setswana Retardation (3) In addition, continue with the area chosen in ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Semester 1 Mathematics Development (3) EPP405 Intergrated Arts Education in EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) EPM430 Mathematical Applications for Cultural Context (4) Science Primary Teachers (3) EPP447 Basic Instrumental Skills (4) EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and EPM431 Science Applications for Primary HEE454 Family Counselling (3) Plus 1 Elective Chemistry (3) Schools (3) Course (3) Social Studies PHR313 Nutrition and Sports performance (2) EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching Social Studies/Religious Education Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Primary Social Studies (3) Concentration EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the Optional courses (Choose one): In addition, continue with the two special Teaching of Social Studies (3) EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional methods topic areas chosen in semester 1 ELC421 Global Perspectives & Materials in for students with mild to moderate mental Guidance/Counselling Social Studies (3 credits) retardation (3) EFH407 Consultation in Schools & 1 Elective Course (3) PHR309 Adapted Physical Education (2) Community Settings (3) HEE337 Human Development across the life Infant Education Optional courses (Choose one): span (2) Or HEE338: Consumer Protection (2) EPI432 Contemporary Issues in Early HIS201 African Cultures & Civilizations (3) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Childhood Education (3) ELR301 Theories of Religious Education (3) Cognitive Development (3) Environmental Education EPI442 Environmental Conservation EPI443 Environmental Conservation Strategies I (3 credits) Level 400 Strategies II (3) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Semester 8 Special Education Cognitive Development (3) Major I Primary Education (15-18 Credits) EFS351 Career Education for students with EFS500 Special Education (2) -for students learning diffi culties (3, pre EFS101) 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue who have not chosen EFS101 Or with the area chosen as a teaching subject in EFS404 Education of Children with Attention 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue Semester 1) Defi cit Hyper Disorder (3)- for students who with the area chosen as a teaching subject in English have chosen EFS101 Semester 1) ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) EPE442 Research Project- continues from English Setswana Semester 1- (2) ENG411 Form, Function and Variation English ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) EFF410 Philosophy of Education (3) (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Mathematics Setswana EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and their Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Plus 1 Applications (3, Pre EPM327) Continue with the area of concentration Elective Course (3) Science chosen in Semester 1. Mathematics EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and 1. Languages Concentration EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) Plus 1 Earth Science (3) ENG411 Form, Function and Variation (2) Elective Course (3)
58 Science Management (3) EDT310 Instructional Material Production (2) EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and EFA100 School Organization (3) Chemistry (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Level 300 Social Studies Optional courses (Choose one): Semester 6 EPS403 International Organisations & EFF110 Introduction to the History of Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Governance (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Education (3) EPA304 Advanced investigation in education EFH100 Foundations of Guidance and (3) In addition, continue with the area chosen in Counselling (3) EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational Semester 1 GEC111E Communication and Study Skills behaviour (3) EPP406 Contemporary Issues in Art Education I (2, GEC) DAE302 Principles of Human Resource (4) GEC121E Computing and Information Skills Development (3) EPP449 Movement in Music (4) Fundamentals I (2, GEC) 1 Elective Course (3) HEE450 Issues and Trends in Early Childhood Education Programs (3) Level 100 Optional courses (Choose one): PHR308 Scientifi c Basis of Coaching and Semester 2 EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Offi ciating (2) and Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Development (3) PHR317 Sports & Culture (2) EPE114 Introduction to Education in Botswana EPA300 Action Research (3) (2) EFF310 Citizenship, Human Rights, Assessment EFP100 Introduction to Educational Democracy, and Education; Critical Issues (3) All courses except EPE214, EPA300 EPA304, Psychology (3) EPE419, EPM331, EPM431, EPP302, EPP405, EFA200 Managing Quality Schools (3) Level 400 EPP406 and EPE442 shall be assessed as Semester 7 stipulated in general regulation 00.8. EPE214 Optional courses (Choose one): Core Courses (15-18 Credits) would be assessed by practical presentations. EFH104 Helping Relationship Skills (3) EPE419 Computer Applications in Primary For EPA304 assessments shall be based on EFP101 Foundations of Developmental Schools (2) tests/assignments (40%) and the research Psychology (3) EPE442 Research Projects (2) proposal (60%). EPE442 assessments shall be EFS104 Introduction to procedures for EPA400 Staff Development in Education (3) based on the research report only. EPE419 assessment of disabilities (3) EPA402 Contemporary Issues in Education and EPA300 would be assessed by tests/ Management (e.g., HIV/AIDS, Sexual Abuse, assignments and Project Work. EPM331 & GEC112E Communications and Studies Skills Access, Equity, Gender), (2) EPM431 would be assessed by assignments II (2, GEC) 1 Elective Course (3) and presentations. Failure without a good GEC122E Computing and Information Skills cause to submit continuous assessment work Fundamentals II (2, GEC) Optional courses (Choose one): within 24 hours of the due date shall carry MGT400 Strategic Management (3) a penalty of 5percentage marks. Failure to Level 200 EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) submit work within 48hours of the due date Semester 3 shall carry a penalty of 50percentage marks. Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Level 400 Failure to submit the work within one week EPA200 Personnel Policies and Decision Semester 8 from the due date shall incur a zero mark. Making (3 Credits) Core Courses (15-18 Credits) EPA203 Theories of Leadership & Supervision EPE442 Research Projects (2) Progression from one Semester to (3 Credits) EPE411 Educational Management & Semester MGT100 Principles of Management (3 credit) Curriculum Development (3) Progression from one Semester to the next 1 Elective Course (3) MGT410 Negotiations and Confl ict shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 Management (3) Optional courses (Choose one): EPA406 Policy Development, Analysis, Award of Degree EFH201 Counselling over a life span (3 Implementation and Evaluation in Education The award of the Degree shall be as per Credits) (3) General Regulations 00.852 MGT202 Small Business Management (3 1 Elective Course (3) Credits) B.Ed (Educational Management) EFF220 Historical, Philosophical & Sociological Optional courses (Choose one): Foundations of Education (3 Credits) EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher Entry Requirements Education in Botswana (3) Applicants must have: Level 200 EFC400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction (3) (a) At least three credits in the Botswana Semester 4 General Certifi cate of Secondary Education Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Assessment (BGCSE) or equivalent EPA201 Classroom Management (3) All courses except EPE214, EPA300 EPA304, (b) A Teaching Qualifi cation EPA202 Managing Educational Resources (3) EPE419, EPM331, EPM431, EPP302, EPP405, (c) Two year work experience in an educational MGT200 Organisational design & EPP406 and EPE442 shall be assessed as setting Development (3) stipulated in general regulation 00.8. Students who do not have BGCSE or 1 Elective Course (3) EPE214 would be assessed by practical equivalent, but have Junior Certifi cate (JC) Optional courses (Choose one): presentations. For EPA304 assessments shall in addition to b) and c) of 20.10 shall apply EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) be based on tests/assignments (40%) and the through the Mature Age Entry Scheme as in EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in research proposal (60%). EPE442 assessments General Regulation 00.52 Education (3) shall be based on the research report only. Applicants with a diploma in Education of this EFF210 Introduction to Sociology of Education Tests/assignments and Project Work would university or equivalent credits approved by (3) assess EPE419 and EPA300. EPM331 & Senate (60 credits) in addition to ‘20.10-c)’ EPM431 would be assessed by assignments above will normally enter at level 200 of the Level 300 and presentations. degree programme as in General Regulation Semester 5 Failure without a good cause to submit 00.4. Core Courses (15-18 Credits) continuous assessment work within 24 Applicants with a diploma in educational EFF410 Philosophy of Education (3) hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of management of this university or equivalent EPA302 Introduction to Educational Research 5percentage marks. Failure to submit marks (60 credits) in addition to ‘c)’ above will (3) within 48hours of the due date shall carry a normally enter at level 300. EPA303 Planning & management in Education penalty of 50percentage marks. Failure to (3) submit the work within one week from the Level 100 1 Elective Course (3) due date shall incur a zero mark. Semester 1 Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Optional courses (Choose one): Progression from one Semester to EPA111 Introduction to Educational Planning MGT300 Human Resourse Management (3) Semester (3) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Progression from one Semester to the next EPA112 Introduction to Resources Development (3) shall be as per General Regulations 00.9
59 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Award of Degree to more recent policies for lifelong learning, be encouraged to understand how to give The award of the Degree shall be as per have infl uenced how adult education is communities a lead role in identifi cation and General Regulations 00.852 conceptualised and used in a variety of implementation of projects relevant to their environments. The course aims to explore circumstances. some of the major issues affecting learning DEPARTMENT OF ADULT and teaching in adulthood, and to discuss DAE208 RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION these in different African contexts. RURAL EXTENSION DAE202 PROGRAMME PLANNING AND In African countries a signifi cant proportion DAE100 PRINCIPLES OF ADULT EDUCATION EVALUATION IN ADULT EDUCATION of the population live in rural areas. Rural Adult education is increasingly seen as The course aims to develop practical skills in development to improve their quality of a fi eld of study with its own theories planning and evaluating learning programmes life is therefore a key component of overall and interdisciplinary connections. It has for adults by looking at the contexts of policies for national development. Extension a distinctive profi le in Africa’s national learner needs in African adult education and services to improve areas such as agriculture, development plans and encompasses a wide by considering three key planning concepts: health, and small business, play an important range of provision. This course is aimed at instruction, administration and evaluation. part in these policies through facilitation of exposing the students to the discipline and DAE203 TEACHING METHODS FOR ADULT new knowledge, skills and attitudes in rural profession of adult education. The course EDUCATION communities and support to community begins with a discussion of the meaning, Adult education takes place in a wide range organisation. By promoting adult learning and purposes and scope of adult education, of settings including the home, the work place community organisation, extension workers particularly in the context of lifelong learning. and the community as well as educational play a crucial role in rural development. This Thereafter, students are introduced to the institutions. Various methods, strategies course seeks to develop the capacity of adult basic principles that are applicable in the and techniques are used to accomplish educators to play this role. discipline. educational goals. This course explores the DAE209 INTEGRATED SKILLS PROJECT DAE101 INTRODUCTION TO THE teaching methods used in formal, non formal This course seeks to provide the knowledge PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT EDUCATION and informal situations of adult education. and skills that students will need for junior and Psychology is the basis for understanding The assumptions, principles and theories middle level positions in the adult education human development, learning and behaviour. underlying these methods will be explored profession. In particular, the course seeks As a discipline it plays a principle part in the particularly with reference to the African to put into practice a range of transferable study of adult education. This course aims to context and specifi c learning needs. skills such as communication, organisation, introduce some key psychological theories DAE204 GENDER ISSUES IN ADULT self management and the reporting of a self- which have infl uenced the practice of adult EDUCATION directed piece of inquiry that is relevant to the teaching and learning, and to analyse their The issue of gender inequality is a global adult education fi eld. applicability in the African context. concern. It has particular ramifi cations for DAE210 PSYCHOLOGY AND THE ADULT DAE102 INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING the African context in relation to education, LEARNER PROGRAMMES FOR ADULT LEARNERS training, employment and health, and Psychological theory forms a major part of Programme planning is an essential feature participation in public life. Many countries adult education, though it has not been of all adult education provision. As such its are trying to address national issues of gender developed in the African context. This principles need to be understood and applied inequality. This course will contextualise recent course aims to provide an opportunity in a variety of adult learning environments. feminist scholarship within current African to facilitate that development through in The course aims at developing a knowledge societies. It aims to explore how women depth exploration of current paradigms and base in programme planning for adult learners have been constructed in language and psychological concerns of facilitators of adult on which practical skills in planning can be practices and how this impacts on the position learning. It provides an opportunity to analyse developed. of women in African societies. Particular how these can be profi tably and practically DAE103 ADULT EDUCATION AND SOCIETY emphasis will be place on the role of adult applied in African adult education. Adult education is shaped by the nature of the educators in raising awareness of gender DAE211 PROMOTING COMMUNITY society in which it takes place, so the ability inequalities in society and in adult education. ENTERPRISES AND ADULT EDUCATORS to critically analyse society is an important skill DAE205 ADULT EDUCATION AND THE increasingly have responsibility for the for the practice of adult education. The course WORLD OF WORK management and coordination of community aims to introduce students to the discipline Workplace learning is increasingly featuring based entrepreneurial development as part and concepts of sociology, and to the use as a global issue and encompasses a wide of their work. Today’s emphasis in Africa of sociology as a tool for the analysis of the range of concerns such as literacy, lifelong is on promoting community enterprises social context of adult education. It applies learning, continuing education and continuing and economic projects relevant to the the sociological perspective to contemporary professional development. In many African circumstances of local communities. This social issues of signifi cance for adult education countries workplace education is a feature course aims to provide adult educators programmes in Africa. of national development plans and is seen as with a critical understanding of the political DAE104 ADULT EDUCATION IN PRACTICE critical to their future in the world market. rationale for economic development through Adult education is an applied fi eld in which This course aims to introduce the global and community projects, along with the basic theory and practice are interdependent. The Africa specifi c issues and trends concerning skills necessary for ensuring their community course is aimed at exposing students to the adult education and the world of work. effectiveness as economic development activities and practices of adult education DAE206 SUPERVISING ADULT EDUCATION facilitators. organisations. The course aims to develop PROGRAMMEs DAE212 PARTICIPATORY DEVELOPMENT work done in other courses by applying the An important function of adult educators is METHODS theory from Semester One to the practical that of supervision. Students therefore require Increasingly development strategies are situation, analysing the principles of adult the theoretical principles and skills associated recognising the need for adult education education and the psychology of adult with supervision of programmes and their to achieve their goals of developing active, education in a work environment. staff. The course aims to provide detailed independent citizens. There is a reciprocal DAE200 HISTORICAL AND analysis of theory and demands of supervision need to equip students, who are working PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS OF ADULT at varying levels of management in adult with communities and teaching adults, with EDUCATION education organisations in the African context. a general understanding of participatory Adult education is a fi eld of professional DAE207 COMMUNITY PROJECT PLANNING development methods. The course will practice world-wide. It has its own history AND MANAGEMENT introduce students to the key ideas and of development and its own philosophical It is essential that adult educators who methods in participatory development and foundations. This course aims to explore how interact with communities on a daily basis explore their relationship to lifelong learning adult education’s signifi cance and purposes are given adequate, relevant training in the goals of empowerment and developing have evolved, with particular reference to the fi eld of community project planning and independent citizens. African context. management, as this area today is central to DAE213 ADULT BASIC EDUCATION AND DAE201 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT development practice in Africa. This course TRAINING LEARNING aims to develop in adult educators a critical The global interest in adult basic education The expansion of adult learning theories and appreciation of the broader social and lifelong and training has a specifi c African context. conceptual analyses, particularly in relation learning context for community development. This course is aimed at providing a theoretical Within this framework adult educators will framework for understanding and applying
60 adult basic education and training to African adult education. DAE409 ADULT EDUCATION AND SOCIAL development and productivity issues. DAE302 PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN EXCLUSION DAE214 VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT Social exclusion and policies for social TRAINING African governments are committed to the inclusion are based on concepts of normality Adult education plays a signifi cant role in the development of the human resources of their for different societies. There is a tendency, effective functioning of the workplace and the countries. Development of human resources is however, for social inclusion policies to ignore development of human resources. Vocational therefore an essential feature of organisational differences between social and cultural education is becoming an increasingly development. It is crucially dependent on groups, with consequent effects on their signifi cant global issue. It is a major focus knowledge and skills related to adult life- integration into society. This course looks at of African governments, and a major fi eld of span development and adult learning. This some of the theoretical issues surrounding adult education. This course aims to enable course aims to equip students with a critical notions of difference, exclusion and inclusion, students to explore the relationship between understanding of organisational behaviour putting these theories into the African context lifelong learning, vocational education and and the development of human resources and and relating them to ethnic minorities and training and how adult education contributes their applicability in a variety of organisational other social groups who experience various to this sector of education. contexts, with emphasis on the learning levels of exclusion from the dominant norms DAE215 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN organisation. of society. It discusses the implications for ADULT EDUCATION DAE303 RESEARCH DESIGN IN ADULT adult education policy and practice. Adult educators in today’s world increasingly EDUCATION DAE410 ADULT EDUCATION RESEARCH have access to computers with a broad An important function of the adult educator is PROJECT spectrum of applications. Students should research. The course aims to prepare students This course is designed to build on the be familiar with how to utilize computers in for undertaking a practical research project knowledge and skills acquired by the students the workplace to support research, prepare related to adult education. in DAE 303. It is therefore based on the reports, manage data, prepare materials and DAE304 PRACTICUM IN ADULT implementation of the proposal designed by provide learning opportunities to adults. EDUCATION METHODS the student in DAE 303. Hence the focus is This course aims to introduce students to Students need to experience the range of on data collection, analysis and reporting. the global infl uences on, and applicability adult teaching/learning opportunities in Students will undertake data collection during of, computers in a variety of African adult the African context and understand how to the long vacation. education settings. The implications for implement the program planning and teaching DAE411 TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT practice will be explored through a project. methods studied previously. This course aims Training and development for employees DAE216 ADULT EDUCATION AND SPECIAL to give practice in the methods of teaching occupies a prominent position in GROUPS adults. workplace learning internationally. Its There is growing concern in the literature DAE305 ISSUES IN INTERNATIONAL ADULT effective implementation relies on a sound on lifelong learning that adult education EDUCATION understanding of adult learning principles. policies must address the particular needs Adult education and lifelong learning issues The aim of the course is to provide students of minorities. This course aims to provide in Africa interface with and contribute to with the principles of sound workplace an introduction to the issues and needs of international agendas and policies. The course training and development policies and ‘difference’ for specifi c groups in the adult aims to expose students to major issues of practices, which lead to the betterment and education context, with particular reference concern for adult education in an international advancement of the workforce in the African to Africa. perspective, and to explore critically the context. DAE217 LIFELONG LEARNING implications of international trends for adult DAE312 EVALUATION METHODS IN ADULT Lifelong learning is now a global concern, education policy and practice in Africa. EDUCATION stimulated by the impact of globalisation, DAE406 THE POLITICAL ECONOMY OF Evaluation is a critical feature of quality rapid social and technological change, and ADULT EDUCATION AND DEVELOPMENT assurance in adult educational provision and increased competitiveness between national Adult education in Africa is shaped by the is a concept that requires understanding in economies. This course aims to look at what discourses and practices of development. the African context. The course is designed to concepts such as lifelong learning and the Globalisation is having an important impact equip students with the knowledge, attitudes learning society mean in the African context on African societies and has signifi cant and skills to analyse and apply various types and to explore the implications of these implications for adult education. The divisions of evaluation methods in different adult concepts for education, society and the within society infl uence the nature of adult educational situations. economy. The course focuses on the adult education and are also affected by adult DAE313 INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA AND stage of the lifelong learning cycle. education programmes and projects. The issue MATERIALS DEVELOPMENT IN ADULT DAE300 ORGANISATION AND of democratisation and the role of civil society EDUCATION MANAGEMENT IN ADULT EDUCATION poses challenges for adult education. Students Adult education practitioners work in In recent years there has been a considerable within Africa therefore need to understand. environments where it is critical to produce, increase in the size and complexity of adult DAE407 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNITY improvise or evaluate materials for use by education organisations, with recognition of ECONOMIC PROJECTS themselves and by their learners. Adult the need for management skills which take The economic context for Africa includes education practitioners, therefore, need to account of the adult education context. This an imperative to address issues of poverty, learn how to develop basic but effective course is designed to provide adult educators unemployment, gender, economic inequality instructional media and materials that are with the opportunity to increase their and HIV/AIDS. These economic issues must useful in different African educational settings. awareness of the problems and issues relating also be seen in the broader global and social The course aims at introducing students to organisations and their management, contexts of developing responsible citizens. to basic instructional media and materials and to equip them with management This course aims to prepare adult educators for development in adult education. principles and techniques which will enable working with community projects concerned DAE314 COUNSELLING IN LIFELONG them to be effective managers. It will also with sustainable economic development, with LEARNING explore management issues with respect to a view to understanding their wider societal With the imperative of lifelong learning for globalisation and development in the African role. all, there is a growing need to provide more context. DAE408 POLICY DEVELOPMENT FOR sophisticated student support systems beyond DAE301 LEADERSHIP IN ADULT LIFELONG LEARNING practical guidance and study skills. Whilst EDUCATION Lifelong learning is an area of public policy. these aspects are integral to counselling Students will be expected to undertake It is the expression of the recognition frameworks, the increasing complexity of leadership responsibilities in their future that the future of societies, communities, student life experiences and their diverse employment and will need preparation for organisations and individuals in a rapidly and needs means that the adult education positions at middle and senior management technologically changing world infl uenced by system also requires people with expertise level in adult education organisations. The globalisation depends on continually renewed in both counselling skills and understanding issue of strong leadership and organisational knowledge, skills and attitudes. This course is of the theoretical underpinnings behind the skills are recognised weaknesses in the adult therefore aimed at exposing students to the counselling process. This course aims to education fi eld in current documentation. understanding and development of lifelong introduce some of the theoretical and practical This course aims to provide students with learning policies that would enable nations to aspects of counselling adult learners and apply theoretical concepts and skills for potential cope with the challenges facing them, with them to different African situations. leadership roles in a variety of settings in specifi c reference to Africa. DAE315 ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
61 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
IN ADULT EDUCATION citizens who have the knowledge, skills and behavioural change in clients. The Managers in development organisations attitudes to participate in civil society and in multicultural aspects of counselling as well recently became interested in Organisational political processes. The course explores the as ethical and other issues relating to the Development (OD) as a unique approach contribution that can be made to these goals therapeutic process will be learnt and applied for tackling persistent problems of by appropriate adult education strategies. to case studies. ineffectiveness at all levels of an organisation. DAE421 DEVELOPMENT POLICIES AND EFH203 OCCUPATIONAL COUNSELLING The growing interest in OD has, however, ADULT EDUCATION The course will explore methods and practices not been matched by availability of skilled With the onset of globalisation and cross- in career planning and decision-making, career OD practitioners. Nor has the nature and national communication, international policies patterns and theories. It will further explore potential usefulness of OD been suffi ciently and ideologies are having an increasing the dynamics of occupational counselling and understood and appreciated by many chief infl uence on African development policies. challenges and issues in the world of work. executives in Africa, who decide on how to The course aims to examine the implications EFH204 ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES IN deal with persistent organisational problems. of national and international economic and COUNSELLING This introductory OD course aims to foster social development polices for the practice of The course is an introduction to ethical and a wider understanding and appreciation of adult education in Africa. legal issues in the professional practice of its potential as an instrument for effecting DAE422 ENTREPRENEURSHIP SKILLS counselling. The course examines codes of positive changes in African adult education DEVELOPMENT ethics, standards and legislations governing organisations. Secondly, it will expose the Adult educators in Africa are often required to the provision of counselling services. students to different OD interventions and facilitate and support income generation and EFH300 APPARISAL TECHNIQUES related skills that are applicable in practical similar economic development projects. Such The course facilitates acquisition of management situations. projects require the development of a range knowledge, attitudes and skills required DAE 316 ISSUES IN ADULT EDUCATION of entrepreneurial skills such as teamwork, risk in individual and group appraisal. In will Adult education is a dynamic and developing assessment, negotiation, creativity, problem empower students to develop tailor-made fi eld. There is a need for students to have solving and action based review. This course appraisal instruments on issues of counselling both the opportunity to address topical issues aims to use an experiential learning approach interest. Students will be acquainted with and direct experience of academic, critical to integrate theory, analysis and skills complementary use of test and non-tests. debate around these issues, particularly in development for entrepreneurship. Furthermore, the ethics and limitations of test relation to the conceptual frameworks they techniques will be explored. will have studied elsewhere in the programme. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL EFH302 COMMUNITY COUNSELLING This course aims to provide students with FOUNDATIONS The course examines the nature of different the opportunity to identify issues of concern, specialisations in community counselling particularly in African adult education, that EFH100 FOUNDATIONS OF GUIDANCE (rehabilitation, preventive counselling, and they would like to examine and debate. AND COUNSELLING gerontology). It explores the relevance of DAE317 ADULT EDUCATION AND The course is designed to assist learners to these and traditional community counselling SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT understand the basic concepts and principles paradigms to addressing issues of concern in The conservation and management of the of guidance and counselling. It facilitates the community. EFH303 MULTICULTURAL physical environment is increasingly regarded insight into the guidance counsellor’s The course is designed to enable students as a key component of the development professional roles in the school and to appreciate the potential impact of process, as environmental issues impact community. multicultural issues on the implementation directly and indirectly on the quality of EFH102 INDIGENOUS GUIDANCE AND of guidance and counselling. It explores life of individuals and communities. The COUNSELLING APPROACHES the relevance of traditional practices (such identifi cation of environmental problems and The course provides an overview of indigenous as extended family network, mentoring, action on solutions requires the participation guidance and counselling approaches in initiation, apprenticeship and use of folk of all sectors of society in the formulation our societies. It explores the traditional set media) to modern guidance and counselling. and implementation of environmental polices up of African societies and its infl uence on EFH304 HIV/AIDS COUNSELLING and programmes. The course aims to explore support systems and counselling. It explains The course is an overview of basic anatomy, the role of adult education in developing contemporary issues in guidance and physiology, and the normal functioning of environmental awareness and in equipping counselling in Africa. In addition, it explores body system with emphasis on HIV/AIDS. The adults with the attitudes, knowledge ands the social structures that provide guidance and course will focus on approaches applicable to skills to undertake environmental action. counselling. HIV/AIDS patients and provision of care and DAE 418 URBAN ADULT EDUCATION EFH103 INTRODUCTION TO CAREER support services. Emphasis on problems and Africa is in a transition phase from a DEVELOPMENT issues encountered throughout the life span of predominantly rural society to increasing The course is designed as a guide for a family and societal and cultural implications. urbanisation, with consequent implications understanding issues, concepts, theories, The course will provide awareness and for social change and societal infrastructures, practices, methods and processes of career understanding of HIV/AIDS and the role of especially in the modern context of development. It empowers students to counsellors in educating the society. globalisation and lifelong learning agendas. provide career decision-making and career EFH305 TEACHING OF GUIDANCE AND The course aims to identify problems development skills to their clients. COUNSELLING IN SCHOOLS AND OTHER associated with urbanisation in Africa and EFH104 HELPING RELATIONSHIP SKILLS SETTINGS analyse their implications for adult education The course emphasises understanding and Guidance programmes aim to assist the programmes. acquisition of human relationship skills for individual to be effective in the here and now DAE 419 TOPICS IN ADULT LITERACY interpersonal communication. It appreciates environment as well as in the future. Teaching Improving the rate of adult literacy is an the fundamental principles of the helping in ways that optimise immediate application important goal of development in Africa. process, cultural and value differences among of acquired information, knowledge, skills and The provision of adult literacy programmes ethnic, racial and other groups vis-à-vis the attitudes is therefore central to the provision is therefore a signifi cant form of adult helping process. of guidance. In formal learning, there is often education. This course aims to develop EFH200 GROUP WORK IN COUNSELLING a tendency to focus on content and emphasize understanding of the main principles involved The course is designed to introduce students teaching for examinations. Contrary to this in the planning and management of adult to the nature, principles, process and practice tendency, guidance programmes and services literacy programmes. It also considers the of group counselling. In addition, it will should focus on development of the total major issues in the fi eld of adult literacy at explore leadership skills in group counselling. individual. Experiential and/or participatory, grassroots, national and international levels. EFH201 COUNSELLING OVER THE LIFESPAN experimental and other learner-centred DAE 420 ADULT EDUCATION, The course examines common issues faced by approaches are used with this in mind. DEMOCRACY, PEACE AND HUMAN RIGHTS clients at the various stages of development Simulation exercises, role-playing, collages, A major challenge facing Africa is the need to through the lifespan. It provides strategies for debates, and other learner-centred techniques extend democracy and to promote peace and analysis and management of issues of concern will be practised. Teaching practice shall be a the protection of human rights. To meet this at various levels of development. component of Internship. challenge, it is necessary to prioritise social EFH202 THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF EFH307 PRACTICUM IN GUIDANCE AND justice and build societies based on popular COUNSELLING COUNSELLING (CLASSROOM /FIELDWORK) participation, and characterised by a culture The course examines the extent to which This course provides the fi rst, supervised of tolerance and peace. This in turn requires counselling could be used to facilitate counselling practice in a real world setting.
62 Students begin to apply the counselling The course seeks to train students to conduct are considered. The Ministry of education’s knowledge and skills learned from the various needs assessment, develop, implement and philosophy of teaching (that of learner- courses in the programme. The course grooms evaluate guidance programmes for various centredness) is critiqued. Planning and students in Guidance Counselling teacher communities. scheming, evaluation, and developments professional traits through classroom-based EFH410 SEMINARS IN COUNSELLING in assessment in geography in Botswana micro-counselling training actual practice in This course provides opportunity for buzz are examined. [3 credits, core course, Pre- a variety of profession settings, with some group – based-interaction, on knowledge and requisites ELG501] measure of supervision by university lecturers skills learned from various courses. ELH 501 THEORY OF TEACHING HISTORY and professional personnel in those settings. ELL501 LANGUAGE EDUCATION ISSUES The course will deal with philosophical debates Hands-on practice as part of professional The course is meant to introduce pre-service on the nature of historical content focusing on training and preparation allows learners’ teachers to some of the key theoretical issues such aspects as its abstractness, remoteness, gradual initiation into the professional in language teaching and learning. The particularity and uniqueness of historical world. This approach allows for an effi cient course explores the place of Setswana and events, the relativist and positivist positions translation of theory into practice. English in Botswana, the communicative and in relation to objectivity and subjectivity in EFH308 FAMILY AND MARRIAGE rival approaches to language, theories on the historical reconstruction. Further explorations COUNSELLING teaching of the diverse language skills, the will be on the signifi cance of research, The course explores the indigenous and challenges of learning in a fi rst, second or evidence, periodisation, chronology, selectivity modern marriage and family, and family foreign language, and practical issues relating etc in the study of history. It will also dwell on counselling structures with the view to provide to developing a scheme of work and lesson the different sources of historical information, culture-sensitive counselling on issues of plans. The course also offers the students the their merits and demerits, the signifi cance and marriage, sex and family adjustment. opportunity to explore and critique language relevance of history as a teaching subject, the EFH309 HUMAN SEXUALITY AND in education policy in Botswana. history syllabus, construction, organization, COUNSELLING ELL 502 PRACTICAL APPROACHES TO THE relevance and implementational constraints. The course is an overview of human sexuality TEACHING OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND [3 credits, core course, Pre-requisites Students and stereotypical attitudes, attainment of LITERATURE should have studied History to fi nal-year basic knowledge, awareness of sexual abuse This is a practically oriented course which degree level] and violence and understanding sexual builds upon the theoretical base provided by ELH 502 PRACTICE OF TEACHING HISTORY dysfunction and sexual adequacy. The course ELL501. The course focuses on practical tasks The course explores the essential theoretical seeks to provide awareness and understanding involved in the teaching of English language and practical variables of the teaching and of theories of human sexual development and literature including the design and learning process and the underlying diffi culties and deviant sexual development, sexual evaluation of the English syllabus, preparing in relation to history. It also centres on the orientations, sexual anatomy and sexual schemes and records of work, grammar signifi cance of the syllabus, the scheme of response. teaching, the teaching of the different work, the lesson plan, instructional strategies, EFH400 SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND language skills, and provision of feedback instructional materials, assessment procedures, COUNSELLING on students’ work. The students shall also classroom management techniques and The course underscores the causes, have the opportunity to explore the different general sensitivity to the interest and needs of maintenance factors of substance abuse. It activities that can be used to teach literature the learners in history. Micro-Teaching sessions explores and evaluates the effectiveness of at secondary school level. [3 credits, optional will be organized to give students-teachers the management procedures and explores more course, Pre-requisites ELL501] opportunity to apply the teaching and learning useful intervention models of used in helping ELF501 THEORY OF TEACHING FRENCH theories they have acquired before embarking clients with substance abuse problems. This course will examine the trends and on the actual Teaching Practice exercise. [3 EFH401 Research Project in Counselling principles in learning and teaching French credits, core course, Pre-requisites ELG501] This course offers an opportunity for guidance while at the same time improving students’ ELR 501 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF and counselling teachers to develop research spoken and written French. [2 credits, core RELIGIOUS EDUCATION proposal and conduct research studies that course] The course provides students an opportunity will contribute to guidance and counselling ELF502 PRACTICE OF TEACHING FRENCH to survey issues in RE and direct them towards literature. The course explores research The course content will consist of practical solutions. It introduces students to the methods and issues of publication in the preparation and planning of lessons as conceptual and educational perspectives of RE. counselling profession. evaluating students’ teaching and language The course covers issues such as conception of EFH405 Spiritual Counselling competence. [2 credits, core course The course will sensitize students to recognize religion and religious education, how religious ELG501 THEORY OF GEOGRAPHY and give attention to the spiritual counselling education relates to religious education, TEACHING needs of clients. It will give opportunity for problems associated with teaching religious The course introduces students to the practice that culminates in a gestalt approach education and developmental psychology philosophical foundations of geography and to clients’ concerns. In addition, the course applied in religious education. [3 credits, core how these have impacted on the school will assist trainees to improve their spiritual- course] geography curriculum. In particular, it cultural self-awareness as well as increase their ELR502 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF effectiveness in helping clients to better exploit examines the following philosophical outlooks RELIGIOUS EDUCATION their own spiritual resources. that have affected geography.; environmental The course provides students an opportunity EFH407 CONSULTATION IN SCHOOLS AND determinism, possibilism, and logical to write performance-based objectives, COMMUNITY SETTINGS positivism. Major geographical paradigms critically evaluate RE syllabuses, design scheme The course is an overview of issues that (e.g., Capes and Bays, Regional and the of work, prepare lesson plans for RE classroom guidance and counselling students should Systematic Paradigms) are examined and their based work in secondary schools. The issue be conversant with in order to offer effective impact on school geography extrapolated. of RE curriculum design is also considered. [3 guidance and counselling consultancy. It Important aspects of geographical education credits, core course, Pre-requisites ELR501] presents generic models of consultancy such as fi eldwork and graphicacy are ELM501 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF services. It further discusses the role of examined. [3 credits, core course] TEACHING MORAL EDUCATION (ME) I organisational context and challenges in ELG 502 PRACTICE OF GEOGRAPHY The course deals with aims of education consultation. TEACHING and moral education, problems involved in EFH408 INTERNSHIP IN GUIDANCE AND In this course emphasis is almost entirely on the teaching of moral education and main COUNSELLING the practical demands of classroom teaching. approaches to the teaching and learning of The course provides an opportunity for fi eld The theoretical grounding of Semester 1 is moral education. It also covers various forms experience where students can put into essential to understand the reasons for the of moral education such as precriptivism, practice what they have learned in class. different approaches to teaching emphasised emotivism, existentialism and principle The course offers an opportunity to explore in this course. The course examines the application. [3 credits, core course, Pre- critical issues in counselling areas such as different teaching methods that are usable requisites: Students should have studied care management, assessment and writing in the geography lesson. A critical view Religious Studies, ethics or philosophy at treatment plans. of teaching methods is adopted – where university level] EFH409 DEVELOPMENT AND teaching is considered a context-bound ELM 502 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENT OF GUIDANCE AND activity which defi es universalisation. The MORAL EDUCATION (ME) II COUNSELLING AND COUNSELLING relationship between teaching methods and The course is designed for students who SCHOOL PROGRAMS epistemological issues (views of knowledge) wish to obtain credentials for teaching
63 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
moral education in secondary schools of in the real classroom situation through group the teaching of the subject. Consideration of Botswana. The course covers practical issues work, observation of experienced teachers and teacher roles, catering for students diverse related to evaluation of curriculum model microteaching. [3 credits, core course] needs. [3 credits, core course] for moral education and designing relevant ESS591 GUIDED STUDY IN SCIENCE HEE 512 METHODS OF TEACHING AND framework for moral education curriculum. EDUCATION EVALUATION IN HOME ECONOMICS It involves practical preparations for teaching The course deals with problems associated An analysis of the methods used in the moral education. [3 credits, core course, Pre- with the school science teaching/learning teaching of Home Economics. Evaluation of requisites ELM501] environment and provides the opportunity learner and programmes outcomes in the ELL 504 PRACTICAL APPROACHES TO THE for students, with guidance from science design and implementation of evaluation TEACHING OF SETSWANA educators, to consider in depth a relevant techniques. [3 credits, core course] This course is designed to guide pre-service topic of interest to the student. [3 credits, core HEE 513 MANAGEMENT OF HOME teachers in exploring methodologies related course] ECONOMICS INSTRUCTION to the teaching and learning of Setswana at ESB572 TEACHING THE SENIOR The integration of theoretical and practical secondary school level. Focus will be on giving SECONDARY SCHOOL BIOLOGY SYLLABUS aspects of teaching Home Economics. The pre-service teachers “hands-on” experiences The course covers scheme of work, lesson development and/or use of teaching and in terms of linking educational theory to the plans, work sheets, practical work, teaching, learning aids and relevant information teaching of Setswana in secondary school assessment, review of student performance technology. [3 credits, core course, classrooms. Microteaching, peer teaching, and the materials covered over a period of Prerequisites HEE511] demonstrations, designing teaching resources time, and write record of work. [3 credits, core HEE514 CURRICULUM ISSUES IN HOME and analysis of fi lms and video and audio course, Pre-requisites ESS561] ECONOMICS taped resources/texts on pedagogical issues ESC572 ISSUES IN SECONDARY SCHOOL An examination of various conceptual will be used for this purpose. [3 credits, core CHEMISTRY TEACHING frameworks of curriculum in Home Economics. course] Topics to be covered are cognitive A focus on the relationship between the ESE 561 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY development in chemistry, spoken and mission and the framework. Analysis and OF TEACHING COMPUTER STUDIES written language in the chemistry classroom, evaluation of various Home Economics An introductory course in the theoretical basis gender in chemistry education, chemical curricula/syllabuses used in secondary of teaching and learning computer literacy problem solving, safety issues in the chemistry schools. [3 credits, core course Prerequisites skills at the secondary school level. The course laboratory, the use of modern technology in HEE512501] considers the nature of computers, the aims of chemistry teaching and a deeper consideration EFC510 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN computer education, basic teaching strategies of pedagogic content knowledge in chemistry. EDUCATION in using computer technology, the role of the [3 credits, core course] The course examines contemporary teacher and learner in a computerised learning ESP572 SECONDARY SCHOOL PHYSICS challenging issues especially those that relate context, the integration of computer use in TEACHING to education. The following topics will be teaching and learning across the curriculum, The major topics include the origins of modern covered: Basic education, Environmental equity and access to computer studies. [3 physics, Language issues in teaching physics, education, Multicultural issues in education, credits, core course] Mixed ability teaching, Teaching the processes Family life education, Poverty in the family, ESE562 THE PRACTICE OF TEACHING of science in physics, Learner-centred for Gender and development, Language and COMPUTER STUDIES teaching methods, School physics laboratory HIV/AIDS, Issues of abuse including substance The course provides opportunities for the management skills, Content analysis of school and sex abuse. Learner centred approaches computer education teacher to acquire physics textbooks, Construction of school such as research, seminars, workshops, and basic classroom teaching skills. Each student physics tests and examinations. [3 credits, core fi eld–trips would be employed for acquisition is assisted in the task of facing the real course] of information. [2 credits, core course] classroom situation through group work, ESM 561 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY EFC500 CURRICULUM DESIGN, observation of experienced teachers at work OF TEACHING MATHEMATICS IMPLEMENTATION & EVALUATION: A and microteaching. The course mainly covers general ideas on COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE [3 credits, core course, Pre-requisites ESE501] teaching and learning, pre-instructional skills, The course will develop an in-depth ESE 591 GUIDED STUDY IN COMPUTER and instructional skills such as strategies for understanding, in student teachers, of EDUCATION. presenting mathematics learning activities. [3 knowledge of curriculum design and the This course deals with problems of computer credits, core course] curriculum implementation process. The focus learning/teaching environment involving ESM562 THE PRACTICE OF TEACHING is on the approach of the skilled learner. The the use of microcomputers in teaching and MATHEMATICS student is required to compare curriculum learning; and the evaluation/assessment of The course covers planning classroom design, development and implementation in computer learning. [3 credits, core course] mathematics activities, instructional skills, different developing and developed countries. ESE 572 SECONDARY SCHOOL COMPUTER school culture, microteaching, and school The student will also develop skills to design STUDIES TEACHING. visits. 3 credits, core course Prerequisites 501] programme evaluation instruments. [3 credits, This course deals with psychological issues ESM591 GUIDED STUDY IN MATHEMATICS core course] of computer learning/teaching environment, EDUCATION EFH 500 GUIDANCE & COUNSELLING an understanding of the secondary school The course deals with problems associated Most teacher-trainees experience diffi culties in computer education curriculum, development with mathematics teaching/learning at helping students adjust to new environments, of computer instructional materials, and secondary school level and thus provides make informed decisions, cope with stress assessment of computer skills and knowledge. an opportunity for students, with guidance and other life-threatening experiences, acquire [3 credits, core course] from mathematics educators, to carry out an self-knowledge and understanding, and study ESS561 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY in depth analysis of a problem on a relevant effectively. Issues of unemployment, abuse, OF TEACHING SECONDARY SCHOOL topic of interest to the student. [3 credits, core peer infl uence, sexuality, social relations and SCIENCE course] drug and alcohol abuse by young people This is an introductory course in the theoretical ESM572 SECONDARY SCHOOL continue to dominate the media and school basis of teaching and learning in science at the MATHEMATICS TEACHING reports. Teacher-trainees need to be equipped secondary school level. The course considers The course covers the following main topics: with basic skills of handling some of these the nature of science; a consideration of Psychological Issues in Mathematics Education, daunting experiences and realities faced by science education in Botswana and critical Conceptual Foundations of Mathematics young people. [3 credits, core course] analysis of the current aims of junior and Content for the Secondary School, Evaluation EFR 500 MEASUREMENT AND senior secondary science; basic teaching of Secondary School Mathematics Textbooks EVALUATION approaches in secondary school science; and Research Findings in Secondary This course will cover the meaning of measurement, evaluation and record keeping Mathematics Education. [3 credits, core assessment, test, measurement and for the science teacher[3 credits, core course] course] evaluation; matching learning targets to ESS562 – THE PRACTICE OF TEACHING HEE511 FUNDAMENTALS OF TEACHING assessment procedures such as observation, SECONDARY SCHOOL SCIENCE HOME ECONOMICS IN SECONDARY objective tests, essays, performance based The course provides the beginning science SCHOOLS assessment and self reports; designing of teacher with the opportunity to develop basic An orientation to the teaching of Home marking rubrics for assessment modes; classroom teaching skills. Each student will Economics. A critical analysis of Home validity, reliability and fairness of assessments; be assisted in the task of teaching effectively Economics philosophy, subject matter and representation of scores in tables; derivation of
64 normative indices; and transformation across be introduced to basic school observation, areas that will be covered will include tape normative scales. [3 credits, core course] identifi cation and familiarization to different recording, inclusive system of education and teaching aids for various types of students’ its implications to the stakeholders. [3 credits, EFS 500 SPECIAL EDUCATION disabilities. [3 credits, core course] core course] This course examines the signs and symptoms of common disabilities such as Visual ETP200 TEACHING PRACTICE[3, CORE EFS 222 EARLY STIMULATION impairment, Learning Disabilities, Mental COURSE] PROGRAMME FOR CHILDREN WITH Retardation, Behaviour Disorders, Physical The course is expected to give special VISUAL IMPAIRMENT and Health Impairment, Giftedness and education students practice in observation The course considers the importance of Talentedness, Hearing Impairment[2 credits, diagnosis, identifi cation and remediation of early identifi cation and intervention in core course] academic, social and behavioural problems of the development of children with visual EFA 500 SCHOOL ORGANIZATION AND children with special needs. It also gives them impairment. The course is aimed at primary MANAGEMENT practice in adaptation of various methods, and school teachers who work with children during The course covers what an organization approaches. early childhood education. The students will is, characteristics of organizations, the EFS200 FIELD EXPERIENCES IN SPECIAL be exposed to various identifi cation processes, structure of the Ministry of Education, role EDUCATION stimulation activities, structured observation of key personnel in the structure, teacher This is a course in which students are techniques, the effect of visual impairment on ethics, the role of the teacher in the school expected to visit various special schools, physical development, language development and community, and basic leadership styles, for instance, the schools for children with and social skill development. [3 credits, core decision making, policy and planning issues. [2 visual impairment, hearing impairment and course] credits, core course] mental retardation and children with multiple EFS 223 MOBILITY AND ORIENTATION FOR EDT 543 PLANNING AND PRODUCING disabilities. It is intended to broadly familiarise VISUALLY IMPAIRED INSTRUCTIONAL SOFTWARE students to the various areas of specialization The course is designed to expose students The course introduces students to the practical in special education and to help them in to meaning and concept of mobility and and evaluative components in the design identifying the areas of their choice. It is also orientation for the visually impaired students. and production of appropriate software in expected that this course will expose them to The course is aimed at secondary school education and training. The course focuses the various diffi culties experienced by children teachers who are expected to work with on planning instructional materials (i. e. with disabilities, the problems faced by special students who are visually impaired at this level fundamentals of photography, script writing, education teachers and also observation of where mobility and orientation is most vital recording and mixing audio and videotapes teacher aid activities in special education. [3 for the development and independence of the analogue and digital, basic graphic techniques, credits, core course] students with visual problems. Topics include selection, production and utilisation of non- EFS201 PSYCHOLOGY OF EXCEPTIONAL various mobility techniques sighted guide, pre- projected, projected and computer-based CHILDREN mobility skills, establishment of contact, grip, software and multi-media. The focus will be Cognitive, socio-emotional, and language stance, narrow passages, opening and closing their applications in developing countries. [2 development of exceptional children and doors, ascending and descending stair cases, credits, core course] youth according to severity of the disabling entering and getting out of the cars, upper conditions. Patterns of development, concepts and lower body protection, mobility for those Diploma And B. Ed. In Special Education of intra-individual and inter-individual who are partially sighted and with low vision. EFS101 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL differences in relation to disabilities. Cognitive, [3 credits, core course] CHILDREN metacognitive, social, and emotional EFS 230 COMMUNICATION PROCESSES The course introduces the students to what is characteristics and tendencies of exceptional FOR THE STUDENTS WITH HEARING special about special education. It is important children and youths. Adjustment problems IMPAIRED for teachers to understand why some children in the areas of development, patterns of Over the years, a number of communication do well in the class and others perform adaptations and coping mechanisms used by methods have been developed for teaching poorly. By taking this course, students will exceptional individuals. [3 credits, core course] deaf students at various levels of learning. come to understand how to identify children EFS202 PRACTICUM IN SPECIAL Being a specialized area, special education experiencing diffi culty with learning and EDUCATION students who will be teachers of deaf how various disabilities could affect children The course is designed to provide and equip students after their training will be adequately performance and learning. Students will also special education students with skills of case equipped with this course. [3 credits, core be exposed to how to offer support to children study approach to diagnosis, identify and course] with disabilities. [3 credits, core course] remediate a pupil with academic, social or EFS231 SCHOOL AUDIOMETRY AND EFS102 SERVICE DELIVERY IN SPECIAL bvehavioural problems. This is expected to EVALUATION OF HEARING EDUCATION prepare them for similar problems in their The concept of school audiometry, diagnosing The course deals with historical development various schools in future. [3 credits, core hearing problems with various instruments of special education generally paying attention course] of assessment are parts of some vital and to its development in Botswana. It will deal EFS220 BRAILLE READING AND WRITING fundamental aspect of education of the with service delivery approaches from the FOR CHILDREN WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENT deaf that must be disseminated to students most segregated to the current –integrated/ The course is a basic introductory course specializing in the area. With this course, the inclusion settings including ancillary and to Braille reading and writing. The course students are equipped with rudiments of facts auxiliary services and personnel. [3 credits, introduces students reading readiness for the to advise parents about their deaf children, core course] blind. The students are introduced to the use maintenance of hearing aids, and make EFS103 MEDICAL ASPECTS OF DISABILITY of Braille devices, and how to use such devices referrals to relevant professionals on academic, Special education students need to have a in the production and transcription of print psychological and health problems of these solid background of human body parts and into grade one and two Braille. Through the children. [3 credits, core course] how those parts relate to each other, their course, students become acquainted with EFS 232 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION functions and roles in aetiology of specifi c the use of thermoform in the production of OF CHILDREN WITH HEARING disabilities, treatment of such disabilities and embossed materials. [3 credits, core course] IMPAIRMENT rehabilitation of the victims. This course is EFS 221 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS FOR Early developmental patterns of hearing gateway to all these and will make students STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENT impaired children, effects of deafness for understand subsequent courses in their areas The course is a broad introduction to ways of such children and impact on their families of specialization better. [3 credits, core course] educating children who are visually impaired. as compared to their hearing counterparts The course is aimed at students who plan to are the focus of this course. It is hoped that work or teach children with visual impairment. special education students specializing in the EFS104 INTRODUCTION TO PROCEDURES Therefore the students will be exposed to education of the deaf children and equipped FOR ASSESSMENT OF DISABILITIES techniques of assessment, various ways of with this course will be in a better position to The course will familiarize the students with presenting leaning and teaching materials. propagate early education of deaf children to various ways of assessing different disabilities Through exposure to the psychological parents and the community at large. [3 credits, using formal and informal methods. The effect of visual impairment on the child, the core course] students will also be introduced to tests. students will understand how to develop EFS233 DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATION The importance of early identifi cation and and design curriculum relevant to the needs FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED remediation will be discussed. Students will of children with visual impairment. Other This course will familiarize students with
65 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
historical development in education of the promote social interaction and independence. ahead since deaf children do not acquire children with hearing impairment from Development of Individualized Family Service language but have to be taught laboriously at early times in various continents such Plan (IFSP). [3 credits, core course] school age. [3 credits, core course] as Europe, America, Asia, and Africa till EFS253 SECONDARY SCHOOL EFS331 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION modern time. This exploration will serve PROGRAMMES FOR STUDENTS WITH PROCESS FOR STUDENTS WITH HEARING as a catalyst in making students better LEARNING DISABILITIES/DIFFICULTIES IMPAIRMENT. teachers, administrators and managers of Educational placement and services for It has been noted that sign language is deaf population of individuals with hearing adolescents with learning disabilities/ the natural language of the deaf. Modern impairment. [3 credits, core course] diffi culties in secondary schools. Resource educators believe in equipping teachers in EFS240 CURRICULUM AND room arrangement, consultation model, and training with sign language, fi ngerspelling, INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS FOR service delivery in inclusion. Major components and use of body movement and gestures STUDENTS WITH MILD TO MODERATE of the secondary programme and curriculum as the best means of communication in MENTAL RETARDATION (EMR). models for students with learning disabilities. teaching deaf individuals. Students offering There will be a review of special methods Important issues and concerns in educational this course will be able to serve as resource for teaching children with mild mental programming, grading, and promotion of persons to teachers during teaching practice retardation. Students will be exposed to students with learning disabilities/diffi culties in after graduation. [3 credits, core course various methods of teaching mathematics, the secondary school. [3 credits, core course] prerequisite: EFS 230] reading spelling, writing, language skills, and EFS301 EDUCATIONAL ASSESSMENT AND EFS340 METHODS OF TEACHING SCHOOL daily living skills. Students are introduced to IDENTIFICATION OF STUDENTS WITH SUBJECTS TO STUDENTS WITH MENTAL methods for organizing curriculum in the DISABILITIES RETARDATION. specifi c subject area for the students with mild The course covers assessment techniques in There will be a review of methods for to moderate mental retardation. [3 credits, designing individualized educational plans and teaching these subjects: social studies, art, core course] for monitoring learning progress of students crafts, mathematics, reading, spelling, writing EFS241 PROGRAMME DEVELOPMENT FOR with disabilities Analyses of assessment and language skills to children with mental STUDENTS WITH MENTAL RETARDATION. techniques such as: curriculum-based retardation. Students will be exposed to The course deals with instructional methods, measurement, criterion-referenced curriculum- methods used for organizing curriculum in the diagnosis of students with mental retardation, based assessment; norm-referenced tests, specifi c subject areas for students with mental current programme development in the fi eld portfolio assessment, authentic assessment, retardation. Use of psychological strategies of education for individuals with mental error analyses, functional assessment, in-class such as reinforcement techniques, modelling, retardation, content, skills and learning assessment practices and other practical shaping etc will also be taught—Behaviour environment for students with mental assessment issues in special education modifi cation. [3 credits, core course] retardation. Work skills acquisition and pertinent to Botswana. [3 credits, core course] EFS341 SOCIETY AND CHILDREN WITH transition from school to employment/work, EFS302 EDUCATION OF THE GIFTED AND MENTAL RETARDATION. employment opportunities for the mentally TALENTED The course look at programmes for integrating retarded in Botswana. [3 credits, core course] The course is designed to equip teacher children with mental retardation into the EFS242 EARLY INTERVENTION trainees with adequate skills to enable them community, attitudes towards the MR, cultural PROGRAMMES FOR YOUNG CHILDREN to facilitate the full development of the factors, social and vocational adaptations, WITH MENTAL RETARDATION. potentials of gifted and talented children in attitudinal change techniques, the role of the The course deals with principles of maturation their various classes. [3 credits, core course] society, community-based psychological and in early childhood, developmental patterns of ETP300 TEACHING PRACTICE IN SPECIAL educational needs of the community and the children with mental retardation, concept and EDUCATION child, human rights issues. [3 credits, core philosophy of early intervention, screening The course gives special education students course] for mental retardation, use of various tests, fi nal practice in observation, diagnosis, EFS350 DEVELOPMENTAL APPROACH early education programmes for children with identifi cation and remediation of various AND BEHAVIOURAL MANAGEMENT OF mental retardation, practice(s) in Botswana. [3 academic, social and behavioural problems STUDENTS WITH LEARNING DISABILITIES/ credits, Core course] of special needs children. It also gives them DIFFICULTIES EFS250 DIAGNOSTIC TEACHING IN BASIC practice in adaptation of various methods and Developmental and behavioural theories SKILLS FOR STUDENTS WITH LEARNING approaches. [3 credits, core course] and approaches in the management of DISABILITIES/DIFFICULTIES EFS320 ADVANCED MOBILITY AND children and youth with learning disabilities The clinical teaching cycle and diagnostic ORIENTATION FOR STUDENTS WITH in school and at home. Concepts, features, teaching approach as applied to perceptual- VISUAL IMPAIRMENT steps in operant learning and applied motor problems and problems in oral The course is an advanced programme behaviour analysis, cognitive behaviour language, reading and handwriting. Phases of designed to introduce students to modifi cation, socio-cultural theory of and factors to consider in clinical /diagnostic independent mode of travelling for the blind cognitive development. Social competence teaching. Theories on perceptual-motor, involving the use of short and long cane. The and social diffi culties of students with oral language, reading, and handwriting course will cover other aspects of mobility learning disabilities, classroom management problems and remediation techniques. and orientation such as the use of sonic techniques. [3 credits, core course] Using remediation techniques in designing guide, laser cane, using cane in ascending and EFS351 CAREER EDUCATION FOR instructional plans along principles of clinical descending stair cases, locating lost objects, STUDENTS WITH LEARNING DISABILITIES/ teaching. [3 credits, core course] battering ram, mobility map making, travelling DIFFICULTIES EFS251 REMEDIATION TECHNIQUES IN in a busy environment, bus travel, travelling Defi nition and concept of career education, SOME SCHOOL SUBJECTS FOR STUDENTS in rural areas, modifi cation of environment. [3 problems involved in selecting a career or WITH DISABILITIES/DIFFICULTIES credits, core course prerequisite EFS 223] vocation. Planning career and vocational Curriculum modifi cations for students EFS321 COMMUNICATION AND education programme for students with with learning disabilities/diffi culties. LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT FOR learning disabilities. Recent trends and issues Instructional intervention approaches and STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENT on career education and their application specialized instructional strategies. Cognitive The course introduces students to ways of to students with disabilities in Botswana. [3 developmental approach to instruction in the helping those who are visually impaired credits, core course] content areas. Metacognition, study skills, and acquire skills that will enhance their EFS400 SPECIAL PROJECT: other remediation techniques Instructional communication process. The following topics CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND CONCERNS activities to enhance students’ performance in will be covered; Typing skills, Tape reading IN SPECIAL EDUCATION. the content areas. [3 credits, core course] and recording materials, listening, diagnosis The project will be written on issues in special and remediation of Braille reading-looking at education that will span programming issues, EFS252 LEARNING DISABILITIES/ the advantages and disadvantages including issues on identifi cation and assessment, DIFFICULTIES teaching considerations. [3 credits, core material development, methodology and any Defi nition of at-risk children. Early intervention course] other life span issues. [3 credits, core course] history, and current practices. Types of early EFS330 APPROACHES IN TEACHING OF EFS401 REHABILITATION AND TRANSITION intervention programmes, basic instructional LANGUAGE TO THE DEAF OF CHILDREN AND YOUTH WITH principles, specialized instructional techniques. Adequate knowledge of language teaching DISABILITIES. School-based and home-based school-assisted approaches to deaf children will prepare There will be a review of rehabilitation programmes. Environmental arrangements to students offering this course for the challenges concepts and issues, community based
66 rehabilitation programme development, for adolescents with learning problems and concerns and others will be discussed. [3 content areas, implementation strategies, transition and adult services with reference credits, core course, prerequisite] evaluation, personnel, Role of government to conditions in Botswana. [3 credits, core and NGOs in rehabilitation in Botswana. course, prerequisite: EFS 102 or equivalent EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Issues of transition to work in adulthood will course, EFS 252 or EFS 253] EFP100 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL also be discussed. [3 credits, core course] GEC 441 SPECIAL EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY EFS402 STRATEGIES FOR HELPING The concept of Special Education has become The course refl ects the broad spectrum of FAMILIES OF STUDENTS WITH of major interest for various professionals. Its Educational psychology focusing on the DISABILITIES knowledge helps in the understanding of why teaching-learning processes while it also gives The course sensitizes students to dynamics people behave the way they do and how their an Overview of the systems model of human and reactions to students with disabilities. behaviour affects their performance at school development. The topics covered include an Consequently, it equips students with helping or work. Special Education offers solutions to overview of the Cognitive; Behaviouristic and skills and strategies to help both students learning problems and abnormal behaviours. Social Cognitive theories and an overview of and parents cope with the disabilities. It also The course deals with understanding the the Affective/Emotional system; [3 credits, core involves parents and support services to enable concept of special education, ways of course, prerequisite] the students and parents cope and manage identifying various conditions that could affect EFP 101 FOUNDATIONS OF DEV the disabilities. [3 credits, core course] learning and how to assist. [3 credits, core PSYCHOLOGY This course introduces EFS403 SPEECH CORRECTION FOR course] the student to the role of research in CHILDREN WITH COMMUNICATION EFS 500 SPECIAL EDUCATION education; human development; individual DISORDERS (3CREDITS, CORE COURSE] This is an awareness course which will differences in intelligence and learning Children with mental retardation, physical introduce students to the following issues styles; infl uence of cultural and social class disabilities and those suffering from of exceptionality; the meaning of Special on teaching and learning; cognitive and communication disorders need help on speech Education, concept of exceptionality, behavioural approaches to teaching and correction. Students offered this course will characteristics of various disabilities, inclusive learning; higher cognitive skills in learning appreciate the fact that special education education and its implications, approaches and motivation. [3 credits, core course, teachers cannot but come across these types to assisting children with disabilities and prerequisite) of children during their career. This course adjustment strategies for children with EFP200 HUMAN LEARNING, COGNITION is therefore rewarding, as students will be disabilities. [2 credits, core course] AND MOTIVATION exposed to various ways of helping these The course builds upon the foundation children. [3 credits, core course SERVICE COURSES provided in the introductory Level One EFS404 EDUCATIONAL OF CHILDREN WITH EFC300 INTRODUCTION TO CURRICULUM course. From this foundation, there is a more ATTENTION DEFICIT /HYPERACTIVITY DEVELOPMENT detailed examination of the conditions and DISORDER This is a general introductory course designed strategies that promote active and positive The course is expected to provide and equip to make future teachers aware of how learning. Central to this work will be the students with information and skills on decisions are made on what to teach, why analysis and application of current research on the nature and educational implications of they should teach it and to whom. The course psychology as it may be utilised by teachers in attention defi cit and hyperactivity disorder. broadly looks at the various defi nitions and operating the national curriculum and more It also equips students with educational types of curricular, related terms and concepts specifi cally within their specialist curriculum strategies to mediate attention defi cit and and other curriculum issues. Contemporary areas. [3 credits, core course, prerequisite hyperactivity in children. [3 credits, core issues such as gender, HIV/AIDS etc. will Any Introductory Psychology Course or course] also be discussed. [3 credits, core course, its equivalent or consent of the Head of EFS420 TEACHING STUDENTS WITH LOW prerequisite] Department.] VISION The course introduces students to EFC400 CURRICULUM THEORY AND EFP201 BEHAVIOURAL THEORIES AND the basic needs of children with low vision. INSTRUCTION APPLIED BEHAVIOUR ANALYSIS IN THE The students will cover the following ground This course which links curriculum theory with CLASSROOM psychology of low vision and implications for instructional practice, seeks to familiarise the Psychology Course or its equivalent or teaching and learning. The course will help students with a variety of curriculum theories consent of the Head of Department.] The students understand the difference between and curriculum development models. The course examines psychologists’ formulation mobility training for the blind and the low course will offer the students an opportunity of theories of human learning based on vision children. The issue of utilization of to interrogate these in the context of both animal experiments and human residual vision and the production of large Botswana’s education structure. The course experience. Students are also provided prints will be covered. [3 credits, core course] will also establish a link between instructional with an understanding of the extent of the models/strategies to curriculum design and application of such theories to education and EFS430 EDUCATING STUDENTS WITH development in Botswana [3 credits, core the treatment of psychological disturbance. HEARING IMPAIRMENT course, prerequisite] [3 credits, core course, prerequisite Any Students taking this course are fi nal year Introductory Bachelor’s level who will become teachers of EFC500 CURR.DEGN, IMPL & EVALUATION: EFP202 MEETING THE CHALLENGES OF the deaf, administrators at various levels of COMP PER. THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LEARNER education department and school managers, This course will develop an in-depth The course covers not only the more issues relating to effects of deafness, understanding, in student teachers, of traditional topics of child development, such placement, programming, economic problem, knowledge of curriculum design/development as physical and cognitive development, but support, social services and contemporary and the curriculum implementation process also increasingly important topics, such as issues are paramount importance for them to utilising a comparative approach. Students teenage pregnancy, HIV/AIDS, day care, be equipped with. [3 credits, core course] will be required to compare curriculum and parental goals and objectives, which design, development and implementation are closely related to today’s educational EFS440 SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY BASED in different developing and developed social and economic environment. [3 credits, PROGRAMMES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH countries. Curriculum evaluation issues will core course, prerequisite, Any Introductory MENTAL RETARDATION also be highlighted. [3 credits, core course, Psychology Course or its equivalent or consent There will be a review of why the school prerequisite] of the Head of Department.] and community based programmes need EFC 510 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN EFP203 THE ADOLESCENT LEARNER AND modifi cation—move towards independence EDUCATION LEARNING and self employment of graduates. [3 credits, The course examines contemporary The onset of adolescence is a critical period core course] challenging issues and their relationship to of biological and psychological change for EFS450 EDUCATIONAL SERVICES education. It is also expected to promote the individual. For many, it involves a drastic FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH LEARNING awareness, sensitivity and infl uence attitude change in social environment as well. The DISABILITIES/DIFFICULTIES ACROSS THE and behaviour of teachers to be in promoting: course therefore prepares teacher trainees to LIFE SPAN social responsibility, cooperation, respect, handle such challenges as may be provided Identifi cation of issues at the pre-school understanding and tolerance. Social variables by adolescent learners in the school/work level, differences in primary and secondary such as: gender, age, class, ethnicity, race, place. [3 credits, core course, prerequisite, school organization, programme foci and language, religion, ability, wellness, HIV/AIDS, Any Introductory Psychology Course or transition from pre-school to primary, options child abuse, environmental & leadership its equivalent or consent of the Head of
67 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Department.] RESEARCH The course introduces students focus on personal, social, educational and EFP300 ADVANCED EDUCATIONAL to basic and major concepts, methods, career development of individuals. Counsellors PSYCHOLOGY designs and approaches in the theory and need to be competent to continually identify Content coverage of this course includes practice of research and their application to intra-and extra-individual environmental a brief review to describe and contrast the the fi eld of education. Topics covered include defi ciencies, develop and implement requisite psychoanalytic, behaviouristic, cognitivistic, selected research designs; proposal writing; programmes. This course provides practical and humanistic approaches within the fi eld quantitative and qualitative data analysis; experience in the development of counsellor of psychology; overview of the systems Writing and evaluating research reports. [3 competencies to this effect. [3 credits, core model of human development; comparison credits, core course] course] of mechanistic and mentalist approaches EFR300 CLASSROOM ASSESSMENT EFH402 COUNSELLING PERSONS WITH in generating psychological evidence; the Topics will include Types of learning targets; SPECIAL NEEDS changing context of education (e.g. industrial matching learning targets to assessment The course provides an overview of to information age, national to global procedures such as oral questioning, issues affecting special needs persons economy, role of the family). [3 credits, core observation, objective tests, essays, along the life span, its identifi cation, and course, prerequisite, Any Level 200 Psychology performance based and self reports; Designing application of counselling skills to their Course or its equivalent or consent of the analytical and holistic marking rubrics for varying circumstances. The students will be Head of Department.] Performance based assessment, subjective empowered with skills necessary to work with EFP301 ADULT-CHILD INTERACTION AND types of assessment, Validity, reliability and special needs persons in the community. [3 COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT fairness, ethics in classroom assessment. [3 credits, Option] The course content emphasizes the credits, core course] EFH301CAREER LIFE PLANNING importance of the child’s/learner’s social- EFR301 PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS AND This course exposes students to principal issues world. Specifi cally, the course examines NATIONAL ASSESSMENTS that should be addressed in this regard. The prominent theories of psychological The course provides an overview of public course explores career development concepts, development and the range of complex examinations and national assessment, discusses the importance of career guidance methodological and conceptual issues that discusses organisations involved in public and applies theories of career development facilitate understanding of the association examinations in Botswana, and the type to career decision- making in an indigenous between adult-child interaction and children’s of examinations conducted. Regional context. [3 credits, core course] cognitive development. [3 credits, core course, examination boards and some national EFH306 THE ART OF TEACHING GUIDANCE prerequisite, Any Introductory Psychology examination bodies in southern Africa are Guidance programmes aim to assist the Course or its equivalent or consent of the also treated. Grading practices of public individual to be effective in the here and now Head of Department.] examinations, item banking and national environment as well as in the future. The EFP 500 PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING assessment programmes also form part of this course will provide skills and orientations that The course reviews aspects of Developmental course. [3 credits, core course] enable teachers to help students integrate Psychology. Specifi c attention is given to EFR302 ACTION RESEARCH their learning since formal school learning is students’ ability to apply psychological The course will introduce students to often administratively compartmentalised. knowledge in the specifi c social context of school-based research. Topics will include Skills to enrich the school tone through a Botswana particularly within their specialist a comparison of action research with other cohesive school and community will be taught. curriculum areas. There is also an added forms of research, purpose of action research, [3 credits, core course] advantage of the opportunity for the student typical steps in action research, problem or EFH 201 COUNSELLING OVER LIFESPAN to learn about oneself as an intending topic identifi cation, data gathering techniques, The course provides scenarios to look professional teacher in terms of self-appraisal. decision making using data collected and at issues relating to all stages of human [3 credits, core course] resultant action to be taken. [3 credits, core development and provide strategies and course] approaches to deal with various concerns at EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND EFR 500 MEASUREMENT AND every level of development. The course is by MANAGEMENT EVALUATION way of thematic approaches such as career EFA 100 SCHOOL ORGANISATION This course will cover the meaning of development, pregnancy depression, suicide, The course covers what is an organization, assessment, test, measurement and divorce, retirement, bereavement, play therapy characteristics of organizations, the structure evaluation; matching learning targets to for children, behaviour modifi cation for youth of the Ministry of Education, role of key assessment procedures such as observation, and other relevant strategies and approaches. personnel in the structure, teacher ethics, objective tests, essays, performance based [3 credits, core course] basic leadership styles, decision making assessment and self reports; designing of EFH202 THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF the school and the community, policy and marking rubrics for assessment modes; COUNSELLING planning issues. [3 credits, core course] validity, reliability and fairness of assessments; The course is an appraisal of major theories of EFA 200 MANAGING QUALITY SCHOOLS representation of scores in tables; derivation of counseling and approaches of facilitation of The course focuses on effective/quality normative indices; and transformation across change of behaviour and growth. Emphasis is Schooling, school reforms, school climate, normative scales. 3 credits, core course] placed on application of theoretical orientation school culture, leadership, decision-making, COUNSELLING AND HUMAN SERVICES normally utilized. The multicultural aspects of confl ict management, school development COURSES counseling as well as ethical issues and other plans, and the management of teaching and EFH 500 GUIDANCE & COUNSELLING issues relating to the therapeutic process will learning. [3 credits, core course] ssues of unemployment, abuse, peer- be learnt and applied in various activities. [3 EFA 500 SCHOOL MANAGEMENT infl uence, sexuality, social relations and drug credits, core course] The course examines schools from alcohol abuse by young people continue to EFH105 COUNSELLING APPROACHES AND organisational, development and management dominate the media and school reports. The THEORIES perspectives. How schools relate to other course equips teacher trainees with basic The course will examine indigenous and organisations and how they are managed skills of handling some of these daunting contemporary counselling and human services to become better and more effective, given experiences and realities faced by young processes and approaches with a view to particular emphasis. [2 credits, core course] people. [3 credits, core course] contextualising the profession and helping RESEARCH AND EVALUATION EFH 404 CHS INTERNSHIP learners to effectively respond to current EFR200 INTRODUCTION TO Except the self is tested practically in the environmental realities in Botswana and MEASUREMENT IN EDUCATION fi eld, it is diffi cult to assure professional internationally. [3 credits, core course] The course will cover the following topics: integrity. Internship provides opportunity for EFH 101 CONTEMPORARY APPROACHES meaning of test, measurement, evaluation and guided practical experience in the process TO GUIDANCE IN AFRICA assessment; test planning, construction of test of operationalising acquired knowledge and The course will focus on the basic knowledge, items using test blue print; representation of skills. Internship entails placement in public, skills, principles and components of guidance, scores in tables and graphs and characteristics private and community-based organizations including policy issues and trends in the of score distributions; interpretation of scores where there are mentors in the fi eld of CHS. development, monitoring, and implementation using normative indices such as percentiles, [3 credits, core course, prerequisite: Practicum of guidance and counselling services in stanines, grade equivalent norms and and all level 3 core courses] Botswana and internationally. Botswana transformation of scores. [3 credits, core EFH 403 PROGRAMME DEVELOPMENT IN indigenous and contemporary approaches course] CHS to guidance in Botswana shall be specially EFR220 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL Counselling and human service programmes examined. [3 credits, core course]
68 PHILOSOPHY AND SOCIOLOGY OF globalisation on the structure of educational product design specifi cation, input materials, EDUCATION opportunity and participation in Botswana. [3 equipment and use, quality and cost. Students EFF110 INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY OF credits, core course] (Semesters 1& 2) will also evaluate ready-made apparel EDUCATION EFF 410 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION including production techniques and price/ The course familiarises students with the The course focuses on the basic concepts quality relationships. meaning, purpose and practice of historical in, and value of philosophy of education; HEE227 FOUNDATIONS OF FOOD investigation of educational practices, with the relevance of philosophy of education to PREPARATION AND MEAL MANAGEMENT particular reference to the analysis of pre- educational policies and practices, evolution [3, pre HEE 233] colonial education in Africa vis-à-vis Western of modern ideas and practices in education; Application of chemical, physical, education or schooling. It focuses on the major philosophies of education, such as microbiological and nutritional principles and roles of the Christian Missions, colonial Idealism, Realism, Naturalism, Pragmatism, techniques in food preparation; principles of administration, post-colonial government, Democracy and Marxism; philosophical food management and their application in the the local communities and private individuals issues in education; philosophical basis for planning and preparation of meals. in the development of formal education supporting gender equitable education HEE229 CHILD DEVELOPMENT: PRENATAL (schooling) in Botswana, within the context of in Botswana; morality and education in THROUGH EARLY CHILDHOOD [3] the Southern African region. [3 credits, core Botswana; current educational issues in The course focuses on the behavior and course] (Semesters 1 & 2) Botswana. 3 credits, core course] (Semesters development of children from conception EFF210 INTROD TO SOCIOLOGY OF 1 & 2) to eight years with emphasis on importance EDUCATION EFF420 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN of early years. Various theoretical concepts The course introduces prospective teachers to TEACHER EDUCATION IN BOTSWANA relating to child development will be the understanding of education and schooling The course surveys the origins and discussed. Students are expected to sharpen as social activities and processes directed at development of tertiary teacher education their observational skills through participating meeting both individual and societal needs. It programmes in Botswana; recent trends and in various childcare settings in Gaborone. also seeks to enable the learners to recognise contemporary issues in teacher education in HEE230 INTRODUCTION TO HOUSING [2, the interdependence or relationships between Botswana, such as HIV/AIDS and its impact on core] education as a social institution and other school education, teachers’ general conditions This course will be concerned with the social societal institutions and structures, such of service; role of teacher organizations and and economic aspects of the residential as family, religion, culture, language, the the Teaching Service Management (TSM). [3 environment. Analysis of family housing in economy and political system. [3 credits, core credits, core course] (Semesters 1 & 2) relation to needs, processes and alternatives course] (Semesters 1 & 2) EFF430 PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS OF will be taught. The course also focuses on EFF220 HISTORICAL, PHILOSOPHICAL EDUCATIONAL CONCEPTS, POLICIES aspects as fi nancing, buying and renting; AND SOCIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF The course introduces learners to the idea of economics and other variables; and constraints EDUCATION philosophy as a mode of inquiry, and gives affecting housing decisions In this course, the students will study the them the feel of inquiring into concepts such HEE232 INTRODUCTORY TEXTILES [3, pre human enterprise of education from an as aims in education; education as a second- CHE 120] integrated philosophical, sociological and order activity; critical thinking, moral reasoning The course provides a background in historical approach, so that they come to and curriculum selection; “knowledge that” basic textiles for those interested in all grips with the values and interests entailed and “knowledge–how”; curriculum and social aspects of textiles, fashion, and related in educating, and how various forces have justice; the relationship between a theory of industries including fashion design, fashion historically shaped the spread of schooling in education and the practice of teaching, and merchandising, textile design, textile Africa, the purposes it serves and the way it is other policy issues in Botswana’s education marketing, and interior design. It focuses on organised and controlled within nation states, system. characteristics, composition, and production such as Botswana. [3 credits, core course] [3 credits, core course] (Semesters 1 & 2 ) of fi bres, yarns and fabrics, selection and (Semesters 1 & 2) evaluation of textiles and textile products and EFF310 CITIZENSHIP, HUMAN RIGHTS, HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION career opportunities in the textile industry. DEMOCRACY AND EDUCATION: CRITICAL HEE 114 INTRODUCTION TO NUTRITION [3] HEE233 FOOD SCIENCE [3, pre BIO 123, PERSPECTIVES A study of the fundamentals of human CHE 120, PHY 162] This course will draw on the literature of nutrition, human nutritional requirements, the Introduction to composition and chemical critical pedagogy, Freirian perspectives and function of nutrients and the nature of their and physical properties of foods. Study of others, to situate schooling/education in defi ciencies. Nutrition in the life cycle of the the relationships of food composition and the context of struggles for more inclusive different groups in the society. The roles that properties to the storage and processing citizenship and democracy, human rights and nutrition can play in management of diseases qualities. Basic aspects of food analysis and quality of humane existence. It will explore e.g. HIV/AIDS, cancer, etc. quality evaluation. Applications of food the paradigms of democracy and citizenship HEE 115 FAMILY STUDIES FOUNDATIONS science and relationship with food technology. education. [3 credits, core course] [3] HEE234 SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL (Semester 1 & 2) The course covers types and structures of ASPECTS OF CLOTHING [2] EFF 320 COMPARATIVE EDUCATION families, family life cycle, roles of family The course focuses on appearance- The course examines the meaning, scope and members, family relationships, sexual related stereotypes: age, gender, physical purpose of Comparative Education; paradigms relationships, family’s socio-economics status, attractiveness, status, and ethnicity. Emphasis of education and development; theories and marriages and remarriages. Focuses on is on interconnectedness among historical, methods in Comparative Education; concept processes and principles of decision making, cultural, economic and social-psychological of educational system; factors affecting communication, power and confl ict within the dimensions of appearance. Students consider the nature of education systems, drawing family. Emphasis is placed on how the family not only the importance of a specifi c cultural comparison from selected education systems: contributes to the environment. and historic context when interpreting Asia, Europe, North America and Africa; cross- HEE 116 INTRODUCTION TO CONSUMER appearances, but also continuities and cultural studies and globalisation in education; EDUCATION [3] changes in social meanings across boundaries evolution of Botswana’ system of education Consumer education with emphasis on of space and time. and those of neighbouring countries. [3 interaction between consumers HEE235 FOUNDATIONS OF HOME credits, core course] (Semesters 1 & 2) It considers consumer’s rights and ECONOMICS EXTENSION [3] EFF 330 THE STATE, MKT AND ED IN responsibilities and other consumer-related Focuses on the framework of development, GLOBAL CXT issues, empowerment to redress the market philosophy and understanding extension, the The course will theoretically inform the imbalances, and consumer decision making role of extension agents, extension ethics, learners about the character of the state and and infl uencing factors. extension models, factors and methods of its role in education; the forces behind social HEE218 FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOTHING infl uencing human behaviour in extension, demands for education; merits and demerits PRODUCTION [3, pre HEE 232] extension education, extension and of private and public provision of education; The course aims at enhancing students’ Communication. the hegemony of the neo-liberal agenda for understanding of the sequence involved in HEE236 METHODS OF TEACHING HOME educational development and alternative mass production of clothing, from the original ECONOMICS EXTENSION [3] visions to this agenda; structural adjustment, ideas to the completed groups of clothing, Focuses on extension as a non-formal multi-national co-operation and privatisation including technology impacting production. education system. The teaching-learning in education; and the implications of Analysis and assembly of apparel considering process, extension approaches in developing
69 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
and developed countries, extension methods, HEE343 FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT [3, HEE351 DEVELOPMENTAL ASSESSMENTS designing effective instruction for adults, pre HEE 227] AND INTERVENTION WITH YOUNG selecting formats for learning and assessments Principles and theories applying to food service CHILDREN [3] of extension. operations and nutrition services using the Requires practicum, The course will relate to HEE238 ORIENTATION TO TEACHING systems concept of organization. Leadership issues and applications in early intervention HOME ECONOMICS [3] development, decision making/problem for children from birth through six years. Critical analysis of Home Economics and the solving as it relates to marketing strategies, Selection and use of assessment instruments, teaching of Home Economics; identifi cation procurement, production, distribution, curriculum materials, and early intervention problems encountered by families; resource management, and quality assurance activities. development of a personal orientation toward is emphasized. HEE352 THEORY AND PRACTICE IN becoming a home economics teacher. HEE344 MENU PLANNING AND DESIGN [3, INTERACTING WITH YOUNG Children [3] HEE316 FAMILY HEALTH EDUCATION [3] pre HEE 233] The course will focus on the role of teacher A basic course on determination of the The course aims to provide basic knowledge when teaching young children. Emphasis is on health of individuals, families and community. about foods, management and fi nancing for specifi c techniques of interacting and guiding Principles of sanitation applied to household, today’s menu planner that will help him/her infants, toddlers and preschool-aged children community and water safety. Causes of to develop workable, profi table and quality in promoting optimum development. The poor health and accidents in the home menus for the different foodservice segments course requires practicum in which students and necessary management. It presents (commercial, industrial and institutional). are expected to teach in the children’s school. the structure of the health care system and HEE345 FOOD TECHNOLOGY [3, pre HEE Students will have opportunities to examine utilization of health care facilities in Botswana. 233] children’s learning and to integrate theory HEE320 COMMUNITY NUTRITION [3, pre Study of principles and techniques of with their experience in the classroom. HEE 114] traditional, home level and commercial food HEE353 ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION OF Applications of the principles of nutrition at processing by canning, drying, fermentation, TEXTILE PERFORMANCE [3] the community level. Study of the modalities concentration, freezing and smoking. Use The course enhances students’ ability to of effective nutrition services delivery to of integrated knowledge of chemistry, analyse and evaluate textile properties (e.g. the community. Evaluation of the role of microbiology and physics in food technology. fi bres, yarns, fabrics, dyes, fi nishes) in relation governments to promote nutrition in the Practice of food preservation and processing to specifi cations, standards and serviceability. community. methods to enhance nutrition, retain quality, Emphasis is on using standard methods of HEE326 COMMUNITY MOBILISATION AND increase shelf-life and reduce food-related textile evaluation and basic statistics to help GROUP DYNAMICS [3, pre- HEE 325] diseases. students understand the connections between Strategies for community mobilization HEE346 FOOD QUALITY CONTROL [3, pre product attributes and human responses to for community action in solving their HEE 233] these characteristics. own problems. Emphasis is on building a Principles, methods and techniques involved HEE354 TEXTILE DESIGN AND PRODUCT community vision for identifying social and in evaluating essential quality parameters DEVELOPMENT [3] economic problems, and setting up locally in foods from production to consumption. The course examines technological controlled organizations for sustainable Compliance with food standards, laws and developments and trends in the textile development. Students consider a variety of regulations. industry. It covers a wide range of topics that principles, organization models, and patterns HEE347 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN will help students understand, develop and for sustainable development. Theories about EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION [3] evaluate how textile products are designed, groups and group leadership in collective Early Childhood is the fi rst and most important developed and manufactured. Environmental action for empowerment. stage in the life long learning continuum issues relating to textiles will also be discussed. HEE337 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT ACROSS because it provides the developmental HEE355 FASHION MERCHANDISING AND THE LIFE SPAN [2] foundation for all later learning. This course MARKETING [3] The course explores the physical, social, focuses on various ways of developing The course develops students’ competence in cognitive and emotional development from developmental appropriate activities that planning, development, and presentation of young adulthood to old age. Covers nutrition, enhance child development. Emphasis will be fashion merchandise in either manufacturing care, diseases, health and disabilities related placed on creativity and innovative ways that or retail organizations. Students are oriented to aging. Attitudes and preparation for death capture children’s interests. to types of retailers, identifi cation of and and dying. HEE348 RISK AND RESILIENCY IN CHILD research on merchandise consumer, retail HEE338 CONSUMER PROTECTION [2] DEVELOPMENT [3] functions, including calculations necessary to Emphasis on protecting the interests of The course is an exploration of child and plan and estimate seasonal purchases, mark- consumers in the marketplace through laws environmental characteristics that put children ups, turnover, mark-down and stock-sales and regulations. It addresses safety and at risk or may serve as protective factors. ratios. health issues, United Nations’ Guidelines HEE349 PARENTING AND SOCIALISATION HEE306 APPAREL DESIGN AND PRODUCT on consumer protection, the evolution of PROCESS IN THE FAMILY [3] DEVELOPMENT [3] consumer protection, consumer protection Focuses on family planning, conception, The course enables students to carry out instruments, consumer redress mechanisms expectant mothers, father’s role, child birth market research, design, develop apparel warranties and forces promoting consumer and general care of the baby and mother products. Course work also emphasizes protection. after child birth. Emphasises on fertility elements and principles of visual design; study HEE339 HOUSING IN WORLD PERSPECTIVE and infertility, miscarriages, abortions, child and application of computer-aided design [2, pre HEE 230] free and childless families, adoption and in apparel production; advanced pattern Social analysis of housing around the world. new methods of becoming parents through development; advanced pattern grading. Emphasis on population, environments, and new technologies. Dealing with children’s HEE357 APPAREL PRODUCTIONS [3] social organization of nations as context. behaviour. Focus on the needs of parents and The course provides students in depth For national policy and housing choices of children along with the resources, support that knowledge in production operations, households. enhance growth and relationships. Balancing manufacturing technology, production HEE340 HOME ECONOMICS INSTRUCTION professional life and parenting. The role of processes, apparel assembly processes, and IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS [3] grandparents and dealing with stepparents quality assurance and control. Examination of curriculum perspectives and and stepchildren. HEE358 FASHION AND SOCIETY [3] development of curriculum, instructional HEE350 FAMILY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Students consider how the formal, expressive, methods and evaluation of home economics [3] and symbolic qualities of fashion products and instruction in secondary schools Personal and family fi nancial planning. environments are interpreted by consumers HEE342 NUTRITION IN THE LIFE CYCLE [3, Emphasis is on investments, fi nancial services in various circumstances. Course traces the pre HEE 114] and cash management, insurance, budgeting, development of fashion from its simple and Understand nutritional changes throughout estate planning and taxes. Focuses on helping practical beginnings to the growth of the the lifecycle including pregnancy, lactation, individuals and families in effective planning multibillion dollar global industry that it is childhood, adolescence, adulthood and aging. and management of fi nances. It also helps to today. Explores the relationships among The emphasis will be on maternal and child prepare future fi nancial plans. fashion, gender and consumer culture. nutrition. Discussion of topics relevant to HEE359 DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS [3, pre lifecycle changes including body composition, HEE 230] immunity and sports nutrition. Introduction to use and function of drafting
70 tools and utilizing drafting techniques, two up and maintaining a teaching and learning appropriate practices. Programming and three dimensional drawing and designs in environment. strategies that promote optimum child interior architecture. Examines different ways HEE442 MANAGING EXTENSION development will be discussed. Students will of presenting design through drawing and PROGRAMMES [3 CREDITS; CORE COURSE, be expected to develop social activists skills graphic communication techniques. SCHOOL SPECIALIZATION [3] in dealing with matters concerning children HEE360 BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS AND The course takes the learner into the world in our society. Another goal is to incorporate ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS [3, pre HEE of a manager. It is developed around the understandings of children’s rights and 359] managerial functions of planning, organising, responsibilities in class discussions. Introduction to building construction and directing, and controlling. Communication, HEE451 MIDDLE CHILDHOOD AND codes including their importance and motivation, leadership and decision making ADOLESCENT BEHAVIOUR AND relevance in interior architecture. Emphasize aspects of management are also discussed. INTERVENTIONS [3] on building codes used as guidance in HEE443 CLINICAL NUTRITION [3, pre HEE This course focuses on general administration designing interior spaces. Integration of 114] and management of fi nances, staff, space environmental systems with interior space Techniques for assessing, evaluating, planning, and equipment, enrolment, parents, health, such as lighting, heating, and air conditioning. counselling individuals and their families to safety, food and nutrition and community Focus on energy saving techniques. improve nutritional status. Role of dietary relationships. It emphasises on effi cient HEE361 HOUSING POLICY AND modifi cations in prevention of diet-related running of the Early Childhood Programs. MANAGEMENT [3] diseases such as obesity, heart diseases, HEE452 ISSUES IN ADULTHOOD AND The role of government and local government diabetes, cancers etc. BEYOND [3] in Botswana in the development and HEE444 ISSUES IN FOOD AND NUTRITION The course explores the physical, social, regulation of housing in relation to fi nancing, [3, pre HEE 114, HEE 345] cognitive and emotional development from control, and construction of housing. It Study of contemporary issues related to food young adulthood to old age. Covers nutrition, includes historical perspective, current status and nutrition at the individual, family, and care, diseases, health and disabilities related of housing, management approaches, community levels. Subject matter areas not to ageing. Attitudes and preparation for death psychosocial impact of housing and covered in other courses or those that are not and dying. community design. covered in depth will be included here. HEE453 FAMILY RESOURCE HEE362 HOUSING AND SERVICES FOR HEE445 QUANTITY FOOD PRODUCTION [3, MANAGEMENT [3] FAMILIES WITH SPECIAL NEEDS [2] pre HEE 343, HEE 344, HEE 227] Developing skills needed for building Housing and service alternatives that assist The student learns to prepare large batches family resources essential to deal with families and individuals with special needs, of foods for cafeteria service and/or special life changes. Application of principles of including the disabled, the homeless, low functions. Production of salads, sandwiches, management to life roles of individuals, income, and single parents. Residential and convenience bakeshop items is families and households. Understanding and property management consideration for emphasized. Laboratory experiences include practicing management principles in daily life. families with special needs. Experimental and merchandising and service of foods prepared. Developing decision making skills of family innovative approaches to housing and services. HEE446 FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT AND members. Assessment of socio-economic HEE363 INTERIOR SPACE DESIGN [3, pre FACILITY LAYOUT [3] factors and their implications on family HEE 360] This course reviews food service design, resource management. Utilization of space planning principles in implementation and equipment in both new HEE454 FAMILY COUNSELLING [3] designing residential spaces. Establish space construction and renovation. Emphasise on problems and issues planning requirements and standards based HEE447 FOOD PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT encountered throughout the life span of a on the function of different residential spaces [3, pre HEE 233] family. Focus on problems related to divorce, to meet various individual and family needs. It New food product development, original substance abuse, fi nancial crisis, death includes use of bubble diagrams and zoning in ideas through preliminary appraisal, economic suicide, unemployment, abuse and neglect, planning for spaces. Focuses on studio work and technological feasibility studies, teenage pregnancy, delinquency and violence. in planning and designing the interior spaces laboratory development, organoleptic and Counselling approaches, principles and using computer-assisted-design (CAD) and consumer testing, safety assurance, revisions ethics. Focuses on strategies of dealing with drafting techniques. and fi nal decision making. Integration of family problems through different counselling HEE364 RESIDENTIAL SPACE PLANNING [3, food processing, chemistry, analysis and theories and approaches. Case studies on pre HEE 362, HEE 363] microbiology for the design, production and dealing with case management and treatment Focuses on planning and decorating evaluation of the food product. processes for problems affecting family residential space. Emphasis is on selection HEE448 FOOD LAWS AND REGULATIONS members. and arrangements furniture and accessories. [3, pre HEE 345] HEE455 TEXTILES AND TECHNOLOGY [3, Application of design principles and elements Knowledge, adoption, interpretation and pre HEE 232] in problem solving and designing of spaces. enforcement of laws and regulations Production and properties of fi bres, yarns Design of interior space for the people with governing food handling, processing, and fabrics and the importance of these special needs, the elderly and low socio- packaging, marketing and distribution and properties to textiles and apparel performance, economic status families. food service systems. Impact of regulations on CAD/CAM, Simulating systems; Systems HEE367 RESEARCH METHODS IN HOME food production, availability, marketing and Engineering in textiles. ECONOMICS [3] safety. Food laws and regulations in Botswana. HEE456 FASHION MERCHANDISING, The course provides an overview of the HEE449 SEMINAR IN HUMAN ANALYSIS AND STRATEGIES [3] terminology, logic and skills used in reading DEVELOPMENT [2] The course enhances students’ understanding and conducting research in home economics. This course will involve class discussions and of theory and quantitative analysis of It offers students opportunities to search, presentations from diverse course readings on inventory planning, pricing, and control for read, discuss, interpret and evaluate literature various issues concerning child development profi table management of fashion retail. in various home economics specializations or and education. Therefore we will study the Emphasis is on organization, operation and areas. most infl uential theories in child development merchandising activities of domestic textile HEE441 RESEARCH PROJECT [3, pre HEE and consider the implications that those and clothing industries. Students analyze 340] might have for each one of your projects. marketing channels and product/service Hands-on experiences with all phases of the The seminar will provide you will a supportive mix of textiles and clothing manufacturing. research process. Students will be required structure in which to test ideas and articulate Management issues related to strategic to identify a topic, conduct and write a your understanding of aspects of child planning, competitive positioning, and research study in home economics under the development as well as offer you opportunities operational problems. supervision of staff in the department. to further develop your collaborative skills and HEE457 HISTORY AND CONSERVATION OF HEE421 MANAGEMENT AND disposition. We will also review and critique APPAREL AND OTHER TEXTILE PRODUCTS ADMINISTRATION OF HOME ECONOMICS readings. [3] PROGRAMMES [3, HEE 340] HEE450 ISSUES AND TRENDS IN EARLY Study a particular area of historic textiles and The application of management and CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PROGRAMMES costume using artifactual and documentary administration principles in managing Home [3] primary sources; use of historic textile and Economics departments in secondary schools. The goal of this course is to provide students costume collection; scientifi c principles of Management of Home Economics curriculum, with skills and knowledge on quality programs textile and apparel conservation relating to facilities and resources. Organising, setting for children, with emphasis on developmental fi bre degradation, storage, repair, cleaning
71 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
and exhibition of historic items. Laboratory supply, demand, costs, price and affordability. ELC211 INTRODUCTION TO experience in solving conservation problems ELP490 RESEARCH METHODS IN DEVELOPMENTAL ISSUES AND related to historic textiles and apparel LANGUAGE AND SOCIAL SCIENCE PERSPECTIVES (3) products. EDUCATION (3) The course will focus on major themes in HEE458 FASHION MERCHANDISING Emphasis will be given to the importance Economics such as sustainable development, PRESENTATION [3] of teachers as researchers (action/teacher growth, G.N.P; G.D.P, privatisation, Presentation and promotion of fashion research) of their professional practices. The globalisation, grants, loans, etc. It will merchandise at whole sale and retail levels course also provides opportunities to read, further dwell on the development problems, relative to image, sales, and aesthetics. discuss, and evaluate research studies and constraints, dilemma, and challenges, Application of visual and audio presentation literature on teacher research, students as e.g. debt crisis, poverty, unemployment, of fashion merchandise and services. Students researchers of their communities as well as globalisation, unequal trading relations and carry out project presentations of apparel and classroom based studies of life in Botswana mainly faced by Developing Countries. related products to different markets. Secondary Schools. ELC212 SOCIAL SERVICES AND POLICIES IN HEE459 TAILORING [3] ELP491 RESEARCH PROJECT IN BOTSWANA (3) Students will learn relevant techniques such LANGUAGES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES The course examines the wide range of social as selection of appropriate materials, molding EDUCATION (3) services that are provided by government to and pressing and construction procedures. The course guides students in developing its inhabitants. The course will also consider HEE460 CLOTHING FOR PEOPLE WITH research projects in their different teaching issues related to: social welfare, cost recovery SPECIAL NEEDS [3] areas. It develops their skills in sharing research measures, youth in development, women in The course enhance students’ ability to fi ndings with a variety of audiences. development, human resource development critically analyze physiological, social- and sustainable economic growth and psychological, aesthetic, and economic factors Environmental Education diversifi cation. Special attention will be given infl uencing clothing needs for recreational and EEL301 INTRODUCTION TO to the HIV/AIDS epidemic and its socio- occupational clothing, various life cycle stages ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (2) economic impact. and for the physically challenged. Students The course in comprised of theoretical and ELC300 EDUCATION FOR SELF-RELIANCE learn to create products that satisfy consumers practical components. It examines global, (3) with unique needs (e.g. children, elderly, regional and local environmental issues and The course will investigate the different recovering patients, athletes, etc.) looks at Botswana’s attempts to address its dimensions for self-reliance, education and HEE461 COMMERCIAL SPACE PLANNING environmental problems. The developments development issues. Special attention will be [3, pre HEE 362, HEE 363, HEE 364] of students’ knowledge and positive attitudes given to the evaluation of self-reliance policies Commercial space design, space planning towards the environment will prepare them and projects particularly with reference to the and specifi cations. Includes facilities such to make informed decisions about the developing nations of Africa. It will explore as offi ces, public institutions, hospitality, environment and its use now and in the Botswana’s educational policies that have a retail health care and others. Selection and future. bearing to self-reliance as well as the role of arrangement of furniture and equipment EEL302 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION the Brigade Movement in Botswana. for use by both able bodied and physically METHODOLOGY (2) ELC302GENDER ISSUES IN SOCIAL STUDIES challenged clients and employees. Focuses on This course is comprised of theoretical (3) lighting needs of different commercial spaces and practical components. It examines This course covers gender issues that are of Trends, services, and factors affecting planning the practical application of Environmental relevance to the teaching of Social Studies. a commercial space. Education methodology and the infusion of The focus is on the origins of gender HEE462 HOUSING AND THE SOCIAL environmental education into the syllabus discrimination and oppression as well as the ENVIRONMENT [3] through the use of the environment as an subordination of women. Special attention will Housing adjustment behaviour of individuals outdoor classroom, projects and activities. It be given to power relations between women and families in the context of the social, also prepares students to become involved in and men. cultural framework of society. Analysis of developing school environmental policies and ELC311 MULTICULTURAL EDUCATION (3) conceptual frameworks methodological to become environmental education resources This course examines how people develop approaches and current research in housing. persons. cultural identities and learn about the cultures Impact of housing on the family. EEL401 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION of people different from themselves and HEE463 COMMUNITY HOUSING CONSERVATION STRATEGIES (2) identify ways in which course concepts such ASSESSMENT [3] The course examines the practical application as cultural identity, prejudice, discrimination, Developing local and regional housing need of Environmental Education through the use privilege, inequality and schooling are assessments and strategies to meet the of the environment as an outdoor classroom, integrated. challenges faced by lower income people and projects and activities. It covers the application ELC312 CONFLICTS AND CONFLICTS socially disadvantaged groups. Analysis of of an environmentally directed teaching RESOLUTION IN AFRICA (3) current housing ad community development approach to solve environmental crises. It The course seeks to explore the causes/sources programs and private-partnership for prepares students in issue identifi cation, of confl icts and political instability with a affordable housing. sensitizing learners about them and in global overview. It will focus on the following HEE464 HOUSING AND ENVIRONMENTS teaching strategies to promote conservation of factors as some of the major causes/sources FOR CHILDREN [3] natural resources. of confl icts in Africa: the ethnicity question, Assessment of environments for children religious differences and rivalry, dictatorial and including home, child care, school, and SOCIAL STUDIES corrupt forms of governance, politicization community settings. Emphasis on design of ELC201 FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL of the army, military coups and dictatorship, developmentally appropriate settings that STUDIES (3) economic hardships, and underdevelopment.. foster independence for children with and This course deals with several aspects of the ELC321 SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHING without disabilities. new social studies, mainly the defi nition, METHODS/MODELS (3) HEE465 RESIDENTIAL TECHNOLOGY [3, interpretation, emergency and evolutionary This course equips students with models of pre HEE 461] development. teaching. They belong to several categories: Survey of equipment and technological ELC202 SOCIAL STUDIES AND NATION information processing, personal, social, systems in a residential environment. Emphasis BUILDING (3) behavioural systems, educational outcomes, on consumption and conservation of natural The course will defi ne concepts such as students, and professional skill and resources and energy sources and human nation, nation state, nationalism, patriotism, knowledge. The emphasis is on the application consideration in kitchen planning and self determination, sovereignty, Pan of these models of teaching in the context appliance design. Africanism, democracy, tolerance, unity etc. of a Social Studies classroom environment in HEE466 HOUSING FINANCE [3] It will further examine the emergence and Botswana. The course aims to provide students with growth of nationalism in Botswana/Africa. ELC322 EVALUATION IN SOCIAL STUDIES an understanding of economics, fi nancial Focus will also be on the problems, constraints (3) arrangements for housing in Botswana. It and challenges faced by post independence The course examines educational evaluation seeks to examine the links between housing African governments in the process of building and assessment in the teaching and learning needs and public/private investment in their nation-states. of Social Studies. It will explore various housing. Emphasis will be on underlying philosophical debates concerning assessment principles of the housing markets including procedures that pertain to Social Studies, the
72 signifi cance of the Social Studies teacher in the ELC441 SOCIAL STUDIES AND opportunities to explore different ways of design and implementation process and the AFFIRMATIVE ACTION (3) responding to literature. part played by in-service training in an effort This course examines issues of concern in the ELL401 FOUNDATIONS OF to improve asse3ssment in the schools. area of affi rmative actions. These issues are MULTICULTURAL LITERACY EDUCATION (3) ELC400 SOCIALISATION ISSUES (3) bound to generate some arguments as to The course familiarises students with The gist of the course is to examine whether affi rmative action is acceptable in multicultural teaching and learning processes debates on the process of socialisation our present dispensation. Does this concept that encourage critical thinking, cooperative from diverse perspectives and dimensions actually support or negate the idea of learning experiences and privilege students’ (schools of thought) such as the Structural equality in terms of intelligence, race, religion, knowledge, experiences and learning styles. – Functional, the Development, the Confl ict, nationality, gender and area, region, province, ELL402 INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACHES the Internationalist, the Institutional state of origin, etc. TO LITERACY EDUCATION (3) approaches, etc. focus will also be on the ELC442 VALUES EDUCATION (3) The course will explore the theories, principles, centrality of culture and the cultural context This course deals with the identifi cation benefi ts and challenges of multidisciplinary in determining and defi ning an individual, and clarifi cation of societal values. This instruction for teachers and students. community, institutions socialisation mode, ultimately moulds citizens who are capable ELL403 LITERACY, EDUCATION, CULTURE meaning and implications. of dealing with issues and problems related (3) ELC403 ECONOMIC COOPERATION AND to values more effectively, hence promoting The course offers an exploration and critique INTEGRATION (3) a co-operative and caring nation, especially of stock and non-inclusive taken for granted This course will explore regional economic a nation composed of ethnic diversity as defi nitions and conceptions of literacy. As Organisations such as SACU, COMESA, SADC, Botswana. The document Vision 2016 will be well, the course examines the implications ECOWAS, AU, EU, PTA, and WTO. A case examined in relation to the concept of values of emerging technologies for literacy and study approach may be employed for an in- education. teaching. depth study of the selected Organisations. ELC451 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN ELL404 READER-RESPONSE THEORIES IN Focus will be on the structural organs, aims, AFRICA (3) THE SECONDARY SCHOOL CLASSROOM functions, successes, operational constraints, The course will focus on the different systems (3) problems and challenges. and patterns of allocating physical and human The seminar aims at familiarising in-service ELC404 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL resources in Africa. Ideologies and economic teachers with reader-response theories STUDIES INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS (3) systems that impact on resource allocation and their place in teaching literature to This course examines among other things, and management will also be examined in adolescents. It involves an exploration of the place of Social Studies textbooks in the some detail. The course also examines the the defi nitions, beliefs, assumptions and curriculum, textbooks quality, and models for distorted pattern of resource management pedagogical practices that support reader- textbook development. and the paradox of Third World poverty and response theories in the fi eld of language ELC411 CURRICULUM DESIGN FOR SOCIAL underdevelopment. and literature education. Particular attention STUDIES TEACHERS (3) ELC461 HUMAN RIGHTS ISSUES (3) will also be given to the relationship between This course gives students the opportunity to The course will provide a framework for these theories and communicative approaches examine curriculum planning, development studying major concepts and issues associated to language instruction. and improvement in Social Studies. Emphasis with Human Rights. Themes that are covered ELL405 MATERIALS DEVELOPMENT AND is also put on problems encountered in in this course include: the importance of EVALUATION IN LANGUAGE EDUCATION defi ning objectives and organising single and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights; (3) multidisciplinary programmes. Lastly, students civil and political rights; social and economic The course aims to engage in-service are also exposed to literature on cognitive and rights; etc. special attention will also be given secondary school teachers in dialogue on effective learning in social sciences. . to the role of Amnesty International and the the principles, theoretical debates and ELC421 GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES AND role of Human Rights Organisations, (such political nature of selecting, using and MATERIALS IN SOCIAL STUDIES (3) as Ditshwanelo) and non-governmental evaluating language education instructional This course examines the emerging notion of organisations in Botswana. resources. Emphasis will also be given to the the world as a global village. It discusses the ELC462 THE SOCIAL STUDIES CLASSROOM relationship between offi cial documents and world as a whole without boundaries, one ENVIRONMENT (3) the development and evaluation of relevant economy, one political system and one destiny. This course examines the qualities/ teaching materials. The course also offers The pros and cons of a global village are characteristics of teacher leadership and opportunities for in-service teachers to analyse critically examined with reference to religion, their effects on learning/classroom morale, the literature on selecting and evaluating culture and other traits that might bring about conduct and discipline. Where possible, some instructional resources. global harmony. hypothetical and real case studies will be used ELL406 SECOND/FOREIGN LANGUAGE ELC422 SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER for illustration purposes. RESEARCH AND ITS IMPLICATION FOR PREPARATION (3) LANGUAGE TEACHING AND LEARNING (2) This course examines the preparation of junior ENGLISH This is a practical oriented course in which and senior secondary school Social Studies English Language and Literature students shall be given the opportunity to teachers. It highlights the pre-service and Curriculum Courses critically review some studies on second/ in-service education of the Social Studies ELL301 CURRICULUM AND POLICY ISSUES foreign language research and extrapolate teachers. It further discusses the requirements IN LANGUAGE EDUCATION (3) some language teaching and learning related and standards of would be Social Studies This is a seminar course for in-service issues. The assessment of the research fi ndings teachers in line with the Government policy. secondary school teachers. Students will will embrace analysis of the extent to which ELC431 CIVIC EDUCATION (3) critically examine the process of language such research fi ndings can practically assist The course deals with the rights and privileges curriculum development with a focus on teachers in developing effective approaches to of associated with democratic societies. It the production of the curriculum blueprint, language teaching. examines the advantages and disadvantages teaching and assessment syllabuses, text of a democratic society and how some of selection guidelines and instructional MORAL EDUCATION the problems arising from a democracy resources. The course will guide in-service ELM301 THEORY OF MORAL EDUCATION are addressed. The concepts of citizenship teachers in refl ecting on, and evaluating the (3) education, governance and the structures of teacher’s role in curriculum development as The course will acquaint students with the government are examined. well as the challenges they face as language conceptual and educational perspectives of teachers. Moral Education. It covers a wide range of ELC432 SKILLS IN MAPS AND GRAPHIC ELL302 THE TEACHING OF LITERATURE AT current issues in Moral Education. INTERPRETATION FOR SOCIAL STUDIES SECONDARY SCHOOL LEVEL (3) ELM302 PRACTICE OF MORAL EDUCATION TEACHERS (3) The course aims at engaging in-service (3) This course deals with concepts such as map teachers with the role of literature, including The course provides students with an scale, directions, grid references, conventional oral and written forms, visual arts, and opportunity to critically evaluate syllabuses, signs, relief portrayal, contours, cross-sections, expressive arts in the secondary school design schemes of work and prepare lesson gradient, drainage, and land use. The curriculum. Emphasis will be given on how plans for Moral Education. It also provides application of these concepts on topographic adolescents read, interpret and make sense students with skills to design a curriculum maps is emphasised. of literature in terms of how it relates to the framework for Moral Education. world around them. The course also provides
73 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
ELM401 TEACHING MORAL EDUCATION IN The course explores the role of the curriculum biology, handling live specimen and other SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) designer within the education system. safety issues, Appropriate biology teaching The course explores the aims of Moral ELR492 EVALUATION OF RELIGIOUS and learning materials, a variety strategies of Education. It also examines the main EDUCATION CURRICULUM IN BOTSWANA assessment in biology syllabus and handling approaches to Moral Education and forms SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) heterogeneous biology classes. (Prerequisite of Moral Education such as prescriptivism, The course deals with the evaluation of the ESE/M/S 262) emotivism principle application, existentialism educational nature of Moral Education: its ESB362 ADVANCED PRACTICUM IN and the relationship between Moral Education rationale, aims, methodology and content. BIOLOGY (3) and Religious Education.. The course equips learners with relevant skills Following the fi rst teaching practice ELM402 CURRICULUM DESIGN IN MORAL in evaluating the Moral Education curriculum. experience, students in this course are EDUCATION (3) It will draw on the experiences of teachers provided with opportunity to improve on their The course provides students with an as well as settings appropriate to their career role as biology teachers in practical areas of opportunity to develop relevant to the interests. planning such as developing a scheme of Botswana situation. It also equips learners with ELR493 HISTORY OF RELIGIOUS work, work sheets, practical work, lesson plan skills to analyse various curriculum models. EDUCATION IN BOTSWANA (3) and student assessment. (Prerequisite ESB361) The course explores the role of the curriculum The course deals with the historical ESB461 CRITICAL DEBATES IN BIOLOGY designer within the education system. development of Religious Education. It EDUCATION (3) ELM492 EVALUATION OF MORAL acquaints students with the changes The course covers the practical issues EDUCATION CURRICULUM IN BOTSWANA concerning Religious Education within associated with teaching of school biology SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) Botswana and elsewhere. It analyses the as they relate to the teacher, the student, the The course deals with the evaluation of the various phases of Religious Education from curriculum and assessment and the Ministry of educational nature of Moral Education: its pre-colonial era to post-colonial era. It also Education policy and practice. rationale, aims, methodology and content. assesses the infl uence of society and education ESB572 TEACHING THE SENIOR The course equips learners with relevant skills on the development of the Religious Education SECONDARY SCHOOL BIOLOGY SYLLABUS in evaluating the Moral Education curriculum. curriculum. (3) It will draw on the experiences of teachers ELR494 ROLE OF RELIGIOUS EDUCATION The course considers the nature of school as well as settings appropriate to their career DEPARTMENTS (3) biology, scheme of work, lesson plans, work interests. The course provides students with an sheets, practical work, teaching, assessment, ELM493 CONTEMPORARY MORAL ISSUES opportunity to explore the functions of review of student performance. IN MORAL EDUCATION (3) various Religious Education departments The course investigates contemporary moral and units. It explores the interrelationships CHEMISTRY EDUCATION issues such as abortion, euthanasia, gene between the Ministry of Education and other ESC201 INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY FOR cloning, homosexuality and rape, it will also related teacher training institutions such as TEACHERS (3) cover other contemporary ethical issues such the University of Botswana and Colleges of Following a brief overview of the College as pornography, government transparency Education. It exposes students to the role Integrated Science Syllabus, the major and capital punishment. The course will also played by Religious Education panels in topics covered in this course are matter, its explore the debate terrorism and its ethical developing the Religious Education curriculum. representation in chemical reactions, the implications. gaseous state, atomic structure and the ELM494 MORAL EDUCATION BIOLOGY EDUCATION periodic table. DEPARTMENTS AND UNITS (3) ESB201 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL ESC204 CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIA FOR The course provides students with an PRINCIPLES AND PROCESSES FOR TEACHERS (3) opportunity to explore the functions of TEACHERS I (3) The major topics covered in this course are the various Moral Education departments Following a review of the College Integrated properties of solutions, acid-base equilibria, and units. It explores the interrelationships Science syllabus, the major topics in this gaseous and heterogeneous equilibria, redox between the Ministry of Education and other course are the majorbiological principles equilibria and solubility equilibria. related teacher training institutions such as and processes: scientifi c method in biology, ESC211 THE CHEMISTRY OF SELECTED the University of Botswana and Colleges theories of origin of life, early history of life, ELEMENTS FOR TEACHERS (3) of Education. It exposes students to the cell theory, mitosis and meiosis, hierarchical The major topics covered in this course are role played by Moral Education panels in organisation of living things, unifying the chemical bond and molecular geometry, developing a relevant curriculum. principles of biology, prokaryotes (eubacteria general chemistry of the elements with special and archaebacteria and viruses. consideration given to the unique nature RELIGION EDUCATION ESB204 INTRODUCTION TO DIVERSITY IN of carbon in the introduction of organic ELR301 THEORY OF RELIGIOUS THE PLANT KINGDOM FOR TEACHERS (3) chemistry. EDUCATION (3) The major emphasis of this course is a survey ESC214 CHEMICAL ENERGETICS AND The course will acquaint students with the of the plant kingdom covering classifi cation, KINETICS FOR TEACHERS (3) conceptual and educational perspectives of general structure, reproduction and life cycles The major topics covered in this course are Religious Education. It covers a wide range of of the different divisions or phyla of the energy, heat and thermo chemistry, energetics current issues in Religious Education. kingdom. of ionic bond formation and rates of reaction. ELR302 PRACTICE OF RELIGIOUS ESB211 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL ESC361 INTRODUCTORY PEDAGOGICAL EDUCATION (3) PRINCIPLES AND PROCESSES FOR CONTENT KNOWLEDGE IN SECONDARY The course provides students with an TEACHERS II (3) SCHOOL CHEMISTRY (3) opportunity to critically evaluate syllabuses, Following a review of the College Integrated Refl ection on the fi rst teaching practice will design schemes of work and prepare lesson Science syllabus, the major topics in this provide a starting point for consideration of plans for Religious Education. It also provides course are: eukaryotes, taxonomy, hereditary the nature of school science, concept learning students with skills to design a curriculum material and genetic diversity, the species and cognitive development in chemistry with framework for Religious Education. concept: mechanism of speciation, evolution, particular emphasis on the demands of the ELR401 TEACHING RELIGIOUS EDUCATION special creation, natural selection, adaptation. BGCSE chemistry syllabus andconsideration IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) ESB214 INTRODUCTION TO DIVERSITY IN of pedagogic content knowledge in selected The course explores the aims of Religious THE ANIMAL KINGDOM FOR TEACHERS (3) topics in BGCSE chemistry. (Prerequisite: ESE/ Education. It also examines the main The major emphasis of this course is a M/S 262) approaches to Religious Education and forms survey of the animal kingdom: Cnidaria, ESC362 ADVANCED PRACTICUM IN of Religious Education such as prescriptivism, Platyhelminthes, Nematoda, Annelida, CHEMISTRY (3) emotivism principle application, existentialism Mollusca, Arthropoda, Echinodermata, After their experience on the fi rst teaching and the relationship between Religious Chordata; Unicellularity and its limitations; practice, students have the opportunity to Education and Moral Education.. Multicellularity, Cephalisation; Triploblastic improve on their chemistry teaching. Practical ELR402 CURRICULUM DESIGN IN body plan and the development of a coelom; issues such as developing a scheme of work, RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (3) Land life and problems of desiccation. production of work sheets, lesson planning, The course provides students with an ESB361 TEACHING IN THE assessment and report writing on student opportunity to develop relevant to the CONTEMPORARY BIOLOGY CLASSROOM performance will be covered. (Prerequisite: Botswana situation. It also equips learners with (3) ESC361) skills to analyse various curriculum models. This course covers the local context of school
74 ESC461 FURTHER ISSUES IN CHEMISTRY teachers to the differences between the This course deals with problems of computer PEDAGOGICAL CONTENT KNOWLEDGE (3) traditional and online teaching processes. learning/teaching environment involving Leading on from refl ection on the fi nal ESE412 INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN, the use of microcomputers in teaching and teaching practice, students will consider DEVELOPMENT AND PUBLISHING FOR learning; and the evaluation/ assessment of spoken and written language in the chemistry TEACHING (2) computer learning. classroom, gender in chemistry education, This is a project-based course that examines the use of modern technology in chemistry and demonstrates the elements of World MATHEMATICS EDUCATION teaching and a further consideration of Wide Web page development including design ESM201 INSET INTRODUCTORY pedagogic content knowledge in selected and copyright issues, HTML editors, resources, MECHANICS I (3) topics from the BGCSE chemistry syllabus. and varied tools for web page publication. Following a brief overview of the College ESC572 ISSUES IN SECONDARY SCHOOL Each participant will design and publish a basic mathematics syllabus this course will provide CHEMISTRY TEACHING (3) WWW page that shall supplement a problem- an introduction to mechanics. It considers Topics to be covered are cognitive based learning project. concepts of vectors, motion and force. development in chemistry, spoken and ESE441 ENRICHMENT TOPICS IN ESM203 INSET ALGEBRA I (3) written language in the chemistry classroom, COMPUTER STUDIES EDUCATION (2) Following a brief overview of the College gender in chemistry education, chemical Based on identifi ed topical and current mathematics syllabus this course will consider problem solving, safety issues in the chemistry issues, the course will provide opportunities properties of trigonometric functions and laboratory, the use of modern technology in for students to understand these issues ratios; use and application of trigonometric chemistry teaching and a deeper consideration and develop activities that will be used in formulae; vector algebra and applications; of pedagogic content knowledge in chemistry. enhancing learning through these informal matrices, their properties and applications. computer-based activities in school computer ESM204 INSET INTRODUCTORY COMPUTER STUDIES EDUCATION studies and other subjects. MECHANICS II (3) ESE261 BASIC TEACHING METHODS IN ESE442 INFORMATION AND This course will continue to develop provide SECONDARY SCHOOL COMPUTER STUDIES COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY AND basic concepts of mechanics and develop (3) E-LEARNING (2) teacher’s mathematics problem solving skills. This course will provide the basic knowledge This course introduces various instructional Topics covered: Newton laws of motion; work, and understanding about teaching methods models for online delivery. Participants will energy and power; impulse and momentum; utilized in secondary school computer studies. have opportunities to examine Internet and circular motions. It will provide an overview of current practices resources, communications devices and ESM206 INSET ALGEBRA II (3) in curriculum and instruction in the secondary support systems important to effective Internet This course introduces sequences, series; schools with emphasis on special methods for instruction as they begin to develop outline arithmetic and geometric progressions; teaching secondary school computer studies. strategies for course delivery. combinations and permutations; functions ESE262 PRACTICUM IN SECONDARY ESE461 ADVANCED TEACHING METHODS involving linear, exponential and logarithmic SCHOOL COMPUTER STUDIES (3) IN SCHOOL COMPUTER STUDIES (3) functions; Binomial expansion and series. This course will provide opportunities for Leading on from refl ection on the fi nal ESM211 INSET INTRODUCTORY student teachers to engage in planning teaching practice, topics to be covered MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3) and implementing instructional materials are cognitive development in the context This course is designed to provide an in secondary school computer studies. The of interactivity and problem solving logic, introduction to some of the basic concepts course will provide a practical framework information representation and graphical in mathematical statistics. It covers summary for computer studies teaching and display in a computerised classroom, equity statistics, probability and probability related learning implication to enable in computer studies education and a distributions, and point interval estimations. students model themselves into effective deeper consideration of pedagogic content ESM213 INSET DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS teachers.(Prerequisite: ESE261) knowledge in computer studies. (3) ESE361 TEACHING STRATEGIES FOR ESE471 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN This course covers the following main topics: SCHOOL COMPUTER STUDIES (3) COMPUTER EDUCATION (2) the notion of a derivative of a function; The course considers how to use relevant The course covers a range of contemporary differentiation and applications of derivatives; prior experiences of students for effective issues in computer studies education relevant introductory partial derivatives. teaching of computer studies to a wide range to the work of the secondary school computer ESM214 INSET INTRODUCTORY of learners; it makes effort to train students studies teacher including issues in assessment, COMPUTER STUDIES (3) on how to inculcate problem solving processes ethical issues regarding the widespread This course covers the mathematical in learners; and it ensures that students can computerisation of society, gender and the foundations of computing, the logical select a wise mixture of teaching strategies impact of electronic learning on society. structure of hardware and the building suitable for any given school computer studies ESE561 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY blocks of software (operating systems and topic. (Prerequisite ESE/M/S 262) OF TEACHING COMPUTER STUDIES (3) applications). Positional numeric systems and ESE362 ADVANCED PRACTICUM IN The course considers the nature and aims of accuracy of computers are related to data SCHOOL COMPUTER STUDIES (3) computer education, basic teaching strategies representation in computerised equipment. Students will investigate alternative in using computer technology, the role of the The practical aspects of the course are instructional strategies for designing and teacher and learner in a computerised learning oriented to File Management, the concepts of teaching computer science courses in context, the integration of computer use in Wordprocessing and decision making using secondary schools. Included in the course teaching and learning across the curriculum, Spreadsheet. will be a review of the major elements of equity and access to computer studies. ESM216 INSET INTEGRAL CALCULUS (3) computer and information science. Students ESE562 THE PRACTICE OF TEACHING This course covers the following main topics: will use a systematic curriculum design COMPUTER STUDIES (3) Indefi nite and defi nite integrals; Integration model to prepare a course curriculum plan. The course provides opportunities for the and applications; Rolle’s theorem and the (Prerequisite: ESE361) computer education teacher to acquire mean value theorem for derivatives; Taylor ESE372 DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION basic classroom teaching skills. Each student and Maclaurin’s series; Introductory ordinary OF COMPUTER STUDIES PRACTICAL WORK is assisted in the task of facing the real differential equations. (2) classroom situation through group work, ESM221 PRE-CALCULUS FOR SCIENCE The course examines the role of practical observation of experienced teachers at work TEACHERS (3) work and related activities in computer and microteaching. This course is designed to provide the basic studies including evaluation and continuous preparation for studying calculus that is assessment. The centrality of project work ESE572 SECONDARY SCHOOL COMPUTER fundamental to the study of science. It covers in computer studies teaching, organisation STUDIES TEACHING (3) basic algebra; coordinate geometry; and other and evaluation of fi eld trips and fi eldwork to This course deals with psychological issues simple basic techniques for functions and computer industries shall also be covered. of computer learning/teaching environment, graph sketching. ESE392 THE IMPACT OF ICT ON THE an understanding of the secondary school ESM222 CALCULUS FOR SCIENCE TEACHING-LEARNING PROCESS (2) computer education curriculum, development TEACHERS (3) This course is designed to familiarize students of computer instructional materials, and This course is divided into two parts: basic with the elements of online instruction. Focus assessment of computer skills and knowledge. integral and differential calculus, and the of this course is to provide an overview of ESE591 GUIDED STUDY IN COMPUTER applications of these. Emphasis is placed on the online process and to introduce student EDUCATION (3) their application in the pure sciences.
75 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
ESM261 BASIC TEACHING METHODS IN teaching software, the psychology of science are reviewed asintroduction to the SECONDARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS (3) the computer-learning environment with following: The course covers general principles of associated cognitive implications in school rectilinear propagation of light, laws of teaching and learning mathematics, pre- mathematics, computers in research and refl ection; refl ection from plane and spherical instructional skills, and instructional skills education . surfaces; laws of refraction; refraction at such as strategies for presenting mathematics ESM461 ADVANCED TOPICS IN plane and spherical surfaces; lenses; optical learning activities. MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM (3) instruments wave motion; refl ection of waves; ESM262 PRACTICUM IN SECONDARY The course further explores issues pertinent in waves on strings and in pipes. SCHOOL MATHEMATICS (3) developing required skills or enhancing the ESP214 ELECTRONICS AND MODERN The course covers planning classroom new learning order in mathematics. Dynamics PHYSICS FOR TEACHERS (3) mathematics activities, instructional skills, of classroom interaction, mathematics Electronics: Cathode ray oscilloscope, school culture, microteaching, and school curriculum development, emerging issues semiconductors, transistor circuits, integrated visits. and leadership in mathematics education, circuits and logic gates, clocks and counters, ESM312 PHILOSOPHY AND PSYCHOLOGY and research articles on issues of interest astable and bistable, operational amplifi ers. OF MATHEMATICS TEACHING (2) in mathematics education. (Prerequisite: Modern Physics: Electromagnetic wave The nature of mathematical knowledge: earlier ESM362) spectrum; Atomic structure: Thomson, and current mathematical developments; ESM471 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN Rutherford , Bohr, De Broglie, , Dual nature of mathematics learning and teaching theories: MATHEMATICS EDUCATION (2) light, and matter: diffraction. a survey of different learning and teaching The course covers a range of contemporary ESP361 PEDAGOGIC STRATEGIES FOR theories and their implications in teaching. issues in mathematics education relevant to SCHOOL PHYSICS (3) (Prerequisite: ESM261) school mathematics including assessment The course considers how to use relevant prior ESM361 TEACHING STRATEGIES FOR and the portfolio, gender, numeracy and experiences of students for effective teaching SCHOOL MATHEMATICS (3) standards, technology and the mathematics of physics to a wide range of learners. It Following teaching practice, students are classroom, functional mathematics for life and considers teaching scientifi c processes and it exposed to broader issues and debates work. ensures that students can select a wise mixture necessary to develop their classroom ESM561 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY of teaching strategies suitable for any given practices. Issues discussed include; refl ection OF TEACHING MATHEMATICS (3) school physics topic. (Prerequisite: ESS262) on practice, psychological theory of The course covers the aims of teaching ESP362 ADVANCED PRACTICUM IN learning school mathematics, mathematics mathematics in Botswana, teaching SCHOOL PHYSICS TEACHING (3) knowledge, the teaching process, evaluation strategies in mathematics and assessment in The course considers the effective use of and contemporary issues in mathematics mathematics. various teaching methods to teach various education. (Prerequisite: ESE/M/S 262) ESM562 THE PRACTICE OF TEACHING physics topics: analyse physics textbooks, ESM362 ADVANCED PRACTICUM IN MATHEMATICS (3) understand management and safety in physics SCHOOL MATHEMATICS (3) The course covers planning classroom laboratories, and peer group physics teaching. The course provides student teachers with mathematics activities, instructional skills, (Prerequisite: ESP361) the opportunity to practice various facets of school culture and mathematics teaching, ESP461 ADVANCED PEDAGOGIC classroom dynamics in mathematics teaching. microteaching and school visits. STRATEGIES FOR SCHOOL PHYSICS (3) This includes observation of experienced ESM572 SECONDARY SCHOOL The course identifi es problems in school teachers, development of course materials and MATHEMATICS TEACHING (3) physics teaching and examines recent development of a teaching portfolio detailing The course covers the following main topics: solutions Issues of curriculum implementation, their experiences on school visits and other psychological issues in mathematics education, concept development, mixed ability and activities of the course. (Prerequisite: ESM361) conceptual foundations of mathematics gender differences, remediation, and diffi cult ESM372 MATHEMATICAL PROBLEM content for the secondary school, evaluation topics will be discussed. SOLVING (2) of secondary school mathematics textbooks ESP572 SECONDARY SCHOOL PHYSICS The course deals with the teaching and and research fi ndings in secondary TEACHING (3) learning of problem solving in mathematics at mathematics education. The major topics include: the origins of secondary school level. ESM591 GUIDED STUDY IN MATHEMATICS modern physics, language issues in teaching ESM391 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF EDUCATION(3) physics, mixed ability teaching, teaching TEACHING SCHOOL MATHEMATICS I (3) The course deals with problems associated the processes of science in physics, learner- In-service teachers will be equipped with with mathematics teaching/ learning at centred for teaching methods, school physics required skills in enhancing the new learning secondary school level and provides an laboratory management skills, content analysis approaches in mathematics, including opportunity for students to carry out an in of school physics textbooks, construction of curriculum development and evaluation depth analysis of a problem on a relevant topic school physics tests and examinations. procedures, classroom dynamics, the theory of of interest. constructivism, problem solving RESEARCH ESM392 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF PHYSICS EDUCATION ESR362 INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH TEACHING SCHOOL MATHEMATICS II (3) ESP201 MECHANICS FOR TEACHERS (3) METHODS IN SCIENCE EDUCATION (2) Topics include: technology and its infl uence Relevant sections of the college integrated Introduces the importance of a research in in the teaching of school mathematics, science are reviewed as introduction to the the teaching and learning of mathematics/ strategies for teaching diffi cult topics in following: units and dimensions; vector science; Research designand simple descriptive school mathematics, project work in school algebra; kinematics; kinematics in two statistics; Planning and carrying out a research mathematics. dimensions; projectiles; Newton’s laws of study and reporting its outcome. ESM412 MATHEMATICS AND SOCIETY (2) motion; static and kinetic friction. Work, ESR481 RESEARCH PROJECT IN COMPUTER Mathematics in different societies, the use energy and power circular motion; torque. STUDIES/ MATHEMATICS/SCIENCE of mathematics in different cultures, the Hooke’s law; simple harmonic motion; EDUCATION (2) use of mathematics in various areas of damped oscillations; forced oscillations and This course comprises an individual study study, dynamics of mathematics curricular resonance. leading to a written report based on the change, mathematics developments involving ESP204 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM investigation of problems in computer studies/ technology, application of mathematics to FOR TEACHERS (3) mathematics/science education. It will be solve practical problems. Relevant sections of the college integrated carried out under the supervision of an ESM441 INFORMATION AND science are reviewed to introduce: academic member of staff of the Department. COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY IN electrostatics and capacitors: current MATHS EDUCATION I (2) electricity; resistance and resistivity, EMF, SCIENCE EDUCATION This course covers the rationale, policies electric meters, Kirchoff ’s laws, thermoelectric ESS261 BASIC TEACHING METHODS IN and curricular issues involved in computer effect. Magnetism and magnetic fi elds force SECONDARY SCHOOL SCIENCE (3) education at this level of education.. on charge and current in a magnetic fi eld, This is an introductory course in the theoretical ESM442 ICT IN MATHS EDUCATION II (2) moving-coil galvanometer and loudspeaker, basis of teaching and learning in science This course examines the trends and issues cathode Ray Oscilloscope. at the secondary school level. The course related to ICT in mathematics education. ESP211 WAVES AND OPTICS FOR considers the nature of science; aims of Topics include: skills of using computer TEACHERS (3) science education; an introduction to learning algebra, statistics,development of mathematics Relevant sections of the college integrated theories in science; basic teaching approaches
76 in secondary school science; measurement, ESS471 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN PHR 136: PRACTICAL COACHING & evaluation and record keeping for the science SCIENCE EDUCATION (2) OFFICIATING TECHNIQUES IN SPORTS AND teacher The course covers a range of contemporary GAMES -CORE ESS262 PRACTICUM IN SECONDARY issues in science education relevant to the The course introduces students to basic SCHOOL SCIENCE TEACHING (3) work of the secondary school science teacher coaching principles and psychosocial factors The course facilitates and provides including assessment, gender, and science that infl uence skill learning and training. opportunities for the science student teachers topics related to the social and personal It includes an understanding of human to practice the basic science teaching development of students, language, culture performance factors and their various roles in skills through group work, observation of and alternative frameworks in science. training and competition. Other areas will be experienced science teachers and use of small ESS561 INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY coaching styles, designing training plans of (peer) group microteaching. (Prerequisite: OF TEACHING SECONDARY SCHOOL various durations and the factors infl uencing ESS261) SCIENCE (3) contents of the plans. The sports and coaching ESS352 HUMAN IMPACT ON THE This is an introductory course in the theoretical status and problems in Botswana would be ENVIRONMENT (2) basis of teaching and learning in science at the discussed and diagnosed. The international The course provides a basic understanding of secondary school level. The course considers offi ciating rules of selected popular sports the dynamics of the biosphere and knowledge the nature of science; a consideration of and game in Botswana will be learnt and of science education in Botswana and critical practiced. The practical components will how people interact with the environment analysis of the current aims of junior and include coaching practice sessions in the with an emphasis on the negative effects of senior secondary science; basic teaching latter part of the course. 2-hour lectures per human activities. It discusses environmental approaches in secondary school science; week. issues facing contemporary Botswana, possible measurement, evaluation and record keeping PHR138: FOUNDATIONS OF PHYSICAL solutions and the role of formal school setting for the science teacher EDUCATION, SPORT AND RECREATION in disseminating environmental education. ESS562 THE PRACTICE OF TEACHING Signifi cant events m the ancient history of ESS372 DESIGN AND EVALUATION SECONDARY SCHOOL SCIENCE (3) physical education will be discussed. Physical OF INVESTIGATIVE WORK IN SCHOOL The course provides the beginning science education and sport in ancient Greek city SCIENCE (2) teacher with the opportunity to develop basic states of Athens and Sparta, Rome and in The course provides detailed insights into classroom teaching skills. Each student will medieval Europe will be covered. The history various aspects of investigative science in be assisted in the task of teaching effectively of physical education during the dark ages schools including, among others, the design, in the real classroom situation through group of enlightenment and renaissance will also assessment and evaluation of both the activity work, observation of experienced teachers and be discussed. Role of certain personalities in itself and pupils’ work. microteaching. the development of physical education and ESS391 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF ESS591 GUIDED STUDY IN SCIENCE sport in medieval Europe will be addressed, TEACHING SCHOOL SCIENCE I (3) EDUCATION (3) e.g. Per Henrik Ling of Sweden, Adolf Speiss, The course introduces students to scientifi c The course deals with problems associated and Johann Guts Muths of Germany and reasoning processes and applies these to the with the school science teaching/learning Franz Nachtegall of Denmark. Historical teaching of science. The nature and role of environment and provides the opportunity developments of physical education in practical work in school science teaching will for students, with guidance from science Botswana will be analyzed. Basic philosophical receive particular attention. Topics include: educators, to consider in depth a relevant concepts will be discussed in the light of their the scientifi c method, the integration of topic of interest to the student. historical antecedents. 2 hour lectures per theoretical and practical work, organisation week. and management of the school science PHYSICAL EDUCATION, & RECREATION PHR 139: ATHLETICS (TRACK) laboratory, microteaching practicum The course deals with a historical overview ESS392 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF PHR 130: INTRODUCTION TO VOLLEYBALL of athletics world wide, the track layout, TEACHING SCHOOL SCIENCE II (3) This course will introduce students to basic track events, fundamentals of sprinting, Students are given a thorough grounding in fundamental skills and techniques of middle and long distance running, techniques curriculum analysis and teaching sequences. volleyball. Students will acquire knowledge on of relay racing, hurdling and , steeplechase, The course then moves on to areas that are the basic rules of the game, theory, practice, design and implementation of athletic meets, closely associated with science teaching, and teaching of volleyball. They will also be rules and offi ciating of competitions. 2-hour including mixed ability teaching, assessment- expected to appreciate volleyball as a team practicals per week. related sport. 2-hour practicals per week. PHR 140: ATHLETICS (FIELD) ESS412 INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY PHR 131: INTRODUCTION TO SWIMMING It deals with the acquisition of knowledge of AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE (2) This subject provides an introduction to the theoretical concepts and the development This course critically examines the role of teaching/learning of basic water safety and and mastery of techniques in fi eld events of the scientifi c method in the development of mobility through the water. Essential teaching jumps and throws. The specifi c events include scientifi c knowledge, with a view to develop in and learning skills in swimming are covered, long jump (all styles), triple jump, high jump the students an appreciation of the strengths with organization, safety, management and (scissors, western roll, straddle and fl op styles), and limitations of various ways in which teaching of basic swimming skills being shot put (all styles) discus and javelin. 2-hour scientists progress in their scientifi c activities. a major focus. Specifi cally, this subject practicals per week. Lessons for the development of science introduces beginners to water safety, water PHR 141: RECREATION AND LEISURE education leading to the modern science familiarization, buoyancy and mobility as The course discusses what recreation and curriculum, informed by insights from this well as freestyle, backstroke and survival leisure means, types and study of the nature course, are drawn. techniques. 2-hour practicals per week. of play activities of children and adults during ESS441 INFORMATION AND PHR 135: Introduction to Adapted Physical free periods; the concept of free time as COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY FOR THE Education related to leisure and how it can be adequately SCIENCE TEACHER (2) This is a basic course designed to expose used, the spectrum of social activities that can The course will enhance the essential trainee physical educators, at the early be regarded as recreational/leisure in nature components of computer literacy while bachelor’s level, to a synoptic perspective of and the wider context of the environment. considering the pedagogical dimensions of physical education and sport for individuals 2-hour lectures per week. information and communication technology with disabilities; including the historical and its implications for the teaching and metamorphosis of the sub-discipline. Few, learning of science at secondary school level. but very important, litigations and legislations PHR 142: ORGANIZATIONS AND ESS442 FURTHER ISSUES IN ICT FOR THE that shaped the present discipline which deals ADMINISTRATION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE TEACHER (2) with meeting the physical education and sport EDUCATION AND SPORTS The course will continue to develop the needs of individuals with disabilities would be An understanding of meaning of organization discussed with the students. The nature, types, personal computer literacy of students and administration of sport and games as causes, characteristics and physical education especially with respect to spreadsheets and related to physical education at secondary teaching adaptations for visual and auditory databases while considering the pedagogical schools, clubs ad private institutions. impairment, mental retardation, orthopedic dimensions of information and communication Administrative structures of sport and games handicaps and cerebral palsy would be technology and its implications for the will focus on formal and informal approaches. discussed. 2 hour lectures per week. teaching and learning of science at secondary Goals and objectives of sports and games school level. for secondary schools, colleges and tertiary
77 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
institutions will be analyzed. Discussion of PHR 266: HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY APPLIED PHR 304: TEST & MEASUREMENT IN types of sports and games activities practiced TO SPORTS AND GAMES PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT AND in government and private school. A general A study of the functions of the systems and RECREATION introduction to sport management will be organs of the human body as they relate Student are made to understand the reasons covered. 2-hour lectures per week to physical education, sports and games, for testing, measuring and evaluating the PHR 210: PSYCHOLOGY OF SPORTS focusing on the physiological principles of the various physical fi tness components in This course will cover factors affecting motor neuromuscular, cardiovascular, respiratory, sport, recreation and the general human skills acquisition and performance. The course and endocrine systems in games and sports movement and leisure studies programme. will provide an overview of psychological performance. 2-hour lectures per week. They are taught the steps in test construction theories and concepts as they relate to PHR 267: TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION with special emphasis on principles of test performance, coaching and teaching of motor IN PRE & PRIMARY SCHOOLS selection, specifi c test objectives, equipment, skills. Personality, individual characteristics This subject provides an introduction to the facilities, test description and scoring of and social infl uences of behaviour will be teaching/learning of movement skills and the various tests used in human movement examined. 2-hour lectures per week. is intended to provide the major pedagogy and leisure studies, sport and recreation; PHR 260: NETBALL knowledge for students planning to teach rudimentary, hypothetical data collection; This subject provides an introduction to the physical education in pre- schools and primary organization and statistical treatment that teaching/learning of netball through sport schools. Essential teaching and learning employs simple descriptive statistics, including education. Essential teaching and learning skills in physical education are covered, with measures of central tendencies’ dispersion skills in netball will be covered. The teaching organization, management and capabilities and percentile equivalents. Various simple model of sport education and the modelling of young children as the major focus. The correlation coeffi cients and the chi-square of a student-centred approach to teaching will curriculum scope and sequence will be would also be taught. Students would be be a major focus. Additionally, the students emphasized. 2-hour lectures per week required to interpret the results obtained from will learn to organise fi xtures, referee, as well PHR 268: TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION the statistical analyses as a form evaluation. as execute the basic skills and strategies used IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2-hour lectures per week in netball. 2-hour practicals per week. The course is an introduction to the teaching/ PHR 305: PHYSICAL EDUCATION PHR 261: INTRODUCTION TO SKILLS AND learning of movement skills and is intended to TEACHING METHODS TECHNIQUES OF SOCCER provide the major pedagogy knowledge for This subject expands on PHR 267 and 268 and This is a fundamental course designed to students planning to teach physical education provides students with extensive knowledge enable trainee human movement and leisure in secondary schools. Essential teaching of different instructional methods and styles. studies educators acquire requisites of passing/ and learning skills in physical education are Students will experience a range of different kicking, trapping (various types), heading, covered, with organization and management teaching styles from teacher centred to dribbling, shooting, goal keeping and throw- of adolescents being a major focus. The student-centred and have the opportunity ins. Students are required to learn the use of needs of the learner and different teaching to teach using these styles. Additionally, a grid pattern for the mastery of various skills techniques will be introduced. 2-hour range of different pedagogies, such as sport they are likely to teach their students when lectures per week education, cooperative learning, conceptual they graduate. Apart from learning about the PHR 269: MOTOR LEARNING AND HUMAN approach, advanced questioning, and general and specifi c warm ups of soccer; they PERFORMANCE adventure based learning/ experimental would also be required to learn some basic A study of the factors related to the learning will be covered. 2-hour lectures per rules of the game and offi ciating. 2-hour acquisition and performance of motor skills. week lectures per week. Course coverage will include organization of PHR 306: COMMUNITY RECREATION PHR 262: INTRODUCTION TO SKILLS AND experience, economy in learning, motivation, An analysis of recreation and leisure in TECHNIQUES OF TENNIS maturation, laws of simple movement, community planning and development, This is a fundamental course designed to individual differences and capabilities, recreation as a function of individual, local, cover basic skills of tennis such as, fore and conditions of practice, feedback and and national 1 governments in Botswana, back hand drives, good footwork, service, lob, knowledge of results. 2-hour lectures per principles and factors involved in planning and volley, overhead smash, half volley, back spin week developing recreational and leisure areas and and top spin. Apart from learning about the PHR 300: Advanced Swimming (Pre- facilities. 2-hour lectures per week various coaching points specifi c to tennis, they requisite PHR 131) PHR 307: INTRODUCTION TO will also be required to learn basic rules and This subject will concentrate on mobility BIOCHEMISTRY OF EXERCISE AND SPORT how to offi ciate. 2-hour lectures per week. skills, and emphasis will be on improved The course focuses on the concepts of basic PHR 263: TABLE TENNIS freestyle technique as well as introduction chemistry of life. It will include the metabolic The course deals with theoretical and practical to backstroke and breaststroke. Survival processes involved in the sustenance of development of basic skills and techniques in techniques will be included as well as the life and daily living. It will also include the table tennis. Basic strokes, spins, drives and ability to analyze swimmers’ styles and how response and adaptation in metabolic other offensive and defensive strokes will be to teach basic skills. 2-hour practicals per processes to acute and chronic exercises covered. 2-hour practicals per week. week. respectfully. Students should be expected PHR 264: HUMAN ANATOMY APPLIED TO PHR 301: Gymnastics and Body to acquire competency in the application of SPORTS AND GAMES Management Skills acquired knowledge to develop, maintain A study of the structures of the various The students will be introduced to basic and improve sports performance, physical systems and organs of the human body with gymnastic fl oor movements and basic fi tness and prevent and deal with hypokinetic particular emphasis on their relationship movement patterns (e.g. leaping, jumping, diseases and metabolic syndrome. 2 hour to physical education, games and sports skipping, etc.). Basic rolls, balances and lectures per week performance, an in-depth discussion on the dynamic movements will be included. PHR 308: SCIENTIFIC BASES OF COACHING structural body formations and growth as Students will also be asked to analyze others’ AND OFFICIATING they affect human movement and sports performances, provide suitable feedback and The course deals with the application of performance. 2-hour lectures per week also spot safely. 2-hour practicals per week. scientifi c principles and concepts to coaching. PHR 265: ACCIDENT PREVENTION, FIRST PHR 302: Softball Specifi c focuses include the general safety AID AND CARE OF SPORTS INJURIES This course will concentrate on practical factors in training and performance and This course focuses directly on the fi rst aid/ learning of basic softball skills and techniques an analysis of the hazards of performance. emergency care given to athletes injured of the game. The course will also focus on The infl uence of specifi c biophysical factors during sporting activities, including athletic offi ciating, rules and tournament organization. on skill learning and performance will be events. It deals with the nature and types of Students will also be expected to acquire discussed. Others include detailed analysis sports/athletic injuries, students would learn knowledge about the use of softball of the infl uence of specifi c biological, about factors predisposing athletes to injuries equipment and safety guidelines. 2 hour psychological, technical and tactical factors and the preventive measure necessary to practicals per week. on human performance in general and for stem the occurrence of these injuries. Also, PHR 303: BASKETBALL specifi c sports and scientifi c methods of techniques of hemorrhaging arrest, types History and development of basketball as a conditioning in coaching. It will further include of wounds and fractures, injuries to joints, competition and recreational game; basic skills managing the competition period and the ligaments and muscles together with their and strategies of the games application to use of measurement, statistical analysis and fi rst aid treatment will be discussed. Series of skills in game situation and team formation, evaluation in improving sports performance. practical sessions with students’ involvement rules of the game and offi ciating techniques. 2-hour practicals per week. will take place. 2-hour lectures per week. 2- hour practicals per week.
78 PHR 309: ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATIONI with any category of individuals with development of the acquisition of the skills Students would discuss issues concerning disabilities. 2-hour lectures per week. and the development of cricket as a life long learning disabilities including attentional PHR 316: SPORT MARKETING sport. 2-hour practicals per week. defi cit disorders, attentional defi cit hyperactive An introduction to principles of marketing PHR 405: HOCKEY disorders and specifi c learning disabilities. as applied to sport including the product, History and development of hockey as a They would go through the various processes pricing, place, promotion, distribution competition and recreational game; basic skills in developing Individualised Education and consumption of sports goods and and strategies of the games application to Programmes (IEPs) for different types of services. It also covers principles of public skills in game situation and team formation, individuals with disabilities and issues relation in school, community, national and rules of the game and offi ciating techniques. concerning the principles of motor learning international sport settings; sponsorship, 1-hour practicals per week. as they affect various classes of disabilities. fund raising through, advertising and sport PHR 406: PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE I 2-hour lectures per week entrepreneurship. 2-hour lectures per week The study of the effects of exercise and PHR 310: PRINCIPLES OF SPORT PHR 317: SPORTS AND CULTURE physical activities on human organisms, body MANAGEMENT The course focuses on the reciprocal organs and systems; a theoretical and practical A study of the management process and relationship between sport and culture and study of work output in the assessment of £functions with introduction to organizational how each can be used to advance the other. fi tness, gaseous exchange, mechanics of behaviour as applied to sport and major It will include the use of sport in cultural muscular contraction, circulatory effi ciency events management, professional preparations tinkering and re-patterning and sport as a and adjustments during exercise. 2-hour in sports management and other human socialization and culture-reinforcing agent. The practicals per week. resources management; supervision in sport, organization and objectives of local traditional PHR 407: MOTOR DEVELOPMENT AND offi ce management and fi scal policy. 2-hour sports will be studied and analyzed. Issues MOVEMENT EXPERIENCES FOR YOUNG lectures per week like Youth in Sports and Women in Sports will CHILDREN PHR 311: SPORT AND THE MEDIA also be analyzed and studied. The incidence A study of the motor development and An introduction to media aspects in general of local societal delinquencies, their sources movement education of young children, and sports journalism in particular; important and how to combat them will be analyzed and the important contribution that movement aspects of the sports press today and discussed. 2-hour lectures per week. can make to the cognitive and affective characteristics of sports writing. Focus will be PHR 318: SPORTS JOURNALISM development of children as well as their given to problems related to the importance An understanding of the roles of the psychomotor behaviour, perceptual-motor of journalism with respect to school physical media (print and electronic) in sport; a development and self concept development education, sport, leisure and recreation for the basic understanding of the objectives and and activity ideas for young children, and population, sport policy of the country as well principles of journalism, responsibilities and the role of play in the lives of children. as international perspectives of sport. 2- expectations of a sport journalist, critiquing 2-hour practicals/lectures per week. hour lectures per week of sports writing, qualitative and quantitative PHR 408: MECHANICAL ANALYSES OF PHR 312: LEISURE AND TOURISM sport writing, role of sport journalism in the SPORTS AND GAMES DEVELOPMENT development of Botswana sport. 2-hour The course focuses on the application of the The course traces history and benefi ts lectures per week. principles of mechanics, natural forces and the of travel including participation, risk and Note: This course will be offered in associated laws in the effi cient use of the body adventure, ethical issues for consumer and partnership with Media Department in the in human movements, sports and recreation. provider of travel experience. Commercial Faculty of Humanities Particular attention will be placed on those tourism (domestic and foreign) and its impact PHR 400: THEORY OF TRACK AND FIELD natural laws and forces infl uencing human especially on Botswana economic, sustainable ATHLETICS motion and how they can be manipulated to and eco-tourism, social and political An understanding of the development of ensure excellent and injury free performance. dimensions will be discussed from basic athletics as a sport, the track layout, practical It will also involve studies of elementary perspective. 2-hour lectures per week knowledge and demonstrations of track kinesiological principles and factors relating PHR 313: NUTRITION AND SPORTS events including basic strategies employed by to the effi cient acquisition and performance PERFORMANCE runners, track distances, relay tecl1niques and of specifi c motor skills. The course will be A study of the most relevant; up-to-date fundamentals, offi ciating, basic rules, safety concluded with the bio-mechanical analysis information pertaining to nutrition; weight instructions and helpful hints for track events. of selected sports. 2-hour lectures per week. control and exercise; the basic food groups; 2-hours lecture per week PHR 409: RESEARCH METHODS IN their nutrients and values for and PHR 401: ADVANCED VOLLEYBALL ( PRE- PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT AND physical performance; importance of balanced REQUISITE 130) RECREATION diet to health and sports; planning meals The course will concentrate on more advanced The course examines the various research for sports competitions; nutritional demands skills and techniques of volleyball, team procedures applicable in physical during exercise and training; nutritional strategies and game formations. Emphasis will education, sports and recreation. They recommendations based on the results of be placed on the theory, practice and teaching will include quantitative and qualitative research studies; nutritional strategies during of the skills and techniques of the game. research procedures. Students will learn preparation for, the participation in, and 2-hour practicals per week. about experimental, quasi-experimental, the recovery from sport and exercise and PHR 402: BADMINTON correlational, causal- comparative, descriptive, ergogenic aids and sports performance. 2- In this course, emphasis will be placed on historical and survey research designs and hour lectures per week demonstrating coaching skills in badminton. methods, their respective data collection PHR 314: BIOMECHANICS Tactics of service delivery and retrieval as well procedures and the applicability of each in Presentation of methods of qualitative analysis as those applicable to singles and doubles play specifi c research studies in physical education, of human movement based on a knowledge will be covered. Procedures for tournament sport and recreation. The applicable of mechanical principles; and an introduction organisation, offi ciating and player preparation descriptive and inferential statistics of each to basic methods of quantitative measurement for competition will be emphasized. Basic research method will also be discussed and of human movement. Students proceed from terminology and fundamentals of the game, comprehended. The contents will include the identifi cation of mechanical principles scoring and rules will be covered. 2-hour evaluation and action research studies. The governing motion through the formation practicals per week course will be concluded with the methodical of deterministic models and observation PHR 403: HANDBALL procedures in developing a research proposal, strategies. 2-hour lectures per week This course is designed to impart some of the carrying out a research and writing up a PHR 315: Adapted Physical Education II fundamental skills of handball. The skills will research report. 2-hour lectures per week Students would discuss problems facing include throwing, passing, catching, shooting PHR 411: RESEARCH IN PHYSICAL Adapted Physical Education I in Africa, current for goal, dribbling, fast breaks, divers, goal EDUCATION/SPORT/RECREATION I/ world-wide trends and future directions keeping and footwork of players. Apart from PROJECT I in the discipline and the way forward for learning about various general and specifi c The course focuses on procedures for Adapted Physical Education programmes in warm- ups specifi c to handball, they would doing a research project, designing a study, African main streamed and special schools also be required to learn some basic rules of choosing a research topic, basic chapters of for individuals with various disabilities. A fi nal the game and how to tech and offi ciate. 2- a project, designing a research instrument graded mini project starting with a student hour practicals per week. (questionnaire), procedures for administering designed adapted physical education/ sport PHR 404: CRICKET questionnaires, other research in physical programme and culminating in the submission Develops fundamental skills in cricket; education, sport and recreation techniques of a report of a 4 week internship experience emphasis is placed on the systematic (laboratory and fi eld methods), data gathering
79 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
and analysis and discussion of fi ndings. 2- PHR 418: PSYCHOLOGICAL BASES OF strapping and massage techniques. 2- hour lectures per week PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES hour lectures per week PHR412: RESEARCH IN PHYSICAL This course will provide an in-depth look at PHR 424: MOVEMENT AND CREATIVE EDUCATION/SPORT/RECREATION II/ individual and socio- environmental factors DANCE TECHNIQUE PROJECT II (PRE-REQUISITE) that infl uence a person’s behaviour in sport This subject will include body and space Students are required to carry out supervised and physical activity contexts. Selected awareness as well as quality of movement individual research project on approved topics theories and techniques for enhancing and relationships. Students will learn to in physical education/sport/recreation. 2-hour performance or modifying the behaviour design, perform and teach movement themes. lectures per week of athletes and other participants will be A variety of rhythmic experiences will be PHR 413: ISSUES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION, examined. 2-hour lectures per week. provided and students will be introduced to SPORT AND RECREATION PHR 419: SUPERVISION OF SCHOOL a variety of different dance mediums which The course focuses on current issues of PHYSICAL EDUCATION may include traditional, folk, ballroom and concern in physical education, sport, This subject is designed for students aiming contemporary. 2-hour practicals/lectures recreation and leisure. Trends and to teach at colleges of education, and/ or per week. developments in these disciplines, professional who will be supervisors of student teachers, preparation in PHR, sport as a unity and as well as for beginning teachers who wish socialization agent, politics in sports, to be able to better refl ect on their teaching DEPARTMENT OF PRIMARY EDUCATION an examination of major regional and performance. This subject will introduce a EPA111 Introduction to Educational international games and their objectives, drugs range of observational instruments that will Planning (3) and sport performance, the welfare of sports enable systematic observation of teaching This course is designed to provide an in- persons, sport and world economy etc. are (including event, duration, interval recording). depth understanding of the concept of discussed. 2-hour lectures per week. Ways of refl ecting on teaching episodes educational planning. This understanding will PHR 414: PREVENTION AND CARE OF for improved performance will also be be enhanced through students’ involvement SPORTS INJURIES (PRE-REQUISITE PHR emphasized. 2-hour lectures per week. in the development of school mission 265) PHR 420: LEISURE AND YOUTH statements, development of school values and This course starts with an overview of the An analysis of challenges and leisure school development plans. The concept of concepts accident prevention, fi rst aid and experience of youth in different societies educational planning as a team process will sport injuries, having focused on the fi rst will be carried out. Risks encountered by also be instilled in students aid/ emergency care given to athletes injured youth in terms of lifestyles and choices will EPA112 INTRODUCTION TO RESOURCES during sporting activities, the nature and be discussed. Youth unemployment and MANAGEMENT (3) types of sports/ athletic injuries and factors leisure patterns with their impact on global The course intends familiarising prospective predisposing athletes to injuries. Preventative society will be carried out including trends and/or already serving managers with measures necessary to address these injuries citing recent research on how to address the the concept of resource management will be covered. Students will be taught problems faced by youth and free time for and its implications for teaching/learning various casualty management approaches health and life skills. 2-hour lectures per environments. The course further aims including asphyxia and resuscitation strategies. week at providing information related to the They would also be taught about fi rst aid PHR 421: PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF role-played by the partnerships between treatments for burns and scalds including COACHING communities and schools in the provision and bandaging and splinting techniques among The course focuses on the basic and natural management of school resources. The role of others. 2-hour lectures per week principles on which successful coaching and the School Management Teams (SMTs) in this PHR 415: FACILITY MANAGEMENT performance are based. They will include respect will be emphasised, as they are key The course will examine the types of facilities detailed discussions on the principles of to identifying, securing and managing school in physical education, recreation and sports generalised responses, overload, recovery, resources. programmes, the place of facilities in these specifi city and individuality. Others include programmes, general introduction to planning generalised factors infl uencing/ distracting of facilities with emphasis on client needs, the athlete, training variables, coaching EPA200 PERSONNEL POLICIES AND location, funds, multipurpose use (utilization) styles, training modes and techniques for DECISION MAKING (3) and general principles of construction, improving running, muscle strength, muscle The course intends familiarising students with supervision and maintenance. 2-hour endurance, speed, power and fl exibility. It ‘personnel policies’ as a concept of school lectures per week further includes how to design and implement management. The students will be expected PHR 416: KINESIOLOGY long, medium and short term training to familiarise themselves with government PHR 264, 266 would be pre-requisites for this plans, factors determining the contents of personnel policy documents and analyse them course. Knowledge of PHR 314 (Biomechanics) training plans, goal setting and its principles, in relation to theories of ‘personnel policies’. would be an additional advantage. Students periodisation of training, units of training, The course will further expect students to get would be taken through a brief overview of micro and macro cycles in training plans, involved in developing school based personnel the application of kinesiology in the design and motivational approaches in successful policies. of specifi c exercises for the development of coaching The implications of coaching children EPA201 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT (3) any muscle or set of muscles in any sport or versus coaching adults and gender factors will The intention of the course is to sensitise the game. Students would be taught the various also be discussed. 2-hour practicals/lectures students to the elements of a well-managed points of origin and insertion of major muscles per week class. To be able to handle behaviour of of the body. They are made to understand PHR 422: SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT children in class the supervisor/class manager the movements of adduction, abduction, This course will focus on socio-cultural issues must understand the psychological approaches elevation, depression, upward and downward that relate to sport and physical activity. rotation, circumduction, inward and outward Among the topics of interest will be sport to classroom management. The course rotations, fl exion and extension and other and culture, gender and sport participation, will make a close association between class direction of movement. These movements organization of sport games, role of parents, records and children’s behaviour and therefore would be applied in the analyses of movement coaches, peers, and the community on show how the two can be used to infl uence of the various muscles of the body while participation or lack of participation in sports each other. performing any activity. 2-hour lectures per programs. 2-hour lectures per week. EPA202 MANAGING EDUCATIONAL week PHR 423: SPORTS MEDICINE RESOURCES (3) PHR 417: PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE II This course will focus on the following areas: The course intends providing students with (PRE-REQUISITE: PHR 406) The history of sports medicine, its aims skills for identifying and procuring educational An in-depth study of the laboratory and fi eld and scope, recognition and evaluation of resources. The course is also an attempt to methods of assessing physical fi tness and common athletic injuries and their prevention; help candidates realise the close and practical work output; physical performance at different immediate case given for traumatic injuries, relationship between management (planning, climates and altitudes, metabolic training examination and discussion of therapeutic securing, distributing, accounting and principles and adaptations, body composition exercises for rehabilitation of injured athletes, reporting) of educational resources and the and determination in relation to exercise and the disabled and the aged; cardiac evaluation enhancement of teaching and learning. The health; physiology of training and conditioning of athletes; clinical exercise testing, exercise candidates will also be provided with practical in relation to gender and ageing. 2-hour prescription, pre-season examination of experiences of simple planning, budgeting and lectures per week athletes; drugs use and abuse, laboratory reporting. Candidates are expected to critique experiences focusing on wrapping, taping, resources management in case schools.
80 EPA203 THEORIES OF LEADERSHIP AND Issues affecting Education, Sexual Harassment, Clinical experience will be included SUPERVISION (3) will be dealt with in an attempt to sensitise EPE215 FUNDAMENTAL ISSUES IN The course is designed to provide an in-depth candidates to their importance in the DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) understanding of the theories of leadership workplace and particularly in management. The course covers the history of child and supervision. The candidates are expected EPE100 INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA (3) development, heredity & environment, through the course to be able to apply the This is a foundations course in algebra research methods, & aspects of human theories to real life situations eg. through covering aspects such as algebraic expressions; development from birth to Primary education simulations and case studies. The candidates inequalities and equations; systems of linear level. are also expected to draw implications of the equations; factorisation and expansion EPE217 HUMAN GROWTH AND theories they will learn to administration of techniques; indices; properties of logarithms. DEVELOPMENT (3) schools and other educational institutions in EPE101 ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS The course covers theoretical perspectives of Botswana. (3) human development, socialization of children EPA300 ACTION RESEARCH (2) The course develops algebraic concepts from birth to primary education level & the The course intends extending the concept of and emphasizes mathematical forms of importance of play in child development. educational investigation into action research. reasoning. The fi rst part deals with techniques EPE316 ASSESSMENT IN PRIMARY It aims at preparing students to appreciate and relating to the quadratic equation; roots and SCHOOLS (3) be able to conduct action research. Students radicals. The second part is an introduction In this course students will demonstrate will be engaged in mini-action research to give to mathematical modelling using algebraic underlying knowledge of the theory them the feel of the educator as a practitioner concepts. and practice of a variety of assessment and as a researcher. Various stages of action EPE102 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENCE (3) procedures currently in use in primary schools research will be discussed. Physical Science Concepts include and primary colleges of education. They EPA301 LEADERSHIP STYLES AND measurement, motion in a straight line, force will be required to analyse critically the ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (3) energy. Light waves, refl ection and refraction, suitability of such procedures for their own The course intends examining and analysing Snells, law, mirror equations, diffraction, instructional situations. Students are then leadership styles and how they affect interference and polarisation. Physical and required to demonstrate competence in organisational behaviour with particular chemical changes, elements, compounds and constructing and implementing assessment reference to schools. The main leadership mixtures, atomic theory, the periodic table. procedures for instructional programs in styles such as the democratic, the autocratic chemical bonds: ionic, covalent, hydrogen and which they are involved. Students will be and the situational or contingency will be metallic bonds, acids and bases, properties of required to demonstrate competence in considered and their implications for Botswana acids and bases the use of assessment data in reporting on schools assessed. EPE103 PRINCIPLES OF SCIENCE (3) learning outcomes and in the evaluation of EPA302 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL Biological and earth science concepts: Biology instructional programs. RESEARCH (3) concepts include plant hormones, senescence, EPE411 EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT The course will introduce students to the and germination, dormancy, proteins and AND CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (3) concept of investigation in education. It amino acids, structure and classifi cation. The course focuses on the role of the school intends providing students with the skills Organic molecules: Carbohydrates, manager as a curriculum leader. It is intended of identifying researchable educational proteins, lipids and fats, nucleic acids. to strengthen the candidates understanding of management problems, writing problem Earth Science Concepts: Concepts include the role of a manager as overall in curriculum statements and developing a research proposal soil, rocks, formation of rocks, types of accountability. The responsibility of the leader on identifi ed problems. rocks, and minerals and how to identify as an interpreter of the rules and regulations EPA303 PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT IN them, weathering, water and its structure, that affect curriculum reform as well as EDUCATION (3) hydrophilic and hydrophobic substances, critically analysing the curriculum theories to The course covers the contextual factors properties of water, Air pressure, Bernoulli’ assess their implications for Botswana will be of educational planning with particular equation, Archimedes’ principles. emphasised. reference to Botswana and the Southern Region. The current policy changes and their EPE211 LANGUAGE ACROSS THE implementations, the MoE structure and CURRICULUM (3) EPE419 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN its role in educational policy changes and This course introduces the idea of language PRIMARY SCHOOLS (2) implementation, community participation in across the curriculum to students who are The course covers advanced skills in word school management and its possible impact non-language majors. It explores the role processing, spreadsheet, presentation on school achievement, school development of the Medium of Instruction (MOI), which packages, graphics package and the use of planning and cultural sensitivity will be is English, in the learning of subject matter. the computer as a teaching/learning tool at reviewed in this course. Contact hours: 3 per Language-teaching methods relevant to the the primary level. week teaching of content subjects and the teaching EPE442 RESEARCH PROJECT (2) EPA304 ADVANCED INVESTIGATION IN of reading, writing, speaking and listening The candidates are expected to undertake EDUCATION (3) in relation to these subjects are emphasised. individual research project, which will be a Candidates will be expected to understand Field/clinical experiences will be included. follow-up of EPA 304, which is ‘Advanced different research paradigms, which provide EPE212 INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE Investigation in Education’. a basis for research designs, in particular, ARTS (3) EPI224 FOUNDATIONS OF the qualitative and quantitative paradigms. This course is an introduction to the study ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (3) Research proposals will be developed with of language arts in primary schools. It will The course examines the philosophies, particular attention being paid to which focus on the development of three language paradigms and theories of environmental paradigms are being followed. The research arts (listening, speaking, and writing). More education and their implications for proposals developed will be in preparation for emphasis will be placed upon what listening, environmental education in practice. It the EPE 442 (The Individual Research Project). speaking and writing are, the importance examines the development of environmental EPA400 STAFF DEVELOPMENT IN and development of listening, speaking and education concept, global, regional and local EDUCATION (3) writing readiness, stages/phases of writing, environmental issues. It will enhance the The course will defi ne what staff development strategies and opportunities for developmental development of students’ knowledge and is and what the concept entails. While writing and bilingualism. positive attitudes towards the environment In-service education will be treated as an and prepare them to make informed decisions important aspect of staff-development, pre- EPE214 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF THE about the environment and its use in the service will also be treated as a necessary PROJECT METHOD (3) future. The course is comprised of theoretical particularly in the up-grading of staff to a This course provides an overview and and practical components. high academic qualifi cation. Various staff theoretical framework of child-centred EPI225 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICIES, ISSUES development methods will be discussed and methods. It then focuses on the Project AND EDUCATION FOR SUSTAINABLE their implications for Botswana drawn. Method with emphasis on skills necessary for DEVELOPMENT (3) EPA402 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN developing projects (mini or major), general The course examines the concept of EDUCATION MANAGEMENT (3) objectives, characteristics, approaches and its sustainable development, education Contemporary topics such as HIV/A IDS use across the curriculum and grade levels. for sustainability their implications for and the workplace, Sex Education, Poverty, Computer application to project design will environmental education in practice. It Children’s Rights and/or Human Rights, Legal be included if resources are available. Field/ examines the development of environmental
81 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
education concept, global, regional and EPI443 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION EPM227 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONS local environmental problems and issues. It STRATEGIES II (3) AND THE DOMAINS (3) examines the environmental policies, acts, as This course examines the practical application This course covers a range of topics including well as international conventions Botswana of Environmental Education (EE) through functions and domains; matrix algebra; has rectifi ed. The course assist students to the use of the environment as an outdoor sequences & series; trigonometry. develop school based policy that is meant classroom, projects and activities. It covers EPM228 FOUNDATIONS OF CHEMISTRY to conserve the resources within the school. the application of an environmentally directed AND PHSYICS (3) It is comprised of theoretical and practical teaching approach to solve environmental Chemistry concepts include practical aspects components. crises. It prepares students in issue of reactivity in the periodic table, reactivity EPI228 FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY identifi cation, sensitising learners about series, Chemical reactions: types of reactions CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) them and in teaching strategies to promote and rates of reactions, chemical equations, This course covers the History of Early conservation of natural resources. It also Mole concept, Empirical formula, molecular Childhood education, types of programs prepares students to become involved in formula and concentrations (Titrations) , that make up early childhood education, developing school environmental policies and Kinetic theory (ideal gas laws) Physics concepts fundamental patterns of development to involve the communities in the conservation include electric charge, voltage, power, in young children & working with young projects and activities. The course would also Ohm’s law, alternating current, simple electric exceptional children. assist students understand the purpose of circuits and calculations, Coulomb’s law. EPI229 THEORIES AND PRINCIPLES OF Community Based Organisations in natural Electromagnetism. Newton’s second law and INFANT EDUCATION (3) resources management. It is comprised of gravitation: impulse and momentum. Vectors This course covers the Theories & principles of theoretical and practical components. (addition and subtraction). Motion: straight Infant Education, the role of the teacher in the EPL300 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF line, falling objects and projectiles. Coeffi cient Infant class, creating learning environment for SECOND LANGUAGE TEACHING (3) of static friction and kinetic friction, work, young children and Observation & assessment This course is an introduction to the processes energy, Hooke’s laws and mechanical energy of the young children. of second language learning and acquisition. EPM229 FOUNDATIONS OF BIOLOGY AND EPI320 LEARNING EXPERIENCES AND It highlights the factors that affect these EARTH SCIENCES (3) MATERIALL DEVELOPMENT (3) processes and the theoretical evidence Biological science concepts include the human This course involves development of that explains these factors. The course also body systems (respiratory, immune, digestive, curriculum materials for young children discusses classroom TESOL methods as implied nervous, reproduction and endocrine) proteins and development of special materials for by the theories of second language teaching and amino acids, structure and classifi cation. exceptional children. There will be a four-week of language skills: speaking, listening, and Organic molecules: Carbohydrates, proteins clinical experience in a primary school or in a writing and amino acids, lipids and fats, nucleic acids, day care centre. EPL312 BREAKTHROUGH TO LITERACY (3) plant hormones, phytochrome, nucleotides EPI321 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN This course is an introduction to the study of and nucleic acids, photosynthesis Earth science EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) Breakthrough a child-centred approach to concepts include weathering, Kepler’s laws, The course will cover curriculum development teaching. Focus will be placed on readiness planet earth, sustainable developments, for young children, the use of themes, units skills, materials, strategies and methods of soils, rocks and minerals. The atmosphere, projects and webs, the teaching of core implementation, classroom organisation, atmospheric motion, the green house, subjects in the infant class. development of reading and writing skills weather and climate, climatic change, clouds EPI335 EVALUATION AND MONITORING IN and evaluation through the three stages of formation and their types, pollution. ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (3) Breakthrough. Field/clinical experience will be EPM230 TECHNOLOGY IN TACHING The course is comprised of theoretical and included where possible. PRIMARY MATHEMATICS (3) practical components. It examines curriculum EPL411 TEACHING READING IN THE The course focuses on the use of calculators evaluation models, evaluation instruments, PRIMARY SCHOOL (3) and computers in teaching mathematics monitoring mechanisms and constraints as The course is concerned with the teaching for understanding. General concepts of they relate to infusion and integration of of reading in primary schools. It focuses mathematics such as addition, subtraction, environmental education (EE) in the national on areas such as developmental reading, introducing exponents, geometric shapes etc, curriculum. The course content would reading materials, organisational methods will form the basis for introducing technology be based on Botswana Primary Education and techniques, and teaching reading in in mathematics education at an early stage Curriculum drawing some elements from the content areas. Field/clinical experiences the general curriculum development and included. evaluation techniques. EPL412 INTRODUCTION TO READING EPM301 SPECIAL ISSUES IN MATH EPI431 MANAGEMENT OF EARLY PROCESS (3) EDUCATION (INDEPENDENT STUDY) (3) CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS (3) This course covers what the reading process Independent study on an area of interest The course will cover management & is as perceived by different authorities, its to the student. At the end of the study a administration of early childhood programs, signifi cance/implications for the reading report will be submitted and where feasible management of fi nances, managing the teacher, diagnosis and remediation of reading a presentation will also be made on the area health & safety of children, the training & problems. Field/clinical experiences will be investigated. certifi cation of teachers of young children, included where possible. EPM302 GEOMETRY FOR PRIMARY working with parents and other stakeholders SCHOOL TEACHERS (3) in the education of young children. This course examines famous contributions EPI432 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN EARLY EPL414 LITERATURE FOR PRIMARY to geometry. It also deals with constructions CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) SCHOOLS (3) using compass and straightedge, properties The course covers contemporary issues such as This course focuses on written children’s of polygons and solid shapes. The emphasis the use of media in early childhood education, literature and its use for (ESL) English as is on both conceptual understanding and the multicultural education, Gender issues, child Second Language teaching in the primary development of psycho-motor skills relevant to abuse, AIDS and use of computers in early school. It emphasises the following: the role the pursuance of geometry. childhood education. of literature in second language learning; the EPM326 INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY EPI442 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION concept of children’s literature; selection of AND STATISTICS (3) CONSERVATION STRATEGIES I (3) children’s books; sharing story experiences The course focuses on general concepts of This course examines the practical application with children; evaluating children’s literature mathematics drawn from a number of topics: of Environmental Education (EE) through and production of children’s books. Field/ probabilities of simple events, probabilities the use of the environment as an outdoor clinical experiences will be included. of two events, permutations, conditional classroom, projects and activities. It covers EPM226 ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY probability, binomial distribution, and random the application of an environmentally directed I (3) variables, variance of random variable. teaching approach to solve environmental Course focuses on algebraic relationships EPM327 INTRODUCTION TO LIMITS AND crises. It prepares students in issue involving inequalities; equations – linear, TANGENTS (3) identifi cation, sensitising learners about simultaneous, quadratic, cubic, logarithmic, The course focuses on general concepts of them and in teaching strategies to promote exponential; partial fractions and coordinate mathematics drawn from a number of topics: conservation of natural resources geometry. Tangent and velocity, calculating using limit laws, tangents, velocity, and other velocity of change.
82 EPM328 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY AND project and report writing. Emphasis will be EPP327 INTRODUCTION TO PHSYSICS (3) on data from primary schools. ETHNOMUSICOLOGY EDUCATION (4) Chemistry concepts include redox reactions EPM431 SCIENCE APPLICATIONS FOR The course is useful to teachers, museum (titration’s). Chemistry of gases: Oxygen, PRIMARY SCHOOLS (3) curators and anthropologists. It explores Carbon dioxide and hydrogen. Introduction to In this course students choose a topic in concepts that are central to the study of non- Organic Chemistry Physics concepts include the primary syllabus; outline the objectives western musics. Emphasis is placed on the Newton’s laws of motion and gravitation, of the topic and content. Then the student theory and practice of ethnomusicology. Static and kinetic friction, impulse and composes a song, which in line with the EPP328 TEACHING METHODS IN MUSIC momentum, conservation of energy. Heat: objectives and content of the chosen topic. EDUCATION (4) heat transfer, quantity of heat, temperature They then sing and record the song on an An introduction to a wide variety of teaching and expansion, electricity and magnetism audio cassette (different trials may be needed). approaches as developed by practitioners kirchoff’s rules and coulumb’s rule. Eventually student integrates music and in the fi eld of music education. Traditional EPM329 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY AND other techniques/activities in presenting the teaching approaches are covered. Scheming EARTH SCIENCE (3) lesson. The class compiles a handbook of their and lesson planning are also covered Biology concepts include systems (endocrine, presentations. EPP405 INTERGRATED ARTS EDUCATION nervous and reproduction), immunology, EPP201 INTRODUCTION TO ART, CRAFT & IN CULTURAL CONTEXT (4) proteins and amino acids, biochemistry of DESIGN (4) This course examines the place of art and art photosynthesis, Kreb’s cycle Earth science This course provides students with basic skills, education in the society, casting special focus concepts include planet earth, natural knowledge and appreciation of Art, Design on African Art with particular attention to resources, plate tectonics, rocks and minerals and Craft through a balance of theoretical, Botswana. Topics for consideration include structural geology, earth quakes, continental practical and historical study. Art in the Traditional/Cultural Context, drift, rock deformation, faults and folds, EPP202 PRACTICAL ART, CRAFT & DESIGN Multicultural Art Education, Art Education for mountain building SKILLS FOR THE CLASSROOM TEACHER (4) Children with Special Needs, Discipline Based EPM330 SCIENCE EDUCATION (3) This course provides students a chance to Art Education (DBAE), Tracking Development This course is designed to provide an in-depth practice skills, knowledge and appreciation of in the Local Art Education Curriculum and in study of science teaching, methodology, Art, Craft and Design through concentration art/craft events in the country, Art, Craft and curriculum design and evaluation techniques, on practical experience in and outside the Design in relation to cultural changes and contemporary issues, and research in science art laboratory. Through practical workshops, emerging issues. education and learning strategies in science. Art appreciation exercises, Case Studies, EPP406 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN ART EPM331 TEACHING SCHOOL assessment bodies of work; students would EDUCATION (4) MATHEMATICS (3) have challenge & gain understanding of the This course further examines the place of The course examines current trends in fundamentals of interpreting/appreciating art art and art education in the society, casting mathematics education and contemporary works. special focus on practical experience and issues related to the teaching of mathematics. EPP217 INTRODUCTION TO involvement in community art, craft and It also incorporates mathematical research PHILOSOPHY OF MUSIC EDUCATION design activities in Botswana. The course experiences on a small scale. AND FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC (4) also integrates various art forms to extract EPM426 INTRODUCTION TO DERIVATIVES The course introduces the student to the main optimal educational benefi t. The course will AND THEIR APPLICATIONS (3) schools of philosophical thought in music further explore Multicultural Art Education The course focuses on general concepts of education. Music educators have to be in a and Art Craft and Design in relation to mathematics drawn from a number of topics: position to justify the teaching and learning cultural changes and emerging issues such as Derivatives, and differentiation of formulas, of music. The key concepts in music are Environmental Awareness, Population/Family derivatives of trigonometric functions, the introduced in this course. Life Issues, HIV/AIDS. The course will also deal chain, product, and quotient rules. EPP218 LISTENING, COMPOSING AND with careers and commercial art. This will EPM427 CALCULUS II (3) PERFORMING (4) include enterprises educational trips to Art/ The course focuses on general concepts The course recognises the three activities of Craft/design businesses. of mathematics Drawn from a number of listening, composing and appraising as central EPP447 BASIC INSTRUMENTAL SKILLS (4) topics: Properties of the integral, fundamental to the study of music. Each of these critical The course exposes the student to at least theorem of calculus, and applications of areas is treated singly and together with three musical instrument for them to choose integration. others. Focus is on developing skills to achieve 2, one being a principal or fi rst instrument and competency in the three areas. the other being the second instrument. Skills EPM428 ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN EPP301 APPROPRIATE ART, CRAFT & of playing instruments of Western and African PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY (3) DESIGN METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR origin are developed. Chemistry concepts include organic chemistry: THE PRIMACY SCHOOL (4) EPP449 MOVEMENT IN MUSIC (4) amines, carbonyls, Polymerisation. Chemistry In this course students will explore art Emphasis is placed upon the use of the of the main group elements (1, 2, 3, 7, and materials, develop classroom activities and human body as an instrument to teach various 8). Electrochemistry Physics concepts include learn appropriate methods to be used in concepts and develop skills in music. Atomic physics, Rotational motion, and the teaching of art, craft & design in the EPS200 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL Periodic motion, Sound waves, Nuclear physics primary schools in Botswana. The students STUDIES (2) and Magnetism will also follow development in the local art The course covers the historical development EPM429 ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN education curriculum and in art/craft/design of social studies; it’s nature and the BIOLOGY AND EARTH SCIENCES (3) events in the country. The course will equip relationship between social studies and other Biology concepts will include ecology, food students with skills of adapting the teaching subjects. It also relates the subject to young chains, predators, competition, niche, of Art, Craft and Design to changes in the children’s perception of the world around succession, commensalisms, carrying capacity, society considering emerging issues such as them, criteria for selection for content and r-strategies, k-strategies, and mutualism. Environmental Awareness, Population/Family teaching / learning materials. Biochemistry of amino acids, proteins and Life Issues, HIV/AIDS EPS201 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF lipids Earth science concepts include current EPP302 PRACTICAL SKILLS IN THE VALUES IN EDUCATION (2) environmental problems, water industrial PLANNING AND TEACHING OF ART CRAFT The course focuses on the values of a society, sewage, air pollution, deforestation, energy & DESIGN (4) their role in building the society together and use, geological time scale, radio and carbon In this course students will explore art, craft shaping individual values. It also covers the dating, radioactivity, human population, & design materials and develop classroom theory of moral development with emphasis rock types, Bowen reaction, ring of fi re, the activities for teaching art, craft & design in on children aged between 6-13 years. atmosphere and air motion. the primary schools in Botswana. The course Approaches to teaching morals and values will will equip students with skills of adapting the emphasize moral dilemmas and values analysis EPM430 MATHEMATICAL APPLICATIONS teaching of Art, Craft and Design to changes clarifi cation. FOR PRIMARY TEACHERS (3) in the society, considering emerging issues EPS203 INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND THEIR Graphical linear programming techniques, such as Environmental Awareness, Population/ ENVIRONMENT (3) measured of average and spread, correlation Family Life Issues, HIV/AIDS improvisation The course focuses on how indigenous and regression analysis, using calculating process. Students will regularly undertake peoples adapt to their environments. It devices (scientifi c calculators, spread sheets, peer-teaching activities. explores the socio-cultural, political and statistical programmes) to deal with data, legal issues of the indigenous peoples of the
83 FACULTY OF EDUCATION
world. Issues of identity, discrimination, class, the development of good citizens. It examines race, language, culture, inheritance, ethnicity the transmission and transformation models and development will be examined. It will of social studies in fostering democratic demystify the notion that the indigenous principles. It also explores different approaches peoples lead a nomadic life because they are to teaching students to be responsible citizens primitive but rather show how different people in a democracy and the need to democratize adapt to different types of environments. It the classroom during social studies instruction. will examine the changes taking place in these EPS403 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS peoples’ life-styles e.g. the Basarwa, Maasai, AND GOVERNANCE (3) Eskimos, Inuits, Caribi Indians and Aborigines. This course examines the role of international Agencies working to improve the situation of organizations in governance. It looks at indigenous peoples around the world will be the role of international organizations in identifi ed and examined. Case studies will be promoting peace and security, stability, used to develop more understanding of the confl ict resolution, economic integration concept of adaptation. and interdependence. It will focus on the EPS300 CULTURE AND CITIZENSHIP social, political and economic implications EDUCATION (3) of Botswana being a member of these This course examines the relationship between international organizations. It covers culture and citizenship education. It examines organizations such as SADC. AU., UN., and the various cultural dimensions/ elements EU. Their achievements and challenges will that are necessary for citizenship education. It be critically analyzed. Relevant examples on also explores aspects of citizenship education the role of international organizations and such as active citizenship, communitarianism, governance will be drawn regionally and civil society and civic republicanism and world-wide. transmission of cultural values. A thorough examination of competing perspectives on citizenship education will be done and these include cultural pluralism, assimilationist, legalist and critical thinking perspectives. A critical analysis of factors responsible for cultural change and how culture infl uences citizenship education will be done. EPS322 SOCIAL STUDIES AND CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (3) The course explores purposes, substantive issues and content of primary social studies curriculum. It further examines innovative approaches to designing and implementing social studies curriculum for primary schools. EPS323 SOCIAL STUDIES AND PEDAGOGY (3) The course aims at developing concepts and theories from social science, humanities and education into practices of successful social studies instruction. It integrates social issues and refl ective thinking skills into the social studies curriculum. EPS331 TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE PRIMARY SCHOOL (3) The course explores the defi nition of social studies and its’ teaching at all levels of the primary school. It covers social studies curriculum, approaches to curriculum selection, evaluation and organization of content, selection and use of instructional materials. EPS400 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN TEACHING PRIMARY SOCIAL STUDIES (3) This course is intended to assess contemporary issues in primary social studies instruction. These perspectives cover a wide range of issues from topics of public concern, current affairs, controversial issues and special events. Topics to be covered will include among others global education, multicultural education, gender issues and sex- role stereotypes, environmental issues and current events. It will also examine how these topics contribute to social studies content. EPS401 THE ROLE OF DEMOCRACY IN TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES (3) This course is based on the premise that refl ective thinking is a prerequisite to fulfi llment of the responsibilities of an ideal citizenry in a democracy. It examines the role of democracy in the teaching of social studies. It appreciates the fact that the school and social studies in particular should act as a microcosm of the democratic process. It covers principles of democracy, how they relate to the teaching of social studies and
84 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
CPDU
ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING
CIVIL ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
DEAN Prof. A.B. Ngowi, BSc. (Dar es Salaam), MSc (Chalmers), Ph.D (Witwatersrand), MCIOB, Pr.CPM
DEPUTY DEAN Dr. J.S.J. Daka, BEng (Zambia), MSc (Loughborough), Ph.D (Essex), MEIZ FACULTY ADMINISTRATOR Mrs. B. Barrows, BA (UB) MSc (Cardiff) INDUSTRIAL TRAINING COORDINATOR Mr. J. Marumo, BSc. (Florida A&M), PGD (UMIST) ASS. INDUSTRIAL TRAINING COORDINATOR Mr. R. Sehurutshi, BEng (Hons), MOMS UK, AVT – Industrial (Germany) FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
The Faculty of Engineering and in the following Technicians Certifi cate • Diploma in Mechanical Engineering Technology (FET) is dedicated to the programmes: • Diploma in Mining Engineering. following aims: • Construction • Diploma in Water and Environmental • Electrical and Electronic Engineering Engineering a) To produce high quality engineering • Motor Vehicle Engineering graduates who can adapt to the work • Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 11.10 Entrance Requirements environment and discharge their duties to the Engineering 11.11 The minimum entrance qualifi cations satisfaction of their employers; • Plant Engineering to the Diploma programme shall be the b) To be responsive to the needs of the • Science Laboratory Technology. Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary industry in all sectors of the Botswana Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with economy. This will be accomplished mainly 10.10 Entrance Requirements credits in Mathematics and either Physics by providing study programmes designed to 10.11 The minimum entrance qualifi cations or Physical Science or any other subject meet the need for highly trained manpower to the Certifi cate programmes shall be the as specifi ed in the Special Departmental in required areas of technology and the Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary Regulations. environment; Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with 11.12 Alternative entry qualifi cations may c) To respond to the needs of industry through passes in Mathematics and Physics or Physical be considered at the discretion of the research, consultancy, advisory and related Science or any other subject as specifi ed by Departmental Board. Mature entrants with services; the Special Departmental Regulations or evidence of relevant prior learning shall be d) To maintain a continuous dialogue 10.12 A Craft Certifi cate with credits in admitted according to the General Regulations with industry and other relevant bodies to Mathematics and at least 3 technical subjects. 00.52. determine and fulfi ll any needs which may be 11.13 Applicants in possession of an raised by industry from time to time; 10.20 Programme Structure appropriate Engineering Certifi cate may be e) To provide access, with proper theoretical 10.21 Certifi cate programmes will normally admitted directly into the second year of the and practical backing, to recent developments extend over 4 semesters of full-time study, Diploma Programme. in the technology sector and to prepare unless otherwise specifi ed in the Special graduates for professional responsibilities; Departmental Regulations. 11.20 Programme Structure f) To prepare FET graduates to pursue further 10.22 The courses offered in the programme 11.21 Diploma programmes will normally studies in their relevant Engineering and shall be as specifi ed in the Special extend over 4 semesters of full-time study, Technology disciplines. Departmental Regulations. unless otherwise specifi ed in the Special 10.23 Industrial and/or site visits may be Departmental Regulations. Academic Departments and Programmes arranged to supplement learning, as specifi ed 11.22 The courses offered in the programme The Faculty of Engineering and Technology in the Special Departmental Regulations. shall be as specifi ed in the Special consists of fi ve Departments and one Unit: 10.24 The availability of optional courses Departmental Regulations. • Department of Architecture and Planning offered shall be at the discretion of the 11.23 Industrial and/or site visits may be • Department of Civil Engineering Department. arranged to supplement learning, as specifi ed • Department of Electrical Engineering in the Special Departmental Regulations. • Department of Industrial Design and 10.30 Assessment 11.24 The availability of optional courses Technology 10.31 The continuous assessment of a course offered shall be at the discretion of the • Department of Mechanical Engineering may be designated to include the assessment Department. • Certifi cate and Diploma Programmes Unit of practical skills, by tests or other appropriate means. The department concerned will make 11.30 Assessment -The Departments of Civil Engineering, provision for such assessment, and will make 11.31 Except for a project and courses with Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical available to students a schedule showing the 100 percent continuous assessment, the Engineering offer Bachelor of Engineering assessment points at the commencement of ratio of continuous assessment to end of Degree programmes in Civil Engineering, the course. semester examination marks shall be 2:3, Construction Engineering and Management, 10.32 For continuous assessment, the ratio unless otherwise specifi ed in the Special Electrical and Electronic Engineering, of test marks to assignment and/or laboratory Departmental Regulations. and Mechanical Engineering. In addition, report marks shall be 1:1. 11.32 A project shall be evaluated by the Departments offer Higher Diploma 10.33 Except for courses with 100 continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ programmes in Electrical and Electronic percent continuous assessment, the or demonstration and a written report. The Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and ratio of continuous assessment to end of ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, Water and Environmental Engineering. semester examination marks shall be 2:3, presentation assessment and written report unless otherwise specifi ed in the Special shall be 1:1:2. -The Department of Industrial Design and Departmental Regulations. 11.33 For continuous assessment, the ratio Technology offers Bachelor of Design Degree 10.34 Failure without good cause to submit of marks for tests to assignment and/or programmes in Industrial Design, and Design an item of continuous assessment within 24 laboratory report marks shall be 1:1. and Technology Education. hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 5 11.34 The fi nal project report must be percentage marks per working day. Failure to submitted to the co-ordinator at least 2 weeks The Department of Architecture offers submit the assignment by the end of 1 week before the beginning of the end of semester Bachelor of Architecture Degree programme in from the due date shall incur a zero mark. examinations. Architecture, and a Bachelor of Science Degree 10.35 A student who fails to sit a continuous 11.35 Failure without good cause to submit in Urban and Regional Planning. assessment test without documented valid an item of continuous assessment within 24 reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of The Certifi cate and Diploma Programmes student absent from a test with a documented 5 percentage marks per working day. Failure Unit (CDPU) offers Diploma programmes legitimate reason shall be entitled to a to submit the assignment before the end of in Building and Civil Engineering, Electrical substitute test. 1 week from the due date shall incur a zero and Electronic Engineering, Geomatics, 10.36 Where a course includes a written fi nal mark. Mechanical Engineering, Mining Engineering, examination, a course with a credit value of 11.36 A student who fails to sit a continuous and Water and Environmental Engineering. 3 or more shall be examined by an end of assessment test without documented valid In addition, the Unit offers Certifi cate semester examination of duration 2 hours, and reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A programmes in Construction Engineering, 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. student absent from a test with documented Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Motor 10.37 Courses with a practical component legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special Vehicle Engineering, Refrigeration and Air- or drawing included in a written examination test. Conditioning, Plant Engineering, and Science shall be examined by a 3-hour, end–of- 11.37 Where a course includes a written fi nal Laboratory Technology. semester examination. examination, a course with a credit value of 3 or more shall be examined by an end of Details of the requirements for admission 110 Special Regulations for the Diploma in semester examination of duration 2 hours, and into the various programmes are outlined Engineering 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. in the following pages under each relevant Subject to the provisions of General Academic 11.38 Courses with a practical component Department/Unit. Regulations 000 and 100, the following or drawing included in a written examination Special Regulations shall apply to students in shall be examined by a 3-hour, end-of- 100 Special Regulations for the Technician the following programmes: semester examination. Certifi cate Programmes • Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering Subject to the provisions of General Academic • Diploma in Electrical and Electronic 120 Industrial Training Regulations for the Regulations 000 and 100, the following Engineering Diploma in Engineering Special Regulations shall apply to students • Diploma in Geomatics Subject to the provisions of General Academic
86 Regulations 000 and 100, the following 13.22 The courses offered in the programme EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) Special Regulations shall apply to students in shall be as specifi ed in the Special MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I the following programmes: Departmental Regulations. (3, pre-requisite MAT111, MAT122) • Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering 13.23 Industrial and/or site visits may be • Diploma in Electrical and Electronic arranged to supplement lecture material. Semester 4 Engineering 13.24 The availability of optional courses DTB221 Workshop Technology II (2) • Diploma in Geomatics offered shall be at the discretion of the MMB221 Manual and Computer Aided • Diploma in Mechanical Engineering Department. Drafting (2, pre-requisite MMB211) • Diploma in Mining Engineering. MMB222 Dynamics (2) • Diploma in Water and Environmental 13.30 Assessment CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) Engineering 13.31 Except for a project and courses with EEB221 A.C. Circuit Principles II (2) 100 percent continuous assessment, the MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II 12.10 Programme Structure ratio of continuous assessment to end-of- (3, pre-requisite MAT291) 12.11 A student shall undergo a single period semester examination marks shall be 2:3, of supervised Industrial Training for 8 weeks unless otherwise specifi ed in the Special 21.23 Students registered for a Bachelor and shall be undertaken at a time specifi ed by Departmental Regulations. of Engineering programme shall undergo the Faculty. 13.32 A project shall be evaluated by two periods of Industrial Training: 8 weeks 12.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ and 20 weeks as specifi ed in Faculty Special as follows: or demonstration and a written report. The Regulation 22.10. ITD100 Industrial Training (duration 8 weeks, ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, 21.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each 4 credits, core course) presentation assessment and written report student shall register for General Education 12.13 During the course of Industrial Training shall be 1:1:2. Courses as prescribed by General Regulations a student shall be subjected to such codes, 13.33 For continuous assessment, the ratio 00.2124, Departmental prescribed number procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations of marks for tests to assignments and/or of core, optional and elective courses per as applicable to the industry. laboratory marks shall be 1:1. semester, unless exempted. 12.14 Subject to Regulations Governing 13.34 The fi nal project report must be 21.25 The availability of optional and elective Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation submitted to the co-ordinator at least 2 weeks courses offered by a Department shall be at 4.0, and Regulation 12.13 above, a student before the beginning of the end of semester the discretion of the relevant Department. who receives a fi nal warning during the course examinations. 21.26 A student shall register for a Single of Industrial Training shall be subjected to 13.35 A student who fails to sit a continuous Major or a Combined Degree programme in Disciplinary Regulations. assessment test without documented valid the fi fth semester. reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A 21.27 A subject may include courses 12.20 Assessment student absent from a test with documented consisting entirely of fi eldwork, project work, 12.21 During the course of Industrial Training, legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special practical work or seminars. In addition to work each student shall be visited at least once at test. during the semester, a subject may include the location of placement to be assessed by 13.36 Where a course includes a written fi nal prescribed fi eldwork or assignments during Faculty of Engineering and Technology staff. examination, a course with a credit value of the vacation periods. 12.22 A student’s performance will be 3 or more shall be examined by an end of assessed by means of: semester examination of duration 2 hours, and 21.30 Assessment 12.22a) Continuous assessment by the 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. 21.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, industrial based supervisor and an assessor 13.37 Courses with a practical component 300, 400 and 500 courses shall be based from a relevant department of the Faculty of or drawing included in a written examination on tests and/or assignments, and where Engineering and Technology; shall be examined by end-of-semester applicable, laboratory reports/fi eld reports. 12.22b) Industrial Training report and log- examination of 3 hours duration. 21.32 Except for a project and courses with book submitted by the student at the end of 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio the Industrial Training period. 210 Special Regulations for the Degree in of continuous assessment to end of semester 12.23 ITD100 shall be assessed as based on Bachelor of Engineering examination shall be 2:3, unless otherwise Regulations 120.22 a) and 120.22 b). The Subject to the provisions of the General specifi ed in the Departmental Special ratio of marks for continuous assessment to Regulations 000 and 200, the following Regulations. Industrial Training report shall be 1:2. Special Regulations shall apply: 21.33 A project shall be evaluated by 12.24 A student who has an incomplete grade continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ shall be allowed to complete Industrial Training 21.10 Entrance Requirements or demonstration and a written report. The at a time recommended by the Faculty. 21.11 Admission to the Bachelor of ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, Engineering Degree shall be as stipulated in presentation assessment and written report 130 Special Regulations for the Higher General Regulation 20.20. shall be 1:1:2. Diploma in Engineering 21.12 The normal minimum requirements 21.34 For continuous assessment, the ratio Subject to the provisions of General Academic for admission to Level 200 of the Degree of marks for tests to assignments and/or Regulations 000 and 100, the following programme shall be satisfactory completion of laboratory marks shall be 1:1. Special Regulations shall apply to the following Level 100 of the Bachelor of Science (General) 21.35 Level 500 Project Report must be programmes: Degree of the Faculty of Science with at least submitted to the co-ordinator at least two •Higher Diploma in Electrical and Electronic C grades in Mathematics and Physics. weeks before the beginning of the end-of- Engineering 21.13 Applicants in possession of an semester examinations. •Higher Diploma in Mechanical Engineering appropriate ‘A’ level qualifi cation with at least 21.36 Where a course includes a written fi nal •Higher Diploma in Water and Environmental C grades in Mathematics and Physics may be examination, a course with a credit value of Engineering admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree 3 or more shall be examined by an end of programme. semester examination of duration 2 hours, and 13.10 Entrance Requirements 21.14 Applicants in possession of an 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. 13.11 The normal minimum entrance appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly 21.37 Courses with a practical component requirements to the Higher Diploma into Level 200 of the Degree programme. or drawing included in a written examination programmes shall be a relevant Diploma of 21.15 Applicants in possession of an shall be examined by end of semester this University or its equivalent, as specifi ed in appropriate Higher Diploma may be admitted examination of duration 3 hours. the Special Departmental Regulations. directly into Level 300 of the appropriate 21.38 Industrial Training shall be assessed as 13.12 In addition to the requirements of Degree programme. specifi ed in the Faculty Special Regulation 120.11 candidates must have at least one 22.20. year of relevant industrial/work experience 21.20 Programme Structure 21.39 Failure without good cause to submit as specifi ed in the Special Departmental 21.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specifi ed an item of continuous assessment within 24 Regulations. in the Faculty of Science Special Regulations hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 13.13 Alternative entry qualifi cations may for the Bachelor of Science Degree. 5 percentage marks per day. Failure to submit be considered at the discretion of the 21.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following the assignment before the end of one week Departmental Board. core courses: from the due date shall incur a zero mark. 21.40 A student who fails to sit a continuous 13.20 Programme Structure Semester 3 assessment test without documented valid 13.21 Higher diploma programmes will extend DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A over four semesters of full-time study, except MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) student absent from a test with documented where specifi ed in the Special Departmental CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special Regulations. CCB212 Statics (2) test.
87 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
220 Industrial Training Regulations for the Degree Programme shall be satisfactory Evaluation and presentation. The ratio of Degree in Bachelor of Engineering completion of Level 100 of the Bachelor of marks for documentation to presentation shall Subject to the provisions of General Science General Degree of the Faculty of be 2:1. Regulations 000 and 200, the following Science with at least C- (C minus) grades in 23.33c) A Design and Make Project shall be Industrial Training Regulations shall apply to Mathematics and Physics. evaluated as specifi ed in Regulations 23.33a students in the following programmes: 23.15 Applicants in possession of an and 23.33b. •Bachelor of Engineering (Civil Engineering) appropriate ‘A’ level qualifi cation with at least 23.34 The Level 500 Project Report must be •Bachelor of Engineering (Construction D grades in Mathematics and at least one of: submitted to the co-coordinator at least 2 Engineering and Management) Physics, Chemistry or Design and Technology weeks before the beginning of the end-of- •Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical and may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the semester examinations. Electronic Engineering) Degree Programme. 23.35 Where a course includes a written fi nal •Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical 23.16 Applicants in possession of an examination, a course with a credit value of Engineering) appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly 3 or more shall be examined by an end of •Bachelor of Engineering (General). into Level 200 of the Degree Programme. semester examination of duration 2 hours, and 23.17 Applicants in possession of an 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. 22.10 Programme Structure appropriate Higher Diploma may be admitted 23.36 Courses having a practical component 22.11 A student shall undergo two periods directly into Level 300 of the Degree or drawing that include a written examination of supervised Industrial Training: 8 weeks Programme. shall be examined by an end of semester between Levels 200 and 300, and 20 weeks examination of duration 3 hours. starting from the beginning of Semester 2 23.20 Degree Structure 23.37 Industrial Training shall be assessed as of Level 400 including part of the vacation 23.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specifi ed specifi ed in the Faculty Special Regulation between Levels 400 and 500. in the Faculty of Science Special Regulations 35.20. 22.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be for the Bachelor of Science Degree. 23.38 Failure without good cause to submit as follows: 23.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following an item of continuous assessment within 24 ITB200 Industrial Training I (duration 8 weeks, courses: hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 4 credits, core course) 5 percentage marks per day. Failure to submit ITB420 Industrial Training II (duration 20 Semester 3 the assignment before the end of 1 week from weeks, 10 credits, core course). DTB210 Elements of Design (3) the due date shall incur a zero mark. 22.13 During the course of Industrial Training, DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) 23.39 A student who fails to sit a continuous a student shall be subjected to such codes, MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) assessment test without documented valid procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) reason shall score a zero mark for that test. A as applicable to the industry. CCB212 Statics (2) student absent from a test with documented 22.14 Subject to Regulations Governing EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation test. 4.0, and Regulation 22.13 above, a student Semester 4 who receives a fi nal warning for misconduct DTB220 Designing Artifacts 350 Industrial Training Regulations for the during the course of Industrial Training shall be (3, pre-requisite DTB210) Degree in Bachelor of Design subjected to Discipline Regulations. DTB221 Workshop Technology II Preamble (2, pre-requisite DTB211) Subject to the provisions of General 22.20 Assessment MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting Regulations 000 and 200 the following 22.21 During the course of the Industrial (2, pre-requisite MMB211) Industrial Training Regulations shall apply to Training period, each student shall be visited MMB222 Dynamics (2) students on the following programmes: twice at the location of placement to be CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) •Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology assessed by the Faculty of Engineering and DTB 222 Graphics (2) Education) Technology staff. •Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) 22.22 A student’s performance will be 23.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of assessed by means of: Design Degree Programme shall undergo 35.10 Structure 22.22a) Continuous assessment by the industrial training as specifi ed under 35.11 A student shall undergo a period of industrial based supervisor and an assessor Departmental Special Regulations. supervised Industrial Training for 7 weeks from a relevant department of the Faculty of 23.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each between Levels 300 and 400. Engineering and Technology; student shall register for General Education 22.22b) Industrial Training report and log- Courses as prescribed by General Regulation 35.12 In addition to the above, a student book submitted by the student at the end of 00.2124, Departmental prescribed number doing Industrial Design shall undergo a second the Industrial Training period; of core, optional and elective courses per period of supervised Industrial Training for 20 22.22c) Oral Presentation. semester, unless exempted. weeks starting from the beginning of semester 22.23 ITB200 shall be assessed as based 23.25 The availability of optional and elective 2 of Level 400 including part of the vacation on Regulations 22.22 a) and 22.22 b). The courses offered by a Department shall be at between Levels 400 and 500. ratio of marks for continuous assessment to the discretion of the Department. Industrial Training report shall be 1:2. 23.26 A student shall register for a Single 35.13 Industrial Training course codes shall be 22.24 ITB420 shall be evaluated as specifi ed Major or a Combined Degree Programme in as follows: in Regulation 22.22. The ratio of marks for the third semester. DTB300 - Industrial Training (duration 7 continuous assessment to Industrial Training 23.27 A subject may include courses weeks, 3 credits, core course). report to oral presentation shall be 1:2:1. consisting entirely of fi eldwork, project work, IDB400 - Industrial Training for Industrial practical work, and seminars. In addition Design (duration 20 weeks, 10 credits, core 230 Special Regulations for the Degree in to work during the semester, a subject may course). Bachelor of Design include prescribed fi eldwork or assignments 35.14 During the course of Industrial Training Subject to the provisions of the General during the vacation periods. a student shall be subjected to such codes, Regulations 000 and 200, the following procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations Special Regulations shall apply: 23.30 Assessment as applicable to the industry. 23.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, 35.15 Subject to Regulations Governing 23.10 Entrance Requirements 300, 400 and 500 courses shall be based Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation 23.11 Admission into Level 100 of the on tests and/or assignments, and where 4.0, and regulation 35.13 above, a student Bachelor of Design Degree Programme shall applicable laboratory reports/fi eld reports. who receives a fi nal warning for misconduct be as stipulated in the General Admission 23.32 Except for a project and courses with during the period of Industrial Training shall be Regulations. 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio subjected to Discipline Regulations. 23.12 Admission into Level 100 of the of continuous assessment to end of semester BDes Degree Programme shall be minimum examination shall be 2:3, unless otherwise 35.20 Assessment requirement of a BGCSE with a pass in English specifi ed in the Departmental Special 35.21 During the periods of Industrial Training, and a C grade in Mathematics and Physics and Regulations. each student shall be visited a minimum any one of Chemistry or Biology or a minimum 23.33a) A Design Project shall be assessed of twice at the location of placement to of Grade BB in Science Double Award. through documentation (folio, report and be assessed by Faculty of Engineering and 23.13 Admission into Level 200 of the diary) of the Design Process and presentation. Technology staff. Bachelor of Design Degree Programme The ratio of marks for documentation to 35.22 A student’s performance will be shall be as stipulated in General Admission presentation shall be 2:1. assessed by means of: Regulations. 23.33b) A Major Make and Evaluate Project 35.22a) Continuous assessment by the 23.14 Admission into Level 200 of the BDes shall be assessed through Product and its
88 industry based supervisor and an assessor following programmes: CBD224 Estimating and Tendering (2) from a relevant Department of the Faculty of • Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering In addition students shall select at least 1 of Engineering and Technology. • Diploma in Geomatics the following 2 credit, optional courses: 35.22b) Industrial Training Report and • Diploma in Water and Environmental logbook submitted by the student at the end Engineering CBD225 Structural Draughting (pre-requisite of the Industrial Training period. Construction Technician Certifi cate. CBD112, co-requisite CBD222) CBD226 Soil Mechanics II (pre-requisite 35.22c) Oral Presentation. 113 Departmental Regulations for the CBD217) 35.23 DTB300 shall be assessed as based on Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering CBD227 Construction Management regulations 35.22a) and 35.22b). The ratio of Subject to the provisions of the General In addition to the above, students are marks for Continuous Assessment to Industrial Academic Regulations 000 and the Special expected to do the compulsory courses Training Report and Logbook shall be 1:2. Faculty of Engineering and Technology GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 35.24 IDB400 shall be assessed as based Regulations 110, the following Special credits each with a total credit of 8. on regulation 35.22. The ratio of marks for Departmental Regulations for the Diploma Continuous Assessment to Industrial Training in Building and Civil Engineering Programme 113.30 Assessment Report and Logbook to Oral Presentation shall shall apply: 113.31 For CBD126 and ITD100, the be 1:2:1. assessment shall be continuous assessment 113.10 Entrance Requirements only. 113.11 The minimum entrance requirements 113.32 All other courses shall be assessed as CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA to the Diploma in Building and Civil stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation PROGRAMS UNIT (CDPU) Engineering Programme shall be as stipulated 11.30. Unit Coordinator/Head: K. J. in the Faculty Special Regulation 11.10. 114 Departmental Special Regulations for Thomas 113.20 Programme Structure the Diploma in Geomatics The unit was created in July 2003 within FET 113.21 The Programme will be a Single Major Subject to the provisions of General Academic according to a decision made by University that will normally extend over 4 semesters of Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of Council in November 2002. It manages full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject called Engineering and Technology Regulations all Certifi cate and Diploma Programmes Building and Civil Engineering consisting of for Diploma 110, the following Special except Diploma in Mining Engineering and courses shown below. Departmental Regulations shall apply: Higher Diploma Programmes. There are 11 Programmes currently under CDPU and Level 100 114.10 Entrance Requirements those programmes are now expected to Building and Civil Engineering 114.11 The minimum entrance requirements be transferred to DVET under Ministry of Semester 1 to the Diploma Programme shall be as Education by August 2008. Core Courses stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering The unit has four different sections: CDPU- SMD111 Mathematics I (2) and Technology Regulation 11.10. Civil Engineering (4 programmes), CDPU- CBD111 Construction Technology I (2) Electrical Engineering (2 programmes), CDPU- CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) 114.20 Programme Structure Mechanical Engineering (4 programmes) CBD112 Engineering Drawing (2) 114.21 The Programme will be a Single Major and CDPU-Science and Mathematics (1 CBD116 (CBD126) CAD for Civil Engineering that will normally extend over 4 semesters of programme). The Unit consists of about 50 (2) full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject called teaching staff and over 700 students. Geomatics consisting of courses shown below. All resources and facilities are shared to run Semester 2 the programmes with full quality assurance. Core Courses Level 100 SMD121 Mathematics II (2) Geomatics CDPU- Civil Engineering Section CBD122 Construction Materials (2) Semester 1 Section Leader/ Head: M. CBD123 Mechanics (2, pre-requisite Core Courses Silumbwe SMD 110) CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) CBD124 Construction Technology and CGD112 Principles of Geographic Drawing, (3, pre-requisite CBD 111) Information System (2) Chief Tutor CBD125 Mechanical and Electrical Workshop CGD113 Measurement Science (2) J. Samman, BSc (Kumasi), MSc Practice (2) CGD114 Elements of Cartography (2) (Witwatersrand), MBIDP MED120 Engineering Materials (2) SMD111 Mathematics I (2) ITD100 Industrial Training (4) - Winter Principal Tutor Course Semester 2 G. K. Udasi, DipCivilEng. (India), S.V. Core Courses Polytechnic, (Indore), MSc (Civil), PFU Level 200 CGD121 Topographical and Cadastral (Moscow), LIFE FIE (India), MSID, C.Eng (India), Building and Civil Engineering Surveying (3, pre-requisite MBIE, ACIOB (UK) CGD 111) Semester 3 CGD123 Fundamentals of Photogrammetry Senior Tutor Core Courses (3) M. Sarbah, BSc (Design), Dipl Arch (Kumasi) CBD211 Building Services (2, pre-requisite CGD124 CAD for Geomatics (2) G. M. Makula, HND (Mid-Kent), BSc (London) CBD 124) CGD125 Planning and Environmental Studies W.M. Ratsie BSc (Surveying and Mapping CBD212 Theory of Structures (3, pre- (2) Sciences (UK), Dip. Mining Technology requisites CBD 123, SMD 121) SMD121 Mathematics II (3) (Canada) CBD213 Civil Workshop Practice (2) CGD126 Residential Survey Camp (2, core) CBD214 Quantity Surveying (2) - Winter Course Tutor CBD215 Contract Administration(2) ITD100 Industrial Training (4, winter course) G. Ntwayagae, BSc. (Quantity Surveying), (South Bank Univ.) In addition students shall select at least 1 of Level 200 F. Moyo, BSc. Surveying & Geometrics the following 2 credit, optional courses: Geomatics (Honours), (Midlands State Univ) Semester 3 L.V. Mallatlhelelo, B.Eng in Water and CBD216 Architectural Draughting (pre-req. Core Courses Environmental (Dalhousie Univ.) (Canada) CBD 124) CGD216 Basic Programming (2) E. Kabundu, BSc. Surveying (Honours), CBD217 Soil Mechanics I CGD211 Geodesy (3, pre-requisite CGD111) (Makerere) LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law
In addition students shall select at least 1 Chief Instructor Semester 4 course from each of the following groups of M. Silumbwe, BEng (Civil) (Lusaka), MSc Core Courses optional courses: (Hydraulic Eng) (USA) CBD221 Concrete Technology (3) Group A CBD222 Construction Technology II (2, pre- CGD212 Engineering Surveying Senior Instructor requisite CBD124 Co-requisite, (3, pre-requisite CGD111) R .C. K. Akormedie, FTC Licentiateship Dip CBD221) CGD213 Applied GIS (3, pre-requisite Cert. Ed CBD223 Structural Design (2, pre-requisite CGD112) CBD212) Group B Introduction CGD221 Engineering Surveying CGD214 Adjustment of Survey Measurement CDPU- Civil Engineering Section offers the (2, pre-requisite CGD111) (2, pre-requisite SMD121)
89 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
SMD215 Survey Mathematics (2, pre-requisite CBD217 Soil Mechanics I (2) (2,prereq. CCC122) SMD121) CWD214 Environmental Pollution (3) CCC214 Computer Aided Drafting In addition students shall select at least 1 of (2, pre-requisite CCC114) Semester 4 the following 2-credit, optional courses: CCC215 Measurement of Construction Work Core Courses (3) CG223 Satellite Positioning (3, pre-requisite CBD212 Theory of Structures CCC216 Construction Drawing (3) CGD211) CBD213 Civil Workshop Practice CGD224 Student Project (3) Semester 4 CGD225 Cadastral Studies and Land Semester 4 Core Courses Administration (2) Core Courses CCC221 Construction Technology II (3, prereq. CGD226 Digital Cartography (2, pre-requisite CWD221 Advanced Hydraulics (3, prereq. CCC212) CGD104) CWD124) CCC222 Electrical Workshop Practice (2) CWD222 Water Engineering II (3, prereq. CCC223 Engineering Surveying (2, pre- In addition students shall select at least 1 from CWD212) requisite CCC125) the following optional courses: CWD223 Environmental Sanitation (3) DTC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) CGD221 Digital Photogrammetry (3, pre- CWD224 Water Analysis (2) CCC224 Estimating and Tendering (2) requisite CDG123) CCC225 Structural and Architectural Detailing CGD222 Remote Sensing (3, pre-requisite In addition students shall select at least 1 of (2, pre-requisite CCC114) CGD123) the following 2-credit, optional courses: CCC226 Introd. to Building Services (2, pre- In addition to the above, students are requisites CCC122, CCC212) expected to do the compulsory courses CBD226 Soil Mechanics II (prereq. CBD217) In addition to the above, students are GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 CWD225 Water and Wastewater System expected to do the compulsory courses credits each with a total credit of 8. Management GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 In addition to the above, students are credits each with a total credit of 8. Assessment expected to do the compulsory courses 1. For CGD124, CGD126 and ITD100, the GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 Assessment assessment shall be continuous assessment credits each with a total credit of 8. (a) For CCC113, CCC114, CCC123, CCC213, only. CCC214, DTC221 and CCC222, the 2. All other courses shall be assessed as Assessment assessment shall be continuous assessment stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations (a) For ITD100, the assessment shall be only. 11.30. continuous assessment only. (b) All other courses shall be assessed as (b) All other courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation Departmental Special Regulations for stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation 10.30. the Diploma in Water and Environmental 11.30. Engineering CDPU –Electrical Section Special Departmental Regulations for Section Leader/Head: D.D. Mbewe Subject to the provisions of General Academic Certifi cate in Construction Chief Tutor Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of Subject to the provisions of General Academic P. N. Mahindroo, BTech (IIT Delhi), MSc Engineering and Technology Regulations Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of (Cranfi eld), CEng MIEE 110, the following Special Departmental Engineering and Technology Regulations Principal Tutor Regulations shall apply: for Technician Certifi cate 100, the following D. D. Mbewe, Dip Tech (ZIT), Dip.Ed Programme Regulations shall apply: (Zambia), HND (NAIT Canada), BSc (Essex) Entrance Requirements MIEE 1.The minimum entrance requirements to the Entrance Requirements Diploma Programme shall be as stipulated The minimum entrance requirements to Senior Tutor in the Special Faculty of Engineering and the Technician Certifi cate Programme in E. N. Mupundu, BEng (Zambia), Cert. Technology Regulation 11.10. Construction shall be as stipulated in the (UNIDO-USSR), MEIZ 2.Other entry qualifi cations shall be considered Special Faculty of Engineering and Technology S. N. Natala, DipTech (ZIT), DipEd (Zambia), by the Department on a case-by-case basis in Regulation 10.10. BEng (Bolton) determining the point of entry. Programme Structure Tutor Programme Structure The Programme will be a Single Major that J. Dimitrova, Msc (Sofi a) (a) The Programme will be a Single Major will normally extend over 4 semesters of full- M. Mateise, B.Eng (UCT) that will normally extend over 4 semesters time study. It shall contain 1 subject called of full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject Construction consisting of courses shown Chief Instructor called Water and Environmental Engineering below. K. P. D. Maluwa, DipEng (Malawi), Cert Occ consisting of courses shown below. H&H (ILO) Level 100 R. Akekelwa, BEng (Stafford) Level 100 Construction Water and Environmental Engineering Semester 1 Principal Instructor Semester 1 Core Courses M. Asante, FYC (Accra), Dip MEng (London), Core Courses SMC111 Mathematics I (2) Grad IEEIE MASEE SMD111 Mathematics I (2) CCC112 Fundamentals of Construction (3) GEO104 Intro. to Geology for Mining CCC113 Mechanical Workshop Practice (2) Senior Instructor Engineering (2) CCC114 Engineering Drawing (2) Mr. Lenao, OTD (Elec & Mech Engineering SWD113 Chemistry for Water Engineering (2) SEC111 Engineering Science (2) CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) Instructor CBD111 Construction Technology 1 (2) Semester 2 B. Marumo, Cert.. in EE, Dip EE (UB) Core Courses Semester 2 SMC121 Mathematics II (2) Introduction Core Courses CCC122 Construction Technology 1 CDPU- Electrical Engineering Section SMD121 Mathematics II (2) (3, prereq. CCC 114) offers the following Programmes: CWD122 Surface Water Hydrology (3) CCC123 Brickwork and Carpentry Workshop •Diploma in Electrical and Electronic SWD123 Aquatic Biology (3) Practice (2) Engineering CBD123 Mechanics (2) CCC124 Applied Mechanics (2) •Certifi cate in Electrical and Electronic CWD124 Hydraulics (3) CCC125 Introduction to Surveying (2) Engineering. ITD100 Industrial Training (4) CCC126 Construction Materials (2) Departmental Special Regulations for Level 200 Water and Environmental Level 200 the Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Engineering Construction Engineering Semester 3 Semester 3 Subject to the provisions of General Academic Core Courses Core Courses Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty CWD211 Groundwater Hydrology SMC211 Mathematics III (2, prereq. SMC121) of Engineering and Technology Regulation (2, pre-requisite CWD 122) CCC212 Building Construction (3,prereq. 110, the following Special Departmental CWD212 Water Engineering I (2) CCC122) Regulations shall apply: CWD213 Wastewater Engineering (2) CCC213 Plumbing Workshop Practice
90 Entrance Requirements stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering R.O.S. Letsatle, BSc Electro-Mech Eng (UCT) (a) The normal minimum entrance and Technology Regulation 10.10. requirements to the Diploma Programme Chief Instructor shall be as stipulated in the Special Faculty of Certifi cate Structure E. Osei-Mensah, DipEd (Germany), DipMech Engineering and Technology Regulation 11.10. The Programme will be a Single Major that will Eng (Ghana), TTC Auto (Ghana) (b) Other entry qualifi cations shall be normally extend over 4 semesters of full-time T. S. Salim, NDT (Sri Lanka), CNE (Novelle- considered by the Department on a case-by- study. It shall contain 1 subject called Electrical USA), BS Comp Sc. (USA) case basis in determining the point of entry. and Electronic Engineering consisting of courses shown below. Senior Instructor Programme Structure G. N. Maunge, BSc Mech (Madison), Dip Ed, The Programme will be a Single Major that will Electrical and Electronic Engineering Dip Mech, MechTech Cert Part 1 (Zambia) normally extend over 4 semesters of full-time Level 100 study. It shall contain 1 subject called Electrical Semester 1 Instructor and Electronic Engineering consisting of Core Courses B. Wadikonyana, Diploma in Mechanical courses shown below. SMC118 Mathematics I (2) Engineering EEC111 Introduction to Electrical Principles Level 100 (3) Electrical and Electronic Engineering EEC112 Analogue Electronics I (2) Introduction Semester 1 EEC113 Electrical Workshop Practice I (2) The Mechanical Engineering Section of the Core Courses EEC116 Electrical Instruments and Certifi cate and Diploma Programmes Unit SMD118 Mathematics I (2) Measurements (2) (CDPU) offers the following programmes: EED112 Electrical Principles (3) •Diploma in Mechanical Engineering EED113 Analogue Electronics I (3) Semester 2 •Technician Certifi cate in Motor Vehicle EED114 Electrical Workshop Practice (2) Core Courses Engineering SMC128 Mathematics II (2) •Technician Certifi cate in Refrigeration and Air Semester 2 EEC121 AC Circuits Theory (3) Conditioning Engineering Core Courses EEC122 Analogue Electronics II (2) •Technician Certifi cate in Plant Engineering. SMD128 Mathematics II (2) EEC123 Electrical Installation I (2) EED122 AC Principles (3) EEC125 Technical Drawing (2) Special Departmental Regulations for EED123 Analogue Electronics II (3) EEC126 Electrical Power Equipment (2) the Technician Certifi cate Programme in EED124 Engineering Drawing (2) Motor Vehicle Engineering EED125 Measurement and Instrumentation Electrical and Electronic Engineering (3) Level 200 Subject to the provisions of General Academic ITD100 Industrial Training (4, winter course) Semester 3 Regulations 00. 0 and the Special Faculty Core Courses of Engineering and Technology Regulations Level 200 SMC218 Mathematics III (2) for Technician Certifi cate 100, the following Electrical and Electronic Engineering EEC212 Digital Electronics I (3) Special Departmental Regulations shall apply: Semester 3 EEC213 Electrical Workshop Practice II (3) Core Courses EEC215 Computer Aided Drafting (2) Entrance Requirements SMD218 Mathematics III (2) The minimum entrance requirements are as EED212 Computer Aided Drafting (2) stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering EED213 Digital Electronics (3) In addition all students shall select at least 1 of and Technology Regulation 10.10. EED214 Electrical Installation (2) the following 3-credit, optional courses: EED215 Electrical Machines I (3) EEC216 Power Distribution Systems (3) Programme Structure EEC217 Telecommunications Systems I (3) The Programme will be a Single Major that In addition students shall select at least 1 of will normally extend over 4 semesters of full- the following 3-credit, optional courses: Semester 4 time study. It shall contain 1 subject called EED216 Electrical Power Transmission SMC228 Mathematics IV (2) Motor Vehicle Engineering consisting of the EED217 Principles of Communication Systems EEC221 Electronic Workshop Practice (3) courses shown below. (pre-requisite SMD 218) EEC222 Digital Electronics II (3) EEC223 Electrical Installation II (2) Level 100 Motor Vehicle Engineering Semester 4 Semester 1 Core Courses In addition all students shall select at least 1 of Core Courses SMD228 Mathematics IV (2) the following 3-credit, optional courses: SMC111 Mathematics I (2) EED222 Control Systems (3) SEC111 Engineering Science (2) OHD222 Occupational Safety (2) EEC226 Electrical Power Utilisation (3) MCC111 Engineering Drawing I (2) EEC227 Telecommunications Systems II (3) MCC112 Workshop Practical I (1) In addition students shall select at least 2 of In addition to the above, students are MVC111 Motor Vehicle Science and the following 3-credit, optional courses: expected to do the compulsory courses Technology (2) EED226 Microprocessor Based Systems (3, GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 MVC112 Motor Vehicle Workshop Practical pre-requisite EED 213) credits each with a total credit of 8. I (2) EED224 Electrical Machines II (3) EED225 Electrical Power Distribution and Assessment Semester 2 Protection (3) All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in Core Courses EED227 Communication Transmissions the Faculty Special Regulation 10.30. SMC121 Mathematics II (2) Principles (3, pre-requisite EED 217) MCC121 Engineering Drawing II (2, pre-req. In addition to the above, students are CDPU- Mechanical Engineering MCC111) expected to do the compulsory courses Section. Section Leader/Head: T. MCC122 Workshop Practical II (2) GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 MVC121 Motor Vehicle Technology I (3) credits each with a total credit of 8. S. Salim MVC122 Motor Vehicle Workshop Practical II (2) Assessment Chief Tutor MVC123 Vehicle Recovery (2) All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in J. F. Horenburg, DipEng (Germany), PrEng the Faculty Special Regulation 11.30. (South Africa) Level 200 Motor Vehicle Engineering S.G. Dakpo, BA UST (Kumasi), Cert Tech Ed Semester 3 Departmental Special Regulations for the (Cape Coast) Core Courses Technician Certifi cate in Electrical and SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre- Electronic Engineering Principal Tutor requisitenSMC121) Subject to the provisions of General Academic L. J. Joseph, BEng (Madras), MIE MED211 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) (2, Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of S. Sinkala, MSc (Rostov-on-Don), CertMgt, pre-req. MCC121) Engineering and Technology Regulations MEIZ MCC211 Engineering Materials (2) for Technician Certifi cate 100, the following Senior Tutor MVC211 Motor Vehicle Science I (3) Special Departmental Regulations shall apply: MVC212 Motor Vehicle Technology II (3) Tutor MVC213 Motor Vehicle Wo rkshop Practical Entrance Requirements C. Ndolo, BEng (Zambia), MEIZ III (3) The minimum entrance requirements are as K.Wangombe, BEd Tech (Kenya)
91 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
Semester 4 (2, prereq. MCC121) MED211 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) Core Courses MCC211 Engineering Materials (2) (2,prereq. MCC121) MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) MRC211 Refrigeration Application (3) MCC211 Engineering Materials (2) MVC221 Motor Vehicle Science II (2) EEC111 Introduction to Electrical Principles MPC211 Plant Engineering Theory I (2) MVC222 Motor Vehicle Technology III (2) (3) MPC212 Plant Engineering Practice I (2) MVC223 Motor Vehicle Workshop Practical IV MRC213 Industrial Refrigeration Practical (2) MPC213 Plant Practical I (2) (3, pre-req. MVC 213) EEC219 Programmable Logic Controllers (2) EEC111 Introduction to Electrical Principles MVC224 Vehicle Electronics (2) (3) MVC225 Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems (2) Semester 4 DTC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) Core Courses Semester 4 In addition to the above, students are MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) Core Courses expected to do the compulsory courses MRC221 Air Conditioning Applications (3) MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 MRC222 Refrigeration Plant II (3,prereq. MPC221 Plant Engineering Theory II (3) credits each with a total credit of 8. MRC122) MPC222 Plant Engineering Practice II (2) MRC223 Industrial Air Conditioning Practical MPC223 Plant Practical II (2) Assessment (3) MPC224 Process Engineering (2) (a) Except for MCC112, MVC112, MCC122, MRC224 Vehicle Air Conditioning Systems (2) EEC123 Electrical Installation I (2) MED211, MVC213 and MVC223, all courses DTC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) DTC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) shall be assessed in accordance with the In addition to the above, students are In addition to the above, students are Faculty Special Regulations 10.30 expected to do the compulsory courses expected to do the compulsory courses (b) For MCC111 and MCC121 the ratio GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 of marks for continuous assessment to credits each with a total credit of 8. credits each with a total credit of 8. examination shall be 1:1. (c) For MCC112, MVC112, MCC122, Assessment Assessment MED211, MVC213, MVC223 and DTC221 (a) Except for MCC112, MRC112, MCC122, (a) Except for MCC112, MPC112, MCC122, the assessment shall be continuous assessment MED211, MRC213 and MRC223, all courses MED211, MPC213 and MPC223, all courses only. shall be assessed in accordance with the shall be assessed in accordance with the Faculty Special Regulations 10.30 Faculty Special Regulations 10.30 Special Departmental Regulations for (b) For MCC111 and MCC121 the ratio (b) For MCC111 and MCC121 the ratio the Technician Certifi cate Programme of marks for continuous assessment to of marks for continuous assessment to in Refrigeration and Air Conditioning examination shall be 1:1. examination shall be 1:1. Engineering (c) For MCC112, MRC112, MCC122, (c) or MCC112, MPC112, MCC122, MED211, MED211, MRC213, MRC223 and DTC221 the MPC213, MPC223 and DTC221 the Subject to the provisions of General Academic assessment shall be continuous assessment assessment shall be continuous assessment Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of only. only. Engineering and Technology Regulations for Technician Certifi cate 100, the following Special Departmental Regulations for the Departmental Special Regulations for the Special Departmental Regulations shall apply: Technician Certifi cate Programme in Plant Diploma in Mechanical Engineering Engineering Subject to the provisions of Academic General Entrance Requirements Subject to the provisions of General Academic Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of The minimum entrance requirements for the Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of Engineering and Technology Regulations Technician Certifi cate Programme shall be as Engineering and Technology Regulations 110, the following Special Departmental stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering for Technician Certifi cate 100, the following Regulations shall apply: and Technology Regulation 10.10. Special Departmental Regulations shall apply: Entrance Requirements Programme Structure Entrance Requirements The minimum entrance requirements to the The Programme will be a Single Major that The minimum entrance qualifi cations shall Diploma Programme shall be as stipulated will normally extend over 4 semesters of be as stipulated in the Special Faculty of in the Special Faculty of Engineering and full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject Engineering and Technology Regulation 10.10. Technology Regulation 11.10. called Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineering consisting of the courses shown Programme Structure Programme Structure below. The Programme will be a Single Major that will The Programme will be a Single Major that normally extend over 4 semesters of full-time will normally extend over 4 semesters of full- Refrigeration and Air Conditioning study. It shall contain 1 subject called Plant time study. It shall contain 1 subject called Engineering Engineering consisting of the courses shown Mechanical Engineering consisting of the Level 100 below. courses shown below. Semester 1 Core Courses Plant Engineering Mechanical Engineering SMC111 Mathematics I (2) Level 100 Level 100 SEC111 Engineering Science (2) Semester 1 Semester 1 MCC111 Engineering Drawing I (2) Core Courses Core Courses MCC112 Workshop Practical 1 (1) SMC111 Mathematics I (2) SMD111 Mathematics I (2) MRC111 Refrigeration Plant I (2) SEC111 Engineering Science (2) MED110 Mechanical Engineering Science I (2) MRC112 Refrigeration Practical I (2) MCC111 Engineering Drawing I (2) EED111 Electrical Principles (3) MCC112 Workshop Practical I (1 credit, core) MED111 Intro. to Workshop Processes Semester 2 MPC111 Workshop Technology (2,core (2, core MED112) Core Courses MPC112) MED112 Mechanical and Electrical Workshop SMC121 Mathematics II (2) MPC112 Plant Workshop Practical I (2, core Practice (2,core MED111) MCC121 Engineering Drawing II (2,prereq. MPC111) MCC 111) Semester 2 MCC122 Workshop Practical II (2) Semester 2 Core Courses MRC121 Refrigeration Science and Processes Core Courses SMD121 Mathematics II (2) (2) SMC121 Mathematics II (2) EED125 Measurements and Instrumentation MRC122 Refrigeration Practical II (2,prereq. MCC121 Engineering Drawing II (2,prereq. (3) MRC 112) MCC111) MED120 Engineering Materials (2) MRC123 Refrigeration Technology (2) MCC122 Workshop Practical II (2) MED121 Mechanical Engineering Science II MPC121 Mechanical Engineering Science (2, pre-requisite MED 110) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (2,prerequisite SEC111) MED122 Engineering Drawing (2) Engineering MPC122 Introduction to Plant Engineering (3) MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) Level 200 MPC123 Plant Workshop Practical II ITD100 Industrial Training (4 credits, core) (2, pre-requisite MPC112) Semester 3 Mechanical Engineering Core Courses Plant Engineering Level 200 SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre-requisite Semester 3 Semester 3 SMC121) Core Courses Core Courses MED211 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) SMC211 Mathematics III (2, prereq. SMC121) MED210 Thermo-Fluids (core, 3)
92 MED211 Computer Aided Drafting DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE (2, prereq. MED122) 106.10 Entrance Requirements AND PLANNING MED212 Manufacturing Methods I (2, prereq. The minimum entrance requirements to the MED111) Science Laboratory Technicians Certifi cate Associate Professors In addition students shall select at least 2 from shall be the Botswana General Certifi cate of A.C. Mosha, BA (Newcastle- Upon-Tyne), PhD the following optional courses: Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent, (Nottingham) MED213 Motor Vehicle Technology (3) with passes in one of the following: B.I. Cavric, BSc. Geog. (Belgrade), BSc. URP MED214 Plant Engineering (3, co-requisite a) Physics, Chemistry, Biology and (Belgrade), MSc. (Belgrade), PhD (Belgrade), MED 210) Mathematics; MRTPI (UK), APA (US) MED215 Process Engineering (3) b) Physics with Chemistry, Biology, and F.T. Kalabamu, Adv. Dip.URP (Ardhi), MPhil MED216 Heat Transfer (3) Mathematics; (Edinburgh), PhD (KZN), MRTPI (UK) c) Physics with Biology, Chemistry and Semester 4 Mathematics; Senior Lecturers Core Courses d) Chemistry with Biology, Physics and C.O. Molebatsi, BA, PGDE (UB), DipUrbSurv MED220 Applied Mechanics (2, pre-requisite Mathematics; (ITC), MA (Nottingham), PhD (Newcastle- MED121) e) Combined Science and Mathematics; Upon-Tyne), FIE, FIAH (India), MIAHS (UK) MED221 Engineering Design (2, pre-requisite f) Any other equivalent qualifi cations. J.P. McQuillan, BArch (Nat. U. of Irel.), MA MED 122) (Essex), PhD (Cambridge), RIBA (UK) MED222 Project (3) 106.20 Programme Structure B. Bolaane, BEng (Lakehead), MSc (KTH), PhD 106.21 The Programme will be a Single Major (Loughborough) In addition students shall select at least 2 from that will normally extend over 4 semesters the following optional courses: of full-time study. It shall contain one Lecturers MED223 Vehicle Systems (3) subject called Science Laboratory Technology H.G. Ikgopoleng, BA (UB), MA (Sheffi eld) MED224 Plant Maintenance and Services (3, consisting of the courses shown below: M.B.K. Minyoi, Adv DipURP (Ardhi), BSc (UB), pre-requisites MED210, MED214) MSc (Oxford Brookes) MED225 Manufacturing Methods II (3, pre- Level 100 Violet Kaunda, B.A (UB), M.A (Nairobi), Post requisite MED212) Science Laboratory Technology Graduate Diploma (Nottingham) MED226 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning P. K. Lyamuya, DArch (Florence), UN Cert. of Principles (3) Semester 1 Housing Experts (KUL), PhD Arch (KUL), Reg. In addition to the above, students are Core Courses Arch (Tanzania), MBIDP, MAAB, ICIOB (UK). expected to do the compulsory courses SLC111 Introductory Physics (3) S. K. I. Gichia, BArch (Nairobi), MSc GEC111, GEC112, GEC121 and GEC122, 2 SLC112 General Chemistry (3) (Witwatersrand), Reg.Arch (Kenya), Pr.Arch credits each with a total credit of 8. SLC113 Basic Cytology and Anatomy (3) (South Africa) SLC114 Environmental Science (2) B. G. Sebitla, MArch(UNSW), BArch,BSc 112.30 Assessment SMC111 Mathematics I (2) (Arch) USyd. 112.31 Except for MED112, MED211, E.S. Milikau, B.Arch (UON), M.Arch (UON), MED221, and MED222, all courses shall be Semester 2 MAAK, MACCEPS assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special Core Courses P.T. Moalafi , MA Urban Design (Oxford), Bsc Regulations 12.20 SLC121 Heat and Waves (3) URP (UB) 112.32 For MED122 the ratio of marks for SLC122 Separation and Purifi cation continuous assessment to examination shall Techniques (3) Staff Development Fellows be 1:1. SLC123 Basic Physiology (3) L. Sebina, BEDS (DAL), MArch (DAL) 112.33 For MED112, MED211, MED221, and SLC124 Science Laboratory Practice (2) E. Mazhani, BDES (Nova Scotia), March (Nova MED222 the assessment shall be continuous SMC121 Mathematics II (2, pre-requisite SAcotia) assessment only. SMC111) Departmental Regulations for 106.23 Level 200 CDPU – Science and Mathematics Undergraduate Programmes Science Laboratory Technology Section Section Leader/Head: General Provisions Subject to General Academic Regulations V.D.S. Nair Semester 3 and the Faculty of Engineering and Core Courses Technology Special Regulations, the following Introduction SLC211 Elements of Electricity and Departmental Regulations shall apply: CDPU- Science and Mathematics Section Electronics (3) offers Certifi cate in Science Laboratory SLC212 Analytical Chemistry (3) Programmes and Qualifi cation Titles Technology programme and covers all SLC213 Introduction to Microbiology (3) The Department of Architecture and Planning relevant Science and Mathematics courses, MCC111 Engineering Drawing l (2) offers programmes in Architecture and both common and specialized ones. SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre-requisite Urban and Regional Planning, leading to the SMC121) Chief Tutor following qualifi cations: A Single Major Programme leading to a K. J. Thomas, BSc, BEd (Kerala), Chartered Semester 4 Bachelor’s Degree in Architecture for students MCIPD (UK), AInstPS (UK) Core Courses specialising in Architecture. SLC221 Optics (3) A Single Major Programme leading to a Principal Tutor SLC222 Basic Organic and Biochemistry (3) Bachelor of Science Degree in Urban and SLC223 Basic Biology Techniques (3) Regional Planning for students following the Senior Tutor STC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) Urban and Regional Planning Programme V.D.S. Nair, BSc, MSc (Kerala) SLC224 Science laboratory Inventory Aim and Objectives of Undergraduate C. B. Mawerere, BSc(Hon), PGDE(Uganda), Control (1) Programmes Dip(Manchester) SLC200 Workshop Technology (3) O. Alexander, BSc, MSc(Kerala) Aim The aim of the URP programme is to train P. Edeogu, BSc(Zambia), DipEd, MSc In addition to the courses listed above, students to enable them to function and work (Knightsbridge) students are expected to take the courses in the fi elds of human settlement development P. Somadas, BSc, BEd(Kerala), MSc(Bhopal) GEC111- Communication and Study Skills I and urban and regional planning. The M.P. Siele, BEd, MSc (UB) (2) in Semester 1, GEC112 – Communication Architecture programme is designed to equip and Study Skills II (2) in semester 2, GEC121- students with the academic knowledge Tutor Computing and Information Skills I (2) in and skills they will need for a successful V. Jayaram, BSc,, MSc(India) Semester 3 and GEC122 – Computing and professional career in architecture. The M. Oitaotse, BSc(UB) Information Skills II (2) in semester 4. Programmes have been carefully developed
to be broad based including courses from the 106 Departmental Regulations for 106.30 Assessment faculties of Science, Engineering, Humanities, Technician Certifi cate in Science 106.31 For STC221, SLC224 and SLC200, the Social Sciences and Business that are uniquely Laboratory Technology assessment shall be continuous assessment related to the cultural heritage of Botswana. Subject to the provisions of General Academic only. These Programmes will benefi t immensely Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of 106.31 All other courses shall be assessed as from each other and also from other Engineering and Technology Regulations for stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations departments within The Faculty. Certifi cate 100, the following Departmental 10.30. Special Regulations shall apply. Objectives
93 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
The cores of the Architecture Programme DCS102 Data Processing and Semester 4 are consecutive courses in design, consisting Communication and: Core Courses of studio work augmented by lectures Take and pass at least 2 courses in each ARB221 Architectural Design II (6) and seminars in humanities, technology, semester from the following: ARB222 Building Materials & Construction IV environment and professional practice. At the (2) end of the programme students should be Semester 1 ARB223 History of Architecture II (2) able to: Electives CCB227 Theory of Structure II (2) • Deal creatively with architectural problems ARB220 Internship I (2) on analytical, conceptual, and developmental BIO111 Principles of Biology URP207 Land Surveying (2) levels; CHE101 General Chemistry I • Undertake more challenging formal ENV101 Introduction to the Physical and Level 300 shall consist of the following architectural principles that will develop Human Environments I courses: in them an aptitude for functional and PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Semester 5 programmatic accommodation, structural and Vibrations and Waves Core Courses technological integration, energy conscious PHY119 Physics Practical’s 1.1 ARB311 Architectural Design III (6) design, and materials and methods of ECO111 Basic Microeconomics ARB312 Building Services I (2) construction; and SOC121 Introduction to Sociological ARB313 History of Architecture III (2) • Carry out independent judgments rooted Concepts and Principle or: CCB317 Theory of Structures III (2) in an ever-changing context of architectural SOC122 Dominant Sociological Themes and Optional Courses thought. Perspectives or: URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2) SOC123 Social Structure of Society URP208 Infrastructure Planning & Entrance Requirements Management (2) Architecture Programme Semester 2 Admission to the BArch Degree programme Electives Semester 6 shall be as stipulated in General Academic BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants Core Courses Regulation 20.2. CHE102 General Chemistry II ARB321 Architectural Design IV (6) In addition to 1.4.1.1, applicants for admission ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and ARB322 Building Services II (2) to Level 100 of the programme must take Human Environments II ARB323 History of Architecture IV (2) courses in Physics, Chemistry and mathematics PHY121 Electricity, Magnetism and Modern CCB 327 Theory of Structures IV (2) in the Faculty of Science. Physics ARB320 Internship II (2) Applicants in possession of an appropriate ‘A’ PHY129 Physics Practical’s 1.2 ARB325 Interior Design (2) level qualifi cation with at least C grades in ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics Mathematics and at least one of: SOC131 Introduction to Social and Cultural Level 400 shall consist of the following Physics, Chemistry, Art or Design and Anthropology or: courses: Technology may be exempted from taking SOC132 Introduction to the Study of Human Semester 7 Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics in the Societies or: Core Courses Faculty of Science. SOC133 Social Change in Botswana ARB411 Architectural Design V (6) Applicants who possess the normal entry ARB412 Building Systems I (2) requirements listed in the General Academic Programme Structure ARB413 Philosophy of Architecture I (2) Regulation 20.2 but who do not satisfy Architecture Programme ARB415 Landscape Design (2) 1.4.1.2 or 1.4.1.3 may be admitted to the LAW 253 Foundations of Engineering Law (2) programme if they: Level 100 shall consist of the following Semester 8 a) have assessable experience in artistic and/or courses: Core Courses design activities and/or Semester 1 ARB421 Architectural Design VI (6) b) submit a portfolio of drawings and Core Courses ARB422 Building Systems II (2) design exercises (not exceeding 10) with the ARB111 Design & Communication I (4) ARB423 Philosophy of Architecture II (2) application. ARB112 Building Materials & Construction I ARB424 Professional Practice I (2) (2) ARB420 Internship III (2) Urban and Regional Planning Programme ARB113 Traditional African Architecture (2) Optional Courses Urban and Regional Planning (URP) is offered PHY111 Physics (3) ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment as a Single Major Programme only. Students PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1. (1) (2) who wish to register for URP must satisfy any MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) ENV484 Urbanisation & the Environment (2) one of the following requirements: GEC Courses a) Successful completion of Semesters 1and 2 GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I Level 500 shall consist of the following in the Faculty of Science; (2) courses: b) Successful completion of relevant courses GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Semester 9 in Semesters 1 and 2 in the Faculty of Social (2) Core Courses Sciences; ARB511 Design Project I (8) c) Appropriate passes in relevant Advanced Semester 2 ARB514 Professional Practice II (2) Level subjects or equivalent qualifi cations Core Courses CCB519 Building Economics (2) from a recognised University or equivalent ARB121 Design & Communication II (4) Optional Courses institution, which may be considered on their ARB122 Building Materials & Construction II URP307 Land and Property Evaluation (2) own merit. (2) URP314 Land and Property Management (2) Satisfying the requirements listed above ARB123 History of Art (2) Semester 10 does not guarantee automatic entry into ARB124 Environment and Comfort (2) Core Courses the Programme. Students with the above MAT192 Design Mathematics III (3) ARB521 Design Project II (8) qualifi cations must also take and pass at least Optional Courses ARB522 Urban & Rural Design Practice (2) 2 courses in each semester from the following GEC Courses ARB524 Project Management (2) course listings: GEC121 Communication and Study Skills II GEC Courses (2) GEC273 The State & Society (2) Semester 1 GEC122 Computing and Information Skills II GEC277 Law & Society in Botswana (2) Core courses (2) A course may consist entirely of fi eldwork, STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social project work, practical work, design, and Sciences Level 200 shall consist of the following seminars. In addition to work during the STA111 Elementary Statistics courses: semester, a subject may include prescribed STA116 Introduction to Statistics Semester 3 fi eldwork or assignments during the vacation MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I Core Courses periods. DCS101 Introduction to Computing Systems ARB211 Architectural Design I (6) ARB212 Building Materials & Construction III Programme Structures Semester 2 (2) Urban and Regional Planning Programme Core courses ARB213 History of Architecture I (2) Urban and Regional Planning (URP) is a STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social ARB214 Energy Effi ciency in Buildings (2) Single Major Programme offered to students Sciences II ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting (2) registered in the Faculties of Science and STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research CCB217 Theory of Structures 1 (2) Social Sciences, subject to Departmental and Elements in Probability Regulations 1.4.2.1 and 1.4.2.2. In accordance MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II with Regulation 00.62, the URP Programme
94 shall consist of 15 credits of both core and URP412 Planning Negotiation and A student shall normally undergo 3 periods of optional courses. Courses URP 312, URP 404 Contracting (2) supervised Professional Training (Internship) and URP 411 jointly satisfy Faculty Regulation URP413 Urban Agriculture (2) of 8 weeks each after Levels 200, 300 and 23.47. 400. Professional Training course codes are: Level 100 Assessment and Examination ARB220, ARB320 and ARB420. URP courses are not offered at this level Performance in Urban and Regional Planning courses shall be evaluated through a Level 200 combination of continuous assessment and Assessment Semester 3 fi nal examination in the ratio of 2:3 for theory A student’s performance will be assessed by Core Courses courses and 1:1 for practical courses. The means of: URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2) duration of examinations will be 2 hours for a) Confi dential report from the student’s URP201 Introduction to Drawing Techniques all the courses irrespective of the number of immediate supervisor at location of placement. (2) credits. Courses URP211, URP312, URP313, b) Professional Training reports and logbook URP202 Infrastructure Planning and URP404 and URP411 shall be assessed by submitted by the student at the end of each Management (2) continuous assessment only. Courses URP 401 Internship period. URP203 Urban and Regional Economics (2) and URP 409 shall be assessed by submissions c) Professional Training visits by an assessor URP204 Planning and History of Settlements of planning projects (part I and part II). from the relevant Department of the Faculty of (2) For Architecture courses, continuous Engineering and Technology. Optional Courses assessment shall be based on tests and/or d) Students will be assessed through URP205 Environmental Planning (2) design, assignments, and where applicable confi dential reports from the organisation they URP206 Urban Morphology (2) laboratory reports and fi eld reports. The have been placed at, production of a concept ratio of continuous assessment to formal paper and an oral presentation. Semester 4 examination shall be 2:3. A project or design Therefore the assessment ratio for Confi dential Core Courses shall be evaluated by continuous assessment, Report to Internship Concept Paper to Oral URP207 Land Surveying and Cartography (2) oral presentation and/or demonstration Presentation shall be 1:2:1. URP208 Site Planning (2) and a written report. The ratio of the marks URP209 Transport Planning and for continuous assessment, presentation For both Architecture and Urban and Regional Management (2) assessment and written report shall be 2:1:1. planning Programmes, a student who has an URP210 Planning Techniques (2) Where a course includes a written fi nal incomplete grade shall be allowed to complete URP211 Internship I (1) examination, the duration of the examination Professional Training at a time recommended Optional Courses will be 2 hours for all the courses irrespective by the Faculty. URP212 GIS for Planners (2) of the number of credits. Overall performance URP213 Globalisation and Sustainable Cities in a course shall be as specifi ed in the Repeating Professional Training (2) General Regulation 00.84. There shall be no A student who fails to meet the requirements supplementary examinations. A student who of Professional Training shall be required to Level 300 fails a core or pre-requisite or co-requisite repeat the training at a time recommended by Semester 5 course shall retake the course when offered the Faculty. Core Courses again. A student who has failed an optional/ URP301 Urbanisation and Planning (2) elective/general education course may retake DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL URP302 Neighbourhood Planning (2) the course or its equivalent. ENGINEERING URP303 Housing Studies (2) URP304 Regional Planning (2) Progression from Semester to Semester Professor URP305 Research Methods and Techniques Progression from semester to semester shall be D. Stephenson MSc, PhD, DSc (Eng) (Wits) (2) accordance with General Academic Regulation FSAICE, FICE, FASCE, Pr Eng Optional Courses 00.90. A. B. Ngowi, BSc (Dar-es-Salaam), MSc URP306 Remote Sensing for Planners (2) Duration of the Programmes (Chalmers), PhD (Witwatersrand), MIET, MBIE, URP307 Land and Property Valuation (2) The duration of the URP Programme shall MCIOB, MIAHS (USA) be 8 to 10 semesters full-time; and the Semester 6 duration of the Architecture Programme shall Senior Lecturer Core Courses be a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 14 T. Abadjieva, MSc, PhD (Sofi a) URP308 Planning Policy and Politics (2) semesters on a full-time basis. C. Branicki, BSc, MSc, PhD (Gdansk), Pr Eng URP309 Urban Land Use Planning (2) Award of the Degree General Academic (Poland) LAW353 Planning and Environmental Law (3) Regulation 00.85 shall apply. However, for the R.K. Hranova, BSc, MSc, PhD, HIACE (Sofi a) URP311 Settlement Upgrading (2) Architecture Programme a minimum of 180 B. K. Sahu, BTech, MTech, PhD (IIT Kanpur, URP312 Project Directed Readings (1) credits is required. India), FIGS, MISTE, MZWeIE URP313 Internship II (1) Classifi cation of the degree shall be in J. Ssegawa, BSc, DipEd (Makerere), PGD Optional Courses accordance with the provisions of General Comp Sci (Nairobi), MBA (UB), ACMA (UK) URP314 Land and Property Management (2) Academic Regulation 20.4 V. Vokolkova, MSc, PhD (Prague), CVTS, URP315 Building Technology and Materials Professional Training FZWIE (2) For both Architecture and Urban and Regional Planning Programmes, students shall be Lecturer Level 400 subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, A. Y. Adeyemi B. Arch (Illinois) MSc (IIT), PhD Semester 7 rules, and other regulations as applicable (Ife) Core Courses to the industry/organisation during the M. Dithinde BEng (Civil) (UB), MSc URP400 Philosophy and Planning (2) Professional Training. (Birmingham) (On study leave) URP401 Rural Land Use Planning (2) J. A. Egwurube BEng (ABU), MEng (ABU), URP402 Transport Engineering for Planners Urban and Regional Planning Programme PhD (ATBU), MNSE, COREN (2) Students shall undergo Professional Training O. J. Kanyeto, BSc (UBC Canada), MSc URP403 Urban Governance and (Internship) of 6 weeks duration after Structures (UMIST, UK), PhD (Kingston UK), Management (2) Assessment of Professional Training at level MBIE URP404 Project Research Methodology (2) 200 and 300. The internship courses are URP G. Lebitsa BSc,(Civil) University of California, Optional Courses 211 and URP 323. During each Professional Long Beach, USA, M Eng Sc. (Geotech) URP405 Gender and Physical Planning (2) Training period, students shall be visited University of South Wales (Australia) URP406 Public Participation in Physical 2 times at locations of placement by staff B. B. Madzikigwa, BEng (Civil) (UB), MSc Planning (2) teaching the programme to monitor progress (Birmingham) (On study leave) and also give advise where necessary. G. Malumbela, BSc Hons (Civil) (Missouri- Semester 8 Rolla), MSc Structures (Wits) (On study leave) Core Courses Architecture Programme. M. B. Manisa, BSc (East London), MSc (UCL) URP407 Planning and Social Theory (2) Professional Training (Internship) Regulations M. J.K. Mathiba, BEng (Mining) (TUNS), URP408 Development Impact Assessment (2) for the Bachelor of Architecture Programme (Canada), Msc (Colorado School of Mines, URP409 Settlement Development Planning Subject to the provisions of General Academic (USA) (2) Regulations 00.0 and 100 the following P. C. Mselle, AdDip. (Ardhi Institute, URP410 Project Planning and Management Professional Training Regulations shall apply Tanzania), MSc (Herrot-Watt, Scotland), (2) to students on the Bachelor of Architecture MCIOB URP411 Project Report (2) Programme. B. Nkwae, BSc (Newcastle-Upon-Tyne), MSc Optional Courses
95 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Reading) PhD (New Brunswick) 311) 250 Departmental Regulations for the P. T. Odirile, MSc (USSR), PhD (UK), MIWA CCB329 Architectural Design Bachelor of Engineering (Construction E. Tembo, BEng (Zambia), MEng (Stockholm), MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV (pre- Engineering and Management) Degree MSIZ requisite MAT391) B. B. Wilson, BEng (Building) (UB), MSc Subject to the provisions of General (Birmingham) Level 400 Civil Engineering Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty M.M. Muatjetjeja, BEng (UB) MSc (Wits) Semester 7 Special Regulation 210, the following N.M. Sebusang, BEng (UB) , MSc.(Wits) Core Courses Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of CCB411 Structural Design (3) Engineering (Construction Engineering and Visiting Scholar CCB412 Water Engineering (3, pre-requisite Management) Degree shall apply: S. O. Franklin, BSc (Belfast) PhD (Belfast), CCB315) 25.10 Entrance Requirements MNSE CCB413 Traffi c and Highway Engineering 25.11 Admission to the Bachelor of (3, pre-requisite CCB313) Engineering (Construction Engineering and Principal Tutor CCB414 Geotechnics (2, pre-requisite Management) Degree shall be as stipulated in C. Charles, BSc (Zimbabwe), MSc (Delft) CCB311) Faculty Special Regulation 21.10.
Staff Development Fellow In addition, all students shall select at least 2 25.20 Programme Structure J. Simela, MTDip (Canada), BSc (Purdue) MBIE of the following 2 credit, optional courses: 25.21 The Programme for the Degree in CCB415 Civil Engineering Construction (pre- Construction Engineering and Management Introduction requisite CCB323) will be a Single Major Programme that will The Department of Civil Engineering offers the CCB416 Structural Steelwork (pre-requisite extend over 10 semesters of full-time study. following programmes: CCB321, co-requisite CCB411) It shall contain 1 subject called Construction URP200 Introduction to Town Planning Engineering and Management consisting of • Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) CCB418 Hydrology and Water Resources (pre- courses shown below. • Bachelor of Engineering (Construction requisite CCB322, Co-requisite CCB412) 25.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and Engineering and Management) CCB419 Engineering Surveying (pre-requisite 200 shall be stipulated in the Faculty • Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) CCB313) of Engineering and Technology Special • Higher Diploma in Water and Regulation 21.20. Environmental Engineering Semester 8 • Diploma in Mining ITB420 Industrial Training [Vacation, 20 Level 300 Construction Engineering and weeks], (10, core, pre-requisite ITB 200) Management Level 500 Civil Engineering Semester 5 240 Departmental Regulations for the Semester 9 Core Courses (all are 3 credits) Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) Degree Core Courses MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (pre- CCB514 Project I (3) requisite MAT292) Subject to the provisions of General CCB511 Structural Engineering (2, pre- CCB313 Surveying Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty requisite CCB321) CBB311 Construction Technology I Special Regulation 210, the following CBB512 Construction Management I (2) MGT100, Principles of Management Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of CCB515 Transportation Engineering (2, pre- Engineering (Civil) Degree shall apply: requisite CCB413) In addition, all students shall select at least 2 of the following optional courses: 24.10 Entrance Requirements In addition, all students shall select at least 2 CBB312 History of Building (2) 24.11 Admission to the Bachelor of of the following 2 credit, optional courses: CCB312 CAD for Civil Engineers (2) (pre- Engineering (Civil) Degree shall be as CCB516 Foundation Design (pre-requisite requisite MMB 221) stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation CCB414) CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) 21.10. CCB517 Structural Dynamics (pre-requisite ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) MMB222) 24.20 Programme Structure CCB518 Public Health Engineering (pre- Semester 6 24.21 The Programme for the Degree in Civil requisite CCB315) Core Courses (all 3 credits) Engineering will be a Single Major Programme CCB513 Measurements and Specifi cations CCB321 Structural Analysis (pre-requisite that will extend over 10 semesters of full- - Civil Works CCB212, CCB221) time study. It shall contain 1 subject called CCB324 Construction Materials (pre-requisite Civil Engineering consisting of courses shown Semester 10 CCB211) below. Core Courses CBB322 Measurement and Specifi cation I (pre- 24.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and CCB524 Project II (3, pre-requisite CCB514) requisite CBB311) 200 shall be stipulated in the Faculty Special CBB522 Construction Management II (2, pre- LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law Regulation 21.20. requisite CBB512) In addition, all students shall select at least 1 Level 300 Civil Engineering In addition, all students shall select at least of the following 2 credit, optional courses: Semester 5 four of the following 2 credit, optional CBB323 Construction Industry Economics Core Courses courses: CBB325 Information Technology in the MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III CCB521 Waste Water Engineering (pre- Construction Industry (pre-requisite MMB221) (3, pre-requisite MAT 292 requisite CCB412) CCB313 Surveying (3) CCB523 Timber and Pre-stressed Concrete Level 400 Construction Engineering and CCB311 Geomechanics I (3) Structures (pre-requisite CCB411) Management CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) CCB525 Advanced Transportation Engineering Semester 7 (pre-requisite CCB515) Core Courses In addition, all students shall select at least 1 CCB526 Foundation on Problematic Soils (pre- CBB411 Construction Economics I (3) of the following 2 credit, optional courses: requisite CCB516) CBB412 Construction Technology II (3, pre- CCB312 CAD for Civil Engineers (pre- CCB527 Construction Costs and Financial requisite CBB311) requisite MMB 221) Control CBB413 Measurement and Specifi cation II (3, CCB316 Principles of Mining Engineering CCB528 Estimating and Tendering for Civil pre-requisite CBB322) CCB314 Engineering Geology Works (pre-requisite CCB 513) CBB414 Building Services (2) CBB415 Health and Safety Management in Semester 6 24.30 Assessment Construction (2) Core Courses (all 3 credits) 24.31 Except for CCB313 (Surveying), all CCB321 Structural Analysis (pre-requisites courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the In addition, all students shall select 1 of the CCB212, CCB221) Faculty Special Regulation 21.30. following optional courses: CCB324 Construction Materials (pre-requisite 24.32 For CCB313 the ratio of marks for LAW452 Construction Law (3, pre-requisite CCB211) continuous assessment to examination shall LAW253) CCB322 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics be 1:1. MMB414 Engineering Management (3) CCB323 Construction Principles Semester 8 In addition, all students shall select at least 1 ITB420 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 of the following 2 credit, optional courses: weeks] (10, core, pre-requisite ITB 200) CCB325 Geomechanics II (pre-requisite CCB
96 Level 500 Construction Engineering and 12.40 Degree Structure formal examination shall be 2:3 Management 12.41 The curriculum for Level 100 shall be 12.53 Overall performance in a course shall be Semester 9 stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation as specifi ed in the General Regulation 00.84. Core Courses 21.20. 12.60 Final Examinations CCB514 Project I (3) 12.42 Level 200 Mining Engineering shall There shall be no supplementary CBB515 Estimating and Tendering (3, pre- consist of the following courses: examinations. A student who fails a core or requisite CBB413) Semester 3 pre-requisite or co-requisite course shall retake CBB511 Construction Economics II (2, pre- MAT 291 Engineering Mathematics 1 (3) the course when offered again. A student requisite CBB411) CCB 211 Engineering Materials (2) who has failed an optional/elective/general CBB512 Construction Management I (2) CCB 212 Statics (2) education course may retake the MIN 211 Introduction to Mining Engineering course or its equivalent. In addition, all students shall select at least 2 (2) 12.70 Progression from Semester to of the following 2 credit, optional courses: EEB 211 DC Circuit Principles (2) Semester CCB513 Measurements and Specifi cations - Civil Works MMB 211 Engineering Drawing (2) General Regulation 00.90 shall apply. CCB518 Public Health Engineering (pre- GEC 253 Energy and Society (2) 12.80 Award of the Degree requisite CCB315) Core Courses CBB526 Construction Disputes Resolution MIN 321 Elements of Mining Methods (3, pre- 12.81 The UMR General Regulation for (pre-requisite LAW452) requisite MIN211) awarding the degree shall apply. MIN 322 Elements of Mine Safety & Health (2, Semester 10 pre-requisite MIN221) 12.90 Professional Training Core Courses MIN 323 Elements of Mine Ventilation (2) Students shall undergo Professional Training CCB524 Project II (3, pre-requisite CCB 514) MIN 324 Botswana Mining Law (2) (Internship) of 8 weeks duration after levels CBB522 Construction Management II (2, pre- MIN 325 Introduction to Mine Supervision & 200 and take a 2-week Mine Tour after level requisite CBB512) Management (2) 300 as specifi ed in the Special Regulations for CBB523 Construction Technology III (2, pre- MIN 326 Mine Surveying (2, pre-requisite the Professional Training and Mine Tour for requisite CBB412) MIN311) the Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) CBB521 Contract Administration (2,pre- ECO 111 Basic Microeconomics (2) Programme. requisites CBB515 and CBB413) ECO 112 Basic Macroeconomics (2) 12.91 Assessment of Professional Training MIN 320* Mine Tour (1) Professional Training shall be assessed as In addition, all students shall select at least 2 Semester 4 specifi ed in the Special Regulations for the of the following 2 credit, optional courses: Core Courses Professional Training and Mine Tour for the MAT 292 Engineering Mathematics 11 (3, Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) CBB525 Property Management and Valuation pre-requisite MAT 291) Programme. CBB527 Facilities Management (pre-requisite CCB 221 Strength of Materials (2) CBB414) MIN 221 Introduction. to Mine Safety and Special Regulations for Professional MMB516 Building and Factories Services (4) Health (3) Training and Mine Tour for the Bachelor of EEB 221 AC Circuit Principles (2) Science (Mining Engineering) 25.30 Assessment 25.31 Except for CCB313 (Surveying), all MMB 221 Computer Aided Drafting (2, pre- Preamble courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the requisite MMB211) Subject to the provisions of General Faculty Special Regulation 21.30. MMB 222 Dynamics (2) Regulations 000 and 100 the following 25.32 For CCB313 the ratio of marks for GEC 250 Earth processes, mineral resources Professional Training Regulations shall apply continuous assessment to examination shall and development (2) to students on the Bachelor of Engineering be 1:1. MIN 220 Professional Training (4, pre-requisite (Mining) programme. MIN211) 12.0 SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR 1.0 Structure BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MINING 12.43 Level 300 Mining Engineering shall 1.1 A student shall undergo supervised ENGINEERING) DEGREE consist of the following courses: Professional Training of 8 weeks duration after Semester 5 level 200 (MIN 220). Subject to the provisions of the General Core Courses Regulations 00.0 and 20.00, the following MIN 311 Introduction to Mine Surveying (3) 1.2 A student shall undergo a 2 week Mine Faculty Special Regulations for the Bachelor MIN 312 Introduction to Geology (2) Tour after level 300 (MIN 320). of Science (Mining Engineering) Degree shall MIN 313 Introduction to Mineral Processing apply. (3) 1.3 During the Professional Training students 12.10 Degree Programmes MIN 314 Computer Applications in Mining (2) shall be subjected to such codes, procedures, 12.11 The following degree programme is MIN 315 Small Scale Mining (2, pre-requisite laws, rules, and other regulations as applicable offered: MIN211) to the mining industry/organisation. Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) MIN 316 Elements of Mining Environmental Degree Management (2) 2.0 Assessment 12.20 Entrance Requirements GEC 276 Contemporary Economic Issues (2) 2.1 During each Professional Training period, 12.21 Admission to the Bachelor of Science students shall be visited 2 times at location of (Mining Engineering) Degree shall be as 12.44 Level 400 Mining Engineering shall placement to be assessed by staff teaching on stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations be as stipulated in the advanced mining the programme. 21.10. engineering subjects offered at the Mining 12.22 The normal minimum requirements for Engineering Department, University of 2.2 A student’s performance will be assessed admission to level 200 for a degree program Missouri Rolla. by means of: shall be satisfactory completion of level 100 a) Confi dential report from the student’s of the Bachelor of Science (General) degree of 12.45 Level 500 Mining Engineering shall immediate supervisor at location of placement. the Faculty of Science or equivalent institution be as stipulated in the advanced mining b) Professional Training reports and logbook with at least C grades in Mathematics, engineering subjects offered at the Mining submitted by the student at the end of each Chemistry and Physics. Engineering Department, University of Internship period. 12.23 Applicants in possession of an Missouri Rolla. appropriate ‘A’ level qualifi cation with at least 12.46 A course may consist entirely of c) Professional Training visits by an assessor C grades in Mathematics and at least one fi eldwork, project work, practical work, from the relevant Department of Faculty of of: Physics and Chemistry may be admitted design, and seminars. In addition to work Engineering and Technology. directly to Level 200 of the programme. during the semester, a subject may include 12.24 Applicants in possession of an prescribed fi eldwork or assignments during 2.3The Professional Training session shall be appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly the vacation periods. evaluated as specifi ed in 2.2. The ratio of into Level 200 of the degree programme. Confi dential Report marks to Professional 12.50 Assessment Report marks to Professional Training Visits 12.30 Duration of the Programme 12.51Continuous assessment in courses shall shall be based on the FET industrial training The duration of the programme shall be: be based on tests and/or design, assignments, regulations. A minimum of 10 and a maximum of 12 and where applicable laboratory reports and semesters on a full-time basis. fi eld reports. 2.4 Assessment of the Mine Tour shall be by 12.52 The ratio of continuous assessment to submission of a written report.
97 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
2.5 A student who has an incomplete grade CWH217 Water and Sanitation for Small CMD123 Mining Safety and Health (2) shall be allowed to complete Professional Communities (pre-requisite CWH113) SMD121 Mathematics II (2) Training at a time recommended by the CMD124 Introduction to Mineral Processing Faculty. Semester 4 (2) Core Courses In addition all students shall select at least 1 3.0 Repeating Professional Training CWH220 Design of Water Systems (2) from the following 2-credit options: 3.1 A student who fails to meet the CWH221 Design of Wastewater Systems (2) MED120 Engineering Materials requirements of Professional Training shall CWH222 Wastewater Treatment (2) CMD125 Mine Ventilation be required to repeat the training at a time CWH223 Project II (3) recommended by the Faculty. CWH224 Wastewater Collection (2, pre- Industrial training shall be taken prior to Level requisite CWH 122) 200 and shall consist of the following courses: 123 Departmental Special Regulations ITD100 Industrial Training (6 shifts/week, 48 for the Higher Diploma in Water and In addition students shall select at least 1 from weeks, 15 credits, core) Environmental Engineering the following 2 credit, optional courses: CMD200 Mine Tour (1, core, pre-requisites CWH225 Wastewater Pollution Control CMD 111, CMD 121) Subject to the provisions of Academic General CWH226 Water and Wastewater Analysis Level 200 Diploma in Mining Engineering Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of Engineering and Technology Regulations for 123.30 Assessment Semester 3 Higher Diploma 120, the following Special 123.31 All courses shall be assessed as Core Courses Departmental Regulations shall apply: stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation CMD211 Advanced Mining Methods and 13.30. Production Control (2, pre-requisites CM111, 123.10 Entrance Requirements CMD121 ) 123.11 The minimum entrance requirements 116 Departmental Special Regulations for CMD212 Principles of Ground Control (2, pre- to the Higher Diploma Programme shall the Diploma in Mining Engineering requisites CMD111, CMD 122) be a Diploma in Water and Environmental CMD213 Mining Plant, Equipment Selection Engineering or its equivalent, with an Subject to the provisions of General and Maintenance (2) aggregate of a pass and at least 1 year of Regulations 000 and Faculty Special CMD214 Explosives, Drilling and Blasting (3) relevant industrial experience in the fi eld of Regulations 110 for Diploma Programmes, the CMD215 Computer Applications in Mining Water and Environmental Engineering. following Special Regulations shall apply: Problems (2)
123.20 Programme Structure 116.10 Entrance Requirements In addition all students shall select at least 1 123.21 The Programme will be a Single Major 116.11 The normal minimum entrance from the following 2-credit options: that will normally extend over 4 semesters requirements to the Diploma in Mining CMD216 Small Scale Mining (pre-requisites of full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject Engineering Programme shall be the Botswana CMD111, CMD124) called Water and Environmental Engineering General Certifi cate of Secondary Education CMD217 Mine surveying (pre-requisite consisting of courses shown below. (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with passes in CGD111) Mathematics and at least 1 Science subject. CMD218 Mining Environmental Management Level 100 Higher Diploma in Water & CBD217 Soil Mechanics I Environmental Engineering 116.12 Preference will be given to candidates Semester 1 with relevant industrial experience. Semester 4 Core Courses Core Courses SMH111 Mathematics I (2) 116.13 Medical requirements are: CMD221 Mine Planning and Design SHW111 Environmental Chemistry (2) a) Applicants must be in possession of a (2, pre-requisite CMD 211) CWH112 Hydraulics I (3) satisfactory medical certifi cate required under CMD222 Mining, Health and Safety and CWH113 Water Resources (2) University Regulations Governing Admissions Environmental Laws (2) (Regulation 1.41) and must also comply CMD223 Mine Supervision and Management In addition students shall select at least 1 from with the health and fi tness requirements in (2) the following 2 credit, optional courses: accordance with Regulations 91 and 92 of CMD224 Project (3) CWH114 Geotechnics the Mines, Quarries, Works and Machinery CWH115 Construction Regulations [CAP. 44:02]; In addition all students shall select at least 2 CWH116 Structural Mechanics b) A student who becomes permanently from the following options: medically unfi t to be employed at a mine as CMD225 Advanced Explosives, Drilling and Semester 2 specifi ed in the Mines, Quarries, Works and Blasting (2, pre-requisite CMD214) Core Courses Machinery Regulations [CAP. 44:02] will be CMD226 Advanced Mine Geotechnics (2, pre- SMH121 Mathematics II (2, pre-requisite required to withdraw from the Programme. requisite CMD212) SMH111) CMD227 Introduction to Mine Design SHW121 Environmental Biology (2) 116.20 Programme Structure Software (2, pre-requisites CMD121, CWH122 Hydraulics II (3, pre-requisite 116.21 The Programme will be a Single Major CMD214, Co-requisite CMD221) (2) CWH112) that will normally extend over 6 semesters of CMD228 Extractive Metallurgy (2, pre- CWH123 Principles of Public Health I (2) full-time study, 1 of which shall be spent on requisite CMD124) CWH124 Environmental Sanitation I (2) Industrial Training. It shall contain 1 subject CMD229 Ore Reserve Management (3, pre- called Mining Engineering consisting of requisite CMD122) In addition students shall select at least 1 from courses shown below. the following 2 credit, optional courses: 116.22 Students who have been in full-time 116.30 Assessment CWH125 Groundwater Development employment within the mining sector may 116.31 All courses shall be assessed as (pre-requisite CWH113) be exempted from part or all of the Industrial stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation CWH126 Hydraulic Machinery Training requirements at the discretion of the 11.30. Departmental Board. Level 200 Higher Diploma in Water & DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL Environmental Engineering Level 100 Diploma in Mining Engineering ENGINEERING Semester 3 Semester 1 Core Courses Core Courses Professors CWH210 Water Treatment (2, pre-requisite CMD111 Introduction to Mining Engineering G. O. Anderson MSc, PhD (MEI), CED, MghIE, SHW 111) (2) MNSE, COREN Registered, MIASTED, MBIE, CWH211 Water Distribution (2, pre-requisite CBD112 Introduction to Engineering MIEEE CWH122) Drawing (2) CWH212 Environmental Systems CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) Senior Lectures Management (3) SED111 Engineering Science (2) J. Chuma, BEng (Nottingham), MSc, PhD CWH213 Project I (2) SMD111 Mathematics 1 (2) (Essex) CWH214 Environmental Sanitation II (2) J.S.J Daka BEng (Zambia), MSc Semester 2 (Loughborough), PhD (Essex), MEIZ In addition students shall select at least 1 from Core Courses A.I. Litchev MSc (Sofi a), PhD (Ilmenau) the following 2 credit, optional courses: CMD121 Mining Methods (3, pre-requisite P.M. Nawghare BE, ME, PhD (Japan) CWH215 Principles of Public Health II CMD111) A. Obok Opok BSc (Makerere), MSc (Cardiff), CWH216 Groundwater Management GEO104 Introduction to Geology for Mining MSc (UMIST), MBA (UCT) CEng, MIEE (pre-requisite CWH113) Engineering (2)
98 K. Yanev MSc (HIMEE Sofi a) Level 400 Optional courses: Semester 8 At least two from C. S.A.M. Kiravu BSc (Ed) (Dar es Salaam), ITB 400 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3, Core) Dipl.Ing (Erlangen-Nuremberg), CEng, MIEE weeks] (10 Credits, Core, pre-requisite ITB EEB323 Analogue Electronics (3, Core) S. Masupe BSc (Mt Allison), BSc (New 200) EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3, Core) Brunswick), MSc (Cardiff), PhD (Edinburgh) EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3, Level 500 Core) Lecturers Semester 9 Core courses Level 400 J.T Agee M.Eng (ATBU) PhD (ATBU) EEB 510 Project I (3) Semester 7 A. M. Gasennelwe-Jeffrey BEng (Ryeson), Optional courses: Core courses BA (York), MSc (Cardiff), PhD (Pretoria) At least three from EEB418 Control Theory I (3, Core) E.D. Maje – MSc (Vinnitsa), MSc (UMR) PhD EEB 511 Control Theory II (3) Optional courses: (UMR), USA. MBIE, MIEE EEB 512 Digital Signal Processing I (3) At least two from E. Matlotse BEng (UB), MSc (Bath) (On study EEB 513 Analogue Electronic System Design, EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits, (3 leave) (3) ,ption), B. Molefhi Porchefstroom (RSA) (On study EEB 514 Process Instrumentation (3) EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3, Option) leave) EEB515 Power System Analyses (3) EEB413 Power Generation and Distribution, E. Rakgati BEng (UB), MSc (Heriot-Watt), PhD EEB516 Power Electronics (3) (3, Option) (Stellenbosh) EEB517 Computer Aided Electrical Machine EEB414 Electrical Machines II (3, Option) J.D. Sakala BSc (Zambia), MSc, PhD (UMIST) Analysis (3) EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems, (3, D. Setlhaolo BEng (UB), MSc (Bath), MBA EEB518 Guided Waves (3 , Option, pre- Option) (UB) requisite EEB 414) T.K Tsalaile BEng (UB), MSc (Cardiff), EEB 519 Computer Architecture and Design (3 Level 400 AMWISA (On study leave) , Option, pre-requisite EEB 412) Semester 8 I. Zibani BEng (Aberdeen), MSc (Heriot-Watt) ITB400 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 Level 500 weeks] (10, Core) Bachelor of Electrical and Electronic Semester 10 Engineering Core courses Level 500 EEB 520 Project II (3, Core, pre-requisite EEB Semester 9 Entrance Requirements 510) Core courses Admission to the B.Eng. (Electrical and Optional courses: EEB510 Project I, (3 Credits, Core) Electronic) shall be as stipulated in Faculty At least three from Optional courses: Special Regulations 21.20. EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II (3, Option, At least two from pre-requisite EEB 512) EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I (3, Option) Applicants in possession of a Diploma in EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design (3, EEB513 Analogue Electronic System Design Electrical and Electronic Engineering, or Option, pre-requisite EEB 412) (3 , Option) its equivalent, with a minimum of Credit EEB524 Process Control Systems (3, Option, EEB514 Process Instrumentation (3, Option) including a Credit in Mathematics, may be pre-requisite EEB 514) EEB515 Power System Analysis (3, Option) admitted directly into Level 200. EEB525 Power Systems (3, Option, pre- EEB 516 Power Electronics (3 , Option) Applicants in possession of a Higher Diploma requisite EEB 413) in Electrical and Electronic Engineering, or EEB 526 Electrical Machines and Drives (3, Level 500 its equivalent, with a minimum of Credit Option, pre-requisite EEB 516) Semester 9 including a Credit in Mathematics, may be EEB 527 Computer Aided Power Systems Core courses admitted directly into Level 300. Analysis (3, Option, pre-requisite EEB 413) EEB 520 Project II (3 , Core, pre-requisite EEB EEB 528 Antennas and Propagation (3, 510) Option) Optional courses: Level 300: EEB 529 Computer Networks (3, Option, pre- At least two from Semester 5 requisite EEB 519) EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II (3, Option, MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3 pre-requisite EEB 512) Credits, Core, pre-requisite MAT 291) Assessment EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design (3, EEB311 Network Theory (4 Credits, Core) As per Special Faculty Regulations 21.40. Option, pre-requisite EEB 412) EEB 315 Computer Programming (2 Credits, EEB524 Process Control Systems (3, Option, Core) Progression pre-requisite EEB 514) EEB316 Electrical Measurements and As per General Regulations 00.90. EEB525 Power Systems (3, Option, pre- Instrumentation I, (3 Credits, Core) requisite EEB 413) EEB 317 Principles of Telecommunications Award of the Degree EEB526 Electrical Machines and Drives, (3 , (3 Credits, Core) The award of the BEng. in Electrical and Option, pre-requisite EEB 516) Electronic Engineering shall be in accordance EEB529 Computer Networks (3, Option, pre- Level 300 with the Faculty Special regulations 21.80. requisite EEB 519) Semester 6 Assessment Core Cousrse Combined Bachelor of Engineering (B-Eng As per Special Faculty Regulations 21.40. MAT 392 Engineering Mathematics IV (3 pre- Major) Progression requisite MAT 391) As per General Regulations 00.90. EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3) Degree Structure Award of the Degree EEB 323 Analogue Electronics (3, The Major shall be a minimum of 53 credits The award of the BEng. in Electrical and Core) over 10 semesters of full-time study. The major Electronic Engineering shall be in accordance EEB 326 Electrical Machines I (3) may be combined with a second major or with the Faculty Special regulations 21.80. EEB 327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) minor. The curriculum for Level 100 and 200 shall be Combined Bachelor of Engineering (B-Eng Level 400 as stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations Minor) Semester 7 21.30. Core courses Degree Structure EEB418 Control Theory I (3) Level 300 The Minor shall be a minimum of 23 credits MMB 414 Engineering Management (3) Semester 5 over 8 semesters of full-time study. Optional courses: MAT 391 Engineering Mathematics III (3, The minor may be combined with a major or At least three from Core, pre-requisite MAT 291) minor. EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits (3) EEB 311 Network Theory (4 , Core) The curriculum for Level 100 shall be as EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3) EEB 316 Electrical Measurements and stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations EEB413 Power Generation and Distribution (3) Instrumentation I, (3, Core) 21.30. EEB 414 Electrical Machines II (3) EEB 415 Digital Communication and Level 300 Level 200 Telephony (3) Semester 6 Semester 3 EEB 416 Electrical Measurements and Core courses EEB 216 Electrical Principles (2, Core) Instrumentation II (3) MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV (3 MEB 211 Engineering Drawing (2, Core) EEB 417 Microprocessor Based Systems (3) Credits, Core, pre-requisite MAT 391)
99 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
Level 200 EEH 219 Electrical Power Production (3, Regulations. Semester 4 Option) 23.12 Admission into Level 100 shall be EEB 226 AC Circuit Principles, (2 , Core) possession of BGCSE/equivalent with a Level 200: minimum of grade C in English Language Level 300 Semester 4 and a grade C in Mathematics and Physics Semester 5 Core courses: and in any one from Biology and Chemistry A minimum of 5 credits from: EEH 221 Project (2, Core) or a minimum of grade BB in Science Double EEB311 Network Theory (4, Core) EEH 222 Electrical Maintenance and Repair Award or equivalent. OR EEB315 Computer Programming (2 , Core) (2, Core) 23.13 Admission into Level 200 of the EEB316 Electrical Measurements and Bachelor of Design Degree Programme Instrumentation I (3, Core) Optional courses: shall be as stipulated in General Admission EEB317 Principles of Telecommunications (3, At least three from: Regulations. Core) EEH223 Motor Drive Applications (3, Option, 23.14 Admission into Level 200 of the BDes pre-requisite EEH 125, EEH 216) Degree Programme shall be satisfactorily Level 300 EEH 224 Computer Engineering (3, Option, completion of level 100 of Bachelor of Science Semester 6 pre-requisite EEH 122) with at least the equivalent of C grades in A minimum of 5 credits from: EEH225 Process Control Systems (3, Option, Mathematics and Physics. OR EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3 Credits, Core) pre-requisite EEH 213) 23.15 Applicants in possession of an EEB323 Analogue Electronics (3 Credits, EEH226 RF Transmission and Propagation (3, appropriate A-Level qualifi cation with at least Core) Option, pre-requisite EEH 124) C grades in Mathematics and any one of EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3 Credits, Core) EEH227 Audio Visual Engineering (3, Option) Physics, Chemistry, or Design and Technology EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3 EEH228 Power System Protection (3, Option) may be admitted directly into Level 200 of the Credits, Core) MDH225 Renewable Energy (3, Option) Degree Programme. OR 23.16 Applicants in possession of an Level 400: All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in appropriate Diploma may be admitted directly Semester 7 the Faculty Regulation 13.30.130 into Level 200 of the Degree Programme. OR A minimum of 5 credits from: 23.17 For admission into Level 300 of the EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits, (3, In addition to the above, the department of Degree Programme, applicants must have Option), Electrical and Electronic Engineering also offers an appropriate Higher (or a 3 Year) Diploma EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3, Option) the following General Education Courses with Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and EEB413 Power Generation and Distribution, (GEC) Engineering Drawing. (3, Option) GEC 255 Electrical Energy and Rural EEB414 Electrical Machines II (3, Option) Development (2 ) 23.20 Degree Structure EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems (3, GEC 354 Domestic Use of Electrical Energy (2) 23.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specifi ed Option) GEC 355 Telecommunications and Society (2 ) in the Faculty of Science Special Regulations for the Bachelor of Science Degree. Higher Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Engineering DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL 23.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY courses: Entrance Requirements Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Semester 3 Professor Engineering or its equivalent. Core Courses K. L. Kumar, PhD (London), DIC, ME (IIT At least one year of industrial work experience DTB210 Elements of Design (3) Roorkee), BE (Delhi), FIE, MIDSA, MICSID, in the fi eld of Electrical and Electronic DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) MDATA, LMISTE Engineering. MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) Lecturers Level 100 CCB212 Statics (2) S. M. Khumomotse, M Des (UTS), BEd (D&T) Semester 1 EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) (UB) SMH 111 Mathematics 1 (2 , Core) M.T. Letsatsi, M Sc, (LJMU) BEng (Liverpool) EEH 111 Circuit Theory (3 , Core) P.M. Letsholo, MSc (Bournemouth), BEd. EEH 112 Analogue Electronics (3, Core) Semester 4 (D&T) (UB) (On Study Leave) EEH 113 Measurement and Instrumentation DTB220 Designing Artifacts (3,pre-requisite Z. Markovic, MA (Arch) (Belgrade), BSc (Arch) (2, Core) DTB210) (Sarajevo) EEH 114 Computer Aided Electrical Drafting DTB221 Workshop Technology II R. Moalosi, PhD (QUT), MA (2, Core) (2, pre-requisite DTB211) (Wolverhampton), B Ed (D&T) (UB) MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting S. Molokwane, BEng (Southampton), MA Level 100: (2, pre-requisite MMB211) (Central England) Semester 2 MMB222 Dynamics (2) O.B Molwane, PhD (London), M.Ed. EEH 129 Mathematics II (2 , Core, pre- CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) (Manchester), B.Ed (Exeter), PGD (IDM), Adv. requisite SMH 111) DTB 222 Graphics (2) Dip. (MarJons), Dip. (Botswana Polytechnic) EEH 121 Network Theory (3, Core) C. Mwendapole, PhD, MA (DeMontford), BA EEH 122 Digital Electronics (2 , Core) 23.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of (ISIA-Rome) EEH 123 Computer Programming (2, Core) Design Degree Programme shall undergo O. J. Sealetsa, M Ed (Manchester), Bed (D&T) EEH 124 Electromagnetic Field Theory (2, industrial training as specifi ed under (Exeter) (On Study Leave) Core) Departmental Special Regulations. S.M. Situmbeko, MSc (Loughborough) B.Eng EEH 125 Electrical machines 1 (2, Core) 23.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each (UNZA) student shall register for General Education V.T. Ruele, M Ed (D&T) (Newcastle), B Ed Level 200 Courses as prescribed by General Regulation (D&T) (Sunderland) Semester 3 00.2124, Departmental prescribed number Core courses of core, optional and elective courses per Staff Development Fellows EEH 211 Control Theory (3, Core) semester, unless exempted. M. Ollyn, BSd (Industrial Design) Arizona Optional courses: 23.25 The availability of optional and elective State University At least four from courses offered by a Department shall be at D. Steyn, BA (Consumer Product Design) EEH212 Fundamentals of Computer the discretion of the Department. (Coventry), Cert in Precision Eng (ATTC) Networks, (3 , Option) 23.26 A student shall register for a Single EEH 213 Process Instrumentation (3 Credits, Major or a Combined Degree Programme in 230 Special Regulations for the Degree in Option) the third semester. Bachelor of Design EEH 214 Analogue and Digital 23.27 A subject may include courses Subject to the provisions of the General Communication (3, Option, pre-requisite EEH consisting entirely of fi eldwork, project work, Regulations 000, 100 and 200, the following 124) practical work, and seminars. In addition Special Regulations shall apply: EEH215 Troubleshooting Digital Systems, (3, to work during the semester, a subject may Option) include prescribed fi eldwork or assignments 23.10 Entrance Requirements EEH 216 Electrical Machines II (3, Option) during the vacation periods. 23.11 Admission into Level 100 of the EEH 217 Power Transmission and Distribution Bachelor of Design Degree Programme shall (3, Option) 23.30 Assessment be as stipulated in the General Admission EEH 218 Power Electronics (3 , Option) 23.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200,
100 300, 400 and 500 courses shall be based two of the following optional courses: DTB315, ETP400, DTB321, DTB413, DTB414, on tests and/or assignments, and where DTB315 Internet for Designers (2) DTB416, DTB422, DTB423, DTB511, DTB514, applicable laboratory reports/fi eld reports. DTB317 Textiles and Leather Technology (2) DTB521 and DTB522 the assessment mode 23.32 Except for a project and courses with HEE345 Food Technology (3) shall be continuous assessment only. 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio 28.32 Assessment for courses offered by other of continuous assessment to end of semester Semester 6 faculties, e.g. Education, will be as stipulated examination shall be 2:3, unless otherwise Core Courses in their Faculty/Departmental Regulations. specifi ed in the Departmental Special DTB 321 Computer Aided Design (3) Regulations. EEB328 Electronics for Designers (3) 340 Departmental Regulations for the DTB323 Pneumatic Controls (2) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design 23.33 Project Assessment DTB324 Product Analysis (3) Degree) a) A Design Project shall be assessed through EDT321 Teaching Methodology (2) Subject to the provisions of the General documentation (folio, report and diary) of the Industrial Training Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty Design Process and presentation. The ratio of DTB300 Industrial Training (Vacation, 7 Special Regulations 230 the following marks for documentation to presentation shall Weeks) (3 Credits) Departmental Regulations for the B Des. be 2:1. (Industrial Design) shall apply: b) A Major Make and Evaluate Project shall be Level 400 Design and Technology assessed through Product and its Evaluation Education 34.10 Entrance Requirements and presentation. The ratio of marks for Semester 7 34.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Design documentation to presentation shall be 2:1. Core Courses Degree (Industrial Design) shall be as c) A Design and Make Project shall be DTB410 Computer Based Manufacture (2) stipulated in Faculty Special Regulations 23.10, evaluated as specifi ed in Regulations 23.33a DTB411 Hydraulic Controls (2) i.e., 23.11 to 23.17 and 23.33b. DTB412 Product Design I (3) 23.34 The Level 500 Project Report must be EDT411 Educational Technology (2) 34.20 Degree Structure submitted to the co-coordinator at least 2 In addition, all students shall select at least 34.21 The Programme shall consist of a single weeks before the beginning of the end of two of the following optional courses: major subject called ‘Industrial Design’. semester examinations. DTB413 Special Human Needs (2) 34.22 The curriculum for Level 100 and 23.35 Where a course includes a written fi nal DTB414 School Design and Technology 200 shall be stipulated in the Faculty Special examination, a course with a credit value of Projects (2) Regulations. 3 or more shall be examined by an end of DTB415 Design for Sustainable Development semester examination of duration 2 hours, and (2) Level 300 Industrial Design 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. DTB416 Interior Design (2, prerequisite DTB Semester 5 23.36 Courses having a practical component 312) Core Courses or drawing that include a written examination Teaching Practice DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) shall be examined by an end of semester ETP400 School Teaching Practice [Vacation, 7 DTB312 Aesthetics (2) examination of duration weeks] (3) DTB313 Ergonomics (2) 3 hours. IDB311 Industrial Design: Concept and Semester 8 Practice (2) 23.37 Due Dates and Tests Core Courses (Both 2 credits) IDB312 Design of Mechanisms and Structures a) Failure without good cause to submit an DTB422 Product Design II (2) (2) item of continuous assessment within 24 DTB423 Minor Design and Make Project (2) In addition, all students shall select at least hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of In addition, all students shall select at least one of the following optional courses: 5 percentage marks per day. Failure to submit two of the following optional courses: IDB313 History of Industrial Design (2) the assignment before the end of 1 week from EDT421 Educational Testing and Evaluation (2) DTB315 Internet for Designers (2) the due date shall incur a zero mark. EDT422 Curriculum Studies (2) DTB317 Textiles and Leather Technology (2) b) A student who fails to sit a continuous EDT423 Philosophy of Education (2) assessment test without documented valid In addition, all students shall select at least Semester 6 reason shall score a zero mark for that test. A one of the following optional courses: Core Courses student absent from a test with documented DTB421 Ceramics, Glass and Stone DTB324 Product Analysis (3) legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special Technology (2) EEB328 Electronics for Designers (3) test. MMB420 Applied Thermodynamics (2) IDB321 Computer Aided 3-D Design (2) DTB424 Safety and First Aid (2) IDB322 Product Design (2) 280 Departmental Regulations for In addition, all students shall select at least the Bachelor of Design (Design and Level 500 Design and Technology one of the following optional courses: Technology Education) Degree Education IDB323 Basic Control Systems (2) Subject to the provisions of the General Semester 9 IDB324 Ceramics, Glass and Stone Technology Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty Core Courses (2) Special Regulation 230, the following DTB511 Major Design Project (3) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor EDT511 Research Project in D&T Education (3) Formation (3) of Design (Design and Technology Education) In addition, all students shall select at least MGT325 Industrial Environment (2) Degree shall apply: two of the following optional courses: Industrial Training EDT512 School Organisation and DTB300 Industrial Training (Vacation 7 Weeks, 28.10 Entrance Requirements Management (2) 3 Credits) 28.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Design DTB512 Design and Technology School (Design and Technology Education) Degree Curriculum Innovations (2) Level 400 Industrial Design shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special DTB513 Product Design III (2) Semester 7 Regulation 23.10, i.e., 23.11 to 23.17. DTB514 Industrial Product Design (2) IDB411 Computer Aided Manufacture (3) DTB515 Microcomputer Controls (2) IDB412 Research Methods in Design (2) 28.20 Programme Structure IDB413 Minor Project (3) 28.21 The Programme shall consist of the Semester 10 Major Subject called ‘Design and Technology’ DTB521 Major Make-and- Evaluate Project In addition, all students shall select at least and the Minor Subject called Education. (3, core) two of the following optional courses: 28.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and In addition, all students shall select at least DTB415 Design for Sustainable Development 200 shall be stipulated in the Faculty Special one of the following optional courses: (2) Regulations. DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (2) DTB416 Interior Design (2) DTB524 Environmental Factors in Design (2) IDB414 Eco-Product Design (2) Level 300 Design and Technology In addition, all students shall select at least IDB415 Universal Design (2) Education two of the following optional courses: Semester 5 EFA500 School Management (2) Semester 8 Core Courses EFH430 Philosophical Analysis of Educational IDB400 Industrial Training for Industrial Design DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) Concepts and Policies (3) (20 Weeks, 10 Credits) DTB312 Aesthetics (2) EFH500 Guidance and Counselling (3) DTB313 Ergonomics (2) EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) Level 500 Industrial Design DTB314 Materials Processing (3) Semester 9 EDT311 Principles of Learning (2) 28.30 Assessment IDB 511 Major Design Project (3) In addition, all students shall select at least 28.31 For courses DTB220, DTB300, DTB312, IDB 512 Contemporary Issues in
101 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
Industrial Design (2) assessed by means of: Programme Structure IDB 513 Advanced Product Design (2) a) Continuous assessment by the industry The Programme for the Degree in Mechanical In addition, all students shall select at least based supervisor and an assessor from Engineering will be a Single Major that will three of the following optional courses: a relevant Department of the Faculty of extend over 10 semesters of full-time study. IDB514 Design Management (2) Engineering and Technology. It shall contain one subject called Mechanical IDB515 Occupational Health and Safety (2) b) Industrial Training Report and logbook Engineering consisting of courses shown IDB516 Design Studies (2) submitted by the student at the end of the below. IDB517 Optimisation in Design (2) Industrial Training period. The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall c) Oral Presentation for IDB400 only. be as stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation Semester 10 35.23 DTB300 shall be assessed as based 21.20. IDB521 Major Make-and-Evaluate Project, (3) on regulations 35.22 (a and b). The ratio of IDB523 Professional Practice (2) marks for Continuous Assessment to Industrial Level 300 In addition, all students shall select at least Training Report and Logbook shall be 1:2. two of the following optional courses: 35.24 IDB400 shall be assessed as based Mechanical Engineering DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (3) on regulations 35.22 (a,b and c). The ratio Semester 5 IDB522 Design for Automation (3) of marks for Continuous Assessment to Core Courses IDB524 Multimedia for Industrial Designers (3) Industrial Training Report and Logbook to Oral MAT391 Mathematics III (3, pre-requisite IDB525 Packaging Design, (3) Presentation shall be 1:2:1. MAT291) MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3, pre-requisite 34.24 Assessment DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL CCB221) 34.25 For DTB220, DTB312, DTB315, IDB313, MMB312 Materials (2, prerequisite CCB211) IDB321, IDB 322, IDB324, IDB400, IDB411, ENGINEERING MMB313 Mechanics of Machines (3, pre- IDB413, IDB513, IDB515, IDB516, IDB517, requisite MMB222) IDB522, IDB524 and IDB525, the assessment Associate Professors MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation mode shall be continuous assessment only. M. T. Oladiran, MSc, PhD (Cranfi eld), CEng MI (2) MechE MASME, MNSE, REng MBIE Service Courses J. Uziak, MSc (Krakow), PhD (Lublin), PGDE, Semester 6 DTC 221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2): This course PGDCS Core Courses is available for students who are undertaking MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) certifi cate or diploma programmes in FET. Senior Lecturers MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) GEC 357 Advances in Technology (2): C. Ketlogetswe, HND (Auto), BEng, MSc MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) Examinable: CA:Exam Ratio as per FET (Portsmouth), PhD (Manchester) MMB325 Manufacturing (2) Regulations I. A. Loukanov, MSc (Rousse), PhD (Sofi a) EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3) GEC 258 Art and Science of Design (2): S. Sebusang, Beng (Southampton), PhD Examinable: CA:Exam Ratio as per FET (Bristol), AMASME, MBIE Regulations Level 400 R. Marumo, CertEd, HND, BEng, MSc Mechanical Engineering (Coventry), PhD (Sheffi eld), AMIMechE, 350 Industrial Training Regulations for the Semester 7 MASME, MIEEE, MBIE Degree of Bachelor of Design Core Courses P.K. Sahoo, BSc Engg (OUAT), M.Tech (IT, Preamble MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2, Subject to the provisions of General BHU) PhD (IIT Kharagpur-India) pre-requisite MMB322) Regulations 000 and 200 the following MMB 421 Heat Transfer (2, pre-requisites Industrial Training Regulations shall apply to Lecturers MMB323, MMB324) students on the following Programmes: R. Batane, DipEng (UCCB), BEng (Nova MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering a) Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology Scotia), MSc (Ohio) (On study leave) I (3) Education) O. Masoso, BEng (UB), MSc (South Bank) (On MMB414 Engineering Management (3) b) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) study leave) MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2, pre-requisite M. Mosweu, FTC (Plant), HTD (Mech), BEng MMB323) 35.10 Structure (John Moores), MSc (Leeds) (On study leave) In addition, all students shall at least select 35.11 BDes (Design and Technology O. Motsamai, BEng (UB), MSc (Manchester) one of the following optional courses: Education) and Bdes (Industrial Design) (On study leave) MMB416 Mechatronics (2, prerequisite students shall undergo supervised Industrial K. E. Kanyarusoke, BSc. Eng (Hons) MMB314) Training for 7 weeks between Levels 300 and Makerere, MSc. Lagos MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) 400. B Des. Industrial Design students shall MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2, pre- in addition undergo supervised Industrial Special Development Felow requisite MMB325) Training for Industrial Design for 20 weeks H.J. Uananisa, BEng (UB) from the beginning of semester 2 of Level 400 Semester 8 including part of the vacation between Levels ITB420 Industrial Training II [ 20 Weeks], (10 Introduction 400 and 500. credits, core, prerequisite ITB 200) The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers the following programmes: 35.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be Level 500 as follows: •Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) Mechanical Engineering DTB 300 - Industrial Training (BDes Design and •Combined Degree (Major in Mechanical Semester 9 Technology Education and B Des. Industrial Engineering) Core Courses Design) duration 7 weeks, 3 credits, core •Combined Degree (Minor in Mechanical MMB511 Project I (3) course. IDB 400 - Industrial Training for Engineering) MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) Industrial Design (B Des. Industrial Design) •MSc in Mechanical Engineering In addition, all students shall select at least duration 20 weeks, 10 credits, core course. two of the following optional courses: 35.13 During the periods of Industrial Training Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) students shall be subjected to such codes, Engineering (Mechanical) Degree MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations Subject to General Regulations 000 and 200 II (4) as applicable to the industry. and the Faculty Special Regulations 210, the MMB515 Energy Conversion (4, pre-requisites 35.14 Subject to Regulations Governing following Departmental Regulations for the MMB412, MMB417) Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) Degree MMB524 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 4.0, and regulation 35.13 above, a student (BEng) shall apply: (4, pre-requisites MMB412, MMB417) who receives a fi nal warning for misconduct during the period of Industrial Training shall be Entrance Requirements subjected to Discipline Regulations. Semester 10 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Core Courses (Mechanical Engineering) Degree Programme 35.20 Assessment MMB521 Project II (3, prerequisite MMB511) shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special 35.21 During the periods of Industrial Training MMB522 Production and Operations Regulations 21.10. , each student shall be visited a minimum Management (3, prerequisite MMB414) of twice at the location of placement to In addition, all students shall select two of the be assessed by Faculty of Engineering and following optional courses: Technology staff. MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) 35.22 A student’s performance will be
102 MMB523 Industrial Engineering (4, pre- Level 400 Courses in Mathematics must be covered requisite MMB414) Major in Mechanical Engineering in the major subject with at least two such MMB525 Process Engineering II (4) Semester 7 courses in Level 200. MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) Students shall select and follow at least two of the following core courses: Programme Structure Assessment MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2, The Minor Programme shall extend over 8 Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing), pre-requisite MMB322) semesters of full-time study and shall be part MMB411 (Engineering Design), MMB511 MMB527 Thermal Fluid System Design (2, pre- of a Combined Major in another subject. It (Project I), MMB521 (Project II) and MMB526 requisites MMB421, MMB417) shall consist of one subject Mechanical (Computational Mechanics), all courses shall MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering be assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special I (3) Engineering with courses listed below. Regulations 21.30. MMB414 Engineering Management (3) The curriculum for Level 100 shall be as For MMB411 the ratio of marks for continuous MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2, pre-requisite stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation 21.20. assessment to examination shall be 1:1. MMB323) In cases where a similar course appears in both For MMB211, MMB511, MMB521, and In addition, all students shall select at least the minor and the major subject, there shall be MMB526 the assessment mode shall be by one of the following optional courses: no double crediting of the course. continuous assessment only. MMB416 Mechatronics (2, pre-requisite Students should achieve a minimum of 23 MMB314) credits in the Minor Subject of Mechanical Departmental Regulations for the MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) Engineering. Bachelor of Engineering (General) Degree MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2, pre- Subject to the General Regulations 000 and requisite MMB325) Level 200 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations 210, Minor in Mechanical Engineering the following Departmental Regulations for Semester 8 Semester 3 the Bachelor of Engineering Degree (Major in Core Course Core Courses Mechanical Engineering) shall apply: ITB420 Industrial Training II [20 Weeks] (10) CCB212 Statics (2) Entrance Requirements MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Level 500 Degree (Major in Mechanical Engineering) Major in Mechanical Engineering Semester 4 shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special Semester 9 Core Courses Regulations 21.10. Core Course CCB221 Engineering Materials (2) Programme Structure MMB511 Project I (3) MMB222 Dynamics (2) The Combined Programme shall extend over In addition, all students shall select at least 10 semesters of full-time study. It shall consist two of the following options: Level 300 of one major subject (Mechanical Engineering) MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) Minor in Mechanical Engineering and 1 minor subject selected outside the MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) Semester 5 major subject. MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering Students shall attain a minimum of four credits The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall II (4) from any of the following core courses: be stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations MMB515 Energy Conversion (4, pre-requisites MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3, pre-requisite 21.20. MMB412, MMB417) CCB221) At Levels 300, 400 and 500 students shall be MMB524 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning MMB312 Materials (2, prerequisite CCB211) required to follow a selected minor subject (4, pre-requisites MMB412, MMB417) MMB313 Mechanics of Machines (3, pre- outside the major subject. The courses from requisite MMB222) the minor subject shall have a minimum credit Semester 10 MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation value of 23. Core Course (2) Subject to Regulation 31.22, students must MMB521 Project II (3, prerequisite MMB511) achieve a minimum of 53 credits from the In addition, students shall select at least one of Semester 6 major subject courses listed below. the following courses: Students shall attain a minimum of four credits In cases where a similar course appears in both Core Course from any of the following optional courses: the minor and the major subject, there shall be MMB522 Production and Operations MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) no double crediting of the course. Management (3, prerequisite MMB414) MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) Students shall be required to undertake Optional Courses MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) Industrial Training as per Faculty of MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) MMB325 Manufacturing (2) Engineering and Technology Special MMB523 Industrial Engineering (4, pre- Regulations 220. requisite MMB414) Level 400 MMB525 Process Engineering II (4) Minor in Mechanical Engineering Level 300 MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) Students shall attain a minimum of six credits Major in Mechanical Engineering from any of the following optional courses: Semester 5 Assessment Semester 7 Core Course Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing), MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2) MAT391 Mathematics III (3, prerequisite MMB411 (Machine and Industrial Design), MMB421 Heat Transfer (2, pre-requisites MAT291) and MMB526 (Computational Mechanics), all MMB323, MMB324) Students shall select and follow at least 3 of courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering the following optional courses: Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. I (3) MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3) For MMB411 the ratio of marks for continuous MMB414 Engineering Management (3) MMB312 Materials (2) assessment to examination shall be 1:1. MMB416 Mechatronics (2) MMB313 Mechanics of Machines (3, core, For MMB211 and MMB526 the assessment MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2) pre-requisite MMB222) mode shall be by continuous assessment only. MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation Faculty of Engineering & Technology MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2) (2) Departmental Regulations for the Combined Degree Programme Assessment Semester 6 Subject to the General Regulations 000 and Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing) Students shall select and follow at least three 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations 210, and MMB411 (Machine and Industrial Design) of the following optional courses: the following Departmental Regulations for all courses shall be assessed as stipulated in MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) the Minor in Mechanical Engineering shall the Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. MMB323 Thermodynamics I, (3) apply: For MMB411 the ratio of marks for continuous MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) assessment to examination shall be 1:1. MMB325 Manufacturing (2) Entrance Requirements For MMB211 the assessment mode shall be by Applicants shall have successful registration continuous assessment only. in a Combined Major Degree Programme in Science, Engineering or Technology.
103 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN Mean and the Fibonacci series; Environmental 4-hrs practical per week) AND TECHNOLOGY . COURSE LISTINGS synergy; Analysis of existing products vis-à-vis aesthetics: (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per DTB410 COMPUTER BASED DTB210 ELEMENTS OF DESIGN (3) week) MANUFACTURING (2) This course covers the following: Design This course covers fundamental concepts processes; Methods of searching ideas; DTB313 ERGONOMICS (2) of computerised manufacturing: Computer Analysing and designing simple elements; This course covers the following: General modelling for manufacture; CNC machine Marketing and design – qualitative and principles and dimensions of ergonomics; tools including lathes, multi axis machines quantitative market surveys; Manufacturing Anthropometrics: Body size and human and special machines; Programming semi and design; Purchasing and design; Product diversity, human reach and use of industrial CNC machines and manufacturing evaluation. (2-hrs lecture, 2-hrs tutorial per anthropometric data, and the need for simple components; Introduction to computer week) personal space; Muscular work, occupational integrated manufacture for mass production. stress and fatigue: Means of ensuring stress- (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) DTB211 WORKSHOP TECHNOLOGY I (2) free environment; Time and motion study This course covers the following: Structure for some tasks; Mental activity, boredom and DTB411 HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (2) of materials; Plastics: thermoplastics and effi ciency considerations; Design of workplace This course covers the following: Basic thermosetting; Wood: natural and man-made; and utilization of space; Workstations for hydrostatics; Forces on submerged bodies; Metals: pure and alloys; Testing, Measuring computers, driving, offi ce, industry and Piezometric head; Manometers; Applications and Marking out; Common hand tools and domestic purposes. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs of hydrostatics: Bernoulli’s equation applied their use for wasting processes; Finishing practical per week) to incompressible fl ow; Reaction forces; processes. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per Momentum and moment of momentum week) DTB314 MATERIALS PROCESSING (3) principles: Fluid control circuits and systems; This course is a comparative study of Fluid logic devices: Principles of hydraulic DTB220 DESIGNING ARTEFACTS (3) different wasting techniques, covering the devices. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) This course covers the following: Market following: fabrication techniques for wooden research; Analysis of existing designs: structures; tolerances and fi ts for assemblies; DTB412 PRODUCT DESIGN 1 (3) Critical appraisals; Value addition; Graphical, selection of joints; Silver Soldering; Forming This course covers the following: Types mathematical and physical modelling; Design techniques; Plastics fabrication processes; Die of products with alternative structures: brief; Brainstorming: group discussion casting; Model making techniques and tools Structures, equilibrium and Pin-jointed and overcoming mind blocks; Alternative for different materials. (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs structures; Types of mechanisms: Products solutions; Design folio and diary; Employing practical per week) with transmission of motion and forces; manufacturing techniques; Evaluating the Change of type of motion; Lifting machines artefact. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 4-hrs DTB315 INTERNET FOR DESIGNERS (2) and their effi ciency; Factor of safety in design. practical per week) This course is an introduction to Internet and (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs practical per Intranets structures. Course contents include: week) DTB221 WORKSHOP TECHNOLOGY II (2) Setting up Internet; Search engines; Surfi ng Joining processes: Welding, soldering and the web; Use of multimedia tools; Interactive DTB413 SPECIAL HUMAN NEEDS (2) brazing; Plastic welding; Fasteners; Casting web sites and exchange of information; This course covers the following: Maslow’s processes; Forming processes: forge working, Creating and editing HTML documents; hierarchy of needs; Design in the context extrusion, drawing and rolling, vacuum Creation of web sites; Alternative web of special human need; Basic principles forming, bending, injection moulding and designs; Design on an interactive web site. of ergonomics and anthropometrics for blow moulding; Machining: Heat Treatment (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) special human needs; Anthropometrics data Processes; Finishing. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr collection, analysis and application; Design, practical per week) DTB317 TEXTILE AND LEATHER detail, make, test and evaluate the Product TECHNOLOGY (2) Design. Client involvement and evaluation: DTB222 GRAPHICS (2) This course covers the following: Properties (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) This course covers the following: Materials of textile materials; Classifi cation; Selection; and equipment; freehand sketching; three- Properties of leathers; Dying and tanning. DTB414 SCHOOL D&T PROJECTS (2) dimensional drawing; perspective drawing; Design of articles; Cutting, joining and This course covers the following: Factors to rendering colour; working drawings; fi nishing processes; Use of computers in textile be considered and classifi cation of projects presenting information; shape and form; and leather design; Field visits and studies: by levels and diffi culty index; Formulation of colour; Advertising: logos and trademarks, (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) project tasks and detailing of learning events; packaging, display and exhibition design; Alternative methods of project supervision and Computer inputs and outputs: computer art, DTB321 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (3) their comparison; Role-playing; Motivation computer aided modelling: (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs This course covers the following: Different and incentives. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical practical per week) software for modelling and design; Two- per week) dimensional drafting; Three-dimensional DTB300 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (3) modelling with isometric, oblique and DTB415 DESIGN FOR SUSTAINABLE This course covers the following: Relationship axonometric views; Software packages for DEVELOPMENT (2) between education, industry and society; design; Use of packages for several selected The course covers the following: the Types of industries and production systems; applications; Innovations in the use of relation between Design and Sustainable Organisation and management strategies; computers for designing: (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs Development, various models of Development, Impact of mass production on society practical per week) and the relation between Design, Technology, and environment: Culture, work ethics Development and Economics. Community and discipline in industries; Role of labour DTB323 PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (2) products in the rural context: Field visits; organisation; Effects of technology changes This course covers the following: Input- Design for durability; Use of indigenous on employment; Students will also complete a process-output for pneumatics systems; materials; Appropriate technology; Sound 7-week Industrial Training. (Vacation Course) Closed-loop control and feedback; Basic Fluid social and ecological design; Design for mechanics: Incompressible fl ow; Pressure lifelong use and serviceability; Design for DTB311 DESIGN, TECHNOLOGY AND transmission and types of pneumatic systems: recycling and evolution; Miniaturisation; SOCIETY (2) Elements of pneumatic systems and circuit Dematerialisation; Design for re-use and This course covers the following: Cultural controls: Compressed air-supply; Steps in re-manufacture, new theories on Design for Infl uences; Environmental Issues – pollution, conditioning fi lters, moisture removal, and Sustainable Development. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs waste disposal, recycling; Economic infl uences lubricant addition; Operation and application practical per week) on design and manufacturing; Case Studies; of pneumatic components. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs Contemporary Design Issues. Conservation practical per week) DTB416 INTERIOR DESIGN (2) of natural resources: Obsolescence; The role This course covers the following: Physiological, of the designer in industry: (2-hrs lecture per DTB324 PRODUCT ANALYSIS (3) psychological, sociological, aesthetic week) This course covers the following: Analysing and ecological aspects of person-interior the need and functions of a variety of environment interaction; Conceptual design DTB312 AESTHETICS (2) products and critique on their design; Value and documentation; classifi cation of interior This course covers the following: Philosophical analysis; Identifying the component/function spaces; Primary and secondary functions of basis of aesthetics: Visual and tactical impact; relationship and material characteristics; different interiors; Alternative design solutions: Stylising products; Balance and symmetry; Product function analysis; Studies on several (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) Colour combinations and appeal: Harmonious existing industrial and domestic designs; Field and complimentary colours; The Golden visits and studies. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial,
104 DTB421 CERAMICS, GLASS AND STONE DTB521 MAJOR ‘MAKE AND EVALUATE’ IDB 321 COMPUTER AIDED 3-D DESIGN (2) TECHNOLOGY (2) PROJECT (3) Role of CAD in Industrial Design. This course covers the following: Equipment Realisation of the designed artefact: Selection Fundamentals of CAD, CAD software and and tools: Clay and its properties; Natural of appropriate means of manufacturing and operating systems, workstation environment, ceramics: Working properties of ceramics; fi nishing; Incorporating necessary design data storage and input devices, data exchange Shaping clay, Firing, and Glazing; Making modifi cations; Product evaluation by revisiting standards, graphic processors, graphic glass: Working properties of glass; Engraving. the need and the consumer; Completion of terminals, 2D and 3D graphic elements, 2D Painting. Heat forming. Staining. Working the ‘Design folio’ to include manufacturing and 3D translation, hiddenline algorithms, properties of stone. Carving. Masonry. (1-hr aspects and product evaluation. (6-hrs mass property algorithm. Wireframe lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs practical per week) practical per week) modelling, solid modelling, constructive solid geometry, surface modelling, methods of DTB422 PRODUCT DESIGN 2 (2) DTB522 CASE STUDIES IN DESIGNING (2) surface construction, surface of revolution. Value analysis. Material characteristics for new Critique of several cases with design problems: Overview of rapid prototyping, virtual reality. products: Product life cycle. Product function Problems encountered in manufacturing; (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) analysis: competitor analysis, quality function Maintainability and meeting the desired deployment. Introduction to theories of functional; Safety and quality standards; IDB 322 PRODUCT DESIGN (2) failure: Safety factors. Materials specifi cations. Improving designs and conceiving newer Product Design models; total design method Manufacturing considerations. Packaging and designs. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) versus partial design method, concurrent presentation techniques: (1-hr lecture, 1-hr versus linear and cyclic methods, techniques tutorial, 2-hrs practical per week) DTB524 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN of decoding the brief, concept generation, DESIGN (2) concept selection procedures, concept DTB423 MINOR DESIGN-AND-MAKE This course covers the following: Human refi nement, product architecture, concept PROJECT (2) environment, Factors infl uencing environment, synthesis techniques, product systemisation, This course guides students through the the nature of pollution: Population growth quality control, determinants of design process of a design and make project from with automation and new materials. Human specifi cation, production system design, the initial stage of choosing an appropriate, waste and disposal: Industrial pollution and performance design, Designing ornamental through selection of what research to control: Effects of new materials and processes products versus designing technical products, undertake, selection of appropriate forms on environment. Global aspects and control functionalist design versus form dominated of modelling ideas, selection of appropriate of environment. Designing for environment design, form follows function dictum, product means of realisation and objective product friendliness: (2-hr lecture) styling techniques, product semantics theory. evaluation: (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs Man-machine interface design, product practical per week) IDB 311 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN: CONCEPT interactivity, design for the client versus design AND PRACTICE (2) for users, design for mass production, design DTB424 SAFETY AND FIRST AID (2) Origins of Industrial Design, Practicing for manual assembly, design for automatic This course covers the following: Safety rules; Industrial Design, Design Consultancy, assembly. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per Safety practices; Safety symbols and their Freelance Design, In-house Designer, Industrial week) interpretations; Causes and types of accidents Design theory and practice, Industrial in the workplace; Methods of giving First Aid Design in relation to other professions, IDB 323 BASIC CONTROL SYSTEMS (2) to different cases of accident/injuries; First Aid Industrial Design in relation to other bodies System concept. Control systems with Input- and personal safety; First aid demonstrations of knowledge. A critique of the role of process-output elements. Closed-loop control and certifi cation by the Red Cross Society of Industrial Design in the following type of and feedback. Air supply and conditioning Botswana. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs companies: home appliances, home-ware, of air for pneumatic controls. e.g., fi lters, practical per week) toys, recreational products, interior products, moisture removal and lubricant addition. medical and health care, furniture, transport, Details of elements of pneumatic systems DTB511 MAJOR DESIGN PROJECT (3) computers, product package, exhibition and circuit controls with multiple valves. Basic Students will proceed by way of their design, signage systems, product graphics, hydrostatics and pressure measurement. preferred design methodologies by conceiving presentation techniques and applied Measurement of velocity and discharge. alternative solutions, designing, selection of photography. Strategies for successful design Design of simple measuring devices. Fluid appropriate process, research, data analysis, practice. (2-hr lecture per week) logic devices including bi-stable amplifi ers. etc. Students will select appropriate forms of Construction of simple machines. Design modelling ideas and present a design folio at IDB312 DESIGN OF MECHANISM AND of simple electronic control devices and the completion of the course. (1-hr lecture, STRUCTURES their usage. Introduction to microcomputer 4-hrs practical per week) Analysis and design of products with regard to controls. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per different types of pin-jointed plane and space week) DTB513 PRODUCT DESIGN 3 (2) structures and equilibrium. Types of loading This course covers the following: Psychology and forces in members. Factor of safety in IDB 324 CERAMICS, GLASS AND STONE of creativity: Brain maps and lateral thinking design and its selection criteria. Types of TECHNOLOGY (2) for alternative solutions; Properties of newer motion and basic mechanisms for products. Equipment and tools, Clay and its properties, materials, processes and advantages in terms Function and design aspects of different Natural ceramics, Working properties of of cost, etc.; Design Protection: Patent law, elements in products, e.g., levers, shafts, ceramics, Shaping clay, Firing, Glazing, Design registration. Copyright, Design right, pulleys, threaded elements, helical springs, Equipment and tools, Making glass, Working Trademarks, Brand names, Company symbols, belt and rope drive, coupling, slider, chain, properties of glass, Engraving, Painting, logotypes and ‘Passing off’ (2-hrs lecture, 1-hr ratchet, brake and clutch. Design of bell crank Heat forming, Staining, Equipment and tutorial per week) lever and toggle mechanism. Design of linear, tools, Working properties of stone, Carving. rotary and rocking motion linkages. Cam Masonry, Computers in ceramics, glass and DTB514 INDUSTRIAL PRODUCT DESIGN (2) and follower mechanisms. Design of simple stone technology, Design and manufacture This course covers the following: Product lifting machines and their characteristics. (1-hr of articles appropriate to ceramics, glass and and process design, Product development, lecture, 2-hr practical per week) stone. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) Integrated product development, Product development teams, quality control, IDB 313 HISTORY OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN IDB 411 COMPUTER AIDED Production system design, Design for mass (2) MANUFACTURING(2) production, Mass-customisation, Performance This course explores, intellectual and Fundamental concepts of computerised design, Technical parameters of products. (2-hr philosophical framework that have shaped manufacturing and simulation. Computer lecture, 1-hr tutorial per week) design, the relationship of design to the wider modelling for manufacture: Numerical patterns of production and consumption, control. CNC machine tools including lathes, DTB515 MICROCOMPUTER CONTROL (2) the effects of changes in materials and multi axis machines and special machines. This course covers the following: Computer technology on the form and material culture, Programming semi industrial CNC machines systems and control (e.g. control sensors); development of the design profession and and manufacturing simple components. motorised control system (e.g. Stepper and design education, and the major design styles G-Codes, canned cycles, subprograms, DC electric motors); Pneumatics as control in history, design paradigms, The Bauhaus simulation program, machining curved system; analogue to digital conversion; Movement, Modernism, Post-modernism, surfaces, matching of tool and surface microprocessor and micro controller systems relation between design and technological and geometry. Customised design and advanced (e.g. PIC 16F84 or STAMP controller); system socio-economic change, Industrial design as a manufacturing, fl exible manufacturing, mass- design and development tools. (1-hr lecture, mirror of social and economic changes. (1-hr customisation. Introduction to Computer 2-hrs practical per week) lecture per week) Integrated Manufacture. Applying artifi cial intelligence to CAM. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr
105 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
practical per week) appropriate process, research, data analysis Philosophical debates in design, Design and etc. Selection of appropriate forms of its impact on development, Social analyses IDB 412 RESEARCH METHODS IN modelling ideas and presentation of design of design, Identifi cation of core issues that INDUSTRIAL DESIGN (2) with a design folio. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr practical are signifi cant to the area of design studies Research Methodology, choosing a topic, per week) being investigated, Application of research fact fi nding, assessment of information, methods to design studies, Application problem defi nition and bounding, problem of design studies to related areas such as solving, project planning, forecasting and IDB 512 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN technology, engineering, art, architecture and report writing, major research library and INDUSTRIAL DESIGN (2) photography. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per especially its resources such as abstracts, Controversies surrounding industrial design week) indices, computer databases, problem includes; Social Responsibility, Environmental solving (synetics, brainstorming). Research Responsibility, gender, equity and equality, IDB 517 OPTIMISATION IN DESIGN (2) methods for practical design problems, users Poverty alleviation, Ethics, Industrial Design in Systems approach to design. Optimisation needs analysis, focus groups, experimental the Post-Material Society, Universal Access of and synergy of subsystems and components research, observation techniques, product Products and Facilities, Design and the Ageing for materials, costs, quality, time, usability evaluation techniques, practice-based population, Problems of Developing Countries, manufacturability, maintenance and energy research, research through design. (1-hr North-South Divide, Botswana’s problems, conservation. Need-technology-customer lecture, 2-hr Tutorials per week) the form and function debate, consumerism, matrix and diversifi cation-capability matrix; electronic-futures (e-futures), National optimisation of diversifi cation. Failure modes IDB 413 MINOR PROJECT (3) Economy, Globalisation as a determinant of and effects analysis for optimisation. Quality Selection of the process which is appropriate discourse, Cultural considerations in design, function deployment aspect of optimisation. to the type of project, selection of what Nano-technology, mass-customisation, Virtual QFD model formulation and optimiser analysis. research to undertake, selection of appropriate Reality, Virtual Product Design, Remote Value analysis and optimisation. Case studies forms of modelling ideas, selection of Design. (2-hr lecture, 1-hr practical, 1-hr of design optimisation. (2-hr lecture per appropriate means of realisation, objective tutorial per week) week) product evaluation. Application of design concepts to identifi ed problems and IDB 513 ADVANCED PRODUCT DESIGN (2) IDB 521 MAJOR PROJECT-PRODUCTION (3) rationalisation and justifi cation of selected Product Development, Product Development Realisation of the designed artefact. Selection design intervention approach vis-à-vis various Teams, Innovation Process, mass- of appropriate means of manufacturing and possible alternatives. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr personalisation, product differentiation, fi nishing. Incorporating necessary design practical per week) fl exible product development, advanced modifi cations. Product evaluation by revisiting paradigms for Product Development, mass the need and the consumer. Completion of IDB 414 ECO-PRODUCT DESIGN (2) customisation process, the reactive process, the ‘Design folio’ to include manufacturing Waste and environment, Product design and best practice in design of customised products, aspects and product evaluation. (1-hr lecture, environmental degradation, consumption part commonality approach, optimising 4-hr practical per week) patterns and the environment, Eco-Design product architecture, standardisation, order Principles, Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), fulfi lment, customisation and confi guration IDB 523 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (2) Life Cycle Analysis, LCA Inventory, Impact costs, design for manufacturability, mistake Various models of design practice, refl ective Analysis, Factor 4, Factor X, Eco-effi ciency proof design, modular design strategy, practioner, developing a corporate approach, Theory, material selection tools. Eco Indicator, concurrent product design, co-designing. managing product design and development Sustainable Development, Eco-design Customisation of products for advanced process, strategic planning, time and strategies and methods, Sustainable Service manufacturing, product line architecture, people management, computer-based time Design, Design for End of Life, Design process infrastructures, Technology Push schedules, presentation and communication for Recycling, Design for Remanufacture, products, Market-pull products, platform skills, writing skills for design-related Dematerialisation, Miniaturerism. Design for products, design for niche` markets. Invention discourses such as; briefs, rationales, reports Disassembly, Design for Serviceability, Design databases, collaborative technologies, and resumes. Tendering for jobs, authority for Evolution (Birth, Death and Rebirth), Limitations, problems and challenges of approvals, publicity, techniques for improving Design for Re-use, Green Design, Green customisation. (1-hr lecture, 3-hr practical per productivity. Pricing and costing of design Technology, Eco-labelling, sustainable future week) projects, quality assurance, staff resource and society. (2-hr lecture per week) allocation, staff salaries and associated costs. IDB 514 DESIGN MANAGEMENT (2) Legal classifi cations of industrial designs, IDB 415 UNIVERSAL DESIGN (2) Design Management in companies, design protection, ownership of designs, Universal design principles, universal design Managing the design process, managing contract and administration, sub-contracting, and inclusiveness, usability, equitable use, the corporate identity, managing company design registration, patenting designs, design for people of all ages and abilities, environmental graphics, managing new copyright, product liability, franchise, design barrier free design, Design for fl exibility in product development, managing design protection in Botswana. Design ethics, use, simple and intuitive use, perceptible teams, design as strategic corporate tool, role moral obligations, analysis of design practice information, tolerance for error, design for low of design management in turning a company fi rms around the world, problems of design physical effort, size and space for approach to a Design-Driven business, managing design practice. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) and use, trans-generational design strategies, resources, managers and designers, managing design for the ageing methods, design for design across organisational boundaries, IDB 522 DESIGN FOR AUTOMATION (3) the disabled strategies, usability principles. managing the product innovation process, Elements of automation. Need and rationale Universal design assessment and checklist, design and product evaluation, cultivating for time and motion study and its applications usability assessment methods and checklist, information and idea network. Design in automation. Different types of jigs and analysis of products that meet the universal management tools and strategies. (2-hr lecture fi xtures and their relative merits. Jigs and design criteria. Problems and limitations of per week) fi xtures design for precision and their indexing. universal design. Universal access legislation Tool design for automation. Tool geometry, (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) IDB 515 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND ie, dimensions, angles and clearances and SAFETY (2) tolerances. Tool materials selection. Modular IDB 400 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (3) Ergonomics of work, Occupational tooling system, tool holders and adapters. Types of industries- primary and secondary hazards and preventative measures, Legal Tool locating and clamping, fasteners, etc. industries. Production systems – single item, considerations, Health and Safety standards, Use of dies; elements of die design. Tooling batch, mass production. Organisation and Safety symbols and colours, Protective for numerical controls. Integrated computer management strategies used in industries. equipment and work practice controls, Design aided design and manufacture with examples. The impact of mass production on society of hand tools, Construction activities, Fire Design of artefacts for integrated design and and environment. Culture, work ethics and prevention and protection, Seating and seat manufacture. Introduction to robotics and discipline in industries. The role of labour design, Workstation design, Lighting, colour simple applications in design for automation. organisation in industries. The effect of and vision, Noise and vibration, Heat and (2-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) technology changes on employment in ventilation, Manual material handling, Applied industries. Briefi ng on industrial attachment. human kinematics and anthropometrics, IDB 524 MULTIMEDIA FOR INDUSTRIAL (7 weeks) Hazardous processes, Environmental pollution. DESIGNERS (3) (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) Need for multimedia in Industrial design and IDB 511 MAJOR PROJECT-DESIGN (3) dissemination. Role of multimedia in effective Students will proceed by way of their IDB 516 DESIGN STUDIES (2) communication and presentations. Range of preferred design methodologies by conceiving Cultural infl uences in design, Political multimedia hardware and software. Digital alternative solutions, designing, selection of and economic implications on design, electronics and use in still and video cameras.
106 Digital recording and editing. Computer Animation, Interactivity and computer- generated digital movies. Industry-standard multimedia-authoring tools to develop design presentations. Integration of media objects, including: edited scanned images, rendered images (produced using CAD technology), line drawings, animation, video (captured off VHS) and sound. Production and application of multimedia in portfolio and major design presentation. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr practical per week)
IDB 525 PACKAGING DESIGN (3) Packaging principles and practices in design, Materials handling and distribution, Production, Testing and evaluation, Printing and labelling, Regulatory practices, and environmental concerns, Paper, metal and wood packaging, Plastics, composites and glass packaging, Pharmaceutical, medical and cosmetics packaging, Packaging and the environment, Packaging production systems, Engineering of protective packaging, Distribution packaging and materials handling, Packaging development and management. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr practical per week)
GEC 258 ART AND SCIENCE OF DESIGN (2) Origin of Design. Nature of Design. Design cycle and steps in designing. Preferred design methodologies. Design concepts and movements, cycle of innovation, Principles of creativity in design: fi rst insight, brainstorming, gallery method, brain- writing, problem decomposition, Barriers to creative thinking, Role of scientifi c principles, technological advances and their applications in design. Miniaturisation, Role of aesthetics, ergonomics and anthropometrics in design, Issues of culture, moral values, ethics and the environment, Product semantics, Case studies on analysing existing designs of objects – quantifi cation of a successful design.
GEC 357 ADVANCES IN TECHNOLOGY (2) Advent of technology in society. Societal needs for survival, comfort and quality of life. Technology Innovations. Technology and economic development. Design and manufacture of newer products. ‘Science and Technology Policy’ and ‘Vision 2016’ and technological advancements in Botswana. Technology Transfer. Environmental issues and sustainable technological development. Role of emerging media and the Internet in global communication. Impact of information technology in the workplace. Impact of technology on environment and eco-friendly designs and technologies.
107 FFACULTYACULTY OOFF healthhealth ssciencesciences
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
NURSING EDUCATION
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
ACTING DEAN Mokoena, T. T. Bsc (London), MSc (East Anglia), PhD (Bradford) Admin. Supervisor K. Johnson Personal Assistant B. E. Ntsatsi FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES established during academic year 2007/08. Senior Lecturer Vacant Current Resource Provision Introduction The University already makes regular provision Lecturers The University Council decided in November in its recurrent budget for the human Maswabi T., BSc, MSc (UB 2005 to establish a Faculty of Health Sciences resource requirements and running costs of Mbongwe B., DipEH (Swaziland), BSc with effect from 01 April 2006. the departments of Nursing (Education) and (Toledo), BEd (Toledo), MSc. (Ottawa) Environmental Health, as well as the founding Mohutsiwa M., DipEH (Swaziland), BSc. planning needs of the School of Medicine. In Hons (Strathclyde), MAppSc (Sidney) Before then, the issue of establishing a Faculty addition, since 2006/07 the budget estimates of Health Sciences had come increasingly have provided for the Dean and the Faculty Tshabang J., BSc. MSc. (UB) to the fore within the University as various Offi ce costs of the Faculty of Health Sciences. developments occurred during NDP 8. First, in Staff Development Fellows 1997 the Department of Nursing Education The Government has released funding for P. Tirelo, B.Tech. (Port Elizabeth Tech.) undertook a strategic shift in its teaching, the implementation of the fi rst phase of learning and research agendas by moving the University’s NDP9 Capital Development Departmental Regulations for the away from its initial mission of educating Programme. One component of this phase is Undergraduate Program and training nurse administrators and nurse the construction and equipping of a Faculty teachers through the B.Ed (Nursing) degree of Health Sciences/Faculty of Science complex. General Provisions programme. It launched a clinically-oriented This complex will be ready for occupation in Subject to the provisions of the General professional BNS degree programme as well as January 2010 and is planned to provide the Academic Regulations, the following a MNS graduate programme. With this change physical resources and facilities for teaching, Departmental Regulations shall apply: in academic focus and thrust, it became clear learning, research and professional service in that the Department would fi nd a natural the basic medical (preclinical) sciences, and to Programs and Titles of Degrees: home in a Faculty of Health Sciences. function as the administrative centre of the The Department currently offers one program Faculty of Health Sciences. Additionally, the in Environmental Health leading to the The launch of the Premedical Programme in Government has earmarked funds within the following qualifi cation: 2000 (as the fi rst phase of the establishment Tertiary Education Development Fund for the of a School of Medicine) and the accession School of Medicine Project and committed Bachelor of Science (Environmental during 2002/03 to the request from NDP9 Domestic Development Funds to the Health) or (BSc. EH) degree the Government to mount a degree in Ministry of Health for the construction of a Environmental Health took place concurrently teaching hospital and related facilities. with mid to late NDP8 calls from the Ministry Recent and Future Developments Program Objectives of Health for the University to establish a 1. Effective 01 June 2007, the Faculty of • To provide a sound foundation in variety of other degree programmes in the Health Sciences was formally established and the principles of public health and the health sciences. an Acting Dean appointed. interrelationship between humans and the 2. The substantive Founding Deans/Heads of environment. Consequently, the University resolved that the constituent units - the School of Medicine, • To develop the competencies and skills during NDP9 it would engage in programme the School of Nursing, the School of Allied needed after graduation to work effectively development that would be aimed at the Health Professions and the Department of as an environmental health professional in long-term objective of establishing a Faculty of Environmental Health, if not already at post, different settings. Health Sciences. - are to be appointed during the course of • To impart skills to conduct research academic year 2007/08 to address environmental contamination As the University undertook its holistic yet 3. Recruitment of the core founding staff of problems and to contribute to sound public detailed planning for NDP9 – particularly with the Faculty to engage in planning that will health policy development regard to academic programming and facilities include: • To provide students with the skills to utilize planning and design – it became evident that Determination and confi rmation of the behavioural modifi cation and motivation the implementation of its various plans for • health human resource needs of Botswana as positive approaches to the resolution of developments in the health sciences would Affi rmation/re-affi rmation of the kind(s) of environmental health problems rather than be best effected and executed within an • health worker(s) that Botswana needs and relying totally on enforcement. overarching administrative and management the role(s) they are to play in the health structure of a Faculty of Health Sciences. system Entrance requirements Working with all stakeholders to arrive at Prospective students must: The Ministry of Health, itself then in the • a statement of the vision, mission, values, • If entering the program through the direct process of developing the NDP9 Human goals and objectives of the Faculty as part entry route, satisfy the University of Resources for Health Plan (2004 -2009), of a national Botswana General Academic Regulation supported the UB proposal of actually Design, development and approval of high 20.21 and the Faculty of Science Special establishing a Faculty of Health Sciences • quality international standard curricula that Regulation 23.2. If already registered under before the end of NDP9. are appropriate to the Botswana and the Faculty of Science under the General BSc Program, must have obtained at Organizational Structure African context least a grade C in BIO 111 & 112; CHE The proposal approved in 2005 was that • Identifi cation of relevant and high-priority 101&102; MAT 111&122;PHY111,119,121 the Faculty should initially comprise a areas of research and research training in &129 at fi rst year level. School of Medicine, a School of Nursing the health sciences. • If possessing a Diploma, satisfy General (evolving from the UB Department of Nursing 4. After consultation with all interested Academic Regulation 20.24 and Education) Sciences), a School of Allied Health parties and stakeholders, particularly but appropriate Special Regulations of the Professions, and the existing Department not exclusively the Ministry of Health, Faculty of Science. of Environmental Health (seen then as the establishment of interim arrangements to • Applicants with a Diploma in Environment possible nucleus of a future School of Public ensure a smooth transition from the current Health shall be admitted into level 200 Health). organizational structures, within and without the University, to those that shall obtain under or 300 of the degree programme on the basis of accumulated credits in the area of The Faculty is a “work in progress” and the of the Faculty of Health Sciences. environmental health. currently comprises the following entities: DEPARTMENT OF • If possessing other entry qualifi cations deemed relevant by the Department, The Department of Environmental Health • ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH satisfy General Academic Regulation 20.22 The Department of Nursing (to become • or General Academic Regulation 20.23 and the School of Nursing during academic year Professors any other appropriate Special Regulations 2007/08) Vacant of the Faculty of Science. • The School of Medicine The Offi ce of the Dean of Health Sciences Associate Professor • Semester 1 Vacant Core Courses The School of Allied Health Professions will be CHE 101 General Chemistry I (4)
109 FACULTY OF health sciences
BIO 111 Principles of Biology (4) Optional Courses minimum grade of C, or its equivalent, in PHY 111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, ENV 310 Medical Geography (2) at least 2 of the following subjects: Physics, Vibrations and Waves (3) ENV 382 Analytical Methods for Specifi c Chemistry and Biology; and a minimum PHY 119 Physics Practical (1) Hazards (3) grade of B, or its equivalent, in Science. A MAT 111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) CCB 315 Environmental Engineering (3) double award or its equivalent is required. The GEC 111 Communications and Study Skills ENV 440 Geographic Information Systems (3) other qualifying subject must be one of the I (2) ENV 462 Environmental Quality Management- following: GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills Land & Air (3) a) Development Studies I (2) ENV 418 Environmental Policy (2) b) Literature in English ENV 412 Environmental Impact Assessment c) Design and Technology Semester 2 (3) d) Agriculture Core Courses ENV 463 Environmental Quality Management- e) Art CHE 102 General Chemistry II (4) Water & Waste (3) f ) Food and Nutrition BIO 112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) CHE 416 Environmental Chemistry (2) g) Computer Studies PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism, CHE 418 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry h) Fashion and Fabrics Introduction to Modern Physics (3) (2) i) Business Studies PHY 129 Physics Practical (1) BIO 418 Food Microbiology (3) j) Home Management MAT 122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) LAW 441 Law and Health Care (3) k) Any other subject deemed appropriate by GEC 121 Communications and Study Skills the Faculty of Science. II (2) 1.1.4 An applicant who has taken relevant GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills DEPARTMENT OF NURSING Advanced (A)-level or equivalent examinations II (2) and who has attained a minimum of one E EDUCATION and two O’s in the relevant subjects may be Semester 3 admitted to a Bachelor of Science Degree Senior Lecturers Core Courses Programme. N. M. Seboni, RN, RM, BEd (UBS), MA, MEd ENH 211 Introduction to Environmental 1.1.5 If an applicant has grade E or better at (Columbia), PhD (UCSF, California) Health (3) Advanced (A)-level or equivalent qualifi cations N. A. Phaladze, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MSc, PhD BIO 120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) in Science subjects, he/she may be awarded (Michigan) BIO 216 General Microbiology (3) credits and exempted from equivalent BIO 301 Quantitative Biology (3) course(s) prescribed for a Degree Programme, Lecturers CHE 211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry subject to the recommendation of the relevant K. Dithole, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MSc (Wits) (2) Head of Department and approval of the M. Kgositau, BEd (UB) MNS Cse Western CHE 213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Deputy Dean. Reserve University, Ohio M. Magowe, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MSc (Illinois) Semester 4 1.2 Course Listings for the Bachelor of K. Mogobe, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MEd, MScN Core Courses Nursing Science (Columbia), PhD (Washington) ENH 221 Principles and Practice of Health T. R. B. Monau, BSc (UB), MSc (California) Education (3) Generic Stream D Mcfarland , BEd (UB) MNS Russel Sage ENH 222 Epidemiology (3) college, PhD, Boston College, Boston ENH 223 Control of Communicable diseases Level ONE (100) K. Mudongo, RN, RM, BEd (UB) MSN(UB)) (3) Semester 1 M. Sabone, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MScN, PhD ASB 321 Meat Science (3) General Education Courses (Case Western) LAW 203 Environmental Laws of Botswana (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) M. Sebego, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MScN BIO 225 Human Physiology and the GEC112 Computing and Information Systems (Pennsylvania), PhD (New York) Environment (3) (2) S. Shaibu, RN, DipOT, BEd (UB), MSc, PhD Core Courses (UCSF, California) Semester 5 BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) W. Tshiamo, RN, RM, BEd (UB), MSN (Case Core Courses CHE101 Chemistry (4) Western Reserve, Ohio) CCB 318 Liquid Waste Management (3) MAT111 Mathematics (5) CCB 319 Solid Waste Management (3) BNS101 HIV/AIDS Prevention and Control in 1.0 Special Regulations for the Bachelor of CCB 331 Environmental Health and Building Botswana (2) Nursing Science Degree Programme Services (3) Semester 2 Subject to the provisions of the General ENH 313 Basic Toxicology (3) Core Courses Academic Regulations and the Faculty of GEC/ Optional (4) CHE102 Chemistry (4) Education Special Regulations, the following MAT122 Mathematics (5) Departmental Special Regulations shall apply: Semester 6 Students can choose to take Physics at Level Core Courses 100 or Level 200 of their study. 1.1 Entrance Requirements for the BIO 305 Insect Pest/ Vector Control (3) PHY119 Physics (3) Bachelor of Nursing Science ENH 321 Environmental Health Sampling and PHY111 Physics (3) Generic Degree Programme Analysis (4) PHY121 Physics (3) 1.1.1 Admission to Level 100 of the Bachelor ENH 322 Food Safety and Hygiene (3) PHY129 Physics (1) of Nursing Science Generic Degree Programme ENH 323 Occupational Health, Safety and shall be on the basis of performance in the Hygiene (3) Level TWO (200) Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary PHY 360 Atmospheric Pollution Control I (2) Semester 3 Education (BGCSE) examination, or its Core Courses equivalent, in Science subjects. There shall be Winter Semester BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) cut-off points, which shall be determined by ENH 331 Internship (4) BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3) the Directorate of Academic Services. STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) 1.1.2 Applicants who register for the Bachelor Semester 7 PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) of Nursing Science (Generic) Programmes shall Core Courses BNS201 Introduction to Professional Nursing be required: ENH 411 Environmental Risk Assessment (3) (3) a) To have taken at least 5 subjects, including ENH 412 Environmental Health Seminar (3) BNS203 Basic Nursing Concepts and Skills in English Language and Mathematics, at the PHY 460 Atmospheric Pollution Control II (2) Health and Wellness (3) Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary GEC/ Optional (7) BNS205 Primary Health Care: Individuals, Education (BGCSE) examination or at one Groups and the Community (3) sitting of its equivalent; Semester 8 b) To have obtained a minimum grade of Pass Core Courses Semester 4 in English Language; ENH 413 Inspection and Report Writing (2) Core Courses c) To have obtained a minimum grade of ENH 422 Research Project in Environmental BIO211 Cell Biology (3) credit, or its equivalent, in Mathematics. Health (3) BIO216 Microbiology (3) 1.1.3 In addition to the above basic GEC/ Optional (10) BIO232 Human Biology requirements, applicants must have a BNS202 Basic Nursing Concepts and Skills in
110 Health and Illness (3) Optional Courses Menu EFP213 Introductory Psychology (3) Optional Courses (3 credits) BSW201 Introduction to Group Work In addition, all students shall take 1 elective All students shall take 1 optional course BSW202 Introduction to Working with course. Families and Individuals (3) Level three (300) BSW309 Social Policy (3) Semester 6 Semester 5 EFH201 Counseling Over the Lifespan Core Courses Core Courses EFH202 Theories and Techniques of BNS300 Health Assessment (3) BNS301 Pathophysiology (3) Counseling (3) BNS304 Community Mental Health Nursing BNS302 Nursing Management of Low Risk EFH402 Counseling Persons with Special (3) Childbearing Families (2) Needs (3) BNS306 Introduction to Nursing Research (3) BNS303 Introduction to Community Health EFP100 Introduction to Educational BNS308 The Nursing Process in Family Health Nursing (2) Psychology (3) (3) BNS305 Basic Nursing Knowledge and Skills in HEE444 Issues in Food and Nutrition (3) BNS310 Institution Based Nursing Care Care of Well and Ill Adults (3) LAW441 Ethics and Law in Health Care (3) Practicum (3) BNS309 Community-Based Nursing Care POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and SOC332 Traditional and Alternative Medical Practicum (3) Migration (3) Systems (3) HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and BNS311 Internship (4) Elective Course (3 credits) Migration General Education Course (4 credits) Students shall select 1 elective course, not POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ Students shall select 2 GEC courses from the already taken, selected from the optional AIDS Epidemic (3) University-wide listing. Students shall also courses listed in Semester 4. POP303 Urbanisation, Migration and choose one optional course. General Education Course (2 credits) Development All students shall select a course not already POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and Level 400 taken from the list of General Education Development (3) Semester 7 Courses. POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Poverty Core Courses SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3) BNS401 Principles of Management and Semester 6 Education in Nursing (2) Core Courses 1.3 Entrance Requirements for Bachelor of BNS402 Parent and Child Health Nursing BNS211 Cell Biology Nursing Science RN Completion Practicum (2) BNS200 Pharmacology (3) Candidates for the Bachelor of Nursing BNS405 Advanced Knowledge and Skills in BNS300 Health Assessment (3) Science Completion will fulfi ll the following Adult Health Nursing (2) BNS304 Community Mental Health Nursing requirements: BNS407 Nursing Management of high Risk (2) a) A Diploma in General Nursing or its Childbearing Families BNS306 Intro to Nursing Research (3) equivalent; BNS410 Adult Health Nursing Practicum BNS310 Institution-Based Nursing Care b) A minimum of 2 years Nursing experience Practicum (2) after completion of a Diploma in a General General Education Courses (6 credits) SOC332 Traditional and Alternative Medical Nursing Programme; In addition, all students shall select 3 General Systems (3) c) Current registration with the Nursing Education Courses not already taken. BNS311 Internship (4) and Midwifery Council of Botswana or its General Education Courses (2 credits) equivalent; Semester 8 All students shall select a course not already d) BGCSE or its equivalent with either a credit Core Courses taken from the list of General Education in Combined Science or a pass in any one of BNS403 Principles and Practice of Community Courses. Biology, Chemistry or Physics and a pass in any Health Nursing (2) Optional Courses other 4 subjects. BNS404 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing Students shall choose 1 of the optional Practicum (2) courses listed in the optional course menu. 1.4 Course Listings for the Bachelor of BNS406 Adolescent Health and Development Nursing Science (2) Level Four (400) BNS408 Community Health Nursing Practicum Semester 7 Completion Stream (2) Core Courses BNS409 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing (2) BNS401 Principles of Management and Level 200 Education in Nursing (2) Semester 3 General Education Courses (6 credits) BNS402 Parent and Child Practicum (2) Core Courses In addition, students shall select 3 General BNS405 Advanced Knowledge and Skill in BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) Education Courses not already taken. Students Adult Health (2) CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for Nursing shall also choose one elective course and one BNS407 Nursing Management of High Risk Science (3) optional course from the following listing: Childbearing Families (2) PHY161 Physics (3) BNS410 Adult Health Nursing Practicum (2) STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) General Education Courses (6 credits) BNS201 Introduction to Professional Nursing Optional Course Menu In addition, all students shall select 3 courses (3) BSW201 Introduction to Group Work not already taken from the list of General General Education Course BSW202 Introduction to Working with Education Courses. GEC121 Education Computer Awareness (2) Families and Individuals BSW309 Social Policy Semester 8 Semester 4 EFH201 Counseling Over Lifespan Core Courses General Education Course EFH202 Theories and Techniques of BNS403 Principles and Practice of Community GEC112 Communication and Study Skills (2) Counseling (3) Health Nursing (2) Core Courses EFH402 Counselling Persons with Special BNS404 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing BIO232 Human Physiology (3) Needs (3) Practicum (2) BIO216 Introductory Microbiology (3) EFP100 Introduction to Educational BNS406 Adolescent Health and Development BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) Psychology (2) Optional Courses (6 credits) HEE444 Issues in Food Nutrition (3) BNS408 Community Health Nursing Practicum Students shall also choose two of the 3-credit LAW441 Ethics and Law in Health Care (3) (2) optional courses listed at the end of this POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and BNS409 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing (2) section. Migration POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and General Education Courses (4 credits) Level 300 Migration In addition, all students shall select 2 courses Semester 5 POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ not already taken from the listed General Core Courses AIDS Epidemic (3) Education Courses. Students shall also take BNS301 Pathophysiology (3) POP303 Urbanisation, Migration and one elective course, and one optional course BNS307 The Individual in Health Illness (3) Development chosen from the following list: BNS309 Community–Based Nursing Care POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Poverty Practicum (3) SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3)
111 FACULTY OF health sciences
POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and With effect from academic year 2007/08, Level 200, gain admission to those medical Development (3) the programme is planned also to serve as a schools with which the Botswana Government preparation for medical education and training has partnerships. 1.5 Assessment within the University of Botswana. At this 1.5.1 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, stage the plan is that the School of Medicine The programme duration and the criteria 300 and 400 shall be based on tests and/or will select a fi rst cohort of 36 students to enter for admission to the University of Botswana assignments, and where applicable, clinical the new medical degree programme in August School of Medicine degree course are under practice. of 2008 or 2009. The plans will be fi nalized consideration. 1.5.2 The ratio of continuous assessment to during academic year 2007/08. an end of semester examination shall be 1:1, Undergraduate Degree Programme unless otherwise specifi ed in the Departmental Premedical Programme Structure The undergraduate medical curriculum is Special Regulations. The four-semester programme consists of: currently being designed and developed with 1.5.3 The above Regulations shall apply • A two-semester fi rst year, the academic the intention of implementation in academic to both Generic and In-service Bachelor of content of which is the same as Level 100 year 2008/09 or 2009/10. Nursing Science Streams. of the B.Sc. degree and comprises courses 1.5.4 General Regulations 00.811 to 00.826 from Biological Sciences (BIO 102), Chemistry and 00.842 shall apply to the Bachelor of (CHE 101, CHE 102), Mathematics (MAT 111, It will likely be a degree of 5 years duration Nursing Science Degree. MAT 112), Physics (PHY 111, PHY 112) and and the aim is that it be an integrated General Education courses in Fundamentals community-oriented population-based 1.6 Progression from Year to Year of Computer and Information Skills (GEC 121, programme with a problem- based approach to To proceed from one semester to the next, GEC 122) and in Communication and Study learning. a student must pass all courses and have a Skills (GEC 111, GEC112); cumulative GPA of 2.0 or above as specifi ed in • A two-semester second year that consists Internship General Regulation 00.842. of Basic Natural Sciences (level 200 courses The period of out-of country training varies in chemistry and Physics) , Introduction to from one medical school to another. It is 1.7 Award of Degree Biomedical Sciences (level 200 courses in cell usually fi ve or six years. On completion of their To be awarded a Degree, a student must biology, anatomy, physiology and genetics), medical training, doctors are expected to do a satisfy the relevant General Academic Introduction to Health Informatics, and one-year internship in Botswana before being Regulations 00.851 and 00.852. The Degree Introduction to Community Health (level 100 registered by the Botswana Health Professions shall be classifi ed in accordance with the and 200 courses in biostatistics, demography, Council (BHPC) to practise as a doctor. provisions of General Academic Regulations HIV/AIDS); 20.4, with the communicative GPA of 2.0 or • A period of clinical exposure in the referral Since January 2007, the School of Medicine above completed in accordance with General hospitals during the fi rst academic year and has been working with the Ministry of Health Regulation 00.86. Faculty of Education similar exposure in other settings (clinics, under the guidance of the Botswana Health district hospitals, private practice) in the health Professions Council to improve the quality of system during the second year of study. the existing internship programme. The vision SCHOOL OF MEDICINE is that from January 2008, doctors will enter an enhanced and BHPC-approved programme. In July 2006, Professor Major Bradshaw was Entry Requirements appointed as Interim Founding Dean of the (a) BGCSE/equivalent with a minimum of School of Medicine. Prof Bradshaw was grade E in English Language and a grade C in any two from Biology, Chemistry, Graduate Medical Education seconded to the University of Botswana from The School of Medicine working principally Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, Texas, Physics or a minimum of grade BB in Science Double Award or equivalent, a minimum of with two of its USA partner medical schools USA for a period to December 2008. Baylor (Baylor and Pennsylvania) plans to roll College of Medicine is one of three USA A in Physical Science and a C in Biology or equivalent. out specialty graduate medical education partners of the University of Botswana the programmes in internal medicine and others being Harvard (School of Public Health) (b) A-Level (Advanced Level) holders can join the pre-med programme at semester paediatrics starting August 2008 at Princess and the University of Pennsylvania. Under the Marina Hospital (in Gaborone). Roll out at leadership of Prof Bradshaw, the School of 3 provided that they have done the clinical exposure that is part of the fi rst year of the Nyangabgwe Referral Hospital (in Francistown) Medicine has been working on: will follow in 2009. • Enhancement of the quality of the programme. However, very good “A-Level” grades can qualify one for direct entry to Botswana internship programme; The other specialty programmes (in general • Design and development of graduate many medical schools, so one can use that as a route to a medical degree instead of surgery, obstetrics and gynaecology, accident medical education programmes in paediatrics, & emergency/trauma, family medicine and internal medicine, general surgery, obstetrics going through the University’s premedical programme. public health) will be launched at a time and & gynaecology, accident & emergency/trauma, in a mode that is currently being planned in family medicine and public health; (c) It is also possible to transfer from Level 100 of the BSc degree to the Level 200 of close consultation with the Ministry of Health • Design and development of the and drawing on the experience of regional undergraduate degree programme the Premedical programme if students have achieved good grades at the end of the fi rst and international schools of medicine and faculties of health sciences. The arrangements for the accreditation and year. One can join the premedical group at approval of all these programmes are being semester 3 if they have:- developed in consultation with the Botswana • achieved very good BSc 1 grade point Health Professions Council and the university’s averages in all three Level 100 Sciences (a GPA SCHOOL OF ALLIED HEALTH Medical Education, Training and Research of at least 3.5 in each subject), in Level 100 PROFESSIONS Advisory Board. Mathematics (a GPA of at least 3.0) and the two General Education courses (a GPA of at least 3.0 in each one); Professor (Founding Head/Dean) Professor and Dean • been selected for the clinical exposure that 1 vacancy; to be appointed Bradshaw M. W., BA (Texas Austin) MS takes place between semester 2 and semester (Baylor), MD (Baylor) FACP 3 and have performed satisfactorily on it (a Lecturer grade of at least "very good"); 2 vacancies; to be appointed Coordinator • succeeded in being designated for a career Mokoena, T. T., BSc (London), MSc (East in medicine by the Ministry of Education (if a Degree Programmes Anglia), PhD (Bradford) citizen of Botswana). The School is to be established during academic year 2007/08 when planning, and Premedical Programme Duration of the Premedical Programme design and development of degrees will Since August 2000, the University has run a Three semesters for those who, upon commence.. four-semester pre-medical programme. On successful completion of Level 100 and the successful completion of the programme, third semester, qualify for transfer to the Current projected degree offerings include: students have qualifi ed to enter medical University’s South African and Australian Medical Laboratory Technology school outside Botswana. partner medical schools, and four semesters Pharmacy for those who, on successful completion of
112 Radiology ENH321 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ENH412 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH Physiotherapy SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS SEMINAR Speech-Language and Hearing Therapy The course introduces students to the basic This is a skills development course Occupational Therapy principles of environmental health sampling emphasizing on literature review of scientifi c Rehabilitation Therapy and analysis. It examines sampling and journals, preparing summaries of past Human Nutrition analytical methods relevant to the evaluation research and presentation of such summaries. Dietetics of contaminants in the workplace and in The course provides students with skills to community environments. Students design formulate meaningful research questions collection programs and obtain water samples and selecting appropriate research methods FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES from streams, rivers; local soils, sludge, or approaches to the problem and writing a COURSE DESCRIPTIONS wastewater and food outlets. Students research proposal. This is a pre-requisite course complete laboratory sessions in the chemical for the research project (ENH 422). Students Environmental Health and biological analysis of selected samples. will at the end of the course prepare and Introduction to the use of the Atomic deliver an oral presentation of the research ENH211 INTRODUCTION TO Absorption Spectrophotometer (AAS), Flame proposal to faculty and students. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH Photometer, Gas Chromatograph (GC) and This course introduces students to the Portable Photoionization Detector (PID) for ENH413 INSPECTION AND REPORT principles and methods of environmental compound-specifi c determinations will be WRITING health. The course introduces the demonstrated. Proper collection methods, The student will be required to undertake a interdisciplinary nature of environmental sample integrity, and quality assurance/quality comprehensive study of an environmental health which includes the social sciences, control (QA/QC) considerations are stressed. health/Occupational health issue or problem natural sciences and health sciences. The as identifi ed in ENH412. This research, under course also covers introductory discussions ENH322 FOOD SAFETY AND HYGIENE the guidance of a faculty member, must be as on routes of exposure (air, water quality The course covers, causes and hazards practically oriented as is possible and should and sanitation, food and agriculture), associated with food; composition and be centered on the solution of a problem. A environmental health as it relates to properties of food stuffs; production methods major paper reporting on the investigation sustainable development themes (settlements of primary food sources; signifi cance of must be prepared, supported by current and urbanization, energy, industry and global zoonosis in Botswana; legal requirements literature on the subject and presented to concerns) and strategic planning and policy of sampling food stuffs for compositional, faculty and students. development. chemical and micro-biological analysis; hazard analysis and critical control points(HCCP) ENH422 RESEARCH PROJECT IN ENH221 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF system; HACCP auditing; processes and ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH HEALTH EDUCATION systems in food manufacture, processing, The student will be required to undertake a This course is designed to introduce students storage, distribution, catering; methods of comprehensive study of an environmental to health promotion and education. The food preservation, temperature control, health/Occupational health issue or problem course explores theories of behaviour change, moisture control, formulation control; as identifi ed in ENH412. This research, under the responsibilities and competencies of an building design and food safety; cleaning and the guidance of a faculty member, must be environmental health scientist as a health disinfection; role of port health authorities in as practically oriented as possible and should promoter. Students are provided with hands- food hygiene. be centered on the solution of a problem. A on experience in learning how to make major paper reporting on the investigation effective oral presentations, poster and ENH323 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY must be prepared, supported by current PowerPoint presentations, how to organise & HYGIENE literature on the subject and presented to community activities The course covers the general concepts of faculty and students. occupational health, safety and hygiene; ENH222 EPIDEMIOLOGY identifi cation and evaluation of occupational NURSING SCIENCE The course covers evolution of epidemiology health stresses, control of physical, biological, as a discipline. It provides students with psychological, chemical, and ergonomically BNS101 THE HIV/AIDS EDUCATION, the knowledge and understanding of stresses; occupational health and safety PREVENTION AND CONTROL COURSE (2) epidemiological reasoning, concepts, audits, legislation, management; evaluation This course provides awareness of HIV/AIDS. epidemiological methods, information and control of occupational hygiene stresses. Content covers epidemiology, personal, generated through epidemiological studies Students will be expected to carry out an socio-economic and educational impact, and and its application in environmental health occupational health risk assessment project management of the infection and disease. and other health care settings. Discussion on human sexuality and life skills ENH331 INTERNSHIP (12 WKS) development contribution to the preventions ENH223 CONTROL OF COMMUNICABLE This course emphasizes on the acquisition of and control of the epidemic will be discussed. DISEASES “hands on skills”. The course is intended to BNS200 PHARMACOLOGY (3) This course covers essential principles and give the students practical experience of the Knowledge of therapeutic agents used in substantial elements of the control of various activities performed by environmental health care interventions and their interaction communicable diseases and their relevance health and other scientist, with the ultimate with patho-physiological processes are to public health. It provides an understanding goal to develop professionalism in the delivery discussed. Interpretation of prescriptions and of causative agents, routes of transmission, of services. It also exposes student to the real drug interactions will be emphasized. The role the host responses, environmental factors, world of work where they have to function of traditional therapeutic modes and agents unique risk factors, outbreak investigations, as part of an effective and effi cient team. will be explored. strategies for control and prevention, politics Students are expected to write a graded BNS201 INTRODUCTION TO and economics of infectious diseases and internship report. PROFESSIONAL NURSING (3) methods for evaluating interventions and Critical historical infl uences that affected the control efforts. ENH411 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK development of contemporary nursing will be ASSESSMENT discussed. Ethical theories and legal principles ENH313 BASIC TOXICOLOGY This course introduces principles of applicable to nursing will be explored as well The course covers basic principles of environmental risk assessment. Students are as the role of statutory bodies and professional toxicology; dose response; exposure route; taught how to characterize source areas, organisations. thresholds; hazards, risk, acute, sub-acute and linking fate and transport mechanisms, BNS202 BASIC NURSING CONCEPTS AND chronic characteristics of chemical exposure; evaluating exposure pathways and applying SKILLS IN HEALTH AND ILLNESS (3) carcinogenicity, mutagenicity and reproductive toxicology data to evaluate environmental risk Focuses on interventions that promote health effects; toxicity classifi cations; toxicity of in a variety of differing contexts. The course of individuals, families and communities. The chemical classes, regulations and relationships also introduces the student to environmental course provides students with a theoretical with legal, media and the public; Description risk management and communication. knowledge based on the principles of nursing of the toxic effect of chemicals on specifi c Students will be required to carry out a term care. The relationship between levels of organs and body systems, factors affecting project, the purpose of which will be to care and levels of prevention are discussed. the rate of absorption of chemicals in various perform an environmental risk assessment of a The impact of illness on the client and their organs. particular problem. families are explored.
113 FACULTY OF health sciences
BNS203 BASIC NURSING CONCEPTS AND nursing process to clients with health BNS405 ADVANCED SKILLS AND SKILLS IN HEALTH AND WELLNESS (2) problems requiring emergency, acute and KNOWLEDGE IN ADULT HEALTH NURSING Presents overview of the health-illness chronic care management. Respect for clients (2) continuing, health belief, health promotion culture and rights, as well as accountability The course is designed to equip students with and holistic health models. Assist learners and responsibility are emphed. emergency, intensive/critical care interventions. to understand the relationship between the Ethnico-legal decision making in caring for client’s attitudes toward health and health BNS308 THE NURSING PROCESS IN FAMILY the very sick patients and their families’ is practices. HEALTH: A BRIDGING COURSE (2) required. Students should be able to support Presents core concepts of parent and child and advocate for clients. BNS205 PRIMARY HEALTH CARE: THE nursing, and focuses on theories of family INDIVIDUAL, GROUP & COMMUNITY (3) health nursing, childbearing issues, and BNS406 ADOLESCENT HEALTH AND The course presents the prevalent non- family nursing process. Family interactions in DEVELOPMENT (2) communicable health problems in Botswana health and illness, and use of reproductive The course assists students to understand and their management. It assists learners to technologies are explored. the physical and psychosocial changes that develop insights into the health concerns occur during adolescence. It enables students of groups and individuals. Measures for BNS309 COMMUNITY BASED CARE to develop programs that are guided by prevention of disability are emphasized within PRACTICUM (3) pertinent health policies. Health promotion the context of primary health care. This practicum will enable students to and assumption of healthy behaviours during integrate theoretical knowledge and apply adolescence will be emphasized. BNS300 HEALTH ASSESSMENT (3) clinical skills within the community in four Enables the learner to acquire knowledge and clinical specialty areas of: Adult Health BNS407 NURSING MANAGEMENT OF HIGH skills in health assessment of an individual Nursing, Community Health, Parent and Child RISK CHILDBEARING FAMILIES (2) client. Tools used assist the learner to assess, Nursing and Mental Health Nursing. The course addresses needs of childbearing analyse, and interpret fi ndings. Based on the families through the childbearing cycle. knowledge of anatomy and physiology. BNE310 INSTITUTIONAL BASED CARE Theories under girding parent-child nursing PRACTICUM (3) care, nursing and research processes form the BNS301 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY (3) This practicum provides the student with an basis for evidenced-based practice. Current This course discusses the principles of opportunity to provide direct care to clients in concepts in caring are integrated. abnormal and physiologic disturbances that various acute care settings using appropriate underlie disease. Selected diseases that are health technologies. It also allows students BNS408 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING common in Botswana are covered in detail. to develop skills in care planning and clinical PRACTICUM (8) decision-making. The practicum will assist students to BNS302 NURSING MANAGEMENT OF LOW develop knowledge and skills in community RISK CHILD-BEARING FAMILIES (2) BNS311 INTERNSHIP (4) assessment, programme development and The course focuses on developing knowledge, The internship integrates concepts from basic evaluation Emphasis will be on forging skills and attitude related to management of sciences, social science and health sciences in partnerships with stakeholders in designing parents, childbearing women, neonates and the care of diverse individuals, families, groups appropriate interventions for individuals, the under fi ve child within the context of and communities. Emphasis is on knowledge families and communities. primary health care. and skill development, role development and health outcomes. BNS409 PSYCHIATRIC MENTAL HEALTH BNS303 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY NURSING (2) HEALTH NURSING (2) BNS401 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT The course explores mental health and illness The organisation, structure and policies of AND EDUCATION (2) across the life span within the context of Botswana health care services are explored. The course explores theories, principles Primary Health Care. Basic concepts, selected The students will develop assessment skills, of nursing leadership, management and theories common in mental health and illness, plan, implement and evaluate nursing care education. Emphasis will be on theories psychosocial assessment, psychopathology with selected individuals, families and groups of adult learning, preceptorship, patient and psychopharmacology will be explored. using Primary Health Care and the nursing teaching, and designing pre-service and in- process. service programmes. Information technology BNS410 ADULT HEALTH NURSING will also be applied. PRACTICUM (8) BNS304 COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH Clinical experience will cover advanced NURSING (2) BNS402 NURSING MANAGEMENT OF HIGH skills in common emergency, acute, and The course focuses on interventions that RISK CHILD BEARING FAMILIES chronic conditions at various community promote mental health of individuals, families PRACTICUM (8) and environmental settings (homes, clinics, and communities. Several clinical settings Students will be exposed to a four week occupational centres and hospitals – primary, such as schools, prisons, non-governmental practicum in an environment that will enable secondary, and tertiary). This course will organisations, individuals groups, families and them to develop knowledge, attitudes and introduce students to fundamental skills and communities will be utilized to achieve the skills necessary for the provision of care to techniques of volleyball. Students will acquire course objectives. child bearing men and women and the under knowledge on the basic rules of the game, fi ve children. theory, practice, and teaching of volleyball. BNS305 BASIC NURSING SKILLS AND They will also be expected to appreciate KNOWLEDGE IN CARE OF WELL AND ILL BNS403 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF volleyball as a team sport. ADULTS (3) COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING (2) Introduction to care of well and sick adults: The course focuses on community health Major medical and surgical problems in nursing principles as they apply to individuals, Botswana and Southern Africa will be families, groups and communities. Theory emphasised. and practicum will assist students to develop and apply skills in community health related BNS306 RESEARCH IN NURSING (3) problems. This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to utilise the BNS404 PSYCHIATRIC MENTAL HEALTH scientifi c process in assessing and evaluating NURSING PRACTICUM (8) nursing phenomena. In order to refl ect the Emphasis will be on application of knowledge biomedical nature of nursing, the course and skills in mental health care of individuals, emphasises issues in biomedical research, such families, and communities within the primary as making clinical health care context. Therapeutic processes decisions. with persons experiencing psychosocial disturbances will be addressed. BNS307 THE INDIVIDUAL HEALTH AND ILLNESS (BRIDGING COURSE) (2) This course covers development of critical thinking skills through application of the
114 FFACULTYACULTY OOFF hhumanitiesumanities
AFRICAN LANGUAGES & LITERATURE
ENGLISH
FRENCH
HISTORY
LIBRARY & INFORMATION STUDIES
MEDIA STUDIES
THEOLOGY & RELIGIOUS STUDIES
DEAN Dr. N. N. L. Rasebotsa, BA + CCE (UBS), MA (Guelph), PhD (SUNY, Stonybrook)
ACTING DEPUTY DEAN Dr. T.T. Mogobe, BA, PGDE (UB), MA (Ibadan), PhD (Leeds)
FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS B. Ramaologa, Dip in Agric and Home Economics (Kenya), BEd (Missouri State) O.T. Brooks, BA (UB), MSc (Manchester) FACULTY OF humanities
FACULTY OF HUMANITIES in the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Education seminar or tutorials or any combination of The Faculty’s Vision is to be a centre of and the Masters of Education Degrees in these these components. In addition to work during excellence in both face to face and mediated disciplines. the semester, a course may include prescribed communications and culture. fi eldwork or assignments during university As the Faculty continues to implement vacation periods. The Faculty of Humanities’s mission is to the provisions of the Ninth National 22.32 Unless otherwise provided in the produce graduates that are equipped and Development Plan (NDP9), the semesterised departmental regulations, all courses are skilled to contribute to national, regional and academic programmes, and also plans new semester long. international development. It aims to do this programmes within the plan period, it shall 22.33 For ease of reference, the use of course by ensuring that its programs and research simultaneously address the requirements of codes shall provide information as follows: are aligned to Botswana society and economy the Revised National Policy on Education as the fi rst digit refers to the level of study, the while ensuring that its graduates are global well as the aspirations of the national Vision second to the status and orientation of the citizens. The Faculty aims to achieve this by: 2016. It will also position itself strategically course, and the last digit to the number of within the plan period processes to face the course in each category. • Responding in an innovative manner to challenges brought about by diminishing changes in tertiary education in Botswana budget allocations and competition for 22.4 Degree Structure and internationally; fewer resources. With semesterisation, 22.41 In accordance with General Academic • Revamping its programs in line with all Departments have vigorously reviewed Regulation 00.211, Departments in the Faculty industry needs to maintain its relevance to existing programmes, bringing them up-to- of Humanities shall offer courses which Botswana society; date and in line with semesterised teaching. shall be prescribed in Departmental Special • Continuously improving its programs and Most Departments have the facilities and Regulations. services; the capability to offer Masters and Doctoral 22.42 The Faculty of Humanities shall, • Valuing its clients, society, staff, students, degrees. depending on the core course in the subject their sponsors and stakeholders area offer the following degree programmes: • Ensuring the relevance of its research to 22.0 Special Regulations for the Faculty of a) Bachelor of Arts which is composed of national, regional and global challenges Humanities core and optional courses from African languages and Literature, English, French, The Faculty currently comprises the 22.1 Premeable History, Archaeology, Environmental Science, following Departments: 22.11 Subject to the provisions of General Sociology, Psychology and Theology and Academic Regulations 00.0 and 20.00, Religious Studies subjects. • Department of African Languages and clauses specifi ed under Regulation 23.0 shall b) Bachelor of Library and Information Studies Literature apply as Special Regulations in the Faculty of which is composed of core and optional • Department of English Humanities. courses from the department of Library and • Department of French 22.12 In addition to Regulation 22.0, Special Information Studies • Department of History Departmental Regulations shall also apply. c) Bachelor of Information Systems • Department of Library and Information (Information Management) which is composed Studies 22.2 Entrance Requirements of core and optional courses from the Faculty • Department of Media Studies 22.21 Admission into the Humanities Degree of Business, Department of Computer Science • Department of Theology and Religious Programmes (level) shall be on the basis and Department of Library and Information Studies of performance in the Botswana General Studies. Certifi cate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) d) Bachelor of Media Studies which is Although for administrative purposes the examination, or its equivalent, in humanities composed of core and optional courses from Departments of Environmental Science and (languages, geography, social studies, history, the Department of Media Studies. Sociology are located in other Faculties, moral/religious education, and science 22.43 A combined degree (major/major) they are considered academically to be part (cf.22.22a), and also See Regulation 22.22a shall be a programme composed of core and of the Faculty of Humanities. In fact, a for other qualifying subjects) optional courses from two equally-weighted considerable number of students who major 22.22 Applicants who register for Bachelors subjects which are concurrently studied. In in Environmental Science and Sociology are Degree programmes in Humanities shall be order to partially satisfy the requirement for Humanities students. With the fl exibility that required a degree, a student must take and pass a is afforded by semesterised courses, more a) To have taken at least fi ve subjects, minimum of 40 credits from each of the two Departments in the Faculties of Business and including English Language, at the Botswana subjects. Science will become accessible to Humanities General Certifi cate of Secondary Education 22.44 A combined degree (major/minor) students, especially through cross-faculty (BGCSE) examination or its equivalent; shall be a programme composed of core and programmes. With the new focus on b) To have obtained a credit in the English and optional courses from two subjects. In educating specialists in a generalist way, the language. order to partially satisfy the requirement for Faculty values a well-rounded education with 22.23 An applicant who has taken a degree, a student must take and pass a the requisite ICT and numeracy skills. The relevant Advanced (A) – level or equivalent minimum of 56 credits from the major subject Faculty of Humanities concentrates mainly on examinations and attained a minimum of one and a minimum of 24 credits from the minor those studies that specialise in understanding E and two C’s in the relevant subjects may be subject. human ideas, behaviour, culture and its admitted to a Bachelor degree in Humanities 22.45 In Semesters 1 and 2 (Level 1) of a mediation, with a particular emphasis on programmes. degree programme, each students shall take humanity in Africa in relation to the rest of 22.24 If an applicant has grade E or better at courses in English as well as courses from at the world. This Faculty thus has a prime role Advanced (A)-Level or equivalent qualifi cations least two of the following subjects: to play in the discovery and the appreciation in relevant subjects s/he may, subject to the African Languages and Literature, French, of the heritage and liberal arts of the societies recommendation f the relevant Head of Environmental Science, History, of Africa in general and of southern Africa Department and the approval of the Dean’s Sociology, Theology and Religious Studies, and Botswana in particular. In this regard, the Offi ce, be awarded credits and exempted from Psychology. Faculty of Humanities, through research and equivalent course/s prescribed for a degree 22.46 In addition to core and optional teaching in its academic departments, is in a programme. courses, and in compliance with the General privileged position to effectively contribute to 22.25 A student who may transfer from a Regulation 00.2124d, each student shall, the realization of the Vision and Mission of the recognized university, or any other institution unless exempted, take two credits of University. of higher learning, and on the submission General Education Courses in each of Area of a transcript of his/her academic records 1, Communication and Study Skills and Area In addition, the Faculty of Humanities may, subject to the recommendation of the 2, Computer and Information Skills, in each contributes to human resource development relevant Head of Department and the approval of Semesters 1 and 2 of his/her programme. by assisting in the training of teachers. The of the Dean’s Offi ce, be awarded credits and In addition, a student shall register for Departments in the Faculty provide the exempted from equivalent course/s prescribed a minimum of twelve credits of General content base for secondary school and for a degree programme. Education Courses offered outside the Faculty tertiary level teachers of English, Setswana, of Humanities before completing his/her French, History/Social Studies, Geography and 22.3 General Provisions programme of study. Religious/Moral Education by offering majors 22.31 A course may consist entirely of 22.47 Departments may specify projects fi eldwork, project work, practical-work, that each students shall carry out as partial
116 fulfi llment of the requirements for the award African Languages and Literature. Level 100 a degree, based on an investigation of some ALL121 Introduction to the Study of original theme in his/her major subject under Programme Structure Language and Linguistics (Co) the supervision of an academic member of Levels 100 and 200 ALL122 The Characteristics of Human staff. This study shall be for one semester and At Levels 100 and 200 (Semesters 1 to 4), Language (Co) normally take place during the course of the the Programme shall consist of a total of 16 ALL131 Language and Communication in programme. The mode of assessment shall credits from core courses (4 credits in each Africa be as prescribed under Special Departmental semester). Additional credits may be obtained ALL132 Language Instruction I: (Beginners Regulations. There shall only be one such from optional and other courses in accordance Course in one of the Botswana project per pgramme. with Departmental Regulations 07.1 and 07.2, Languages) and General Regulation 00.62. ALL134 Language Instruction II (Elementary 22.5 Assessment course in one of the Botswana 22.51 Continuous Assessment (CA) shall be as Programme Structure Languages) Pre: ALL132 prescribed in General Academic Regulations. Levels 300 and 400 ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and 22.52 The examination in a course, whenever At Levels 300 and 400 (Semesters 5 to 8), the Written Literature (Co) required, shall normally be held during the Programme shall comprise a Single Major, a ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous examination period at the end of the semester Combined Major, a Major/Minor, Minor/Major Languages (Co) in which the course is taught. and Multi-disciplinary Streams. ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice 22.53 Performance in each course shall a) Single Major in African Languages and ALL152 Style in Writing normally be evaluated according to stipulated Literature ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel departmental requirements. Any departure The Single Major Programme shall consist of ALL154 Theory of Humour in Africa from indicated ratios shall require the approval a total of 24 credits from the core courses of the Faculty Board. and additional credits from optional and other Level 200 22.54 Overall performance in a course shall be courses in accordance with the Departmental ALL221 Sound Systems in African assessed on a Percentage Scale, a Letter Grade Regulation 07.3.1 and General Regulation Languages (Co) and a Grade Point in accordance with General 00.62. ALL222 Structure of Words in African Regulations. b) Combined Major/Major in African Languages (Co) Languages and Literature ALL231 The Perception and Transcription of 2..7 Award of Degree The Combined Major/Major Programme African Language Sounds 22.71 To be awarded a degree, a student must shall consist of a total of 16 credits from the ALL232 Language Instruction III satisfy the appropriate provision of General core courses and additional credits from the (Intermediate Level) Pre: ALL132 & Academic Regulations from core and optional/ optional and other courses ALL134 elective/general education courses. in accordance with Departmental Regulation ALL233 Generative Phonology in African 07.3.2 and General Regulation 00.62. Languages Pre: (ALL221) c) Combined Major/Minor with African ALL234 Language Instruction IV Languages and Literature as a Major (Intermediate/Advanced Level) Pre: DEPARTMENT OF AFRICAN The Combined Major/Minor with African ALL132, ALL134 & ALL 232 LANGUAGES & LITERATURE Languages and Literature as a Major shall ALL241 History and Structure of the consist of 16 credits from the core courses and Setswana Novel (Co) Professor additional credits from the ALL242 African Written Poetry (Co) H. M. Batibo, BA Ed (Dar-es- Salaam), MA, optional and other courses in accordance with ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa PhD (Sorbonne-Paris) Departmental Regulation 07.3.3 and General ALL252 Rites of Passage: A Study of Social Regulation 00.62. Dramas Associate Professor d) Combined Minor/Major with African ALL253 The Sociology of Literature E. Kezilahabi, BA Ed (East Africa), MA (Dar- Languages and Literature as a Minor es-Salaam), MA, PhD (Wisconsin) The Combined Minor/Major Programme with Level 300 African Languages and Literature as a Minor ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (Co) Senior Lecturer shall consist of a total of 8 credits from the ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (Co) S.T.M. Lukusa, Licence (Zaire-Lubumbashi), core courses and additional credits from the ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and DipTESOL (Manchester), MA, PhD (Lancaster) optional and other courses in accordance with Discourse Analysis (Co) Departmental Regulation 07.3.4 and General ALL331 Introduction to Translation Lecturers Regulation 00.62. ALL332 Language Instruction V (Beginners’ R. S. Dikole, BA + CCE (UBS), MA (UB), PhD e) Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree Level) (London) Programme ALL333 Introduction to Research Methods B. Gabanamotse, BA + PGDE (UB), MA The Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in (Cornell) (On study leave) Programme in African Languages and Grammatical Analysis D. Itumeleng, BA + PGDE (UB), MA Literature shall consist of a minimum of 4 ALL335 Language Instruction Course VI (Connecticut) (On study leave) credits in accordance with Departmental (Elementary Level) Pre: ALL332 B. L. Janie, BA + PGDE (UB), MA (London) Regulation 07.3.5 and General Regulation ALL336 Field Research Preparation and M. M. Kopi, BA + CDE (UBS), MA (London) 00.62. Proposal Writing Pre: ALL333 K. Matlhaku, BA + PGDE (UB) MA (CSUN) ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (Co) D. Molefhi, BA + PGDE (UB), MA (London) General Education Courses ALL342 African Oral Narratives (Co) P. Mmila, BA + PGDE (UB), MA (SUNY The Department of African Languages and ALL343 Introduction to African Popular Stonybrook) (On study leave) Literature offers three General Education Theatre (Co) N. Mosaka, BA + CCE (UBLS), MA (UBS) Courses (GECs) under Area 6: World ALL351 Politics and Southern African Poetry R. O. B. Nhlekisana, DSE (UBS), BA (UB), MA Civilisations. ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa (Wisconsin) PhD (Indiana) ALL353 African Oral Literature and the B. O. Segopolo, BA + CCE (UBS), MA (UB) Assessment and Examination Media (Up to end of October 2007) 1.3.1 Performance in each course shall be ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel P. S. Seloma, DSE (UBS), BA (UB), MA evaluated by a combination of continuous (Wisconsin), MA, PhD (UCLA) assessment and fi nal examination marks. Level 400 1.3.2 Continuous assessment shall normally ALL421 Introduction to Historical and Bachelor of Arts Degree in African constitute at least two pieces of work or one Comparative Linguistics Based on Languages and Literature long paper per semester. Africa (Co) 1.3.3 The duration of the fi nal examination ALL422 ASociolinguistic Study of Southern General Provisions shall be two hours. Africa (Co) Subject to the provisions of General ALL423 The Bantu and Khoesan Languages Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Progression of Southern Africa (Co) Humanities Special Regulations, the following In order to proceed from one semester to the ALL431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics Departmental Regulations shall apply for the next, a student must maintain a cumulative ALL432 Language Instruction VII Bachelor of Arts Degree in the Department of GPA in accordance with General Regulation (Intermediate Level) Pre: ALL332 & 00.9. ALL335
117 FACULTY OF humanities
ALL433 Research Project: Data Collection N. Ndana, BA PGDE (UB), MA (Alberta), PhD below. Master of Arts courses shall be offered Pre: ALL333 & ALL336 (Capetown) at Levels 600 to 700. ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics F. K. Omoregie, BA, MA (Hons) (Jos) 1.6.2 In addition to the Department’s courses, ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (Advanced T. Otlogetswe, BA PGDE (UB), MPhil (Oxford) an undergraduate candidate majoring in Level) Pre: ALL332, ALL335 & C. K. Rapoo-Garebatho, BA PGDE (UB), MA English shall take General Education Courses ALL432 (Lancaster) (On study leave) (GECs) and electives in accordance with ALL436 Research Project: Data Analysis and T. Sebina, BA (UB), MA (Warwick) General Regulation 00.2124. The English Interpretation Pre:ALL333, ALL336 E. Thekiso, BA (UBS), MA, PhD (Warwick) Department offers GECs under Area 3: African & ALL433 O. Tlale, DSE, BEd (UB), MSC (Georgetown), Experience. ALL441 World Literature in Setswana PhD (Georgetown) Translation (Co) S. M. Tumedi, Dip in Journl (Ghana), BA Level 100 ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and (UBS), MA (Sheffi eld) Semester 1 Practice (Co) Core Courses ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (Co) Departmental Regulations ENG121 Introduction to English Language ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics Subject to the provisions of the Academic Description and Usage (2) ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa General Regulations and the Faculty of ENG113 Introduction to Literature: Prose (2) ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana Humanities Special Regulations, the following ALL454 Children’s Traditions and Dramatics Departmental Regulations shall apply: Semester 2 ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African Core Courses Literature Programmes and Titles of Degrees ENG131 Writing in English (2) ALL456 Introduction to African Thought The Department of English offers the ENG123 Introduction to Literature: Drama and GEC261 Languages of Botswana following programmes leading to the award Poetry (2) GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies of a Degree: GEC361 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public a) Single Major Programme leading to Level 200 Speaking the award of a Bachelors Degree as per Semester 3 Departmental Regulations; Core Course DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH b) Combined Major/Minor Programme with Band A: Language English as the Major leading to the award of a ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (2) Professors Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental Optional Courses M. J. Melamu, BA Hons. (Rhodes), DipEd Regulations; Band B: English Literature (Durham), MA (SA), DPhil (Sussex) c) Combined Major/Major Programme with ENG212 Introduction to English Literature: F. W. J. Mnthali, BA (SA), MA, PhD (Alberta) English and a second subject other than The Novel (2) A. J. C. Pongweni, BA, MA, PhD (London), English as Majors leading to the award of a MA (Leeds), CertPhonEngl (IPA), Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental Band C: African Literature CertPhonEFL (UC London) Regulations; ENG213 Prose Literature of Southern Africa d) Combined Major/Minor with English as the (2) Associate Professor Minor leading to the award of a Bachelor of ENG223 The Drama of Southern Africa (2) P. Ebewo, BA (Ibadan), MA (Michigan), PhD Arts Degree as per Departmental Regulations, (Ibadan) if the student is registered in the Faculty of Semester 4 Humanities; Core Course Senior Lecturers e) Multi-disciplinary Programme leading to Band A: Language M. Alimi, BA, MA, PhD (Ibadan) the award of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as per ENG221 Introduction to English Linguistics (2) A. E. Arua, BA, MA, PhD (Ife) Departmental Regulations; M. M. Bagwasi, BA (UB), MA (Leeds), PhD f) Master of Arts Degree Programme in Optional Courses (Indiana) English leading to the award of the Master of Band B: English Literature B. J. Magura, BA (SA) Grad CE (Rhodesia), Arts Degree in English as per Departmental ENG222 Introduction to English Literature: MA (Indiana State), MA, PhD (Illinois) Regulations. Poetry and Drama (2) J. T. Mathangwane, BA PGDE (UB), MA (Leeds), MA, PhD (Berkeley) Entry Requirements Band C: African Literature A.J. Matiki, DipEd, BA (Malawi), MA (Ohio), Admission requirements to the Programmes in ENG233 The Poetry of Southern Africa (2) PhD (New Mexico) the Department of English are specifi ed in the J. McAllister, BA (Trinity College), MA Faculty of Humanities Regulation 22.20. Band G: Theatre Studies (Toronto), PhD (Queens) ENG217 Theatre History (2) L. S. Molema, BA (UBLS), MA (UBS), PhD Award of Degree (Mainz) A student must satisfy the appropriate Level 300 V. C. D. Mtubani, BA (London), MA (Leeds), provisions of General Academic Regulation Semester 5 PhD (Exeter) 20.4 to be awarded a Degree. Core Course P. W. Mwikisa, BA (Ed) (Zambia), MA, DPhil (Sussex) Career Opportunities for Graduates of the Band A: Language N. N. L. Rasebotsa, BA + CCE (UBS), MA Department of English ENG351 Phonology of English (2) (Guelph), PhD (SUNY, Stony Brook) 1.5.1 Career prospects for Bachelors and B. Seboni, BA + CCE (UBS), MA (Wisconsin) Master’s Degree holders in English include Optional Courses K. Monaka, BA (UB), MA (London) PhD professional employment in the fi elds of: Band A: Language (London) (on sabbatical leave) a) Education, teaching at secondary and ENG341 Introduction to Sociolinguistics (2) R. Letsholo, DSE BA (UB), MPhil (Edinburgh), tertiary levels or in the fi eld of curriculum ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (2) PhD (Michigan) development in the Ministry of Education; b) Print and Electronic Media; Band B: English Literature Lecturers c) Publishing; ENG352 The Metaphysical Poets (2) M. M. Dikobe, BA PGDE (UB), MA (UCLA), d) Public Relations; ENG332 English Romantic Poetry: The Early PhD (Berkeley) e) The Civil Service. Romantics (2) S. E. Ellece, BA PGDE (UB), MA (Lancaster) ENG342 Elizabethan and Jacobean Literature: (On study leave) 1.5.2 Training in English studies provides the Drama (2) N. Graves, BA (Manchester), MA (Newcastle- recipient with the kind of adaptable mind that ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (2) upon-Tyne), DPhil (Oxford) enables him/her to fi t, with some additional K. N. Kgafela, BA PGDE (UB), MA (Waikato) training, into a wide range of managerial and Band C: African Literature P. Mekgwe, BA (UB), MA, DPhil (Sussex) administrative positions, including posts in ENG333 Critical Issues in Modern African ( on leave of absence) fi nancial and business institutions. Literature: Phases of Modern African Literature T. T. Mogobe, BA PGDE (UB), MA (Ibadan), (2) PhD (Leeds) Course Structure ENG353 Currents of Thought in the Literature S. Morapedi, DipLib CertLib (UBS), BA PGDE 1.6.1 Courses in the Department of English of the African Diaspora: African-American (UB), MA (Sheffi eld), MA (Essex), PhD (Sussex) shall be offered at Levels 100 to 400 for Literature (2) the undergraduate programmes as outlined ENG363 Oral Literature (2)
118 ENG373 Botswana Literature (2) ENG411 Form, Function, and Variation in at least 6 credits in Language. English (2) 1.7.6 In a Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) Band D: World Literature ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis (2) Programme, where English is the Major ENG334 Commonwealth Literature (2) ENG481 Language and Gender (2) subject, English shall comprise the following at Level 400: Band E: Theory Band B: English Literature a) In each semester, a minimum of 8 credits ENG415 Readings in Literary Theory 1 (2) ENG462 Shakespearean Poetry (2) made up of either the core Language course ENG472 The Development of the English and 1 optional Language course plus 2 Band G: Theatre Studies Novel: The Victorian English Novel (2) Literature courses, provided that the Literature ENG317 African Drama (2) ENG482 Modern English Drama (2) courses are from different bands; Or: ENG327 Practical Theatre (4, 2 Semesters) ENG492 Modern English Poetry (2) b) The core Language course and 3 Literature courses, provided that each of the Literature Semester 6 Band C: African Literature courses is from a different band; Core Course ENG443 The African Novel II (2) c) Over the 2 semesters, a student must take Band A: Language ENG463 Gender Issues in African Literature (2) at least 6 credits in Language. ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) ENG453 Bessie Head (2) 1.7.7 In a Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) where English is the Minor subject at Level Optional Courses Band D: World Literature 300, in each semester English shall comprise a Band A: Language ENG434 Non-European World Literature (2) minimum of 4 credits selected in consultation ENG321 Usage in English (2) with the Head of Department from the ENG361 Morphology of English (2) Band E: Theory Department’s course offerings from Level 300 ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory II (2) and above. Band B: English Literature ENG425 Seminar on Feminist Literary Theory 1.7.8 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) ENG312 Milton (2) (2) where English is the Minor subject at Level ENG362 The Later Romantics (2) 400, in each semester, a minimum of 4 ENG372 Elizabethan and Jacobean Poetry (2) Band F: Project/Long Essay credits are required as selected in consultation ENG416 Project/Essay in Either Language or with the Head of Department from the Band C: African Literature Literature (4, 2 Semesters) Department’s course offerings from Level 300 ENG383 Critical Issues in Modern African and above. Literature: 2 Critical Debates in African Band G: Theatre Studies 1.7.9 In a Single Major Programme at Level Literature (2) ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (4, 2 300, English shall comprise the following in ENG343 Modern African Poetry (2) Semesters) each semester: ENG393 Currents of Thought in the Literature a) A minimum of 12 credits made up of either of the African Diaspora: African-Caribbean the core Language course and 5 optional Literature) (2) courses comprising 2 additional Language Band D: World Literature Programme Structure courses and 3 Literature courses, provided ENG324 Twentieth Century American Level 100 that each of the Literature courses is from a Literature (2) In each semester English shall comprise 4 different band; Or: credits made up of 1 core course in Language b) The core Language course and 5 optional Band G: Theatre Studies (2 credits) and 1 core course in Literature (2 courses comprising 1 additional Language ENG327 Practical Drama (4, 2 Semesters) credits). course and 4 Literature courses, provided Level 200 that the Literature courses are from at least 3 Level 400 In each semester English shall comprise 4 different bands; Semester 7 credits made up of the following courses: c) Over 2 semesters, a student must take at Core Course a) A core course in Language and; least 10 credits, the equivalent of 5 courses, Band A: Language b) A Literature course selected from the in Language. ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) available options. 1.7.10 In a Single Major Programme at Level Optional Courses 1.7.3 In a Combined Degree (Major/Major) 400, in each semester, English shall comprise Band A: Language Programme, English shall comprise the a minimum of 12 credits made up of the ENG331 Language Acquisition (2) following at Level 300: following: ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics (2) a) In each semester, a minimum of 6 credits a) A core Language course; made up of either the core Language course b) A project or long essay in either Language Band B: English Literature and 2 Literature courses, provided that the 2 or Literature; ENG422 The Development of the English courses are from different bands; Or: c) 1 optional Language course; Novel: The Early English Novel (2) b) The core Language course and 1 optional d) 3 optional Literature courses provided that ENG432 Victorian Poetry (2) Language course and 1 Literature course; each course is from a different band. ENG442 Modern English Prose Fiction 1900- c) Over the 2 semesters, a student may only 1.7.11 In a Multidisciplinary Programme at 1930 (2) take a maximum of 6 credits in Language. Levels 300 and 400, the student shall, in ENG452 Shakespearean Drama (2) 1.7.4 In a Combined Degree (Major/ Major) consultation with his/her tutor, select for Programme, English shall comprise the credit relevant courses from the Departmental Band C: African Literature following at Level 400: offerings. Such courses shall normally be at ENG413 The African Novel I (2) a) In each semester, a minimum of 6 credits Level 300 and above. ENG433 Introduction to Gender Issues (2) made up of either the core Language course and 2 Literature courses, provided that the 2 Assessment and Examination Band D: World Literature courses are from different bands; Or: Student performance in each course shall be ENG424 The Novel in the Modern World (2) b) The core Language course, 1 optional evaluated by taking into account continuous Language course and 1 Literature course; assessment and fi nal examination, except in Band F: Project/Long Essay c) Over the 2 semesters, a student may only the case of ENG416: Research Essay, where ENG416 Research Essay (4, 2 Semesters) take a maximum of 6 credits in Language. the completed essay will take the place of a 1.7.5 In a Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) fi nal examination. Band G: Theatre Studies Programme, where English is the Major ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (4, 2 subject, English shall comprise the following Progression from Semester to Semester Semesters) at Level 300: In order to proceed from one semester to the ENG427 Dramatic Literature (2) a) In each semester, a minimum of 8 credits next, a student must maintain a cumulative made up of either the core Language course GPA in accordance with General Regulation Semester 8 and 1 optional Language course plus 2 00.9. Core Course Literature courses, provided that the Literature Band A: Language courses are from different bands; Or: ENGLISH ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (2) b) The core Language course and 3 Literature Refer to Departmental Handbook for courses, provided that each of the Literature Description of Courses Optional Courses courses is from a different band; Band A: Language c) Over the 2 semesters, a student must take
119 FACULTY OF humanities
DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH Tourism and Hotel Industry (2) duration. FRE223 Intro. to African Literature in French 2. In levels 100 to 400, the fi nal examination Senior Lecturers (2) for all core courses and the Conversation M.A. Chebanne, Lic. & M.Sc. Lang., DEA, FRE224 Conversation (2) course FRE224 shall comprise a written PhD Ling. (Grenoble III). FRE227 French language II paper of two hours’ duration and an oral T. Kitenge-Ngoy, Lic. & M. Lett. Mod., Agre. examination of 15 minutes in the ratio of 2.1. Ens. FLS (DRC), DEA, PhD (Bordeaux III). Level 300 3. The continuous assessment of each course J.R. Austin de Drouillard, BA, Lic. Lett. Mod. Semester 5 shall comprise a minimum of two oral and (Quebec), M.A. Fr. Lit. PhD (France). Core Course written assignments and/or two tests. FRE311 Profi ciency in French Language (3) 4. The ratio between continuous assessment, Lecturers Optional Courses oral examination and written examination J.M. Lubinda, Lic. & M. Ling. Gen. Fr. Appl. FRE312 French Novel and Poetry of the 19th shall be 2.1.2. (Besancon) DEA, PhD (Strasbourg II). Century (2) 5. At Levels 100 400, a three hour Language M. Nthapelelang, BA (UB), M.A. (Besancon). FRE313 Introduction to French Linguistics (2) Laboratory class shall be regarded as R. Nthapelelang, B.A. (UB), M.A. (Nice). FRE314 French Culture and Civilization (2) equivalent to one lecture hour. F. Miyanda, B.A. (Zambia), DU & DESS FRE315 Introduction to Text Analysis (2) (Strasbourg II). FRE317 French for Tourism and Hospitality I Progression J. Sello, BA (UB), MA (Besancon) ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (2) 1. In order to proceed from one semester to TRP391 African Philosophy and Culture (2) the next, a student must obtain a cumulative Staff Development Fellows ENG333ACritical issues in Modern African GPA, which is in accordance with General O. Bojosi, BA (UB) Literature (2) Regulation 00.9. 2. A minimum of credit in French in the Entry Requirements Semester 6 Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary 1.1.Only candidates who have passed French Core Course Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent is required in the Botswana General Certifi cate of FRE325 Advanced Communicative French in order to be admitted to Levels 200, 300 and Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent (3) 400 courses. may be admitted to Level 100 Group A Optional Courses Advanced Programme. FRE321 African Caribbean Literature in DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY French (2) 1.2. Candidates without the above FRE322 Culture and Civilization of French- ARCHAEOLOGY UNIT requirements may be admitted to Level 100 Speaking Africa Countries (2) Group B Beginners Programme. FRE323 French Linguistic and Orthography Senior Lecturer (2) A. K. Segobye, BA & PGDE (UB); MPhil & PhD Level 100 FRE324 French Essay Writing (Cambridge) Group A: Advanced Students (Prerequisite: FRE327 French for Tourism and Hopitality II BGCSE in French or equivalent). ALL333B Introduction to Research Lecturers Methods (2) S. Dingalo, BSc. Hons (East Anglia), MSc Semester 1 ENG373 Botswana Literature (2) (London) (On study leave) Core Course ENG333B Some Debates in African Literature C. Mooketsi, BA & PGDE (UB), MPhil (Bergen) FRE111 practical French Language (3) (2) (on study leave) Optional Courses ENG343 Modern African Poetry (2) P.C. Thebe, BA (UB), MA (Texas-Austin) FRE112 Spoken and Written French (2) A. Tsheboeng, BA (UB), MA (York), PhD FRE113 French for Specifi c purposes 1 (2) Level 400 (London) (On special leave of absence) Semester 2 Semester 7 S.Merlo, B.A. and M.A (Padova) M.Phil Core Course Core Course (Cambridge) FRE121 Communication Skills in French (3) FRE411 French Language in Use (3) Optional Courses Optional Courses HISTORY DIVISION FRE122 Techniques of Oral and Written FRE412 Currents of Though in the French- Professor Expression (2) Speaking Black African Countries. Q. N. Parsons, BA (London), Dip. African FRE123 French for Specifi c Purposes II (2) FRE413 Theory of Translation (2) Studies & PhD (Edinburgh) Group B: Beginners (Prerequisite: None) FRE414 Modern French Literature: Study of Associate Professor a Genre, an Author (2) P.T. Mgadla, ATC (Francistown), BA+CCE Semester 1 FRE415 Research Essay (2) (UBS), MA & PhD (Boston). (Head of Core Courses ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis Department) FRE114 Basic French Language (3) (2) A. M.Kanduza, Dip.Ed.(Kabwe),B. FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension ENG 441 Introduction of Pragmatics (2) A.Ed.(UNZA),M.A.(UNZA), Ph.D. (Dalhousie), (3) ALL451 Introduction to African Thought (2) P.D.I.(Law) (UNZA) Senior Lecturers Semester 2 Semester 8 B.S. Bennett, MA (Canterbury), PhD Core Courses Core Course (Cambridge) FRE124 Oral and Written Expression (3) FRE426 Advanced Comm. Skills in French B.T. Mokopakgosi, BA+C.D.E. (UBS), MA FRE125 Elementary French Language (3) (3) (Johns Hopkins), PhD (SOAS, London) Optional Courses R.K.K. Molefi , BA + CCE (UB), MA & PhD Level 200 FRE421 French Language through Drama (2) (Dalhousie) Semester 3 FRE422 Advanced French Linguistics (2) C.J. Makgala, BA, PGDE (UB), MPhil & PhD Core Course FRE 423 Translation (2) (Cambridge) FRE211 Intermediate French Language (3) FRE424 African Literature: Study of a Genre, Optional Courses an Author (2) Lecturers FRE212 Business, Scientifi c and Technical FRE425 Aspects of French Thought (2) G.B. Barei, BA, PGDE (UB), MA & MPhil French (2) FRE427 Caribbean Literature in French (2) (SOAS, London)- FRE213 Introduction to French Literature (2) ENG427 Seminar on Feminist Literary Theory M.M. N. Bolaane, DSE, BEd, (UB) MA (SOAS, FRE214 Introduction to the Culture and (2) London), DPhil (Oxford) Civilization of the French-Speaking ALL452 African Popular Culture (2) G.B. Gumbo, BA, PGDE, MA (UB) (On study World (2) leave) FRE217 French language I Assessment W.G Morapedi, BA, PGDE (UB) MA & PhD 1. Performance in each course, with (Essex) Semester 4 the exception of core courses and the Core Course Conversation course FRE224, shall be Degree Programmes FRE221 Advanced French Language (3) evaluated by the combination of continuous -Bachelor of Arts in Archeology Optional Courses assessment and the fi nal examination in -Bachelor of Arts in History FRE222 French for International Relations, the ratio of 2.3. The fi nal examination shall consist of a written paper of two hours
120 Entry Requirements Semester 2 I. C. Mogotsi, BSc (UB), MSc (Cranfi eld) (On The normal Entry Requirements are as Core Courses study leave) stipulated in General Regulation 20.20 and in HIS306 Philosophy of History & Research B.E. Mooketsi, BA, PGDE, CLS (UB), BBibl Departmental Regulation 1.4 Project Proposal (4) Hons, MBibl (UCL) (On study leave) A. Mutshewa, BSc, PGDE, MLIS (UB), PhD BA in Archaeology Level 400 (UCT) Semester 1 P. M. Sebina, BA (UB), MARAM (UCL) PhD Level 100 Core Courses (UCL) Semester 1 HIS401 Mfecane and the Settler Scramble for B. C. Serema, BA (UB), MSc (RGU), PhD (UCL) Core Courses Southern Africa (3) (On leave of absence) ARC 101 Introduction to Archaeology (2) A. Totolo, DSE, CSLS, BA (UB), MLSc Semester 2 (Syracuse) (On study leave) Semester 2 Alternate Core Courses S.F. Zulu, BALS (Zambia), MA, MALS (Denver) Core Courses HIS412 Segregation, Apartheid & African MLib (Wales) ARC102 Introduction to World Prehistory (2) Nationalism in South Africa (3) HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners & the Impact Level 200 of Colonial Rule in Botswana, Lesotho & CAR100 Special Regulations for the Semester 1 Swaziland (3) Certifi cate in Archives and Records Core Courses HIS416 Land, Labour & Liberation in Management ARC201 Introduction to Archaeological Theory Mozambique, Namibia & Zimbabwe (3) Subject to the provisions of the General (3) Academic Regulations and Faculty of Level 600 Humanities Regulations, the following Semester 2 Semester 1 Departmental Regulations shall apply: Core Courses Core Courses ARC202 Introduction to Archaeological HIS601 History Research Methodology (3) Entrance Requirements Method (3) HIS603 Historiographical Issues in Precolonial The normal requirements for entrance Southern Africa (3) to the certifi cate in Archives and Records Level 300 Management Program shall be: Semester 1 Semester 2 Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary Core Courses Core Courses Education or equivalent with at least passes ARC301 Archaeological Heritage HIS602 Philosophy of History (3 credits) in three subjects including English. Applicants Management (3) HIS604 Historiographical Issues in Modern with at least one year work experience in a Southern Africa (3) registry or related institutions will be preferred. Semester 2 Core Courses ARC302 Quantitative Techniques (3) Assessment Programme Structure ARC304 Research Project Proposal (3 credit Assessment shall be as per Academic The Certifi cate in Archives and Records core for Single Major Only) Regulations 00.8 Management extends over two semesters for full-time study or four semesters for Level 400 Award of Degree part-time (distance learning/sandwich) Semester 1 The award of the Degree shall be as per study in the single subject Archives and Core Courses General Regulations 00.852 Records Management leading to the award ARC401 Archaeology of Botswana (3) of the Certifi cate in Archives and Records ARC417 Heritage Management (3) DEPARTMENT OF LIBRARY & Management. Students can take a minimum ARC471 Research Project Fieldwork & INFORMATION STUDIES of 6 credits of optional courses or elective Preliminary Report (3 credits core for Single courses. The Program shall consist of a Major Only) Professor minimum of 30 credits. All core courses must L. O. Aina, BSc (Lagos), PGDL, PhD (Ibadan), be passed. Semester 2 MPhil (City), MInstInfSc Core Courses Level 100 ARC402 Advanced Archaeological Theory (3) Associate Professor Semester 1 ARC472 Research Project Intermediate & Final N. M. Mnjama, BA (Nairobi), PGDAS Core Courses Reports (9 credits core for Single Major Only (Ghana), PGDHS (Cambridge), PhD (U.C. LIS110 Administration and Management of London) Information Centers (3) BA in History M.A. Tiamiyu B.Sc. M.Sc (Economics), REC011 Introduction to Records Management Ibadan, MLIS, PhD (Info Science), University of (3) Level 100 Western Ontario REC012 Introduction to Archives (3). Semester 1 REC015 Introduction to Offi ce Skills (3) Core Courses Senior Lecturers REC017 Introduction to Information ARC101 Introduction to Archaeology & B. Y. Boadi, MLS, PhD (Loughborough), ALA, Technology (3) Prehistory (2) MIstInfSc K. H. N. Moahi, BA (Admin) (UBS), MSc General Education Courses Semester 2 (Sheffi eld), PhD (Pittsburgh) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Core Courses N. P. Mooko, BSc, MLIS (UB), PGDFS GEC121 Computing and Information Skills HIS102 Introduction to the Study of History (2) (Strathclyde), PhD (Pittsburgh) (On leave of Fundamentals I (2) absence) Level 200 S. M. Mutula, BEd, Dip Comp Sci (Nairobi), Semester 2 Semester 1 DipLib, MLib (Wales), PhD (University of Core Courses Core Courses Johannesburg) REC013 Intro to Principles of Archival HIS201 African Cultures and Civilisations to Arrangement (3) c.1500 (3) Lecturers REC014 Search Room Operations (3) B. Grand, BA, PGDE, PGDLIS (UB), MA REC016 Practicum (3) Semester 2 (Sheffi eld), PhD (Pittsburgh) Optional Courses Core Courses B. Jorosi, BA, PGDE, PGDLIS (UB), MA LIS104 Intro. to the Internet and Web Design HIS 202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave (Sheffi eld) PhD (Strathclyde) (3) Trade c.1500-c.1800 (3) T. Kalusopa, BALIS (Zambia) MSc.I.S. (Addis LIS106 Information Resource Management (3) Ababa) Level 300 S. M. Keakopa, BA (UB), MA (U.C London) Progression from Semester to Semester Semester 1 PhD (UCL) Progression from semester to semester shall Core Courses L. S. Kenosi, BA (UB), MAAS (British apply according to Regulation 00.9. HIS305 Historical Research Methods & Columbia) Historiography of Botswana (4)
121 FACULTY OF humanities
Assessment and Examinations LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship (2) Level 100 Evaluation of students’ performance in Semester 1 the Certifi cate in Archives and Records General Education Courses should not exceed Core Courses Management Program shall be based 6 credits for both semesters LIS110 Admin. and Management of Info. on continuous assessment and a formal Centres (3) examination at the end of each semester. The Optional Courses REC011 Introduction to Records Management weighting between continuous assessment LIS203 African Information Environment (3) (3) and formal examination shall be 2:3. LIS211 Information and Society (3) REC012 Introduction to Archives (3) BIM200 Information Management Systems REC015 Introduction to Offi ce Skills (3) DIS110 Special Regulations for the Development (3) REC017 Introduction to Information Diploma in Library and Information Technology (3) Studies Semester 4 Subject to the provisions of the General Core Courses General Education Courses Academic Regulations and the Faculty of LIS200 Organising Information (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Humanities, the following Departmental LIS205 Library Practice and Attachment (3) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Regulations shall apply: LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge Fundamentals I (2) Management (3) Entrance Requirements BIM202 Introduction to Databases and Semester 2 • The normal requirement for entrance to the Information Retrieval (3) Core Courses Diploma in Library and Information Studies REC013 Intro to Principles of Archival Program shall be a Certifi cate in Library and General Education Courses should not exceed Arrangement (3) Information Studies from this University or 6 credits for both semesters REC014 Search Room Operations (3) its equivalent from any other recognized REC016 Practicum (3) institution, AND at least one year’s experience Optional Courses Optional Courses in a library or related institution. Candidates LIS212 Information Resources in Business (3) LIS104 Intro. to the Internet and Web Design with a Certifi cate in Library and Information LIS230 Legal Aspects in Information (3) (3) Studies from this University shall be admitted LIS106 Information Resources Management directly to Level 2 of the Diploma Program. Progression from Semester to Semester (3) Progression from semester to semester shall Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary apply according to Regulation 00.9. Level 200 Education or equivalent. All candidates for Semester 3 admission must have a minimum of credit in Assessment and Examinations Core Courses English Language. Evaluation of students’ performance in the REC212 Managing Media Archives (3) Diploma in Library and Information Studies REC213 Intro. to Preservation and Programme Structure shall be based on continuous assessment Conservation (3) The Diploma in Library and Information and a formal examination at the end of each REC218 Computer Applications in Archives Studies Programme extends over four semester. The weighting between continuous and Records Management (3) semesters for full-time study or six semesters assessment and formal examination shall be LIS101 Introduction to Organizing Information for part-time (distance learning) study in the 2:3. (3) (Prerequisite for LIS 200) single subject Library and Information Studies leading to the award of the Diploma in Library General Education Courses and Information Studies. DAR110 Special Regulations for the Diploma in Archives and Records Semester 4 Level 100 Management Core Courses Semester 1 Subject to the provisions of the General LIS200 Organising Information (3) (pre- Core Courses Academic Regulations and the Faculty of requisite, LIS101) LIS100 The Information Environment (3) Humanities Regulations, the following REC211 Administrative History (3) LIS101 Introduction to Organising Information Departmental Regulations shall REC215 Microphotography and Reprographics (3) apply: (3) LIS103 Basic Reference Sources and Services REC216 Records Centre Management (3) (3) Entrance Requirements Optional Courses LIS110 Administration and Management of The normal requirements for entrance to the BMS207 Public Relations, Writing and Information Centres (3) Diploma in Archives and Records Management Reporting (3) BIM100 Introduction to Information Programme shall be: LIS212 Information Resources in Business (3) Management (3) a) Certifi cate in Archives and Records LIS230 Legal Aspects in Information (3) Management from this University or its LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge General Education Courses equivalent from any other recognised Management (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) institution; GEC121 Computing and Information Skills b) Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary Progression from Semester to Semester Fundamentals I (2) Education or equivalent with a credit in Progression from semester to semester shall English; apply according to Regulation 00.9. Semester 2 c) Candidates with a credit in the Certifi cate in Core Courses Archives and Records Management from this Assessment and Examinations University shall be admitted directly to Year Evaluation of students’ performance for the BIM101 Introduction to Information Science Two of the Diploma Programme. Those with a Diploma in Archives and Records Management (3) pass in the Certifi cate in Archives and Records shall be based on continuous assessment LIS114 Collection Development and Management of this University plus two years and a formal examination at the end of each Management (3) post qualifi cation experience will be admitted semester. The weighting between continuous Optional Courses directly to Year Two. assessment and formal examination shall be 2:3. LIS104 Introduction to the Internet and Web Programme Structure Design (3) The Diploma in Archives and Records BIS220 Special Regulations for the LIS106 Information Resources Management Management Programme extends over four Bachelor of Library and Information (3) semesters for full-time study or six semesters Studies (BLIS) – Single Major LIS112 Introduction to Publishing and the for part-time (distance learning/ sandwich) Subject to the provisions of the General Book Trade (2) study in the single subject Archives and Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Records Management leading to the award Humanities Regulations, the following Level 200 of the Diploma in Archives and Records Departmental Regulations shall apply: Semester 3 Management. Core Courses The Programme shall consist of a minimum of Entrance Qualifi cations LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) 30 credits per year. All core courses must be The normal requirements for entrance to the LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) passed. BLIS single major degree shall be:
122 a) A pass in the Diploma in Library and LIS208 Principles of Data Communications (3) Award of the BLIS Single Major Degree Information Studies from this university or BIM202 Intro. to Databases and Info. Retrieval Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 its equivalent from any other recognized (3) credits including all core courses and optional institution LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge courses or elective courses, and twenty b) Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary Management (3) (pre-requisite for LIS403) General Education Courses. In addition, Education or equivalent. All candidates for Regulation 00.85 shall apply. admission must have a minimum of credit in General Education Courses English Language. Should not exceed 6 credits for both BIS230 Special Regulations for the c) Candidates with at least one year’s semesters. Bachelors experience in a library or related institution will Optional Courses Bachelor of Arts, Library and Information be given preference. LIS212 Information Resources in Business (3) Studies (BALIS) d) Candidates with a Diploma in Library LIS230 Legal Issues in Information (3) Subject to the provisions of the General and Information Studies of this university Academic Regulations and the Faculty of or its equivalent from any other recognized Level 300 Humanities Regulations, the following institution may be admitted directly to Level 3 Semester 5 Departmental Regulations shall apply: of the program. Core Courses e) Candidates with a Certifi cate in Library LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) Entrance Requirements and Information Studies of this university LIS304 Understanding the User (3) The normal requirements for entrance to the or its equivalent from any other recognized LIS303 Advanced IT Applications (3) (pre- BALIS Combined Major Degree Programme institution may be admitted directly at Level 2 requisite, LIS202) are that applicants shall have the Botswana of the program. General Education Courses General Certifi cate of Secondary Education Should not exceed 6 credits for both or equivalent, with a credit in English. Those Programme Structure semesters. applicants who will major in Social Science or The BLIS is a full-time Programme extending Optional Courses Science Subjects must obtain a minimum of over eight semesters in the single subject LIS309 School Librarianship (3) credit in Mathematics or Computer Science. Library and Information Studies leading to the LIS310 Health Information Systems (3) award of the Bachelors Degree in Library and Programme Structure Information Studies. Semester 6 The BALIS is a full-time programme extending Core Courses over eight semesters in the single subject Level 100 LIS305 Advanced Organization of Information Library and Information Studies and another Semester 1 (3) (pre-requisite, LIS200) subject leading to the award of a BALIS Core Courses LIS 306 Professional Attachment (3) Combined Major with another subject. The LIS100 The Information Environment (3) General Education Courses Programme shall consist of a minimum of 30 LIS101 Introduction to Organising Information Should not exceed 6 credits for both credits per year. All core courses (3) (pre-requisite for LIS200) semesters. must be passed. LIS103 Basic Reference Sources and Services Optional Courses (3) LIS311 Business Information Systems (3) Level 100 LIS110 Admin. and Management of Info. LIS312 Legal Information Systems (3) General Education Courses (4 to 6) Centres (3) LIS313 Gender and Information Management Other Subject Core Courses (12) BIM100 Introduction to Information (3) Semester 1 Management (3) LIS314 Agricultural Information Systems (3) Core Courses General Education Courses LIS100 The Information Environment (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Level 400 LIS101 Introduction to Organising Information GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Semester 7 (3) (pre-requisite for LIS200) Fundamentals I (2) Core Courses BIM100 Introduction to Information Semester 2 LIS401 Organising Internet Resources (3) Management (3) Core Courses LIS402 Marketing of Information Services (3) BIM101 Introduction to Information Science LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) (pre- Semester 2 (3) requisite, LIS227) Core Courses LIS114 Collection Development and BIM402 Research in Information Management BIM101 Introduction to Information Science Management (3) (3) (3) Optional Courses Optional Courses LIS114 Collection Development and LIS104 Intro. to the Internet and Web Design CSI461 Computer Communications Network Management (3) (3) Management (3) LIS106 Information Resources Management LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) Level 200 (3) LIS412 Information Policies (3) Semester 3 LIS112 Intro. to Publishing and the Book ENV440 Geographic Information Systems (2) General Education Courses (4 to 6) Trade (2) Other Subject Core Courses (12) Semester 8 Core Courses Level 200 Core Courses LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) Semester 3 LIS404 Advanced Infopreneurship (3) (pre- LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) (pre- Core Courses requisite, LIS206) requisite for LIS303) LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) (pre- LIS406 Database Management Systems and LIS211 Information and Society (3) requisite for LIS303) Design (3) LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) LIS408 Project Work (3) (Must have taken Semester 4 LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship (2) BIM402) Core Courses (pre-requisite for LIS404) General Education Courses (4 credits) LIS200 Organising Information (3) (pre- General Education Courses Optional Courses requisite, LIS101) Should not exceed 6 credits for both LIS425 Global Information System (3) LIS208 Principles of Computer semesters. LIS426 Independent Study (3) Communication (3) BIM202 Intro. to Databases and Info. Retrieval Optional Courses Progression from Semester to Semester (3) LIS203 African Information Environment (3) Progression from semester to semester shall LIS211 Information and Society (3) apply according to Regulation 00.9. Level 300 LIS230 Legal Issues of Information (3) General Education Courses (4 to 6) BIM200 Info. Management Systems Assessment and Examinations Other Subject Core Courses (12) Development (3) Evaluation of students’ performance in BLIS shall be based on continuous assessment Semester 5 Semester 4 and a formal examination at the end of each Core Courses Core Courses semester. The weighting between continuous LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) LIS200 Organising Information (3) (pre- assessment and formal examination shall be LIS303 Advanced IT Applications (3) (pre- requisite, LIS101) 2:3. requisite, LIS202)
123 FACULTY OF humanities
LIS304 Understanding the User (3) (3) Management (3) Semester 6 General Education Courses Core Courses GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) Optional Courses LIS305 Advanced Organisation of Information GEC122 Computing and Information Skills LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) (pre- (3) (pre-requisite, LIS200) Fundamentals II (2) requisite LIS227) LIS306 Professional Attachment (3) LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) Level 200 LIS412 Information Policies (3) Level 400 Semester 3 CSI414 Information Interfaces and General Education Courses (4 to 6) Core Courses Presentation (3) Other Subject Core Courses (12) BIM200 Information Management Systems BIS405Legal and Ethical Issues of Info. Development (3) Systems (3) (pre-requisite BIS100) Semester 7 CSI241 Structured Programming (4) General Education Courses and electives to be LIS Core Courses CSI292 Information Systems Fundamentals (3) chosen by the student. LIS401 Organising Internet Resources (3) Optional Courses LIS402 Marketing of Information Services (3) BIM201 Web Information Management (3) Semester 8 LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship (2) Core Courses BIM402 Research in Information Management (pre-requisite for LIS404) BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3) (3) LIS211 Information and Society (3) CSI472 Social Issues of Information Technology (3) Semester 8 GECs and Electives Optional Courses LIS Core Courses General Education Courses and electives to LIS404 Advanced Infopreneurship (3) (pre- LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) be chosen by the student from any discipline requisite, LIS206) LIS406 Database Management and Design (3) throughout the University. LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) LIS408 Project Work (3) General Education Courses and electives to be Semester 4 chosen by the student. Progression from Semester to Semester Core Courses Progression from semester to semester shall BIM202 Introduction to Databases and Progression from Semester to Semester apply according to Regulation 00.9. Information Retrieval (3) Progression from semester to semester shall CSI272 Computer Communication Network apply according to Regulation 00.9. Assessment and Examinations Fundamentals (3) Evaluation of student performance in BALIS CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) Assessment and Examination shall be based on continuous assessment BIM204 Designing and Implementing Evaluation of students’ performance shall be and formal examination at the end of each Intranets (3) based on continuous assessment and a formal semester. The weighting between continuous examination at the end of each semester. The assessment and formal examination shall be Optional Courses weighting between continuous assessment 2:3. BIM205 Business Process Modeling (3) and examinations shall be determined in each LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge course. Award of BALIS Management (3) (pre-requisite for LIS403) Award of the Degree Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 credits, including all core courses in both GECs and Electives credits including all core courses and optional subjects. In addition, Regulation 00.85 shall General Education Courses and electives to or elective courses, and 20 General Education apply. be chosen by the student from any discipline Courses. In addition, Regulation 00.85 shall BIS210 Bachelor of Information Systems throughout the University. apply. (Information Management) (BIS) Degree Level 300 DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA Entrance Requirements Semester 5 STUDIES The normal requirements for entrance to the Core Courses Bachelor of Information Systems (Information BIM300 Distributed Systems (3) Professor Management) Degree Programme shall be the BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) D. Kerr, BA (Newcastle-Upon-Tyne), DCC Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) (University of London), PhD (Budapest) Education or equivalent with a credit in English LIS304 Understanding the User (3) Language and Mathematics. Optional Courses Senior Lecturer LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) E.Akpabio, BA (Calabar), MA (Lagos), PhD Programme Structure BIM301 Information Security (3) (Uyo) The BIS Degree is a full-time programme BIS308 Marketing Information Systems (3) extending over eight semesters in the subject General Education Courses and electives to be Lecturers of Information Management, leading to the chosen by the student. A. Malebane Lopez-Grah, BA (UB), MPhil award of a Bachelor of Information Systems (Tromso), (On leave) Degree. Semester 6 L. Tutwane, BA (UB), Dip Creative Writing Core Courses (Hawick), MA (Cardiff) Level 100 CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) K. Ramojela, BA, Columbia College Chicago), Semester 1 BIM303 Industrial Attachment (3) MA (Emerson College – Boston) Core Courses BIS307 Project Management of Info. Systems S. Mosanako, BA (UB), MA (Westminster) LIS100 The Information Environment (3) (3) BIM100 Introduction to Information Optional Courses Staff Development Fellows Management (3) BIS303 Electronic Commerce (3) W. Lesitaokana, BA (Melbourne), Advanced STA101 Maths for Business and Social CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) Dip. Arts (Melbourne) Sciences I (3) CSI392 Ergonomics and Human Computer P. Mathambo. B.A (NMMU, Port Elizabeth) STA116 Business Statistics I (4) Interaction (3) CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Senior Technician General Education Courses General Education Courses and electives to be K. Senne, UHD (Kingston, London) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) chosen by the student. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Technician Fundamentals I (2) Level 400 P. Matlhape, BA Multimedia Design (Curtin, Semester 7 Australia), Advanced Dip.Graphic Design Semester 2 Core Courses (Limkokwing, Malaysia) Core Courses BIM400 Individual Project (3) BIM101 Introduction to Information Science BIM402 Research in Information Management BACHELOR OF MEDIA STUDIES (3) (3) STA102 Maths for Business and Social CSI471 Object Oriented Systems Development Entrance Requirements Sciences II (3) (3) 1.The normal minimum entrance requirement STA114 Statistical Tools for Business CSI461 Computer Communications Networks
124 shall be the Botswana BGCSE or the Level 2 Progression from one Semester to the equivalent with credit in English and in three Semester 4 next other subjects. Core Courses Progression from one Semester to the next 2. Candidates who fulfi ll Regulation 1.0.1, BMS206 Media Ethics(2) shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 have a credit in English and work experience in BMS207 Public Relations Writing and Media are preferred. Reporting(3) Award of Degree 3. Candidates who do not meet Regulation BMS208 Beat Reporting(3) The award of the Degree shall be as per 1.0.1 but have the BGCSE or equivalent BMS209 Computer Assisted Journalism(3) General Regulations 00.8 and the CMS from a recognised institution BMS210 Radio News and Current Affairs(3) may be admitted directly to Level 100 of the Elective (2) DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY Programme. 16 CREDITS AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 4. Candidates with a Diploma in Media Studies or its equivalent may be admitted directly to Level 3 Associate Professors Level 300 of the Programme. Semester 5 Amanze, J.N. Dip. Th.(EA), B.Soc.Sci Core Courses (Malawi), M.A. (Oxon), Ph.D (London) Programme Structure BMS300 Communication Research Dube, M.W. B.A. (UB), M.A.(Durham), Ph.D. 1. The Degree in Media Studies is a full-time Methods(3) (Vanderbilt) programme extending over eight semesters. BMS301 Scripting for the Electronic Media(3) Part-time study for the Degree is also possible. BMS302 Gender, Sex and Ethnicity in the Senior Lecturers It is expected that part-time students would Media(3) Haron, M. B.A (Durban), CTAFL (Riyadh) M.A. fi nish their coursework in not more than ten Optional [UCT), B.A. Hons (UNISA) semesters. BMS303 TV News Writing (4) Ikpe, I.B. B.A. (UC), M.A. (Ibadan), Ph.D 2. In Levels 300 and 400 of the Degree BMS304 Radio News witing I(4) (Ibadan) Programme, fi ve specialised streams will be BMS305 Print Journalism I(4) Kealotswe, O. N. Dip. Theol. (Morija), B.A offered: BMS306 Public Relations I(4) (NUL), M.A. (UB), Ph. D. (Edinburgh) a) Stream in TV and Video Production I, II, III BMS307 Cinema I(4) Nkomazana, F.B.A (UB), PGDE (UB), M.Th. and IV; Elective (2) (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (Edinburgh) b) Stream in Radio Production I, II, III and IV; 14 CREDITS Nthoi, L. ATC (UBS), B.A (UB), M.A c) Stream in Print Journalism I, II, III and IV; (Lancaster), Ph.D. (Manchester) d) Stream in Public Relations I, II, III and IV; Gaie, J.B.R. Dip.Phil. (Reg. Sem. for Zim), B.A. e) Stream in Cinema Studies I, II, III and IV. (UB), M.Sc (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (Essex) In future years the programme may be offered Level 3 Togarasei L. B.A. Hons. [UZ], M.A.[UZ], PhD. by a fl exi mode form of delivery to cater for Semester 6 [UZ] part-time students, practicing journalists and Core Courses working media practitioners. BMS308 Professional Media Attachment II (1) Lecturers BMS309 Media Management and Gabaitse, R. BA. [UB],PGDE [UB], MTh [Yale] Level 1 Organisation (4) Jensen, K.E. B.A. [Nebraska], M.A Semester 1 BMS310 Popular Culture in Society and the [Kentucky], Ph.D [Marquette] Core Courses Media (3) Lefa, K.M. B.A. [UB] PGDE [UB], MTh BMS101 Origins and Theories Mass Optional Courses [Stellenbosch] (on study leave) Communication(2) BMS311 TV and Video II(4) Mason, G.J. B.A (Witwatersrand], BMS101 Video and Photo Journalism(2) BMS312 Radio Production II(4) M.A.[Witwatersrand] BMS102 News Reporting and Editing(2) BMS313 Print Journalism II(4) Mmualefe, D. B.A. [UB], MTh. [Eden BMS103 Cinema, an Introduction(2) BMS314 Public Relations II(4) Theological Seminary] ENG121 Intro. to English Language, BMS315 Cinema II(4) Rollinson, J.M. PGCE [Hull], B.A.(Hons) Description and Usage: (2) [Manchester], M.A. [Durham], PhD [Edinburgh] ENG113 Introduction to Literature and Prose: Elective (2) Kgalemang M. BA. (UB),PGDE (UB), MTh (2) 14 CREDITS (Glasgow). (on study leave) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1: Motswapong, E. B.A [UB], PGDE [UB], M.A (2) Level 4 [London]. (on study leave) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Semester 7 Ruele, M. C.G.S. [UB], B.A. [UB], M.A [Hull). 1: (2) Core Courses (On study leave) 16 CREDITS BMS400 Evaluating the Media (3) Makuruetsa, M. B.A. [UB], PGDE [UB], M.A. BMS401 Imaging Africa (3) [Kampen Theological Univ.] Level 1 Optional Courses Semester 2 BMS402 TV and Video III (4) Bachelor of Arts in Humanities and Core Courses BMS403 Radio Production III(4) Degree Programme BMS104 Newsgathering for Print Journalists BMS404 Print Journalism III(4) (2) BMS405 Public Relations III(4) Special Regulations for the BA Programme BMS105 Radio for Dev. Education and BMS406 Cinema III(4) 1. Theology and Religious Studies is offered Entertainment(2) Elective (2) as a Single Major Subject, a Major Subject BMS106 Media in Botswana(2) 14 CREDITS in a Combined Major programme, a Major BMS107 Newsroom Operations(2) and Minor Subject and as a multidisciplinary ENG111 Studies in Prose(2) Level 4 degree as stipulated in General Regulations ENG123 Intro. to Literature, Drama and Semester 8 22.37 and 00.2114 and departmental Poetry(2) Core Courses regulations 1.1 to 2.4. GEC112 Communication and Study Skills 2 (2) BMS407 Current Issues in African Media(3) 2. A multidisciplinary degree including GEC122 Computing and Information Skills (2) BMS408 Media Dossier and/or Project(3) Theology and Religious Studies may, in 16 CREDITS Optional Courses accordance with General Regulation 00.2114 BMS409 TV and Video IV(4) be approved in special cases, but only at the Level 2 BMS410 Radio Production IV(4) discretion of the TRS Department. Semester 3 BMS411 Print Journalism IV(4) 3. All courses offered in the TRS Department Core Courses BMS412 Public Relations IV(4) will be semester long. However, students BMS200 Press and Broadcast Law (2) BMS413 Cinema IV(4) taking TRS 408 Directed Research I will also be BMS201 Professional Media Attachment I(2) Elective (2) required to take TRS 420 Directed Research II. BMS202 Computer Animation(3) Elective (2) 4. Unless indicated otherwise all courses will BMS203 News and Documentary Video (3) carry 2 credits. BMS204 Features and Magazine Writing (2) 5. Not all courses listed may be offered in any BMS205 DTP and Digital Media (3) Assessment one semester. Elective (2) Assessment shall be as per General Academic 16 CREDITS Regulation 00.8
125 FACULTY OF humanities
Programme Structure and GECs Semester 8 Single Major Programme 1 core course in the area of specialisation In a Single Major Degree, a student shall take Level 200 TRS415 for Theology the following: Semester 3 and 4 TRS416 for Religious Studies 1 core course and any two optional courses TRS417 for Biblical Studies Level 100 and GECs TRS418 for Philosophy Semester 1 and 2 and any one optional course. 1 core course , any one optional course and Level 300 GECs. Semester 5 Entry Requirements 1 core course in the area of specialisation; The normal entry requirements shall be as Level 200 TRS301 for Theology stipulated in General 20.2 and Departmental Semester 3 and 4 TRS302 for Religious Studies Regulations. 1 core course, any two optional courses and TRS303 for Biblical Studies and GECs. TRS304 for Philosophy, Level 100 and any two optional courses. Semester 1 Level 300 Core courses Semester 5 and 6 Semester 6 TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (2) Four core courses and any four optional 1 core course in the area of specialisation; Optional Courses courses. TRS314 for Theology TRS102 Religion and Science (2) TRS315 for Religious Studies TRS103 Religions of Botswana (2) Level 400 TRS316 for Biblical Studies TRS104 Christianity and the rise of New Semester 7 and 6 TRS317 for Philosophy Religious Movements in Botswana (2) Four core courses and any four optional and any two optional courses. TRS105 Asian Religions: A Survey(2) courses. TRS106 Ethics: Classical Theories (2) Level 400 MAJOR (TRS)/ MINOR Semester 7 Semester 2 In a Major/Minor Degree a student shall take 1 core course in the area of specialisation; Core Courses the following courses: TRS401 for Theology TRS107 African Traditional Religions (2) TRS402 for Religious Studies Optional Courses Level 100 TRS403 for Biblical Studies TRS108 History of Philosophy I: Classical Semester 1 and 2 TRS404 for Philosophy Greek Philosophy(2) 1 core course, any one optional course and and one additional core in any area and any TRS109 Biblical Interpretation (2) GECs. two optional courses. TRS110 God in the Hebrew Bible (2) Level 200 TRS111 Epistemology I: Theory of Semester 3 and 4 Semester 8 Knowledge(2) 1 core course, any two optional courses and 1 core course in the area of specialisation; TRS112 Bible and Gender(2) GECs TRS415 for Theology TRS416 for Religious Studies TRS417 for Biblical Studies Level 200 Level 300 TRS418 for Philosophy Semester 3 Semester 5 and one additional core course in any area and Core Courses 1 core course in the area of specialisation; any two optional courses. TRS201 Logic I: Introduction to Logic(2) TRS301 for Theology Optional Courses TRS304 for Biblical Studies MINOR (TRS) /MAJOR TRS202 Hebrew Bible Narratives(2) TRS302 for Religious Studies In a Minor/ Major Degree the student shall TRS203 African Traditional Religions in TRS305 for Philosophy take the following courses: Botswana (2) and one additional core course from any other TRS204 Theologies of Gender(2) area and any three optional courses. Level 100 TRS205 History of Philosophy II: Post-Aristotle Semester 6 Semester 1 and 2 to Medieval (2) 1 core course in the area of specialisation; 1 core course and GECs TRS206 Beginning Biblical Greek I: New TRS315 for Theology Testament Greek(2) TRS316 for Religious Studies Level 200 TRS207 Introduction to Christian Theology (2) TRS317 for Biblical Studies Semester 3 and 4 TRS208 The Hebrew Bible as History and TRS318 for Philosophy 1 core course and GECs Story(2) and one additional core course from any area and any three optional courses. Level 300 Semester 4 Semester 5 Core Courses Level 400 1 core course in the area of specialisation; TRS209 History of Christian thought (2) Semester 7 TRS301 for Theology Optional Courses 1 core course in the area of specialisation; TRS302 for Religious Studies TRS210 Gospel Narratives(2) TRS401 for Theology TRS303 for Biblical Studies TRS211 Ecclesiology(2) TRS402 for Religious Studies TRS304 for Philosophy TRS212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New TRS403 for Biblical Studies and any one optional course. Testament Greek(2) TRS404 for Philosophy) TRS213 Johannine corpus(2) and one additional core course from any area Semester 6 TRS214 Beginning Arabic I: Intro. to the basic and three optional courses. 1 core course in the area of specialisation; Arabic(2) TRS314 for Theology TRS215 Metaphysics I: Appearance and Semester 8 TRS315 for Religious Studies Reality(2) 1 core course from the area of specialisation; TRS316 for Biblical Studies TRS216 History of Philosophy III: Post- TRS415 for Theology TRS317 for Philosophy Medieval to 19th Century (2) TRS416 for Religious Studies and any one optional course. TRS417 for Biblical Studies Level 300 TRS418 for Philosophy Level 400 Semester 5 one additional core in any area and any three Semester 7 Core Courses optionals. 1 core course in the area of specialisation; TRS301 Christology (2) TRS401 for Theology TRS302 Missionaries in 19th Century South MAJOR/ MAJOR TRS402 for Religious Studies Africa (2) In a Major/Major Degree the student shall take TRS403 for Biblical Studies TRS303 Creation and the Bible (2) the following courses: TRS404 for Philosophy TRS304 African Philosophy and Culture Level 100 and any one optional course. (2) Semester 1 and 2 Optional Courses 1 core course and any one optional course TRS305 Judaism (2)
126 TRS306 Intermediate Greek I: Exam. of TRS427 Applied Ethics(2) reader as well as men from women. selected texts (2) TRS428 Religious Pluralism(2) TRS307 Beginning Arabic II: Arabic ALL142 THE STUDY OF DRAMA IN construction (2) Electives Course INDIGENOUS LANGUAGES (2) TRS308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I: Elective courses may be taken from any other The course deals with intrinsic and extrinsic Introduction to Hebrew Script (2) department provided that they are relevant to aspects of drama with emphasis on the fact TRS309 Psychology of Religion (2) the student’s professional and personal needs. that plays are not primarily intended for TRS310 Professional Ethics(2) reading but to be performed. TRS311 Metaphysics II: Idealism(2) General Education Courses (GECs) TRS312 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences(2) GEC232 Critical Thinking (2) ALL151 SHORT STORY THEORY AND TRS313 History of Christianity: Medieval to GEC233 Logic I: Introduction to Logic (2) PRACTICE (2) the Reformation (2) GEC263 Politics of Gender (2) The course deals with theories of the short GEC264 Religion and development (2) story but much of the time will be spent on Semester 6 GEC333 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (2) reading short stories, critically analyzing them Core Courses GEC334 Epistemology (2) at the same time appreciatively enjoying and TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (2) getting involved in their production. TRS315 Sociology of Religion (2) TRS316 History and Mythology of Jesus (2) FACULTY OF HUMANITIES ALL152 STYLE IN WRITING (2) TRS317 Theodicy:The Co-existence of God COURSE DESCRIPTIONS The course will deal mainly with the and Evil (2) relationship between the author, the text and Optional Courses AFRICAN LANGUAGES & LITERATURE the readers with emphasis on aspects of style TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: ALL121 INTRODUCTION TOTHE STUDY OF that enable messages to reach the addressees. Translation of Hebrew Texts (2) LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS (2) TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (2) The content of the course will cover the study ALL153 INTRODUCTION TO THE AFRICAN TRS320 Epistemology II: Theories of Truth of human language and its signifi cance in NOVEL (2) (2) human life. It will also deal with linguistics as The course will basically introduce students TRS321 Metaphysics III: Body/mind Problem the scientifi c approach to language study, the to genre classifi cation, textual analysis of the (2) branches of linguistics, how it is related to novel and the sociopolitical as well as the TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern other disciplines and how linguistics can be gender and cultural history from which it Africa (2) applied to certain professions. emerged. TRS323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation of selected texts (2) ALL122 THE CHARACTERISTICS OF HUMAN ALL154 THEORY OF HUMOR IN AFRICA (2) TRS324 Intermediate Arabic I: Arabic LANGUAGE (2) The course will focus on the structure and grammar (2 ) The content of this course will include an function of various types of the joke genre in TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam (2) overview of the various theories about the Africa with a special focus on the text, context origin of language. The course will also and performance aspects. The issue of gender Level 400 examine the difference between human and the infl uence of modern technology Semester 7 language and animal communication as and the media on the genre will also be Core Courses well as the unique characteristics of human scrutinized. TRS401 New Religious Movements (2) language. TRS402 Religion and Politics (2) ALL221 SOUND SYSTEMS IN AFRICAN TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible ALL131 LANGUAGE AND LANGUAGES (2) (2) COMMUNICATION IN AFRICA (2) The course content will include the defi nition TRS404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity The content of the course will include a study of phonology, phonemic analysis and the (2) of the communication devices among human function of distinctive features. The course will Optional Courses beings, with special reference to Africa. The also consider the structure of the syllable and TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I: Examination course will also cover speech acts, writing other prosodic phenomena. of selected Hebrew texts (2) systems as well as language acquisition phases TRS406 Intermediate Arabic II: Translation of and functions of language. ALL222 STRUCTURE OF WORDS IN Arabic texts (2) AFRICAN LANGUAGES (2) TRS407 Islam’s socio-cultural, legal and ALL132 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION I The content of the course will include the political structures (2) (Beginners Course in one of the Botswana defi nition and scope of morphology, the TRS408 Directed Research I: Research Languages) (2) morpheme and its various types as well as Methods (2) The content will include an introduction to the allomorphic variation. The course will then TRS409 African Christian Theologies (2) culture and history of one of the Botswana focus on the various types of morphemes and TRS410 Theory of Government (2) languages and training in the basic use of the the principles underlying word formation, TRS411 Politics and Development of Biblical language such as essential expressions and analysis and term development. Thought 2) self-expression. The course will also introduce TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (2) the students to some of the basic structures of ALL231 THE PERCEPTION AND TRS413 Hinduism (2) the language. TRANSCRIPTION OF AFRICAN LANGUAGE TRS414 Metaphysics V: Materialism (2 ) SOUNDS (2) ALL134 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION II The content of the course will include practice Semester 8 (Elementary Level) (2) in identifying, describing and transcribing Core Courses The content of the course will include a study speech sounds. Also students will be trained TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) of the current state of one of the Botswana in classifying the sounds according to shared TRS416 Religion and Modernity (2) languages as well as a study of some selected phonetic features. TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (2) areas of usage such as reporting, expressing TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (2) one’s feelings or seeking attention. The ALL232 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION III Optional Courses course will also introduce the students to the (Intermediate Level) (2) TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew Texts description of the language’s morphology and The course content will include a discussion and Dead Sea Scrolls (2) syntax. of the current state of one of the Botswana TRS420 Directed Research II: Research Project languages and then train the students in (2) ALL141 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN ORAL oral and aural skills, texts comprehension TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern and AND WRITTEN LITERATURE (2) and an introduction to the literature created contemporary 2) The content will include a study of sub-genres in the language. It will also provide skills in TRS422 Epistemology III: Rationalism & of African oral and written literatures such as the description of the structure of the target Empiricism (2) oral and written stories (novel inclusive, oral language. TRS423 History of Philosophy IV: and written poetry, traditional drama and Contemporary (2) written plays and their form and functions in ALL233 GENERATIVE PHONOLOGY IN TRS424 Buddhism (2) society as well as how content and meaning AFRICAN LANGUAGE ANALYSIS (2) TRS425 The theology of the Reformation(2) is such literatures are manipulated in order The course content will include an TRS426 Religious Rituals and Sacred Places (2) to differentiate insider/writer from outsider/ introduction to generative phonology followed
127 FACULTY OF humanities
by the study of segmental, auto-segmental ALL323 INTRODUCTION TO STYLISTICS Popular Theatre in Africa from the pre-colonial and metrical phonology. Setswana and one AND DISCOURSE ANALYSIS (2) to the postcolonial era with reference to socio- other African language will be used as case The content of the course will include the economical problems facing Africa. Emphasis studies. study of register, stylistic variation, discourse will be on practical drama and performances devices, discourse appropriateness and in schools and villages within the concept of ALL234 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION IV conversation structure. intervention-participation conscientisation. (INTERMEDIATE/ADVANCED LEVEL) (2) The course content will include the discussion ALL331 INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION ALL351 POLITICS AND SOUTHERN of the salient issues concerning the current (2) AFRICAN POETRY (2) and future situation of one of the Botswana The course content will comprise the theory The course content will include an analysis and languages. The course will enhance of translation; types, modes and problems of interpretation of translated or transcribed oral the students’ oral and aural skills, texts translation; the role of semantics, pragmatics poetry that deals with socio-political criticism, comprehension and a good understanding of and discourse analysis in translation and and the infl uence thereof of oral traditions on the literature created in the language. structural adaptation. Case studies will be political poetry in general. Also included will taken from the Botswana languages as well as be the infl uence of Negritude and African- ALL241 HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF THE international languages spoken in Botswana. American poetry on Southern African protest SETSWANA NOVEL (2) and resistance poetry. The course will include an exploration of the ALL332 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION V evolution of the novel genre over time among (Beginners’ Level) (2) ALL352 EPIC PERFORMANCE IN AFRICA (2) the Setswana speaking peoples of Southern The content of the course will include an The content of the course will include basic Africa and how it has been infl uenced by the introduction to the culture and history of characteristics of African epics, their historical social, cultural and political environment of one of the major languages of Africa and contexts, and the mode of delivery to the the epoch of its composition and production, training in the basic use of the language such audience. especially in terms of structure, artistic style as essential expressions and self-expression. and themes. The course will also introduce the students to ALL353 AFRICAN ORAL LITERATURE AND some of the basic structures of the language. THE MEDIA (2) ALL242 AFRICAN WRITTEN POETRY (2) The content will include a study of the The course will include a holistic theoretical ALL333 INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH multiple ways in which the mass media approach to African written poetry utilizing METHODS (2) infl uence oral literature and how oral literature the Reader response, New Historicism and The course will introduce students to permeates media-manipulated texts and Feminist theories. Included will be the both quantitative and qualitative research contexts as well as how it is portrayed by the structure of poetry and the infl uences of paradigms in African Languages and media in its various forms. various epochs on the form and content of Literature. Also the content will include African written poetry. objectivity in scientifi c research, topic selection, ALL354 THE CONTEMPORARY SETSWANA defi nition of the problem, signifi cance of a NOVEL (2) ALL251 FOLK SPEECH IN AFRICA (2) research study, formulation of hypotheses, The course will include a critical analysis The content of the course will cover aspects of research methodology, literature review and of artistic styles, thematic trends, inter- performance, aesthetics, form and function of research proposal framework. textual relationships and literary quality of the various communicative speech acts such the Setswana novels recently written and as proverbs, riddles, epithets euphemisms and ALL334 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN published in Botswana and South Africa. dysphemisms. The focus of the study will be THEORIES IN GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS (2) on both literary texts and everyday discourse. The course content will include a study of the ALL421 INTRODUCTION TO HISTORICAL current conception of a grammar, the modern AND COMPARATIVE LINGUISTICS BASED ALL252 RITES OF PASSAGE: A STUDY OF grammatical theories, and their application to ON AFRICA (2) SOCIAL DRAMAS (2) African language description. The course will include an introduction to The course content will cover performance, historical and comparative linguistics as a structural patterns and functions of the ALL335 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION COURSE discipline and then looks at how this approach calendar and life cycle ritual ceremonies that VI (Elementary Level) (2) has been used in the comparison, classifi cation affect the individual and the community. Also The course content will include the study and accounting for patterns of change in the the importance of symbolism, role-play and of the current state of one of the major languages of Africa. reversal of roles will be explored from various languages of Africa as well as a study of some theoretical perspectives. selected areas of usage such as reporting, ALL422 A SOCIOLINGUISTIC STUDY OF expressing one’s feelings or seeking attention SOUTHERN AFRICA (2) ALL253 THE SOCIOLOGY OF LITERATURE etc. Also, the course will introduce the The course will include the patterns of (2) students to the description of the language’s language use in Botswana, the factors that Basically, the course will include the morphology and syntax. infl uence language change and maintenance importance of sociological considerations in and the various efforts, both formal and understanding literature. These encompass ALL336 FIELD RESEARCH PREPARATION informal, which are being made in order to the writer’s social situation, the production AND PROPOSAL WRITING (2) preserve, promote and empower languages. and the consumption of written literature The course will include techniques of and the impact of the historical, cultural and fi eldwork, data collection as well as archival ALL423 THE BANTU AND KHOESAN political environment on the production and research, resource planning, ethical issues and LANGUAGES OF SOUTHERN AFRICA (2) consumption. how to write a research proposal. The course content will consist of the origin and migration of the Bantu and Khoe-San ALL321 THE STRUCTURE OF THE ALL341 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY language speakers, the settling of the Bantu SENTENCE (2) THEORY (2) languages in the Southern African region, The course content will include the discussion The course content will include fi ve literary the classifi cation of the Bantu and Khoe-San of the principles and methods of sentence theories (mainly Structuralism, Psychoanalysis, languages and their major characteristics. analysis focusing on the basic structure of the Reception, Marxism and Deconstruction) sentence. The standard generative grammar from which at least three will be selected for ALL431 INTRODUCTION TO model will be used in sentence analysis, based discussion in a particular semester. PSYCHOLINGUISTICS (2) on Setswana. The course will include the various approaches ALL342 AFRICAN ORAL NARRATIVES (2) to psycholinguistics, language production ALL322 THE STRUCTURE OF MEANING (2) The course will cover various sub-genres of and foundations of language and language The course content will include the defi nition institutionalized sub-Saharan African oral pathology. of meaning, types of meaning, semantic narratives such as myths, folktales and legends features and lexical relations. It will also that will be studied, analyzed and interpreted ALL432 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION VII consider the modes of meaning interpretation, from various theoretical viewpoints. (INTERMEDIATE LEVEL) (2) context, deictic expressions, presuppositions The course content will include discussion and speech acts. ALL343 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN of the current state of one of the major POPULAR THEATRE (2) languages of Africa, comprehension texts and The course content will include the history of an introduction to the literature created in the
128 language, oral and aural skills and structural literary texts created by women in Botswana analysis. from oral to written, how they handle relations FRE114 BASIC FRENCH LANGUAGE (3) of power, sexuality and gender issues, their This is an intensive French Language course ALL433 RESEARCH PROJECT: Data vision and communicative strategies. intended to develop the student’s ability to Collection (2) communicate in French both orally and in The research project will be carried out ALL454 CHILDREN’S TRADITIONS AND writing. Emphasis is placed on elementary through regular consultation with the relevant DRAMATICS (2) linguistic structures with emphasis on free lecturer and will lead to the collection of The content of the course will include research expression (spoken and written). Oral exercises data on the chosen research topic and on children’s traditional games, storytelling, in the Language Laboratory to consolidate documentation of the research fi ndings. songs, and methods of dramatic improvisation communicative and linguistic competencies. and creative writing for children’s books. ALL434 INTRODUCTION TO APPLIED FRE115 ORAL AND WRITTEN LINGUISITCS (2) ALL455 POSTCOLONIAL THEORY AND COMPREHENSION (3) The course content will include the study of AFRICAN LITERATURE (2) The aim of this course is to develop the mental representation of grammar, the child’s The course examines from a historical student’s comprehension of spoken and processing of grammar, the psycholinguistic perspective the national, transnational and written French by equipping them with some approach to mental process and the language translational boundaries of culture with reading techniques and listening strategies learning processes. reference to colonial and post-colonial and strengthening their ability to express ideas literature. in French by means of both oral and written ALL435 LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION VIII speech. The course will be based on oral and (ADVANCED LEVEL) (2) ALL456 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN written comprehension of descriptive and The course synopsis will include a discussion THOUGHT (2) narrative passages for essay writing. of the salient issues concerning the current The course content will include philosophical state and future situation of one of the major treatise that exist within the discipline of FRE121 COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN languages of Africa, advanced comprehension African philosophy and thought on various FRENCH (3) texts and a good understanding of the topics that by their very nature raise questions This course aims at developing the ability literature created in the language, advanced of philosophical discussion. to use the French language effi ciently in oral and aural skills and an in-depth descriptive a practical way. It incorporates language knowledge of the language. GEC261 LANGUAGES OF BOTSWANA activities related to all four skills that The content of the course will include the will enable learners to understand and study of the various language groups that communicate in spoken and written language. ALL436 RESEARCH PROJECT: Data Analysis settled in what is now Botswana and how FRE122 TECHNIQUES OF ORAL AND and Interpretation (2) they have interacted over the years to give WRITTEN EXPRESSION (2) The course will consist of supervised work on rise to the current language situation. The The aim of this course is to develop fl uency hands-on data analysis, interpretation and course will also discuss the role of Setswana as and accuracy in spoken and written French. research report write-up. national and English as offi cial language. Students will be trained to introduce nuance in their oral expression through some ALL441 WORLD LITERATURE IN GEC262 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL communicative activities. Emphasis will be SETSWANA TRANSLATION (2) STUDIES placed on techniques and strategies relevant The content of the course will include The content of the course includes theories to the planning and organization of writing primarily literary texts translated into Setswana of cultural production, practices and values tasks (writing reports, summaries, formal and from other African languages, and secondly in Africa. Sensitive questions of ethnicity and informal letters, expressing opinions etc.) those translated from foreign/non-African multiculturalism are also discussed. languages. A study of how (and why) FRE123 FRENCH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES cultures are constructed, intertextualized and GEC361 INTRODUCTION TO RHETORIC II (2) manipulated through translation will also be AND PUBLIC SPEAKING This French Language course aims at done. The content of the course will include equipping students with reading techniques aspects of African literature, language and so as to understand and interpret texts of their ALL442 CREATIVE WRITING, THEORY AND philosophy with reference to interpersonal area of specialization (Library and Information PRACTICE (2) communication. Studies, History etc.) written in French. The The content of this course includes techniques content comprises analysis and description of of writing in three genres: short stories, plays FRENCH different types of the French discourse used in (drama) and poems (poetry). various disciplines FRE111 PRACTICAL FRENCH LANGUAGE (3) ALL443 ORAL POETRY IN BOTSWANA (2) This course will reinforce students’ FRE124 ORAL AND WRITTEN EXPRESSION The course will cover the performance and competence in oral and written French so (3) signifi cance of the various forms of indigenous that they have a more spontaneous use of This course aims at helping students use oral poetry that are composed and rendered the French Language. Emphasis will be laid acquired communication skills so as to express by oral artists under different cultural and on mastering basic language functions and themselves freely in accurate spoken as well situational contexts in Botswana. linguistic structures learnt by students at as written French. Communication activities secondary level for effective expression in will be performed in both spoken and ALL451 STUDIES IN AFRICAN AESTHETICS French both written and verbal. written French in order to give students self- (2) confi dence in the use of the French language. The course content will include theories FRE112 SPOKEN AND WRITTEN FRENCH (2) of aesthetic judgment and arguments This course aims at rapidly developing FRE125 ELEMENTARY FRENCH LANGUAGE propounded by philosophers, artists, literary students’ fl uency and accuracy in spoken (3) critics and consumers of objects of aesthetic and written French by equipping them with This course will further develop communicative value. listening and reading skills and strategies. skills and introduce new speech acts and The content of the course will cover practical grammatical structures, and building up ALL452 POPULAR CULTURE IN AFRICA (2) exercises both oral and written in the vocabulary on new topics in order for The course will include a study of culture, classroom and in the Language Laboratory. them to achieve profi ciency in spoken and subcultures and visual culture with emphasis written French. The content includes the on music, dance, fi lms/videos, television, FRE113 FRENCH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES consolidation of language functions and computer and their inter-textual relationship. It I (2) grammatical structures already acquired and will also include the ideology of mass culture, This French Language course aims at the introduction of new ones. theories of consumption and its confrontation equipping students with reading techniques with politics, religion and the spirit of so as to understand and interpret texts of their FRE211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH conservatism. area of specialization (economics, law and LANGUAGE (3) social sciences) written in French. The content This course aims at consolidating ALL453 WOMEN’S LITERATURE IN comprises analysis and description of different communicative fl uency and grammatical BOTSWANA (2) types of the French discourse used in various accuracy in order to help students achieve The course will include a study on various disciplines offered to students at this level. profi ciency in spoken French. Students will
129 FACULTY OF humanities
acquire useful oral and writing skills for setting FRE223 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN social organization, law, politics, attitudes up effi cient communication in French within LITERATURE (2) and mentalities, etc. Students will learn to standard situations. Focus will be placed This course is offered to introduce students to appreciate better the civilization of France and on the study of new language forms and a variety of basic literary genres of particular be able to pursue studies of French language functions. Classroom activities comprise oral authors from francophone Africa: novels, and literature. and written exercises. short stories, and poems, of intermediate diffi culty. The main objective will be to FRE315 INTRODUCTION TO TEXT FRE212 BUSINESS, SCIENTIFIC AND introduce students to a basic vocabulary of ANALYSIS (2) TECHNICAL FRENCH (2) literary discourse in French, to make them This course intends to give students a basic This course aims at giving students an aware of literary style and help them improve familiarity with the genres of literature in opportunity to learn the French language communicative competence in French. French and with different ways of approaching that can be used in professional situations texts: thematic studies, use of language, of communication. A study of the French FRE224 CONVERSATION (2) relationship between form and content, language mechanisms and structures that This course aims to develop students’ ability characterization and to familiarize them with is necessary for understanding scientifi c to understand and produce general notions the vocabulary used in French literary studies. and technical texts written in French. Study (basic concepts) and help them improve This will include study of some schools and of the common and important commercial their command of spoken French. Real-life methods of literary criticism. vocabulary related to the economic fi eld. documents as well as communicative activities will be used to strengthen the students’ ability FRE 317: FRENCH FOR TOURISM AND FRE213 INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH to communicate in French. Conversation from HOSPITALITY I (2) LITERATURE (2) a topic, a text, a fi lm, a documentary etc. will This is a practical course meant for students This course is offered to introduce students to lead to written exercises. who want to acquire relevant language skills a variety of basic literary genres of particular so as to communicate in the professional authors from France: novels, short stories, and FRE227: FRENCH LANGUAGE II (2) situation. The aim of the course is to help poems, of intermediate diffi culty. The main The content of this course includes the students acquire a basic knowledge of type objective will be to introduce students to a consolidation of language functions and of French commonly used in the fi elds of the basic vocabulary of literary discourse in French, grammatical structures already acquired by Hotel and Tourism Industry. It consists of the to make them aware of literary style and help students and the introduction of new ones. study of vocabulary and linguistic skills related them improve communicative competence in It will focus on essential linguistic (oral and to the profession of tourism and the hotel French. written) communication skills so as to be able industry. This topic-based language course will to use French effectively for the purpose of cover real-life contexts and situations. Focus FRE214 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURE AND practical communication. This course will will be on oral and written communication CIVILISATION OF THE FRENCH SPEAKING develop students’ ability to use the French related to the situations and practices in the WORLD (2) language in a practical way. area of hotel and tourism management. The This course intends to examine aspects of the course will also examine aspects of the culture culture and civilization of the French-speaking FRE311 FRENCH NOVEL AND POETRY OF and civilization of the French-speaking world. world. Survey will be made of civilization of THE 19TH CENTURY (2) French speaking countries through authentic The course aims at introducing students to FRE321 AFRICAN AND CARIBBEAN materials based on economy, social life, and major schools and movements of 19th century LITERATURE IN FRENCH (2) politics. Students will have the opportunity French literature through the works of some of This course aims at introducing students to the to compare aspects of culture and civilization the leading writers of the French tradition and main currents in Black African and Caribbean of the French-speaking world with their own to familiarize them with particular expressions Francophone literature and to familiarize them culture. and stylistic features used by selected authors with the history, culture, experiences and in their works. Students will become familiar aspirations of Black African people and people FRE217: FRENCH LANGUAGE I (2) with major writers and schools of the French of African descent in the Caribbean through This course is designed to develop students’ tradition and through them improve their the study of selected works of prose and competence in spoken and written French so language skills and familiarity with French poetry by major writers. that they may have a more spontaneous use culture. of the French language. Emphasis will be laid FRE322 CULTURE AND CIVILISATION OF on mastering basic language functions and FRE312: FRENCH NOVEL AND POETRY OF FRENCH SPEAKING AFRICAN COUNTRIES linguistic structures for effective expression in THE 19TH CENTURY (2) (2) both written and spoken French. The content The aim of this course is to introduce students This course aims at giving students an of this course will cover practical exercises, to the major schools and movements of opportunity to gain a basic familiarity with both oral and written, in the classroom and French literature through the works of some of the civilization of French-speaking Black Africa the language laboratory. the leading writers of the French tradition and and the ability to understand their own culture to familiarize them with particular expressions better by a comparison of the two. Aspects of FRE221 ADVANCED FRENCH LANGUAGE and stylistic features used by selected authors the culture and civilization of French Speaking (3) in their works. Students will become familiar Black Africa will be examined. This course aims to help students express with major writers and schools of the French themselves as clearly as possible with more tradition and through them improve their FRE323 FRENCH LINGUISTICS AND confi dence and accuracy. Emphasis is on language skills and familiarity with French ORTHOGRAPHY (2) exercises refl ecting real-life language use culture. Students will read major works of This course introduces students to the and leading to better pronunciation and French literature from selected movements of understanding of the fundamental basis of grammatical control. It is based on oral the 19th century. the study of the French language and the and written exercises aimed at broadening application of the scientifi c knowledge of vocabulary and improving style. Composition FRE313 INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH the French language to the understanding of will cover the following areas: description, LINGUISTICS (2) transcription and of the writing systems of portrait and narration. This course will provide a general knowledge the language. It provides students with skills base for scientifi c study of the French to manage possible language errors related to FRE222 FRENCH FOR INTERNATIONAL language and equip students with facts pronunciation and writing. RELATIONS, TOURISM AND HOTEL and skills to enable them to describe the INDUSTRY (2) French language, and account for its internal FRE324 FRENCH ESSAY WRITING (2) This course aims at giving students an changes. The course entails an elaborate The course aims at improving students’ opportunity to learn the register of French description of phonetics, phonology/ performance and competence in objective typically used in a professional situation of morphology, semantics and syntax of French. reading and writing. Students will learn communication. Study of vocabulary and and put into practice reading and writing savoir-faire related to international relations FRE314 FRENCH CULTURE AND techniques. The content will cover practical or to tourism and the hotel trade. Students CIVILISATION (2) exercises such as: note taking, summarizing, are to choose one the following two topics: This course examines aspects of French letter writing, writing paragraphs and French for International Relations or French for culture and civilization that are relevant to compositions, reading and writing different Tourism and Hotel Industry. the study of literature and language and types of texts. constitute an introduction to ways of life,
130 FRE325 ADVANCED COMMUNICATIVE This course includes the use of some theatrical lecture hours per week. FRENCH (3) techniques and practical exercises and The aim of this course is to help students use discussions of students’ work. ARC201 INTRODUCTION TO acquired communication skills so as to express ARCHAEOLOGICAL THEORY themselves freely and accurately in spoken and FRE422 ADVANCED FRENCH LINGUISTICS The course presents to students archaeological written French. The course content will cover (2) theories, and analytical techniques general practical exercises that will help learners to use The course introduces students to the scientifi c employed in the study of archaeological French in simulated communicative situations. description of the French language with phenomena, and also discusses the history special emphasis on the phonetics/phonology, of the discipline, its aims, goals, and FRE 327: FRENCH FOR TOURISM AND morphology/syntax and semantics. The development as a discipline. 3 lecture hours HOSPITALITY II (2) approach is descriptive. Theoretical approaches per week. This course aims at developing students’ (generativist, structuralist, transformationalist, communicative skills relevant to the profession etc.) will be referred to without being taken as of tourism, hotel management and the the explicit basis of the language analysis. ARC202 INTRODUCTION TO catering industry. More precisely, it aims at ARCHAEOLOGICAL METHOD reinforcing all basic grammatical structures FRE423 TRANSLATION (2) The course is an introduction to and vocabulary acquired through language This is a practical course that will give students archaeological/ prehistoric research methods, functions in order to equip students with the skills to handle the translation of French into organisation, curation and interpretation- necessary oral and writing skills for setting up accurate English and vice versa using simple -including reconnaissance, environmental an effi cient communication in French within texts and writings, real-life documents and reconstruction, excavation, principles of professional situations linked to Tourism and interpretation of speech. stratigraphy, and analysis of fi nds. 3 lecture the Hotel Industry. hours per week.
FRE411 FRENCH LANGUAGE IN USE (3) FRE424 AFRICAN LITERATURE: STUDY OF A The aim of this course is to develop particular GENRE OR AN AUTHOR (2) ARC203 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN communicative skills and strategies and to This course gives students more in- ARCHAEOLOGY carry out some communicative activities depth knowledge of particular authors, Seminar course introducing issues and as well as to familiarize students with genres, literary movements, or subjects in debates in African archaeology, including the grammatical, stylistic, and linguistic Francophone African literature. Students will palaeontology and key fi gures in the problems in spoken versus written French. read several works of selected authors, and development of African archaeology, and Students will study form and structure of the gain an ability to apply what they have learnt requiring a long essay on the prehistory of the French language to improve their skills in to their other studies. Readings on the chosen continent. 3 seminar hours per week. conversation and writing. topic assigned by the staff member. Possible topics include Negritude, women in Africa, ARC204 INTRODUCTION TO FRE412 CURRENTS OF THOUGHT IN THE tradition and modernity. ENVIRONMENTAL ARCHAEOLOGY FRENCH SPEAKING AFRICA (2) (FORMERLY NUMBERED AS ARC 207) The aim of this course is to familiarize students FRE425 ASPECTS OF FRENCH THOUGHT (2) This course provides theoretical background in with currents of thought in the French- The aim of this course is to familiarize students ecology, geology and related fi elds, especially speaking African and Caribbean countries. A with currents of thought in France on social, those of the earth sciences used in conjunction study of selected philosophers and thinkers economic, political, and cultural problems, with archaeology. Includes 5-day fi eld trip in Africa and the Caribbean: S. Senghor,A. as well as their philosophical underpinnings, during the short-break to Ngamiland and Césaire, F.Fanon, J.Roumain, J.Rabemananjara, as seen by infl uential French writers since Makgadikgadi. 3 lecture hours per week. S. Adotevi, V.Y. Mudimbe, A.Memmi etc. the 1930s. Students will read selections from major French intellectuals of the post-war ARC301 ARCHAEOLOGICAL HERITAGE FRE413 THEORY OF TRANSLATION (2) period and from current journals. MANAGEMENT (ARC 301 WAS FORMERLY This course provides students with skills to TITLED HISTORY OF ARCHAEOLOGY) handle translation problems between French FRE426 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION Philosophy, policy and practice, to enable and English, Setswana and vice versa as well SKILLS IN FRENCH (3) students to choose appropriate techniques as an overview of theoretical problems of This course aims at reinforcing students’ for cultural and natural resources, and to translation. It will also examine the role played competence in oral and written expression comprehend the theoretical aspects of by the vocabulary, structure and meaning and comprehension so as to give them more Cultural Resource Management. 3 lecture in the theory of translation from French to confi dence in speaking and discussing a hours per week. English and vice versa. variety of topics. ARC302 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FRE414 MODERN FRENCH LITERATURE: FRE427 CARIBBEAN LITERATURE IN This course equips students for working with STUDY OF A GENRE OR AN AUTHOR (2) FRENCH (2) varied archaeological samples, and introduces The aim of this course is to give students an The objective of this course is to introduce basic quantitative or statistical principles and in-depth knowledge of a particular author, students to the history, culture, experience techniques applied in the fi eld and laboratory genre, literary movement, or subject in and aspirations of people of African descent in practices as well as in research data analysis. 3 Modern French literature. Students will read the French speaking Caribbean. Coursework lecture hours per week. several works of the chosen author, genre, or includes a study from a selected period, subject. theme, and piece of the work of an author. ARC304 RESEARCH PROJECT PROPOSAL To test student initiative in choosing and FRE415 RESEARCH ESSAY (2) HISTORY preparing a Research Project Proposal based This course provides students with the on analysis of previous research reports and opportunity to conduct research and use their BA IN ARCHAEOLOGY PROGRAMME publications. (Prerequisite for ARC 471 and linguistic skills to write on a chosen topic of compulsory for Single Major) 3 lecture/ tutorial linguistic, literary, or cultural interest. Students ARC101 INTRODUCTION TO hour per week. will be trained in research methods and carry ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY out such research under staff supervision Introduction to the nature of archaeological ARC313 STONE TOOLS (LITHICS) that will result in submission of a fi nished data its analysis and the state of knowledge This course introduces students to the basics dissertation. Admission to this course is subject of the subject in Botswana through, and of stone tool technology and typology-- to Departmental approval. discussion of case studies from Botswana in including learning how to make stone tools, particular and southern and eastern Africa in how to identify and describe them, and how FRE421 FRENCH LANGUAGE THROUGH general. 2 lecture hours per week. others in the region have classifi ed stone tools DRAMA (2) into various types. 3 lecture hours The aim of this course is to develop particular ARC102 INTRODUCTION TO WORLD communicative skills and strategies through PREHISTORY ARC 314 CERAMIC ANALYSIS the use of some theatrical techniques. The course aims to provide students with a This course introduces students to the Students will have an opportunity to learn basic understanding of world history, and basics of ceramic technology and typology-- the French language while writing their own provides students with an opportunity to including how to make pots, how to identify plots, which they will perform subsequently. appreciate prehistory on a global scale. 2 and describe whole vessels and potsherds,
131 FACULTY OF humanities
and how others in the region have classifi ed ARC 413 COMPLEX SOCIETIES (ARC 413 Holocaust, with use of fi lm. 3 lecture hours ceramics into various types. 3 lecture hours WAS FORMERLY TITLED FARMERS AND per week. per week. STATE FORMATION This course examines why people turned to HIS213 POVERTY, ECONOMIC GROWTH ARC 315 FIELD TECHNIQUES food production after more than a million AND AFFLUENCE IN WESTERN EUROPE This course introduces students to basic years of successful hunting and gathering. AND AMERICA archaeological fi eld skills--including map- Case studies cover food production, sedentary Examining the transformation of Western reading, orienteering, map-making, survey, life, and complex societies in the Near East, European and American economies through excavation, sorting and cataloguing fi nds. Africa and Central America. 3 lecture hours the development of trade in medieval Students spend two weeks intensive fi eldwork per week. Europe, feudal economies, markets during training conditions under supervision. 3 credits the renaissance, and the industrialization of per week. Western Europe and North America. 3 lecture ARC 421 GEOARCHAEOLOGY hours per week. ARC 316 ARCHAEOLOGICAL The course focuses on spatial and temporal INTERPRETATION distributions of archaeological sites, landscape HIS214 AGRICULTURE AND This course teaches students how topography, geomorphology and subsurface INDUSTRIALISATION IN THE WORLD archaeologists go about interpreting stratigraphy, and site context formation theory. ECONOMY TO 1945 the past through a series of simulated Practical classes include terrain unit evaluation. Comparing the rise of capitalism in Britain, archaeological problems that the students 3 lecture hours per week. France, Germany, Russia and parts of southern solve. The problems closely resemble actual and eastern Europe, with Japan and North archaeological evidence. 3 lecture hours per ARC422 BIOARCHAEOLOGY II (ARC 422 America--with emphasis on agrarian transition, week. WAS FORMERLY TITLED FAUNAL AND commercial revolutions, economic crisis and FLORAL ANALYSIS) recovery. 3 lecture hours per week. ARC 317 BIOARCHAEOLOGY I This course explores processes leading to Study of the relationship between human the formation of fossil records and examines HIS305 HISTORICAL RESEARCH METHODS beings and their natural and social methodologies and techniques of extracting, & HISTORIOGRAPHY OF BOTSWANA environments, integrating data from botanical analyzing and interpreting plant and animal Stages and processes in the research and and faunal remains. 3 lecture hours per week. micro and macrofossil material from the writing of history--including topic selection, archaeological record. 3 lecture hours per data collection, evaluation, dating analysis ARC 321 ETHNOARCHAEOLOGY week. and interpretation of data, and systematic This course introduces learners to basic presentation of data as coherent meaningful concepts in ethnoarchaeology, the study of ARC471 RESEARCH PROJECT: FIELDWORK & accounts of the past. Debates and research contemporary societies/ cultures and their PRELIMINARY REPORTS. 3 CREDITS lacunae on historical study of Botswana relevance to archaeology. It focuses on the ecology and environment, culture, family principles and development of the sub- ARC472 RESEARCH PROPOSAL: life, migration and settlement, trade discipline. 3 lecture hours per week. INTERMEDIATE & FINAL REPORTS. 9 CREDITS and production, technological change, elite formation, labour relations, political ARC 322 SPECIAL SUBJECT (ARC 322 WAS (B.) BA IN HISTORY PROGRAMME institutions, religion, education, etc 4 lecture/ FORMERLY TITLED CASE STUDIES IN HISTORY COURSES tutorial hours per week. ETHNOARCHAEOLOGY HIS102 INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF Study of a subject of current research and HISTORY HIS306 INTRODUCTION TO THE debate and/ or topical issues in Botswana The course applies the skills and methods of PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY & RESEARCH and Southern African archaeology, based on university historians to selected aspects of the PROJECT PROPOSAL current staff expertise--e.g. a study of Rock history of Botswana and neighbouring areas, The course discusses the issues relating to Art. 3 lecture hours per week. raising questions of individual identity, gender, the scientifi c or non-scientifi c, objective or class, language and ethnicity, inheritance and non-objective nature of historical knowledge, ARC 323 RESEARCH METHODS IN heritage. 2 lecture hours per week. and the various theories advanced to explain ARCHAEOLOGY (ARC 323 WAS FORMERLY the entire course of the human past. Each TITLED READING MATERIAL CULTURE IN HIS201 AFRICAN CULTURES & individual student writes a Research Project ARCHAEOLOGY) CIVILISATIONS TO C.1500 proposal for consideration by the History Equipping students with basic knowledge Selected themes in prehistory, state formation, Department Board (pre-requisite for entering and skills to conceptualize, plan and carry out trade, and small-scale societies--from the HIS 471 Research Project course). 4 lecture/ archaeological research and data analysis. 3 origin and spread of modern humans, via tutorial hours per week. lecture/ tutorial hours per week. Ancient Egypt, Ethiopia and West African kingdoms, to the rise and fall of Great HIS331 AFRICAN DIASPORA IN THE ARC 401 ARCHAEOLOGY OF BOTSWANA Zimbabwe. 3 lecture hours per week. ISLAMIC WORLD & ASIA The course traces the history of archaeological In the context of the Saharan and Indian research in Botswana and highlights major HIS202 AFRICA IN THE ERA OF THE Ocean slave trades, contrasting mining and infl uences in and contributions to scholarship, ATLANTIC SLAVE TRADE C.1500-C.1800 plantation labour with domestic labour and and the impact of archaeology on the From later Islamic and Christian history in military employment in the Mediterranean reconstruction of Botswana’s history and North Africa, via the growth of coastal and and the Near East, Arabia and Persia, and museum development. 3 lecture hours per interior trading states, slave trading in the the islands of the Oceans. 3 lecture hours per week. Atlantic and Indian Oceans, with greater depth week. on south-eastern Africa. 3 lecture hours per ARC 402 ADVANCED ARCHAEOLOGICAL week. HIS332 AFRICAN DIASPORA IN THE THEORY CARIBBEAN & THE AMERICAS This course focuses on the ‘New Archaeology’ HIS211 THE RISE OF EUROPE TO WORLD Why Africans rather than natives became from the 1960s, including the infl uence of DOMINANCE slaves, African cultural survivals, slavery within Euro-American researchers on theoretical Rise of Europe from the Middle Ages to its mercantile and industrial economies, debates archaeology and reviewing contributions of position of world dominance in the late 19th about emancipation, subsequent racial researchers in other parts of the world. 3 century, including religion, social and cultural segregation, black political and intellectual lecture hours per week. change, science and technology, witchcraft movements. 3 lecture hours per week. and deviance, and changing relations with ARC 412 HUMAN ORIGINS other civilizations. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS333 INTRODUCTION TO FOREIGN This course presents the naturalist’s point of POLICY, DIPLOMACY AND INTERNATIONAL view of evolution and human origins, from HIS212 CATASTROPHE & SURVIVAL IN RELATIONS, 1800 TO 1945 around 5 million years ago until farming 20TH CENTURY EUROPE The concepts of diplomacy, foreign policy and began about 10,000 years ago--discussing the From world dominance to near self- international relations, and their historical origins of upright posture, tools, languages, destruction, and then recovery in three major evolution; operation of the international and our extraordinary brains. 3 lecture hours cycles: the two world wars; the era of Fascism; system and role of big powers therein. 3 per week. and the era of Communism--including lecture hours per week. extremism, economic collapse and the Nazi
132 HIS435 MODERN BRITAIN: NATION, CLASS, HIS334 SUPERPOWERS IN THE 20TH HIS414 CHIEFS, COMMONERS & GENDER, RACE, RELIGION, CULTURE, CENTURY. THE IMPACT OF COLONIAL RULE IN POWER Conceptual frameworks for analysing the BOTSWANA, LESOTHO AND SWAZILAND Creation of the ‘imagined community’ of international system; main historiographical Forms of ‘parallel rule’ through paramount Britain out of disparate cultures and ‘nations’; issues concerning the role of the big powers chiefs; economic and political relations with elites and power structures, class confl ict, and the survival of small states. 3 lecture hours the South Africa and Southern Rhodesia; gender assertion and ideas of ‘race’; post- per week. contrasting political development into imperial crisis of identity and European Union kingdoms and a republic; post-colonial internal membership. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS335 COLONIAL LATIN AMERICA TO and regional developments. 3 lecture hours 1830 per week. HIS436 THE BRITISH EMPIRE & Conquest and establishment of colonial COMMONWEALTH IN WORLD HISTORY rule by Spain and Portugal; the indigenous From 16th century rise to 20th century people of Latin America, impact of conquest, HIS416 LAND, LABOUR & LIBERATION IN decline of British world power: constitutional the establishment of colonial rule, and anti- MOZAMBIQUE, NAMIBIA & ZIMBABWE development of settler colonies into colonial struggles. 3 lecture hours per week. Contrasting colonial conquests and heritages Dominions, contrasted with non-settler within the context of South African regional colonies; Commonwealth issues and HIS336 MODERN LATIN AMERICA domination, white settler and company membership crises since the 1950s. 3 lecture Independence and the failure of Pan land and labour alienation; armed liberation hours per week. Americanism; military dictatorships to movements, post-colonial insurgence and land bureaucratic-authoritarianism; revolutions in reclamation. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS437 CIVILISATIONS OF THE ANCIENT Mexico, Cuba and Nicaragua and the rise of NEAR EAST & MEDITERRANEAN modern Latin American democratic states. 3 HIS421 POLITICAL IDEAS DURING THE Science and technology, ancient slavery, lecture hours per week. ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PERIODS identifying major achievements, of the Concepts and defi nitions, and the ‘hydraulic societies’ of ancient Iraq and Egypt, HIS341 FROM SLAVERY TO COLONIALISM development of the philosophy and theory through the real or supposed ‘democracy’ of IN WEST AFRICA of the State from the Ancient to Medieval ancient Greece, to the end of the Roman and Contact with Islam, growth of states, impact periods, to understand the origins and Byzantine empires. 3 lecture hours per week. of slave trade and Scramble for colonisation, historical background to later political similarities and differences between French thoughts, cultures and theories. 3 lecture HIS441 SLAVE TRADE & COLONIAL and British colonial conquest and systems of hours per week. CONQUEST IN EAST AFRICA rule and changes within them. 3 lecture hours Environmental, cultural and chronological per week. survey of hunting-gathering and pastoralism HIS422 POLITICAL IDEAS DURING THE on the plains to settled agricultural kingdoms; HIS342 MODERN ANGLOPHONE, MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY PERIODS trading in ivory and slaves by Portuguese, FRANCOPHONE & LUSOPHONE WEST Further developments in the philosophy and French, and Swahili; British and German AFRICA theory of the State and the organisation of intervention and colonial partition. 3 lecture Political and socioeconomic changes since societies to that students can understand hours per week. the outbreak of the Second World War: late political theory and ideas and participate colonial constitutions; early independence effectively in modern societies and the world HIS442 ECOLOGY & EMPIRE, and popular betterment; military-bureaucratic system. 3 lecture hours per week. CONSERVATION & POLITICS IN EASTERN coups; structural adjustment and multiparty AFRICA democracy. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS431 NATIVES & SETTLERS IN EARLY Human settlement in relation to natural NORTH AMERICA environment, and effects of political HIS343 TRADE & POLITICS IN CENTRAL The dispossession of native North Americans intervention and land partition--including AFRICAN KINGDOMS by European settlers between the Arctic tsetse-fl y and malaria, peasant farmers and Socio-economic and political organization and the Caribbean; frontier penetration white settlers, wildlife conservation and before contact with Europeans, contact with and settlement by free Europeans and slave peasant ‘betterment’ schemes. 3 lecture hours Europeans and its impact, imposition of Africans, native-settler contact, and land per week. colonial rule, and African reaction to colonial alienation through the 19th century. 3 lecture policies up to the early 20th century. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS445 GLOBALISATION AND THIRD hours per week. WORLD ECONOMIES IN AFRICA, LATIN HIS432 INDUSTRIALISATION & EXPANSION AMERICA AND SOUTH-EAST ASIA HIS344 THE ROOTS OF CRISIS IN MODERN IN MODERN NORTH AMERICA How Africa found its modern development CENTRAL AFRICA Themes from the American Revolution to path compared with Latin America and Colonial administrations and settler the present day: expansionism/ imperialism South-East Asia: ‘African capitalism’, agrarian economies, resistance to colonialism, industrial and isolationism; extensive use of intensive transition, technology and productivity, workers, modern forms of nationalism in agriculture; rapid development of extractive incorporation into the international economy, Zambia and Malawi, armed struggles in and manufacturing industries; markets, and debates in economic history. 3 lecture Angola and Congo; ‘structural adjustment’ settlement and urbanisation; origins of the hours per week. and multiparty democratisation, SADC. 3 Information Age. 3 lecture hours per week. lecture hours per week. HIS446 GROWTH, POLICY AND POVERTY HIS433 CIVILIZATION AND IN AFRICA, LATIN AMERICA, SOUTH & HIS401 MFECANE & THE SETTLER MODERNIZATION IN CHINA & JAPAN SOUTH-EAST ASIA SCRAMBLE FOR SOUTHERN AFRICA Contrasting two ancient cultures and paths to Comparing pre-colonial, colonial and post- Historical debates on coastal frontiers in the modernization: Japan’s conversion into a world colonial world regions: institutional settings, 18th century, interior states and Mfecane/ power with consumer-based capitalism, and rise of capitalist development, contending Difaqane wars, settlers and missionaries; China’s convulsions, socialist experimentation, rationalities in the agricultural sector, famines, diamond and gold mining, migrant labour; and subsequent political and economic hunger, and starvation; persistence of poverty African states, Boer republics, British, German developments. 3 lecture hours per week. and social exclusion. 3 lecture hours per week. and Portuguese colonies. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS434 ANCIENT, COLONIAL & HIS443 ISLAM, IMPERIALISM & THE INDEPENDENT INDIA & SOUTH ASIA MILITARY IN THE MAKING OF MODERN HIS412 TWENTIETH CENTURY SOUTH Ancient civilisations, Muslim and early EGYPT AFRICA European coastal trade; British colonial rule Islamization and Arabization of the Nile valley Confrontations between white Afrikaner and transformations during the colonial and the coast; Ottoman imperial rule; France nationalism and black African nationalism; period; nationalism, independence and and Britain; rise of Egyptian nationalism; racial segregation and apartheid; worker partition; different trajectories of India, Sudan condominium; Nasser and Nasserism resistance, native reserves and ‘Bantustans’; Pakistan, etc. since independence. 3 lecture in the Arab world; Egypt’s role in Palestine, liberation struggles up to 1994 and hours per week. Islamic fundamentalism. 3 lecture hours per achievements since then. 3 lecture hours per week. week.
133 FACULTY OF humanities
HIS444 FRENCH COLONIALISM & ITS industrialization in North and Sub-Saharan GEC265 TWO WORLD WARS ON FILM AFTERMATH IN NORTH AFRICA Africa, and on controversies and debates in The course introduces students to public Ottoman imperial rule but Morocco the economic history literature. 3 seminar discourse on the two World Wars of the 20th independent; imposition of French colonial hours per week century--how Europe, America and Japan, rule, alienation of land, white settlement; rise and their colonial empires, underwent war of nationalism and socialism, anti-colonial HIS612 CASE STUDIES IN THE ECONOMIC and genocide; the impact of warfare on their insurgence; post-colonial developments and HISTORY OF AFRICA economies and societies; and how visual contemporary problems. 3 lecture hours per Topics range from the economy of pre- media have reported, represented, interpreted week. colonial Africa, through critical examination and manipulated events. 2 lecture hours of contending rationalities in agriculture, HIS471 RESEARCH PROJECT: FIELDWORK & institutional rigidities and the political PRELIMINARY REPORT economy of famines, hunger, and starvation, GEC362 AFRICA AND ITS PAST ON FILM If the HIS 304 proposal has been accepted by persistence of poverty and economics of social Introducing students to the creation and the History Department Board, the student is exclusion. 3 seminar hours per week recreation of the history and imagery of Africa allocated a supervisor and conducts fi eldwork in cinema and television, how the African during the winter period. The preliminary HIS613 POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC past has been represented in major television draft report is presented at a seminar during ASPECTS OF IMPERIALISM series, and how Southern Africa people, Semester I. 2 seminar hours (3 credits) per European imperialism has had a profound particularly Zulu and Khoe and San, have been week. impact on recent world history, and yet it represented in drama and documentary fi lms. is surprisingly hard to explain satisfactorily. 2 lecture hours HIS472 RESEARCH PROJECT: This course reviews the main political and INTERMEDIATE & FINAL REPORTS economic explanations for the phenomenon. GEC462 RECONSTRUCTING AFRICAN If the HIS 472 proposal has been judged 3 seminar hours per week HERITAGE THROUGH MULTIMEDIA satisfactory by the History Department Board, The course uses specially designed audio- the student presents a preliminary draft report HIS614 CULTURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL visual multimedia materials to study the to a seminar and then submits a fi nal report APPROACHES TO THE HISTORY OF major achievements of African prehistory at the end of Semester II. 2 seminar hours (6 IMPERIALISM evidenced by the remains of material cultures, credits) per week. The course considers scholarly issues and the representation of material heritage by approaches in the relationship between archaeologists, and how African heritage can HIS473 SPECIAL SEMINAR I culture and imperialism, including “post- be maintained and marketed. 2 lecture hours Special seminars are based on reading and colonial” theory, on the topics of empire, resources recommended by the expert staff race and gender; the Orientalism debate; and INFORMATION AND LIBRARY STUDIES member in a chosen topic. Each seminar environmental and scientifi c imperialism. 3 consists of an essay presentation by one seminar hours per week LIS100 INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT student and a brief critique of by another The course will cover the meaning of student, followed by discussion. 3 seminar HIS615 HISTORY OF RELIGION IN AFRICA information and its importance; what an hours per week. An overview of the historical study of religion information environment encompasses, and HIS474 Special Seminar II in Africa, including introduction to the main the specifi c environment of Africa. 3-hr lecture (Description as for HIS 474) theoretical issues. Students completing this course should be familiar with and able to LIS101 INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZING HIS601 HISTORY RESEARCH discuss the main ideas current in the historical INFORMATION METHODOLOGY study of African religion. 3 seminar hours per The course will introduce students to the need The nature of History and the techniques week. for organizing information in order to facilitate utilized for research and writing in the its retrieval. The principles of classifi cation and discipline--collection evaluation analysis and HIS616 RELIGION AND POWER IN cataloguing will be taught in both manual and interpretation of data, and the presentation BOTSWANA computerized environments. 3-hr lecture of the data in a coherent meaningful account The course surveys relations between religion in support of a point of view. 3 seminar hours and power, including “traditional religion” LIS103 BASIC REFERENCE SOURCES AND per week and chieftainship, impact of missionaries and SERVICES traders, “church and state”, confl icts over A course introducing students to the various HIS602 PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY medicine, rise of independent churches, and reference sources that are available, these The course deals with the theoretical and impact of post-colonial secularism. 3 seminar include print as well as electronic. 3-hr lecture philosophical aspects of historical studies. hours per week It focuses on theory of knowledge or LIS110 ADMINISTRATIVE AND epistemology of history as a discipline, and the HIS627 ARCHAEOLOGY FOR TEACHERS MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION refl ections of scholars on the course of human Designed for secondary school teachers to CENTERS history as a whole. 3 seminar hours per week update and expand their knowledge of three The course will introduce students to basic archaeological modules: human evolution, the concepts of management, relating these HIS603 HISTORIOGRAPHICAL ISSUES IN origins of food production, and the origins of to management of library and information PRECOLONIAL SOUTHERN AFRICA civilization, including current theories and case centers. The course will look at the issues The course commences by considering studies. 3 seminar hours per week and of managing and administration of the major “schools” of historical writing information centers and attempt to provide about Southern Africa, and then examines HIS651, HIS 652, HIS 653, & HIS 654 answers and solutions based on management debates among historians, mainly in the 19th SPECIAL TOPICS I, II, III, & IV concepts. 3-hr lecture century, ending with colonization and African Topics vary from year to year, but are responses to it. 3 seminar hours per week designed to immerse students in recent LIS104 INTRODUCTION TO THE INTERNET advanced scholarship in areas of expertise AND WEB DESIGN HIS604 HISTORIOGRAPHICAL ISSUES IN of current staff. The course begins with a Covers the Internet and the various MODERN SOUTH AFRICA historiographical introduction by the staff information resources that it can provide; the The focus is on continual discourse and debate member, and proceeds as a seminar under history of the Internet and the technology; among historians concerning topics mainly his/her guidance. 3 seminar hours per week retrieval and searching techniques; HTML in the 20th century, to give students a good for designing WWW documents and pages; grasp of the main historiographical trends HIS662 RESEARCH PROPOSAL FOR Aesthetic design principles and consideration and enable them to be more analytical and DISSERTATION of the potential users of web documents. 1- critical in their own research. 3 seminar hours This course provides a structure in which lecture hour; 3-hr Computing activity. per week students prepare their research proposals. Students will meet regularly with assigned LIS106 INFORMATION RESOURCES HIS611 INTRODUCTION TO THE staff members, and will be required to make MANAGEMENT ECONOMIC HISTORY OF AFRICA periodic reports. 2 credits/ tutorial hours per The course will be introductory and will expose The course takes a topical approach to week students to issues on information resources economic development in Africa, focusing management, how and why information on the origins of “African capitalism” and resources should be managed, and the role
134 that technology place in this whole scenario. information sources, systems and services. broader subject of librarianship to what 3-hr lecture 3-hr lecture pertains in the schools library environment. 3-hr lecture LIS112 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLISHING LIS223 DIGITAL LIBRARIES AND THE BOOK TRADE The course will cover defi nitions of digital LIS310 HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEMS Aims at exposing students to the different libraries, their implications for the future of The course will consider the rationale for stages of the publishing industry and to the the library as we know it, and the different establishing health information systems. modern techniques of the publishing industry; initiatives that are in place towards developing The special problems facing the African the book trade in general and in Africa and digital libraries. 3-hr lecture continent in providing health information problems therein, and possible steps and for professionals as well as information for solutions that have been suggested. 2-lecture LIS208 PRINCIPLES OF DATA consumers of health will be dealt with. 3-hr hour COMMUNICATIONS lecture Protocols and architecture. Data LIS114 COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT & Transmission. Transmission Media LIS311 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT and multiplexing. Data encoding, data Defi nes business information systems, why Students will be introduced to the need for communication interface. Data link control. they are important and they role they can play collection development and management in Network hardware and software. Evolving in boosting business performance. The course library and information centers. This will cover network technologies. 3 hr lecture and will survey the different sources and resources what to consider when developing collections: computing activity of business information. 3-hr lecture user needs, evaluating materials, development of collection development policies and so on. LIS227 INTRODUCTION TO KNOWLEDGE LIS312 LEGAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3-hr lecture MANAGEMENT Will cover the various processes and tools used The course will cover defi nitions of in providing legal information. A survey of the LIS200 ORGANIZING INFORMATION knowledge management; importance of various legal information resources and their A practical course on classifi cation and. Covers knowledge management in an organisational applicability in an African environment. 3-hr information carriers; principles of cataloguing, setting; processes and tools of knowledge lecture descriptive cataloguing, choice of access management. 3-hr lecture points; fundamentals of classifi cation, Dewey LIS313 GENDER AND INFORMATION Decimal Classifi cation scheme, Library of LIS230 LEGAL ISSUES OF INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Congress Classifi cation scheme. 3-hr lecture The course will cover various legal issues of This course will deal with issues of gender in information, including intellectual property information management and dissemination. LIS202 IT TOOLS AND APPLICATIONS laws, copyright, transborder information It will expose students to sources and services This course covers the various applications of fl ows, privacy of information, etc. 3-hr lecture available to individuals working with gender information technology tools for managing issues. 3-hr lecture and disseminating information. This covers software applications as well as networking LIS300 ONLINE INFORMATION RETRIEVAL LIS314 AGRICULTURAL INFORMATION applications. 3-hr Computing activity. Provides an in-depth look at the concepts SYSTEMS of information retrieval, and will be focused Will defi ne the different types of information LIS203 AFRICAN INFORMATION on the skills and techniques of information required in an agricultural information system. RESOURCES retrieval look at some of the products (CD- A survey of existing information systems that The course will provide an overview of the ROM and Internet search engines and others) are used internationally will be undertaken. various African information resources. Included that are available and how to maximize on 3-hr lecture will be a look at indigenous knowledge using these tools for retrieval.3-hr Computing systems that have been such an integral part activity. LIS401 ORGANIZING INTERNET of the African culture. 3-hr lecture. RESOURCES LIS303 ADVANCED IT TOOLS AND Suggestions have been made that there is a LIS 205 LIBRARY PRACTICE AND APPLICATIONS need to organize Internet resources using a ATTACHMENT An advanced course on IT applications for the combination of humans and automated tools. Students are attached to libraries and organization, management and dissemination Students will be exposed to the processes, information centers in order to gain of information. This course will build on to LIS procedures and issues of organizing Internet experience of real-life libraries and understand 202, offered in the fi rst year of the BLIS. 3hr resources. 3-hr Computing activity. the issues that such libraries have to deal Computing activity. with, and also suggest possible solutions to LIS402 MARKETING OF INFORMATION problems that may pertain in those libraries. LIS305 ADVANCED ORGANIZING SERVICES INFORMATION What is meant by marketing information LIS206 INTRODUCTION TO In-depth consideration of the methods of services; why should information services INFOPRENEURSHIP: indexing and abstracting. Topics will include: be marketed; what are the processes of Aims to guide encourage and point out subject indexing, general principles, evaluation marketing information; what are the issues to students the options, openings and of indexing systems; vocabulary control, and problems, especially in an African possibilities for self-employment, employment construction and use of thesaurus, controlled environment, and also in different types of creation and the requirements for establishing indexing lists; abstracting techniques, general sectors.3-hr lecture and managing of enterprises with a specifi c principles, types of abstracts. 3-hr lecture focus on information based enterprises. Will LIS403 KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT introduce the concept of entrepreneurship and LIS306 PROFESSIONAL ATTACHMENT To teach students how to determine the what it entails. 2-lecture hour A course where students are attached to a infrastructure requirements to manage the library or information center for practical intellectual capital in organizations. This LIS211 INFORMATION AND SOCIETY experience. course follows on from LIS 227. It looks Covered will be: introduction information; in further details at the current theories, why is information important in society; LIS304 UNDERSTANDING THE USER practices, tools, and techniques in knowledge the impact of information on society; issues Covers user needs, information needs, management. 3-hr Computing activity. of information privacy, information and information seeking behaviour, different development; right to information. 3-hr categories of users; community information LIS404 ADVANCED INFOPRENEURSHIP lecture needs and users’ information seeking behaviour; The course will defi ne the entrepreneuring evaluate, develop and manage convenient, concept, and consider why it is required in LIS212 INFORMATION RESOURCES IN accessible and cost effective reference and today’s environment. The processes and issues BUSINESS information services. 3-hr lecture of entrepreneuring will be covered and then This course will be an exploration of the related to the information environment. 3-hr universe of business information sources and LIS309 SCHOOL LIBRARIANSHIP lecture services. It will introduce students to the This course will be a detailed examination business information world, the value chain of the special requirements of school LIS406 DATABASE MANAGEMENT and competitiveness, nature, type and range librarianship. In essence this course will SYSTEMS AND DESIGN and role of business information, Business integrate all that has been learned in the An advanced course in the design,
135 FACULTY OF humanities
development and use of database REC014 SEARCH ROOM OPERATIONS. REC216 RECORDS CENTRE MANAGEMENT management systems. Cover other aspects of Search room design and layout, search room Location of Records centres, Building DBMS, such as their use in data mining and procedures: Entry and exit interviews, requirement, storage and facilities, Procedures data warehousing, as well as the foundation Access to public Records. Accelerated for Records transfer and retrieval, links with of management information systems, opening. Extended closure: criteria, closure government agencies, Staffi ng. Reference knowledge management systems, expert periods, applications. Privileged access: services. 3-hour lecture systems, etc. 3-hr lecture conditions, unreviewed and unlisted Records. Procedures. Outreach programmes: REC218 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN exhibitions, educational kits, and Archival ARCHIVES AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT LIS407 EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES ethics. 3-hr lecture. The concept of computer terminologies, This course will present an overview of the REC015 INTRODUCTION TO OFFICE SKILLS computer systems- hardware and software, state of the art in ICTs and what is being The Offi ce world. Location of offi ce, Offi ce introduction to compute applications, forecast as the next level of technology and environment: offi ce layout and design, word processing, windows, desktop the implications for information work.3-hr offi ce furniture and equipment, heating publishing, spreadsheets, databases, backing Computing activity. lighting, ventilation, noise, and safety in the storage, input and output devices, data offi ce. Offi ce reprographic systems, Offi ce communication- telecommunications, e-mail, LIS408 PROJECT WORK communication systems: media selection, the internet, data security, privacy etc. 3-hr Students will be expected to carry out project written communication, meetings and computing activity. work on a topic to be decided upon. conferences: arranging and servicing formal meetings. 3-hr lecture. BIM100 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION LIS412 INFORMATION POLICIES MANAGEMENT. Management of information, like any other REC016 STUDENT PLACEMENTS The purpose of the course is to familiarise type of management requires policies. This Students will be attached for a period of students with the principles of information course will defi ne information policies, explain three weeks in a registry, records offi ce, management especially the importance of why they are needed, and consider the reprographic centre or other information information management practice within different levels of information policies – within centers where they will be required to related organisations. Topics covered include: Data organizations, nationally and internationally. course work to offi ce environment. content (quality) and structure; creating data 3-hr lecture standards; data access; record retention; REC017 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION information reporting. 3-hr computing activity. LIS452 GLOBAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Covers issues arising from the fact that Introduction to computers, computer BIM101 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION globalization has resulted in what has been hardware and software, computer SCIENCE termed global information systems; issues applications-databases, word processes and Information and information systems. of the digital divide; Africa’s information spreadsheets and e-mail, elementary web Representing numbers, text, pictures and infrastructure and how this is affecting Africa’s design, introduction to electronic sources, sounds. Telecommunications, Data storage ability to be an effective player in the global introduction internet technology. 3-hr and retrieval, Database management systems, information system. 3-hr Computing activity. computing activity. Bibliographic databases, writing a computer program. 3-hr computing activity. LIS426 INDEPENDENT STUDY REC211 ADMINISTRATIVE HISTORY Students wishing to undertake an in-depth Administration: the word and concept, BIM200 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT study of a particular area will be encouraged colonial administration and colonial records. SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT to do an independent study. This study will The evolution of central departments and Generating a new system design to meet the be undertaken under direction from a staff ministerial arrangements, local administration. new requirements of an information system. member of the department. The struggle for independence. Post Creating a new model from existing data fl ow independence administrative arrangements. diagrams of the system and mapping the REC011 INTRODUCTION TO RECORDS Types and formats of records created under model to a physical system. Designing for job MANAGEMENT these administrative arrangements. 3-hour enrichment, data security, and implementation Defi nitions and terminology, The Records life lecture and evaluation skills for the redesigned cycle and Records continuum, Role of Records system. 3-hr computing activity. management in the organization, Records and REC212 MANAGING MEDIA ARCHIVES society, Differences between libraries, archives, Nature of audiovisual materials. Uses of BIM201 WEB INFORMATION museums. Types of registries- centralized A-V materials. Formats of A-V archives- MANAGEMENT versus decentralized, Filing equipment- Films, photographs, phonographic Records, Covers concepts and principles of managing selection procurement and maintenance, audiocassettes, microforms, maps, art works. information on the Web. 2-hr Computing reprographic. Records inventory and analysis Advantages and disadvantages, selection activity. and scheduling, fi ling classifi cation systems. and acquisition of, handling and of audio- 3-hour lecture. visual materials, storage equipment, Staffi ng, BIM202 DATABASES AND INFORMATION Evaluation of A-V programmes, Access and RETRIEVAL REC012 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHIVES copyright restrictions. 3-hour lecture This course will give the students the ability Historical Developments of, European archival to utilize a broad variety of existing databases practices, historical developments in Eastern REC213 INTRODUCTION TO and to create databases of their own using a and Southern African region. Defi nitions PRESERVATION AND CONSERVATION database management software package. 3-hr and terms, acquisition of archival materials- Defi nitions and terminology, history of computing activity. transfers, in-house collection Programmes, preservation and conservation, history of donations, purchases, Development of writing and recording media, characteristics of BIM204 DESIGNING AND IMPLEMENTING acquisition policy, Appraisal, Accessioning. paper and materials used in books and other INTRANETS 3-hour lecture media, the agents of deterioration, Preventive Covering today’s complex collaborative conservation, cleaning methods, data computing environment. This course examines REC013 INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF migration, disaster prevention and recovery, these new technologies and how they can be ARCHIVAL ARRANGEMENT. planning and implementing a preservation applied in the corporation. 2-hr Computing Principals of archival arrangement. Reasons programme. 3-hour lecture activity. for arranging Records. Early practices in arranging Records. Evolution of the Principles Principles of printing, photography, BIM205 BUSINESS PROCESS MODELLING of Provenance and Principle of Original Order. xerography, photocopying, principles of Introduction to business process management; Arranging Records into series. Administrative microphotography, hardware systems, COM defi ne process vision and scope; capturing notes. Chronological arrangement. and electronic typesetting, Selection and process knowledge; modelling current process; Topographical arrangement. Arrangement acquisition of reprographic equipment, business process modelling techniques; by records type. Alphabetical arrangement. maintenance. Design and control of central measuring processes; analysing processes; Description of records. Finding aids. 3-hour microfi lming service. Links with Vital Records creating new processes; designing new lecture programme. 3-hour lecture processes; validating new processes; selection tools. 3-hr computing activity.
136 BIM300 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS include the cinema industry, the star system BMS204 FEATURES & MAGAZINE WRITING Distributed and client server based computing. and modern multiplex distribution with a (2) Distributed databases. Design methods. look at international cinema and African Feature and Magazine Writing surveys in- Security concerns and issues and trends in fi lmmakers. depth press reporting techniques, researching, network administration. 3-hr computing interviewing and writing substantive articles. activity. BMS104 NEWSGATHERING FOR PRINT The serial story, analysing and reporting minor JOURNALISTS (2) topics of interest will all be covered as will a BIM301 INFORMATION SECURITY This course covers the nature of news and study of international and African magazines, Principles of security. Analysis and threats. newsworthiness of events, research and photographs, illustrations and the work of the Determination of assets that need to interview skills and newsgathering techniques. photojournalist. protected. Aspects of data integrity; privacy Topics covered include writing for newspapers and security from several perspectives; legal and magazines, news sources, developing BMS205 DTP & DIGITAL MEDIA (3) issues; technical tools and methods; social a ‘journalistic’ writing style, reporting This course will acquaint students with various and ethical concerns and standards. 3-hr breaking news stories and the ability to write word processing software and computer computing activity. knowledgeably. applications for desktop publishing; page layout, typography, scanning-in photographs BIM303 INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT BMS105 RADIO FOR DEVELOPMENT, and pictures, inserting columns, graphs A practicum designed to give students in- EDUCATION AND ENTERTAINMENT (2) illustrations, captions; also, creating, depth professional development. This course covers broadcasting and scripting manipulating and interacting with images and skills to enable radio producers to produce sound in computer digital media. BIM400 INDIVIDUAL PROJECT creative radio programmes. Entertainment Supervised independent study on current programmes: music, talks, magazine and BMS206 MEDIA ETHICS (2) issues of information systems and information drama will be produced. Original scripts or In this course, students will explore theoretical, management in organisations. adapted from print media sources will be cultural and practical ethical questions that BIM401 THE SOCIAL IMPACT OF written and produced. are of importance to media practitioners, INFORMATION AND INFORMATION print and broadcast journalists. African SYSTEMS BMS106 THE MEDIA IN BOTSWANA (2) and Botswana issues, sensitivity to ethical Examination of major social issues related to This course covers the growth of private implications of issues such as protection of the computerisation of society. A unifying advertising and video production houses, sources, deceit and invasion of privacy will be theme is the view of information technology local content, talent, producers, writers, covered. as providing a means for social as well as journalists and commentators. A study of the technical control, with various advantages and contemporary work of The Botswana Press BMS207 PUBLIC RELATIONS WRITING (3) drawbacks this can mean. The social issues Agency, Botswana Television, Radio Botswana This course is a basic introduction to Public that are explored in greatest depth are those and the commercial press and radio scene. Relations, focusing on the role of the public of employment (displacement, skill, control) relations offi cer and the growth of PR as and access to information. 3-hr lecture BMS107 NEWSROOM OPERATIONS (2) a component of the corporation. Topics This is a simulation course in writing stories for covered include PR presentations, preparation BIM402 RESEARCH IN INFORMATION newspapers, radio and TV newscasts. Topics of publications for the organization writing MANAGEMENT covered include scheduling and deadlines, media releases, letters, newsletters and A study of information systems research, news activity, breaking story preparation, speeches. its methods, practices, social context and using phone-in, or email submitted stories. relationships to other fi elds of study. Research The course also covers editorial roles in the BMS208 BEAT REPORTING (3) skills including research design, literature newsroom and production roles for radio and Beat Reporting allows students to experience evaluation, data collection and data analysis. television presentations. some of the ways in which journalists write 2-hr lecture for specifi c readerships of newspapers, BMS200 PRESS & BROADCAST LAW (2) magazines, fanzines and e-zines. They will BACHELOR IN MEDIA STUDIES This course is designed to give journalists an consider the work of contemporary African understanding of the laws pertaining to the and Batswana journalists, deliberating on BMS100 ORIGINS & THEORIES OF MASS press and broadcasting. Discusses freedom types of stories, regular columnists and COMMUNICATION (2) of expression and the journalist’s legal rights. opinion writers. Introduces the Origins and Theories of Mass Introduces journalists to the constitution, Communication, allows students to pursue a courts, in-camera directions, privacy, BMS209 COMPUTER ASSISTED study of the development of communication. defamation and copyright and many aspects JOURNALISM (1) Communication models will be studied to of media law. In CAJ students will have the opportunity of see how these can be used in information practical experience in using the computer as exchange and study of the emergence of a BMS201 PROFESSIONAL MEDIA a work tool in preparing stories, articles and mass audience. ATTACHMENT I (1) news reports to develop an understanding Students arrange a placement in a media of how to use the Internet and the Web BMS101 VIDEO & PHOTO JOURNALISM (2) organisation for one month during a vacation in gathering and reporting complex issues This course covers the use of video in in a media organisation where they will involving multiple sources. information, education and entertainment: observe and participate in journalism or media Visualisation scripting, understanding a production processes. The placement must be BMS210 RADIO NEWS & CURRENT grammar of fi lm, directing and editing. supervised and approved. AFFAIRS (3) Photojournalists’ use of cameras, and In this course students will write radio news photographic techniques, aperture, depth of BMS202 COMPUTER ANIMATION (1) and current affairs radio scripts, magazine fi eld, lenses, lighting and composition will be The art of animation will be studied and programs, appreciate the immediacy and explored. practical exercises in computer animation such impact, and the inexpensiveness of radio. as image manipulation, object animation and They will prepare newscasts, weather reports, BMS102 NEWS REPORTING AND EDITING special effects as well as scripting an animated business reports, travellers’ advisories, time, (2) story and storyboarding techniques will be station identifi cation and other elements of This course covers structure of the news story, practiced. the radio medium. basic principles of editing for newspapers and magazines, headlines and sub-heading writing BMS203 NEWS & DOCUMENTARY VIDEO BMS300 COMMUNICATION RESEARCH and developing a ‘house’ style of writing (3) METHODS (3) and layout. The role of the editor/sub-editor, This course is an investigation of the This course will provide students with editor’s conference, story leads, lines of inquiry development of documentary fi lm and video. methods, paradigms and skills, which can be and writing stories will be practiced. Students will learn how to shoot and script applied to research strategies. Quantitative a video news story and documentary video and qualitative methodologies will be explored BMS103 CINEMA: AN INTRODUCTION (2) program. EFP (electronic fi eld production), to allow students to plan, conduct and write This course covers the beginnings of cinema, single-camera video production, the critically to evaluate research; planning and the personalities and classic fi lms that have videophone, editing and postproduction will setting out of research papers and theses. affected our way of viewing the world. Topics be practiced.
137 FACULTY OF humanities
BMS301 SCRIPTING FOR THE ELECTRONIC a media organization and how to manage BMS401 IMAGING AFRICA (3) MEDIA (3) promotional events and media campaigns. Imaging Africa is an analysis of the various Scripting for the Electronic Media covers It also covers management skills relevant to media systems and aesthetics in African the basic principles and techniques of managing media enterprises including small countries including the art, decoration, scriptwriting for the electronic media. For media companies and community radio and music, theatre, dance, style and dress. It drama and serials, considerations of dramatic television stations owned by organisations also examines the nature of government construction, exposition, plotting, theme, that cannot afford to employ professional media regulations, market-place constraints, character development, effective dialogue, managers. opportunities and media ownership patterns. suspense and resolution will be discussed. BMS310 POPULAR CULTURE IN SOCIETY & BMS402 TV & VIDEO III (4.0) BMS302 GENDER, SEX & ETHNICITY IN THE THE MEDIA (3) This course covers interviewing, reporting and MEDIA (2) An investigation of the phenomena of writing for television news and current affairs; This course is about how gender, sex ‘Soapies’ such as ‘The Bold and the Beautiful’, The problem of linking pictures with words; and ethnicity, class, minorities and the ‘Egoli’ Place of Gold, ‘Isidingo’ The Need and Interviewing on location and in the studio; disadvantaged are represented in the press TV game shows, Reality TV like Big Brother, Single-camera interviews and multiple camera and through broadcast media. Students popular romance and detective novels and interviews; Vox pops, noddies and a ‘piece to should write without gender bias, develop a television ‘sitcoms’ MTV, and sports heroes the camera’. gender awareness and conceptual framework and heroines, fashion and music. for an analysis of gender issues and human BMS403 RADIO PRODUCTION III (4) rights. MS311 TV & VIDEO II (4) This course covers the following: Radio This course covers the following: Producing news and current affairs; Talkback radio and BMS303 TV & VIDEO I (4) and creating the video documentary: listener involvement by phone and by email Observing the TV Journalist, the TV Presenter, infotainment programs, features, wildlife, through the Internet; Planning the news the TV Morning show and Tonight show; social commentary, biographical, instructional bulletin; Breaking news and producing the students will learn the techniques of and educational; Shooting television using fi lm radio current affairs program; The techniques interviewing, reporting and writing for techniques; Writing the documentary script of talkback radio; The ‘seven-second loop’; television entertainment programs. TV studio and an historical overview of the television Language and attitude to participating production, direction, camerawork, audio, documentary genre. listeners. microphones, switching, fl oor managing and presentation will be practiced. BMS312 RADIO PRODUCTION II (4) BMS404 PRINT JOURNALISM III (4) This course covers production and creation This course covers the following: Writing BMS304 RADIO PRODUCTION I (4) of the radio documentary: radio information for health and medicine; Technical and This course covers the following: The programs, the radio interview, telephone scientifi c writing and reporting, including techniques of the radio journalist; The interviews, location interviews and studio practising writing scientifi c and technical difference between radio reporting and print interviews, vox pops and the ‘twenty-second material for a lay audience; The use of visual reporting; Writing for the voice; Delivery grab’. Students will write scripts and reports material, graphics and illustrations to explain of spoken material as demonstrated by the for broadcast and consider radio as an complicated ideas and procedures. presenter and radio host; Planning, hosting immediate and credible information medium. and resenting breakfast and drive time radio BMS405 PUBLIC RELATIONS III (4) programs. BMS313 PRINT JOURNALISM II (4) This course covers corporate public relations, This course covers the following: Business, advertising, circulation and distribution of BMS305 PRINT JOURNALISM I (4) industrial, environmental, tourism and sports information, databases, credit card lists, This course covers the following: Investigative reporting including writing business and mail, radio and television promotion and journalism and reporting; Freedom of industry reports; producing travelogues, advertising; Creating product loyalty, good information (FOI); Reporting Parliament, booklets and brochures for the tourism customer service; DTP, PowerPoint, VNRs and local government, public and political affairs; industry and sports writing, event description, videoconferencing techniques as applied to a Justice, The courts, crime reporting and the observation, interviews with sports PR campaign. police beat. Students will examine a defi nition organisations and people. of investigative reporting and carry out original BMS406 CINEMA III (4) research for stories. BMS314 PUBLIC RELATIONS II (4) This course covers the World Cinema industry, This course covers the following: The the USA, Europe, United Kingdom, France, BMS306 PUBLIC RELATIONS I (4) corporate publicity booklet, in-house journal, Australia, India, and China. The great fi lm This course covers the following topics: Using brochures and fact sheets; Case studies, directors such as Alfred Hitchcock, Orson information; Writing & communication media solving problems and corporate disasters; Welles, Walt Disney, Steven Spielberg et al, in the service of public relations, advertising, Designing advertising-based public relations actors, screenwriters, producers and their fi lms government and industry; Public relations for political, product or company promotional including the concept of a national cinema writing; Product marketing strategies; Indirect campaigns; Formulation of a PR proposal, and an international market. and direct promotion of an organisation’s campaign structure and strategy; Designing products and interests; The concerns of PR a campaign kit and developing an evaluation BMS407 CURRENT ISSUES IN AFRICAN profession practice. framework. MEDIA (3) Current Issues in African Media will prepare BMS307 CINEMA I (4) BMS315 CINEMA II (4.0) the youthful journalist to an awareness of This course covers the development of the This course covers the sound era, the rise of what is important and what is happening cinema: The camera obscura; An eight-hour the Cinema Palace, the development of the across the African continent and explores photograph; Lanternists and zoetropes; studio, stars and movie moguls, Hollywood current issues and trends in African print and Lumiere, Edison and their movie cameras; The as a center of moviemaking, classic American broadcast media as well as reporting election silent era fi lms of news gazettes, travelogues, and European fi lms of the 1920s to the 1950s, issues, leaders, parliamentarians and chiefs. comedy and drama fi lms; The development of fi lm noire, genre and the auteur theories. story fi lms and a language of cinema. BMS408 MEDIA DOSSIER AND/OR PROJECT (3) BMS308 PROFESSIONAL MEDIA BMS400 EVALUATING THE MEDIA (3) The Media Thesis or Project allows a student ATTACHMENT II (1) This course seeks to give students an to select a topic for original research and Students arrange a placement in a media understanding of the functions of a apply their acquired knowledge or production organisation for three months during vacation Broadcasting Tribunal, a Press Council and skills to produce a written thesis or media in a media organisation where they will the concept of ‘self-censorship’, the values production. This research must come within observe and participate in journalism or media of professionalism, accountability in press the student’s area of his or her specialisation. production processes. The placement must be and broadcast media and the evaluation and supervised and approved. criticism of media through press reviews, BMS409 TV & VIDEO IV (4) academic and popular writers, media councils This course covers the TV magazine program, BMS309 MEDIA MANAGEMENT & and ombudspersons. TV commercials, TV sitcom, comedy and ORGANISATION (4) drama programs. Students will view, criticize, This course covers the principles of managing script and produce their own magazine sitcom
138 or drama television programs. The television TRS105 ASIAN RELIGIONS A SURVEY (2) survey a large number of the ethnic groups in commercial as an example of the fi lmmaker’s This course will present a comprehensive the country, with emphasis on continuity and craft will be explored. survey of Asian religions, namely Jainism, change in their mutual relationships and in Sikhism, Zoroastrianism, Confucianism, Bahái, their development. BMS410 RADIO PRODUCTION IV (4) Shinto and Taoism. This course covers the radio magazine, radio TRS204 THEOLOGIES OF GENDER (2) commercials, radio drama and serial programs TRS106 ETHICS: CLASSICAL THEORIES (2) This course will explore theological questions including criticism of radio magazine, dramas This course will offer an introduction to moral surrounding the issues of gender and gender and serial programs and examine radio philosophy particularly by exploring the origins identity. It will examine traditional theological commercials. Students will learn to script and of ethical refl ection among the classical Greek positions as well as those of feminist/womanist produce a magazine, sitcom or dramatic radio philosophers, including the Sophists, Socrates, theologians program in particular how to script the radio Plato and Aristotle. commercial, voice selection, sound effects, TRS205 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: POST- music and radio jingles. ) TRS107 AFRICAN TRADITIONAL RELIGIONS ARISTOTLE TO MEDIEVAL (2) (2) This course will study the development BMS411 PRINT JOURNALISM IV (4) This course will study the beliefs and practices of philosophy from the time following This course covers the following: Editing, of African traditional religions from a the classical Greek Philosophers until the design and layout for use in print and phenomenological point of view. It will focus Middle Ages. In particular it will examine electronic journalism: Proofi ng copy, writing in particular on the traditional religions of the interaction of philosophy and religious headlines, placing cartoons, illustrations and Southern Africa. thought, both Christians and Islamic. photographs; The foreign correspondent and international reporting; The columnist TRS108 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: and editorial writing; Reviewing books, fi lms, CLASSICAL GREEK PHILOSOPHY (2) TRS206 BEGINNING GREEK I: NEW videos, TV programs, CDs, restaurants and This course will study the thought of major TESTAMENT GREEK (2) cars. Greek Philosophers of the classical period, This course will introduce students to the basic BMS412 PUBLIC RELATIONS IV (4) including the pre-Socratics (e.g Parmenides, elements of New Testament Greek (Koine) and This course covers the following: Heraclitus, Pythagoras and Pratogoras), teach them how to write it. It will focus on The Corporate, NGO or Government Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, and the post- basic Koine grammar and how to read some spokesperson; Making PR presentations, Aristotle schools of Stoicism, Epicureanism and prescribed texts. fronting the media, organising product Skepticism. launches and events; Public Service activities TRS 207 INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN supported by the company or staff members; TRS109 BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION (2) THEOLOGY (2) Public affairs reporting, analysing public This course will study different methods, both This course will study the nature of theology, opinion and responding to specifi c issues will modern and contemporary, of reading the its different branches and its relevance to be examined. Bible. It will explore modern historical critical society. It will focus on the different methods BMS413 CINEMA IV (4) methods like textual, form, compositional and used in doing theology, its sources, its This course covers the African cinema and redactional criticisms. relationships with other sciences and its issues of identity needed to preserve the application. cultural legacy of African peoples through TRS110 GOD IN THE HEBREW BIBLE (2) fi lm. African fi lmmakers such as Youssef This course will study the diverse depictions TRS 208 THE HEBREW BIBLE AS HISTORY Chahine, Ousmane Sembene, Souleymane of God in the Hebrew Bible, including the AND STORY (2) Cisse, Idrissa Ouedraogo and Gaston Kabore, identities of the surrounding cultures. In This course will study both the historical texts Vickson Hangula, Jamie Uys and other African particular, it will explore such themes as in the Hebrew Bible and the eternal historical fi lms will be studied. anthropomorphism, creation, monotheism and factors that have shaped the formation of the mythology, the justice of God, the fi gure of Hebrew Bible. It will examine in detail the THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES Wisdom, female imagery and God. theological focus and agenda of Hebrew Bible historical texts. TRS101 INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL TRS111 EPISTEMOLOGY I: THEORY OF STUDIES (2) KNOWLEDGE (2) TRS 209: HISTORY OF CHRISTIAN This course will present a general overview of This course will introduce students to the THOUGHT (2) the contexts in which the Old Testament and theory of knowledge. Students will explore This course will study the development of the New Testament came into being and a how Plato, René Descartes, Baruch de Spinoza Christianity and Christian thought from the survey of the contents of both testaments. It and Gottfried von Leibniz approached the New Testament period to its establishment will consider various ways in which the Bible is theory of knowledge from a rationalist point as the state religion of the Roman Empire used in Judaism and Christianity. of view. under Constantine. It will emphasize relations between the Church and the state and how TRS102 RELIGION AND SCIENCE (2) TRS112 BIBLE AND GENDER (2) these affected the life of the Church and of This course will study the assumptions, This course will explore the construction Christian believers. practices, and methodologies of what is of gender and identity in the Hebrew and commonly called “religion” and what is Christian Testaments. It will examine how TRS210 GOSPEL NARRATIVES (2) commonly called “Science”. It will ascertain different types of biblical literature constructed This course will study gospels of the New the similarities and differences, continuities gender over various times and circumstances. Testament, Mark, Matthew, Luke and John. and discontinuities between the two domains. Students will study the gospels through TRS201 LOGIC I: INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC employing different perspectives such as TRS103 RELIGIONS OF BOTSWANA (2) (2) historical, literacy, sociological and liberation This course will study the different religious This course will defi ne “Philosophy” and methods. traditions that exist in Botswana with the Logic”, and examine in detail informal fallacies view towards a better understanding of their and deductive methods of reasoning. It will TRS 211 ECCLESIOLOGY (2) beliefs, rituals and practices. It will survey ATR, explore the nature of defi nitions, decisions, This course will study the doctrine of the Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Bahái, Sikhism and classifi cations. Christian Church, its nature and functions and Buddhism as they have developed and are TRS202 HEBREW BIBLE NARRATIVES (2) in relation to other doctrines, such as the currently practiced in Botswana. This course will study several short narratives doctrine of God, Christology, and sacraments. from the Hebrew Bible selected from different It will examine the scriptural, historical and TRS104 CHRISTIANITY AND THE RISE books. Focus will be on the literary dimension systematic dimensions of the doctrine of the OF NEW RELIGIOUS MOVEMENTS IN of the story, narrative technique, effect on a Church from its origin in New Testament times BOTSWANA (2) reader, ideology and social location implied in through the patristic period, the Reformation, This course will study changes that have taken the narrative. and the post-Reformation period. place in the Christian churches of Botswana since independence. It will examine the rise of TRS203 AFRICAN TRADITIONAL RELIGIONS TRS212 BEGINNING GREEK II: NEW New Religious Movements and the integration IN BOTSWANA (2) TESTAMENT (2) of Christian belief and practice with cultural This course will study the beliefs and practices This course is a continuation of Beginning tradition. of traditional religions in Botswana. It will Koine Greek I.
139 FACULTY OF humanities
TRS213 JOHANNINE CORPUS (2) It studies basic Hebrew grammar and how to Biblical Hebrew I. This course will study the Johannine Corpus read basic prescribed texts. both the Gospel of John and the Epistles TRS319 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (2) of John. It will examine the historical, TRS309 PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION (2) This course will study some fundamental issues philosophical and political factors that shaped This course will critically discuss the connected with the human activity called its theology in the apostolic period. relationship between religion and psychology. “religion”. It will use rational, critical analysis It will study and examine the various theories, to investigate the nature of belief, worship, TRS214: BEGINNING ARABIC I: principles, and methods spruced by the and sacrifi ce, the question of the existence INTRODUCTION TO BASIC ARABIC (2) psychologists of religion. of a supernatural being, and the roles that This course will introduce students to the religion plays in the lives of human beings. Arabic script and teach them how to write it. TRS310 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS (2) It will study basic Arabic grammar and how to This course will examine the question of TRS320 EPISTEMOLOGY II: THEORIES OF read basic prescribed texts. whether professional morality is independent TRUTH (2) of and separate from ordinary morality. It will This course will examine the concepts of TRS215 METAPHYSICS I: APPEARANCE look at business, medicine, law and political knowledge and belief and relate them to AND REALITY (2) ethics. theories of truth. It will discuss theories This course will introduce student to basic such as the “correspondence theory”, the and fundamental concepts of metaphysics. TRS311 METAPHYSICS II: IDEAL ISM (2) “coherence theory”, and the “pragmatist Students will examine why the Platonic theory This course will study issues of particular theory”. assigns reality to the “forms” and appearance importance in the philosophy of the to the sensible objects. metaphysical idealists George Berkeley, TRS321 METAPHYSICS III: BODY/MIND TRS216 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY III: Immanuel Kant, George W. F. Hegel and PROBLEM (2) POST-MEDIEVAL OF 19TH CENTURY (2) others. Concepts such as existence, being This course looks at the mind and body This course will survey the main strands of causality, change, time and other shall be problem. It will examine different theories philosophy from the Renaissance to modern examined. that arose as an attempt to answer the times. It will consider Renaissance philosophy, questions concerning dualism, behaviourism, the critical examination of reason and TRS312 LOGIC II: LOGIC AND THE functionalism, epiphenomenalism and others. pragmatism. SCIENCES (2) This course will examine the place of logic TRS322 HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY IN TRS301 CHRISTOLOGY (2) in philosophy, the sciences, and other SOUTHERN AFRICA (2) This course will study the meaning and human activities and relations. It will study This course will study the origin and signifi cance of the person of Jesus Christ. It the concepts (in)validity and soundness development of the Christian Church in will examine critically the life of Jesus from the of arguments, and the different patterns Southern Africa from its inception to the time of his conception to his resurrection and that arguments can follow. It will consider present. It will examine the cultural context in the developing understanding of Christology the benefi ts of symbols and will introduce which the Church was introduced and the role through the fi rst fi ve years of Christian students to the use of elementary symbolic of foreign missionary societies in that process. thought. language. TRS323 INTERMEDIATE GREEK II: TRS302 MISSIONARIES IN NINETEENTH TRS313 HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY: TRANSLATION OF SELECTED TEXTS (2) CENTURY SOUTHERN AFRICA. (2) MEDIEVAL TO REFORMATION (2) This course will build on the knowledge of This course will investigate early missionaries’ This course will study the development of New Testament vocabulary, grammar and attitudes toward African culture, beliefs and the church from the Middle Ages to the syntax acquired in Beginning Koine Greek practices. It will draw much of its information Reformation. It will examine the separation I and II and intermediate Koine Greek I. from primary sources. between Eastern and Western Christianity, Students will translate and study closely scholasticism, sacramentalism and opposition selected passages from one book of the New TRS303 CREATION AND THE BIBLE (2) to monarchic papacy. Testament. This course will focus on the creation texts of the Hebrew Bible. They will be compared and TRS314 CHRISTIAN MORAL THEOLOGY (2) TRS324 INTERMEDIARIES ARABIC I: contrasted with other ancient Near Eastern This course will examine the moral implications ARABIC GRAMMAR (2) creation accounts. This will also examine of being a Christian in a secular society in This course will study intermediate Arabic creation in the New Testament. the context of the teachings of the Christian grammar and examine classical and church. It will focus on issues related to contemporary Arabic texts. It will also expose TRS 304 AFRICAN PHILOSOPHY AND Christian behaviour in regard to marriage and the student to standard Arabic oral drills. CULTURE (2) other ethical issues. This course will examine how philosophy and TRS325 FOUNDATION STRUCTURES OF culture have interacted in an African context. TRS315 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION (2) ISLAM (2) It will investigate the thought of several This course will study the infl uence of religion This course will study the basic doctrines and African thinkers. in society. It will examine sociological theories practices of Islam. It will introduce the primary of religion and the concrete interaction of sources of Islam and survey the social history TRS305 JUDAISM (2) religion and particular societies. of the Muslim community from its emergence This course will present an introduction to the through its early years. main beliefs and practices of the several forms TRS 316 HISTORY OF MYTHOLOGY (2) of post-biblical Judaism. The course will cover This course will study the presentation of TRS401 NEW RELIGIOUS MOVEMENTS (2) some of the milestones of the history of the Jesus in the four gospels. It will investigate This course will examine new Christian Jewish people. how each gospel characterizes Jesus and the theologies from new Christian movements signifi cance of such characterisation, as well as emerging today in various regional, social and RS306 INTERMEDIATE GREEK I: the character of Jesus that emerges in Paul’s intellectual settings across the world. It will EXAMINATION OF SELECTED TEXTS (2) writings. pay special attention to theological and social This course will build on the knowledge of developments in Africa. New Testament vocabulary, grammar and TRS 317 THEOLOGY: THE CO-EXISTENCE syntax acquired in Beginning Koine Greek I OF GOD AND EVIL (2) TRS402 RELIGION AND POLITICS (2) and II. This course will examine various philosophical This course will foster a rethinking of the arguments for the existence of God. It will relationship between religion and politics and TRS307 BEGINNING ARABIC II: ARABIC discuss the various proofs that have been analyze the changing dimensions of society, CONSTRUCTION (2) proposed concerning the existence of God religion, and the state. This course is a continuation of Beginning and will examine the problem of Evil and Arabic I. the diffi culties it poses for arguments for the TRS403 THE DOCTRINE OF SIN IN THE existence of God. BIBLE (2) TRS308 BEGINNING BIBLICAL HEBREW I: This course examines the concepts of INTRODUCTION TO HEBREW SCRIPT (2) TRS318 BEGINNING BIBLICAL HEBREW II: “Sin” and “evil” in the Hebrew Bible This course will introduce the student to the TRANSLATION OF BIBLICAL TEXTS (2) and the Christian New Testament. It will Hebrew script and teach them how to write it. This course is a continuation of Beginning investigate related concepts such as law and
140 commandment, purity/impurity, judgement, and others. punishment, and forgiveness. TRS 424 BUDDHISM (2) TRS414 METAPHYSICS V: MATERIALISM (2) This course will study the origin, development TRS404 METAPHYSICS IV: PERSONAL This course will examine the main tenets and basic concepts of Buddhism. It will IDENTITY (2) of materialism: the uniformity of law, the trace ways in which different “Buddhisms” This course will examine the question of denial of teleology, the denial of any form developed. personhood. The course will look at different of existence beyond that envisaged by the criteria of personal identity. It will also look at natural sciences. Particularly attention will be TRS42 THE THEOLOGY OF THE divided minds and consciousness. given to the thought of Karl Marx, William REFORMATION (2) James and John Dewey. This course will study the religious, social TRS405 INTERMEDIATE HEBREW: economic and political factors that led to the EXAMINATION OF SELECTED TEXTS (2) TRS415 TWENTIETH CENTURY Reformation and counter –Reformation in This course will build on the knowledge of THEOLOGIANS (2) the sixteenth century Europe. It will consider Biblical Hebrew vocabulary, grammar and This course will study several major some of the important theological themes that syntax acquired in Beginning Biblical Hebrew I theologians, Protestant and Roman Catholic, dominated the thinking of the Reformers. and II. The student will study closely set texts of the twentieth century, and the contributions from all three main divisions of the Hebrew their thought has made to the development of TRS426 RELIGIOUS RITUALS AND SACRED Bible. contemporary systematic theology. PLACES (2) This course will study the role of sacred sites, TRS406 INTERMEDIATE ARABIC II: TRS416 RELIGION AND MODERNITY (2) shrines, rivers, mountains, worship centers TRANSLATION OF ARABIC TEXTS (2) This course will study the relationship and and other sacred places in several religious This course is continuation of Intermediate interaction between religion and popular traditions. Arabic I yet students who have not successfully culture. It will explore the signifi cance and completed that course may take TRS 406. importance of religious expressions contained TRS427 APPLIED ETHICS (2) in various media such as fi lms, theatre, music This course will study the concept of human TRS407 SOCIO-CULTURAL, LEGAL AND and others. rights, the nature and origin of human rights, POLITICAL STRUCTURES OF ISLAM (2) and some specifi c contemporary ethical issues This course will study the growth of the early TRS417 PAUL’S EPISTLE (2) that arise from the question of human rights, Muslim community. It will trace and refl ect This course will cover the Pauline and Deutero- such as abortion, infanticide and others critically upon the development and evolution Pauline letters of the New Testament. It will of the theological, jurisprudential and mystical use different methods to analyze the socio- TRS428 RELIGION AND PLURALISM (2) schools. It will explore the thoughts and historical context that gave rise to Pauline This course will discuss the relationship practices of individual representatives of these letters. between religion and religious pluralism. It schools. will explore the theories pertaining to religious TRS418 CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN pluralism, and probe the related notions or TRS408 DIRECTED READINGS: RESEARCH PHILOSOPHY (2) religious language, religious dialogue and METHODS (2) This course will study some of the major inter-religious cooperation. In this course the student will undertake issues that have shaped, and continue to independent study under the guidance of a shape, African’s social, economic and political GEC232 CRITICAL THINKING (2) supervisor who will be responsible for advising landscape. It will examine the development This course will train students not to take and instructing the student in matters of and application of such theories as humanism, anything they hear, read, write and do for research method as well as content. African socialism and others. granted without fi rst critically assessing and analyzing them. In order to do these TRS409 AFRICAN CHRISTIANITY TRS419 INTERMEDIATE HEBREW II: students will examine key logical concepts THEOLOGIES (2) HEBREW TEXTS AND DEAD SEA SCROLLS and principles such as laws of identity, non This course will comprise readings from (2) contradiction and exclude middle. Some African theologians that focus on important This course will build on the knowledge of logical formal and informal will also be dealt theological issues facing the African Church Biblical Hebrew vocabulary, grammar and with. today. It will examine the question of the syntax acquired in Beginning Biblical Hebrew enculturation of the Church in Africa, taking I and II. Set texts from the Hebrew Bible and GEC233 LOGIC I: INTRODUCTION TO into account the cultural, social, economic the Dead Sea Scrolls will be studied closely. LOGIC (2) and political factors in both colonial and This course will defi ne “philosophy” and postcolonial Africa. TRS420 DIRECTED RESEARCH (2) “logic” and examine in detail informal In this course the student will undertake fallacies and deductive and inductive methods TRS410 THEORIES OF GOVERNMENT (2) independent study under the guidance of a of reasoning. It will explore the nature of This course will discuss the theory of the state, supervisor who will be responsible for advising defi nitions, decisions and classifi cations. such thinkers as Plato, Thomas Hobbes, John and instructing the student in matters of Locke, Jean-Jacques Rousseau and Karl Marx research method as well as content. GEC263 THE POLITICS OF GENDER (2) have presented it. This course will discuss the roles and TRS421 HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY: contributions of men and women in nation TRS411 POLITICS AND THE DEVELOPMENT MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY (2) building. It will examine in particular the OF BIBLICAL THOUGHT (2) This course will study the expansion of the disadvantaged position women hold in most This course will foreground the idea that the church from Europe and America to other societies. texts of the Bible were written, collected, parts of the world during the missionary era edited and read in political environments. of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. GEC264 RELIGION AND DEVELOPMENT (2) Political agendas, in turn, have left discernible It will discuss issues such as colonialism and This course undertakes a study of religion traces in biblical literature. missiology. amidst social transformation in different countries with special reference to sub- TRS412 ECUMENICAL THEOLOGY (2) TRS422 EPISTEMOLOGY: RATIONALISM Saharan Africa. In the process of assessing This course will study the theological AND EMPIRICISM (2) the role of religion, taking into account the foundations of the ecumenical movement, The student will study the philosophy position theories of development, secularization and whose aim is to achieve organic church that knowledge is only attained through the modernization. It also looks at the paradigms unity. It will investigate the New Testament, senses, and that truth must conform to the in confl ict in the socio-political and economic especially the Johannine and Pauline writings, rules of logic and of material science. spheres. to discern the scriptural basis for ecumenical theory and practice. TRS423 HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY GEC333 LOGIC II: LOGIC AND THE PHILOSOPHY (2) SCIENCES (2) TRS 413: HINDUISM (2) This course will study the basic tenets of This course will examine the place of logic This course will study Hinduism from the logical positivism and ordinary language in philosophy, the sciences, and other Harrappan culture to contemporary period. philosophy. It will also explore philosophical human activities and relations. It will study The approach will be thematic including questions that arise from contemporary the concepts of validity and soundness themes such as creation, sacrifi ce, polytheism concerns such as war and peace and others. of arguments and the different parts that
141 FACULTY OF humanities
arguments can follow.
GEC334 EPISTEMOLOGY II: THEORIES OF TRUTH (2) This course will examine the concepts knowledge and belief and relate them to theories of truth. It will discuss theories such as “correspondence theory”, “the coherence theory” and “the pragmatic theory”.
142 FACULTY OF science
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
CHEMISTRY
COMPUTER SCIENCE
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
GEOLOGY
MATHEMATICS
PHYSICS
DEAN Prof. O. Totolo, BSc, PGDE (UB), MSc (Reading) PhD (London) DEPUTY DEAN Prof. V.R.K. Murty, BSc, MSc,PHD(ANDHRA), LMIRPS, MSAPI, MISRP FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS M.P. Tshebo, B.A (UB), MSc (Salford) M.G. Moitoi, BA (UB), MSc (Sheffi eld)
ICPMS SPECIALIST M. Zhai, BSc (Beijing), PhD (McMaster) NMR SPECIALIST M. Bezabih, BSc, MSc, (ADDIS), PhD (UB) ELECTRON MICROSCOPE SPECIALIST Vacant
XRD SPECIALIST S. Diskin, BA, MSc (Trinity College Dublin), PhD (Oxford Brooks University) FACULTY OF science
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL as specifi ed in the Faculty of Science Special Semester 3 SCIENCES Regulations. Entrance requirements specifi c BIO211 Cell Biology (prereq to BIO307) (3) to particular programmes shall be as specifi ed (also offered in sem.4) under the specifi c programmes below. BIO212 Genetics (prereq to BIO308) (3) (also Professors: offered in sem.4) B.A. Gashe, BSc (AAU), MSc, PhD (Oklahoma) Structure of the Programme BIO214 Intro. to Mammalian Physiology The Department of Biological Sciences shall: (prereq.to BIO317) (3) Associate Professors: (i) Offer courses at levels 100 to 400 for the BIO216 General Microbiology (prereq to J. Allotey, BSc (Hons), MSc (Ghana), PhD undergraduate programme BIO309, BIO310, BIO312, BIO416, BIO418, (Rivers State) (ii) From time to time, design and offer courses BIO419, BIO420, BIO436) (3) (also offered in S.F. Mpuchane, BS (Columbia), MS (Ohio), for specifi c needs of other Departments in sem.4) PhD (Surrey) the University provided there are no suitable BIO217 Animal Diversity (prereq.to BIO315) courses already on offer. (3) Senior Lecturers: (iii) Contribute to General Education Courses BIO218 Biology of Flowering Plants (3) M. Ditlhogo, BSc (UB), MSc (East Anglia), PhD offered through the Faculty of Science. BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3) (Manitoba) (iv) Offer a Single Major Degree programme as BIO225 Human Physiology and the H. Masundire, BSc, Grad. CE, DPhil (UZ) per Departmental Special Regulations 2.1. Environment (3) T.K. Sebunya, BVSc (Nairobi), Dip.Bact. (v) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Minor BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) (Manchester), MSc, PhD (Saskatchewan) programme as per Departmental Special M.P. Setshogo, BSc, PGDE (UB), MSc Regulations 2.2. Semester 4 (Reading), PhD (Edinburgh) (vi) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Major BIO211 Cell Biology (3) (also offered in sem.3) D.D. Shushu, BSc.Ed, MSc (Dar), PhD programme as per Departmental Special BIO212 Genetics (3) (also offered in sem.3) (Manchester) Regulations 2.3. BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (prereq A.B. Siame, BSc, MSc (UNZA), PhD (Purdue) (vii) Offer a Combined Degree Minor/Major to BIO316) (3) P. Chatuverdi, B Sc, M Sc (Calcutta), PhD programme as per Departmental Special BIO215 Principles of Ecology (prereq to (Banaras) Regulations 2.4. BIO313, BIO314, BIO408, BIO409, BIO411, M. Matsheka, BSc (UB), MSc (East Anglia) BIO412, BIO426, BIO429, BIO434) (3) PhD (Cape Town) SINGLE MAJOR (Biological Sciences) BIO216 General Microbiology (prereq to M. Mpho, BSc (UB), MSc (New Brunswick) To be admitted into the Single Major BIO309, BIO310, BIO312, BIO416, BIO418, PhD (Reading) (Biological Sciences) programme, a student BIO419, BIO420, BIO436) (3) (also offered in T. Mubyana, BSc (UNZA), MSc (Ghent), PhD must have obtained at least Grade C (GPA: sem.3) (Saskatchewan) 2.5) in both BIO111 and BIO112. BIO225 Human Physiology and the K. B. Khare, Bsc, MSc, Ph.D (BHU, India), Environment (3) F.I.P.S., PDRF, CEA(INA, Paris) Semesters 1 and 2 BIO232 Human Physiology (3) All students who wish to pursue the Biological Lecturers: Sciences programme as Single Major should, Semester 5 S. K. Kaunda, BSc (UB), MSc (Pretoria), in addition to BIO111 and BIO112, take BIO301 Quantitative Biology (3) M. Leteane, BSc (Hons) (Liverpool), MSc CHE101 and CHE102. BIO307 Biochemistry (prereq to BIO417) (3) (London) BIO309 Mycology (prereq BIO216) (3) N. Makate, BSc (Hons) (Bendel), PhD Semesters 3 and 4 BIO313 Dynamics of Savannah Ecosystems (Reading) Students must take BIO211, BIO214, BIO217 (prereq BIO215) (3) T.R. Molefhe, BSc (UBS), MSc (Ohio), MPhil and BIO218 in Semester 3. Students must BIO315 Invertebrate Zoology (3) (London) take BIO212, BIO213, BIO215 and BIO216 in BIO316 Plant Physiology (prereq BIO213) (3) B. Moseki, BSc (UB), MPhil (Aberdeen), PhD Semester 4. BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (3) (Essex) S. Mpoloka, BSc (UB), MSc (East Anglia) PhD Students are also advised to take as electives Semester 6 (Cape Town) CHE211 & CHE213 (Analytical Chemistry), BIO305 Insect Pest/Vector Control (3) E. Peloewetse, BSc (Hons) (Bath), PhD CHE232 & CHE234 (Organic Chemistry) and BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) (Cambridge) CHE242 & CHE244 (Physical Chemistry). BIO308 Molecular Biology (prereq to BIO417) B. Sekgororoane, BSc (UBLS), MEd, PhD (3) (New Brunswick) Semesters 5 and 6 BIO310 Bacteriology (prereq BIO216) (3) Students must take BIO301, BIO307 and at BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) least two Optional Courses in Semester 5. BIO312 Virology (prereq BIO216) (3) Students must take BIO306, BIO308 and at BIO314 Conservation Biology (prereq BIO215) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BIOLOGICAL least two Optional Courses in Semester 6. (3) SCIENCES) BIO318 Chordates (3) Semesters 7 and 8 General Provisions Students must take BIO450 and at least 3 Semester 7 Subject to the provisions of the General Optional Courses in semester 7. BIO403 Applied Botany (3) Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Students must take BIO450 and at least 3 BIO409 Life History Strategies (prereq BIO215) Science Special Regulations, the following Optional Courses in semester 8. (3) Departmental Regulations shall apply. BIO412 Aquatic Biology (prereq. BIO215) (3) Level BIO417 Biotechnology (prereq. BIO307 & Programmes and Titles of Degrees Semester BIO308) (3) The Department of Biological Sciences offers Core Courses BIO419 Medical Microbiology (prereq BIO216) the following programmes leading to the All courses are worth 3 credits each except (3) award of the mentioned degrees: BIO111 and BIO112 (worth 4 credits each) and BIO421 Entomology (3) (i) Single Major programme leading to the BIO450 (which is worth 6 credits). Students BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3) award of the degree of Bachelor of Science who wish to pursue Single Major, Major/Minor BIO425 Parasitology (3) (Biological Sciences, Single Major); B.Sc. or Major/Major in Biological Sciences must BIO427 Evolution (3) (Biological Sciences). take and pass BIO111 & BIO112. BIO431 Plant Responses to Environmental (ii) Combined degree (Major/Minor) Stress (3) programme with Biological Sciences as the Semester 1 BIO432 Plant Tissue Culture (3) Major leading to the award of the degree of BIO111 Principles of Biology (prereq to Single BIO436 Environmental Microbiology (prereq Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). Major,Major/Minor and Major/Major) (4) BIO216) (3) (iii) Combined degree (Major/Major) BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and BIO437 Micro techniques in Biology (3) programme with Biological Sciences and Biochemistry (3) BIO450 Research Project (yr long - 6) another Science subject leading to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). Semester 2 Semester 8 (iv) Combined degree (Minor/Major) BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants BIO408 Wildlife Biology of Southern Africa programme with Biological Sciences as the (prerequisite to Single Major, Major/Minor and (prereq BIO215) (3) Minor leading to the award of the degree of Major/Major) (4) BIO411 Wetlands Ecology and Management Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) (prereq BIO215) (3) BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and BIO416 Immunology (prereq BIO216) (3) Entrance Requirements Stored Products Entomology BIO418 Food Microbiology (prereq BIO216) (3) Admission to the Biological Sciences shall be BIO420 Plant Pathology (prereq BIO216) (3)
144 BIO422 Applied Entomology (prereq BIO315 (Banaras) or BIO421) (3) Torto N., BSc (UMIST), MSc (UB), PhD (Lund), (b) Single Major Programme BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3 ) CChem, MRSC In the Single Major programme, students BIO426 Behavioural Ecology (prereq BIO215) take 85 credits of core courses, 20 credits (3) Senior Lecturers of General Education courses, and will have BIO429 Ecological Impact Assessment (prereq Bezabih M., BSc, MSc (Addis), PhD (UB) (NMR opportunities to select more credits from BIO215) (3) Scientist) a range of optional and elective courses. BIO430 Post-harvest Physiology (3) Ddamba W. A. A., BSc (Makerere), PhD Eleven (11) credits of each of Mathematics BIO434 Plant Ecology (prereqBIO215) (3) (Belfast) and Physics courses, are included in the core BIO450 Research Project (yr long - 6 ) Kumar G., BSc (Allahabad), MSc (Kanpur), credits. PhD (Allahabad) FAIC BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (B.Ed) Mapitse R., BSc, MSc (UB), PhD (Nottingham), (c) Combined Degree Programme DEGREE CChem, MRSC (Chemistry Major) Masesane I. B., BSc, MSc (UB), PhD (Durham), Students in the Combined Degree programme B.Ed students can take any of the courses in AMRSC with a Major in Chemistry, in addition to the Biological Sciences as prescribed by the Faculty Mavunkal I. J., BSc (Kerala), MSc (Aligarh), 34 credits taken in Year One, must complete of Education as long as they satisfy course PhD (IIT Bombay) a minimum of 47 credits in Chemistry, a prerequisites. Mmereki B. T., BEng (Tuns), MSc minimum of 3 credits each in Mathematics (Georgetown) PhD (Toronto) and Physics, and 12 credits in General Service Courses Mokoena T. T., BSc (London), MSc (East Education courses. Students must also meet Bachelor of Environmental Health Anglia), PhD (Bradford) (On secondment) the requirements for the second Major BIO225 Human Physiology and the Munkombwe N. M., BSc (Zambia), PhD or Minor as specifi ed by the appropriate Environment (3) (Newcastle) department. BIO305 Insect Pest/Vector Control (3) Oyetunji O. A., BSc, MSc, PhD (Ife), CChem, MRSC (d) Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) Bachelor of Nursing Education Silavwe N. D., BSc (Zambia), MSc (Ottawa), Programme (Chemistry Minor) BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) PhD (Columbia) Students in the Combined Degree (Major/ BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3) Yeboah S. O., BSc, PhD (Lond), CChem, Minor) programme with a Minor in Chemistry, BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) MRSC in addition to the 34 credits taken in Year BIO232 Human Physiology (3) One, must complete 18 credits in Chemistry Lecturers core courses consisting of 12 core credits in Home Economics Education Bojase-Moleta G., BSc, MSc (UB) (On study Year Two, 4 core credits in Year Three, and 2 Courses for the Bachelor of Education in leave) credits of Year Three practicals. Home Economics Education shall be specifi ed Kabomo T. M., BSc (UB), MSc (Missouri-Rolla) by the Department of Home Economics. Two (On study leave) COMMON FIRST YEAR PROGRAMME such courses are: Kwaambwa H. M., BSc (Zambia), MSc, PhD Semester 1 (Bristol) CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits) BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and Mapolelo D. T., BSc, PGDE (UB), MSc MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4 credits) Biochemistry (3) (Carlton) (On study leave) PHY111 Geometrical optics, Mechanics, BIO123 Intro. to Microbiology and Stored Nadiye-Tabbiruka M. S., BSc, MSc Vibrations &Waves (3credits) Products Entomology (Makerere), PhD (Bristol) PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1 credit) Nareetsile F., BSc (UB), MSc (Bristol), PhD GEC111 Communication & Study skills I Assessment (Wits) (a) All courses except BIO450 shall normally Nnyepi M. R., BSc (UB), MSc (Missouri), PhD Service Courses (unless otherwise stated) be assessed on the (Michigan State) CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home basis of continuous assessment and one fi nal Obuseng V.C., BSc, MSc (UB), PhD (Bristol) Economics (3 credits) examination in the ratio of 2:3 (CA:Exam). Takuwa D. T., BEd (Sci), MSc (UB), PhD CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for BNS (3 Continuous Assessment shall be comprised of (Massachusetts, Amherst) credits) at least one written test, one practical and one Tshabang N., BSc (UB), MSc (Sussex), PhD assignment. (Australia National University) Recommended Electives (b) There shall be no written examination ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3 credits) in BIO450. The course shall be assessed as 1.0 Departmental Regulations for MGT100 Principles of Management (3 credits) follows: Undergraduate Courses The Department has a curriculum that will Semester 2 Project Proposal (including proposal seminar enable undergraduates to qualify for a CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 credits) (Pre- presentation) 20%, Experimental Work 10%, Bachelors Degree in the single subject of req CHE101) Final Seminar Presentation 15% and Final Chemistry, and a Bachelors Degree with a MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II Report 55%. Major in Chemistry and a Major or a Minor in (4 credits) one other Science subject. The Department PHY121 Electricity & Magnetism, Modern Progression from Semester to Semester also offers a Minor programme in Chemistry. Physics (3 credits) Progression from semester to semester shall The Department offers the following PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1 credit) be as specifi ed in Faculty Regulations 23.6 and programmes: GEC121 Communication & Study skills II General Regulations 00.92. •Single Major programme leading to a Recommended Electives Award of a Degree Bachelor of Science Degree in Chemistry ACC100 Introduction. to Accounting (3 To be awarded a degree, a student must •A Combined Degree with a Major in credits) satisfy requirements set in Faculty Regulations Chemistry and a Major or Minor in another ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3 credits) 23.7 and General Academic Regulations Science subject leading to a Combined MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3 credits) 00.851 Bachelor of Science Degree CHEMISTRY AS SINGLE MAJOR 1.1 Entry Requirements PROGRAMME DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY To enter into any of the Chemistry programmes, in addition to fulfi lling the Semester 3 Professors faculty requirements for progression from Core Courses Abegaz B. M.,BSc (Haile Selassie I), PhD Year One to Year Two, students must have CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry (Vermont) a minimum average grade of C+ (for Single (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102) Ahmad J., BSc, MSc (Punjab), PhD (Hawaii) major), C (for Major in Chemistry) and C- (for CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1 Becker C. A. L., BSc (St. Thomas, MN), MSc, Minor in Chemistry) in CHE101 and CHE102. credit) (Co-req CHE211) PhD (Ohio State) CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional Majinda R. R.T., BSc (UB), MSc, PhD 1.2 Programme Outlines and Structures Groups I (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102) (Strathclyde) (a) Common First Year Programme CHE234 Organic Chem. Lab I (1 credit) (Pre- Two general Chemistry courses, CHE101 and req CHE102) Associate Professors CHE102, each consisting of 3-credit lectures MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3 credits) Nindi M. M., BSc (Kingston), MSc, PhD and a 1-credit lab, will be offered to the PHY211 Mechanics & (Washington State), CChem., MRSC common programme for fi rst year Science Physical Optics (2 credits) Singh G. S., BSc, MSc (Gorakhpur), PhD students. PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1 credit)
145 FACULTY OF science
Semester 4 CHE412 Sample Handling & Biochemical Groups II (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE232) Core Courses Analysis (3 credits)-core (Pre-req CHE311 & CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and CHE312) Optional Courses: Take at least 6 Credits Main Group Chemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE416 Environmental Chemistry (2 credits) from the following CHE102) (Pre-req CHE311 and CHE312) CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE311& CHE312) (1 credit) (Co-req CHE221) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE311 &CHE312) CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry CHE422 Advanced Organo-metallic and Solid (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE322) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102, MAT122) State Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE322) CHE 431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I CHE426 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry Reactions and Design of Organic Synthesis (1 credit) (Pre-req or Co-req CHE242) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE321 & CHE322) (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE332) CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I Semester 5 Biomolecules (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE331) (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE341) Core Courses CHE436 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE331) Semester 8 (Pre-req CHE211) CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II Core Course CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits) (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE341) CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its (Pre-req CHE221) CHE470 Excited State Chemistry (2 credits) Applications (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE242, Co- CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II reqCHE322) (1 credit) (Co-req CHE321) CHEMISTRY AS MAJOR SUBJECT IN CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional COMBINED DEGREE (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE234) Groups II (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE232) CHE452 Student Research Project (3 credits) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic Semester 3 (Pre-req CHE352) and Electrochemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req Core Courses CHE242) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry Recommended Elective CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102) ENV476 Natural Resources Management and (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE242) CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I Economics (2 credits) CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit) (1 credit) (Co-req CHE211) Recommended Electives CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional BIO307 Biochemistry (3 credits) Groups I (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102) CHEMISTRY AS MINOR SUBJECT IN PHY313 Mathematical Methods of Physics I CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I COMBINED DEGREE (2 credit) (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE102) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3 credits) Semester 3 Semester 6 PHY211 Mechanics & Physical Optics Core Courses CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2 credits) (2 credits) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry (Pre-req CHE211) PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1 credit) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE311) Semester 4 (1 credit) (Co-req CHE211) CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic Core Courses CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE321) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main Groups I (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102) CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2 credits) Group Chemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102) CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (Pre-req CHE232) CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE102) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 credit) (Co-req CHE221) (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE234) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry Semester 4 CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102, MAT122) Core Courses Applications (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE242, Co- CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and req CHE322) (1 credit) (Co-req CHE242) Main Group Chemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE352 Literature Project (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE102) CHE351) Semester 5 CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I Core Courses (1 credit) (Co-req CHE221) Semester 7 CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry Core Courses (Pre-req CHE211) (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE102, MAT122) CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits) CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE311& CHE312) (Pre-req CHE221) (1 credit) (Co-req CHE242) CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE322) (1 credits) (Co-req CHE321) Required to take at least 6 Credits CHE 431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic including 2 Credits of Laboratory from the Reactions and Design of Organic Synthesis and Electrochemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE Courses in Semester 5 and 6 (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE332) CHE242) CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1 Semester 5 (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE341) credit) (Pre-req CHE242) CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE211) Optional Courses: Take at least ONE CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits) course from the following (Pre-req CHE221) CHE413 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Recommended Electives CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 Laboratory (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE311& BIO307 Biochemistry (3 credits) credit) (Co-req CHE321) CHE312) PHY313 Mathematical Methods of Physics I CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional CHE423 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2 (2 credits) Groups II (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE232) credits) (Co-req CHE421) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and CHE433 Advanced Organic Chemistry Semester 6 Electrochemistry (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE242) Laboratory (2 credits) (Pre-req CHE234) CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2 credits) (Pre- CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1 CHE443 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (2 req CHE211) credit) (Pre-req CHE242) credits) (Pre-req CHE343) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1 CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit) CHE446 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry (2 credit) (Pre-req CHE311) credits) (Pre-req CHE341 & CHE342) CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic Semester 6 Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE321) CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2 credits) (Pre- Recommended Elective CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2 credits) req CHE211) PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State (Pre-req CHE232) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II Physics (2 credits) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1 (1 credit), (Pre-req CHE311) credit) (Pre-req CHE234) CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic Semester 8 CHE352 Literature Project (1 credit) (Pre-req Chemistry (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE321) Core Course CHE351) CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2 credits) CHE452 Student Research Project (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE232) (Pre-req CHE352) Semester 7 CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II Optional Courses: Take at least 9 Credits Core Course (1 credit) (Pre-req CHE234) from the following CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional CHE342 Quantum Chemistry and Applications
146 (3 credits) (Pre-req CHE242 & Coreq T. Mogotlhwane, BSc, MSc (United Kingdom) CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design(3) CHE322) CSI352 Industrial Attachment(2) CHE352 Literature Project (1credit) (Pre-req Programmes and Programme Titles CSI362 Database Concepts(3) CHE351) The Department of Computer Science CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata(3) offers the following undergraduate and CSI312 Programming Languages Translation(3) Recommended Electives postgraduate programmes: Optional Courses BIO308 Molecular Biology (3 credits) •Single major programme leading to award of: CSI392 Human Computer interaction(3) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business a) BSc (Computer Science); CSI393 Multimedia Computing(3) Formations (3 credits) b) BIS (Computer Information Systems). • Combined major/minor programme leading Semester 7 Semester 7 to award of: Core Courses Not required to take any Chemistry courses. a) BSc (Computer Science (major), other CSI315 Web Technology and Applications(3) subject (minor); CSI403 Project I(2) Semester 8 • Combined minor/major programme leading CSI421 Operating Systems(3) Not required to take any Chemistry courses. to award of : CSI423 Systems Programming(3) a) BSc (Computer Science (minor), other CSI461 Communication Networks Recommended Electives subject (major); Management(4) ENV476 Natural Resources Management and Economics (2) Entry Requirements Optional Courses Undergraduate Entry Requirements. CSI411 Complexity and Computability 1.3 Assessment and Examination Theory(3) The coursework shall be continuously For admission into the Single major or CSI433 Algorithmic Graph Theory(3) assessed. Continuous assessment shall consist Combined programmes students must meet CSI414 Information Interfaces and of written tests, assignments and laboratory the Faculty of Science entry requirements as Presentation(3) exercises where applicable. The weighting of specifi ed in special regulations of the Faculty CSI451 Knowledge Engineering(3) fi nal examination where applicable, shall not of Science 23.2. In addition, the following CSI491 Pattern Recognition(3) be less than 50% of the overall grade for a Departmental Special Regulations shall apply CSI493 Computer Graphics I(3) given course. for entry to Level 200. For admission into Level 200 of the Department of Computer Semester 8 1.4 Progression from one Semester to the Science the student must have met one of the Core Courses next Semester following requirements: CSI405 Project II(4) Progression from one semester to the next a) Passed with minimum grade of C in each CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 of MAT111, MAT122, PHY111, PHY 121, and CSI441 Software Engineering(3) one other Science subject. CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems(3) 1.5 Award of Degree b) Awarded a Diploma in Computer Studies CSI481 Database Systems(3) The award of the degree shall be as per or equivalent programme from this University Optional Courses General Regulations 00.852 or other similar institution and passed with a CSI431 Formal Methods(3) minimum average of 60%. CSI434 Knowledge Management Systems(3) DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER c) Passed A-level or equivalent examination CSI422 Operations Research(3) SCIENCE and achieved at least D in Mathematics and CSI452 Computer Simulation and Physics and any other science subject. Modelling(3) CSI422 Operations Research(3) Associate Professor Bachelor of Science, Computer Science CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and Systems(3) H. O. Nyongesa, BSc (Aston), MSc(King’s Single Major CSI442 Artifi cial Intelligence(3) College, London), PhD(Sheffi eld) Semesters 1 &2 CSI494 Computer Graphics II(3) (Courses shall apply as prescribed in the Senior Lecturers relevant Faculty regulations.) Bachelor of Science, Computer Science E.B. Awuah, BSc (Cape Coast), MSc - Combined Major (Manchester), PhD (Reading) Semester 3 A. O. Eyitayo, BSc (Ibadan), MSc (Montana Core Courses Students must take a minimum of 12 credits State) CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I(3) from core CS courses and a minimum of 3 F. J. Ogwu, BSc, MSc (Ife), PhD (OAU) CSI241 Structured Programming(4) credits from another approved programme, S. O. Ojo, BSc (Ibadan), PhD (Glasgow) CSI261 Machine Organisation(3) excluding GEC courses, in each semester. M. Talib, BSc (LU), MSc (KU),PGDCP(AMU), CSI292 Information Syst. Fund.(3) Students may also take any optional courses MS(BITS), PhD (IET) offered by the Department. S. D. Asare, BSc, MSc (Oslo) Optional Courses MAT221 Calculus(3) Semester 3 Lecturers PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics(2) Core Courses G. Anderson, BSc (UB), MSc (Colorado State) CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I(3) Y. Ayalew, BSc, MSc (Addis Ababa), PhD Semester 4 CSI241 Structured Programming(4) (Klagenfurt Core Courses CSI261 Machine Organisation(3) O.T. Eyitayo, BSc, M. Info. Sc (Ibadan), PgD CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II(3) CSI292 Information Syst. Fund. (3) (Un. Southern Queensland) CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures(4) D. Garg, BSc, MSc (Banasthali Vidyapeeth, CSI252 Operating System Concepts(3) Semester 4 India) CSI272 Communication Network Core Courses B. Gopolang, BSc, MBA (UB), MSc (UCL) Fundamentals(3) CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II(3) A. Masizana, BSc (Kingston), MSc (Oxford- CSI351 Assembly Language Programming(3) CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures(4) Brooke), PhD (UMIST) Optional Courses CSI252 Operating System Concepts(3) O. Mogotlhwane, BSc(UB), MSc (Bradford) MAT212 Linear Algebra(3) CSI272 Communication Networks D. Mpoeleng, BSc (UB), MSc , PhD (Newcastle PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics(2) Fundamentals 3) upon Tyne) T. Z. Nkgau, BSc (Lakehead), MSc (McGill) Semester 5 Semester 5 T. Zuva, BSc, MSc (NUST, Zim) Course Core Courses G. Malema, BS (Valparaiso, USA), MSc CSI311 File Systems and Data Management(4) CSI311 File Systems and Data Management(4) (Illinois) CSI322 Algorithms Analysis and Design(3) CSI322 Algorithms Analysis and Design(3) CSI341 Introduction to Software CSI341 Introduction to Software On Study Leave Engineering(3) Engineering(3) N.P. Motlogelwa, BSc (UB), MSc (Edinburgh) CSI361 Computer Architecture(3) CSI361 Computer Architecture(3) P. A Mokotedi, BSc (UB), MSc (UMIST) CSI331 Numerical Methods(3) F. Mampadi, BSc (UB), MSc (Lancaster) Optional Courses Semester 6 T. Seipone, BSc (UB), MSc (Birmingham) CSI314 Decision Support Systems(3) Core Courses T. Sethate, BSc (UB), MSc (Oxford-Brookes) CSI372 Expert Systems(3) CSI332 Programming Languages(3) G. Mosweunyane, BSc(UB), MSc (UMIST) CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design(3) K. Mapoka, BSc, MSc (Essex) Semester 6 CSI352 Industrial Attachment(2) Q. M. Sello, BA, DSE (UB), MA-MCTLL Course CSI362 Database Concepts(3) (Australia) CSI332 Programming Languages(3) CSI382 Formal Languages and \Automata(3)
147 FACULTY OF science
Semester 7 Development (3) PhD (Stockholm) (On leave of absence to Sept Core Courses 2007) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications(3) Semester 5 J.S. Perkins, BSc, PhD (Sheffi eld) CSI403 Project I(2) Core Courses E. N. Toteng, BA (UB), MA (Sheffi eld), Dip CSI421 Operating Systems(3) CSI311 File Systems and Data Management (4) SSRM, PhD (Cardiff) CSI461 Communication Networks CSI322 Algorithm Analysis and Design (3) U. T. Umoh, BSc, MSc (Cal), PhD (Minna) Management(3) CSI341 Introduction to Software Engineering (3) Lecturer Semester 8 CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) J. Atlhopheng, BSc (Hons) (East Anglia), MSc Core Courses BIS302 Decision Support Systems I(3) (London), PhD (Wollongong) CSI405 Project II(4) Optional courses O. Dikinya, BSc (UB), MSc (Wageningen), PhD CSI441 Software Engineering(3) CSI371 Information Systems Resource (Western Australia) CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems(3) Management (3) W.L. Hambira, BA (UB), MSc (York) CSI481 Database Systems(3) LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) P. Itshekeng, BSc EnSc (UB), PGD Water LIS310 Health Information Systems (3) Analysis and Quality (Loughborough), MSc Bachelor of Computer Science - Combined MGT301 Organizational Behaviour (3) EnEng (Newcastle upon Tyne) Minor P. Kenabatho, BSc (UB), MSc (London) (On Semester 6 study leave) Students must take a minimum of 6 credits Core Courses B. B. Kgabung, BA, MSc (UB) (On study leave) from core CS courses and a minimum of 9 CSI332 Programming Languages (3) J. Maphanyane, BSc (Wales), MSc credits from other approved programmes, CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) (Nottingham), DESS (Marie et Pierre Curie) (On excluding GEC courses, in each semester. CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) study leave) Students may also take optional courses CSI362 Database Concepts (3) S. Masike, BA (UB), MSc (York) offered by the Department. CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata (3) M. A. Mpotokwane, BA, PGDE (UB), Optional Courses DipRurSurv, MSc (ITC), PhD (Stirling) Semester 3 CSI314 Decision Support Systems (3) M. N. Moswete, BA, PGDE (UB) Dip.Tourism, Core Courses CSI372 Expert Systems (3) MA (Monash) (On study leave) CSI241 Structured Programming(3) CSI373 Economics of Information Technology K. Mulale, BA, PGDE, MSc (UB), PhD (Iowa CSI261 Machine Organization(3) (3) State) CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) M. Mulalu, DipAerialPhotog, DipRural Survey Semester 4 CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) (ITC), BSc, MSc (UB) (On study leave) Core Courses LIS311 Business Information Systems (3) R. Sebego, Dip (General Agric) (UBS), BSc CSI242 Data Abstraction and Data LIS312 Legal Information Systems (3) (Utah), MSc (UB) Structures(3) LIS314 Agricultural Information Systems (3) E. Segosebe, BA, PGDE (UB), MA, PhD (Clark) CSI272 Communication Network BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) S. Simela, BA(UB), MA(Florida) (On study Fundamentals(3) leave) Semester 7 Semester 5 Core Courses 4. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Core Courses CSI315 Web Technology and Technology (3) Normal entry requirements shall be as CSI311 File Systems and Data Management(4) CSI403 Project I (2) stipulated in General Regulation 20.00 in this CSI341 Introduction to Software CSI461 Communication Networks Calendar and Departmental Regulation 1.4 Engineering(3) Management (4) (see Departmental Handbook). CSI421 Operating Systems(3) Semester 6 Optional Courses 5) LIST OF COURSE OFFERINGS Core Courses CSI414 Information Interfaces and CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design(3) Presentation (3) 5.1 Human Environment Programmes CSI362 Database Concepts(3) CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) MGT400 Strategic Management (3) Level 100 Semester 7 LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) All courses at this level are core courses. Core Courses ENV440 Geographic Information Systems (3) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) Semester 1 CSI461 Communication Networks Semester 8 ENV101 Introduction to the Physical and Management (3) Core Courses Human Environments I (2) CSI405 Project II (4) ENV103 Elementary Quantitative Techniques Semester 8 CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) in Geography I (3) Core Courses CSI441 Software Engineering (3) CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems (3) CSI481 Database Systems (3) Semester 2 CSI481 Database Systems (3) Optional Courses ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) Human Environments II (2) Business Information Systems BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) ENV104 Elementary Quantitative Techniques Bachelor of Science (Computer Information in Geography II (3) Systems) DEPARTMENT OF Level 200 Semester3 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Semester 3 Core Courses Core Courses CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) Professor CSI241 Structured Programming (4) M. B. K. Darkoh, BA, MA (Ghana), PhD CSI261 Machine Organisation (3) Optional Courses (Wisconsin) CSI292 Information Syst. Fund. (3) ENV211 Elements of Human Geography I (3) O. O. Areola, BA (Ibadan), PhD (Cambridge) Optional Courses (pre: ENV102) LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) ENV214 Elements of Physical Environment I (3) Associate Professor MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3) (pre: ENV101) R. Chanda, BA (Ed) (Zambia), MA, PhD (Clark) MAT221 Calculus I (3) T. D. Gwebu, BAEd (Sierra Leone), MA, PhD Semester 4 Core Courses (Kent State) Semester 4 ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) S. Musisi-Nkambwe, BA (East Africa), MSc Core Courses Optional Courses (Penn State), PhD (Kansas) CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) ENV219 Elements of Human Geography II (3) B. P. Parida, BSc (Eng), MTech (IIT/Kh), MSc CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures (4) (pre: ENV102) (Ireland), PhD (IIT, Delhi), FIE, FIAH, MIAHS (UK) CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) ENV220 Elements of Physical Environment II O. Totolo, BSc, PGDE (UB), MSc (Reading), CSI272 Communication Networks (3) (pre: ENV101) PhD (London) Fundamentals (3) Levels 300 to 400 Optional Courses Single Major Programmes Senior Lecturer MAT212 Linear Algebra (3) In accordance with General Academic P. O. Dube, BA, PGDE (UB), DipRurSurv (ITC), MAT Calculus II (3) Regulation 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8 MPhil (Cranfi eld), PhD (Queensland) LIS227 Intro to Knowledge Management (3) the Single Major Programme in Environmental N. M. Moleele, BSc (UB), MAPPSC (Canberra), MGT200 Organisational Design & Science shall consist of 10 to 12 core and
148 optional courses for each of the Human Semester 7 Semester 5 Environment Areas of Specialisation, with Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) optional courses selected from the following ENV400/414 Project Data Collection, Analysis ENV301 Environmental Issues (2, all areas) lists. Availability of courses and areas of and Reporting I (1, all areas) ENV302 Concepts and Principles in Population specialisation are subject to the staffi ng ENV426 GIS for Socioeconomic Applications Geography (2, Area 1) situation in the particular semester and/or (3, all areas) (pre: ENV215) ENV304 Quantitative Techniques in Human year. ENV401 Advanced Techniques in Population Geography (3 credits, all areas) Geography (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV313) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Area 2) (not Human Environment Areas of Specialisation ENV402 Natural Resource Conservation and available in 2007/08) Courses in the Human Environment Areas of Management (3, all areas) (not available ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (2, Specialisation fall into the following career 2007/08) Area 4) areas: ENV404 Rural Development Theory and ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and a) Area 1: Population, Economy and Practice (2, Area 2) Developing Countries (2, Area 3) (not available Resources; ENV405 Urban and Rural Survey Techniques 2007/08) b) Area 2: Rural and Agricultural Development; (2, Area 2) ENV383 Advanced Human Geography (2, c) Area 3: Management of the Urban and ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Area 4) (pre: Humanities Students) (pre: ENV102/211/219) Industrial Environment; ENV309&318) d) Area 4: Tourism Development and Policy. ENV423 Urban Social Theory (2, Area 3) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) (pre: ENV315/383/POL301/SOC421/433/ ENV306 Globalisation, Socioeconomic and Semester 5 URP400/407) Environmental Change (2, all areas) (not Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV424 Industry and the Environment (2, available 2007/08) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2, all areas) Area 3) (not available 2007/08) ENV307 Human Settlements: Principles ENV303 Directed Readings (2, all areas) and Morphology (2, all areas) (pre: ENV304 Quantitative Techniques in Human Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV210/211/212/219/POP303/URP200/204) Geography (3, all areas) ENV406 Regional Development Studies (2, all ENV310 Medical Geography (2, all areas) ENV302 Concepts and Principles in Population areas) (not available in 2007/08) ENV319 Economic Geography (2, all areas) Geography (2, Area 1) ENV425 The African Environment (3, all areas) (not available 2007/08) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Area 2) (not ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2, all areas) ENV339 Methods and Techniques in available 2007/08) ENV404 Rural Development Theory and Environmental Appraisal (2, all areas) ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (2, Practice (2, Areas 1 and 4) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Areas 1 and 4) Area 4) ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Areas 1 and 2) (pre: (not available 2007/08) ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and the ENV309&318) ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (2, Developing World (2, Area 3) (not available ENV423 Urban Social Theory (2, Area 1) Areas 1and 2) 2007/08) (pre: ENV315/383/POL301/SOC421/433/ ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and the ENV321 Urbanisation in the Developing URP400/407) Developing World (2, Areas 1 and 2) (not World (2, Area 3) (pre: ENV210/211/212/219/ ENV424 Industry and the Environment (2, available 2007/08) POP303/URP200/204) Area 4) (not available 2007/08) ENV321 Urbanisation in the Developing World (2, all areas) (pre: ENV210/211/212/219/ Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Semester 8 POP303/URP200/204) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Areas 1 and 4) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) (not available 2007/08) ENV408 Tourism and Development (2, Areas 1 Semester 6 ENV306 Globalisation, Socioeconomic and and 2) (pre: ENV309&318) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Environmental Change (2, all areas) (not ENV414/400 Project Data Collection, Analysis ENV311 Environment, Population and available 2007/08) and Report II (2, all areas) (pre: ENV400/414) Development (3, Area 1) ENV307 Human Settlements: Principles ENV456 Remote Sensing for Socio-economic ENV312 Sustainable Development (2, all and Morphology (2, all areas) (pre: Applications (3, all areas) (pre: ENV216) areas) (pre: ENV301) ENV210/211/212/219/POP303/URP200/204) ENV415 Rural Development in Botswana (2, ENV313 Elementary Techniques in Population ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (2, Areas 1 and 2) Geography (3, Area 1) (ENV302) Areas 1 and 2) ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Area 4) ENV316 Agricultural Development (2, Area 2) ENV310 Medical Geography (2, all areas) ENV481 Concepts and Principles of ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (2, Area ENV319 Economic Geography (2, all areas) Industrialisation (2, Area 3) (not available 4) (pre: ENV309) (not available 2007/08) 2007/08) ENV384 Advanced Physical Geography (2, ENV321 Urbanisation in the Developing Humanities) (pre: ENV101/214/220) World (2, Area 1) (pre: ENV210/211/212/219/ Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) POP303/URP200/204) ENV403 Gender and Environment (2, all areas) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment (3, POP306 Population and Development (3, all Semester 6 all areas) (not available in 2007/08) areas) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV427 Energy and Environment (2, all areas) ENV315 Environmentalism and Social Theory ENV311 Environment, Population and (not available 2007/08) (2, all areas)(ENV210/211/212/219/383/ Development (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV302 or ENV476 Natural Resource Management POL301/SOC322/327) POP120) and Economics (2, all areas) (not available in ENV320 Geography of Botswana (2, all areas) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2, all 2007/08) (not available 2007/08) areas) (pre: ENV301) ENV416 Transport and Environment (2, Areas ENV339 Methods and Techniques in ENV314 Project Proposal (2, all areas) (pre: 2, 3 and 4) Environmental Appraisal (2, all areas) (not ENV303) B Environmental Policy (2, Areas 1, 2 and 3) available in 2007/08) ENV315 Environmentalism and Social Theory ENV419 Development Geography (3, all areas) ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (2, (2, all areas) (pre:ENV210/211/212/219/383/ (not available 2007/08) Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV309) POL301/SOC322/SOC327) ENV484 Urbanisation and Environment (2, POP305 Population Dynamics, Policies and ENV313 Elementary Techniques in Population Area 3) (pre: ENV307/321/URP213,301) Programmes (3, Area 1) Geography (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV302) POP423 Population and Development (3, ENV316 Agricultural Development (2, Area 2) Areas 1 and 2) Semester 7 ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (2, Area Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) 4) (pre: ENV309) Major/Minor Programme with Environmental ENV401 Advanced Techniques in Population ENV320 Botswana’s Environment (2, all areas) Science as the Major Geography (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV313) (not available 2007/08) In accordance with General Academic ENV404 Rural Development Theory and Regulation 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8, Practice (2, Area 2) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) the Single Major Programme in Environmental ENV405 Rural Survey Techniques (2, Area 2) ENV315 Environmentalism and Social Theory Science shall consist of 7 to 8 core and ENV407 Eco-tourism (2, Area 4) (pre: (2, all areas)(ENV210/211/212/219/383/ optional courses, with optional courses ENV309&ENV318) POL301/SOC322/327) selected from accompanying lists. The areas of ENV424 Industry and the Environment (2, ENV339 Methods and Techniques in specialisation specifi ed under Regulation 2.1 Area 3) (not available 2007/08) Environmental Appraisal (2, all areas) shall also apply to this Programme. Availability ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (2, of courses and areas of specialisation are Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV309) subject to the staffi ng situation in the ENV406 Regional Development Studies (2, all POP305 Population Dynamics, Policies and particular semester and/or year. areas) (not available 2007/08) Programmes (3, Area 1) ENV425 The African Environment (3, all areas)
149 FACULTY OF science
ENV426 GIS for Socioeconomic Applications There are no core courses for the Combined 23.45, Environmental Science is not offered at (3, all areas) (pre: ENV215) Major/Major Programme in Semester 7. this level to students registered in the Faculty ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2, all areas) Students shall take, therefore, 5 to 6 credits of Science. ENV402 Natural Resource Conservation and from the following list of optional courses: Management (3, all areas) (not available ENV401, ENV402, ENV404, ENV405, ENV406, Levels 200 to 400 2007/08) ENV407, ENV408, ENV423, ENV424, ENV425, ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV426, ENV447. Semester 3 ENV309&ENV318) Core Courses ENV404 Rural Development Theory and Semester 8 ENV210 Introduction to the Human Practice (2, Areas 1 and 4) (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- Environment I (2) ENV423 Urban Social Theory (2, Areas 1 and requisites) ENV213 Introduction to the Physical 3) (pre: ENV315/383/POL301/SOC421/433/ There are no core courses for the Combined Environment I (2) URP400/407) Major/Major Programme in Semester 8. Optional Courses ENV424 Industry and the Environment (2, Students shall take, therefore, 5 to 6 credits ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) Area 4) (not available 2007/08) from the following list of optional courses: ENV402, ENV403, ENV412, ENV415, ENV416, Semester 4 Semester 8 ENV418, ENV419, POP423, ENV427, ENV456, Core Courses Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV476, ENV481, ENV482, ENV483, ENV484. ENV212 Introduction to the Human ENV415 Rural Development in Botswana (2, Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) Areas 2 and 4) Combined Major/Minor Programme with ENV218 Introduction to the Physical ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Area 4) Environmental Science as the Minor Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) ENV424 Industry and Environment (2, Area 3) In the Combined Major/Minor Programme (not available 2007/08) with Environmental Science as Minor, students Optional Courses shall take 3 to 4 credits of Environmental ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) Science courses in each of Semesters 5 to ENV403 Gender and Environment (2, all areas) 8. No areas of specialisation apply to this Single Major Programme ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment (3, Programme. The availability of courses In accordance with General Academic all areas) (not available in 2007/08) is subject to the staffi ng situation in the Regulation 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8 ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Areas 1, 2 particular semester. the Single Major Programme in Environmental and 3) Science shall consist of 10 to 12 core and ENV419 Development Geography (2, all areas) Semester 5 optional courses for each of the Physical (not available 2006/07) (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- Environment Areas of Specialisation, with ENV427 Energy and Environment (2, all areas) requisites) optional courses selected from the following (not available 2006/07) In Semester 5, Combined Major/Minor lists. Availability of courses is subject to the ENV456 Remote Sensing for Socioeconomic students shall take core course ENV301 and staffi ng situation in the particular semester Applications (3, all areas) (pre: ENV216) at least 2 additional credits from the following and/or year. ENV476 Natural Resource Management and Environmental Science optional courses: Economics (2, all areas) ENV302, ENV304, ENV305, ENV306, ENV307, Semester 5 ENV416 Transport and Environment (2, Areas ENV309, ENV310, ENV317, ENV319, ENV321, Core Courses 2, 3 and 4) ENV339 and ENV383. For students registered ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) ENV483 Advanced Map-work and Air Photo in the Faculty of Humanities, ENV383 shall be ENV303 Directed Readings (2) Interpretation (3, Humanities) taken as a core course. ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental ENV484 Urbanisation and Environment (2, Science (3) (pre: ENV216) Area 3) (pre: ENV307/321/URP213,301) Semester 6 POP423 Population and Development (3, (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- Optional Courses Areas 1 and 2) requisites) ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) Combined Major/Major Programme In Semester 6, Combined Major/Minor ENV332 Air Photography (3) (pre: Combined Major/Major students shall (Environmental Science Minor) students ENV215/216) take 5 to 6 credits of core and/or optional shall take core course ENV312 and at least ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) Environmental Science courses in each of 2 additional credits from the following ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) Semesters 5 to 8. No areas of specialisation Environmental Science optional courses: (pre: ENV218) are prescribed under this Programme. POP305, ENV313, ENV311, ENV315, ENV316, ENV340 Biogeography (2) However, candidates could use templates for ENV318, ENV320, and ENV384. For students ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specifi c Single Majors or Major/Minors (Environmental registered in the Faculty of Humanities, Hazards (3) Science Major) to guide their selection of ENV384 shall be taken as a core course. courses. Availability of courses is subject to the Semester 6 staffi ng situation in the particular semester Semester 7 Core Courses and/or year. (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) (pre: requisites) ENV301) Semester 5 In Semester 7, Combined Major/Minor ENV314 Project Proposal (2) (pre: ENV303) (See above or Dept Handbook for course (Environmental Science Minor) students ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for pre-requisites) In Semester 5, Combined shall take 3 to 4 credits from the following Environmental Science (3) Major/Major students shall take core course Environmental Science options: ENV401, ENV301 and an additional 4 credits from the ENV402, ENV404, ENV405, ENV406, ENV408, Optional Courses following list of optional courses: ENV302, ENV423, ENV424, ENV425, ENV440, and ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) ENV304, ENV305, ENV306, ENV307, ENV309, ENV447. ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) ENV310, ENV317, ENV319, ENV321, ENV339 ENV339 Methods and Techniques for and ENV383. For students registered in the Semester 8 Environmental Appraisal (2) (not available in Faculty of Humanities, ENV383 shall be taken (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- 2006/07) as a core course. requisites) ENV342 The Climate System (3) In Semester 8, Combined Major/Minor ENV385 Soil Geography (3) Semester 6 (Environmental Science Minor) students (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- shall take 3 to 4 credits from the following Semester 7 requisites) Environmental Science options: ENV402, Core Courses In Semester 6, Combined Major/Major ENV403, ENV412, ENV415, ENV416, ENV418, ENV400/414 Project Data Collection, Analysis students shall take core course ENV312 and an ENV419, POP423, ENV427, ENV456, ENV476, and Reporting I (1) (pre: ENV314) additional 4 credits from the following list of ENV481, ENV482, ENV483 and ENV484. ENV440 Geographical Information Systems (3) optional courses POP305, ENV311, ENV313, (pre: ENV215) ENV315, ENV316, ENV318, ENV320, and 5.2 Physical Environment Programmes Optional Courses ENV384. For students registered in the Faculty The Physical Environment Programmes are ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) of Humanities ENV384 shall be taken as a designed for students registered in the Faculty ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) core course. of Science and are subject to Departmental ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) Regulations 1.4.1.2 to 1.4.1.5. ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) Semester 7 ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) (pre: (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- Level 100 ENV340) requisites) In accordance with Faculty Special Regulation ENV462 Environmental Quality and
150 Management: Land and Air (3) Optional Courses Optional Courses ENV475 Pedology (2) ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental ENV477 Internet Kalahari Transect Land-use ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Science (3) (pre: ENV216) Change Modelling I (3) ENV339 Methods and Techniques for ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) Environmental Appraisal (2) (not available) ENV332 Air Photography (3) (pre: Semester 8 ENV342 The Climate System (3) ENV215/216) Core Course ENV385 Soil Geography (3) ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) ENV414/400 Project Data Collection, Analysis ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) and Reporting II (1, all areas) Semester 7 (pre: ENV218) Core Course ENV340 Biogeography (2) Optional Courses ENV400/414 Project Data Collection, Analysis ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specifi c ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) (pre: and Reporting I (1) (pre: ENV314) Hazards (3) ENV338) Optional Courses ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) (pre: ENV440 Geographical Information Systems (3) Semester 6 ENV450) (pre: ENV215) Core Courses ENV452 Soil survey and land evaluation (3) ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) (pre: (pre: ENV334/385) ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) ENV301) ENV458 Water Resources Development and ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for Management (2) ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) Environmental Science (3) ENV463 Environmental Quality and ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) (pre: Optional Courses Management: Water and Wastewater (3) (pre: ENV350) ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) ENV462) ENV462 Environmental Quality and ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) (pre: Management: Land and Air (3) (pre: ENV362) ENV339 Methods and Techniques for ENV342) ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) Environmental Appraisal (2) ) (not available) ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) (pre: ENV342 The Climate System (3) ENV335) Semester 8 ENV385 Soil Geography (3) ENV480 Internet Kalahari Transect Land-use Core Course Change Modelling II (3) (not available) ENV414/400 Project Data Collection, Semester 7 Analysis and Reporting II (2, all areas) (pre: Core Courses ENV400/414) None Combined Major/Minor Programme with Optional Courses Environmental Science as the Major Optional Courses ENV440 Geographical Information Systems (3) In accordance with General Academic ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) (pre: (pre: ENV215) Regulation 00.62, the Combined Major/Minor ENV338) ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) Programme in Physical Environment shall ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) Pre: ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) consist of 6 to 8 credits from core and optional ENV450) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) courses, with optional courses selected from ENV452 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation (3) ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) the following lists. Courses ENV303, ENV400 (pre: ENV334/385) ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) (pre: and ENV414 jointly satisfy Faculty Regulation ENV458 Water Resources Development and ENV350) 23.47. Availability of courses is subject to the Management (2) ENV462 Environmental Quality and staffi ng situation in the particular semester. ENV462 Environmental Quality and Management: Land and Air (3) (pre: ENV382) Management: Water and Waste (3) (pre: ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) Semester 3 ENV362) Core Courses ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) (pre: Semester 8 ENV210 Introduction to the Human ENV342) Core Courses Environment I (2) ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) (pre: None ENV213 Introduction to the Physical ENV335) Optional Courses Environment I (2) ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) (pre: Optional Courses Combined Major/Major Programme ENV338) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) In accordance with General Academic ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) (pre: Regulation 00.62, the Major/Major ENV450) Semester 4 Programme in Physical Environment shall ENV452 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation (3) Core Courses consist of 5 to 6 credits from core and optional (pre: ENV334/385) ENV212 Introduction to the Human courses, with optional courses selected from ENV458 Water Resources Development and Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) the following lists. Course ENV485 satisfi es Management (2) ENV218 Introduction to the Physical Faculty Regulation 23.47. Availability of ENV462 Environmental Quality and Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) courses is subject to the staffi ng situation in Management: Water and Waste (3) (pre: Optional Courses the particular semester. ENV382) ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) Semester 3 ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) (pre: Semester 5 Core Courses ENV335) Core Courses ENV210 Introduction to the Human ENV485 Research Essay (2) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) Environment I (2) ENV303 Directed Readings (2) ENV213 Introduction to the Physical Combined Minor/Major Programme with Optional Courses Environment I (2) Environmental Science as Minor ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental Optional Courses In accordance with General Academic Science (3) (pre: ENV216) ENV209 Quantitative Techniques for Regulation 00.62, the Major/Minor ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) Environmental Science I (3) Programme in Physical Environment shall ENV332 Air Photo Interpretation (3) (pre: ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) consist of 3 to 4 core and optional courses, ENV215/216) with optional courses selected from the ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) Semester 4 following lists. Availability of courses is subject ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) Core Courses to the staffi ng situation in the particular (pre: ENV218) ENV212 Introduction to the Human semester. ENV340 Biogeography (2) Environment II (2) ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specifi c ENV218 Introduction to the Physical Semester 3 Hazards (3) Environment II (2) Core Courses Optional Courses ENV210 Introduction to the Human Semester 6 ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) Environment I (2) Core Courses ENV217 Quantitative Techniques for ENV213 Introduction to the Physical ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) (pre: Environmental Science II (3) Environment I (2) ENV301) ENV314 Project Proposal (2) (pre: ENV303) Semester 5 Semester 4 ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for Core Course Core Courses Environmental Science (3) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) ENV212 Introduction to the Human Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) ENV218 Introduction to the Physical
151 FACULTY OF science
Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) H. Sommer, BSc, MSc(Freiburg), Ph.D (Mainz) Levels 200, 300 and 400 R. Lasarwe, BSc (UB) Mphil (University of Semester 5 Queensland) Single Major Geology Core Course Level 200 ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) Senior Scientist At Level 200, the Single Major Programme Optional Courses M. Zhai, BSc, MSc (Beijing), PhD (McMaster) consists of 19 credits of core courses and 9 ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental credits of elective courses from Statistics and Science (3) (pre: ENV216) Scientist Mathematics. In addition, students must take ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) S. Diskin, BA (Trinity College, Dublin), MSc a minimum of 4 credits of General Education ENV332 Air Photo Interpretation (3) (pre: (Trinity College, Dublin), PhD (Oxford Brookes Courses. ENV215/216) University) ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) Semester 3 ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) Programmes and Titles of Degrees Core Courses (pre: ENV218) The Department of Geology offers the GEO201 Structural Geology (3) ENV340 Biogeography (2) following Programmes leading to the award of GEO204 Sedimentology (3) ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specifi c the mentioned Degrees: GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) Hazards (3) •Single Major Programme, leading to the MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) award of a Bachelor of Science Degree in STA113 Basic Statistics (3) Semester 6 Geology as per Departmental Regulation 2.2.1 Core Course •Combined Major/Minor with a Geology Semester 4 ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) (pre: major leading to the award a Bachelor Core Courses ENV301) of Science degree as per Departmental GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (2) Regulation 2.2.2 GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing Optional Courses •Combined Major/Major Degree Programme Applied to Geology (2) ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for with Geology and one of Chemistry, GEO206 Petrography (3) Environmental Science (3) Environmental Science, and Physics leading to GEO207 Chemical Geology (3) ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) the award of a Bachelor of Science Degree as MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) per Departmental Regulations 2.2.3 ENV339 Methods and Techniques for •Combined Major/Minor with Geology as a Level 300 Environmental Appraisal (2) (not available) Minor leading to the award of the degree At Level 300, the Single Major Programme ENV342 The Climate System (3) in which the student is enrolled as per will consist of 35 credits of core courses ENV385 Soil Geography (3) Departmental Regulation 2.2.4 which include a winter course GEO301 (Field •Master of Science Programme leading to Mapping) to be done during the long vacation Semester 7 the award of a Master of Science Degree in after Level 200. Core Courses Hydrogeology as per Departmental Regulation None 3.0. Long Vacation GEO301 Field Mapping (3) Optional Courses Entry Requirements ENV440 Geographical Information Systems (3) (a) Admission to the Geology Single Major Semester 5 (pre: ENV215) and Combined Degree Programmes shall be as Core Courses ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) specifi ed in the Faculty of Science Regulations GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3) ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) 23.2.1 and 23.4. GEO303 Sedimentary Petrology (3) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) (b) Students who wish to register for GEO305 Ore Geology (3) ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) Geology (Single Major or Combined Degree) GEO306 Exploration Geophysics I (3) ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) at Level 200 must have taken and passed GEO312 Research Methods & Computer ENV462 Environmental Quality and Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Geology Applications in Geology (2) Management: Land and Air (3) (pre: ENV382) or Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry at ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) Level 100. Semester 6 (c) In accordance with the Faculty of Science Core Courses Semester 8 Special Regulation 23.2.4, a Geology student GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4) Core Courses (Single Major and Combined Degree) can GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3) None register directly at Level 200 but cannot be GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) exempted from Level 100 Geology courses. GEO310 Exploration Geophysics II (3) Optional Courses (d) A student admitted to Level 200 Geology GEO311 Paleontology and Stratigraphy (3) ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) (pre: who has not completed Level 100 Geology GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) ENV338) courses must take them during the fi rst semester of Level 200. Level 400 (e) A student admitted to Level 200 Geology At Level 400, the Single Major Programme DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY who has successfully completed Level 100 shall consist of 23 credits of core courses and Geology courses must comply with the at least 3 credits from optional courses. Professors University of Botswana Academic General B. W. Vink, BSc, MSc, PhD (Utrecht State) Regulation 00.311 by taking relevant General Long Vacation M. Wendorff, MSc, AcadMinMet (Krakow), Education courses or Elective courses in GEO401 Research Project (Data Acquisition) PhD (Jagellonian) consultation with the Head of Department. Semester 7 Senior Lecturers Award of Degree Core Courses M. P. Modisi, BSc (Ibadan), MSc (South To be awarded a Bachelor of Science Degree GEO401 Research Project (6, year long) Dakota), PhD (McMaster) in Geology or a Bachelor of Science for a GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) T. R. Chaoka, BSc (Hons) (Manitoba), MSc Combined Degree involving Geology as GEO407 Economic Geology (3) (Memorial), PhD (Arizona) a subject, a student must satisfy General GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) R. B. M. Mapeo, BSc (UB), PhD Academic Regulations 00.85 and 00.9 and (Southampton) Faculty of Science Special Regulation 23.7. Optional (choose at least 1) E. M. Shemang, BSc (Hons) (Jos), MSc, PhD GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) (Zaria) Course Structure GEO410 Advanced Methods in Exploration B. F. Alemaw, BSc (Addis Ababa), MSc, PhD Geology courses shall be offered at Levels 100 Geophysics (3) (Dar-es-Salaam) to 400 for the Undergraduate Programme as outlined in Regulations 2.1 to 2.4 below and Lecturers Levels 600 to 700 for Master of Semester 8 Z. Bagai, BSc (UB), MSc (Durham) Science candidates. Core Courses G. G. Chinyepi, BSc (UB), GDSc, MSc GEO401 Research Project (6, year long) (Western Australia) (On study Leave) Level 100 GEO402 Geotectonics (2) K. Laletsang, BSc (UB), MSc, PhD (Memorial Semester 1 GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) Newfoundland) GEO101 Introduction to Geology (4) GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) L. N. Molwalefhe, BSc (UB), MSc (UC London), PhD (Western Michigan) Semester 2 + 4 credits of GEC’s/Electives GEO102 Introduction to Mineralogy (3)
152 Combined Degree: Major/ Minor (Geology GEO201 Structural Geology (3) 5 to 6 credits of optional courses. In addition, Major) GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) the students must take the relevant General Level 200 Education courses and comply with the Faculty At level 200, the Major/Minor programme Students who are registering at level 200 and of Science General Regulation 00.62 shall consist of 19 credits of core courses. In have not taken GEO101 and GEO102 in the addition, the students must take the relevant fi rst year have to register for these courses at Semester 7 General Education Courses and comply with level 200. Core course Academic General Regulations 00.62 GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Semester 4 Optional Courses (choose at least 1) Semester 3 Core Courses GEO407 Economic Geology (3) Core Courses GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) GEO201 Structural Geology (3) Applied to Geology (2) GEO204 Sedimentology (3) GEO206 Petrography (3) Semester 8 GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) Optional Courses (choose at least 2) Level 300 GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Students who are registering at level 200 and At Level 300, the Major/Major Programme is GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) have not taken GEO101 and GEO102 in the offered in the 3 following streams: a) Geology/ GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) fi rst year have to register for these courses at Chemistry; b) Geology/Environmental Science; level 200. and c) Geology/Physics. The programme Important Notice for 4th Year Combined consists of 13 credits of core and optional Major Students Semester 4 courses. In addition, the students must take Core Courses the relevant General Education courses and (a) Students who wish to do a research project GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (2) comply with Academic General Regulation in Geology must register for GEO406 (in GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing 00.62 semester 2). Applied to Geology (2) (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 GEO206 Petrography (3) Long Vacation must register for a project in the other subject. GEO207 Chemical Geology (3) Core Course for all Streams GEO301 Field Mapping (3 credits) Geology/Physics Combination (Geology Component) Level 300 Geology/ChemistryCombination(Geology At Level 300, the Major/Minor Programme Component) Semester 5 (Geology Major) shall consist of 23 credits. Semester 5 Core Courses In addition, the students must take relevant Core Courses GEO307 Petrology I (2) General Education Courses. GEO305 Ore Geology (3) GEO315 Introduction to Exploration GEO307 Petrology l (2) Geophysics (3) Long Vacation GEO301 Field Mapping (3) Semester 6 Semester 6 Core Courses Core Courses Semester 5 GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) Core Courses GEO314 Petrology II GEO314 Petrology II (2) GEO305 Ore Geology (3) GEO307 Petrology I (2) Level 400 Level 400 GEO312 Research Methods & Computer At level 400, the Major/Major programme At level 400, the Major/Major programme Applications in Geol. (2) shall consist of 3 credits of core courses and shall consist of 3 credits of core courses and GEO315 Introduction to Exploration 5 to 6 credits of optional courses. In addition, 5 to 6 credits of optional courses. In addition, Geophysics (3) the students must take the relevant General the students must take the relevant General Education courses and comply with the Faculty Education courses and comply with the Faculty Semester 6 of Science General Regulation 00.62 of Science General Regulation 00.62 Core Courses GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4) Semester 7 Semester 7 GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) Core course Core course GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) GEO314 Petrology II (2) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Optional Courses (choose at least 1) Level 400 GEO407 Economic Geology (3) Semester 8 At Level 400, the Major/Minor Programme GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) GEO402 Geotectonics (2) shall consist of 15 credits of core courses and GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) at least 2 to 3 credits from optional courses. Semester 8 Optional Courses (choose at least 2) Important Notice for 4th Year Combined Long Vacation GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Major Students GEO401 Research Project (Data Acquisition) GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) (a) Students who wish to do a research project GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) in Geology must register for GEO406 (in Semester 7 semester 2). Core Courses Important Notice for 4th Year Combined (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 GEO401 Research Project (year long) Major Students must register for a project in the other subject. GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) (a) Students who wish to do a research project GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) in Geology must register for GEO406 (in Combined Degree: Major/Minor (Geology semester 2). Minor) Semester 8 (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 Core Courses must register for a project in the other subject. The combined Major/Minor programme with GEO401 Research Project (6) Geology as a Minor shall consist of 24 credits GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) Geology/ Environmental Science Combination of core courses taken in Semesters 3 to 8. Optional Courses (choose at least 1) (Geology Component) GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Core Courses GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) Semester 5 GEO101 Introduction to Geology (4) Core Courses GEO102 Introduction to Mineralogy (3) Combined Degree Major/Major Programme GEO305 Ore Geology (3) GEO201 Structural Geology (3) Level 200 GEO307 Petrology I (2) GEO204 Sedimentology (3) At level 200, the Major/Major Programme Semester 6 GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) shall consist of 11 credits of core courses. In Core Courses GEO206 Petrography (3) addition, the student must take the relevant GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) GEO305 Ore Geology (3) General Education Courses and comply with GEO314 Petrology II (2) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Academic General Regulation 00.62 Level 400 It is important to note which courses are Semester 3 At level 400, the Major/Major programme taken in the fi rst semester or second semester Core Courses shall consist of 3 credits of core courses and of the academic year (Refer to Single Major
153 FACULTY OF science
Programme for such information) • Combined Major/Minor Programme with In Semester 7, the Single Major Programme Mathematics as the Major, leading to the shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. Service Courses award An additional 6 credits may be taken from The following are offered as service courses Of a Bachelor of Science Degree as per optional courses in accordance with General for non-Geology Majors Departmental Regulation 2.2 Regulation 00.62. The project course MAT400 GEO103 Geology for Teachers (3) • Combined Major/Major Programme leading shall run over Semesters 7 and 8. GEO104 Introductory Geology for Engineers to the award of a Bachelor of Science Degree (2) as per Departmental Regulation 2.3 Semester 7 • Combined Major/Minor Programme with Core Courses General Education Courses Mathematics as the Minor leading to the MAT400 Project (3) GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources award of a Bachelor of Science Degree as per MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) and Development (2) Departmental Regulation 2.4. MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) GEC251 Groundwater and Society (2) It is stipulated that the student must be Optional Courses registered in the Faculty of Science. MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) Assessment and Examination MAT425 Measure Theory (3) (a) 2.5.1 If not stated otherwise, the Entry Requirements MAT431 General Topology (3) examination will represent 2/3 and the Admission to the Mathematics Programmes MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) continuous assessment 1/3 of the fi nal marks. shall be as specifi ed in Faculty of Science MAT451 Dynamics II (3) (b) GEO301 shall be examined by continuous Regulation 23.21. MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) assessment only. MAT461 Optimisation and Control Theory (3) Single Major (Mathematics Major) MAT471 Multivariate Statistics (3) Progression Level 100 Student progression is made in accordance In Semester 8, the Single Major Programme with The University of Botswana General Semester 1 shall consist of 12 credits of optional courses Academic Regulation 00.9 MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. Semester 2 DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) Semester 8 Optional Courses Professors Level 200 MAT404 Topics in Advanced Mathematics (3) E. M. Lungu, BSc (Zambia), MSc, PhD (Bristol) Semester 3 MAT412 Number Theory (3) Core Courses MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) Associate Professors MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Theory MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) B. Choudhary, M.Sc, PhD (London). (3) MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) J. B. Gatsinzi, B.Sc, MSc,(Butare), PhD MAT221 Calculus I (3) MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) (Louvain-La-Veuve) Optional Courses (6 credits) MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) C. Jayaram, MSc (Andhra), PhD (Maraj) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) V. C. C. Raju, BSc, MSc, PhD (Andhra), (3) MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) CMathMIMA (UK) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) Statistics (3) MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) Senior Lecturers MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) N. Chaturvedi, DipStat, MSc, PhD (Banaras) Semester 4 MAT472 Linear Models (3) J.Prakash, BSc, MSc (Agra), PhD (Garhwal) Core Courses MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) MAT476 Statistical Computing (3) Lecturers MAT222 Calculus II (3) T. Basebi, BSc (UB), MSc, PhD (UMIST) Optional Courses (6 credits) In Semester 3, the Combined Major/Minor A. O. Daman, BSc (Manchester), MSc (UZ), MAT242 Computing I (3) Programme with Mathematics as the Major PhD (Preston) MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) shall consist of 6 credits of core courses and 3 O.Dira, BSc(UB), MSc(Warwick) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) credits from optional courses. P. Kaelo, BSc (UB), MSc (Chester), PhD(Witts) P. Lekone, BSc (UB), MSc(Warwick, PhD In Semester 5, the Single Major Programme Combined Major/Minor Programme (Warwick) shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. (Mathematics Major) B. M. Lephodisa, BSc (UB), MSc (Sussex) An additional 6 credits may be taken from Semester 3 N. S. Kooepile Reikeletseng, BSc , PGDE optional courses in accordance with General Core Courses (UB) MSc (London) Regulation 00.62.Levels 300 and 400 MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Theory R. Machete, BSc (UB), MSc (Oxford) (On study (3) leave) Semester 5 MAT221 Calculus I (3) B. Makubate, BSc (UB), MSc (Glasgow) (On Core Courses Optional Courses (3) study leave) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics F.Massamba, BSc, MSc (Senegal), PhD (Benin) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) (3) R. O. Molaodi, BSc (UB), MSc (Manchester) MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical (On study leave) Optional Courses (6 credits) Statistics (3) M. F. Mothebe, BSc+CDE (UB), MSc (London), MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics PhD (Manchester) (3) In Semester 4 the Combined Major/Minor T. Motsumi, BSc (UB), MSc (Bristol) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core C. Sam, BSc (UB), MSc (Edinburgh) (On study Statistics (3) courses and 3 credits from optional courses. leave) MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game M. Thuto, BSc (UB), MSc (Sussex), PhD Theory (3) Semester 4 (Exeter) MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) Core Courses R. Tshelametse, BSc (UB), MSc, PhD In Semester 6, the Single Major Programme MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) (Manchester) shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. MAT222 Calculus II (3) An additional 6 credits may be taken from Optional Courses (3) Staff Development Fellow optional courses in accordance with General MAT242 Computing I (3) K. Mogae, BSc (UB) (On study leave) Regulation 00.62. MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) D. Kagiso BSc (UB) PGDE (UB) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) Semester 6 Core Courses In Semester 5 the Combined Major/Minor Programmes and Titles of Degrees MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Programme shall consist of 9 credits of core The Department of Mathematics offers the MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) courses. Additional credits may be taken from following Programmes leading to the award of MAT324 Differential Equations (3) optional courses. the mentioned degrees: Optional Courses • Single Major Programme leading to the MAT342 Computing II (3) Semester 5 award of a Bachelor of Science Degree in MAT344 Numerical Methods for Linear Core Courses Mathematics Algebra (3) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) as per Departmental Regulation 2.1 MAT352 Dynamics I (3) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) MAT323 Vector Calculus (3)
154 Optional Courses Statistics (3) 6 credits of core courses in accordance with MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics In Semester 4, the Combined Major/Major General Regulation 00.62. (3) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical courses. Additional credits may be taken from Combined Major/Minor Programme Statistics (3) optional courses in accordance with General (Mathematics Minor) MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game Regulation 00.62. Theory (3) Semester 3 MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) Semester 4 Core Courses Core Courses MAT211 Introductory Set and Number Theory In Semester 6, the Combined Major/ Minor MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) (3) Programme shall consist of 9 credits of core MAT222 Calculus II (3) MAT221 Calculus I (3) courses. Additional credits may be taken from Optional Courses optional courses. MAT242 Computing I (3) In Semester 4, the Major/Minor Programme MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 Semester 6 MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) credits Core Courses of core courses in accordance with General MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Major Regulation 00.62. MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core MAT324 Differential Equations (3) courses. Additional credits may be taken from Semester 4 Optional Courses optional courses in accordance with General Core Courses MAT342 Computing II (3) Regulation 00.62. MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear MAT222 Calculus II (3) Algebra (3) Semester 5 MAT352 Dynamics I (3) Core Courses In Semester 5, the Major/Minor Programme MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) 6 credits of core courses in accordance with In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor Optional Courses General Regulation 00.62. Programme shall consist of 9 credits of core MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics courses. Additional credits may be taken from (3) Semester 5 optional courses. The project course MAT400 MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) Core Courses shall run over Semesters 7 and 8. In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Major MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) Programme shall consist of 3 credits of core MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) Semester 7 courses. An additional 3 credits may be taken In Semester 6, the Major/Minor Programme Core Courses from optional courses in accordance with with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 3 MAT400 Project (3) General Regulation 00.62. credits of core courses. MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) Semester 6 Semester 6 Optional Courses Core Courses Core Course MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) MAT425 Measure Theory (3) Optional Courses MAT431 General Topology (3) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) In Semester 7, the Major/Minor Programme MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 3 MAT451 Dynamics II (3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) credits of core courses. MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) MAT342 Computing II (3) MAT461 Optimisation and Control Theory (3) MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear Semester 7 MAT471 Multivariate Statistics (3) Algebra (3) Core Course MAT352 Dynamics I (3) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Programme shall consist of 9 credits of In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Major In Semester 8, the Major/Minor Programme optional courses. Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 courses. Additional credits may be taken from credits of core courses. Semester 8 optional courses in accordance with General Optional Courses Regulation 00.62. The project course MAT400 Semester 8 MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) shall run over Semesters 7 and 8. Core Courses MAT412 Number Theory (3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) Semester 7 MAT324 Differential Equations (3) MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) Core Courses MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) Courses for Non-Mathematics Majors MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) (Service course) MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) Optional Courses MAT201 Ancillary Mathematics (3) MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) Theory (3) Engineering Mathematics MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) MAT400 Project (3) Semester 1 MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) Core Course MAT472 Linear Models (3) MAT425 Measure Theory (3) MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3) MAT431 General Topology (3) MAT476 Statistical Computing (3) MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) Semester 2 Core Course In Semester 3 the Combined Major/Major In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Major MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core Programme shall consist of 6 credits of courses. Additional credits may be taken from optional courses in accordance with General Semester 3 optional courses in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. Core Course Regulation 00.62. MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) Semester 8 Combined Major/Major Programme Optional Courses Semester 4 MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) Core Course Semester 3 MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) Core Courses MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) Semester 5 MAT211 Introductory Set and Number MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) Core Course Theory (3) MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3) MAT221 Calculus I (3) MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) Optional Courses MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) Semester 6 MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Mechanics Core Course (3) In Semester 3, the Major/Minor Programme MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IVA (3) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical with Mathematics as Minor shall consist of Optional Course
155 FACULTY OF science
MAT394 Engineering Mathematics IVB (3) cycle, Doctorat D’etat (Paris XI Orsay) Academic Regulation 23.71. A. R. Akande, BSc (Ibadan), MSc (Ile-Ife), PhD Semester 7 (Manchester), MInstP, CPhys Programme Structure Core Course J. G. King, BSc (UB), MSc (UWO), PhD (a) The Physics courses shall be offered at MAT491 Engineering Mathematics V (3) (Edinburgh) Levels 100 to 400 for the undergraduate T. S. Sathiaraj, BSc (Madurai), MSc (Madras), programme as outlined in Regulations 2.1 to Semester 8 PhD (IIT Delhi) 2.3 below, Levels 600 to 700 for the Master of Optional Course Science candidates and Levels 800 and 900 for MAT492 Engineering Mathematics VI (3) Lecturers the MPhil and PhD candidates. S. Chimidza, BSc, PGDE (UB), MSc (Surrey), Bachelor of Education Degree (Secondary) PhD (Chalmers, Goteborg) (b) In addition to Physics courses, an In Semesters 5 to 8, students pursuing the J. Gabathuse, BSc, MSc (UB) undergraduate candidate majoring in Physics Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Programme R. Ketlhwaafetse, BSc, PGDE, MSc (UB) shall take General Education Courses (GECs) shall take credits from the following core K. N. Kutuso, BS (Phys), BS (Maths) (Del State and electives in accordance with General courses: College), BS (Civil Eng) (Old Dominion), MPhil Regulation 00.2124. (Brunei) Semester 5 L. C. Moffat, BSc (UB), MSc (Memorial (c) The Department of Physics offers service Core Courses Newfoundland) (On study leave) courses in Physics to Non-Physics Majors as MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) M. Moidaki, BSc, MSc (UB) (On study leave) outlined in Regulation 2.4. MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) K. Moloi, BSc, MSc (UB), PhD (Chalmers, MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) Goteborg) (d) The Department of Physics offers GECs MAT389 Linear Programming and Game P. Monowe, BEd (UB), MPhil (Wales) under Area 5: Science and Technology as Theory for Teachers (3) K. Mphale, BSc, MSc (UB) outlined in Regulation 2.5. R. T. Ranganai, BSc (UBS), MSc (UZ), PhD Semester 6 (Leeds) Level 100 Core Courses B. H. Saubi, BSc (UB), MSc, DPhil (Sussex) Semester 1 MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) R. E. Simon, BSc, MSc (UB), PhD PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) (Witwatersrand) Vibrations and Waves (3) MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1)
Semester 7 Staff Development Fellows Semester 2 Core Courses K. Maabong, BEd (UB) (On study leave) PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern MAT481 Geometry for Teachers I (3) Z. G. Keolopile, BSc, PGDE (UB) Physics (3) MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract General Provisions Algebra for Teachers (3) Subject to the provisions of General Academic Level 200 Regulations and the Faculty of Science Special Semester 3 Semester 8 Regulations, the following Departmental PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) Core Courses Regulations shall apply: PHY212 Properties of Matter and MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Thermodynamics (2) MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) Programmes and Titles of Degrees PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) MAT484 Introduction to Probability and The Department of Physics offers the following Statistics for Teachers (3) Programmes leading to the award of the Semester 4 mentioned degrees: PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) Assessment and Examination PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics(2) Performance in each course shall be evaluated •Single Major Programme leading to the PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) by the combination of continuous assessment award of a Bachelor of Science Degree in and fi nal examination marks in the ratio of Physics (Departmental Regulation 2.3.1) Levels 300 and 400 1:2, except for the computing courses, where Single Major Programme the ratio shall be 1:1 in combination with the •Combined Major/Minor with a Physics Major assessment of the project course. leading to the award of a Bachelor of Science In Semester 5, the Single Major Programme Degree (Departmental Regulation 2.3.2) shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. Progression from Semester to Semester Additional credits may be taken from optional In order to proceed from one semester to •Combined Major/Major Programme with courses in accordance with General Regulation the next, a student must obtain a cumulative Physics and another subject other than Physics 00.62. GPA, which is in accordance with General as Majors leading to the award of a Bachelor Regulation 00.9. of Science Degree (Departmental Regulation Semester 5 2.3.3 ) Core Courses Award of Degree PHY311 Mechanics (2) To be awarded a Degree, a student must •Combined Major/Minor with Physics as the PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) satisfy the appropriate provisions of General Minor leading to the award of the Degree in PHY313 Mathematical Methods for Physics Academic Regulation 23.71. which the student is enrolled, (Departmental I (2) Regulation 2.3.4) PHY314 Electronics I (2) DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS PHY339 Physics Practicals 3.3 (2) •Master of Science Programme in Physics PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State Professors leading to the award of a Master of Science Physics I (2) P. K. Jain, BSc (Agra), MSc (Meerut), PhD Degree (Departmental Regulation 5.0) Optional Courses (UConn), MInstP, CPhys PHY315 Intro. to Potential Fields in V. R. K. Murty, BSc, MSc, PhD (Andhra), •MPhil and PhD Programmes in Physics Geophysics (2) LMIRPS, MSAIP, MISRP leading to the award of MPhil (Physics) PHY331 Relativity (2) N. Nijegorodov, MSc, PhD (Moscow), Docent and PhD (Physics) Degrees, respectively, PHY332 Literature Survey in Physics (2) (SACCM, USSR) (Departmental Regulation 6.0.) In Semester 6, the Single Major Programme shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. Associate Professors Entry Requirements Additional credits may be taken from optional P. V. C. Luhanga, BSc (Malawi), MSc, PhD (a) Admission to the Physics Programmes courses in accordance with General (Southampton, UK) shall be as specifi ed in the Faculty of Science Regulation 00.62. M. Masale, BSc (UB), MSc, PhD (Essex) Regulation 23.21. L. K. Sharma, BSc, MSc (Raj), PhD (APS), Semester 6 LMIPA (b) To register in Level 300 of the Physics Core Courses T. S. Verma, BSc, MSc (Agra), PhD Single Major Programme, a student must have PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) (Manchester), FRMetS obtained a minimum of a CGPA of 3.0 in PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Physics courses by the end of Level 200. PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) Senior Lecturers PHY341 Mathematical Methods for Physics J. A. Adedoyin, BSc, PhD (Ibadan), FRMetS Award of Degree II (2) D. P. Winkoun, BSc (Brest), Doctorat de 3rd To be awarded a Degree, a student must PHY349 Physics Practicals 3.4 (2) satisfy the appropriate provisions of General PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2)
156 Optional Courses Semester 7 Semesters 5 to 8 PHY324 Electronics II (2) Core Courses In Semesters 5 to 8, the Combined Major/ PHY325 Environmental Physics (2) PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) Minor (Physics Minor) Programme shall PHY425 Applied Acoustics (2) PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State consist of 4 to 5 credits of any of the Physics Physics I (2) courses from the core courses or optional In Semester 7, the Single Major Programme PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) courses of the Combined Major/ Minor Physics shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. Optional Courses Programme as defi ned in Regulation 2.3.2, in Additional credits may be taken from optional PHY413 Energy Physics (2) the given semester. To complete the Physics courses in accordance with General Regulation PHY414 Digital and Microprocessor Systems Minor Programme, a candidate must take 00.62. (2) 4 credits of practical courses, PHY319 or PHY415 Applied Optics (2) PHY329 at Level 300, and PHY419 or PHY429 Semester 7 PHY418 Project in Physics 4.1 (2) at Level 400. Core Courses PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Service Courses PHY431 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core The following Physics courses are offered as Physics II (2) courses and at least 4 credits from optional service courses for non- Physics majors. PHY432 Quantum Mechanics II (2) courses. PHY433 Mathematical Methods for Physics PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) III (2) Semester 8 PHY162 Physics Applied to Home Economics PHY438 Research Project in Physics I (2) Core Courses (3) PHY439 Physics Practicals 4.3 (2) PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) Optional Courses PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Degree PHY413 Energy Physics (2) PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) PHY414 Digital and Microprocessor Systems Optional Courses Semesters 5 to 8 (2) PHY423 Introduction to Seismology (2) In Semesters 5 to 8, students pursuing the PHY415 Applied Optics (2) PHY424 Radiation Physics (2) Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Degree PHY434 Fluid Dynamics (2) PHY425 Applied Acoustics (2) Programme shall choose credits from the core PHY428 Project in Physics 4.2 (2) courses or optional courses of the Combined In Semester 8, the Single Major Programme Major/Minor Physics Programme as defi ned shall consist of 12 credits of core courses. In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Major in Regulation 2.3.2, or from the Combined Additional credits may be taken from optional Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core Major/Major Programme as defi ned in courses in accordance with General Regulation courses. Additional credits may be taken Regulation 2.3.3, in the given semester. The 00.62. from optional courses from PHY313, PHY314 courses chosen must include practical courses and PHY315 in accordance with General PHY319, PHY329, PHY419 and PHY429. Semester 8 Regulation 00.62. Core Courses General Education Courses PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) Combined Major/Major Programme The Department of Physics offers the following PHY441 Nuclear Physics (2) courses under the Area 5: Science and PHY442 Solid State Physics II (2) Semester 5 Technology, with a tag of General Education PHY443 Mathematical Methods for Physics Core Courses Courses. IV (2) PHY311 Mechanics (2) GEC252 Origin of the Universe (2) PHY448 Research Project in Physics II (2) PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) GEC253 Energy and Society (2) PHY449 Physics Practicals 4.4 (2) PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) Optional Courses Assessment and Examination PHY423 Introduction to Seismology (2) In Semester 6, the Combined Major/ Major Performance in each course shall be evaluated PHY424 Radiation Physics (2) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core by the combination of continuous assessment PHY444 Electronics III (2) courses. Additional credits may be taken and fi nal examination marks in the ratio of PHY445 Atomic Physics (2) as optional courses from PHY323, PHY324 1:2, except for Physics practicals and Physics and PHY325 in accordance with General projects, which will be assessed by continuous In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Minor Regulation 00.62. assessment only. Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses and at least 4 credits from optional Semester 6 Progression from Semester to Semester courses. Core Courses In order to proceed from one semester to the PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) next, a student must maintain a cumulative Combined Major/Minor Programme (Physics PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) GPA, which is in accordance with General Major) PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) Regulation 00.9. Semester 5 Core Courses In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Major PHY311 Mechanics (2) Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core FACULTY OF SCIENCE PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) courses. Additional credits may be taken COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) as optional courses chosen from PHY413, Optional Courses PHY414, PHY415 and PHY418 in accordance PHY313 Maths. Methods for Physics I (2) with General Regulation 00.62. BIO111 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY PHY314 Electronics I (2) The following major biological principles PHY315 Intro. to Potential Fields in Semester 7 and processes will be covered: Origin and Geophysics (2) Core Courses early history of life, hierarchical organisation, PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) scientifi c method, unifying principles, the cell In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Minor PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State theory, prokaryotes and eukaryotes, taxonomy, Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core Physics I (2) hereditary material and genetic diversity: courses and at least 4 credits from optional PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) mitosis and meiosis, the species concept, courses. mechanism of speciation, evolution and Semester 6 In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Major natural selection, adaptation. Core Courses Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) courses. Additional credits may be taken BIO112 DIVERSITY OF PLANTS AND PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) from optional courses chosen from PHY423, ANIMALS PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) PHY424, PHY425 or PHY428 in accordance This course will be in two parts. The fi rst part Optional Courses with General Regulation 00.62. is a survey of the Kingdom Plantae. It covers PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) classifi cation, general structure, reproduction PHY324 Electronics II (2) Semester 8 and life cycles of the different divisions or PHY325 Environmental Physics (2) Core Courses phyla of the kingdom The second part focuses PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) on animals and lays a foundation for the In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) study of zoology by highlighting the major Programme shall consist of 6 credits of core PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) adaptations that facilitated a move from courses and at least 4 credits from optional aquatic to terrestrial habitats for animals in courses. Combined Major/Minor Programme order to better understand the evolutionary (Physics Minor) relationships of the animal phyla.
157 FACULTY OF science
of population and community ecology. The BIO301 QUANTITATIVE BIOLOGY BIO120 INTRODUCTORY BIOCHEMISTRY individual organism as the basic unit of This course covers generation, handling and In this course, students are introduced to the study will be emphasized. Specifi c topics will presentation of biological data, descriptive structures and functions of various biological include factors infl uencing how organisms statistics, the scientifi c method of design and molecules. Water, Proteins, Carbohydrates, are distributed in nature; the dynamics of implementation of biological investigations, Lipids and Nucleic Acids will be discussed. populations and their regulation; community hypothesis formulation and testing. Emphasis is placed on the structural/functional structure and organization; and topical issues relationships of these molecules. in ecology. BIO305 INSECT PEST/VECTOR CONTROL The course deals with insect pests/vectors BIO122INTRODUCTORY BIOCHEMISTRY, BIO216 General Microbiology of medical, veterinary and agricultural ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Developments of microbiology as a importance and their control in Botswana. This course introduces the biological molecules scientifi c discipline; methods of studying Emphasis will be placed on principles and that are present and the chemical reactions microorganisms; review of the microbial world practices of pest/vector management in that take place in living cells. Metabolism; with emphasis with unique features; modes of the tropical environment. At the end of the structures and functions of cells and systems growth and reproduction; highlights in cellular course, students are expected to able to of the human body are discussed. and molecular biology of microorganisms; identify insect pests/vectors and to apply aspects of applied microbiology. the principles for pests/vectors control. They BIO123 INTRODUCTORY MICROBIOLOGY will also be expected to carry out fi eld and AND STORED PRODUCT ENTOMOLOGY BIO217 ANIMAL DIVERSITY laboratory practicals on the pests/vectors in The course deals with the microbiology and The animal kingdom includes variety Botswana. Collection of insect pests/vectors entomology of foods and stored products. It of animals ranging from unicellular to forms part of the student assessment. covers the major features of micro-organisms multicellular. There is a link between the and those of insects of economic importance simplest to most complex animal. Animals may BIO306 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY associated with foods, the conditions that live in water or on the land. Different habitats The course is a study of the changes in form favour their growth in/on foods and stored have an implication on the structure and and structure of organisms in the course of products and the risks associated with them. adaptations of the animal group. This course their development. This will include processes It also explores different modes of control introduces the student to animal diversity. such as fertilization, growth, cell and organ measures as aspects of safety. It deals with the structure adaptation and differentiation, morphogenesis, pattern position of the animal in the animal kingdom. formation and embryonic development in BIO211 CELL BIOLOGY plants and animals. Attention will be given This course will serve as an introduction to the BIO218 BIOLOGY OF FLOWERING PLANTS to environmental, the genetic, hormonal, structure and functions of the cell. Emphasis This is an introductory course on plant cellular and molecular mechanisms governing will be placed on the cell as the fundamental biology. It provides the basis upon which these processes. Also to be discussed are unit that mediates all biological activities. higher levels of botany build on. It deals with abnormal development, biology of aging and Chemical building blocks of cells including; the morphology, classifi cation, physiology, senescence, regeneration and repair. elemental composition, water, proteins, reproduction and evolution of plants focusing carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids will be mainly on fl owering plants on which our lives BIO307 BIOCHEMISTRY covered. Biological membranes will be studied depend. Key principles about enzymes, mechanisms with reference to; fl uid mosaic structure, of enzyme action, enzyme kinetics, transport across the membranes, as well as BIO223 PARASITOLOGY FOR HEALTH enzyme inhibition, and bioenergetics will cell-to-cell communications. Metabolism will SCIENCES be discussed. The course will highlight the be also introduced in this course. The course deals with human parasites, importance of central metabolism (glycolysis, their effects on the host, and prevalence of gluconeogenesis, TCA cycle, electron transport BIO212 GENETICS parasitic infections world wide with emphasis chain, and fatty acid metabolism) in living This course will provide a broad coverage on Botswana. Transfer of these parasites in organisms. The role of hormones in the of Mendelian transmission genetics and other hosts; development in man, clinical regulation of carbohydrate metabolism in how Mendel’s principles of segregation and aspects and laboratory diagnosis will also be the liver and muscles will also be explored independent assortment relate to events dealt with; together with their treatment, along with some inborn errors of metabolism. during mitosis and meiosis and to genetics at prevention and control. Photosynthesis will also be discussed. the population level. Mendelian principles will be developed from simple monohybrid and BIO225 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY AND THE BIO308 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY dihybrid crosses with complete dominance ENVIRONMENT Molecular genetics concepts will be developed to more complex modes of expression and The course will provide basic knowledge of from principles to cover DNA structure and transmission, such as pleiotropy, epistasis and human physiology. Emphasis will be placed replication, genomics and the molecular X-linkage. on the concept of homeostasis and on the organization of the genome, gene expression integrative aspects of physiology. A general and its regulation in prokaryotes and introduction to some of the health problems eukaryotes (including the genetic control of stemming from the contamination of air, development) and mechanisms of genetic BIO213 PLANT STRUCTURE AND water, food, workplace and other special change (mutation, recombination and FUNCTION environments will also be provided to illustrate transposition). The theory and practise of The course will deal with plant structure the effects of disrupting homeostasis of various general and specifi c DNA and RNA and development in relation to function; human body function. techniques will be covered, including methods drawing attention to the ways in which the of isolation, characterisation, sequencing, structure and arrangement of tissues in the BIO231 HUMAN ANATOMY analysis and modifi cation of polynucleotides. plant body makes a structural and functional The course will focus on structure of The application of molecular Biology will be unit. Emphasis will be placed on fl owering the human body including cells, tissues, briefl y reviewed. plants, although examples from other plant organs and organ systems. Major systems groups will also be used. Differences between to be covered are the digestive system, BIO309 MYCOLOGY monocotyledons and dicotyledons will be cardiovascular system, respiratory system, The course will provide students with highlighted. nervous system, excretory system, and the knowledge of the biology and taxonomy of reproductive system. Attention will be given to the main groups of fungi; skills to isolate, BIO214 MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY special organs associated with these systems. identify and classify the main groups of fungi; The theme of this course is homeostasis a basic understanding of the roles of fungi in and its importance to the survival of the BIO232 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY the environment; an overall understanding of individual mammal. Specifi c themes that will This course focuses on the functions of the detrimental and positive associations of fungi be tackled are the need for and acquisition human body and its systems discussed in with humans and other organisms; using of energy, the maintenance systems of the BIO231 Human Anatomy. Emphasis will be examples of economically important fungi, body, coordination and reproduction. The given to normal functions of tissues, organs information on the literature and other media mechanisms of function of the major systems and organ systems of the human body. available for studying mycology. of the body responsible for the functions The functions of important body parts in outlined above and their controls will be normal and abnormal condition will also be BIO310 BACTERIOLOGY emphasized. considered as well. The course is designed The course introduces basic concepts and to enrich the knowledge base of nursing principles in biodiversity, growth, physiology, BIO215 PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY professionals about the functions of the taxonomy and interactions in bacteria and This course will introduce basic concepts in human body. archaea. It includes strategies in culturing ecology. It will develop the basic principles and control measures of these prokaryotes.
158 Bacterial structure-function relationships; BIO317 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE basis of the immune response; topics include cultivation, isolation, growth and reproduction PHYSIOLOGY anatomy of the lymphoid system, lymphocyte of bacteria; genetic recombination in bacteria; In this course the adaptation of vertebrate biology, nature of antigens and antigenicity, conventional and molecular techniques in animals to survive in different environments antibodies and immunoglobulins, cellular taxonomy; control strategies and mode of will be explored. Oxygen and nutrient basis of antibody formation, thymus and action of antimicrobials. Selected topics in acquisition, energy metabolism, water and salt T development, structure and role of the applied bacteriology will also be discussed. regulation, temperature regulation, nitrogen major histocompatibility complex, T-cell excretion and reproductive strategies will be receptor structure and function, regulation BIO311 PLANT SYSTEMATICS highlighted. of the immune response, hypersensitivity The course deals with the principles and and infl ammation, complement and cell practices of plant systematics. It unravels BIO318 CHORDATES mediated lysis, microbial and autoimmunity, the fascinating differences among species This course deals with the origin of the transplantation and immunology and the of plants, and uses various sources of Chordates from simple forms, and their scientifi c world. evidence to develop a framework upon evolution into specialized forms. which classifi cations can be developed. A BIO417 BIOTECHNOLOGY general survey of selected fl owering plant BIO403 APPLIED BOTANY Biotechnology is comprised of a continuum families in the Botswana fl ora will be made. This course will deal with the utilization of of technologies, ranging from traditional It also covers sources of systematic evidence plants and plant products for food, fi bre, biotechnology to modern biotechnology. such as morphology, anatomy, cytology, and medicinal and other purposes, including In this context, biotechnology is defi ned as chemosystematics. Computerised methods the management and conservation of any technique that uses living organisms, or (Numerical taxonomy) will be used to highlight plant germplasm through conventional and substances from those organisms, to make or the concepts of phenetics and cladistics. modern techniques. Botswana as a center of modify a product, improve plants or animals, Pattern creation phenomena such as variation, genetic diversity for some crop plants will be or to develop organisms for specifi c uses. hybridization and speciation are also covered. highlighted. Collection and identifi cation of local fl owering BIO418 FOOD MICROBIOLOGY plants are an important component of the BIO408 WILDLIFE BIOLOGY OF SOUTHERN The course provides students with knowledge course. AFRICA and skills in the following areas: intrinsic and The course deals with the relationship extrinsic factors which are responsible for BIO312 VIROLOGY between wildlife populations and their microbial association with foods; identifying This course will deal with basic virology habitats. The focus will be on species that hazards in foods; principles of safe food concepts. Structure and composition of are rare or endangered, and those that are production; examine foods for spoilage and viruses. Classifi cation, nomenclature, economically or ecologically important. food borne pathogens including emerging cultivation and essay of viruses. Viral Specifi c topics will include: adaptations, pathogens; management aspects of control replication, viral genetics and evolution; wildlife population dynamics, harvesting of pathogenic microorganisms in foods with pathogenesis; virus induced changes in wildlife, sustainable use of wildlife resources, special reference to HACCP systems; desirable cells, infection and spread of viruses in the practical manipulation of abundance, indices microorganisms which amend our foods. body; mechanisms of disease production, of health, current problems affecting wildlife tumorigenesis, laboratory diagnosis and viral populations of southern Africa. Special BIO419 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY diseases; epidemiology of viral infections; attention will be given to wildlife of Botswana. Host- parasite relationships with emphasis surveillance, control and eradication of viral on microorganisms associated with man; diseases, selected viruses of plants, animals BIO409 LIFE-HISTORY STRATEGIES systematic study of microorganisms of medical and man. This course presents analyses of various importance; epidemiology of diseases; life strategies and traits in both plants methods in diagnosis and treatment. BIO313 DYNAMICS OF SAVANNA and animals. Topics include: reproductive ECOSYSTEMS allocation, reproductive effort, natural BIO420 PLANT PATHOLOGY This course will develop the theoretical selection, fi tness, adaptation, plasticity, r- & The course will provide students with a basic framework of the dynamics of savanna K-strategies, R-, C- and S-strategies, seed knowledge of plant diseases, the causal ecosystems. It will address the processes that development, seed dormancy, seed dispersal, organisms and the concepts relating to operate at the ecosystem level, emphasizing seed banks, semelparity, iteroparity, scaling plant pathology. Disease classifi cation and the functional components, ecological effects, life span, ageing. symptomatology, the relationship between determinants, and responses of savannas to the host, pathogen and environment, disease disturbance. BIO411 WETLANDS ECOLOGY AND cycle, epidemiology disease resistance, disease MANAGEMENT control with an emphasis on integrated BIO314 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY This course deals with the ecological disease management, etiologic agents (fungi, This course will focus on the conservation, characteristics and peculiarities of wetland bacteria, viruses, nematodes), environmental preservation, utilization, and restoration of our ecosystems. Adaptation of plants and diseases, case studies of host-pathogen biological diversity, at the species, population, animals to water logging and anoxia will interactions. community, and ecosystem levels. Emphasis be discussed. Inventories and distributions will be on experiences and examples from of wetland ecosystems in Botswana and in BIO421 ENTOMOLOGY Botswana. southern Africa will be highlighted. The need The course covers a survey of the structure BIO315 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY to conserve and manage, and the methods of and physiology, life history, classifi cation and The course will deal with systematic survey of managing wetlands will be focused on using evolution of insects. Topics include insect invertebrates noting that the incredible array case study examples. Approaches to wetland anatomy, physiology, behaviour, the relative of living group is the product of hundreds management – the wise use concept. numbers of species and the limits to the of millions of evolution. They are surviving geographic distribution, the kinds of place in descendants of successful lineages, which BIO412 AQUATIC BIOLOGY which they live and the food they eat. today inhabit virtually every environment on This course introduces concepts in aquatic earth. The characteristics, which unite phyla biology with particular focus on freshwaters. BIO422 APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY and also separate them from other groups, The course will have an ecological approach The course deals with the biology, recognition will be explained. Emphasis will be placed on aimed at understanding how different life and control of Arthropod pests of agronomic important relationship between structure and forms cope with living in water. The broad and vegetable crops, stored products, function (i.e. Bauplan). The distribution and concepts include (i) water as a habitat, (ii) rangeland, livestock and poultry; and vectors the rich variety of ways in which invertebrates how the structure, anatomy and physiology of medical and veterinary importance. The cope with the problems of survival and of different and/or illustrative life forms are basic tenets of the principles and practice of reproduction in the environment will be adapted to living in an aquatic habitat, (iii) integrated pest management will be covered, investigated. diversity of aquatic habitats and diversity of with emphasis on ecological principles, life forms living therein. Human infl uences integration of cultural, physical, chemical and BIO316 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY on aquatic ecology will be highlighted to biological tactics into an overall strategy for The course deals with the physiology of higher include both positive and negative aspects the ecosystem. The life history, nature of injury plants in relation to plant growth regulators, of such human interventions. While the and control of major pests of fi eld crops and vernalisation, germination and dormancy, course is global in scope, effort will be made stored products, as well as vectors of medical photomorphogenesis and phytochrome, to highlight examples relevant to Africa in and veterinary importance will be covered. senescence and abscission, phloem general and Southern Africa in particular. translocation, photosynthesis, water relations BIO423 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY of plants, uptake of ions by plant roots. BIO416 IMMUNOLOGY The course will cover the energetics, Introduction to the molecular and cellular integrative and adaptive mechanisms in
159 FACULTY OF science
human body function. The responses of will also examine how these interactions the cardiovascular, respiratory and muscular infl uence the form and function of plants at 200 Level courses systems to acute and chronic exercise will be the individual, population, community and discussed. The assessment of fi tness will be ecosystem level. The availability of resources CHE211 INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICAL highlighted in the laboratory exercises. to plants, interactions with animals and/or CHEMISTRY (2) neighboring plants and disturbances may all Basic principles of analytical chemistry, BIO424 VERTEBRATE STRUCTURE interact and result in the type of vegetation concepts of classical and modern methods The course explores the development and (and its proportions ) seen in a given area. in analytical chemistry, statistical treatment structure of the main organs of vertebrates of experimental data including error analysis especially mammals. BIO436 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY and signifi cance tests; Gravimetry, titrimetry; The course will deal with the role of Introduction to analytical spectroscopy and BIO425 PARASITOLOGY microorganisms in the environment. Topics electro analytical chemistry. The course covers the study of the parasites of will include: the role of microorganisms in medical importance. biogeochemical cycles of major elements, CHE213 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY in degradation of both biotic and abiotic LABORATORY I (1) BIO426 BEHAVIOURAL ECOLOGY compounds, microbes in liquid and waste Practical experience in analytical procedures, This course will introduce patterns, processes treatment, and microbes in mining and classical and modern methods of analytical and evolution of behaviour in animals. It will inorganic pollutants. Finally the course will chemistry, an overview of analytical address the ecology of survival value of various address the use microbial-plant interactions to instrumentation and the progress made behaviours in: fi nding a place to live, feeding benefi t man. towards development of analytical behaviour, social behaviour, sexual selection methodology, gravimetric analysis, titrimetric and mating systems, and the physiological BIO437 MICROTECHNIQUES IN BIOLOGY analysis, Electro analytical/ spectrophotometry. basis of behaviour. This course deals with the theory and practice in the preparation of plant tissues CHE221 ATOMIC STRUCTURE, BONDING BIO427 EVOLUTION for microscopic examination using light and AND MAIN GROUP CHEMISTRY (2) This course will provide a broad coverage electron microscopes, and photomicrography Structure of the atom based on elementary of evolutionary biology, commencing with and how these techniques address quantum theory. Bonding in simple molecules a catalogue of the evidence for evolution, fundamental questions in biological sciences. based on molecular orbital and valence bond hypotheses for the origin of life and an Practical experience in the methodology of theories; Trends in periodic properties and overview of the history of life. Evolutionary tissue preparation is stressed chemical reactions of s- and p-block elements. processes will be examined at the CHE223 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY microevolutionary and macroevolutionary BIO450 RESEARCH PROJECT LABORATORY I (1) levels with detailed coverage of concepts This course will enable students to prepare such as natural selection, adaptation, sexual and execute an individually guided research This course covers qualitative inorganic selection, speciation and coevolution. project. They will be trained to devise a project analysis, the synthesis of a selection of Approaches to the reconstruction of proposal in an identifi ed study area and will compounds, as well as solution chemistry of evolutionary history will be introduced and be required to attend classes on the writing main group elements. applied to the evolution of man. scientifi c reports. The project proposal that will be submitted will include a literature review, CHE232 STRUCTURE AND SURVEY OF BIO429 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT methods and materials (including analysis), FUNCTIONAL GROUPS I (2) ASSESSMENT reference list, timetable, budget. The students Survey of various functional Groups; Aspects Environmental Impact Assessment has become will have to present a seminar outlining the of stereochemistry; Review of alkanes, mandatory in most human developments contents of their proposal. Students will be alkenes and alkynes: addition and substitution efforts. While environmental impact required to carry out the experimental work reactions. Organic halogen compounds: assessment is a multidisciplinary concept within in the framework of the timetable and substitution and elimination reactions, involving ecological, social, legal, economic budget proposed. The results and discussion aromatic compounds, and electrophilic and other concerns, this course as its name will have to be combined in the fi nal report substitution reactions. Introduction to implies, will only focus on the ecological with the literature review and methods and chirality’s: Acids and bases: alcohols, ethers, aspects of the process of impact assessment. materials from the project proposal. The epoxides, carbonyls compounds. students will also have to present a seminar BIO430 POST HARVEST PHYSIOLOGY outlining the fi ndings of their study. CHE234 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY The deterioration of food crops during storage LABORATORY I (1) is a matter of concern for all those involved Chemistry Course topics include: Purifi cation and in agriculture and the food industry. This separation of organic compounds-distillation course will, therefore focus on post-harvest 100 Level Courses and physiological and biochemical changes fractional distillation, crystallization and of crops with more emphasis on selected CHE101 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I (4) recrystallization melting point and refractive fruits and seeds. Furthermore, examples of Course covers fundamental concepts and index determination; Introduction to the practical applications of physiological principles of chemistry, i.e. the structure of qualitative analysis of organic compounds; principles to extend storage life and reduce matter, quantitative as well as qualitative Preparations of simple organic compounds. losses will be discussed. aspects of chemistry. CHE102 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II (4) CHE242 INTRODUCTORY PHYSICAL BIO431 PLANT RESPONSES TO This is a continuation of CHE101. The CHEMISTRY (2) ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS fundamental principles associated with Basic principles of thermodynamics: fi rst, This course will deal with structural, properties of chemical systems will be second and third laws of thermodynamics; developmental, physiological and biochemical presented. rates of chemical reactions. aspects of plant responses to both biological (biotic) and physical (abiotic) environments, CHE107 CHEMISTRY APPLIED TO HOME CHE244 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY focusing on how plants respond to pathogens, ECONOMICS (3) LABORATORY I (1) herbivores, extreme environments and This is an introduction to laboratory pollution. Local examples will be used. The role that chemistry plays in everyday life techniques in physical chemistry, Experiments will be presented. Atomic structure, periodic dealing with properties of solutions, BIO432 PLANT TISSUE CULTURE table, oxidation and reduction, chemistry Calorimetry, thermodynamics, electrochemistry This course will examine the principles, of carbon compounds, acids and bases, and chemical kinetics. methods and applications of plant tissue soaps and detergents, food and energy, culture systems to include regeneration, micro fats, carbohydrates, proteins, minerals and 300 level courses propagation procedures, meristem culture, vitamins, additives, poisons and toxins, gases, anther and embryo culture, in vitro selection, polymers and plastics, cosmetics. CHE311 SEPARATION TECHNIQUES (3) somatic embryogenesis, protoplast culture, Introduction to chromatographic separation somatic hybridization and transformation. CHE109 INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY FOR and detection techniques: Liquid-liquid BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE, BNS (3) extraction; column chromatography, TLC, BIO434 PLANT ECOLOGY Topics include: Structure and bonding, GC and HPLC, Supercritical fl uid; Capillary This course will study the interactions stoichiometry, solutions, chemistry of electrophoresis. Detection systems include between plants and their environment and certain elements, electricity and chemical FID/ECD & thermal conductivity for GC. UV- how these interactions affect the distribution change, osmosis, reaction rates and catalysis, Vis,/ DAD/ fl uorescence detector for HPLC. and abundance if plant species. The course radioactivity. Electrochemical / conductivity detectors for Ion
160 Chromatography. Chemical and spectroscopic methods in antibodies. Polymer structure elucidation of qualitative analysis of organic compounds. carbohydrate polymers; precipitation assays. CHE312 ANALYTICAL SPECTROSCOPY (2) Molecular modeling. Simulation of spectra. Introduction to spectroscopic methods. CHE413 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL Molecular absorption & emission:- UV-visible, CHE341 APPLICATIONS OF CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (2) IR, phosphorescence, fl uorescence, Fourier THERMODYNAMIC AND Modern instrumental methods of analysis: transform spectroscopy. Atomic absorption & ELECTROCHEMISTRY (2) atomic absorption (AAS), fl ame emission, emission techniques; AAS / AES and ICP-MS; Introduction to the applications of graphite furnace-AAS, inductively coupled NMR and X-ray spectroscopy. chemical thermodynamics to solutions and plasma- AAS. Sample handling strategies. electrochemical processes. Partial molar Micro high performance anion exchange CHE314 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY quantities, thermodynamics of mixing, chromatography. Hyphenated techniques; LABORATORY II (1 ) properties of ideal solutions, non-ideal LC-MS, MS-capillary electrophoresis, Introduction to practical aspects of solutions, activity and activity coeffi cient, electrochemistry workstations spectroscopic methods of analysis: UV-visible, phase diagrams, chemical equilibrium, IR, Fourier transform spectroscopy, GC, HPLC, conductivity, ion activities, standard potentials, CHE416 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY (2) AAS/AES, etc. electrochemical cells applications of standard Introduction to environmental pollutants and
potentials. their analysis using local case studies e.g., SO2 CHE321 COORDINATION CHEMISTRY (2) emission from the BCL mine; Pesticide analysis, Introduction to nomenclature, properties CHE342 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY AND ITS industrial waste management; Selection and reactions of coordination compounds & APPLICATIONS (3) of safe methods of disposal. Degradation complexes; isomerism and magnetic properties Microscopic concepts of physical chemistry. reactions and the dispersal pathways of . Valence bond and crystal fi eld theories; Basic principles of quantum mechanics, materials into the environment . absorption spectra; fi eld strength; Jahn-Teller postulates, simple quantum mechanical effects; covalency and electron delocalization systems (particle in a1-D and 3-D box), CHE418 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANALYTICAL in complexes. Thermodynamics of complex rotational and vibrational energy levels CHEMISTRY (2) formation. Hard and soft acids and bases. in molecules, rotational, vibrational and Special topics selected from the following: Non-aqueous chemistry . The chemistry of electronic spectroscopy, photophysical and Application of Analytical Chemistry, Food, d-block elements and their compounds. Trends photochemical processes in molecules and Drugs and Forensic Analysis, Chemostatistics in the properties of elements of groups 3 to atoms, photochemical kinetics. and Clinical Analysis. 12. CHE343 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY CHE421 ADVANCED TRANSITION METAL CHE322 GROUP THEORY AND LABORATORY II (1) CHEMISTRY (3) ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY (3) Practical familiarization with microscopic Advanced topics in transition metal chemistry Introduction to group theory and basic and time dependent macroscopic aspects of and introductory bio-inorganic chemistry. knowledge of organo-metallic chemistry. physical chemistry. Laboratory experiments Electronic properties of transition metal Fundamental concepts of organometallic in application of quantum chemistry, complexes; magnetic properties of transition chemistry; organometallic chemistry of spectroscopy, photochemical kinetics, metal complexes; inorganic reaction transition elements; catalytic applications of conductivity and transport phenomena. mechanisms; introduction to photo-chemical organometallic compounds. reactions; f-block chemistry; introduction to CHE351 CHEMICAL INFORMATICS (1) bioinorganic chemistry CHE323 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Use of conventional and electronic chemical LABORATORY II (1 credit) information resources. An overview of CHE422 ADVANCED ORGANOMETALLIC Involves use of modern instruments to information resources in chemistry. Purpose AND SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY (3) characterize organic compounds. Synthesis of scientifi c literature. Peer review process. Organometallic Chemistry: Main group of inorganic compounds and their Electronic and non-electronic databases. organometallics; structure and chemistry characterization using various techniques Searching methodologies including Internet of (C5H5)2MLn complexes; organometallic such as NMR, IR and UV-VIS spectroscopy; searching (use of chemical web browsers). chemistry in synthesis; stereochemically non- Reactions of transition elements and their Searching for information using chemical rigid molecules; metal clusters and metal- compounds names, CAS numbers, structures, sub- metal bonds; low- and high-nuclearity clusters; structures, molecular formulas, etc. Searching NMR spectra; Latimer diagrams, oxidation material safety data sheets (MSDS). state stability. Solid state chemistry: lattices; CHE331 STRUCTURE AND SURVEY OF crystal packing; ionicstructures; crystal defects; FUNCTIONAL GROUPS II (3) CHE352 LITERATURE BASED PROJECT (1) metallic bonding; spinels. Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry: Course will cover professional writing in UV, IR NMR and MS. Stereochemistry: chemistry and scholarly project reports. CHE423 ADVANCED INORGANIC Chirality, chiral compounds without Writing styles in chemistry: comprehensive LABORATORY (2) stereogenic centres, prochiral centres. report on an assigned topic in chemistry Physical methods in Inorganic Chemistry: the Theory of aromaticity, nucleophilic aromatic under the supervision of an academic staff. study of physical and chemical properties of substitution reactions and polycyclic aromatic Thorough search of the chemical literature transition metal and organometallic complexes hydrocarbons-. Conformations of cycloalkanes. including the latest information available on using electronic, infrared, and nuclear Reactions of enolate anions: Aldol, Claisen and the subject. magnetic resonance spectroscopy techniques Knoevenegel condensations, Michael addition as well as optical isomerism, reaction kinetics, and Robinson annulation reactions. Enamines. 400 Level Courses and inert atmosphere techniques. The Mannich reaction. CHE411 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHE426 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHE332 PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY TECHNIQUES (3) CHEMISTRY (2 ) (2) Advanced analytical methods: Statistical Selection may be made from the following Study of reaction mechanisms. Review of treatment of experimental data; specialised topics: Nanochemistry, Synthesis nucleophilic substitution and elimination Electroanalytical Chemistry;-potentiometry, of inorganic materials for the fabrication reactions – E1, E2, SN1, SN2, SNi, and voltammetry, coulometry, classical and modern of semiconductors; Molecular orbital E1CB. Structure – reactivity relationships: polarography, Instrumentation and application calculations; Kinetics and mechanisms of equilibrium and rate constants - the Hammett of GC-MS, LC-MS, CE-MS, tandem MS, inorganic reactions in solution media; Applied equation. Methods for determining reaction Thermochemical and Radiochemical methods homogeneous catalysis with organometallic mechanisms. Pericyclic reactions: Frontier of analysis; isotope dilution and activity compounds; Chemistry and applications of Molecular Orbital Theory, cycloadditions, analysis. boranes, carboranes and metalloboranes. electrocyclic reactions and sigmatropic rearrangements. CHE412 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CHE431 HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY BIOCHEMICAL ANALYSIS (3) SYNTHETIC REACTIONS AND DESIGN OF CHE334 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Sampling strategies, sample preparation and ORGANIC SYNTHESIS (3) LABORATORY III (1 ) clean-up techniques; solid phase extraction, Aromaticity and reactions of heterocyclic Introduction to modern synthetic and solid phase micro-extraction, dialysis, solvent compounds – furan, pyrrole, thiophene, characterization methods for organic extraction, supported liquid membrane. pyridine, indole, and quinoline. Synthetic compounds: Preparation of liquid and solid Enzymatic analysis methods; application of reaction, Protective groups.; Molecular products then separation, purifi cation and immobilised enzymes, competitive binding rearrangements. Design of organic synthesis: identifi cation by physical and spectroscopic immunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, introduction to disconnection approach / properties- UV, IR and NMR techniques. proteomics, and genomics. Properties of retrosynthetic analysis.
161 FACULTY OF science
evidence. Rocks. Sedimentary rocks and their maturity. Porosity and permeability. Erosion, CHE432 SECONDARY METABOLITES AND formation. Weathering and erosion. Surface transportation and deposition. Sedimentary BIOMOLECULES (3) processes: Rivers. Lakes. Deserts, work of structures. Flows and their products. Carbohydrates: structure, nomenclature, the wind. Glaciation and glacial deposits. Allochthonous sediments. Autochthonous stereochemistry and reactions of Marine processes of erosion and deposition. sediments. Post-depositional modifi cation monosaccharides and disaccharides. Structure Coal and oil. Groundwater. The water cycle. of sediments. Sedimentary environments. and properties of polysaccharides. Amino acids Igneous rocks: The rock cycle. Metamorphic Sedimentary basins and sediment-hosted and proteins: structure, nomenclature and rocks. Historical Geology. The concept of mineral deposits. Co-requisite GEO 101 stereochemistry of amino acids and peptides, stratigraphy, correlation, the geological time analysis of peptides and proteins. Chemistry scale, fossils and geological time, evolution, GEO205 INTRODUCTION TO of purines and pyrimidines. Nucleosides, mass extinctions. Geochronology, the concept HYDROGEOLOGY (3). Hydrologic cycle; nucleotides and nucleic acids. Mechanisms of radiometric dating. Elements of structural hydraulic properties of geological materials; of co-enzymes. Examples of secondary geology. aquifer types; permeability; conductivity; metabolites from the acetate, mevalonate and specifi c yield; Darcy’s Law; equations shikimic acid pathways. GEO102 IINTRODUCTION TO governing groundwater fl ow in 1- and 2-D MINERALOGY (3). Introduction to under steady state and transient conditions; CHE433 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY crystallography: crystals and their classifi cation, elementary analytical solution methods for LABORATORY (2) symmetries and indices. Crystal Projections. groundwater fl ow problems; well testing Advanced laboratory techniques in organic Physical properties of minerals. Internal of confi ned and unconfi ned aquifers, Thiem synthesis- multi-step synthesis of organic structure of silicate minerals. Systematic equation and methods of Theis and Cooper- compounds. Extraction and isolation of mineralogy: non-silicates and silicates Jacob; geology of groundwater occurrence; naturally occurring compounds from plant classifi cations and identifi cation. An important hydrochemistry; common ion effect; chemical origin- application of chromatographic and component of this course will be the activities; carbonate equilibria; ion exchange spectroscopic methods. Analysis of mixtures of identifi cation of minerals in hand specimen. and adsorption; isotopes; groundwater quality organic compounds. and contamination; groundwater development GEO104 INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY and management; safe yield, groundwater CHE436 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORGANIC FOR MINING ENGINEERING (2) Composition, mining, conjunctive use; groundwater CHEMISTRY (2) texture and form necessary for the modelling. Co-requisite GEO 101 Selection may be made from the following identifi cation of rocks in hand specimens; specialised topics: Chemistry of drugs; stress history of rocks and their response GEO206 PETROGRAPHY (3). Description Chemistry of lipids; Selected natural to weathering, erosion and groundwater and classifi cation of igneous, sedimentary and products; Agrochemicals; Free radicals and occurrence; natural hazards; geologic site metamorphic rocks in hand specimen. Igneous photochemistry; Polymer materials investigations; relationship between geology rocks: normative and modal compositions. and various engineering works such as Textures, structures and classifi cations of CHE441 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY excavations, tunnels, retaining structures, igneous rocks. Sedimentary rocks: the I (3) etc. Geologic fi eld excursions constitute a main types of sedimentary rock and their Entropy and probability, partition functions, component of this course. origins; sedimentary textures and structures. applications of statistical thermodynamics. Metamorphic rocks: regional, thermal and Colloidal solutions, electrical double layer, GEO201 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY (3). dynamic metamorphism. Metamorphic Liquid-gas and liquid-liquid interfaces, Gibbs Attitude of lines, planes and surfaces; facies, composition, textures and structures adsorption equation, spreading, solid-gas geometrical constructions including 3-point in metamorphic rocks. Introduction to the interface, adsorption isotherms, rates of problems; elementary stereographic projection identifi cation of the main rock types under surface processes, adsorption and catalysis. analysis; structures and topography including the microscope. Pre-requisite GEO 101, Co- structure contours and line of outcrop; requisite GEO 102 CHE442 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY geometrical description of folds and faults and II (3) their classes, foliation, lineation; kinematic GEO207 CHEMICAL GEOLOGY (3). Reaction kinetics, techniques of fast reactions, indicators; geological cross- sections. Co- Principles of inorganic geochemistry: The theories of reaction rates, reaction in solution, requisite: GEO101 nucleosynthesis; The origin of the Solar composite reactions, chain reactions, System; Meteorites; The electronic structure explosions,. Transport phenomena. Polymers, GEO202 OPTICAL MINERALOGY (2). Relief, of atoms; The periodic table of the elements kinetics of polymerization, osmometry, birefringence, the indicatrix and relationships for geochemistry; Chemical bonds in minerals; viscometry, gel-permeation chromatography., with crystallography. Orthoscopy observations Ionic radii and crystals; Ionic substitution TGA, DSC. Introductory polymer processing. under plane polarised light and under cross in crystals. Aqueous geochemistry and the nicols. Pleochroism, extinction, cleavages. stability of minerals: Acids and bases; Salts and CHE443 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Conoscopy. Uniaxial and biaxial crystals. their ions in the hydrosphere; Geochemical LABORATORY III (2) Optical properties of the main rock forming thermodynamics; Mineral stability diagrams Laboratory experiments in polymers, surface minerals in thin section. Extensive practical and related Eh and pH calculations; Oxidation- and colloid chemistry. work on identifi cation of minerals under the reduction reactions; Clay minerals; Calculation CHE446 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICAL microscope will be the main component of the of structural formulae of minerals; Rates of CHEMISTRY (2) course. Co-requisite GEO102 geochemical processes. Pre-requisite GEO 101 Detailed treatment of topics chosen from: solid-state chemistry; irreversible GEO203 PHOTOGEOLOGY AND REMOTE GEC250 EARTH PROCESSES, MINERAL thermodynamics; molecular dynamics; SENSING APPLIED TO GEOLOGY (2). RESOURCES AND DEVELOPMENT(2) intermolecular forces; atmospheric and/or Introduction, Foundations of Remote Sensing, Internal structure of the earth, introduction astrophysical chemistry. electromagnetic spectrum, data collection, to continental drift and plate tectonics: imaging systems and platforms. Applications geological and geophysical evidence. Plate CHE452 SENIOR RESEARCH PROJECT (3) (laboratory work) will concentrate on tectonics and mineral resources (solid, The course involves scientifi c bench work examination and interpretation of a wide liquid and gases). Geology, exploration research. Will comprise a study leading to variety of both aerial photographs and and exploitation of mineral resources and a written report and shall be based on an satellite images. Stereoscopy and archiving economic development. A compulsory short original investigation of a chemical problem. of stereo models, basic photogrametry, fi eld trip will form part of the course. To be carried out under the supervision of a photogeological interpretaton – identifi cation member of staff. of lithological units on aerial photographs and GEC251 GROUNDWATER AND SOCIETY satellite images. Identifi cation of structural (2) Hydrologic cycle; hydraulic properties CHE470 EXCITED STATE CHEMISTRY (2) features on aerial photographs and satellite of geologic materials; groundwater images; production of photogeological occurrence; hydrochemistry; water quality and GEOLOGY maps, viewing aerial photographs using a contamination; groundwater development and pocket stereoscope, navigation with aerial management; groundwater mining. GEO101 INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY photographs. Prequisite GEO101 (4). A general introductory course into the GEO301 FIELD MAPPING (3). The course Geosciences. Physical properties of Planet GEO204 SEDIMENTOLOGY (3). covers methods of geological mapping using Earth. Earthquakes and the Earth’s internal Introduction: sedimentology and the earth topographic maps and aerial photographs. structure. Continental and oceanic crust. sciences, applied sedimentology. The fi ve Field studies include measuring sections, Isostacy. Earth’s magnetic and gravity groups of sediments and their origins: construction of cross-sections, production fi elds. Introduction to continental drift and terrigenous, residual, chemical, organic, of geological maps using the fi eld data, and plate tectonics: geological and geophysical volcanoclastic. Texture and fabric. Textural report writing. Pre-requisite GEO 201, GEO
162 206 in exploration for solid minerals, engineering the principles of stratigraphy, stratigraphic geology, groundwater, geothermal and basin classifi cation and their applications. GEO302 IGNEOUS PETROLOGY (3). Igneous studies. Field work is an integral part of this rocks. Mode of occurrence. Classifi cations course. Pre-requisites GEO 201 MAT291, Part 1, Palaeontology, Evolution of and (revision). Application of phase diagrams to MAT292 interactions between lithosphere, atmosphere, the formation and crystallization of magmas. and hydrosphere. Origin of life and evolution Composition and petrology of the mantle. GEO307 PETROLOGY I (2). Igneous rocks. of the biosphere. Life during the Precambrian, Magma generation in the mantle. Composition Mode of occurrence. Classifi cations. Application The evolution of life during the Phanerozoic. of the crust. Magma generation in the crust. of phase relations in the formation and The major mass extinctions. Abundance of Evolution of magmas - mixing calculations, crystallization of magmas. Composition and fossils in the Phanerozoic rocks, Evolutionary differentiation and assimilation. Introduction petrology of the mantle. Petrogenesis of the radiation and the fossil record. Index fossils. to tectonic setting reconstruction using the major types of magmas. Evolution of magmas. Darwin’s principles of evolution. Introduction composition of igneous rocks. Pre-requisites, Occurrence, composition and textures of the to palaeoecology. GEO202, GEO206 main igneous rock types. Prequisite GEO206 Part II, Conceptual foundations of stratigraphy. Criteria for superposition. The GEO303 – SEDIMENTARY PETROLOGY (3) . GEO308 METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY geological time scale Facies relationships, Origins of sedimentary rocks from petrological (3). Metamorphic rocks. General concepts breaks, unconformities, condensation, viewpoint. Classifi cations based upon and important parameters in metamorphism; hardground. Marker bed: Lithostratigraphy, microscopic criteria. Terrigenous sediments. mineralogical, textural and chemical changes; Chronostratigraphy, Sequence stratigraphy; Sandstones: mineral composition as a function classifi cations. Types of metamorphism. Facies. numerical dating. Sedimentation rates, growth of the source rock type, climate, alterations Stability fi elds of metamorphic minerals. rates, isotopic dating. Magnetostratigraphy during transportation and in the depositional Controls of metamorphism: chemistry of Correlation. The system of stratigraphic environment, framework grains, matrix and the protolith, pressure, temperature, time, classifi cation and nomenclature (International cements. Maturity and provenance. Chemical metamorphic geotherms, P-T-t paths. Textures- Stratigraphic Code). Pre-requisite GEO101 and biogenic sediments. Volcanoclastic metamorphism and deformation. Systematics of sediments. Cherts. Evaporites. Coals. the main metamorphic rock groups with special GEO312 RESEARCH METHODS AND Mineralogical signatures of tectonic controls emphasis on contact and orogenic types of COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN GEOLOGY: of sedimentation. Microscopic identifi cation metamorphism. Introduction to metamorphism (2). Introduction to research methods in earth of primary and secondary controls and and tectonic environment. Pre-requisites sciences. Data collection; Data processing; modifi cations of porosity in sedimentary rocks. GEO202, GEO303 Data interpretation. Main components for a Pre-requisites, GEO202, GEO206 manuscript (report) in Earth Sciences. Review GEO309 HYDROGEOLOGY (3). Stresses in of manuscripts. Oral presentation of results. GEO304 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL aquifers; anisotropy and heterogeneity; the Case studies will represent the most important GEOLOGY (4). Principles and techniques of general 3-D groundwater fl ow equations component of this course. stereographic projection; morphology and and their solution methods; response of The computer application section will classifi cation of joints, faults, veins, shear zones, aquifers to changes in barometric pressure, focus mainly on data processing, including folds, foliation and lineation; primary structures; tidal effects and external loading; unsaturated modelling and simulation aspects and mechanical principles of rock deformation and fl ow; characterization of leaky, fractured- geological interpretation of the results. Pre- strain analysis, stress, strain, fracture mechanics, porous, and fractured aquifers; contaminant requisites GEO201, GEO206 fold mechanics, strain analysis of ductile transport; well hydraulics taking into account structures, bulk strain; regional structures and the effects of delayed yield, fi nite radius, GEO313 THEORETICAL GEOCHEMISTRY plate tectonics, rift zones, collision zones, strike- skin, and wellbore storage; step-drawdown (3). Radioisotope geochemistry: Mass slip fault zones. Laboratory techniques include and recovery tests; basic groundwater spectrometry; Radioactive decay and growth; the description of microscopic structures. Pre- recharge evaluation methods; groundwater K-Ar isotope geochemistry; Rb-Sr isotope requisites GEO201 development and management; hydrogeology geochemistry; Sm-Nd isotope geochemistry; U, of Botswana; water legislation; groundwater Th-Pb isotope geochemistry. GEO305 ORE GEOLOGY (3). The basics of monitoring programmes for groundwater Stable isotope geochemistry: Fractionation of ore geology. Economic commodities: ores, quality and resource management; stable isotopes; Oxygen and hydrogen isotope gems, fossil fuels, industrial minerals, and geostatistics; numerical simulation of simple geochemistry; Sulfur isotope geochemistry; rocks as raw materials. An introduction to groundwater fl ow problems. Pre-requisite Boron isotope geochemistry. mineral economics. Formulae of important GEO205 Trace element geochemistry: Raoult’s and ore and gangue minerals. Physical properties Henry’s laws; Element fractionation; Partition of ore minerals and their uses. Ore mineral GEO310 EXPLORATION GEOPHYSICS II coeffi cients; Trace element distribution models. assemblages and their textures. Ore grade (3). Elementary surveying methods; Seismic Organic geochemistry: Naturally occurring calculations. methods, stress and strain, seismic waves, organic matters; Organic geochemistry of Features of the ore microscope. Qualitative compressional wave velocities of rocks, ray freshwater and soils; Petroleum and coal. Pre- and quantitative methods of identifi cation path in layered media; seismic sources; seismic requisite GEO207 in ore microscopy. Ore-forming processes. data acquisition systems; refl ection surveying, GEO314 PETROLOGY II (2). Sedimentary Ore fl uid types and fl uid inclusions. Isotopic refl ection at horizontal and dipping beds, rocks. Occurrence and origin. Classifi cation. composition of ore fl uids. Wall-rock alteration. multichannel profi ling, seismic section, normal Stability of minerals, weathering and the Morphology of ore deposits and different moveout, dipping refl ector and dip moveout sedimentary cycle. Terrigenous sediments: types of mining operation. Field visits to mines common depth point stacking; seismic data mineral composition as a function of the and mineral localities. Pre-requisites GEO201 processing, time corrections, fi ltering and source rock type, climate, transportation inverse fi ltering, migration of refl ection data; and depositional environment; mineralogical GEO306 EXPLORATION GEOPHYSICS I interpretation, structural and stratigraphic criteria for provenance; mineralogical maturity. (3). General principles of gravity surveying, analysis seismic modelling, VSP; applications Argillites. Chemical and biogenic deposits: instrumentation, fi eld procedures, gravity of seismic refl ection surveying; refraction carbonate minerals and grains; cherts; data reduction and data processing, Bouguer surveying, two and three-layer cases, dipping evaporites; coals. Diagenetic alteration. anomalies, densities of rocks and minerals, layers, concept of delay time, refraction in Metamorphic rocks. General concepts and direct and indirect interpretation; principles layers of continuous velocity change, fi eld important parameters in metamorphism; of magnetic surveying; fi eld instrumentation, surveying, data reduction and interpretations, mineralogical, textural and chemical changes; ground, aeromagnetic and marine applications; principles and applications of classifi cations. Types of metamorphism. Facies. surveying, data reduction, data processing radiometric surveying, instruments, fi eld surveys Stability fi elds of metamorphic minerals. and interpretation; electrical properties data processing and interpretation; principles Controls of metamorphism: chemistry of of rocks and minerals, general principles of borehole logging, formation evaluation, the protolith, pressure, temperature, time, of resistivity surveying, equipments, fi eld resistivity, induction, Self-potential, radiometric, metamorphic geotherms, P-T-t paths. procedure and interpretation, applications; sonic, temperature, magnetic and gravity Metamorphism of the main rock groups with induced polarization, principles and logging. Application of these methods in a special emphasis on contact and orogenic types measurement, applications; self potential (SP) variety of geologic exploration goals. Pre- of metamorphism. Pre-requisite GEO206 method, measurement and interpretation; requisites GEO 305, MAT 291, MAT292 electromagnetic surveying, FDEM fi eld GEO315 INTRODUCTION TO EXPLORATION methods; TDEM and (CS)AMT, Airborne EM GEOPHYSICS (3). Elementary surveying methods, fi eld procedures, data processing GEO311 PALEONTOLOGY AND methods; Seismic methods, stress and strain, and interpretation; Telluric and Magnetotelluric STRATIGRAPHY (3). The course consists of seismic waves, attenuation, refl ection, methods; applications of EM surveying; two parts. Part one deals with the principles refraction; seismic sources; seismic data Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR). Case studies of palaeontology. Part two is concerned with
163 FACULTY OF science
acquisition systems; refl ection surveying, remote sensing; susbsurface exploration; properties of near surface materials; electrical, multichannel profi ling, seismic section, engineering properties of soil, volume, high resolution seismic and gravity methods. common depth point stacking, migration mass, moisture, atterberg limits, gradation 2D- and 3D - resistivity, seismic and GPR of data, interpretation and applications; and classifi cation systems; consolidation, surveys; high-resolution transient EM surveys; refraction surveying, two and three-layer compaction; shear strengths in cohesive In-depth study of the application of electrical cases, dipping layers, fi eld surveying, and non-cohesive soils, triaxial tests, Mohr- and electromagnetic methods to minerals interpretations and applications; gravity Coulomb failure relation; compressive, tensile exploration and groundwater. Integrated surveying, units, gravity reduction, Bouguer and shear strength of rocks, test methods; approach to geophysical problems, data anomalies, rock densities, direct and static and dynamic elastic moduli; index collection and processing; combined inversion indirect interpretation; magnetic surveying, tests; rock mass deformation, infl uence of geophysical data. Case studies taken from rock magnetism, geomagnetic fi eld, of discontinuities, weathering, in situ test Botswana. instruments, ground and aeromagnetic methods, rock mass quality; control of surveying, reduction of observations, susbsurface water, dams seepage, control DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS temporal variations, interpretation and of water table (temporary and permanent); applications; resistivity method, spreads construction uses of rocks, aggregates, MAT 111 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICS (VES and CST), equivalence and suppression chemical degradation, degradation by I (4) problems; induced polarization, principles weathering; geological aspects of dam and measurement, applications; self construction; natural hazards and mitigation Basic algebra; Introduction to functions; potential (SP) method, measurement and of effects, earthquakes, volcanic processes, Trigonometry; Series; Induction; Complex interpretation; electromagnetic surveying, landslides and subsidence. Pre-requisites numbers; Permutations and combinations. depth of penetration, VLF, HLEM and (CS)AMT GEO201, GEO203 methods. Pre-requisite GEO201 MAT 122 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICS GEO406 RESEARCH PROJECT FOR II (4) GEO401 RESEARCH PROJECT (6). COMBINED DEGREE (3). The course is a Calculus; Co-ordinate geometry; Vectors. An investigation into a problem in the supervised project for Major/Major Combined Geosciences. It normally will require fi eld work Degree students. Data collection is done MAT 191 DESIGN MATHEMATICS I (3) for eight weeks during the vacation at the end after the 300 level courses. Laboratory work, Basic Algebra; Trigonometry, Statistics. of year 3. After which appropriate laboratory seminar(s) and a report are completed during work will be carried out. Progress reports at one semester. Pre-requisite GEO 301. In regular intervals, Seminars and fi nal report on addition the student must have passed the MAT 192 DESIGN MATHEMATICS II (3) the project. Pre-requisite GEO301, GEO312. relevant course /courses in the area of the Co-ordinate Geometry; Matrices and In addition the student must have passed the intended research. Determinants; Calculus. relevant course /courses in the area of the intended research. GEO407 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY (3). Classifi cation of ore deposits. Systematic MAT 201 ANCILLARY MATHEMATICS(3) GEO402 GEOTECTONICS (2) General descriptions of the main ore deposit types: Linear algebra; Calculus; Probability and concept. Structure of the Earth: direct and magmatic, hydrothermal, volcanogenic, statistics. indirect evidence. Plate tectonics, crust and sedimentary, residual. Fossil fuels. Industrial mantle evolution. Processes at plate margins minerals. The application of fl uid inclusion and within plates. The plate boundaries and stable isotope studies to the origin of ore MAT 211 INTRODUCTORY SET AND (divergent, convergent, transform) and deposits. Wall rock, structural and physico- NUMBER THEORY (3)Logic; Sets; Relations; the plate interiors: their morphological chemical controls on ore deposition. The Integers; Modular Arithmetic. features, geophysical signatures, structural tectonic setting of ore deposits. The concept characteristics, magmatism, metamorphism, of metallogenic epochs. Special emphasis sedimentation, ore and hydrocarbon is placed on ore deposits in Botswana and deposits, geothermal potential, natural neighbouring countries. Field visits to mines in MAT 212 INTRODUCTORY LINEAR hazard assessment. Plate tectonics and time. the region form an integral part of the course. ALGEBRA (3)Linear equations; Matrices; Reconstruction of ancient plate confi guration Co-requisite GEO305 Vector spaces; Transformations; Eigenvectors. - Rodinia, Gondwanaland and Pangaea. Plate MAT 221 CALCULUS I (3) tectonics in the Precambrian. Pre-requisites GEO408 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY GEO201, GEO206 (3). Geology and Human Environment: Techniques of integration; Applications of Geological controls on soils, vegetation, integration; Improper integrals; Generalized GEO403 EXPLORATION GEOCHEMISTRY climate: agrogeology, groundwater, mining mean value theorem; Taylor’s theorem; (3). Important concepts of geochemical operations, mineral processing and pollution Differential equations; Sequences and series. exploration: Dispersion mechanisms; Mobility / health risks. Waste disposal and land use of elements; Indicator elements; Natural planning. Environmental impact assessment. MAT 222 CALCULUS II (3) associations of elements; Pathfi nder minerals; Environment geochemistry: environmental Power series; Conic sections; Differential Design of geochemical prospecting; Defi nition lead, cadmium and arsenic, human infl uence calculus; Multiple integrals. of prospective area; Decision on what type of on atmospheric chemistry. Volcanic eruptions, MAT 242 COMPUTING I (3) dispersion pattern to seek; Choice of sampling meteorite impacts. Natural geological hazards: Elements of programming; Procedures and method; Chemical analysis; Interpretation of earthquakes, landslides, fl oods. Hazard subroutines; Structured design; Introduction to geochemical data. The variety of sampling mitigation and policy. Pre-requisite GEO101, modularization. programs: Bedrock surveys; Soil surveys; GEO105 Stream sediment surveys; Biogeochemical MAT 244 NUMERICAL METHODS (3) surveys; Gas surveys. Pre-requisite GEO305, GEO409 GEOLOGY OF BOTSWANA (2) Computer arithmetic; Numerical Co-requisite GEO407 Geology of Botswana as a part of Southern approximation and integration. Africa; the main crustal provinces of the GEO404 GEOLOGY OF AFRICA (3). The region. Structural and stratigraphic framework MAT 251 VECTORS AND INTRODUCTORY crustal structure of Africa from the perspective of Botswana. The major rock units in MECHANICS (3) of major geological provinces of the earth Botswana and their time-space relationships: Vectors; Vector calculus; Particle motion in and stages of their evolution. Crustal Kaapvaal Craton, Zimbabwe Craton and a straight line; Newton’s laws of motion; growth, cratons and belts. Position within Limpopo belt in Botswana, Gaborone Kinematics; Dynamics in space; Statistics. supercontinents Rodinia, Gondwana, Pangea. Igneous Complex and related lavas (Lobatse MAT 252 NEWTONIAN MECHANICS (3) Major geological provinces of the African Volcanic Group etc), Transvaal Supergroup, Work, power and energy; Momentum; Simple continent: Archaean, Palaeo- Meso- and Palaeoproterozoic igneous complexes harmonic motion; Statics of rigid bodies; Neoproterozoic, Palaeozoic, Mesozoic and (Molopo Farms Complex, Mahalapye Granite, Centre of gravity; Dynamics of a rigid body. Cenozoic. The main geological structures, their etc), Palaeoproterozoic sedimentary basins temporal evolution and spatial relationships: (Waterberg Group, Palapye Group, etc), MAT 271 INTRODUCTION TO tectonism, magmatism and sedimentation. Mesoproterozoic Kibaran, Neoproterozoic/Pan MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3) Pre-requisites GEO201 GEO206 African, Karoo, kimberlites, Kalahari Beds. Pre- Sample space and probability function; requisites GEO201,GEO206 Distributions of random variables; GEO405 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY (3). Expectations; Normal distribution; Applications Rocks, minerals, soils; weathering processes; GEO410 ADVANCED METHODS IN of t, chi-square and F distributions; Sampling mechanics fundamentals; formulating an EXPLORATION GEOPHYSICS (3). Methods of distributions; Statement of central limit investigation, site investigation data collection characterising shallow, subsurface conditions, theorem; Confi dence intervals and and interpretation; exploration using maps, including infl uence of fl uids on the physical
164 testing of hypothesis. MAT382 CALCULUS FOR TEACHERS II (3) MAT422 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS (3) Complex numbers; Differential equations; Normed linear spaces; Inner product spaces; MAT 291 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS Partial differentiation Fundamental theorems for normed linear I (3) spaces; Applications. Determinants and matrices; Application of MAT383 LINEAR ALGEBRA FOR TEACHERS derivatives; Number sequences and series; (3) MAT423 MATHEMATICAL METHODS (3) Partial derivatives; Application of integration. Linear equations; Matrices; Transformations; Laplace transforms and applications; Fourier Vectors; Geometric equations. series; Fourier transforms and applications; MAT 292 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS Classifi cation of partial differential equations; II (3) MAT384 COMPUTING FOR TEACHERS (3) Boundary value problems. Ordinary differential equations; Statistics; Introduction to computing; Basics of Probability; Binomial, Poisson and normal MAT424 DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS (3) programming; laboratory exercises. distributions. Periodic attractors; Stability and bifurcations; Chaos and chaotic attractors. MAT 311 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I (3) MAT387 MECHANICS FOR TEACHERS I Groups; Factor groups; Homomorphisms; (3)Vectors; Co-ordinate systems; Kinematics; MAT425 MEASURE THEORY (3) Rings. Velocity; Acceleration; Projectiles; Relative Measure spaces; Measurable functions; motion and circular motion. Integration; Spaces of functions; Product MAT 312 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II (3) measures. Group actions; p-groups; Rings; Fields. MAT388 MECHANICS FOR TEACHERS II (3) Newton’s law of motion; Momentum and MAT426 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL MAT 321 REAL ANALYSIS I (3) impulse; Conservation of momentum; Work, EQUATIONS (3) The real number system; Sequences of real power and energy; Simple harmonic motion. numbers; Series; Functions; Continuity; Initial boundary problems for parabolic, elliptic Differentiability; Integration. MAT389 LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND and hyperbolic equations. GAME THEORY FOR TEACHERS (3) MAT 322 REAL ANALYSIS II (3) Mathematical formulation of linear MAT431 GENERAL TOPOLOGY Introduction to Rn as a metric space; programming (LP) problem; Graphical method; Topological spaces; Bases and sub-bases; Differentiation in Rn ; Power series; Integration The simplex procedure and other techniques; Continuous mappings; Hausdorff spaces; in Rn. Game theory; Two-person games; Zero-sum Compact spaces; Connected spaces. games; Mixed strategies; Graphical solution; MAT 323 VECTOR CALCULUS (3) The best mixed strategy as an LP problem. MAT432 ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY (3) Vectors and applications to lines and planes; Homotopy theory; Homology theory; Curves and surfaces; Differentiation and MAT391 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III Categories and functors. integration of vector functions; The divergence (3) theorem and Stoke’s theorem. Laplace transforms; Vector analysis; MAT441 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3) Interpolation; Numerical solution of differential Multi-step linear methods and Runge Kutta MAT324 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) equations; Fourier series representation of methods for ordinary differential equations; Second order linear differential equations; periodic functions. Finite difference methods for partial Power series solutions to ordinary differential differential equations. equations; Systems of differential equations; MAT392 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS Boundary value problems for ordinary IVA (3) MAT442 COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS differential equations and partial differential Laplace transforms; Partial differential (3) equations. equations; Complex analysis. Symbolic calculations with a computer; Automatic symbolic differentiation and MAT342 COMPUTING II (3) MAT394 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS integration; Symbolic solution of differential Recursion, pointers and linked lists; Object IVB (3) equations; Approximation of functions with a oriented programming; Dynamic memory Partial differential equations; Laplace computer. allocation; Mathematical usage of objects and transforms. modules. MAT451 DYNAMICS II (3) MAT400 PROJECT (3) Further work on systems of particles; MAT344 NUMERICAL METHODS OF Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics; LINEAR ALGEBRA (3) MAT402 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS (3) Variational principles; Canonical transforms; Direct and iterative methods for solving The origins of mathematics; Greek Hamilton-Jacobi theory. systems of linear equations; Numerical mathematics; Mathematics in other MAT 452 QUANTUM MECHANICS (3) methods for computation of eigenvalues and cultures; The European renaissance; Modern Quantization rules; Application to the eigenvectors of matrices. mathematics. hydrogen atom; Schrodinger wave equation; MAT352 DYNAMICS I (3) MAT404 TOPICS IN ADVANCED Poisson brackets and commutation relations; Central forces, systems of particles, variable MATHEMATICS (3) The uncertainty principle. mass; Non-inertial frames; Rigid body motion; Topics to be determined. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics. MAT 453 ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY (3) Electric fi eld; Electric currents in linear MAT411 LINEAR ALGEBRA (3) MAT361 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING conductors; Biot-Savart law; Magnetic Vector spaces; Linear transformations; AND GAME THEORY (3) fi eld; Potentials and related boundary value Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Inner product Graphical solution for linear programming; problems; Maxwell’s equations. spaces; Multilinear algebra. Simplex method and new developments; K-T MAT 454 INTRODUCTION TO FLUID condition and basic methods for non-linear MAT412 NUMBER THEORY (3) DYNAMICS (3) programming; Linear programming method Brief revision of elementary number theory; Tensor methods; Two dimensional steady for two person zero-sum games. Quadratic reciprocity; Number theoretic fl ow; Stream lines and streak lines; Properties functions; Sums of squares; Algebraic integers. MAT371 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I (3) of fl uids; Mass conservation; Continuity Review of probability; Distributions of random equations; Convective derivative; Vorticity. variables; Conditional distributions; Normal, MAT414 COMBINATORICS AND GRAPH MAT 461 OPTIMIZATION AND CONTROL gamma, t, chi-square and F distributions; THEORY (3) THEORY (3) Different modes of convergence; Limiting Graphs; Planar graphs; Paths; Directed graphs; Calculus of variation; Pontryagin maximum distributions; Introduction to estimation theory Networks; Matchings. and hypothesis testing. principle; Optimal control of linear systems; Linear systems with quadratic cost. MAT416 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA III MAT372 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II (3) Group theory; Field theory. MAT 462 MATHEMATICAL MODELLING (3) Estimation theory; Classical methods of Population models; Competing species; estimation versus Bayes estimation; Theory of MAT421 FUNCTIONS OF A COMPLEX Epidemic models; Van der Pol and Lotka- uniformly powerful tests and likelihood ratio VARIABLE(3) Volterra equations. tests; Introduction to linear models; Linear The elementary functions; Analytic functions; regression and ANOVA models. Series; Calculus of residues; Introduction MAT 471 MULTIVARIATE STATISTICS (3) to conformal mappings and analytic Multivariate, marginal and conditional MAT381 CALCULUS FOR TEACHERS I (3) continuation. distributions; Multivariate normal distribution Differentiation; Integration. Np (m,S). Wishart distribution and Hotelling T2
165 FACULTY OF science
distribution; Maximum likelihood estimation of m and S of Np (m,S) distribution; Likelihood ratio test for testing
Ho: m = mo; Multivariate regression; Canonical correlations; Principal components.
MAT 472 LINEAR MODELS (3) General linear model and linear hypotheses; Models of full rank and models not of full rank; Estimable functions; Testable hypotheses; The exponential family and generalized linear models; Introduction to fi xed models; Illustration of fi tting models to real life data with a computer package.
MAT 474 STOCHASTIC PROCESSES (3) Stochastic processes in both discrete and continuous time; Markov chains; Poisson processes; Renewal theory; Branch processes; Applications. MAT 476 STATISTICAL COMPUTING (3) Use of symbolic computation in statistics with a computer algebra system; Developing computational methods for selected problems of multivariate statistics; Using a statistics package for estimation and testing of hypotheses in different statistical models with real life data and/or data supplied by simulation. MAT481 GEOMETRY FOR TEACHERS I (3)Logic; Axiomatic systems; Incidence geometry; Euclidean geometry. MAT482 GEOMETRY FOR TEACHERS II (3) Analytic Geometry in the Euclidean plane and space; Transformational Geometry in the Euclidean plane. MAT483 REAL ANALYSIS FOR TEACHERS (3) Sequences; Functions; Continuity; Derivatives; Riemann integral. MAT484 INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR TEACHERS (3) Sample space and probability function; Distributions of random variables and their moments; Binomial, Poisson, normal and other probability functions; Estimation and hypothesis testing.
MAT485 NUMBER THEORY AND ABSTRACT ALGEBRA FOR TEACHERS (3) Elementary number theory; The Diophantine equation; Congruences; Fermat’s and Wilson’s theorems; Group theory; Polynomials. MAT491 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS V Partial differential equations; Bessel functions; Legendre polynomials; Reliability theory. MAT492 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS VI Tests of hypothesis; Linear programming; Stochastic processes.
166 FFACULTYACULTY OOFF socialsocial sscienceScienceS
ECONOMICS
LAW
POLITICAL & ADMINISTRATIVE STUDIES
POPULATION STUDIES
PSYCHOLOGY
SOCIAL WORK
SOCIOLOGY
STATISTICS
DEAN Prof. B. Tsie, BA (UBS), MIA (Columbia), PhD (Leeds) DEPUTY DEAN T. Ntsabane, BA (UBS) MA (Wisconsin) FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS M. B. Maje, BA PGDE (UB), MEd (Birmingham) N. A. Nkanga, BA, MLIS, (UB), MSc HRM (Cardiff) FACULTY OF social sciences
Mission Statement Post Graduate Programme during the 1990/91 MSc (Glasgow), PhD (Strathclyde) (on leave of The Faculty of Social Sciences aims to academic year. This was the Masters in Public absence) prepare and provide students with a broad Administration. Since then six (6) more Post Bachelor of Arts in Economics Degree background for personal development and Graduate Programmes have been introduced. Programme growth in relevant academic and professional These are the Master of Arts in Law, in training. While its underlying mission is to Statistics, in Economics, Population Studies, Special Departmental Regulations for the nurture their intellectual and analytical skills, it Development Studies and Social Work. A new Bachelor of Arts in Economics (Combined recognizes the importance of developing the Masters degree programme in Politics and Degree and Economics Minor) human resources required to meet the needs International Relations will be introduced in of Botswana in a competitive international August 2007. Entry Requirements environment. The Faculty further contributes Subject to the provisions of General Regulation to the development of Botswana by producing Special Regulations of the Faculty of 20.20, at least a credit in Mathematics shall well-qualifi ed and educated personnel in Social Sciences be required for all students intending to many areas of national development namely; 24.00 General Regulations of the University take Economics as a Major or Minor subject. economic planning and development policy, shall apply. Alternative qualifi cations may be accepted as social and cultural studies, public policy and 24.01 Failure, without good cause, to deliver per General Academic Regulation 20.24b. administration, demographic and statistical an assignment within the fi rst 24 hours of the analysis, and political and legal spheres. due date shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage Requirements for entry into the Bachelor marks. Failure to submit the assignment of Arts (Economics) Degree Programme are The Faculty will achieve its mission by: before the end of the week from the due date determined by the Department of Economics a) Serving as a centre of excellence for shall incur a zero mark. Board and may vary from year to year. advanced study in the various disciplines of the Faculty; The Department offers Economics as a Single b) Catering for human resources development DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Major Bachelor of Arts (Economics) Degree, and training needs of the country in the fi elds a Combined Major (Major/Major) Degree for within the Faculty; Professors the BASS and other Degrees, and a Minor c) Undertaking research and disseminating Mohamed S. Mukras, BA, BPhil (East Africa), in Economics. Students majoring in other such results in scholarly publications in MA, PhD (Toronto) Sylvenus Ikhide, BEd subjects may take courses in Economics disciplines offered by the Faculty; (Ibadan, Nigeria), MSc (London) MSc. PhD (Ife, provided the pre-requisites are satisfi ed. d) Engaging in consultancies in areas Nigeria) associated with national Level 100 development, planning, administration and Associate Professors All courses at this level are core management; Nettimi Narayana, BA, MA, PhD (Sri Semester 1 e) Striving, in line with the national vision of Venkateswara) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) botho, to mould students in their personal Narain P. Sinha, MA Econ, MSc Stat, BSc STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social development as citizens with civic competence Maths PhD (University of Rajasthan, India) Sciences I (3) and awareness, Oluyele Akinkugbe, BSc (Ife), MSc, PhD STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3) as well as developing their profi ciency in the (Ibadan) various branches of knowledge imparted by Happy K. Siphambe, BA (UB), MA (Western Semester 2 the Faculty; Michigan), PhD (Manitoba) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) f) Collaborating, building and maintaining STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social partnerships with key constituencies and Senior Lecturers Sciences II (3) other universities to ensure that the courses Benjamin K. Acquah, BSc (Ghana), MSc STA121 Elements of Probability (3) and programmes offered are relevant for the (Colorado State), PhD (Wisconsin) labour market. Stephen M. Kapunda, BA (Ed) (Dar es Level 200 Salaam), MA (Toronto), PhD (Dar es Salaam) All courses at this level are core Introduction Christopher Mupimpila, BA (UNZA, Lusaka), Semester 1 The Faculty of Social Sciences comprises the MA (Syracuse), MSc, PhD (Iowa State) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) following Departments: Sukumaran M.K. Nair, MA (Kerala), PhD ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for •Economics (North Eastern Hill) Economists (3) •Law Imogen P. Mogotsi, BA (UBS), MSc •Political and Administrative Studies (Strathclyde), MA, PhD (Sussex) Semester 2 •Population Studies Patricia M. Makepe, BSc (UZ), MSc, PhD ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) •Psychology (Michigan State) ECO232 Basic Statistical Economics (3) •Social Work Gaotlhoboge R. Motlaleng, BA, MA (UB), •Sociology MPhil (Kent) Level 300 •Statistics. Botswiri O. Tsheko, BA (UB), MA (Manitoba), All courses at this level are core Programmes of Study PhD (Sheffi eld) Semester 1 Until recently, the Faculty concentrated mainly ECO311 Microeconomics I (3) on its Combined Major Programmes, which Lecturers ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3) allows students to choose any 2 areas of study Jonah B. Tlhalefang, BA (UB), MA ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3) from the Departments mentioned above, i. e. (Manitoba), PhD (Sheffi eld) ECO341 Econometrics I (3) Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences (BASS), and Donatilla K. Kaino, BA, MA (Dar es Salaam), ECO 463 Economics of Botswana and with special permission, from courses offered PhD (Johannes Kepler Linz) Southern Africa (3) by other Faculties or Departments, e.g. History Ntwaetsile T. Morapedi, BA (UBLS), MA or Environmental Science. However, in order (Leeds), MPhil (Wales) Semester 2 to more effectively meet the demand for fully Mogakolodi Rathedi, BA (UB), PGD Econ, ECO312 Microeconomics II (3) trained social scientists, the Faculty has been MA (Southampton), MSc (Surrey) ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3) trying to activate its Single Major Programmes Francis N. Okurut, BA (MUK) MA (MUK) PhD ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3) to provide for specialisation in particular areas. (Stellenbosch) ECO342 Econometrics II (3) During the academic year 1981/82, the Thuto D. Botlhole, BA, MA (UB ECO465 History of Economic Thought(3) Faculty changed its Year 1 and Year 2 Lesego Sekwati, BA, MA (UB) Programmes from the unit to the subject Malebogo Bakwena, BA (UB), MSc (York) system. With the introduction of the subject (on study leave) Level 400 system, students in the Faculty are still being Obonye Galebotswe, BA (UB), MCom (Cape All courses at this level are core provided with the facility of electing 1 of their Town) (on study leave) Semester 1 majors as Environmental Science (Faculty of Brothers W. Malema, BA (UB), MA (Boston) ECO431 Research Methods in Economics (3) Science) or History (Faculty of Humanities). (on study leave) Plus: 4 optional courses Furthermore, in response to the growing need Mogale M. Ntsosa, BA (UB), MA (Western for middle-level manpower, the Departments Illinois) (on study leave) Semester 2 of Population Studies, Law, Social Work, Monica Seemule, BA (UB), PGD Econ, MA ECO432 Project in Applied Economics (3, core) Sociology and Statistics offer Programmes (Manchester) (on study leave) Plus: 4 optional courses leading to the Diploma in Population Studies, Boitumelo D. Moffat, BA, MA (UB) (on study Diploma in Law, Social Work, Criminal Justice leave) Optional Courses Studies and Statistics. Consistent with its Joel Sentsho, BA (UB), MA (Manchester), ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for objectives, the Faculty started offering its fi rst Non-Majors
168 ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for a Minor subject shall take and pass the Attorney (Botswana) Non-Majors following courses: B. Maripe, LLB (UB), LLM (London) Attorney ECO411 Development Economics Level 100 (Botswana) ECO412 Development Problems and Policy All courses at this level are core S.T. Morolong, LLB (UB), LLM (London), LLM ECO421 International Trade Semester 1 (Unisa) Attorney (Botswana). ECO422 International Finance ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) ECO441 Economics of Agriculture STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social Lecturers ECO442 Agricultural Policy and Rural Sciences I (3) T. Balule, LLB (UB), LLM PhD (Edinburgh) Development Attorney (Botswana). ECO451 Environmental Economics Semester 2 S. Mosweu, LLB (UB), LLM (Columbia) ECO452 Resource Economics ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Attorney (Botswana) ECO463 Economics of Botswana and STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social E.K.B. Ntumy, BA, (Hons) (Ghana) Dip (HRM) Southern Africa Sciences II (3) (SA) PGD, MPhil (Cape Town), MPA (UB), ECO465 History of Economic Thought MSAIM, AARB (Botswana) ECO466 Public Finance Level 200 ECO467 Labour Economics All courses at this level are core G.O. Radijeng, LLB (UB), LLM (Harvard), D.Phil ECO468 Industrial Economics Semester 1 (Oxon), Attorney (Botswana). ECO469 Money and Banking ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) B.D.D. Radipati,LLB (UB), LLM (Wits), LLM ECO473 Financial Economics (Columbia) Attorney (Botswana). ECO474 Health Economics Semester 2 W. Wankie, LLB (UB), LLM (Shefi eld) Attorney ECO475 Transport Economics ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) (Botswana). T. Jobeta, LLB (UB), LLM (London), Attorney NB: ECO221 and ECO222 are not available for Levels 300 and 400 (Botswana). students taking Economics as a Major. Students are required to take 2 optional K. Lekoba, LLB (UB), LLM (Sheffi eld), NB: Students in Levels 300 and 400 may courses. LLM(Georgetown), Attorney (Botswana). take any of the above-listed optional courses R. A. Kumar, LLB (M.D. University) LLM, PhD provided they satisfy the pre-requisites. Assessment (Delhi University), Advocate (India). The continuous assessment (CA) of each M. L. Mothobi, LLB (UBS), LLM (Stellenbosch) Combined Major Programme course will normally include at least 2 Attorney (Botswana) (on study leave). Students intending to take Economics as components as outlined in the General K. N. Bojosi, LLB (UB) LLM (Pretoria), LLM a Combined Major shall take and pass the Academic Regulation 00.811. (Cantab), Attorney (Botswana). (on study following courses: leave). These 2 components will normally be Level 100 in written form. However, non-written Departmental Regulations All courses at this level are core presentations will count for no more than 10 General Provisions Semester 1 percent of the CA. ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Subject to the provisions of Academic General STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social The CA will count for 40 percent of the total Regulations and Faculty of Social Sciences Sciences I (3) assessment while the fi nal examination will Regulations, the following Departmental STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3) count for 60 percent of the total assessment. Regulations shall apply. This applies to all courses except ECO432 Semester 2 (Project in Applied Economics). The Department of Law offers programmes Core Courses and courses leading to the award of the ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Research Proposal following qualifi cations: STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social All students taking ECO431 Research Methods Diploma in Law Sciences II (3) in Economics shall write a research proposal Bachelor of Law (LLB) STA121 Elements of Probability (3) that shall be graded, and there shall be Master of Laws (LLM) no fi nal examination for that course. The Level 200 proposal for this course will normally be used Diploma in Law (DIL) All courses at this level are core as a basis for ECO432 Project in Applied Entry Requirements Semester 1 Economics. The normal requirement for admission ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) to the Diploma in Law Programme shall ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for Progression from one Semester to be the Botswana General Certifi cate of Economists (3) Semester Secondary Education (BGCSE) obtained with Progression from one Semester to the next a minimum of three credits, one of which Semester 2 shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 shall be in English language, or an equivalent ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) qualifi cation. Relevant work experience shall ECO232 Basic Statistical Economics (3) DEPARTMENT OF LAW also be an advantage. An applicant in possession of a Certifi cate Level 300 Professors in Law of this University, obtained with a All courses at this level are core K. Frimpong, LLB (Hons), LLM (Ghana), LLM, minimum classifi cation of a merit, or an Semester 1 JSD (Yale), Barrister/Solicitor (Ghana) equivalent qualifi cation shall also be eligible ECO311 Microeconomics I (3) D.D.N. Nsereko, LLB (Hons) (EA), MCJ for admission to Level 200 of the Diploma in ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3) (Howard), Certifi cate in International Law Law programme. ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3) (Hague), LLM, JSD, (New York) Subject to Academic General Regulations Attorney (Uganda). 00.4, a student admitted to the Diploma in Semester 2 J. Kiggundu, LLB (Hons) (Makerere), LLM, Law programme with a Certifi cate in Law Core Courses PhD (London), Post-graduate Diploma in Legal shall be exempted from taking Level 100 ECO312 Microeconomics II (3) Practice (LDC) (Uganda). courses on the Diploma in Law programme ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3) C.M. Fombad, Licence en droit (Yaounde), deemed equivalent to those passed under the ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3) LLM, PhD (London). Certifi cate in Law programme, but shall be required to take General Education and Core Level 400 Associate Professors courses that are not deemed equivalent to any All courses at this level are core C.H.S. Ng’ong’ola, LLB (Malawi), LLM (Exeter) of the courses passed under the Certifi cate Semester 1 Ph.D. (London) in Law. ECO341 Econometrics I (3) E.K. Quansah, LLB (Hons), LLM (London), ECO463 Economics of Botswana and LLD (Unisa), of Gray’s Inn, Barrister, Barrister/ Duration Southern Africa (3) Solicitor (Ghana), Attorney (Botswana) The normal duration for the Diploma in Law Plus one optional course programme shall be four (4) semesters on a Senior Lecturers full time basis. A student admitted to the Semester 2 O.B. Tshosa, LLB (UB), LLM (Lund), PhD programme with a Certifi cate in Law shall ECO342 Econometrics II (3) (Edinburgh), Attorney (Botswana) however be entitled to complete the Diploma Plus: 2 optional courses K. Solo, LLB (UB), LLM (London), Ph.D (Cape in Law within a period of not less than two (2) Town) Attorney (Botswana) semesters. Minor in Economics K.K. Lebotse, LLB (UB), LLM (London) Students intending to take Economics as
169 FACULTY OF social sciences
Programme Structure Public Law 2. Except for course LAW 109, the ratio The Diploma in Law Programme shall consist Semester 3 between continuous assessment and the of Level 100 General Education Courses (GEC) LAW 206 Civil Litigation and Process (4) formal examination shall be 2:3. in the areas of Communication and Study LAW 207 Advanced Criminal Litigation (3) 3In LAW 109 students shall be assessed from Skills and Computer and Information Skills, LAW 208 Human Rights Law in Botswana mock trials, seminar exercises, fi eld trip reports specifi ed Core (C) and Optional (O) courses in (3) and other exercises as shall be determined the principal subject Law offered at Levels 100 And at least two of by the Departmental Board and indicated at and 200, and Electives in other subject areas LAW 209 Criminology and Penology (3) the beginning of the course. A fi nal mark of offered at comparable levels. LAW 105 Law of Obligations I (4) 100 per cent for the course shall consist of Elective (3) marks allocated for each component of the Level 100 Core and Optional Courses are Total Number of Credits 6 assessment in proportions to be determined by foundation courses, which students admitted the Departmental Board and indicated at the to the programme without a Certifi cate in Semester 4 beginning of the course. Law, shall normally be required to take before LAW 210 Electoral Law and Procedures (3) 4. Failure without good cause to submit attempting the Core and Optional courses at LAW 211 Local Government Law (3) continuous assessment work within twenty- Level 200. LAW 215 Labour Law in Botswana(4) four hours of the due date shall carry a penalty And at least two of of 5 percentage marks. Failure to submit the Level 200 courses shall be offered and taken LAW 110 Law of Obligations II(4) work within forty-eight hours of the due date in the designated areas of specialisation LAW 203 Environmental Laws of Botswana shall carry a penalty of 50 percentage marks. identifi ed as Private Law, Public Law and (3) Failure to submit the work within one week Commercial Law. Elective (3) from the due date shall incur a zero mark. Total Number of Credits 17 Formal Examinations Subject to variations approved from time to Formal written examinations for all Core and time, courses for the Diploma in Law shall be Commercial Law Optional law courses on the programme shall arranged as follows:- Semester 3 be of the type and for the duration approved LAW 212 Sales and Consumer Law in by Departmental Board and indicated in the Level 100 Botswana (3) course outline or at the beginning of each Semester 1 LAW 213 Negotiable and other Instruments course. General Education Courses of Payment (3) GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills LAW 214 Companies and Partnerships in (2) Botswana (4) Bachelor of Laws (LLB) Degree GEC 121 Computer and Information Skills (2) LAW 201 Introduction to Property Law Entry Requirements (3) 1.The normal requirement for admission to the Core Courses LAW 205 Law of Persons and the Family in Bachelor of Laws degree programme shall be LAW 101 Introduction to the Botswana Legal Botswana (4) the Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary System (3) Total Number of Credits 17 Education (BGCSE) obtained at one sitting LAW 102 Criminal Law in Botswana I (3) with a minimum of fi ve credits, one of which LAW 103 Constitutional Law in Botswana (3) Semester 4 shall be in English language, or an equivalent And, Either LAW 215 Labour Law in Botswana (4) qualifi cation. LAW 104 Trial Practice I (4) LAW 216 Insurance Law in Botswana (3) 2. An applicant in possession of a Diploma Or LAW 217 Insolvency and Secured in Law from this University, obtained with LAW 105 Law of Obligations I (4) Tansactions (3) a minimum classifi cation of a credit, or an Total Number of Credits 17 LAW 218 Tax Law in Botswana (3) equivalent qualifi cation shall also be eligible Semester 2 And one of for admission to the LLB programme. GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills (2) LAW 210 Electoral Law and Procedures 3. Subject to Academic General Regulation GEC Computer and Information Skills (2) (3) 00.4, a student admitted to the LLB And LAW 211 Local Government Law (3) programme with a Diploma in Law shall be LAW 106 Customary Law (3) Elective (3) exempted from taking Levels 100 and 200 LAW 107 Criminal Law in Botswana II Total Number of credits 16 courses on the LLB programme designated (3) by the Departmental Board as equivalent LAW 108 Administrative Law in Botswana (3) Minimum Total for the Programme: 67 to courses passed under the Diploma in And Either Law Programme and shall be allocated LAW 109 Trial Practice II (4) Award of Diploma comparable credits under the LLB programme Or • 1 A student shall be eligible for the award of for the exemptions. A student admitted to LAW 110 Law of Obligations II (4) the Diploma in Law upon completion the LLB programme with a Diploma in Law Total Number of Credits of a minimum of 67 credits from the courses will not normally be entitled to register for 17 indicated on the programme structure. courses offered at levels 300, 400 and 500 • 2.4.2 A student admitted to the Diploma in of the LLB programme before completing Private Law Law programme with a Certifi cate in Law and accumulating credits for levels 100 and Level 200 or equivalent qualifi cation in accordance 200 Core, Optional, Electives and General Semester 3 with Special Regulation Education Courses. LAW 201 Introduction to Property Law • 2.1.2 shall be eligible for the award of 3.2 Duration (3) the Diploma in Law upon completion of The normal duration for the LLB degree LAW 202 Land and Mineral Resources Law a minimum of 33 credits from Level 200 programme shall be ten (10) semesters (3) courses indicated on the programme on a full-time basis. Students entitled to LAW 205 Law of Persons and the Family in structure. exemptions in terms of Academic General Botswana (4) Regulations, Faculty and Special Departmental LAW 212 Sales and Consumer Law in Assessment Regulations may however complete the Botswana (3) 1. The following Special Regulations shall programme within a shorter period which, for LAW 208 Human Rights Law in Botswana supplement Academic General Regulations students with a Diploma in Law, may not be (3) and Faculty Regulations on assessment and less than six (6) semesters on a full time basis. Total Number of credits 16 grading of law courses on the Diploma in Law Programme Structure Programme. 1. The LLB programme shall consist of Semester 4 2.Except for LAW 109, each law course on specifi ed Core (C) and Optional (O) courses LAW 204 Deeds Registration in Botswana (4) the programme shall be assessed through in the principal subject Law offered at Levels LAW 203 Environmental Laws of Botswana continuous assessment and a formal 100 to 500, and Electives (E) and General (3) examination at or before the end of the Education Courses (GEC) in other subject areas LAW 211 Local Government Law (3) semester. offered at comparable levels. LAW 215 Labour Law in Botswana (4) 2. Students shall normally be required to take And One of Continuous Assessment and complete credits for the Core courses LAW 210 Electoral Law and Procedures (3) 1. Continuous assessment shall consist of at in the manner and sequence indicated in LAW 217 Insolvency and Secured least two or more pieces of the following: the programme structure. The Core courses Transactions written assignments, written tests, oral tests, at each level and semester from Levels 100 (3)Elective mock trials, moots, class or seminar exercises, to 400 have generally been designed and (3)Total Number of Credits 17 practicals, projects, research exercises, or arranged to prepare LLB students for other independent study. Core courses at each successive higher level.
170 3. Optional courses on the LLB programme LAW 441 Law and Health Care (3) continuous assessment and the formal shall be offered subject to optimal student and LAW 442 Social Security Law (3) examination in law courses shall be 2:3. approval of the Departmental Board. Elective(3) 3. Law and Social Research Methods,LAW135, 4. Subject to changes approved from time Total Number of Credits 17 Law and Social Research Methods, shall be to time, LLB courses shall be arranged as assessed through at least two or more pieces follows:- Semester 8 of continuous assessment work. Each piece of LAW 435 Public International Law II (3) continuous assessment work shall be marked Level 100 LAW 436 Clinical Legal Education II (4) and shall contribute towards the fi nal mark of Semester 1 LAW 437 Human Rights Law (3) 100 per cent for the course. GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills I LAW 438 Law of Business Associations II (3) 4 Clinical Legal Education Courses I to III shall (2) And one of: be assessed as follows: GEC 121 Computer and Information Skills LAW 439 Gender and the Law (3) a) LAW 433 Clinical Legal Education I Fundamentals I (2) LAW 440 Law and the Media (3) 1. Participation in seminars and written LAW 131 Introduction to Law (3) LAW 441 Law and Health Care (3) assignments - 30% LAW 132 Comparative Legal History and LAW 442 Social Security Law (3) 2. Oral examination on work performed in the Systems (3) Elective (3) Legal Clinic - 20% LAW 133 Law of Persons (3) Total Number of Credits 16 3. End of semester examination - 50% GEC / Elective (4) Total 100% Total Number of Credits 17 Level 500 Semester 9 b) LAW 436 Clinical Legal Education II Semester 2 LAW 531 Clinical Legal Education III (4) 1. Oral Examination on work performed in the GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills II LAW 532 Conveyancing Principles and Legal Clinic - 40% (2) Practice (4) 2. Moot/Mock trial documents and GEC 122 Computer and Information Skills LAW 535 Research Paper (3) performance - 60% Fundamentals I(2) And at least two of: Total 100% LAW 106 Customary Law (3) LAW 536 International Moot (3) LAW 134 Family Law (3) LAW 537 Private International Law I (3) c) LAW 531 Clinical Legal Education III LAW 135 Law and Social Research Methods LAW 538 International Organizations (3) (2) LAW 539 International Business Transactions 1. Internship Report - 30% GEC / Elective (4) (3) 2. Moot/mock trial documents and Total for Number of Credits 16 LAW 540 Intellectual Property Law I (3) performance - 50% Total Number of Credits 17 3. Oral examination on work performed in the Level 200 Legal Clinic - 20% Semester 3 Semester 10 Total 200% LAW 231 Criminal Law, General Principles LAW533 Introduction to Notarial Practice (3) (4) INTERNATIONAL MOOT THE COURSE LAW 232 Delict, General Principles (3) ACC 407 Accounting for Lawyers (4) LAW536, INTERNATIONAL MOOT, SHALL LAW 233 Contract Law (4) And at least three of: BE ASSESSED AS FOLLOWS: LAW 234 Constitutional Law (3) LAW 536 International Moot (3) GEC /Elective (2) LAW 541 Intellectual Property Law II (3) 1. Documents prepared for the Moot - 60% Total Number of Credits 15 LAW 542 International Trade Law (3) 2. Advocacy skills in the Moot - 40% LAW 538 International Organizations (3) Total 100% Semester 4 LAW 543 Private International Law II (3) LAW 235 Specifi c Offences in Criminal Law LAW 539 International Business Transactions Research Paper (3) (3) The fi nal version of the research paper in LAW 236 Specifi c Delicts (3) Total Number of Credits 17 course LAW535 shall be submitted for LAW 237 Administrative Law (3) Minimum Total for the Programme 165 examination by the relevant date and marked LAW 201 Introduction to Property Law (3) out of 100 per cent. A student who fails to GEC / Elective (4) submit the research paper for examination Total Number of Credits 16 Award of Degree by the relevant date shall be awarded an A student shall be eligible for the award of the incomplete Grade (I) in accordance with Level 300 LLB degree upon completion of a minimum of Academic General Regulation 00.844. Semester 5 165 credits from the Core, Optional, Electives Delay and Failure to Submit Continuous LAW 202 Land and Mineral Resources Law and GECs indicated in the programme Assessment Work (3) structure. Subject to Special Departmental Regulations LAW 331 Civil Procedure and Practice (4) 3.6.4 and 3.65, failure without good cause to LAW 332 Evidence (4) Assessment submit continuous assessment work within LAW 333 Criminal Procedure (3) 1. The following Special Regulations shall twenty-four hours of the due date shall carry LAW 334 Employment Law (3) supplement Academic General Regulations a penalty of 5 percentage marks. Failure to Total Number of Credits 17 and Faculty of Social Sciences Regulations on submit the work within forty-eight hours assessment and grading of law courses on the of the due date shall carry a penalty of 50 Semester 6 LLB programme. percentage marks. Failure to submit the work LAW 335 Sale, Lease and Credit Agreements 2. Except for courses LAW135, Law and within one week from the due date shall incur (3) Social Research Methods; LAW433, Clinical a zero mark. LAW 336 Negotiable Instruments and Legal Education I; LAW436, Clinical Legal Banking Law (3) Education II; LAW531, Clinical Legal Education Formal Examinations LAW 337 Labour Relations Law (3) III; LAW535, Research Paper; and LAW536, Formal written examinations for Core and LAW 338 Law and the Environment (3) International Moot, each Core and Optional Optional law courses on the LLB programme LAW 339 Succession and Administration of course on the LLB programme shall be shall be of the type and for the duration Estates (2) assessed through continuous assessment approved by the Departmental Board and And one of: and a formal written examination taken at or indicated in the course outline or at the LAW 340 Insurance and Agency Law (3) before the end of the semester. beginning of each course. LAW 217 Insolvency and Secured Service Courses Transactions (3) Continuous Assessment Subject to optimal student demand and the LAW 218 Tax Law in Botswana (3) 1. Continuous assessment shall consist of at availability of staff and other resources, the Total Number of Credits 17 least two or more of the following pieces of Department of Law shall offer the following work: written assignments, written tests, oral courses at levels 100 to 600 to students not Level 400 tests, mock trials, moots, class or seminar registered for law programmes. Semester 7 exercises, practicals, projects, research LAW 431 Public International Law I (3) exercises or independent study. LEVEL 100 Law and society in Botswana LAW 432 Jurisprudence (4) 2. Except for the courses LAW135, Law and GEC 277 law and society in botswana LAW 433 Clinical Legal Education I (4) Social Research Methods; LAW433, Clinical (2 sem 1 or 2) LAW 434 Law of Business Associations I (3) Legal Education I; LAW436, Clinical Legal LAW 151 law and social work (4 sem 1) And One of: Education II; LAW531, Clinical Legal Education LAW 439 Gender and the Law (3) III; LAW535, Research Paper; and LAW536, Level 200 LAW 440 Law and the Media (3) International Moot, the ratio between LAW 251 Foundations of Business Law
171 FACULTY OF social sciences
(3, Sem 1) Science) Administration (3) LAW 252 Specifi c Business Transactions 1.5Combined Major/Major ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) (4, Sem 2) Programme (PAS Regulations 2.3) STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) LAW 253 Foundations of Engineering Law leading to the award of the BA (Social Science) Plus one Elective and two GECs (3, Sem 3) 1.6 Combined Major/Minor Programme (PAS Regulations 2.4.1 and 2.4.2) leading to the Level 200 Level 300 award of BA (Social Science) Semester 1 LAW 351 Introduction to Company Law 1.7Combined Minor in Public Administration + Core Courses (4, Sem 1) Major in Other Programme PAD201 Organization Theories (3) LAW 353 Planning and Environmental Law 1.8Combined Minor in Political Science + ECO221 Basic Macroeconomics for non- (3, Sem 1 or 2) Major Other Programme Majors; or ECO 211: Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Level 400 1.3 Entry Requirements LAW234 Constitutional Law LAW 452 Construction Law (3, Sem 1 or 2) Admission to the programmes offered Plus one Elective and two GECs. LAW 453 Labour and Industrial Property Law by the Department shall be on the basis Total Credits 16 (3, Sem 1 or 2) of performance in the Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) Semester 2 examination, or its equivalent, and as specifi ed Core Courses DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL AND in the General Academic Regulations. PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3) ADMINISTRATIVE STUDIES ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for 1.4 Assessment non-Majors; or ECO 212: Intermediate Macro Performance in each course shall be evaluated Economics (3) Professors by the combination of continuous assessment SOC222 Methods of Social Investigation (3) K.C. Sharma, BA, MA (Raj) DPA, MPA (The and fi nal examination marks in the ratio of 2:3 Plus one Optional Course, one Elective and Hague), PhD (Amsterdam), LMIIPA, MBIM in favour of the fi nal examination. The only one GEC. exceptions are internships, projects and Total Credits 17 Associate Professors seminars, which shall be assessed only Level 300 B. Tsie, BA (UBS), MIA (Colomibia), PhD (Leeds) through assignments. The fi nal examination Semester 1 M.G. Molomo, BA (UBS), MA, MAIA (Ohio), for every course shall normally be 2 hours Core Courses Phd (Boston) long. However, the department reserves the PAD302 Personnel Management (3) G.S. Maipose, BA (Zambia), MPhil (Glasgow), right to review the mode of assessment, and PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (4) PhD (Manchester) respective lectures shall specify approved One Optional Course from: B.Z. Osei-Hwedie, BA (Zambia), MA mode of assessment prior to any intake or at PAD303 Local Government Management (3) (Carleton), Phd (Brandeis) the start of the semester in which the course SOC336 Development Policy Analysis (3) is taken. Plus one Elective and one GEC Senior Lecturers Total Credits 15 M.H. Lekorwe, (BA (UBS) MSocSc, PhD 1.5 Award of Degree (Birmingham) To be awarded a Degree, a student must Semester 2 R. Tangri, BA (Leicester), M.Sc, Ph.D satisfy the appropriate provisions of the Core Courses (Edinburgh) General Academic Regulation 23.71 and the PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) I.N. Obasi, BSc (Nigeria), MSc (Nigeria), PhD Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) (Nigeria) Sciences. POL308 Politics and Management of Natural L.B. Dzimbiri, BA (Malawi), MSc Resources or (Manchester), PhD (Keele) 1.6 Degree Structure ENV 301 Environmental Issues (2) or Z. Maundeni, (BA (UB), MA (Edinburgh), PhD 1.6.1 The Public Administration and Political ENV476 Natural Resources Management and (York) Sciences courses shall be offered at Levels 100 Economics (2) to 400 for the undergraduate programmes. Two Optional Courses from the following: Lecturers 1.6.2 In addition to Public Administration and POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa A. Mfundisi, BA (UB), MA (Manchester) Political Sciences courses, an undergraduate (3) D. Mpabanga, BA (UB), MSc (Bradford), PhD candidate majoring in these LAW237 Administrative Law (3) (Strathclyde) courses shall take the General Education SOC 334 Sociology of Development (3) D. Sebudubudu, BA (UB), MA PhD (Leeds) Courses (GECs) and Electives in accordance Plus one GEC E. Bwalya, BA (Zambia), MA (Carleton), PhD with the General Regulation 00.2124. Total Credits 17 (Bradford) 1.6.3 The Department of Political and G. Mokhawa, BA, MPA (UB) (on study leave) Administrative Studies offers undergraduate Faculty of Social Sciences K. Molefhe, BA (UB), MA-HRM (Monash) Public Administration and Political Level 400 T. Seleke, BA, MAPA (UB) Science courses (as Combined Majors Semester 1 D.K. Moloadi, BA (UB), MA Wisconsin) including a Major combined with a Minor) Core Courses D.K. Botlhale, BA (UB), MA (Wisconsin) PhD to students majoring in other subjects. In PAD401 Development Administration (4) (Cleveland S. U.) addition, the Department offers single majors PAD403 Internship (3) B. Mothusi, BA (UB), MSc (London) on study in Political Science and Public Administration. Two Optional Courses from the following: leave 1.6.4 The Department of Political and PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) B. Motshegwa, BA (UB), MA (Machester) on Administrative Studies offers GECs as outlined PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public study leave in the General Academic Regulations. Admin (3) PAD405 Seminar in Public Policy (3) 00 Departmental Regulations for the 2.0 Undergraduate Degree Course Listings Plus one Elective Undergraduate Programmes 2.1 Bachelor of Social Science Degree in Public Total Credits 16 Administration (Single 1.1 General Provisions Major) Semester 2 Subject to the provisions of the General Core Courses Academic Regulations, the following Level 100 PAD406 Ethics and Public Administration (3) Departmental Semester 1 PAD407 Comparative Public Administration Regulations shall apply. Core Courses (3) PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) 1.2. Programmes and Titles of Degrees (3) Two Optional Courses from the following: The Department of Political and Administrative ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) PAD408 International Administration (3) Studies offers the following undergraduate Plus one Optional Course from the following: PAD411 Local Government Finance (3) programmes leading to the award of the STA III Basic Statistics (3) PAD412 Research Project in Public under-mentioned degrees: STA 113 Elementary Statistics Administration (3) 1.3 Single Major Public STA116 Introduction to Statistics Plus one GEC Administration Programmes (PAS Regulations Plus one Elective and two GECs Total Credits 17 2.1) leading to the award of the BA (Public Total Credits 16 Administration) 2.2 Bachelor of Social Science Degree 1.4 Single Major Political Science Programme Semester 2 Programme in Political Science (PAS Regulations 2.2) Core Courses (Single Major) leading to the award of the BA(Political PAD102 Institutions and Processors of Public Level 100
172 Semester 1 POL409 Security Studies (3) POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa Core Courses Two Optional Courses from: (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) PAD307 Human Resources Development (3) ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) POL411 Research Project in Political Science LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Plus one Optional Course from the following: (3) Plus one GEC STA111 Basic Statistics (3) PAD408 International Administration (3) Total Credits 17 STA113 Elementary Statistics Plus one Elective and one GEC STA116 Introduction to Statistics Total Credits 17 Level 400 Plus one Elective and two GECs. Semester 1 Total Credits= 16 2.3 Bachelor of Social Science Degree Core Courses Programme – PAD401 Development Administration (3) Semester 2 Major in Public Administration + Major in POL 401 International Relations (3) Core Courses Political Science Three Optional Courses from the following POL102 Modern State (3) PAD402: Government Budgeting (3) ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Level 100 PAD403/POL410 Internship in Public STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research Semester 1 Administration/Political Science (3) (3) Core Courses PAD404: Contemporary Issues in Public Plus One Elective and two GECs. PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration (3) Total Credits 16 Administration (3) POL402: Democratic Theory and Practice (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) POL 406 Africa in World Politics (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Plus on Elective Level 200 Plus one Elective and two GECs. Total Credits 17 Semester 1 Total Credits= 16 Core Courses Semester 2 POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Semester 2 Core Courses ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics Core Courses PAD 407 : Comparative Public Administration for non-major or 211: Intermediate PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public (3) Micro Economic (3) Administration (3) POL405 Comparative Politics (3) LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) POL102 The Modern State (3) Two Optional Courses from the following : Plus one Elective and two GECs. ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) PAD 406: Ethics and Public Management (3) Total Credits 16 Plus one Elective and two GECs. PAD408 International Administration (3) Total Credits 16 POL409 Security Studies (3) Semester 2 PAD 412/ POL411 Research Project in Public Core Courses Level 200 Administration/Political Science (3) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Semester 1 Plus one Elective and one GEC ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics Core Courses Total Credits 16 for non-major: or 2/2 Intermediate PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Macro-economics (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3) SOC222 Methods of Social Investigation (3) ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics 2.4 Bachelor of Social Science Degree One Optional Course from the following: for Non-Majors (3); or ECO211: Programme, POL203 Contemporary Africa (3) Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Major in Political Science and Major in Another POL204 Media and Politics (3) One Optional Course: Plus one Elective and one GEC LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Level 100 Total Credits= 17 Plus one Elective and one GEC Semester 1 Total Credits 17 Core Courses Level 300 POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Semester 1 Semester 2 ECO111 Basic Micro-Economics (3) POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Core Courses Plus one Elective, 2 GECs and one Other Major POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana course. One Optional Course from the following: (3) Total Credits 16 POL306 International Political Economy (4) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) SOC338 Democracy and Development (3) ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics Semester 2 Plus one Elective and one GEC for Non-Majors (3); or ECO212: Core Courses Total Credits 15 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) POL102 Modern State (3) Two Optional Courses from the following: ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Semester 2 POL203 Contemporary Africa (3) Plus one Elective, 2 GECs and Core Courses POL204 Media and Politics (3) one Other Major course. POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) SOC222 Methods of Social Investigations (3) Total Credits 16 POL307 Politics of Regionalism Plus one GEC POL308 Politics & Management of Total Credits 17 Level 200 Natural Resources (3)/core-coding Semester 1 ENV 301: Environmental Issues Core Courses (2) or ENV 476: Natural Resource Level 300 POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Management & Economics (2) Semester 1 ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for Two Optional Courses from the following: Core Courses Non-Economists (3) or ECO211 Intermediate POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (4) Microeconomics (3) (3) POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Plus one Elective, 2 GECs and one Other Major SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Three Optional Courses from the following: course. LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Plus one GEC PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Total Credits 16 Total Credits= 17 POL302 Politics in South Africa (3) PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Semester 2 Level 400 POL306 International Political Economy (4) Core Courses Semester 1 Plus one GEC POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Core Courses Total Credits 18 ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics POL401 International Relations (3) for Non-Majors (3) or ECO212 POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Semester 2 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) POL410 Internship in Political Science (3) Core Courses SOC222 Methods of Social Investigation (3) One Optional Course from: PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Plus one GEC and one Other Major course POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) Total Credits 17 POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Three Optional Courses from the following: Plus one Elective POL308 Politics and Management of Level 300 Total Credits 15 Natural Resources (3) /core-coding Semester 1 ENV 301: Environmental Issues (2) Core Courses Semester 2 or ENV 476: Natural Resource POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Core Courses Management & Economics (2) One Optional Courses from: POL405 Comparative Politics (3) POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) POL302 Politics of South Africa (3)
173 FACULTY OF social sciences
POL306 International Political Economy (4) Non-Majors (3) Semester 1 or Optional Course from Other Major SOC222 Methods of Social Investigation (3) Core Courses Plus one Elective and one GEC Plus one GEC and one Other Major course. POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Total Credits 17 Total Credits 17 ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for Non-Majors (3) or ECO211 Semester 2 Level 300 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Core Courses Semester 1 Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) Core Courses course. One Optional Courses from: PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (4) Total Credits= 16 POL305 Politics of Southern (3) One Optional Course from; POL308 Politics & Management of Natural PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Semester 2 Resources (3) or PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Core Courses ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or or Optional Course from other major POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) ENV476 Natural Resource Management and Plus one Elective, or one GEC and one Other ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) Economics Major course or ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa Total Credits 18 SOC222 Methods of Social Investigation (3) (3) One Optional Course from: Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Other Semester 2 POL203 Contemporary Africa (3) Major course Core Courses POL204 Media and Politics (3) Total Credits 17 PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Plus one GEC and one Minor course Two Optional Courses from; Total Credits 17 Level 400 PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Semester 1 POL308 Politics & Management of Natural Level 300 Core Courses Resources (3) /core-coding ENV 301: Semester 1 POL401 International Relations (3) Environmental Issues (2) or ENV Core Courses POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) 476: Natural Resource Management POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Two Optional Courses from: & Economics (2) POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) LAW237 Administrative Law (3) One Optional Course from: POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) or Optional Course from the major POL306 International Political Economy (4) POL411 Research Project in Political Science Plus one Elective or one GEC SOC338 Democracy and Development (3) (3) or Optional Total Credits 18 Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor Course from other major course Plus one Other Major course Level 400 Total Credits 18 Total Credits 18 Semester 1 Core Courses Semester 2 Semester 2 PAD401 Development Admin. (4) Core Courses Core Courses PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) POL405 Comparative Politics (3) One Optional Course from; POL308 Politics and Management of Natural Two Optional Courses from: PAD403 Internship (3) Resources (3) or POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or ENV476 POL409 Security Studies (3) Administration (3) Natural Resource Management and Economics PAD408 International Administration (3) or PAD405 Seminar in Public Policy (3) or (2) Optional Course from other major Optional Course from other major One Optional Course from: Plus one Elective or one GEC and one Other One other Major Course POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) Major course Total Credits 16 POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa Total Credits 17 (3) Semester 2 Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor 2.5 BA Social Science Degree Programme Core Courses course Major Public PAD407 Comparative Public Administration Total Credits 17 Administration + Other MAJOR (3) Level 100 Two Optional Courses from: Level 400 PAD406 Ethics and Accountability Semester 1 Semester 1 PAD408 International Administration Core Courses Core Courses PAD412 Research Project in Public POL401 International Relations (3) PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration or Optional POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Administration (3) Course from other major One Optional Course from: ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) Plus one Elective, one GEC and one other POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) Plus one Elective, 2 GECs and one Other Major Major Course POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) course. Total Credits 16 POL410 Internship in Political Science (3) Total Credits 16 Plus one Elective and one Minor 2.6 Bachelor of Social Science Degree Course Semester 2 Programme: Major in Political Total Credits 15 Core Courses Science and Minor PAD102 Institutions & Processes of Public Semester 2 Administration (3) Level 100 Core Courses ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Semester 1 POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Other Core Courses POL409 Security Studies (3) Major course POL101 Introduction to Political One Optional Course from the following: Total Credits 17 Science (3) POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) POL411 Research Project in Political Science Level 200 Plus two GECs, one Elective and one Minor (3) Semester 1 course. Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor Core Courses Total Credits 16 Course PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Total Credits 17 ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for Semester 2 Non-majors (3) or ECO 211 Intermediate Core Courses Microeconomics (3 POL102 The Modern State (3) 2.7 Bachelor of Social Science Degree Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Other ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Programme: Major in Public Major course. Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor Administration + Minor Total Credits 17 course. Total Credits 16 Level 100 Semester 2 of Social Sciences Semester 1 Core Courses Level 200 Core Courses PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana PAD101 Introduction to Public (3) Administration (3) ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3)
174 Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor one Minor course Semester 2 Course. Total Credits 17 Core Courses Minor Total Credits 16 PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public Semester 2 2.8 Bachelor of Social Science Degree Administration (3) Core Courses Programme: Minor Political Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and PAD102 Institutions and Science + Major in Other two GECs. Processes of Public Administration (3) Total Credits= 16 ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Level 100 Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor Semester 1 Level 200 Course. Core Courses Minor Semester 1 Total Credits 16 POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Core Courses Minor Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Level 200 two GECs. Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and Semester 1 Total Credits 16 two GECs. Core Courses Total Credits 16 PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Semester 2 ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics Core Courses Minor Semester 2 for Non-Majors (3) or ECO 211 POL102 The Modern State (3) Core Courses Minor Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana (3) Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor two GECs. Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Course. Total Credits 16 Course, one Total Credits 16 Elective and one GEC. Level 200 Total Credits 17 Semester 2 Semester 1 Core Course Core Courses Minor Level 300 PAD202 Public Administration in Botswana POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Semester 1 (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective Core Courses Minor ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics and two GECs. PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) OR: for Non-Majors (3) or ECO 212 Total Credits 16 PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Intermediate Macro Economics (3) OR: One Optional Course from: Semester (2) PAD303 Local Government Management (3) SOC222 Methods of Social Investigation (3) Core Courses Minor Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional POL203 Contemporary Africa (3) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Course, one Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Elective and one GEC. Course Course, one Elective and one GEC. Total Credits 17 Total Credits 17 Total Credits 17 Semester 2 Level 300 Level 300 Core Courses Minor Semester 1 Semester 1 PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) or: Core Courses Core Courses Minor POL308 Politics and Management of Natural PAD302 Personnel Management (3) POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Resources (3) or PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (4) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or One Optional Course from: Course, one Elective and one GEC. ENV476 Natural Resource Management and PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Total Credits 17 Economics (2) SOC336 Development Policy Analysis (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Plus one GEC and one Minor Course Semester 2 Course and two GECs. Total Credits 15 Core Courses Minor Total Credits 16 POL308 Politics and Management of Semester 2 Natural Resources (3) /core-coding ENV 301: Level 400 Core Courses Environmental Issues (2) or ENV 476: Natural Semester 1 PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Resource Management & Economics (2) Core Courses Minor PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) OR: PAD401 Development Administration (4) OR: One Optional Course from: POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) PAD405 Seminar in Public Policy Plus two POL308 Politics and Management of Natural Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Major Core Courses, Resources (3) or Course, one Elective and one GEC. one Optional Course and one Elective. ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or Total Credits 17 Total Credits 18 ENV476 Natural Resource Management and Economics (2) Level 400 Semester 2 LAW 237 Administrative Law (3) Semester 1 Core Courses Minor Plus two GECs and one Minor course Core Courses Minor PAD406 Ethics and Public Management (3) Total Credits 16 POL401 International Relations (3) OR: Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional PAD407 Comparative Public Administration Level 400 Course, one OR: Semester 1 Elective and one GEC. PAD411 Local Government Finance Plus two Core Courses Total Credits 17 Major Core Courses, one PAD401 Development Administration (4) Optional Course, one Elective and one GEC. PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Semester 2 Total Credits 17 One Optional Course from the following: Core Courses Minor PAD403 Internship (3) POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Plus two DEPARTMENT OF POPULATION PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public Major Core Courses, one Optional Course, STUDIES Administration (3) one
PAD405 Seminar in Public Administration (3) Elective and one GEC. Professors Plus one Elective and one Minor course Total Credits 17 P.S. Nair BSc, M.A, MSc, PhD Total Credits 16 2.9 Bachelor of Social Science Degree P. Krishnan BSc, MSc M.A, MSc, PhD Programme: Minor in Public Semester 2 Administration + Major in Other Associate Professor Core Courses E. K. Campbell BA, PGDipPopStud, MA, PhD PAD407 Comparative Public Administration (3) Level 100 Senior Lecturers PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) Semester 1 G. Letamo, BA, MSc, PhD One Optional Course from: Core Courses Minor PAD406 Ethics and Public Management (3) PAD101 Introduction to Public Administration Lecturers PAD411 Local Government Finance (3) (3) K. Bainame BA, MSc PAD412 Research Project in Public Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and T. T. Langeni BA, MA, MSc, PhD Administration (3) two GECs. Z. Mokomane BA, PGDipDemog, MA, PhD Plus one Elective, one GEC and Total Credits= 16
175 FACULTY OF social sciences
(on study of absence) Optional courses (3credits); Select from Level 200 E.P. Mukamaambo BA, PGD in PopStud, the following: Semester 3 Mphil, CertPopDev, CertStatsGovt. POP202 Introduction to Population and Core courses (6 credits) DipStat&Research Methethods Developments (3 credits) POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and E. Ngome BA, MSc POP206 Population Policy of Botswana (3 Migration (3 credits) O. Ntshebe BSc, MA, PGD in HIV/AIDS credits) POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and Management General Education courses (6 credits) Migration (3 credits) J. Pitso, CertPopDev, BA, MA, PhD. Students entering the degree programme after S.D. Rakgoasi BA, MA. (On Study Leave). Semester 4 the completing of their diploma should take Atina J, BA, MA, PhD. Core Courses: (3 credits) STA101 as well if the course was not taken Matshediso E. M. J, BSc, MSc. POP203 Demographic Data Analysis and during the diploma studies Report Writing (3 credits) Staff Development Fellow Optional courses (3 credits); Select one from Semester 4 T.B.S. Rakola, BA, MA (On Study Leave). the following: Core courses (6 credits) POP204 Reproductive Health and Family POP222 Demography of Botswana (3 credits) PROGRAMME STRUCTURE Planning (3 credits) POP223 Demographic Techniques (3 credits) POP205 Demography of Southern Africa (3 Optional courses (3 credits); Select one from General Provisions credits) the following: Subject to provision of Academic General Elective courses (6 credits) POP224 Demographic Aspects of the Labour Regulations and the Faculty of Social General Education courses (3 credits) Force (3 credits) Sciences Special Regulations, the following POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ Departmental Regulations shall apply: It is recommended that all Diploma students AIDS Epidemic (3 credits) take POP202: Introduction to Population and Elective courses (3 credits) 8.1 DIPLOMA IN SPECIAL REGULATIONS Development General Education courses (3 credits) FOR DIPLOMA IN POPULATION STUDIES Subject to the provisions of the Academic Assessment Students entering the degree programme after General Regulations 000 and 100, the Each course shall be evaluated by a the completing of their diploma should take following Special Regulations shall apply: combination of continuous assessment and STA102 as well if the course was not taken fi nal examination or semester paper in the during the diploma studies Entrance Requirements ratio of 2:3. The normal requirement for entrance into Level 300 Diploma in Population Studies shall be: Award of Diploma Semester 5 a) A minimum of 3 credits (one of which In order to be awarded the Diploma, a student Core course (6 credits) is Mathematics) in the Botswana General must have completed a minimum of 60 credits POP300 Sources, Evaluation, Adjustment and Certifi cate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or and have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. Analysis of Demographic Data (3 credits) its equivalent; POP302 Research Methods (3 credits) Or: Bachelor of Arts Degree Optional course (3 credits) b) A GPA of at least 2.0 at the Certifi cate in Special Regulations for the Major/Minor POP304 Inter-relationships of Fertility, Civil Registration and Population Dynamics of Programme in Population Studies Mortality and Migration (3 credits) this University or its equivalent; Subject to the provisions of the Academic Semester 6 Duration of the Programme General Regulations 000 and 200, the Core courses (6 credits) The normal duration of the Diploma in following Special Regulations shall apply: POP301 Computer Applications in Population Population Studies Programme shall be 4 to Analysis (3 credits) 6 semesters on a full-time basis or 8 to 12 Entrance Requirements semesters on a part-time basis. The normal requirement for entrance into Optional courses (3 credits); Select from the the Bachelor’s Degree in Population Studies following: Programme Structure Programme shall be: POP303 Migration, Urbanisation and The curriculum and methods of assessment a) A minimum of 5 credits (one of which Development (3 credits) shall be as follows: is Mathematics) in the Botswana General POP305 Population Policies and Programmes Certifi cate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or (3 credits) Level 100 its equivalent; General Education courses (4 credits) Semester 1 Or: Core courses (6 credits) A GPA of at least 2.0 in the Diploma in Level 400 POP120 Introduction to Substantive Population Studies of this University or its Semester 7 Demography (3 credits) equivalent; Core courses (9 credits) STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3 credits) POP400 Integrating Population Variables into Elective courses (6 credits) Other qualifi cations for entrance to the Development Planning (3 credits) General Education courses (3 credits) Bachelor’s Degree in Population Studies may POP401 Research Paper (3 credits) be accepted on their own merit as alternatives POP402 Indirect Estimation Techniques (3 Students planning to enter a degree as shown by the General Regulation 00.052. credits) programme after the completing of their diploma should take STA101 as well or Duration of the Programme Semester 8 remember to take it upon register for second The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts Optional courses (6 credits); Select from the year Degree in Population Studies Programme shall following: be 8 to 10 semesters of full-time study or up POP403 Population, Development and Semester 2 to 16 to 20 semesters of part-time study. Environment (3 credits) Core courses (6 credits) POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and Level 100 Development (3 credits) Technical Demography (3 credits) Semester 1 POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Poverty POP110 Elements of Research Methods (3 Core courses (9 credits) (3 credits) credits) POP120 Introduction to Substantive POP406 Demographic Aspects of Ageing (3 Elective courses (6 credits) Demography (3 credits) credits) General Education courses (3 credits) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social POP407 Demographics (3 credits) Sciences (3 credits) Students planning to enter a degree STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3 credits) Elective courses (2 credits) programme after the completing of their General Education courses (2 credits) diploma should take STA102 as well Semester 2 Core courses (6 credits) Assessment Level 200 POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and Each course shall be evaluated by a Semester 3 Technical Demography (3 credits) combination of continuous assessment and Core courses (6 credits) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social fi nal examination or semester paper in the POP200 Methods of Demographic Analysis Sciences (3 credits) ratio of 2:3. (3 credits) General Education courses (8 credits) POP201 Computing for Demographers (3 Progression credits) In order to proceed from one semester to the
176 next, a student must obtain a Cumulative GPA Semester 2 to work as para-professionals in the fi eld of that is in accordance with General Regulation Core Courses psychology, more specifi cally as “psychological 00.9. PSY102 Biological Basis of Human Behaviour counsellors”. In order to become full GEC Courses (3) professional psychologists, graduates would, Semester 1 & 2 however, require post-graduate training in GEC 372 Migration and Globalisation (2) Level 200 Psychology on either Masters or Doctorate GEC278 Population and Society (2) Semester 3 level that provides coursework and internship. Core Courses PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) 3.2 Entrance Requirement DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Optional Courses Subject to provisions of General Academic PSY202 Social Psychology (3) Regulations 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall Professor: I.E. Plattner, M.A., Ph.D. PSY203 Developmental Psychology of be required for applicants intending to enrol (Augsburg) Childhood and Adolescence (3) for a B.Psych. degree. PSY204 History and Philosophy of 3.3 General Provisions Associate Professor Psychology (3) 3.3.1 The B.Psych. degree shall consist of an Vacant eight-semester programme. Semester 4 3.3.2 A student who intends to pursue a Senior Lecturer Core Courses B.Psych. degree shall take a minimum of 87 Vacant STA211 Statistical Method (3) credits in psychology courses (consisting of PSY205 Research Methods and Statistics for 54 credits in core and 15 credits in optional Lecturers: Psychology I (3) psychology courses and 18 credits in the S. Moagi-Gulubane, B.A., M.A. (Illinois), Optional Courses internship), 12 credits from core Mathematics Ph.D. (Indiana) PSY206 Developmental Psychology of and Statistics courses, and 20 credits from N. Ketlogetswe, B.A., M.A. (Washington, Adulthood and Old Age (3) General Education Courses. Required credits D.C.) (on study leave) PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour from another subject taken during Level 100 M. Selemogwe, B.A.(Maryland), M.A. Relations (3) and Level 200 shall be determined by this (Chicago) other subject. M. Pheko, M.A. (Florida), M.A. (San Diego) Level 300 3.3.2.1 The core and optional psychology Secretary: For the Combined Major, all Level 300 and courses shall consist of 6 credits at Level 100, D. Molefe Level 400 psychology courses are optional in 12 credits at Level 200, 24 credits at Level 300 order to enable the student fl exibility in his/her and 33 credits at Level 400. 1.0 Programmes choice of courses. 3.3.2.2 B.Psych. students at any level of their The Department offers two degree university studies may be allowed to enrol in programmes at undergraduate level: i) Level 300 and Level 400 Combined Major a psychology course at another level with the Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences degree with students are expected to enrol in at least two permission of the Head of Department. Psychology as Combined Major (Major/Major) optional psychology courses per Semester. 3.3.2.3 A student who intends to pursue and ii) Bachelor of Psychology degree, which is a B.Psych. degree shall enrol in a Bachelor’s a para-professional programme. programme of any faculty at Level 100 and Semester 5 Level 200 and study psychology together with Optional Courses another major subject. 2.0 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences with PSY302 Psychological Testing and 3.3.2.4 Students shall normally be selected Psychology as Combined Major Psychometrics (3) for the B.Psych. programme after completing PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) Level 200 to start the programme at Level 300 2.1 Aims of the Programme PSY304 Health Psychology (3) (fi fth semester). The main aim of a Bachelor’s programme PSY305 Organisational and Personnel 3.3.2.5 Students who are not selected for with Psychology as a Combined Major is Psychology (3) the B.Psych. programme may continue with to introduce students to the discipline of psychology as a Combined Major. psychology and provide them with basic Semester 6 3.3.2.6 The B.Psych. programme shall consist knowledge about major substantive areas of Optional Courses of core and optional psychology courses that research in psychology. PSY308*) Research Methods and Statistics for include lectures, seminars, laboratory work 2.2 Entrance Requirement Psychology II (3) and supervised practical work and a research Subject to provisions of General Academic PSY309 Human Factors in the Work project based on empirical data. Regulations 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall Environment (3) 3.3.2.7 The B.Psych. programme shall include be required for applicants intending to enrol PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) a supervised internship undertaken over for Psychology as a Combined Major. *) This course is strongly recommended six months with a minimum of 960 hours 2.3 General Provisions to students who intend to continue with practical experience. 2.3.1 Psychology as a Combined Major shall postgraduate studies in psychology. consist of an eight semester programme and 3.4 Programme Structure with core and optional psychology courses. Level 400 2.3.2 Subject to special regulations of Semester 7 Level 100 programmes in other departments, students Optional Courses Semester 1 may pursue a combined major in psychology PSY406 Psychological Challenges of HIV/ Core Courses and any other major of their choice. AIDS (3) STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences 2.3.3 Students who enrol for psychology as PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) I (3) part of a combined degree (major/major) PSY409 Sensation and Perception (3) STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (3) shall be expected to combine courses from PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) psychology and the second subject in the ratio *) or equivalent course of 50:50 (major/major). Semester 8 2.3.4 Students at any level of their university Optional Courses Semester 2 studies may be allowed to enrol in a PSY410 Applied Psychology (3) Core Courses psychology course at another level with the PSY411 Psychopathology (3) PSY102 Biological Basis of Human Behaviour permission of the Head of Department. PSY412 Research Project (3) (3}
2.4 Programme Structure 2.5 Assessment Level 200 Assessment of psychology courses shall Semester 3 Level 100 be based on any one or combinations of Core Courses Semester 1 the following: tests, assignments, written PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) Core Courses examinations, oral examinations as approved PSY202 Social Psychology (3) STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences I by the Department. Optional Courses (students choose at least (3 credits) one) STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (3) 3.0 Bachelor of Psychology (B.Psych.) PSY203 Developmental Psychology of PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) programme Childhood and Adolescence (3) *) or equivalent PSY204 History and Philosophy of 3.1 Objectives of the Programme Psychology (3) Students who graduate with a Bachelor of Psychology (B.Psych.) degree shall be qualifi ed
177 FACULTY OF social sciences
Semester 4 3.5.3 A student who fails the B.Psych. T. Moroka, BSW (UB), MSW (Wisconsin), PhD, Core Courses requirements may be permitted to continue MPH (Pittsburgh) STA211 Statistical Method (3) his/her psychology studies as a combined M. O. Phorano, BSW (UB), MSW PSY205 Research Methods and Statistics for major. (Washington) (On leave) Psychology I (3) L. Raditlhokwa, BSW (UB), MSW (Carleton) Optional Courses (students choose at least 3.6 Special Departmental Regulation M. J. Rankopo, BSW (UB), MSW (Dalhousie), one) Subject to provisions of the General PhD (Queensland) PSY206 Developmental Psychology of Examination Regulations, admission to an M. Segwagwe, BSW (University of Adulthood and Old Age (3) examination of a course that contains essential Zimbabwe), MSW (Melbourne-Australia) PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour practical components (e.g. PSY305, PSY306, Relations (3) PSY403, PSY404 and PSY405) shall be subject Diploma in Social Work (DSW) Programme to given if students have achieved a class Entry Requirements Level 300 attendance of at least 80% and a continuous Semester 5 assessment mark of at least 50%. Students Subject to the General Regulations 200 and Core Courses who fail to achieve the required minimum the Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social PSY301 Abnormal Psychology I (3) class attendance or continuous assessment Sciences, the following Special Regulations of PSY302 Psychological Testing and mark in courses with an essential practical the Department of Social Work shall apply: Psychometrics (3) component may be permitted to repeat the PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) course only once. The normal minimum requirement is a BGCSE Optional Courses (students choose at least with credit in English or a Certifi cate in Social one) 3.7 Progression from Level to Level Work from this University or an equivalent PSY304 Health Psychology (3) 3.7.1 A student who intends to pursue a qualifi cation. PSY305 Organisational and Personnel B.Psych. degree must achieve an average Students shall be subject to the guidelines Psychology (3) of at least 60% (Grade Point 3.0) in all core and regulations of the Department’s Fieldwork psychology courses at Level 100. Manual. Semester 6 3.7.2 A student who intends to pursue a Core Courses B.Psych. degree must achieve an average DSW Programme Structure and Content PSY306 Counselling I (3) of at least 60% (Grade Point 3.0) in all core The Diploma in Social Work (DSW) programme PSY307 Psychological Assessment (3) psychology courses at Level 200. has a total of 72 to 74 credits. PSY308 Research Methods and Statistics for 3.7.3 A student who intends to pursue a Psychology II (3) B.Psych. degree may be permitted to register Level 1 Optional Courses (students choose at least for the programme only at Level 300 but not Semester 1 one) before. DSW100 Introduction to Social Work and its PSY309 Human Factors in the Work 3.7.3.1 The intake into the B.Psych. Literature (3) Environment (3) programme at Level 300 shall be based on DSW101 Social Work with Communities and PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) academic merit and restricted to a specifi ed Groups (3) number of students per annum. The number DSW102 Social Services in Botswana (2) Level 400 of students selected into the B.Psych. DSW103 Social Work with Youth (3) Semester 7 programme shall be determined by the DSW104 Social Work in Health Services (3) Core Courses Department from time to time. CS111 Communication and Study Skills 1 (3) PSY401 Research Project (3) 3.7.3.2 The criteria for selection into *GEC121 Computing and Information Skills PSY402 Abnormal Psychology II (3) the B.Psych. programme shall take into Fundamentals 1 (2) PSY403 Counselling II (3) consideration academic performance, Optional courses (students choose at least performance in a selection interview and Semester 2 two courses) the number of spaces available for practical SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1) PSY404*) Psychotherapy (3) training. DSW105 Social Work with Families and PSY405 **) Training and Human Resource 3.7.3.3 A student who does not meet the Children (3) Development (3) requirements for the B.Psych. programme may DSW106 Psychology for Social Work (3) PSY406 Psychological Challenges of HIV/ be permitted to continue his/her studies with DSW107 Social Work and Disabilities (3) AIDS (3) psychology as a combined major. DSW108 Interpersonal Communication (3) PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) 3.8 Award of the Degree STA111 Elementary Statistics (2) *) This course is recommended to students In order to be awarded the B.Psych. degree, CS112 Communication and Study Skills 2 (2) who wish to pursue a career in the fi eld of a student must meet the requirements of the *GEC122 Computing and Information Skills clinical psychology. Academic General Regulations, Faculty and Fundamentals II (3) **) This course is recommended to students Departmental Special Regulations and obtain who wish to pursue a career in the fi eld of a minimum of Grade Point of 3.0 (60%) in the Level 2 industrial psychology. internship Semester 1 SWF200 Fieldwork (Block Placement) (3) DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK SWF201 Fieldwork and Professional Semester 8 Development (3) Core Course Professor DSW200 Introduction to Counselling in Social PSY408 Internship* (18) K. Osei-Hwedie, DipIntLaw (Zambia), BA, Work (3) The internship shall start with the fi rst week PhD (Brandeis) DSW201 Introduction to Social Policy (2) of Semester VIII and continue for at least eight DSW202 Selected Issues in Social Work (2) weeks in the Winter vacation. Associate Professor DSW205 Probation (3) L. K. J. Mwansa, DSW, BSW (Zambia), MSW *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 3.5 Assessment (McGill), PhD (Brandeis) credits) 3.5.1 Assessment of psychology courses shall A. Rwomire, BA (Makerere), DipIndusRel (The be based on any one or combinations of the Hague), MSc (Wales) NB:SWF200 is a 12-week block placement in following: tests, assignments, written R. Mupedziswa, DSW, BSW (Zimbabwe) MSc. social welfare agencies that takes place during examinations, oral examinations, practical (London) PhD (Zimbabwe) the long vacation between Levels 1 and 2. examinations as approved by the Department. Senior Lecturer Semester 2 3.5.2 Assessment of the performance on G. Jacques, BSocSci, MSocSci (Cape Town) DSW203 AIDS and Home Based Care (3) the internship shall consist of an evaluation T. Maundeni, BSW (UB), MSW (Wisconsin), DSW204 Social Work and Social Development of the intern according to criteria set by the PhD (Glasgow) (3) Department. K. Nthomang, BSW (UB), MSW (McGill), PhD DSW206 Management and Supervision in the 3.5.2.1 A student who fails the internship (Queensland) Human Services (3) shall be permitted to repeat the internship D. Ntseane, BA (UB), MSc (Columbia), PhD DSW207 Culture, Change and Social Work in only once. 3.5.2.2 A student who, for a good (Brandeis) Botswana (3) reason, fails to complete the internship may be SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) awarded an “I” (incomplete) grade and may, Lecturer *GEC121 Computing and Information Skills with the consent of the Head of Department T. Lucas, BSW (UB), MSW (Regina) (2&3) and the Dean of the Faculty, be allowed an T. Mompati, BSW (UB), MSW (Manitoba), additional period, not exceeding ten weeks, to PhD (Queensland) * NB: A student can choose to take a GEC or complete the work. an Elective course.
178 Assessment DYD 215 (3) 3 Applicants with a Diploma in Social Assessment shall be as per General Academic DYD 216 (4) Work from this University or an equivalent Regulations 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also BNS101(2) HIV/AIDS qualifi cation with a minimum grade of a credit be stated in each course outline. DSW 200 (3) shall be eligible for entry at Level 2 of the 15 credits(TOTAL- 65) fi rst semester of the second year of the BSW Progression from Semester to Semester Programme. Progression from one semester to the next Course Listings BSW Programme Structure and Content shall be as per General Academic Regulations The BSW programme has a total of 129-137 00.9. credits. Level 1 Award of the Diploma Semester 1 Level 1 The award of the Diploma shall be as per DYD 101 Commonwealth Values in Youth in Semester 1 General Regulations 00.852. Development Work BSW100 Reading and Writing in Social Work DYD 102 Young People and Society (2) Diploma in Youth in Development Work DYD 103 Principles and Practice of Youth in BSW101 Introduction to Psychology (3) (DYD) Development Work POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Entry Requirements CSS 111 Communication and Study Skills 1 LAW151 Social Work and Law (3) The normal minimum requirement is a GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts BGCSE, six credits with Credit in English or Fundamentals 1 and Principles (3) a Certifi cate in Adult Education or Social DYD 106 Learning Processes CS111 Communication Skills II (2) Work from this University or an equivalent *GEC121 Computing and Information Skills qualifi cation in related areas.[Preference Semester 2 Fundamentals I (2) will be given to students who hold such DYD 104 Working with People in their qualifi cations]. Applicants with Certifi cate Communities Semester 2 in Adult Education or Social Work from this DYD 105 Gender and Development BSW102 Oral Communication (3) University or an equivalent qualifi cation in DYD 107 Management Skills BSW103 Introduction to Social Welfare (3) related areas may be exempted from certain CSS 112 Communication and Study Skills 2 BSW104 Introduction to Social Work (3) courses. GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills SWF102 Helping in the Community Fundamentals 2 – Fieldwork Experience (3) DSW 106Psychology for Social Work CS122 Communication Skills II (2) Mode of Delivery GEC122 Computing and Information Skills As is the case with current UB distance Fundamentals II (3) education programmes, teaching will be done Level 2 primarily through printed course modules. Semester 1 Level 2 Other possible future additions are audio and DYD 208 Project Planning, Implementation, Semester 1 (Regular) video tapes, web-based instruction, e-mail Monitoring and Evaluation BSW200 Introduction to Community Work (3) interactions, etc. Additional face-to-face DYD 209 Policy, Planning and Implementation BSW201 Introduction to Working with tutorial support will be provided in designated DYD 210 Confl ict Resolution and Families and Individuals (3) centres, but with the University of Botswana Management Skills STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) serving as the initial tutorial centre. DYD 211 Promoting Enterprise and Economic ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Development LAW151 Social Work and Law (4) Programme Structure and Content DYD 212 Youth and Health General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 DYD 213 Sustainable Development and credits) Structure Environmental Issues The programme will last for a minimum of Semester 1 (Direct Entry) four semesters and a maximum of eight Semester 2 BSW 201 Introduction to Working with semesters. It is comprised of core courses and DYD 214 Proposal Development Families and Individuals (3) the University’s General Education Courses. DYD 215 Statistics for Development Workers POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Students are expected to cover a total of 65 BNS 101 HIV/AIDS Education, Prevention and LAW151 Social Work and Law (4) credits. Control STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) DYD 216 Youth in Especially Diffi cult ECO111Basic Microeconomics (3) Content Circumstances *GEC (2-3 credits) DSW 200 Introduction to Counselling in Level 1 *GEC (2-3 credits) Social Work Semester 1 DYD 101 (3) NB: Direct entry students are exempted from Assessment DYD 102 (3) BSW200 and BSW201. Students will be assessed through written DYD 103 (3) assignments, supervised tests, projects, and, CSS 111 (2) Semester 2 at the end of each semester, examinations. GEC 121(2) SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1) The assignments to be done will be provided DYD 106 (3) BSW202 Social Policy (3) in the Students’ Information and Assignment Credits: 16 BSW203 Social Work and Mental Health (3) Booklet. The ratio between continuous BSW204 Theory and Social Work Practice (3) assessment and formal examination shall be Level 1 BSW205 Introduction to Group Work (3) 1:1, where the CA may constitute 50% [which Semester 2 STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research (3) may include Assignments, Supervised Tests, DYD 104 (3) and Projects] and Examination, 50%. DYD105 (3) GEC/Gender Level 3 DYD 107 (3) Semester 1 Award of a Diploma CSS 112 (2) SWF300 Fieldwork I (Block Placement) (3) Subject to General regulation 00.85, to be GEC 122 (2) SWF301 Refl ective Practice on Fieldwork (2) awarded a Diploma in Youth in Development DSW 106 (3) BSW301 Administration and Change in the Work, a student must successfully complete a 16 Credits Social Services (3) minimum of 65 credits. BSW302 Counselling (3) Level 2 BSW303 Social Work Practice with AIDS (3) Bachelor of Social Work BSW Programme Semester 1 *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 Entry Requirements DYD 208 (3) credits) Subject to the General Regulations 200 and DYD 209 (3) the Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social DYD 210 (3) Semester 2 Sciences, the following Special Regulations of DYD 211 (3) SWF302 Fieldwork Practice, Culture and Social the Department of Social Work shall apply: DYD 212 (3) Work (2) DYD 213 (3) BSW305 Community with Practice (3) 1 The normal minimum requirement for 18 credits BSW306 Research in Social Work (3) entry into the Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) BSW307 Social Service Planning (3) Programme is a credit in Mathematics. Level 2 *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 2 Students shall be subject to the guidelines Semester 2 credits) and regulations of the Department’s Fieldwork DYD 214 (3) Manual.
179 FACULTY OF social sciences
Level 4 S.T. Mosime, BA (UB,) M.A. (Sussex) PhD Assessment Semester 1 (KwaZulu Natal) Performance in each course shall be evaluated SWF400 Fieldwork II (Block Placement) (3) C.G. Ntau, B.A. (UB), M.A. (Toronto), PhD by the combination of continuous assessment SWF402 Linking Theory and Fieldwork (2) (London) scores (CAS) and fi nal examination marks; BSW401 Supervision in Social Work (3) L.T. Sechele, B.A. (UB), M.A. (Essex) (On study each contributing 50 percent to the fi nal Students shall also take one of the following: leave) grade awarded. The fi nal examination in BSW402 Seminar (3) every course will normally be not less than BSW403 Seminar (3) two hours. Seminars, internships and research BSW404 Seminar (3) Diploma Programme in Criminal Justice projects will be assessed through assignments, BSW405 Seminar (3) or: Studies term papers and (research) reports. BSW406 Research Project I (3) General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 Entry Requirements Progression from one Semester to another credits each) The normal Entry Requirements shall be as Semester *GEC (2-3 credits) stipulated in General 10.2 Progression from one Semester to the next shall be as per General Regulation 00.9 Semester 2 Duration: SWF401 Integrative Fieldwork Practice (3) The normal duration for the Diploma in Award of Diploma Students shall take two of the following: Criminal Justice Studies programme shall be The award of the Diploma shall be as per BSW407 Seminar (3) four (4) semesters on a full-time basis. General Regulation 00.852 BSW408 Seminar (3) BSW409 Seminar (3) Programme Structure Degree Programme in Sociology BSW410 Seminar (3) The Diploma in Criminal Justice Studies or: shall consist of levels 100 and 200 core and Entry Requirement BSW415 Research Project II (3, 1 seminar) optional courses, General Education Courses The normal Entry Requirements shall be as General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 (GECs) and electives in other subject areas stipulated in General 20.2 credits each) offered at comparable levels. *GEC (2-3 credits) Duration of Programme A student wishing to graduate with the The normal duration for the Bachelor of * NB: A student can choose to take a GEC or Diploma in Criminal Justice Studies shall take Arts Degree in Sociology shall be eight (8) an Elective course and pass the following courses: semesters on a full-time basis. Students NB: Students with a minimum of a B average who are granted exemptions under the can choose BSW406 and BSW415 in place of Level 100 Departmental regulations may be able to one seminar in Semester 1 and one seminar in Semester 1 complete the programme in a shorter period Semester 2. Core Courses of time. NB: SWF300 and SWF400 are 9-week SOC121: Introduction to Sociological fi eldwork placements in social welfare Concepts and Principles (3) Programme Structure agencies that take place during the long LAW101: Introduction to the Legal System (3) The Department offers Sociology as a subject vacation between Levels 2 and 3 and Levels 3 Optional Courses in the following Programmes: and 4 respectively. SOC130: Crime and Punishment in Modern 1.Single Major Programme leading to the Society award of Bachelor of Arts Degree (Sociology) Assessment LAW102: Criminal Law in Botswana 2.Combined Major/Major Programme leading Assessment shall be as per General Academic Electives (3) to the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree Regulations 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also GEC (3) 3.Combined Major/Minor (with Sociology as be stated in each course outline. Minor) Programme leading to the award of Semester 2 Bachelor of Arts Degree Progression from Semester to Semester Core Courses Progression from one semester to the next SOC125: Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) Requirements for the Single Major Degree shall be as per General Academic Regulations Optional Courses in Sociology 00.9. Any two of the following courses: Only students with a cumulative GPA of at SOC122: The Social Structure of Society (3) least 3.5 (B-) for all Sociology courses taken Award of the Degree SOC123: Introduction to Social and Cultural during the fi rst and second years of their The award of the Diploma shall be as per Anthropology (3) studies will be invited to pursue a single major General Regulations 00.852. SOC127: Introduction to Penology (3) degree in Sociology. SOC133: The History of Punishment in DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Botswana (3) A student pursuing a single major degree in Electives (3) Sociology must take and pass the following Professor GEC (3) Sociology courses: T.T. Fako, B.Sc (Evangel), M.A. (Kentucky), PhD (Wisconsin) Level 200 Level 100 Semester 1 Semester 1 Associate Professor Core Courses Core Courses M. M. Mulinge, B.A., M.A. (Nairobi), PhD SOC226: Concepts and Principles of Social SOC121: Introduction to Sociological (Iowa). Research (3) Concepts and Principles (3) LAW207: Advanced Criminal Litigation Optional Courses Senior Lecturers (3) Any one of the following courses: T. Galvin, B.Soc Sc. (Ireland), B.Sc., D.Phil Optional Courses SOC125: Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) (Zimbabwe) Any two of the following courses: SOC130: Crime and Punishment in Modern G. N. Lesetedi, B.A. (Zambia), Postgraduate SOC227: Criminal Justice Internship (3) Society (3) Dip in Pop Studies (Ghana), M.A. SOC234: Social Problems in Southern Africa Electives (3) (Georgetown), PhD (Cape Town) (3) GEC (4) M. Mogalakwe, B.Ed (UBS), M.A. (Essex), SOC245: Gender and the Criminal Justice PhD (Warwick) Process (3) Semester 2 G. Mookodi, B.A. (UBS), M.A. (Leeds), PhD LAW211: Local Government Law in Botswana Core Courses (Toronto) (3) STA111: Elementary Statistics (3); or T. Ntsabane, B.A. (UBS), M.A. (Wisconsin) Electives (3) Equivalent course(s) approved by the O.D. Selolwane, BA+ CCE (UBS), MPhil Dev GEC (3) Department Studies (Sussex), PhD (East Anglia) Optional Courses Semester 2 Any one of the following courses: Lecturers Core Courses SOC122: The Social Structure of Society (3) E.M. Alexander, B.A. (UBLS), M.A. SOC246: Communities and Crime (3) SOC123: Introduction to Social and Cultural (Wisconsin) Optional Courses Anthropology (3) K.T.O. Balogi, BA (UB), M.A. (Middlesex) Any two of the following courses: SOC127: Introduction to Penology (3) M.Z. Botlhomilwe, BA. (UB), M.A. (Lancaster) SOC225: Sociology of Policing (3) SOC133: The History of Punishment in I.S. Malila, BA (UB), M.A (Durham), MSc SOC243: Crime and Social Justice (3) Botswana (3) (Edinburgh) LAW235: Specifi c Offences in Criminal Law (3) Electives (3) R.M. Molebatsi, BA (UB), MSc (London) Electives (3) GEC (3) GEC (4)
180 Level 200 Semester 2: Electives (3) Semester 1 Core Courses GEC (5) Core Courses SOC421: Contemporary Sociological Theories SOC224: Introduction to Sociological Theory (3) Level 300 (3) SOC422: Research Project (6) Semester 1 SOC442: Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) Core Courses SOC322: Classical Sociological Theories (3) Optional Courses Optional Courses SOC339: Quantitative Research Methods (3) Any one of the following courses: Any one of the following courses: SOC234: Social Problems in Southern Africa SOC427: Belief and Ritual (3) Optional Courses (3) SOC438: The Medical Prof and Allied Any one of the following courses: SOC236: Social Inequality (3) Occupations (3) SOC328: Comparative Social Institutions (3) SOC242: Concepts of Health and Illness (3) SOC439: Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC329: Urban Sociology (3) SOC245: Gender and the Criminal Justice SOC443: Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) SOC331: Industry and Society (3) System (3) SOC444: Contemporary Research in SOC334: Sociology of Development (3) Electives (3) Criminology (3) SOC342: Crime and Victimization (3) GEC (4) Electives (3) Semester 2 Semester 2 Requirements for a Combined Major/ Core Courses Core Courses Major Degree SOC341: Qualitative Research Methods (3) SOC226: Concepts and Principles of Social A student intending to pursue a double major Research (3) degree with Sociology as a major subject must Optional Courses take and pass the following Sociology courses: Any two of the following courses: Optional Courses SOC324: Sociology of Gender (3) Any one of the following courses: Level 100 SOC326: Race and Ethnicity (3) SOC225: Sociology of Policing (3) Semester 1 SOC327: Political Sociology (3) SOC233: Families and Households (3) Core Courses SOC332: Traditional and Alt Medical Systems SOC241: Social Structure of S. African SOC121: Introduction to Sociological (3) Societies (3) Concepts and Principles (3) SOC335: Rural Sociology (3) SOC243: Crime and Social Justice (3) SOC343: Advanced Criminological Theories (3) SOC246: Communities and Crime (3) Optional Courses STA241: Statistical Analysis (3) Any one of the following courses: Level 400 Electives (3) SOC125: Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) Semester 1 GEC (5) SOC130: Crime and Punishment in Modern Core Courses Society (3) SOC441: Research Proposal (3) Level 300 Electives (3) Semester 1 GEC (4) Optional Courses Core Courses Any two of the following courses: SOC322: Classical Sociological Theories (3) Semester 2 SOC423: Sociology of Science and Knowledge SOC339: Quantitative Research Methods (3) Core Courses (3) STA111: Elementary Statistics (3); or SOC424: African Social Thought (3) Optional Courses Equivalent course(s) approved by the SOC428: Family and Kinship (3) Any two of the following courses: Department SOC431: Sociology of Law (3) SOC328: Comparative Social Institutions (3) Optional Courses SOC432: Work and Occupations (3) SOC329: Urban Sociology (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC434: Social Movements (3) SOC331: Industry and Society (3) SOC122: The Social Structure of Society (3) SOC436: Micro Sociological Theories (3) SOC334: Sociology of Development (3) SOC123: Introduction to Social and Cultural SOC439: Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC342: Crime and Victimization (3) Anthropology (3) Electives (3) SOC127: Introduction to Penology (3) Semester 2 GEC (3) SOC133: The History of Punishment in Core Courses Botswana (3) SOC421: Contemporary Sociological Theories Semester 2 Electives (3) (3) Core Courses GEC (4) SOC442: Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) SOC341: Qualitative Research Methods (3) Level 200 Optional Courses Optional Courses Semester 1 Any one of the following courses: Any four of the following courses: Core Courses SOC427: Belief and Ritual (3) SOC324: Sociology of Gender (3) SOC224: Introduction to Sociological Theory SOC438: The Medical Prof and Allied SOC326: Race and Ethnicity (3) (3) Occupations (3) SOC439: Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC327: Political Sociology (3) Optional Courses SOC443: Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) SOC332: Traditional and Alt Medical Systems Any one of the following courses: SOC444: Contemporary Research in (3) SOC234: Social Problems in Southern Africa Criminology (3) SOC335: Rural Sociology (3) (3) SOC343: Advanced Criminological Theories (3) SOC236: Social Inequality (3) Requirements a Combined Major/Minor Electives (3) SOC242: Concepts of Health and Illness (3) [Sociology Minor] SOC245: Gender and the Criminal Justice A student intending to pursue a degree with Level 400 System (3) Sociology as a minor subject must take and Semester 1 Electives (3) pass the following Sociology courses: Core Courses GEC (4) SOC424: African Social Thought (3) Level 100 SOC436: Micro Sociological Theories (3) Semester 2 Semester 1 SOC441: Research Proposal (3) Core Courses Core Courses SOC226: Concepts and Principles of Social SOC121: Introduction to Sociological Optional Courses Research (3) Concepts and Principles (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC423: Sociology of Science and Knowledge Optional Courses Optional Courses (3) Any one of the following courses: Any one of the following courses: SOC428: Family and Kinship (3) SOC225: Sociology of Policing (3) SOC125: Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) SOC431: Sociology of Law (3) SOC233: Families and Households (3) SOC130: Crime and Punishment in Modern SOC434: Social Movements (3) SOC241: Social Structure of S. African Society (3) SOC432: Work and Occupations (3) Societies (3) Electives (3) SOC439: Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC243: Crime and Social Justice (3) GEC (4) Electives (3) SOC246: Communities and Crime (3) STA241: Statistical Analysis (3)
181 FACULTY OF social sciences
Semester 2 DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS Statistics component of the programme is Core Courses listed below: STA111: Elementary Statistics (3); or Professor Equivalent course(s) approved by the R. Arnab B.Sc. (Calcutta), M.Sc. (Calcutta), 1.5 Core Courses Department Ph.D. (ISI Calcutta) Level 100 Optional Courses STA113 Basic Statistics (3, Sem 1) Any one of the following courses: Associate Professor MAT111 Introductory Concepts of SOC122: The Social Structure of Society (3) K.S.M. Rao BSc (Mysore, India) MSc. (Mysore, Mathematics I (4, Sem 1) SOC123: Introduction to Social and Cultural India) MPhil (Poona, India) PhD. (Poona, India) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3, Sem 1) Anthropology (3) STA121 Elements of probability (2, Sem 2) SOC127: Introduction to Penology (3) STA241 Statistical Data Analysis (3, Sem 2) SOC133: The History of Punishment in Senior Lecturer MAT122 Introductory Concepts of Botswana (3) Dr. B. S. Mguni, BA (UBS), MSc (Colorado mathematics II (4, Sem 2) Electives (3) State), PhD (Northern Colarado) (On ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3, Sem 2) GEC (4) Sabbatical leave) Dr. G. Divanji, BA (Tirupathi, India), MSc. Elective Courses Level 200 (Anantapur), PhD (Mysore, India) 1 A 200Level course from Pop.Studies/Envi. Semester 1 Dr. N. Forcheh, BSc (London), MSc, PhD science or any other related discipline (3, Core Courses (Sheffi eld) sem1) SOC224: Introduction to Sociological Theory Dr. N. O. Ama, BSc, MSc, PhD (Nigeria) 2 A One 200Levelcourse from Pop. Studies/ (3) Dr. S. H. Kunchur, BSc, MSc, PhD (Karnataka) Env. Science / or any other related discipline (3 sem2) Optional Courses Lecturer Any one of the following courses: Dr. K. Setlhare, BA (UB), MSc (Wales), PhD. General Education Courses SOC234: Social Problems in Southern Africa (University of Pretoria, RSA). 1. GEC 113 Comm. & Study Skills I (2 sem1) (3) Dr. K. Thaga, BA (UB), MSc (Manitoba), Ph.D. 3. GEC 114 Comm. & Study Skills II (2 sem1) SOC236: Social Inequality (3) (Manitoba) 2. GEC 121 Computing & Info. Skills I (2 sem2) SOC242: Concepts of Health and Illness (3) Dr. L. Mokgatlhe, BA (UB), MSc (Iowa State), 4. GEC 122 Computing & Inf. Skills II (2 sem2) SOC245: Gender and the Criminal Justice Ph.D. (Free State) System (3) Dr. P. M. Kgosi, BA (UB), MSc, PhD (Kent) Level 200 Electives (3) STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3, Sem 1) GEC (4) Dr. S. R. T. Moeng, BA (UBS), PG Dip.Pop. STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1) Stud. (Ghana), MSc (Michigan State), PhD (N. MAT221 Calculus I (3, Sem 1) Semester 2 Carolina) STA354 Survey Research Methods (3, Sem 1) Core Courses Mr. B. P. G. Mabotho, BA (UB), MSc MAT222 Calculus II (3, Sem 2) SOC226: Concepts and Principles of Social (Sheffi eld) STA211 Statistical Methods (3, Sem 2) Research (3) Mr.K. Moseki, BA (UB), MSc (Sheffi eld) STA222 Probability I (3, Sem 2) Mr.K. Sediakgotla, BA (UB), MSc (Sheffi eld) STA351 Analysis and Design of Experiments Optional Courses Prof. S. Rahman BSc. (Aligarh Muslim (3, Sem 2) Any one of the following courses: University), MSc (DO), PhD. (Kiev State STA391 Field Survey (3, Sem 2) SOC225: Sociology of Policing (3) University). SOC233: Families and Households (3) Optional Courses (2 courses, 6 credits) SOC241: Social Structure of S. African Mr. L. Gabaitiri, BA (UB), MSc (Kent) (On MAT212 Introduction to Algebra (3, Sem 1) Societies (3) study leave) Level 200 Economics Course (3, Sem 1) SOC243: Crime and Social Justice (3) Mr. O. S. Mogapi, BA (UB)MSc(Oxford) (On Level 200 Population or Environmental Science SOC246: Communities and Crime (3) study leave) Course (3, Sem 2) STA241: Statistical Analysis (3) Mr. W. M. Thupeng, BA (UB), MSc (Sheffi eld) Electives (3) (On study leave) General Education Courses GEC (5) Mr.W. B. Molefe, BA (UB), MSc (Sheffi eld) 1. One GEC course at 200 level (2 cr) (On study leave) Level 300 Assessment Semester 1 Each course shall be assessed through Core Courses Departmental Regulations continuous assessment and a fi nal SOC322: Classical Sociological Theories (3) examination at the end of the semester as SOC339: Quantitative Research Methods (3) 1. Special Regulations for the Diploma in per Departmental Regulations. The fi nal Statistics Programme written examination normally shall be of 2 Level 400 hour duration. The weighting for continuous Semester 1 Subject to the General Academic Regulations assessment to examination shall be in the ratio Core Courses 000 and 100, the following Special of 1:2, unless otherwise specifi ed. SOC441: Research Proposal (3) Departmental Regulations shall apply: Award of Diploma Semester 2: 1.2 Direct Entry into the Diploma 1 A student shall be eligible for the award of Core Courses Programme the Diploma in Statistics after completing a SOC421: Contemporary Sociological Theories Students possessing an Ordinary Level pass minimum of 65 credits for courses specifi ed in (3) with grade C or better in Mathematics, or section 7.3. SOC442: Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) an additional Mathematics paper are eligible for direct entry admission to the Diploma 2 Classifi cation of the Diploma Assessment Programme; those who have a credit of C or The award of the Diploma shall be classifi ed as Performance shall be evaluated by the better in the extended Mathematics option for Distinction, Merit, Credit or Pass, according to combination of continuous assessment scores BGCSE are also eligible for admission. the GPA as per General Regulation 10.4. (CAS) and fi nal examination marks; each contributing 50 percent to the fi nal grade 1.3 Duration of the Programme Undergraduate Programmes awarded. Seminars, internships and research The normal duration of the Programme is The Department offers Statistics as a subject projects will be assessed through assignments, 4 semesters on a full-time basis carrying in the combined Bachelor of Arts Degree term papers and research reports. a minimum of 65 accumulated credits for in Social Sciences and in the Single Major required courses. Bachelor of Science Degree for both the Progression from one Semester to another Social Sciences and Science students. In Semester 1.4 Programme Structure addition Statistics is offered as a subject for Progression from one Semester to the next The core Programme comprises 10 courses the Combined Bachelor of Science Degree shall be as per General Regulation 00.9 in Statistics, 4 courses in Mathematics and 2 in Science. For the Diploma Programme in courses in Economics, totalling 49 credits. In Statistics see Faculty Regulation 180. Award of Degree addition, there are 2 optional/elective courses The award of the degree shall be as per with 6 credits and 5 General Education Level 100 Undergraduate Degree Programmes General Regulation 00.852 Courses with 10 credits. Students can take At Level 100 a student majoring in the electives from other related disciplines. The Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in Statistics shall take:
182 STA101 Mathematics for Social Sciences I (3, Optional Courses (4 courses, 12 credits) STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials Sem 1) STA301 Advanced Calculus (3, Sem 1) (3, Sem 2) STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4, Sem 1) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3, Sem 1) STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters STA102 Mathematics for Social Sciences II (3, STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3, Sem 1) 1 and 2) (will be allowed for exceptionally Sem 2) STA302 Linear Algebra for Statistics (3, Sem 2) motivated students). STA121 Elements of Probability (2, Sem 2) STA382 Operations Research I (3, Sem 2) At Level 300 A student majoring in Elective Courses STA384 Economic Statistics (3, Sem 2) Statistics for the Single Major Bachelor of One Course on the advice of HoD (3, Sem2) STA391 Field Survey (3, Sem 2) Science Degree shall take: Core Courses At Level 100 a student majoring in Statistics in Levels 400 MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Sem 1) the Bachelor of Science Programme shall take: STA431 Theory of Estimation (3, Sem 1) STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3, Sem 1) MAT111 Introductory Concepts of STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3, Mathematics I (4, Sem 1) (3, Sem 1) Sem 1) STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4, Sem 1) STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing (3, Sem STA354 Survey Research Methods (3, Sem 1) MAT112 Introductory Concepts of 2) STA302 Linear Algebra for Statistics (3, Sem 2) Mathematics II (4, Sem 2) STA322 Probability II (3, Sem 2) STA122 Introductory Concepts of Probability Optional Courses (2 courses, 6 credits) STA353 Experimental Design (3, Sem 2) (4, Sem 2) ONE FROM STA391 Field Survey (3, Sem 2) STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3, Sem 1) General Education Courses STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3, Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) 1. Two GEC courses as required for the Faculty Sem 1) STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3, Sem 1) (2+2) STA481 Operations Research II (3, Sem 1) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3, Sem 1) 2. Two GEC courses as required by the Faculty STA483 Health Statistics (3, Sem 1) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3, Sem 2) (2+2) STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2) STA382 Operations Research I (3, Sem 2) (will be allowed for exceptionally motivated STA383 Econometric Methods (3, Sem 2) Level 200 students). STA384 Economic Statistics (3, Sem 2) At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics ONE FROM for the Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Inference At Level 400 A student majoring in Social Sciences shall take: (3, Sem 2) Statistics for the Single Major Bachelor of STA201 Elementary Calculus (3, Sem 1) STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3, Sem 2) Science Degree shall take: STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3, Sem 1) STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3, Sem 2) Core Courses STA102 Matrix Algebra (2, Sem 2) STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3, Sem 1) STA222 Probability I (3, Sem 2) (3, Sem 2) STA431 Theory of Estimation (3, Sem 1) STA211 Statistical Methods (3, Sem 2) STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2) STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 2) (will be allowed for exceptionally motivated (3, Sem 1) students). STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3, General Education Courses Sem 2) A GEC course (2 credit) At Level 300, a student majoring in STA432 Theory of Testing of Hypothesis (3, Statistics for the Combined Major Sem 2) At Level 200 a student majoring in Bachelor of Science Degree shall take: STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Inference Statistics for the Combined Bachelor of Core Courses (3, Sem 2) Science Degree shall take: STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3, Sem 1) STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3, Sem 1) STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3, 1 and 2) STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1) Sem 1) MAT212 Introduction to Algebra (3, Sem 1) STA354 Survey Research Methods (3, Sem 1) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA222 Probability I (3, Sem 2) STA483 Health Statistics (3, Sem 1) STA211 Statistical Methods (3, Sem 2) STA322 Probability II (3credits, Sem 2) STA451 Experimental Design II (3, Sem 2) STA353 Experimental Design I (3, Sem 2) STA452 Introduction to Generalized Linear Optional Courses Model (3, Sem 2) 1. One 200 level courses from Math/comp. Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3, Sem 2) Sc/Econ/ Pop.Studies/Env. Science (3, Sem3) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3, Sem 1) STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3, Sem 2) 2. A 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3, Sem 1) STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3, Sem 2) Econ/Pop. Studies/ Env.Science (3, Sem4) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Sem 1) STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical Trials STA382 Operations Research I (3, Sem 2) (3, Sem 2) At Level 200 a student majoring in STA383 Econometric Methods (3, Sem 2) Statistics for the Single Major Bachelor of STA391 Field Survey (3, Sem 2) Special Regulations for the Science Degree shall take: MAT322 Real Analysis II (3, Sem 2) Undergraduate Degree Programmes MAT221 Calculus I (3, Sem 1) Special Regulation for the Combined Bachelor STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3, Sem 1) At Level 400, a student majoring in of Arts Degree in Statistics MAT222 Calculus II (3, Sem 2) Statistics for the Combined Major Subject to the General Academic Regulations STA211 Statistical Methods (3, Sem 2) Bachelor of Science Degree shall take: 00.00 and 20.00 the following Departmental STA222 Probability I (3, Sem 2) STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3, Sem 1) Regulations shall apply: STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 2) STA431 Theory of Estimation (3, Sem 1) STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing (3, Sem Entrance Requirements Optional 2) 1 Entrance requirements are subject to the 1. Two 200 level courses from Math/comp. Faculty General Regulations. Sc/Econ/ Pop.Studies/Env. Science (3+3 credit) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) 2 Students who have passed the Diploma in 2. A 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ ONE FROM Statistics Examination of this University or who Econ/Pop. Studies/ Env.Science (3 credit) STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications possess the equivalent qualifi cation can be (3, Sem 1) admitted to Semester 5 of the Programme. Electives STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3, 1. One 200 level course (2or 3) Sem 1) Duration of the Programme General Education Courses STA483 Health Statistics (3, Sem 1) The normal duration for the Bachelor of 1. GEC course (2 credit) STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters Arts Degree in Statistics Programme shall be 1 and 2) (will be allowed for exceptionally 8 semesters on a full-time basis. Students, Levels 300 motivated students). who were granted exemption under the At Level 300, a student majoring in Departmental Regulations, may be able to Statistics for the Combined Bachelor of ONE FROM complete the Programme in a shorter period Arts Degree shall take: STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Inference of time. Core Courses (3, Sem 2) STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3, Sem 1) STA451 Experimental Design II (3, Sem 2) Programme Structure STA354 Survey Research Methods (3, Sem 1) STA452 Introduction to Generalized Linear 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics part STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3, Model (3, Sem 2) of the Programme requires 10 core courses Sem 1) STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3, Sem 2) in Statistics totalling 29 credits, normally STA322 Probability II (3, Sem 2) STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3, Sem 2) taken during the fi rst 4 semesters. In addition STA353 Experimental Design I (3, Sem 2) STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3, Sem 2) courses from the other major as well as
183 FACULTY OF social sciences
electives and General Education Courses are consists of 15 core courses in Statistics and examination in the ratio 1:2, unless specifi ed required as per Faculty Regulations. Core Mathematics totalling 48 credits that are otherwise in the Department of Statistics courses are listed in Sections 1.4.1, 1.4.2 and usually taken from Semester 5 upwards. In Special Regulations. 1.4.3. addition, there are 3 optional Statistics courses 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part of totalling 9 credits. Award of the Combined Bachelor of the Programme consists of 8 core courses in Assessment Science Degree Statistics totaling 24 credits normally taken in Normally assessment of any course is based 1 A student who has successfully completed Semester 5 and upwards. In addition, students on the continuous assessment and the the entire core, optional, elective and General are required to take 12 credits of optional examination in the ratio 1:2, unless otherwise Education Courses shall be eligible for the courses and 4 credits of General Education specifi ed in the Departmental Special award of the Bachelor of Science Combined Courses. Core and optional courses are given Regulations. Major Degree. in Sections 1.4.1, 1.4.2, and 1.4.3. Award of Bachelor of Science in Statistics 2 Classifi cation of Degree Degree The award shall be classifi ed according to the Assessment A student who has completed all core, GPA, as per General Regulation 20.4. Normally the assessment for any course is optional, elective and General Education based on the continuous assessment and the Course requirements shall be eligible for the Postgraduate Programmes in Statistics fi nal examination in the ratio of 1:2, unless award of the Bachelor of Science (Statistics) otherwise specifi ed. Degree. Special Departmental Regulations Classifi cation of Degree The Graduate Level courses in the Department Award of Bachelor of Arts Degree The award shall be classifi ed according to the of Statistics will be guided by the following A student who has completed the entire core, GPA as per General Regulation 20.4. Departmental Special Regulations: optional, elective and General Education Courses as listed above shall be eligible for Combined Bachelor of Science Degree Coursework the award of the Bachelor of Arts Combined The Combined Major Bachelor of Science 1 Unless otherwise stated, each course is Degree in Statistics. Degree Programmes are for students who take normally 3 credits. Statistics as a major with any other subject 2 The Project Report (STA691) is a non-taught Bachelor of Science in Statistics Degree major from the Faculty of Science. one semester course, where the student The Single Major Bachelor of Science does a project under a supervisor from the Programme can be taken by students from Special Regulations for the Combined Major Department. The topic shall be fi nalized at the Faculty of Science as well as students from Bachelor of Science in Statistics Degree the start of the semester. There will be no the Faculty of Social Sciences or any other The Programme will be offered under the formal fi nal examination. The course shall faculty, provided they satisfy the requirements General Regulations of the University, the be assessed by 2 research exercises and a outlined below. Faculty of Science Special Regulations, project report. The 2 research exercises shall which allow Statistics as one of the subjects constitute 40 percent and the project report Special Regulations for the Single Major available to the students at Level 100, and the shall constitute 60 percent of the fi nal marks. Bachelor of Science in Statistics Degree Department of Statistics Special Regulations. The project report shall be submitted before Subject to General Regulation 20.00 and the the last day of the semester. However, a relevant Faculty of Science Special Regulations, Subject to General Regulation 20.00 and the request for a one-month extension may be the following Department of Statistics Special relevant Faculty of Science Special Regulations, allowed by the Head of the Department under Regulations shall apply: the following Department of Statistics Special special circumstances, if so recommended by Regulations shall apply: the supervisor. This course is open to PGD Entrance Requirements Statistics students only. 1 Students who are admitted to the Faculty of Entrance Requirements 3 For Advanced Statistical Computing Science and who have passed each of the 2 1 The Faculty of Science students can take (STA671) the fi nal examination will be a required Level 100 Statistics and Mathematics Statistics as a Major subject combined with practical exam of 4 hours and the fi nal courses are eligible to join the Bachelor any other Science subject. In order to take assessment grade will be based on the of Science (Statistics) Single Major Degree Statistics as a Major the student should have continuous assessment and the examination in Programme. passed the 2 relevant Level 100 courses in the ratio 1:1. 2 Students admitted to other faculties, such Statistics. The decision as to what major 4 The Statistical Consultancy (STA681) course as the Faculty of Social Sciences, who have to take is to be made as early as possible, is centered on consultancy projects which are passed each of the 2 required Level 100 preferably not later than Semester 5. assigned in the fi rst 2 weeks of the semester. Statistics and Mathematics courses are eligible 2 Students who intend to join the Bachelor Some informal lectures accompany these to join the Bachelor of Science (Statistics) of Science Combined Major Programme in projects to explain specifi c technicalities. Single Major Degree Programme. The decision Statistics are normally expected to complete The fi nal grade is based on 3 minor projects as to what major is to be taken should be the courses listed under the Department of and a major project. The minor projects shall made as early as possible, preferably not later Statistics Special Regulation 1.3.2 before account for 50 percent of the fi nal mark and than Semester 5 of the undergraduate studies. Semester 5. the major project will account for 50 percent 3 Students who have passed the Diploma of the fi nal mark. There will be no formal fi nal in Statistics examination of this University Duration of the Programme examination. with a credit or who possess equivalent The normal duration for the Bachelor of 5 In the Selected Special Topics (STA 783) qualifi cations can join at level Semester 5 of Science Combined Major Degree in Statistics course, the student undertakes up-to-date the Programme on condition of Departmental Programme shall be 8 semesters on a full-time reviews of 2 or 3 statistical techniques. recommendation. basis. Assessment is based on the review reports 4 Students who intend to join the Single Major on the techniques selected, a presentation of Programme are normally expected to complete Programme Structure at least one of the reports at a Departmental the courses listed under the Department of 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics seminar, and a 3-hour open-book examination Statistics Special Regulation 1.3.3 before component of the Combined Major requires on the journal articles chosen for the report. Semester 5 of study. 8 core courses in Statistics and Mathematics The report presentation and the examination totalling 28 credits normally taken during the carry equal weight for the fi nal grade. Duration of the Programme fi rst 4 semesters. In addition courses from the 6 The Research Treatise (STA790) shall The normal duration for the Bachelor of other major as well as electives and General be taken over a period of 2 semesters Science Degree Programme shall be 8 Education Courses are required as per General totalling 6 credits; the student will work semesters on a full-time basis. Students who Academic Regulations. under a supervisor. The student is expected join under Departmental Special Regulation 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part to demonstrate the ability to master and 4.6.1.3 may be able to complete the of the Programme consists of 8 core courses critically analyse a prescribed area of advanced Programme in a shorter period. in Statistics totalling 24 credits, normally for statistical literature by making 2 presentations Semester 5 and upwards. In addition, there and fi nally presenting a Research Treatise Programme Structure are 3 optional courses in Statistics totalling 9 Report. At the end of STA 791 the student 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Programme credits to be taken during the same period. should have made the fi rst presentation and requires 11 core courses in Statistics and Courses from the other major electives and the second presentation will be at the end Mathematics totalling 37 credits, normally General Education Courses will supplement of STA792. The last date of submission of to be taken during the fi rst 4 semesters. In the Programme structure. the Report shall be the last day of lectures addition students are expected to take elective of the second semester. In exceptional cases, and General Educations Courses as required Assessment it may be extended by not more than 2 by their Faculty Regulations. Normally assessment of any course is based months, if a request is made through the 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Programme on the continuous assessment and the Head of the Department, supported by the
184 supervisor, at least 2 weeks before the due Postgraduate Diploma in Statistics. course students should be able to critically date. The length of the report shall be around analyse and evaluate concepts and theories 60 typed, A4 pages (1.5 line spacing). The associated with local government, understand report will be internally evaluated and will Classifi cations more deeply the complexities involved in further be externalized. The fi nal assessment The award of diploma shall be classifi ed as per local government and analyse and apply grade for the course will be based on the 2 General Academic Regulation 40.73.9. appropriate strategies for effective operation presentations (20 percent) and the report (80 of local government percent). Course Descriptions Political and Administrative Studies PAD304 PUBLIC ENTERPRISE Examinations and Assessment MANAGEMENT (3) The written examination for all courses, unless PAD101 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC The aim of this course is to promote otherwise specifi ed in the course template, ADMINISTRATION (3) student’s understanding of organisation will normally be of 3 hours’ duration. The The aim of this introductory foundation continuous assessment and the examination and management of public enterprise with course is to promote the student’s particular reference to developing countries. shall be weighted in the ratio of 1:1. The understanding of Public Administration and cumulative GPA shall be computed in It also seeks to explore viable strategies for the processes and institutions through which accordance with General Academic Regulation remedying the problems faced by public it formulates and implements public policy. 00.86. enterprises. Topical amongst the remedies The topics that it covers include defi nition is the issue of privatization, its theory and Departmental Regulations for the of Public Administration, Institutions of implications. Postgraduate Diploma in Statistics the state decision-making, administration Programme leadership and responsibility, motivation and PAD306 PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS (4) communication. This course introduces the fi eld of policy General Academic Regulations and the studies, starting with its rationale, scope, following Departmental Special Regulations PAD102 INSTITUTIONS AND PROCESSES signifi cance, and relationships with other shall apply: OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (3) disciplines. It also covers conceptual The aim of this course is to enable students to approaches to critical assessment of the causes Entrance Requirements have an understanding of essentials of public and consequences of public policies. Policy The normal entrance requirement is a administration institutions and processes. It processes such as agenda setting, formulation, Bachelor’s Degree with at least 40 percent of covers topics such as the ecology of public implementation, monitoring and evaluation, the courses in Statistics, from any recognised administration, decentralization and and the interactions of the actors involved University. Other applicants may be considered centralization, local government and in them are also discussed. Application of in exceptional cases on the recommendation intergovernmental relations, public enterprises analytical tools and models in real world are of the Department; however they may be and public fi nancial administration and discussed through case studies. required to take some undergraduate courses improvement of the performance of public as specifi ed by the Department. administration. PAD307 HUMAN RESOURCE Duration of the Programme DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT (3) PAD201 ORGANISATION THEORIES (3) The normal duration of the Programme on The main objective of the course is to enable The aim of this course is to introduce a full-time basis is 2 semesters. However a students to understand and appreciate maximum of 6 semesters is allowed for part- students to organization theories as a basis the importance of Human Resource and time students to complete the Programme. for understanding organisations and their its development in the “art of getting management. Emphasis shall be on critical things alone” – frequently referred to Programme Structure examination of major ideas and signifi cant as management in any organisation and The Postgraduate Diploma is done by course developments that have taken place over public sector in particular. The course will work that includes 7 core courses at Levels the years. The course will cover essentials of cover theory, practice and issues of human 5 and 6 totalling 19 credits and at least 2 signifi cant organisation theories, including resource planning development and effective optional courses totalling 6 credits. One of early management thought, organisations as deployment - emphasizing the need for the the core courses is the Project Report STA691. rational instrumental entities as associations, right combination of operational skills and This is a 2-semester Programme for full-time and as systems. managerial capabilities in both quality and students. quantity in order to safeguard continuity and Core Courses PAD202 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION IN improve performance. STA621 Probability (2, Sem 1) BOTSWANA (3) STA631 Statistical Inference I (2, Sem 1) This course is meant to serve as a foundation PAD401 DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION STA641 Statistical Analysis I (3, Sem 1) for introducing to the students some key STA642 Statistical Analysis II (3, Sem 2) (4) aspects of the organisation and operation The course discusses the theoretical and STA672 Multivariate Analysis (3, Sem 2) of public administration machinery in STA681 Statistical Consultancy (3, Sem 2) practical aspects of state promotion of Botswana. The course covers organisation STA691 Project Report (3, Sem 2) national development. It seeks to provide an and functioning of central government, local understanding of the context and context government and public enterprises. It seeks Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 Credits) of state-directed development, by focusing STA601 Mathematical Methods for Statistics to explain the nature and characteristics of on national development policy processes, (3, Sem 1) Botswana’s public policies, organisation of planning, and implementation. The course STA671 Advanced Statistical Computing (3, development planning and administration of then examines selected critical issues, Sem 1) public fi nances. such as the role and effects of foreign aid, STA685 Agricultural Statistics (3, Sem 1) administrative reforms, and globalization, on STA686 Economic Statistics and National PAD302 HUMAN SESOURCE the management of national development. Accounting (3, Sem 1) MANAGEMENT (3) Lastly, it considers the future of development STA651 Advanced Survey Sampling (3, Sem 2) The aim of this course is to introduce students administration in the context of changing STA661 Time Series Analysis and Forecasting to the theory and concepts of managing relationships of the state, the private sector, (3, Sem 2) human resources. A practical approach will be and society. This course will also include STA683 Medical Statistics (3, Sem 2) emphasized. This course will cover topics such seminar on the course topics. STA684 Econometrics (3, Sem 2) as job design and analysis, human resource STA687 Education Statistics (3, Sem 2) planning, recruitment, training, motivation, PAD402 GOVERNMENT BUDGETING (3) performance appraisal, leadership, discipline The course exposes students to basic concepts Assessments and labour-management relations. Students shall be assessed on their coursework in Government Budgeting with a focus on political and administrative aspects. The course in accordance with General Academic PAD303 LOCAL GOVERNMENT Regulations and the Department of Statistics is divided into three main segments the fi rst MANAGEMENT (3) Special Regulations 6.2. part considers the justifi catory aspects of state The aim of this course is to provide students intervention. The second part focuses on with an understanding of the nature and Award of the Postgraduate Diploma in Government budgets (evolution of budgeting Statistics functioning of local government management. and expenditure control) and the last covers 1 A student who has passed the core and It attempts to expose and familiarize students budgetary reforms. optional courses and has received 25 hours of with the various complexities of local credits shall be eligible for the award of the government management. At the end of the
185 FACULTY OF social sciences
PAD403 INTERNSHIP IN PUBLIC and expenditures. This course is concerned covered in the course include; instability and ADMINISTRATION (3) with how different levels of government raise neo-Patrimonialism, state collapse, economic To enable the students majoring in Public money and how they spend it. At the end of decline, democratization, class analysis, coups Administration to gain insight into the the course students should be able to; analyse and military in Africa, Gender and politics, operation of public administration machinery current issues of local government fi nance and civil society, ethnicity, religion and politics. at central or local government levels by apply appropriate solutions to the needs of the supplementing theory with some work situation, critically evaluate the role of local POL204 MEDIA AND POLITICS (3) experience This involves 8 weeks attachment government in fi nancial management and This course examines the place and role of students to government Organizations understand Intergovernmental fi scal relations. of the media in politics, with a specifi c during the long vacation at the end of Their emphasis on print and electronic forms of 3rd year. PAD412 RESEARCH PROJECT IN PUBLIC communication It examines both Western and ADMINISTRATION (3) developing country media industries from a PAD404 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN The course is intended to give students political, economic, and historical viewpoint. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (3) majoring in Public Administration a chance to Often called the “fourth estate,” the media This course will begin with a discussion of do an extensive search of the literature and historically have played an important role in critical issues in the intellectual development produce an extended research essay. the political and democratic process in the of Public Administration as a discipline and Western world. Since the end of the Cold examine the contemporary issues such Political Science War, the media has come to be seen as as changing role of the state; political, POL101 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL an important ‘watchdog of democracy’ in social and economic environment of Public SCIENCE (3) transitional states. Administration in Africa; challenges of good This course is about the study of politics governance; new Public Management; and and aims to introduce students to the fi eld POL301 MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT (3) impact of Globalization. of political science and the tools used to The course is aimed at acquainting students understand it. The course aims to ensure that with the major schools of thought that PAD405 SEMINAR IN PUBLIC POLICY (3) students will have a basic understanding of dominate modern political theory in the This course is aimed at examining, through the core concepts and main theories of politics last half of the twentieth century. The case studies, the causes, and consequences and to help them understand how politics course covers some important philosophical of government actions on society. It gives is organised and how political issues are developments that characterize the last half the student a chance to critically analyse any dealt with in the context of modern society. of the twentieth century. It outlines and contemporary policy, project, or programme It introduces students to concepts such as interprets such philosophical theories as of choice. political power, political parties, civil society contractarian, communitarian, feminism, and human rights. complex equality and entitlement. These PAD406 ETHICS AND PUBLIC theories constitute the core of political MANAGEMENT (3) POL102 THE MODERN STATE (3) philosophy today. This course discusses the ideals of public The course on the Modern State introduces management ethics; the nature, causes the major state theories, the legitimacy or POL302 POLITICS IN SOUTH AFRICA (3) and consequences of declining standards; illegitimacy of the state, state capacity or The course recognizes the importance of effectiveness of mechanisms for checking the power of the state, the democratic and South Africa as a dominant actor within the corruption, mal-administration and public undemocratic state, and state and civil society. Southern African region. It discusses the accountability; and measures for enhancing The course introduces state- related concepts political economy of white settler domination the standards of ethics, accountability and and theories and analyses the productive or and the relationship between the racial responsible conduct in public management. unproductive ways in which the state interacts ideology of white supremacy and capitalist with business. development in South Africa. The course PAD407 COMPARATIVE PUBLIC further discusses the interface between ADMINISTRATION (3) POL201 POLITICS IN BOTSWANA (3) the rise of the apartheid state and African This course is meant to contribute to the This course examines the shape and nationalism. The course goes on to discuss understanding of institutions and processes of contour of politics in Botswana through an South Africa’s domestic and foreign policies, Public Administration through a comparative understanding of both the past and present especially with respect to the Southern African perspective that looks at the features of Public and how various factors infl uence how politics region. It concludes with a discussion of the Administration in different developed as well in contemporary Botswana are played out democratic transition in South Africa and its as developing countries with a focus on public within the context of the country’s political position in the regional integration. bureaucracy. African countries will receive economy. It discusses pre-colonial social special attention. formations, the protectorate era, the rise of POL305 POLITICS OF SOUTHERN AFRICA nationalism, the construction of the Botswana (3) PAD408 INTERNATIONAL State, political and economic developments, This course examines Southern Africa as a ADMINISTRATION (3) political participation, quest for equality and regional sub-system within the broader global The aim of this course is to familiarize students relations with the outside world. political economy. It attempts an overview with the theories of international organisation of contemporary Southern African politics and administration, and to appreciate the POL202 CLASSICAL POLITICAL THOUGHT focusing on the national politics of select need for international organisations. (3) Southern African countries; cooperation Classical political philosophy has laid the and confl ict in the region; security and PAD410 PUBLIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT foundations of modern political theory. It has development in the region; and peace and (3) been re-stated, reworked and re-interpreted Democracy in the Region. In concludes with This course examines a major set of over time. This course will outline and critique the discussion on the prospect of economic components in the fi nancial management some of the major classical philosophies. The cooperation in Southern Africa. in public sector fi nancial resources. It major classical political thoughts covered explains and analyses how modern fi nancial in this course include Social Contract, POL306 INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL management techniques are applied to the Republicanism, Utilitarianism, Liberalism, and ECONOMY (4) public sector. It emphasizes the dynamic Marxism. The course unpacks and problematises nature of change and the increasing role of International Political Economy as a discipline, markets and competition in the public sector POL203 CONTEMPORARY AFRICA (3) the main actors in it, the theoretical debates through various forms of privatization. Some Contemporary Africa is complex and varied that have characterized it since its inception of the topics covered in the course are context the continent consists of around fi fty and how the forces of globalization are of public fi nancial management, revenue states with very different histories, colonial redefi ning and reshaping the discipline of administration and management fi nancial experience, economies, values, and social International Political Economy. planning and aid management, managing structures. This course will provide students budgetary/expenditure control and signifi cance both with a sense of this diversity, and POL307 POLITICS OF REGIONALISM (3) of budget reforms and management. with a grasp of the main patterns currently This course explores the several dimensions energizing the continent. It will discuss of regionalism in the current era of Neo- PAD411 LOCAL GOVERNMENT FINANCE (3) a range of contemporary approaches to liberalism and globalisation. There will be a It raises critical issues about fi nancial analysing and theorizing African politics, and survey of both new and traditional literature arrangements for decentralized revenues will identify key contemporary issues. Topics on regionalism and regional integration. The
186 course will then compare the aims, objectives POL405 COMPARATIVE POLITICS (3) perspectives. and evolution of regional co-operation in This course examines a diverse selection of PSY102 BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF HUMAN the North and South. As far as formal, state- the world’s political/ economic systems by BEHAVIOUR (3) centered attempts at regional integration contrasting and comparing key aspects of This course is an introduction to essential are concerned, a number of historical and each system, and by seeking generalizations topics in the area of psychobiology and contemporary case studies. The case studies about them. The specifi c country case studies its historical, contextual and empirical will cover the history and the institutions of we examine will be drawn from industrialized, development. It deals with the basic units of regional integration as well as the political transitional, and that broad category often the central and peripheral nervous system, dynamics, the social and economic dimensions referred to as less developed/Third World neuro-anatomy and physiology. It establishes a foundation in understanding the brain- of the process and the growing signifi cance of states.The examination and analysis of each behaviour relationship. these processes for the international relations country case study will focus on the common of the countries concerned. The course will themes of political history, key institutions, PSY201 THEORIES OF PERSONALITY (3) also focus on what is being called ‘regionalism political cultures, political parties, interest This course discusses major theories of from below’. groups, political issues, and cleavages. personality applied in psychology and psychotherapy such as psycho-dynamic POL308 POLITICS AND MANAGEMENT OF POL406 AFRICA IN WORLD POLITICS (3) theories, behavioural theories, cognitive NATURAL RESOURCES (3) The key objectives of this course are to explore theories, humanistic and existential This course is concerned with an empirical the place and role of Africa in world politics; in perspectives, and systemic theories. analysis of the natural resource base of particular, to unravel the structural position the majority of SADC’s states, historical of Africa in the world economy and what this PSY202 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) and current patterns of resource use, implies for African development. The origins, This course emphasises the social basis of typical resource confl icts and attempts at dimensions and consequences of the African human behaviour. Concepts of socialization, management, and strategies for sustainable debt crisis will be given due attention – culture, conformity and gender are addressed development. The course sets Southern Africa including the burning issues of democracy and as well as theories of self-knowledge and within wider theoretical, historical and global ‘good governance’. It will also consider the self-justifi cation, interpersonal attraction, pro- political-economic and sociopolitical evolution and trajectory of the African state social behaviour and aggression. Attitudes, context. In addition to country-specifi c topics, system, especially the role of the Organisation attributions, stereotypes and prejudices are special attention will be given to specifi c of African Unity (now the African Union) in discussed in the context of social perception environmental issues and problems faced by confl ict management and resolution. and cognition. In addition, the course emphasises group processes and dynamics. all/some states and peoples in the region POL407 CIVIL MILITARY RELATIONS (3) PSY203 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY POL309 POLITICS OF POVERTY IN The civil-military relations course explores OF CHILDHOOD AND ADOLESCENCE (3) SOUTHERN AFRICA (3) the interface between the civilian democratic This course traces human development Rural and urban poverty and the search for institutions and the military. It will cover through prenatal period, infancy and sustainable livelihoods are issues that students aspects related to civilian control of military, childhood up to adolescence. Emphasis is of Political Science ought to be familiar with military professionalism, military’s role in placed on physical, cognitive, emotional and given existing large poor rural populations of democratization, human rights and the rule social development and relevant theories. Southern Africa and the fact that many of the of law. grandaunts of political science will in future PSY204 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF be employed by government departments/ POL409 SECURITY STUDIES (3) PSYCHOLOGY (3) ministries dealing with issues of rural This course will explore and an introduction to This course introduces students to the history development and poverty eradication. various approaches to the study of security. It of psychology and its link to philosophy. will provide a general introduction to a Schools of thought such as Cartesian dualism, POL401 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (3) number of issues on the contemporary materialism, behaviourism, functionalism, The course thoroughly examines the security agenda and give an understanding cognitivism, postmodernism as well as African emergence of International Relations as of the changing nature of security concepts discourses on philosophy are discussed, a separate discipline in the broad fi eld of and security policies, and their relations to particularly with regard to psychologically Political Science, what is distinctive about historical and political contexts relevant constructs such as “individuals”, it, its relationship with international law “self” and “personhood”. and diplomacy, the theoretical disputes POL410 INTERNSHIP IN POLITICAL SCIENCE PSY205 RESEARCH METHODS AND that have surrounded it since its emergence (3) STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOLOGY I (3) and the perennial issues of international This course involves eight weeks attachment This course introduces students to the security, confl ict management and resolution of students to government non-government relationship between research and theory, - including the challenging questions of organisations during the long vacation at the basic research criteria (validity, reliability, peacekeeping and peace-building. end of their third year, to enable them to gain objectivity), methods of data generation insight into the operation of these institutions. (e.g. experiment, observation, questionnaire, POL402 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND During this period the students will observe interview) and basic descriptive and inferential PRACTICE (3) procedures and functioning, and participate in statistics commonly applied in psychological Different forms of democracy will be work assignments given by their supervisors as research. identifi ed and examined for their strengths advised by the Department. At the end of the and weaknesses, among them Athenian attachment period, the students will complete PSY206 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY participatory democracy; the Levelers and assignments in the form of essays and reports OF ADULTHOOD AND OLD AGE (3) Diggers in the English Civil War; the contrast related to their work in the organisations to This course examines life-span development between Anglo- American liberalism focused which they are attached. during early, middle and late adulthood on the individual and property and the more considering biological, cognitive, emotional radical French tradition; democratisation in the POL411 RESEARCH PROJECT IN POLITICAL and social factors and the relevance of life 19th and early 20th centuries as a potentiality SCIENCE (3) events (e.g. marriage, parenthood, divorce, within capitalist development; the elitist The course is intended to give students fi rst employment, unemployment, retirement, counter-attack and the liberal/Elite-democratic majoring in Political Science a chance to do an illness, and death) for development. compromise; the social democratic variant; extensive search of the literature and produce PSY207 PSYCHOLOGY OF WORK AND and the contemporary threat to democracy an extended research essay. LABOUR RELATIONS (3) from global corporate power. This course highlights the psychological PSYCHOLOGY functions of work and the psychological POL403 MODERN IDEOLOGIES (3) effects of the lack or loss of work (e.g. with PSY101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY To understand the ideologies, or great regard to unemployment and retirement). (3) systemic bodies of thought, that have Work ethics, job attitudes, job satisfaction, This is a foundation course to the study shaped the modern world and its political work motivation, and work related stress are of psychology as a scientifi c discipline environment. This course will cover discussion further topics in this course. In addition, the and it introduces students to major of modern ideologies such as liberalism, course presents a psychological approach to themes in psychology such as cognition, conservatism, socialism, nationalism, labour relations and related concepts (such as emotion, behaviour, intelligence, learning, anarchism, communism, fascism, feminism, negotiation, collective bargaining, mediation, and motivation from various theoretical and religious fundamentalism. and confl ict handling).
187 FACULTY OF social sciences
PSY301 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY I (3) data analysis and interpretation. Ethical issues sexual development, risk-taking behaviour, This course familiarises students with a range in psychological research are discussed as coping with stigmatisation, HIV/AIDS-related of psychological disorders (such as mood well. At the end of this course, students are multiple losses (e.g. health, income, social disorders, anxiety disorders, personality expected to present a research proposal. support, death of closed ones), grieving and disorders, schizophrenia, dissociative disorders, bereavement, hopelessness and the threat of substance-related disorders, eating disorders, PSY309 HUMAN FACTORS IN THE WORK death, and suicide. The course also highlights disorders of childhood and adolescence), ENVIRONMENT (3) the psychological role of hope and meaning their causes and conceptualization within the This course presents the sensory systems making in the context of HIV/AIDS. various schools of thoughts in psychology as (visual, auditory, haptic and kinaesthetic) well as in traditional healing approaches in the with regard to ergonomic principles. The PSY407 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY African context. psychological relevance of the compatibility (3) of machines and equipment with human This course provides the opportunity to PSY302 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING AND capabilities as well as the machine-human present various specifi c themes and topics PSYCHOMETRICS (3) interaction in its various applications of psychology depending on students’ and This course introduces students to the (e.g. manufacturing, aviation, transport, lecturers’ interests or the expertise of visiting/ principles of psychological testing. architecture, sport, rehabilitation etc.) are guest lecturers. Thus, the content taught in Classifi cation and construction of tests, norms, major topics in this course. this course varies from year to year. standardization, validity and reliability are PSY408 INTERNSHIP (18) addressed, together with critical views on PSY310 CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY (3) The supervised internship (professional on-site social and ethical issues of testing in general, This course introduces students to supervision and regular supervision through and the utilization of psychometrics within psychological theories and research that the Department) shall be undertaken over multi-cultural settings in particular. explain consumer needs, motivation and six months with a minimum of 960 hours behaviour. Consumer perception, attitudes practical exposure and experience involving PSY303 COGNITION AND LEARNING (3) and decision making are analysed in the competencies and skills in the following areas: This course discusses topics about human context of the social environment. Ethics in - interviewing thought and memory. Topics include attention, consumer psychology are a further part of this - confl ict management various kinds of memory, problem solving, course. - assessment and evaluation decision making, and language. In addition, - professional and ethical conduct the course explores learning processes, PSY401 RESEARCH PROJECT (3) - report writing infl uences upon these processes and resultant In this project course students carry out an - psychological coping skills (e.g. with regard behaviour. empirical study on an approved topic and - administering psychometric tests to under departmental supervision. The study transference/counter-transference, stress PSY304 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY (3) could be based on the research proposal - referral expertise This is an applied psychology course that submitted in PSY307. At the end of the management, burnout etc.) focuses on the contributions of psychology course, students submit a research paper (of - counselling to the understanding of physical and mental approximately 10,000 words). - project implementation and management health and illness. With regard to prevention - group supervision and intervention, behavioural, environmental, PSY402 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY II (3) - research psychosocial and cultural factors that may This course is a continuation of PSY301 and affect health and illness are addressed and focuses on the diagnosis of psychological applied to various fi elds of health psychology disorders (e.g. based on the DSM IV, such as cardiology, oncology, rehabilitation, neuropsychological tests and examination) and HIV/AIDS. and their treatment (e.g. psychotherapy, psychopharmacological treatment). This course PSY305 ORGANISATIONAL AND also considers traditional forms of treatment PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY (3) within the African context. This course familiarises students with the application of psychology in (work) PSY403 COUNSELLING II (3) organisations. Leadership theories, processes This course is a continuation of PSY303. of decision-making, communication and The course expands the students’ repertoire interactive behaviour are presented as well as of interviewing and counselling skills and the psychological relevance of theories about techniques and enables students to apply organisational structure and organisation them in practice. Students are also enabled development. In addition, concepts of human to assess clients and to develop intervention resource management such as recruitment strategies and referral expertise. In addition, and selection, job description, job analysis, matters of ethical conduct are emphasised. and performance appraisal are presented from a psychological perspective. PSY404 PSYCHOTHERAPY (3) This course introduces students to the various PSY306 COUNSELLING I (3) psychotherapeutic approaches on practical In this course students develop basic skills in level (e.g. Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy, interviewing, counselling and rapport building Family Therapy, Psychoanalysis, Psychodrama, with regard to a diverse population. Students Gestalttherapy), and also reviews their build up theoretical knowledge of the process application to the African context. of counselling through observing processes of interaction and non-verbal behaviour and PSY405 TRAINING AND HUMAN through the practical use of attending and RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (3) listening skills. This course trains students in skills and techniques of training and human resource PSY307 PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT (3) development. With regard to qualifi cation This course is a continuation of PSY302 and and development of employees, students trains students in selection, administration and learn how to conduct a needs assessment interpretation of psychological assessment and how to design and conduct a tools (e.g. intelligence tests, personality tests, training programme that emphasises aptitude tests, interest inventories, attitude the psychological empowerment of the scales, projective tests, interviews) (up to test workforce (e.g. leadership and managerial level B), and in report writing. skills, communication and interaction skills, managing cultural diversity, competences in PSY308 RESEARCH METHODS AND team building and confl ict resolution). STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOLOGY II (3) This course is a continuation of PSY202 PSY406 PSYCHOLOGICAL CHALLENGES OF and teaches students how to conceptualise HIV/AIDS (3) a research project. With reference to This is an applied psychology course that quantitative and qualitative research emphasises the psychological effects on paradigms, students learn how to use people infected or affected by HIV/AIDS, for methods of sampling, data generation, and instance, with regard to identity development,
188 Chapter.57:01 University of Botswana Act
ARRANGEMENTS OF SECTIONS 4. Principal Offi cers g. a student elected by the Students The Principal Offi cers of the University shall be Representative Council of the University; SECTION the Chancellor, the Chairman of the University h. two persons who are not resident in Council, the Vice-Chancellor and such Deputy Botswana appointed by the University Vice-Chancellors as may be appointed in Council by reason of their special knowledge, accordance with the provisions of Section 7(3). experience and competence in education; i. one person, being a member of, and 5. Chancellor selected by, the Governing Council of the ! 5.1 The President of Botswana shall hold the Botswana College of Agriculture; #$% offi ce of Chancellor and as such shall be the j. one person being the representative of the & head of the University. non-academic staff of the University. ' 5.2 The Chancellor shall have such powers 8.2 For the purposes of this section, the ( and privileges and perform such functions as “former universities” referred to in subsection * may be conferred on him by statutes enacted 1 means the University of Botswana and in that behalf by the University Council. Swaziland established by the University , 5.3 The Chancellor may, where he considers it of Botswana and Swaziland Act and the to be in the public interest so to do, in writing University of Botswana, Lesotho and direct the Minister to assume the exercise Swaziland established by Royal Charter of Her - of any power or the performance of any Britannic Majesty dated 20th December, 1963. . duty conferred or imposed on the University 8.3 The Schedule to this Act shall apply with Council or on the Vice-Chancellor by this Act respect to the members and meetings of the An Act to establish the University of or by statutes enacted in their behalf by the University Council. Botswana in place of the University University Council subject to such conditions College of Botswana as may be specifi ed in the direction. 9. Senate 9.1 There shall be a Senate which shall be Act 11, 1982 6. Chairman of University Council responsible under the University Council for- Act 24, 1982 The Chairman of the University Council shall a. formulating and carrying out the academic Act 20 1982 be appointed by the Chancellor and shall act policy of the University; Act 2, 1995 for him in his absence. b. devising and regulating courses of instruction and study and supervising research; [Date of Commencement: 1st July 1982] 7. Vice-Chancellor c. regulating the conduct of examinations 7.1 The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by and the award of degrees, diplomas and 1. Short Title the Chancellor after consulting the University certifi cates; This Act may be cited as the University of Council and upon such terms and conditions d. advising the University Council on the Botswana Act. as may be determined by him. admission of students and the award of 7.2 The Vice-Chancellor shall, subject to the scholarship; 2. Establishment of University general control of the University Council e. reporting on such matters as may be 2.1 There is hereby established a university on matters of policy, be the academic and referred to it by the University Council. under the name of the University of Botswana administrative head and chief disciplinary 9.2 The Senate may make representations (in this Act referred to as “the University”). offi cer of the University. to the University Council on any matter 2.2 The University is a body corporate, and 7.3 There shall be appointed by the connected with the University, and shall have shall have perpetual succession and a common University Council such number of Deputy such additional functions as may be conferred seal and may sue and be sued in its corporate Vice-Chancellors as the Council may, on it by statutes enacted by the University name. after consultation with the Senate, and in Council. 2.3 The University shall have power, for any accordance with statutes enacted by the 9.3 The Senate shall consist of the Vice- purpose which in the opinion of the University Council in that behalf, from time determine. Chancellor and such number of persons Council is necessary or expedient for or in 7.4 When the post of Vice-Chancellor is as may be considered appropriate, drawn connection with the exercise of the functions vacant, or when the Vice-Chancellor is from the academic staff and the Students of the University, to acquire and hold any absent, or for any reason unable to perform Representative Council in accordance with a movable or immovable property, to sell, lease, the functions of Vice-Chancellor, there shall statute in that behalf enacted by the University mortgage or otherwise alienate or dispose of be appointed, in accordance with statutes Council. any such property, and to enter into any other enacted by the University Council in that transaction. behalf, one of the Deputy Vice-Chancellors 10. Powers of University Council 2.4 Where the University has resolved that to act as Vice-Chancellor, or if no Deputy 10.1 Subject to the provisions of this Act, the it is necessary or expedient to acquire any Vice-Chancellor is available, any other suitable University Council shall have power to do property under subsection (3), the property member of the University staff may be or provide for any act or thing in relation to may be treated as property required for public appointed to so act. the University which it considers necessary purposes, and the Acquisition of Property Act or expedient in its capacity as the governing shall apply accordingly, so however that 8. University Council body. the provisions of that Act shall apply with such 8.1 The governing body of the University shall 10.2 Without prejudice to the generality of modifi cations as are necessary to provide for be the University Council, which shall consist the provisions of subsection (1), the University the vesting of property acquired there under of the following members- Council may, where it deems it necessary or in the University and for the cost of acquisition a. the principal offi cers of the University; desirable, prohibit the admission of any person to be defrayed by the University. b. three persons appointed by the Minister; as a student of the University, suspend or 2.5 Without prejudice to its other powers, the two of whom shall be public offi cers dismiss any student of the University, or order University shall have power to award its own appointed by offi ce, or their alternates; the closure of the University, and the Council degrees. c. four persons, not being public offi cers, shall exercise these powers notwithstanding appointed by the Chancellor; the disciplinary powers conferred on the Vice- 3. Aims d. three persons who are members of Chancellor by section 7. 3.1 The aims of the University shall be to the Senate elected by the Senate, two of provide higher education, to undertake whom shall be Deans of the Faculties of the 11. Internal Organisation of University research and to disseminate knowledge. University and the third person not being 11.1 Subject to the provisions of this Act, 3.2 Without prejudice to the generality of a Dean of the Faculty of the University, in the University Council may make such subsection 1, the University Council may, accordance with a statute in that behalf arrangements as it thinks fi t regarding on the advice of the Senate, approve the enacted by the University Council; the internal organisation of the University, establishment of relationships with other e. a person elected by members of the including the establishment, variation and persons or bodies, or other institutions academic and senior administrative staff of the discontinuance of- of learning, higher education, training University, in accordance with a statute in that a. halls of residence, faculties, institutes, or research, within or outside Botswana, behalf enacted by the University Council; schools, departments and other bodies upon such terms as may be provided in f.a person elected by the Botswana graduates whether in Gaborone or elsewhere; statutes enacted by the University Council in of the University and of former Universities b. professorship, lectureships and other accordance with the provisions of Section 14. referred to in subsection (2); posts, whether academic, administrative or
189 act and statutes
otherwise; Act was vested in the Council of the University and a casting vote. c. fellowships, bursaries, exhibitions, College of Botswana or was in any other Act and Statutes scholarships, prizes, honorary degrees and manner held on behalf of, or for the purposes THE UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA other awards. of the University College of Botswana, shall STATUTES 11.2 In so far as they relate to matters which by virtue of this similarly be vested in or be in the opinion of the Council are academic held on behalf of, or for the purposes of, the In Exercise of the powers conferred by matters, the Council shall exercise the University. Section 14 of the University of Botswana Act powers referred to in subsection (1) only after 15.3 Notwithstanding the abolition of the (Cap.57:01), the Council of the University consultation with the Senate. University College of Botswana, every contract of Botswana hereby makes the following entered into by the Council of the University Statutes: 12. Accounts College of Botswana shall have effect as The University Council shall cause the accounts if entered into by the University, and all Part I Preliminary of the University to be drawn up, audited and obligations subsisting against the said Council 1. These Statutes shall be cited as the published annually at such times and in such shall continue to subsist against the University. University of Botswana Statutes, 1982, which manner as the Minister may direct. 15.4 Except where otherwise provided by came into operation on 7th October 1983; as this Act, and until otherwise provided in revised from time to time. 13. Annual Report the exercise of functions conferred by this 2. In these Statutes, unless the context Within six months after the end of each Act, all other matters and things relating otherwise requires: academic year the University Council shall to the University College of Botswana shall “Academic staff ” means an employee of cause a report of the activities of the University continue as nearly as may be in relation to the the University whose terms and conditions of during that year to be drawn up and made University. service include the obligation to undertake available to the public. teaching, research and service and/or holders Schedule of posts declared by Council on the advice of 14. University Statutes Senate to be academic; 14.1 The University Council may enact statutes (Section 8) “Act” means the University of Botswana Act for carrying into effect the provisions of this (Cap.57:01); act, and in particular for- University Council Members “Chancellor” means the person holding a. regulating the appointment, conditions 1. The term of offi ce of a person who is a the offi ce of Chancellor in accordance with of service, termination of appointment member of the Council by appointment or Section 5 of the Act; and retirement benefi ts of the staff of the election shall be four years. “Council” means the University Council University, and for determining the persons 2. If an appointed or elected member (other established under Section 8 of the Act; who form the academic staff for the purposes than a member elected by the Council) is “Department” means either an academic of this Act; absent from Botswana for a continuous period department of the University established under b. determining the persons who are of 12 months his offi ce shall become vacant at Statute 45 in which one or more programmes authorised to sign contracts, cheques and the end of that period. of study are offered, or an administrative other documents on behalf of the University, 3. Where the offi ce of an appointed or elected department; and otherwise regulating procedure in relation member becomes vacant on his death or “Deputy Vice Chancellor” means a Deputy to transactions entered into by the University; resignation, or by virtue of the preceding Vice Chancellor appointed under Part VI c. fi xing the academic year of the University; paragraph, a successor shall be appointed or hereof; d. ensuring that the seal of the University is elected in the same manner to serve for the “Director” means the head of an institute, kept in proper custody and is used only by remainder of the term of offi ce. an academic centre or an administrative authority of the University Council. 4. Where an appointed or elected member is department; 14.2 A statute shall be taken to be enacted if, temporarily absent from Botswana a substitute “Graduate” means a graduate of the but only if- may be appointed or elected in the same University or a graduate of the former a. a draft of the statute has been circulated to manner to act for him during his absence. universities, in accordance with the Act; the members of the Council at least fourteen 5. An appointment or election may be made “Quorum” means the minimum number of days before the meeting at which it is to be in anticipation of the vacation of offi ce or members that must be present to constitute considered; temporary absence of a member. a valid meeting. Except where otherwise b. after consideration by the meeting the draft 6. A member whose offi ce has or will become specifi ed by the Statutes, the quorum of every has been provisionally approved either without vacant shall be eligible for re-appointment or committee shall be 50% (fi fty percent) of the amendment or only with amendments of re-election. membership thereof; which notice in writing was circulated to 7. No member shall hold offi ce under more “Senate” means the Senate established under the members at least three days before the than one provision of Section 8, and if a Section 9 of the Act; meeting; person is appointed or elected under more “Staff Development Fellow” means an c. the statute as provisionally approved than one provision he shall notify the Council employee of the University who is required to has been circulated to the members of the under which provision he chooses to hold undertake programmes of study or training in Council, and (where in the opinion of the offi ce and another person shall thereupon order to become a member of the academic Council it affects academic matters) to the be appointed or elected under the other staff; members of the Senate, at least 14 days provision. “Student” means any person currently before the meeting at which it is proposed to 8. No act of the Council shall be invalidated registered for the receipt of instruction in the confi rm the statute; by vacancies in its memberships or defects University; d. the statute is, at a meeting of the Council, in the appointment or election of any of its “Support Staff” means an employee of the confi rmed without amendment or only members. University whose terms and conditions of with such amendments as give effect to a service do not include the primary obligation resolution of the Senate in respect of the Meetings to undertake teaching and research; statute as provisionally approved and; 9. The Council shall meet at least three times “University” means the University of i) notice in writing of any such amendments in every academic year. Botswana established under Section 2 of the has been circulated to the members of the 10. A meeting may be convened by any of the Act; Council at least three days before the meeting principal offi cers of the University, and shall “Vice Chancellor” means the Vice Chancellor and; be convened if seven members of the Council appointed pursuant to Section 7 (1) of the Act. ii) the meeting is held not less than one month sign a requisition to that effect. 3. Nothing in these Statutes shall be or more than six months after the meeting at 11. If the Chancellor is present at a meeting interpreted in such a manner as to confl ict which the statute was provisionally approved. of the Council he shall act as Chairman, but with the provisions of the Act and where such if the Chancellor is not present the Chairman confl ict occurs the provisions of the Act shall 15. Abolition of University College of of the Council shall act as chairman unless take precedence. Botswana he also is absent, in which case the members 4. The members of the University shall be: 15.1 The University College of Botswana is present shall elect a chairman. (a) The members of the Council; hereby abolished and the body corporate 12. The quorum at any meeting of the Council (b) The members of the Senate; styled the Council of the University College is shall be seven. (c) The employees of the University; hereby dissolved. 13. Questions shall be decided by a simple (d) The professors emeritus; 15.2 Subject to the provisions of this Act, all majority of votes cast. (e) The graduates; property which at the commencement of this 14. The chairman shall have an original vote (f ) The students;
190 (g) Such other persons as the Council may issued in respect of any degree, diploma or with Statute 15 shall report directly to the declare to be members. certifi cate conferred by the authority of the Council on whether proper books of account 5. The membership of students on Council, Senate; provided however, that it is specifi cally have been kept and whether the fi nancial Senate, the Committees of Council and recorded that any failure by the University statements of the University: Senate, and any other Committees or to affi x the University Seal shall not affect (a) Were prepared on a basis consistent with Boards defi ned in these Statutes shall cease the enforceability of such lease, contract or the requirements of the Council and/or in if they cease to be registered students of agreement in any manner whatsoever. agreement with the books of account; the University or when they are suspended, (iii) Except as provided in Statute 12 (ii), the (b) In the case of the income and expenditure provided that during such period of University Seal shall be used only on the statement gives a true and fair view of the suspension the Student Representative Council specifi c authority of the Council. income and expenditure of the University for may nominate replacement members from its (iv) The affi xing of the University Seal to any the fi nancial year; and membership. certifi cates, diplomas, degrees or any awards (c) In the case of the balance sheet gives a true 6. Unless otherwise specifi ed in these Statutes, shall be attested to by the Secretary to Council and fair view of the University’s state of affairs the Secretary of every Committee or Board and witnessed by a Dean of Faculty or School. as at the end of the fi nancial year. shall be appointed by the Chairperson of the (v) The affi xing of the University Seal to any Committee or document, other than certifi cates, diplomas, Part VII Finance and Audit Committee Board. degrees or awards, as authorised by Council 18.(i) There shall be a Finance and Audit 7. The Secretary to Council, Senate, and any shall be attested to by the Secretary to Council Committee of the Council (in this Part referred other Committee or Board defi ned in these and by a witness who shall be a member of to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of Statutes shall also be the Secretary to the the Council. the following members: respective Executive Committee. (a) Vice Chancellor; Part IV Appointment of the Vice (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; Part II Meetings of Council Chancellor (c) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of 8. (i) The Council shall hold an annual meeting 13.(i) There shall be a Joint Committee of the Education or representative; in each calendar year within six months after Council and the Senate to recommend to (d) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry the end of each academic year, as shall be the Council what advice it should give to the of Finance and Development Planning or appointed by the Chairperson of Council. Chancellor, in terms of Section 7(1) of the Act, representative; (ii) At each annual meeting the Council will on the appointment of a Vice Chancellor. (e) Director of Financial Services; receive an annual report of the activities of the (ii) The Joint Committee shall consist of the (f ) One person appointed by the Senate; University, together with an audited Statement following members: (g) One member of Council from among those of Accounts, and the Council shall take such (a) A chairperson, who is not the chairperson appointed to Council from Senate; action as may be necessary and make such of Council, appointed by Council from among (h) One student appointed annually by the appointments as required to be made at an those of its members who are not employees Students Representative Council of the annual meeting. of the University; University; (iii) Notice of the annual meeting shall be (b) Three persons appointed by the Council (i) Member of Council appointed to Council circulated by the Secretary of Council at least from among those of its members who are from among the academic staff; twenty-one days before the date thereof and not members of the Senate; and (j) Member of Council appointed to Council a copy of the annual report and the audited (c) Three persons appointed by the Senate. from among the support staff; Statement of Accounts shall be sent to every (k) Member of Council elected by the member of the Council at least fourteen days Part V Appointment of Deputy Vice Botswana graduates of the University of before the date of the annual meeting. Chancellors Botswana and its antecedents. (iv) An agenda shall be circulated by the 14. (i) There shall be a Joint Committee of (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual Secretary to Council at least fourteen days the Council and the Senate which shall make basis, a chairperson from amongst the before any meeting of the Council. recommendations to the Council in respect of members of the Committee. (v) The Council shall exclude from its meetings the appointment of Deputy Vice Chancellors. (iii) Subject to any directions which may be the student members when it is considering (ii) The Joint Committee prescribed by the given by the Council, the Committee shall the restricted agenda of Council. Statute shall be constituted as in Statute 13 (ii) regulate its own procedure. (vi) Subject to these Statutes, Council shall except that the Vice Chancellor shall also be 19. Subject to such limitations as the Council regulate its own procedure. a member. may impose, the Committee may govern, 9. The University’s duly appointed Director of (iii) The Council shall appoint Deputy manage, regulate and advise the Council on Legal Services shall act as Secretary to Council Vice Chancellors after considering the fi nances, accounts, investments, property and shall be responsible for the management recommendations from the Joint Committee business and generally, the fi nancial affairs of the Council Committee structure. of Council and Senate, and for such period of the University; but the Committee shall 10 (i) When a vacancy occurs in the and under such conditions as the Council shall not approve, without further reference to the membership of the Council the Secretary determine. Council, the annual estimates of expenditure. shall notify the appointing or electing person Without prejudice to the generality of the or body, as appropriate, requesting the Part VI Auditor foregoing, the appointment or election of a successor to the 15. Unless otherwise directed under the Committee may: vacant offi ce, in accordance with Section 8 of provisions of Section 13 of the Act, the (a) Recommend policies regarding the the Act and the schedule thereto. Council shall appoint an Auditor provided management and administration of the (ii) The Secretary shall arrange the conduct that: fi nances of the University; of all elections to other bodies and offi ces (a) The person so appointed shall be, in the (b) Receive the annual estimates of revenue by the Council, its committees, and such opinion of the Council, a qualifi ed accountant and expenditure and act as an advisory other groups of University staff as shall be actively practising his/her profession; and committee to Council on such estimates; determined from time to time by the Vice (b) No person shall be so appointed who, or (c) Recommend to Council the form in Chancellor. any of whose partners, is a member of the which the annual estimates of revenue and (iii) Elections conducted under Statute 10 (ii) to Council or staff of the University. expenditure and fi nancial statements shall be membership of Council shall be conducted by 16. The Auditor appointed in accordance with prepared; secret ballot. Statute 15 may require: (d) Make rules and prescribe procedures for 11. The Secretary shall be responsible for (i) Any member, servant or agent of the control of expenditure and generally for the signing and custody of notices and legal the University to produce such material the administration of fi nancial affairs; and documents on behalf of the University and information in regard to any transaction of the (e) Determine the persons who shall be Council shall pass a resolution to such effect University or the management of its affairs as authorised to sign cheques, contracts and for the purpose of legal process. such member, servant or agent is reasonably other fi nancial orders and documents on able to provide; and behalf of the University, provided such persons Part III The University Seal (ii) The production for inspection by the shall include the Deputy Vice Chancellor 12. (i) The Secretary to Council shall be Auditor of any book or document relating (Finance and Administration). responsible to the Council for the safe custody to the affairs of or any cash or securities 20. (i) The Committee shall cause to be of the University Seal. belonging to the University by the member, established a fund (in this Statute referred to (ii) The University Seal shall be affi xed to servant or agent of the University in possession as “the Fund”). leases, contracts and agreements to which of such book, document, cash or securities. (ii) There shall be paid into the Fund: the University is a party, and to parchments 17. The Auditor appointed in accordance (a) Monies representing any gift, donation,
191 act and statutes
legacy or endowment received by the basis, a chairperson from amongst the of the academic staff of the University of the University without direction as to the purpose members of the Committee. rank of associate professor and above, the to which the same shall be applied; 26. The Committee shall inter alia recommend appointment of Deans and Deputy Deans of (b) Monies appropriated in terms of Statute 20 to Council, for approval, policies regarding Faculties, Directors of Institutes and Centres, (iii); and/or the human resource development and and the appointment of support staff of (c) Monies accruing or realised from any training needs, the terms and conditions of the University of the rank of Director or investment or deposit made under Statutes 20 service, and benefi ts of the employees of the equivalent. (iv) or (v). University. (ii) No appointment or promotion of (iii) The annual estimates of the University shall such members of the academic and the make provision for the expenditure of any Part IX Physical Resources Committee support staff of the University as are monies to be appropriated by the Committee 27. (i) There shall be a Physical Resources specifi ed in Statute 30 (i) shall be made by for payment into the Fund, and shall specify Committee (in this Part referred to as “the the Committee unless it has considered the purposes for which those monies may be Committee”) which shall consist of The every recommendation made to it by an paid from the Fund. following members: Appointments, Promotions and Review (iv) Pending payment from the Fund, monies (a) Vice Chancellor; Committee in accordance with Part XXXIII. of the Fund (including monies appropriated (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor; 31. (i) Subject to such directions as may be for payment into the Fund) shall, as far as is (c) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of given by the Council, every appointment practicable, be invested. Education or representative; and every promotion of the academic staff (v) Monies of the Fund which are not invested (d) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of the University below the rank of associate in accordance with Statute 20(iv) shall be of Finance and Development Planning or professor, and of the support staff of the deposited in a University bank account representative; University below the rank of director, shall be specifi cally opened for that purpose. (e) One member of Senate appointed by made by the Vice Chancellor or such persons (vi) Subject to the supervision of the Senate; as to whom such powers may be delegated by Committee, investments of the monies of the (f ) Director of Institutional Planning; the Vice Chancellor. Fund may be released at any time. (g) Director of Campus Services; (ii) No appointment or promotion of such (vii) Monies may be paid from the Fund either (h) Director of Financial Services; members of the academic and the support for the purposes specifi ed under Statute 20 (iii) (i) Director of the Department of Architecture staff of the University as are specifi ed in or for such other purposes as the Committee and Building Services in the Ministry of Statute 31 (i) shall be made by the Vice may determine. Works, Transport, and Communications or Chancellor or such persons as to whom 21. (i) The Committee shall cause to be kept representative; such powers may be delegated until the all proper books and records of account of the (j) A representative of a local authority as a Vice Chancellor has considered every income, expenditure, assets and liabilities of co-opted member; recommendation made by the Appointments, the University. (k) The member of Council appointed to Promotions and Review Committee in (ii) Within three months of the end of each Council from Senate; accordance with Part XXXIII. fi nancial year, the Committee shall cause to be (l) One external member of Council appointed 32. The Vice Chancellor may refer decisions submitted to the Auditor the account of the by Council. in respect of University staff appointments University together with- (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual or promotions to Council and defer their (a) a statement of income and expenditure basis, a chairperson from amongst the implementation until Council has taken a during such year; and members of the Committee. decision on them. (b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of 28. (i) The Committee shall, inter alia the University on the last day of such year. recommend to the Council policies on the Part XI Staff Appeals Committee 22. The fi nancial year of the University shall be physical development of the University and 33. (i) There shall be a Staff Appeals the period from 1st April in one year to 31st the overall management of construction, Committee of Council (in this Part referred to March in the following year. maintenance and security of buildings, as “the Committee”) which shall consist of 23. (i) Subject to the approval of the Council, grounds, campus properties, equipment and the following members- the Committee shall by regulation prescribe vehicles of the University. a) two external members of Council appointed the level of fees payable, and the dates by by Council; which such fees shall be paid, in respect of Part X Staff Appointments and b) one member of Council elected to Council tuition, maintenance and such other facilities Promotions Committee by Senate. and services of the University as the Council 29. (i) There shall be a Staff Appointments and ii) council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a may from time to time determine. Promotions Committee of the Council (in this Chairperson from amongst the members of (ii) No student shall be awarded a degree or Part referred to as “the Committee”) which the Committee. other qualifi cation of the University unless shall consist of the following members: iii) subject to any directions which may be he/she shall have paid, or have had paid on (a) Vice Chancellor; given by Council, the Committee shall regulate his/her behalf, all fees including fi nes due to (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; its own procedures. the University. (c) Principal of the Botswana College of 34. subject to such directions as may be 24. The Committee may exercise or perform Agriculture; given by the Council, the Committee shall any duty conferred or imposed on it with (d) Two external members of Council hear appeals by staff against decisions fi nancial implications, subject to such appointed by Council; of Management and make appropriate limitations as the Council may specify. (e) One Dean of Faculty elected by theDeans; recommendations to Council. (f ) Director of Human Resources; Part VIII Human Resources Committee (g) Three professors from within the University, Part XII Vice Chancellor 25. (i) There shall be a Human Resources coming from different faculties, elected by 35. Subject to the Act, the Vice Chancellor Committee of the Council (in this Part referred Senate for a term of three years after which shall be the chief executive offi cer of the to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of they shall be eligible for re-election for a University and shall have overall responsibility the following members: second term only. for academic and administrative leadership (a) Vice Chancellor; (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual by directing policy formulation and (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; basis, a chairperson from amongst the institutional planning and development; for (c) Director of Human Resources; members of the Committee. the management and development of the (d) A person appointed by Senate; (iii) Deans of Faculties and Schools, Directors University by ensuring implementation of (e) One Dean of Faculty elected by the Deans; of Institutes and Centres, and Directors of University policy; and for the achievement of (f ) One external member of Council Administrative Departments to or within which its mission through monitoring and evaluation appointed by Council; an appointment or promotion is to be made of the performance of the University in (g) One member of the academic staff elected may be invited but only when the business realizing its goals and objectives. by the academic staff; of their Faculty, School, Institute, Centre, or 36. The Vice Chancellor shall be responsible (h) One member of the support staff elected Department is under consideration. to the Council for maintaining and promoting by the support staff; (iv) Subject to any directions which may be the reputation and good order, effi cient (i) At the discretion of the chairperson, not given by the Council, the Committee shall and effective processes and procedures more than two additional members with regulate its own procedure. of the University, and shall have all such special competence from within or outside the 30. (i) Subject to such directions as may be powers as are necessary or expedient for University. given by the Council, the Committee shall the performance of these duties, and may (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual make every appointment and every promotion establish such committees as the Vice
192 Chancellor may deem necessary for the better (d) Deans of the Faculties, Schools of the prescribe the use thereof; carrying into effect of these functions. University and the Deans of the Botswana (g) Recommend to Council the conferment of 37. The Vice Chancellor shall have overall College of Agriculture; the title and status of Emeritus Professor on direction and responsibility over the academic (e) Three students one of whom should be a any Professor at or after his/her retirement in and administrative work of the University graduate student appointed annually by the recognition of long and distinguished service and the staff thereof, and the offi cers and Students Representative Council; to the University or to the former University servants employed in, or in connection with, (f ) Director of Academic Development; of Botswana and Swaziland and their such work, including (but without limitation (g) Two representatives of each Faculty, elected antecedents; by reason of such particularity) the Deputy by the Faculty Board one of whom shall be a (h) Initiate proposals relating to the Vice Chancellors, and has such other powers Professor or an Associate Professor; conduct of the University generally, discuss and shall perform such other duties as may (h) Director of Library Services; matters relating to the University and make be conferred upon or assigned to the Vice (i) Director of Research and Development; representations thereon to the Council; Chancellor by the Council; it being specifi cally (j) Deputy Director of Affi lliated Institutions; exercise all such other powers as are or may recorded that any derogation of responsibility (k) Director of Academic Services; be conferred upon the Senate by the Act, by to such offi cers, servants and Deputy Vice (l) Director of Continuing Education. the Statutes, or by the Council, and make Chancellors made in accordance with these (ii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson such regulations or rules as are necessary in Statutes shall be strictly without derogation of the Senate and in the Vice Chancellor’s the exercise of those powers. to the authority of the Vice Chancellor as absence the Deputy Vice Chancellor 45. The Senate shall recommend to the provided for by Section 7 (1) of the Act. (Academic Affairs) shall act as Chairperson of Council the establishment of academic 38. (i) Subject to such regulation as the Senate. Departments and determine which Council may approve, the Vice- Chancellor (iii) Where Senate is considering any matter Departments and academic subjects shall may, in the performance of his/her duties where confl ict of interest might arise when form part of or be the responsibility of each under Statute 34, by order: discussed in the presence of any member, Faculty or school and may determine that a (a) Prohibit the admission as a student of any such a member shall be required by the Department or academic subject shall form person to the University; Senate to recuse themselves from any further part of or be the responsibility of more than (b) Prohibit, for such period as shall be consideration of the matter. one Faculty or specifi ed, any student from attending classes (iv) The Senate shall exclude from its meetings School. or a particular class; the student members when it is considering 46. The Senate shall meet at least twice each (c) Prohibit any student from entering or the academic performance in examinations or semester. remaining on such part or parts of the otherwise, of individual students, or matters University precinct as shall be specifi ed; relating to a member Part XV Executive Committee of (d) Dismiss or suspend for such period as shall or members of staff which the Senate in its Senate be specifi ed any student or group of students; discretion shall consider confi dential. 47. (i) There shall be an Executive Committee (e) Take any other action against any (v) Senate shall regulate its own procedures by of the Senate (in this part referred to as student as the Vice Chancellor may in the the standing orders formulated by itself. “the Committee”) which shall consist of the circumstances deem appropriate. (vi) The Senate may: following members: (ii) The Vice Chancellor may appoint a (a) Appoint any committee consisting of (a) Vice Chancellor; disciplinary committee, with such membership members of the Senate and such other (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; as is deemed appropriate, to assist the Vice persons as it deems appropriate; (c) the Deans of the Faculties and Schools of Chancellor in the performance of the Vice (b) Authorise any committee appointed under the University and the Deans of the Faculties Chancellor’s duties under this Statute. this Statute to act jointly with any committee of the Botswana College of Agriculture; 39. Subject to the Act and to Statute 37, the appointed by the Council; and (d) Two persons who are members of the Vice Chancellor may delegate such powers, (c) Delegate any of its powers and functions to Senate, elected by the Senate, one of whom duties or functions as is deemed fi t and any committee appointed under this Statute. shall be a Professor or an Associate Professor; prescribe conditions governing the exercise 43. Senate shall be the academic authority (e) Director of Academic Services; of any delegated power, duty or function, of the University and shall have overall (f ) Director of Continuing Education; and provided that, in the absence of express responsibility for the academic policies, (g) The Director of Research and Development. provision made by him/her power delegated plans, and programmes of the University (ii) The Committee may make rules and shall not include power to sub delegate. and shall have general control and direction regulations to govern its proceedings provided 40. The Vice Chancellor shall by virtue of under the Council of the teaching, research, that the Vice Chancellor may summon offi ce be a member of every Faculty and of examinations, conferment of degrees and the meetings whenever the Vice Chancellor may every other entity of the University established granting of other awards of the University. deem it necessary to do so. by or under the Statutes and of every board In addition, Senate shall be responsible for (iii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson or committee appointed by the Council, by articulating the mission statement, goals and of the Executive Committee and in the the Senate, by any Faculty or by any other objectives of the University for approval by Vice Chancellor’s absence the Deputy Vice authority of the University established by or Council. Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall act as under these Statutes. 44. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Chairperson. Senate shall have power to: 48. The Executive Committee may: Part XIII Deputy Vice Chancellors (a) Make regulations relating to teaching and (a) Act on behalf of the Senate between 41. (i) The Deputy Vice Chancellors shall instruction within the University including Senate meetings and deal with such matters be responsible to the Vice Chancellor programmes of study and contents of courses, as may be referred to it by Senate; for providing leadership through policy provided that the (b) At the request of the Vice Chancellor, act formulation and planning, management introduction of new programmes of study as an advisory body to the Vice Chancellor; and administration in their respective areas shall be subject to the approval of the Council; (c) Deal with such other matters as may from of responsibilities as may be defi ned in the (b) Make regulations governing the admission time to time be referred to it by Senate. Ordinances/Regulations provided for by Part of persons to programmes of study in the XXXVII, if any. University; Part XVI Congregation (ii) By virtue of offi ce, a Deputy Vice (c) Make regulations governing methods 49. (i) There shall be a Congregation of the Chancellor shall be a member of such other of assessing and examining the academic University for the purpose of conferring committees of Council and Senate as may performance of students, and regulations for degrees and honorary degrees and for from time to time be prescribed in these the conduct of examinations; granting diplomas, certifi cates and other Statutes. (d) Make regulations governing the award of awards of the University. such fellowships, scholarships, studentship, (ii) All members of the University, as Part XIV Senate exhibitions and other prizes as the Council defi ned in Statute 2, shall be members 42. (i) The membership of the Senate shall may establish, subject to any conditions of the congregation and it shall be open consist of: made by the founders or donors thereof and to the Senate to invite other persons to a (a) Vice Chancellor; accepted by the Council; Congregation. (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; (e) Authorise the conferment of degrees, (iii) A Congregation shall be presided over by (c) Three representatives from each faculty diplomas, certifi cates and other awards the Chancellor or in the Chancellor’s absence elected by the Faculty Board , two of whom and shall be determined their titles and by the Vice Chancellor. shall be professors or Associate professors and abbreviations; (iv) A Congregation shall be held at least once the other a senior lecturer or lecturer.; (f ) By regulation, defi ne academic dress and in each academic year and shall be called by
193 act and statutes
the authority of the Senate. in order to ensure their appropriateness and (f ) Director of Library Services or consistency with the mission, strategy and representative; Part XVII Honorary Degrees objectives of the University, and advise Senate (g) One representative of each of the Institutes 50. (i) Any degree may be awarded honoris accordingly; and Centres of the University; causa. (e) Evaluate sectional planning submissions (h) Such number of students as the Board may (ii) Honorary degrees may from time to time and recommend funding priorities to Senate; determine; be conferred upon any person who is not and (i) Such number of staff development fellows an employee of the University and who (f) Advise Senate on the integration of of the Departments of the Faculty as the Board has rendered distinguished service in the academic, fi nancial and physical plans into the may determine; advancement of any branch of learning or University’s institutional plan. (j) Such other persons as the Senate may who has otherwise rendered himself/ herself determine. worthy of such degree. Part XX Academic Policy Review and (ii) The members of a Faculty Board referred (iii) At the invitation of the Vice Chancellor, Planning to in Statute 57 (i) (e), (g) and (h) shall vacate members of the University may submit written Committee their seats at the end of each academic year nominations for the conferment of honorary 54. There shall be an Academic Policy Review but shall be eligible for reappointment. degrees upon deserving persons. and Planning Committee of Senate (in this (iii) The quorum of a Faculty Board shall be (iv) Each such nomination shall be part referred to as the “Committee”) which one third of the membership thereof. accompanied by a statement of the degree shall consist of the following members: (iv) Part-time members of academic staff may recommended and the grounds for making (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) attend meetings of the Faculty Board at the the recommendation. who shall be the chairperson; discretion of the Dean but shall have no vote. (v) The Vice Chancellor shall be the sole (b) Principal of the Botswana College of (v) A Faculty Board shall exclude from its authority to ask persons upon whom it is Agriculture or representative; meeting the student members when it is proposed to confer honorary degrees whether (c) Deans of the Faculties and Schools of the considering the academic performance of or not they wish to accept such award. University and the Deans of the Faculties of individual students, or when it is discussing (vi) Notwithstanding Statute 50 (i), an the Botswana College of Agriculture; any other matter relating to a member or honorary degree shall be conferred only on (d) Director of Library Services; members of staff which a Faculty Board in its the authority or a r resolution of the Senate (e) Director of Academic Services; discretion shall consider confi dential. and the Council passed by not less than two- (f) Director of Academic Development; 58. Subject to the Statutes and to such thirds of the members of the Senate and the (g) Two persons appointed by Senate, one of limitations as the Senate may impose, a Council present, on the recommendation of whom should be a Professor or an Associate Faculty Board or School may: an Academic Honours Committee. Professor; (i) Direct and regulate, within the general (h) Director of Institutional Planning; academic policy formulated by the Senate, all Part XVIII Academic Honours (i) Director of Research and Development; matters relating to teaching, instruction and Committee (j) Director of Continuing Education. research within each 51. (i) There shall be an Academic Honours 55. The Committee shall: Faculty or School, including curricula and Committee of Senate (in this part referred to (i) Review the University’s academic policies examinations, and advise the Senate on such as “the Committee”) which shall consist of and advise Senate accordingly; matters; the following members: (ii) Review proposals from the Faculties, (ii) Appoint internal and external examiners (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) Schools, Institutes and Centres and from the and recommend to the Finance Committee who shall be chairperson; academic support service units for changes in the fees payable to the examiners; (b) Three persons appointed by the Council; academic policy, ensure their compliance with (iii) Make recommendations to the Senate in from among those of its members who are the academic policies of the University, and respect of the award of degrees, diplomas, not members of the Senate; and advise Senate accordingly; certifi cates and other awards, academic titles (c) Three professors appointed by the Senate. (iii) Review and advise Senate on the and distinctions within the Faculty; (ii) The Committee shall recommend to Senate submissions from the Faculties, Schools, (iv) Discuss any matters relating to the work the conferment of honorary degrees. Institutes and Centres and from the academic of the Faculty and submit recommendations (iii) Subject to any directions which may be support service units in which are outlined the thereon to the Senate; given by the Council and the Senate, the academic plans for the accomplishment of the (v) From time to time, consider the progress Committee shall regulate its own procedure. University’s mission, objectives, and strategies and conduct of the students of the Faculty with a statement of the attendant human, and make regular reports to the Senate; Part XIX Planning and Resources fi nancial, and physical resource requirements; (vi) Consider all matters referred to it for its Committee (iv) Integrate and consolidate the academic consideration by the Senate and report to the 52. There shall be a Planning and Resources planning submissions into the University’s Senate; Committee of Senate (in this part referred to academic plan, setting out the resource (vii) Receive at each meeting oral and/or as “the Committee”) which shall consist of implications of implementation, and advise written reports from Heads of Departments the following Senate accordingly; and Faculty representatives on University members: (v) Review continually the needs which committees and boards; (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Finance and underpin the elements of the University’s (viii) Appoint committees consisting of Administration) who shall be the chairperson; academic plan and, where necessary and members of the Faculty and such other (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs); appropriate, suggest changes and persons as it thinks fi t and delegate any of its (c) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Student Affairs); improvements to Senate. functions to the committees so appointed. (d) The Deans of the Faculties and Schools; 59. (i) There shall be a School of Graduate (e) Two members of the academic staff Part XXI Boards of Faculties, Schools, Studies, the Board of which (“the School appointed by Senate; Institutes and Centres Board”) shall consist of the following (f ) Director of Academic Services; 56. Each Faculty, School, Institute or Centre members: (g) Director of Financial Services; shall have a Board which shall meet at least (a) Dean of the School, who shall be (h) Director of Campus Services; twice each semester but otherwise shall Chairperson; (i) Director of Human Resources; regulate its own procedure b) One person appointed by Senate; (j) The Directors of Institutes and Centres; by the standing orders formulated by it. (c) One representative from each Faculty, (k) Director of Library Services; and 57. (i) There shall be a Faculty Board of each School, Institute or Centre who shall be of the (l) Director of Institutional Planning. Faculty which shall consist of the following rank of at least senior lecturer or equivalent; 53. The Committee shall inter alia: members: (d) One representative of each of the (a) Review the mission statement, goals, and a) The Dean of the Faculty, who shall be Departments offering postgraduate objectives of the University and recommend to Chairperson; programmes; Senate accordingly; (b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; (e) Director of Library Services or (b) Co-ordinate the University’s planning and (c) Heads of Departments; representative; development strategy; (d) Such members of the academic staff of the (f) Two post graduate students elected for (c) Co-ordinate the methodology of allocation Departments of the Faculty as the Board may a period of one academic year by and from and distribution of internal resources in determine; among the postgraduate students; and support of the institutional planning and (e) One representative of each of the Faculties (g) Such other persons as the Senate may development strategy; including the Faculties of Botswana College of determine. (d) Review sectional planning submissions Agriculture; (ii) The members of the School Board referred
194 to in Statute 59 (i) (b) and (c) shall vacate their Part XXII Executive Committees of the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) seats at the end of each academic year but Boards, Schools, Institutes or Centres on behalf of, and as directed by, the Vice shall be eligible for reappointment. 62. (i)There shall be an Executive Committee Chancellor. (iii) The quorum of the School Board shall be of the Board of each Faculty, School, Institute ii) The Dean or Director shall participate in the one third of the membership thereof. or Centre. formulation, implementation and evaluation (iv) The School Board shall exclude from (ii)The Executive Committee shall: of the academic policies of the University its meeting the student members when it (a) Act on behalf of the Board between Board and shall promote academic excellence is considering the academic performance meetings and deal with such matters as may in the teaching, research and service in examination or otherwise, of individual be referred to it by the Board; programmes of the University. He/she shall students, or when it is discussing any matters (b) Act at the request of the Dean of a Faculty provide academic leadership to the Faculty, relating to a member or members of staff or School, or the Director of an Institute or School, Institute, or Centre by planning, which the Board in its discretion shall consider Centre as an advisory body to the Dean or directing, and co-ordinating the formulation confi dential. Director. and implementation of the academic plans 60. Subject to the Statutes to such limitations (iii) The Committee may make rules and and programmes of the departments of the as the Senate may impose, the School Board regulations to govern its proceedings, Faculty, School, Institute, or Centre. shall: provided that the Dean or the Director may (iii) The Dean or Director, subject to the (i) Promote the development of quality and summon meetings whenever the approval of the Vice Chancellor may delegate relevance in the provision of graduate studies; Dean or Director may deem it necessary to any powers or duties under this Statute (ii) Approve admissions and progression for all do so. subject to such restrictions and conditions graduate students; as may be imposed, provided that a power (iii) Provide leadership in the co-ordination and Part XXIII Executive Committees of delegated shall not include power to sub- development of graduate studies; Faculty Boards delegate. (iv) Maintain quality across all graduate 63. (i) The Executive Committee of each (iv) By virtue of offi ce, the Dean or Director programmes; Faculty Board (in this part referred to as “the shall be a member of all the boards and (v) Assist with fund-raising and marketing of Committee”) shall consist of the following committees in the Faculty, School, Institute or graduate programmes; members: Centre. In addition, he/she shall be a member (vi) Establish guidelines for supervision of (a) The Dean of the Faculty; of such committees of the Council and Senate graduate students (approval of supervisors and (b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; as may from time to time be prescribed in monitor the progress of graduate students); (c) The Heads of Department of the Faculty; these Statutes. (vii) Maintain clear lines of communication (d) Two persons elected by the Faculty Board 67. Where the Dean of a Faculty is unable, with each faculty and department offering one of whom shall be a professor or an whether by reason of his/her absence from the graduate studies; associate professor. University, or for any other reason, to carry out (viii) Work to enhance the facilities available to (ii) The Dean of the Faculty shall be the his/her functions as such, the Deputy Dean of graduate students. Chairperson of the Executive Committee and the Faculty shall act as Dean of the Faculty. If 61. (i) There shall be a Board of each Institute in his/her absence the Deputy Dean shall act the Deputy Dean is unable to act as Dean, the or Centre which shall consist of the following as Chairperson. Deputy Vice Chancellor may, after consulting members: the Dean, if that is reasonably practicable, (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who Part XXIV Executive Committee of the and the members of the Executive Committee shall be the chairperson; School of Graduate Studies of the Faculty Board appoint a person of or (b) Such members of the academic staff as the 64. The Executive Committee of the Board of above the rank of senior lecturer from among Board may from time to time determine; the School of Graduate Studies (in this part those members of the Faculty Board referred (c) One member from each Faculty elected by referred to as “the Committee”) shall consist to in Statute 57 (i) (c) to act as Dean of the the Faculty Board; of the following members: Faculty. (d) One member of Senate elected by Senate; (a) The Dean of the School, who shall be 68. Where the Dean of the School of (e) Such other persons as the Senate may Chairperson; Graduate Studies is unable, whether by reason determine; and (b) The Faculty representatives on the Board; of absence from the University, or for any (f ) Such number of staff development fellows (c) One person appointed by the Senate; other reason, to carry out functions as such, of the Institute or Centre as the Board may (d) One person who is a member of the School the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) determine. Board, elected by the School Board. shall, after consulting the Dean, if that is (ii) The members of the Board referred to in reasonably practicable, and the members of Statute 61 (i) (c) and (d) shall vacate their seats Part XXV Executive Committees of the Executive Committee of the Board of the at the end of each academic year but shall be Institutes or Centres School of Graduate Studies, appoint a person eligible for reappointment. 65. The Executive Committee of the Board of the rank of at least an associate professor (iii) Subject to the direction of Senate, the of an Institute or Centre (in this part referred from among members of the Faculty Boards to Board of an Institute or Centre may: to as “the Committee”) shall consist of the act as Dean of the School. (a) Decide on matters of general policy following members: 69. Where the Director of an Institute or regarding the work of the Institute or Centre, (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre, who a Centre is unable, whether by reason of after consultation with the staff of the shall be the Chairperson; absence from the University, or for any other Institute or Centre; (b) The Deputy Director of the Institute or reason, to carry out functions as such, the (b) Establish advisory groups to give the Board Centre; Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) and the Director advice on any academic (c) The Heads of Departments or Units of the shall appoint from among the academic staff work, research project, or consultancy being, Institute or Centre; and of the Institute or Centre a person of or above or to be, undertaken (d) One person who is a member of the Board the rank of senior lecturer to act as Director of by the Institute or Centre; of the Institute, elected by the Board of the the Institute or Centre. (c) Notwithstanding the generality of Statute Institute. 61 (i), advise the Director of the Institute Part XXVII Deputy Deans of Faculties or Centre on the priorities and emphasis of Part XXVI Deans of Faculties and 70. (i) The Deputy Dean of a Faculty shall scholarship required for the benefi t of the Schools, and Directors of Institutes assist the Dean in the formulation, planning nation or of particular sectors of the nation; and Centres and implementation of academic policy of (d) Approve the affi liation or attachment to an 66.(i) The Dean or Director shall be the the Faculty and shall have responsibility for Institute or Centre of individual academics; chief executive offi cer of the Faculty, ensuring the academic welfare of the students (e) Generally direct and approve proposals School, Institute or Centre to which he/she registered in the Faculty. for activities of the Institute or Centre in is appointed and in the Faculty, School, (ii) By virtue of offi ce, the Deputy Dean shall pursuance of its objectives; Institute or Centre shall, subject to the Act be a member of all the boards and committees (f ) Consider all matters referred to it by and to these Statutes, be responsible for in their Faculty. In addition, the Deputy Dean Senate and report thereon to the Senate. its general administration, the supervision shall be a member of such committees of the (iv) The quorum of the Board of an Institute or of the academic and the support staff, the Council and Senate as may from time to time Centre shall be one third of the membership teaching and study of the subjects assigned be prescribed in these Statutes. thereof. to the Faculty, School, Institute, or Centre, the welfare and academic progress of the students, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be assigned to him/her by
195 act and statutes
Part XXVIII Appointments of Deans, shall initiate the process of appointment of a year term, the Dean shall inform the Deputy Deputy Deans and Directors of new Dean, Deputy Dean or Director. Vice Chancellor of his/her intentions regarding Institutes or Centres (xii) If the Dean or Director intends to renewal of the term of offi ce; which intention 71. (i) Each Faculty shall have a Dean and a renew the term of offi ce, the Deputy Vice shall be recorded in writing at least 60 days Deputy Dean and each Institute or Centre Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall submit prior to the completion of the said initial three shall have a Director who shall be appointed an assessment of the performance of the year term. by the Academic and Administrative Staff incumbent to the appropriate Appointments, (x) If the Dean does not intend to renew the Appointments and Promotions Committee Promotions and Review Committee which term of offi ce, the Deputy Vice Chancellor taking into consideration the recommendation shall make a recommendation to the Staff (Academic Affairs) shall initiate the process of of the appropriate Appointments, Promotions Appointments and Promotions Committee appointment of a new Dean. and Review Committee. on re-appointment of the Dean or Director. In (ii) Where there is a vacancy in any of the the case of a Deputy Dean or Deputy Director, Part XXX Departmental Boards offi ces referred to under Statute 71 (i), the the assessment shall be done by the Dean or 73. (i) Every Academic Department shall have Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) Director, as the case may be. a Departmental Board which shall consist of shall cause the position to be advertised within (xiii) On completion of two consecutive terms the following members: the Faculty, Institute, or Centre. of offi ce, a Dean, Deputy Dean or Director (a) The Head of the Department, who shall be (iii) Candidates for the position of Dean, shall not be eligible for further appointment to Chairperson; Deputy Dean, or Director shall make the position of Dean, Deputy Dean or Director (b) All the full-time members of the academic their candidacy known either through an until a three year period has elapsed. staff of the Department; application or through a nomination or by (c) Not more than three students elected invitation of the University of Botswana. Part XXIX Appointment of the Dean of annually by the students of the Department (iv) In the event of the establishment of a the School of Graduate Studies from among themselves; new Faculty, or where a vacancy of Dean of 72. (i) The Dean of the School of Graduate (d) Staff Development Fellows of the Faculty has been advertised in accordance with Studies shall be appointed by the Staff Department; Statute 71 (ii) and it has been determined that Appointments and Promotions Committee (e) Such other persons as the Department may there are no suitable internal candidates, the taking into consideration the determine from time to time. University shall, after consultation with the recommendation of a Special Selection (ii) Part-time members of the academic staff Faculty Appointments, Promotions and Review Committee which shall consist of the may attend the meeting of the Departmental Committee, extend the search for a Dean following members: Board at the discretion of the Head of internationally. In this event, the requirements (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) Department but shall have shall be for a person holding the rank of who shall be chairperson; no vote. associate professor or above. (b) The Deans of the Faculties and the (iii) A Departmental Board may co-opt (v) A Dean appointed in accordance with Schools of the University and the Deans of representatives of Departments with related Statute 71 (iv) above shall, upon successful the Faculties of the Botswana College of interests. completion of two three-year terms, have the Agriculture; 74.(i) The functions of a Departmental Board option to apply to take up appointment at the (c) Two Professors appointed by the Senate; shall be to: appropriate rank in the relevant Department (d) Director of Human Resources or (a) Make recommendations for programmes by fi lling a vacant position. Alternatively, representative. and courses in the Department; the University may offer appointment (ii) Where there is a vacancy in the offi ce of (b) Consider the general organisation of on supernumerary basis for a period not the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies, programmes and courses of study and exceeding three years. the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) research within the Department and make (vi) The fi le of candidates shall be reviewed by shall cause the position to be advertised recommendations to the Faculty Board and the appropriate Appointments, Promotions within the University inviting applications the Board of the School of Graduate Studies; and Review from suitably qualifi ed members of the (c) Make arrangements for the examination of Committee which shall recommend a short University staff. No person shall be eligible each course in the Department and selection list of candidates to the Staff Appointments for appointment as Dean unless he/she has of external and Promotions Committee of persons for been, for the twelve (120 months immediately examiners for their academic programmes; appointment as Deans and Deputy Deans of preceding the appointment, of or above the (d) Initiate recruitment and recommend the Faculties and Directors of Institutes and rank of associate professor. candidates for appointment to posts within Centres. (iii) Candidates for the position of Dean shall the Department; (vii) No person shall be eligible for make their candidacy known either through (e) From time to time consider the progress appointment as Dean, Deputy Dean, or an application or through a nomination. and conduct of the students of the Director unless he/she has been, for the twelve (iv) The fi le of candidates shall be reviewed Department and make regular reports to the months preceding appointment, of or above by the Special Selection Committee which Faculty Board and to the Board of the School the rank of senior lecturer or equivalent. shall recommend a short list to the Staff of Graduate Studies; (viii) The Dean, Deputy Dean or Director Appointments and Promotions Committee (f ) Consider other academic matters as shall be subject to an annual performance of persons for appointment as Dean of the determined by the Department. appraisal and review undertaken by the School. (ii) A Departmental Board shall exclude from Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) (v) No person shall be eligible for appointment its meetings the student members when it who shall provide a report to the appropriate as Dean unless he/she has been, for the twelve is considering the academic performance Appointments, Promotions and Review months preceding the appointment, of or in examinations or otherwise, of individual Committee which shall recommend to above the rank of associate professor. students, or when it is discussing the the Staff Appointments and Promotions (vi) The Dean shall be subject to an annual appointment or promotion of a member of Committee. performance appraisal and review undertaken staff or any other matter relating to a member (ix) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean, by the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic or members of staff which a Departmental Deputy Dean, or Director shall hold the Affairs) who shall provide a report to the Staff Board in its discretion shall consider appointment as such for three years, and shall Appointments and Promotions Committee. confi dential. be eligible for re-appointment for a further (vii) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean of the 75. Every Departmental Board shall meet at term of three years provided that he/she School shall hold the initial appointment as least twice each semester, but otherwise shall shall not hold offi ce for a continuous period such for three years, and shall be eligible for regulate its own procedure including the exceeding six years. re-appointment for a further term of three creation and establishment (x) Before the completion of the initial three years provided that he/she shall not hold offi ce of committees. year term, the Dean, Deputy Dean, or Director for a continuous period exceeding six years. shall inform the Deputy Vice Chancellor (viii) If the Dean intends to extend the term of Part XXXI Heads of Academic of his/her intentions regarding renewal of offi ce, the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Departments the term of offi ce; which intention shall be Affairs) shall submit an assessment of the 76. (i) The Head of a Department shall recorded in writing at least 60 days prior to performance of the incumbent to the Special participate in the formulation, implementation the completion of the said initial three year Selection Committee which shall make a and evaluation of the academic policies of term. recommendation to the Staff Appointments the University and shall promote academic (xi) If the Dean, Deputy Dean or Director does and Promotions Committee on the re- excellence in the teaching, research and not intend to renew his/her term of offi ce, appointment of the Dean. service programmes of the University. the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) (ix) Before the completion of the initial three In addition, the Head of a Department
196 shall provide academic leadership to the may be delegated by Senate from time to associate professor and professor, or the Department by planning, directing, and time; positions are vacant, the Department shall co-coordinating the formulation and (e) To receive reports on other matters be represented by a senior member of the implementation of the academic plans and concerning Affi liated Institutions; academic staff elected by members of the programmes of the Department. (f ) To encourage research initiatives in the Departmental Board; (ii) The Head of a Department shall be areas of educational expertise of the Affi liated (f ) At the discretion of the chairperson, appointed by the Vice Chancellor after Institutions; not more than two Professors with special receiving a recommendation from the Dean (g) To present periodic reports to Senate; competence from outside the Faculty; and of the Faculty concerned, who shall make (h)To consider and recommend examination (g) The Director of Human Resources or such recommendation after consulting the results and awards to Senate. representative. full-time members of the academic staff of the (iv) The membership of the Board of (ii) Subject to such directions as may be given Department and the Deputy Vice Chancellor Affi liation shall be determined by Senate after by the Staff Appointments and Promotions (Academic Affairs). consultation with the governing bodies of the Committee, the Committee shall recommend (iii) No person shall be eligible for appointment Affi liated Institutions. the appointment, the promotion and review of as Head of Department unless he/she has (v) The Director of Academic Development the academic staff of the Faculty. been, for the twelve months preceding his/her shall be chairperson of the Board. appointment, of or above the rank of senior 81. Appointment, Promotion and Review lecturer. 78. Associate Institutions of Academic Staff in Institutes or Centres (iv) The Head of Department shall be subject (i) The Council may, on the recommendation (i) The appointment, promotion, or review of to an annual performance appraisal and of the Senate, designate any academic or academic staff who are members of a Centre review undertaken by the Dean of the Faculty research institution situated within Botswana or Institute which is not part of a Faculty shall who shall provide a report to the Deputy Vice and seeking to offer programmes leading to be considered by the Faculty Appointments, Chancellor (Academic Affairs). the award of degrees, diplomas and other Promotions, and Review Committee of that (v) Subject to these Statutes, the Head of a awards of the University of Botswana, an Faculty which contains the discipline or Department shall hold the appointment as Associate Institution of the University. academic subject area of the staff member such for three years, and shall be eligible for (ii) The award of degrees, diplomas and other under consideration. (ii) In such circumstances, reappointment for a further term of three awards of an Associate Institution shall be the the membership of the Faculty Appointments, years provided that he/she shall not hold offi ce responsibility of, and shall be made by, the Promotions and Review Committee specifi ed for a continuous period exceeding six years. University of Botswana. under Statute 80 (i) shall be extended to (vi) On completion of the second term of (iii) In respect of degrees, diplomas or other include the Director of the Institute or Centre offi ce, a Head of a Department shall not be awards to be granted by the University, the concerned. eligible for further appointment to the position University Senate shall be entirely responsible (iii) When considering the appointment, of Head of a Department until a three year for approving programmes and courses of promotion or review of professors of the period has elapsed. study, regulating the conduct of examinations, University who are members of an Institute (vii) If the Head of a Department intends to the marking of examinations, and the granting or Centre which is not part of a Faculty, the renew the term of offi ce (which intention shall of such degrees, diplomas, or awards. membership of the Committee specifi ed under be recorded in writing at least 60 days prior (iv) The governing body of an Associate Statute 80 (i) shall be extended to include to the completion of the said initial three year Institution shall obtain the approval of the a professor or an associate professor of the term), the Dean shall, after consultation with University in respect of: Institute or Centre concerned provided where the full-time members of the academic staff (a) The appointment, promotion and review the Department does not have positions of and the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic of academic staff and of Deans and Heads associate professor and professor, or the Affairs), make a recommendation to the Vice of Departments who teach courses, or are positions are vacant, the Department shall Chancellor on re-appointment of the Head of responsible for programmes leading to the be represented by a senior member of the Department. awards by the University of Botswana; and Academic Staff elected by members of the (viii) If the Head of a Department does not (b) The establishment of Boards for each Departmental Board. intend to renew his/her term of offi ce, the Faculty or Department which is responsible (iv) An Institute or a Centre which is not part Dean shall initiate the process of appointment for programmes leading to the awards of the of a Faculty shall have an Appointments, of a new Head of Department. University of Botswana. Promotions, and Review Selection Committee which shall consist of the following members: Part XXXII Affi liated and Associate Part XXXIII Appointments, Promotions and (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who Institutions Review Committees shall be the Chairperson; 77. Affi liated Institutions 79. (i)The appointment, promotion, and (b) Three members of the academic staff of (i) The Council may, on the recommendation annual appraisal and performance review the Institute or Centre elected by the academic of the Senate, approve the affi liation with of every academic member of staff and of staff of the Institute or Centre; the University of any other institution of every member of the support staff of the (c) Two co-opted members with special teaching or research situated within or outside University shall be made by an Appointments, competence, from outside the Institute or Botswana and may designate it an Affi liated Promotions, and Review Committee. Centre. Institution of the University. (ii) Appointments, Promotions, and Review (v) No recommendation on the appointment, (ii) In respect of any Affi liated Institution the Committees shall make recommendations for promotion or review of academic staff of the Senate shall: the appointment or the promotion of staff in University who are members of an Institute or (a) Advise on and assist in the preparation of accordance with the provisions of Statutes 30 a Centre which is not part of a Faculty shall be programmes of instruction; and 31. made by a Faculty Appointments, Promotions, (b) Validate programmes of instruction, and Review Committee examinations and the granting of certifi cates 80. Faculty Appointments, Promotions and unless it has considered every and other awards of the Affi liated Institutions; Review Committees recommendation made to it by an and (i) There shall be a Faculty Appointments, Appointments, Promotions, and Review (c) Have the right of visitation and Promotions and Review Committee of each Selection Committee in accordance with inspection of each institution affi liated to the Faculty (in this part referred to as “the Statute 81 (iv). University to ensure observance of affi liation Committee”) which shall consist of the regulations. following members: 82. Support Staff Appointments, (iii) The Senate shall establish a Board of (a) The Dean of the Faculty who shall be Promotions and Review Committees Affi liation with the following functions: Chairperson; and where the Dean is under (i) For the purposes of this Statute, the Library (a)To consider recommendations concerning review, the Deputy Vice and any other group of staff which Council the growth and development of the Affi liated Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall be the shall specify, shall be regarded as Departments Institutions; Chairperson; and the term Head of Department shall be (b) To consider matters concerning regulations, (b) The Deputy Dean; correspondingly interpreted. syllabi, assessment procedures, and teaching (c) Heads of Departments; (ii) Where support staff consist of a cadre methods and to make recommendations to (d) Two members elected by the Faculty Board; confi ned to a single Department, there shall Senate accordingly; (e) One professor or associate professor from be Departmental Appointments, Promotions, (c) To oversee assessment procedures and to each Department, elected by the members and Review Committees appoint external examiners; of the Departmental Board; provided where which shall consist of the following members: (d) To deal with any matter of affi liation that the Department does not have positions of (a) The Head of Department, who shall be
197 act and statutes
chairperson; University and an employee of the University matters without fi rst consulting the Senate (b) Director of Human Resources or shall contain or be deemed to contain a and considering any representations the representative; provision that the contract is subject to the Senate may make upon such Statute, (c) Three members of the staff of the Employment Act, University Act and Statutes, amendment, or Department; and and to all regulations made hereunder. revocation as the case may be. (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not 87. Where an employee of the University more than four additional members with is convicted by a court within or outside Preliminary Investigation Procedure special competence from within or outside the Botswana, of an offence which is a criminal under Statute 73 (III) (a) University. offence under the laws of Botswana and 1.0 Appointment of Committee of (iii) Where support staff consist of a common in consequence thereof is sentenced to Investigation cadre which is not confi ned to a single imprisonment, whether in respect of the non- 1.1 The Vice Chancellor shall, upon reasonable Department, there shall be for each such cadre payment of a fi ne imposed for the offence belief that any allegations of misconduct a Common Cadre Appointments, Promotions, or otherwise, such employee shall receive against a member of the academic or senior and Review Committee which shall consist of no emoluments in respect of the period administrative staff of the University may the following members: of detention in prison in execution of that necessitate disciplinary proceedings, hold a (a) The Director, Human Resources, who shall sentence unless the Council otherwise directs. preliminary investigation into the allegations. be the Chairperson; In addition to the aforegoing such conviction 1.2 In holding a preliminary investigation as (b) The Deputy Director (Appointments and shall render the employee liable for immediate aforesaid the Vice Chancellor may appoint Administration); termination in respect thereof. an investigator or investigators from among (c) Two members of the staff belonging to the the academic and senior administrative common cadre; Part XXXV Students Representative staff to assist him/her in such preliminary (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not Council investigation and to report to him/her, more than four additional members with 88. (i) The affairs of the students of the provided that the supervisor of the member special competence from within or outside the University shall be governed by a Students of staff whose conduct is being investigated, University. Representative Council. or any member of staff of the department to (iv) Heads of Departments to, or within which, (ii) The constitution of the Students which the member of staff whose conduct an appointment or a promotion of common Representative Council shall be subject to is being investigated belongs, shall not be cadre staff is to be made shall be invited but review and/or amendment in such manner as appointed an investigator as afore described, only when the business of their Department is the Constitution provides and/or as directed and, further, provided that the investigator or under consideration. by Council should Council fi nd it necessary or investigators as afore described shall not be expedient in the interests of the student body. of a rank less senior than the member of staff 83. Special Appointments (iii) The function of the Students whose conduct is being investigated. (i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Statutes Representative Council shall be: 80, 81, and 82, the Vice Chancellor may, (a) To represent the students in their relations 2.0 Conduct of Investigation in the event that he/she is satisfi ed that with the authorities of the University and other 2.1 In investigating any matter referred to be exceptional circumstances so require, and on relevant bodies; investigated, the Vice Chancellor or his/her the recommendation of any academic, support (b) To develop the intellectual, cultural, social investigator or investigators may require any or other unit of the University, appoint any and sporting life of the students; and person (excluding the member of staff whose person as a member of staff of the University (c) To foster the corporate spirit of the conduct is being investigated): for a period not exceeding twelve (12) students. (a) To furnish in writing or otherwise, such months. 89. Subject to the observance by them of the particulars in relation to the matter as may be (ii) Appointments made under this provision Statutes and of regulations prescribed under specifi ed; shall be reported periodically to the Staff these Statutes, the students shall enjoy all the (b) To attend before or then; Appointments and Promotions Committee. privileges and facilities available to them in the (c) To give a verbal or written statement on University. oath or otherwise; 84. Miscellaneous (d) To produce any document relevant to the (i) Where a spouse or relation of a member Part XXXVI Security investigation. of an Appointments, Promotions Review 90. The University reserves the right, through 2.2 The Vice Chancellor, or an investigator or Committee, constituted under these Statutes Ordinances and/or Regulations, to implement investigators shall not be bound by any rules is a candidate for appointment or promotion measures to control and to regulate access of evidence or procedure and no person shall under consideration by the Committee, the to, and movement within, its buildings and be represented by a legal practitioner in any member concerned shall recuse himself/ premises, and to promulgate such other part of the preliminary investigation. herself from any further consideration of the regulations as may be required to establish matter. Where the Chairperson is recused and maintain good order, and to protect 3.0 Report in accordance with the provisions hereof, persons and property provided that such Upon completion of the preliminary another member shall be elected to preside. measures shall at all times be consistent investigation: Heads of Departments, where recused, must with the preservation of individual rights of 3.1 An investigator or investigators, as the be represented by a senior member of staff of movement, association and privacy. case may be, shall, having completed the the Department. investigation forthwith, submit a report i) Subject to Statute 83, no appointment Part XXXVII Ordinances/Regulations thereon to the Vice Chancellor which shall be made to any vacant post within the 91. (i) Subject to the Act and the Statutes, the report may contain any proposals and such approved establishment of any Department of Council may make Ordinances/ Regulations recommendations as he/she or they may think the University unless the vacancy which exists prescribing any matter which, in the opinion fi t to make. has been advertised publicly for a reasonable of Council, is appropriate to be prescribed 3.2 Neither the Vice Chancellor, nor any period in such a manner as the Council shall for the better carrying out of the University’s investigator shall disclose to any person any determine. functions and in furtherance of these Statutes. information obtained or disclosed during any (ii) Ordinances/Regulations may provide such investigation, save as required by the Statutes Part XXXIV Terms and Conditions of information, activities or acts as, in the opinion of the University. Service of Members of University Staff of the Council, may be appropriate. 85. (i) Subject to these Statutes, an (iii) The Council may at any time amend or *Please note that the University of employee of the University shall hold his/ her repeal any Ordinance/ Regulation. Botswana Statutes are currently appointment upon such terms and conditions (iv) Ordinances/Regulations need not be under review and/or consolidation. of service as the Council shall in each case published in the Calendar, but the Council determine. shall publish them in such a manner as the (ii) The terms and conditions of service of every Council considers will best make them known employee of the University shall be sent out in to the persons to whom they apply. a written contract of service. (iii) Without prejudice to the foregoing, every Part XXXVIII Amendments to Statutes member of staff of the University shall be 92. Without prejudice to the provisions of subject to the general authority of the Council Section 15 (2) of the Act, the Council shall and of the Vice Chancellor. not amend, or revoke any Statute which, in 86. Every contract of service between the the opinion of the Council, affects academic
198